Tekelec SS7 Maintenance Manual

DRAFT
Tekelec Signaling Products

Maintenance Manual
Table of Chapters
Table of Contents
List of Figures
List of Tables
Chapter 1. Introduction
Chapter 2. Preventive Maintenance
Chapter 3. Corrective Maintenance
Chapter 4. Measurements
Chapter 5. EOAP Maintenance
Chapter 6. Multi-Purpose Server - MPS
Appendix A. Card Removal/Replacement Procedures
Appendix B. X.25/SS7 Message Conversion
Appendix C. Holdover Clock Troubleshooting Procedures
Appendix D. Unsolicited Output Message Groups
Appendix E. Auto-Inhibit HW Verification Codes
Appendix F. UAM Balancing Matrix
Index
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
DRAFT
Tekelec
Signaling Products
Maintenance Manual Volume 1
910-4593 Revision E
March 2004
DRAFT
2003, 2004 TEKELEC
All rights reserved.
Printed in the United States of America
Notice
Information in this documentation is subject to change without notice. Unauthorized use or
copying of this documentation can result in civil or criminal penalties.
No part of this documentation may be replaced or transmitted in any form or by any means,
electronic or mechanical, including photocopying or recording, for any purpose without the
express written permission of an authorized representative of Tekelec.
Any export of Tekelec products is subject to the export controls of the United States and other
countries where Tekelec has operations.
Trademarks
The Tekelec logo, EAGLE, G-Flex, G-Port, IP7, and IP7 Secure Gateway are registered trademarks
of Tekelec, Inc.
ASi, EAGLE 5, GenuOne, IP7 Front End, SXi, TekServer, TekWare, and VXi are trademarks of
Tekelec, Inc.
COMMON LANGUAGE is a registered trademark and Telcordia, SEAS, CLEI, CLLI, CLCI, and
CLFI are trademarks of Telcordia Technologies, Inc.
All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Ordering Information
Additional copies of this document can be ordered from Tekelec Network Signaling Division,
5200 Paramount Parkway, Morrisville, North Carolina, 27560
DRAFT
Table of Contents
Chapter 1. Introduction
Overview ................................................................................................................. 1-1
Scope and Audience .............................................................................................. 1-3
Related Publications .............................................................................................. 1-3
Documentation Admonishments ........................................................................ 1-7
Customer Assistance ............................................................................................. 1-8
Tekelec Technical Services ............................................................................. 1-8
Emergency Response ...................................................................................... 1-8
Documentation Packaging, Delivery, and Updates ......................................... 1-9
Hardware Repair and Return ............................................................................ 1-10
Repair and Return Shipping Instructions .................................................. 1-10
Maintenance Strategy .......................................................................................... 1-11
Application Self Recovery ............................................................................ 1-11
System Maintenance Software Intervention ............................................. 1-11
Maintenance Personnel Intervention ......................................................... 1-12
System Maintenance Log .................................................................................... 1-12
List of Acronyms and Abbreviations ................................................................ 1-14
Chapter 2. Preventive Maintenance
Introduction ............................................................................................................ 2-2
Maintaining the Fuse and Alarm Panel .............................................................. 2-2
FAP Components ............................................................................................ 2-4
Alarms ............................................................................................................... 2-7
Diode Testing and the Diode Jumper .......................................................... 2-8
MO Removable Cartridge Description ............................................................. 2-10
Removable Cartridge Handling Procedures ................................................... 2-13
Inserting the MO Removable Cartridge .................................................... 2-14
Removing the MO Removable Cartridge .................................................. 2-14
Daily Procedures .................................................................................................. 2-15
Backup the Database (Daily) ....................................................................... 2-15
System Reports Analysis .............................................................................. 2-17
File Transfer for LNP and INP Measurements ......................................... 2-18
Weekly Procedures .............................................................................................. 2-20
Database Archive (Weekly) ......................................................................... 2-20
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 i

Table of Contents
DRAFT
Printer Inspection .......................................................................................... 2-22
Remote Access Verification .......................................................................... 2-23
Monthly Procedures ............................................................................................ 2-24
Database Archive (Monthly) ....................................................................... 2-24
FAP Load Balance Verification (PN 870-0243-XX only) .......................... 2-25
Changing the Air Supply Filter ................................................................... 2-32
Cleaning Printer ............................................................................................. 2-34
Fuse Spares Inventory .................................................................................. 2-35
Wrist Strap Test ............................................................................................. 2-36
Quarterly Procedures .......................................................................................... 2-37
Database Archive (Quarterly) ..................................................................... 2-37
Preventing Dust Buildups ............................................................................ 2-39
Rectifier Voltage Inspection/Recording .................................................... 2-40
Semi-Annual Procedures .................................................................................... 2-41
Spare Inventory Rotation ............................................................................. 2-41
Chapter 3. Corrective Maintenance
Introduction ............................................................................................................3-2
System Alarm Levels ............................................................................................. 3-3
Critical ............................................................................................................... 3-3
Major ................................................................................................................. 3-4
Minor ................................................................................................................. 3-4
Trouble Detection ............................................................................................ 3-4
Audible Alarms ............................................................................................... 3-4
Visual Alarms .................................................................................................. 3-4
IMT Bus States ................................................................................................. 3-9
IMT System Alarm Level Determination ................................................... 3-10
Unsolicited Alarm Messages (UAM) ................................................................ 3-11
Unsolicited Information Messages (UIM) ........................................................ 3-20
Output Messages ........................................................................................... 3-34
Output Message Format ............................................................................... 3-35
UAM/UIM Changes ........................................................................................... 3-37
Eagle Release 29.0 / IP7 7.0 UAM/UIM Changes .................................... 3-37
Eagle Release 29.1 UAM/UIM Changes .................................................... 3-39
Eagle Release 30.0 / IP7 8.0 UAM/UIM Changes .................................... 3-39
ii 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Table of Contents
DRAFT
Alarm Clearing Procedures ................................................................................ 3-52
Retrieve Trouble Report ..................................................................................... 3-53
Hourly Status Message Reports ........................................................................ 3-54
Maintenance System Event Logs ....................................................................... 3-59
Obituaries .............................................................................................................. 3-61
Terminal Not Responding .................................................................................. 3-61
Printer Not Working ........................................................................................... 3-63
Modem Not Working .......................................................................................... 3-66
Remove Removable Cartridge Stuck in Drive on MDAL .............................. 3-67
Link Maintenance ................................................................................................ 3-69
Link Fault Sectionalization .......................................................................... 3-69
Link Maintenance Enhancements ............................................................... 3-74
Power Down of In-Service System .................................................................... 3-80
Power Up of the System ..................................................................................... 3-84
UAM and UIM Troubleshooting Procedures .................................................. 3-85
Chapter 4. Measurements
Introduction ............................................................................................................ 4-3
OAM Based Measurements ........................................................................... 4-4
Measurements Platform ................................................................................. 4-5
Report Parameters ............................................................................................... 4-10
Reports .................................................................................................................. 4-11
STP System Totals (SYSTOT) Measurements ........................................... 4-11
Component Measurements .......................................................................... 4-20
Network Management Measurements ...................................................... 4-28
Daily Availability Measurements ............................................................... 4-36
Day-To-Hour Availability Measurements ................................................ 4-39
Availability Measurements .......................................................................... 4-41
Daily Maintenance Measurements ............................................................. 4-49
Day-to-Hour Maintenance Measurements ................................................ 4-78
Hourly Maintenance Measurements .......................................................... 4-92
Gateway Measurements ............................................................................. 4-108
Record Base Measurements ....................................................................... 4-120
Maintenance Status Reports ...................................................................... 4-127
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 iii

Table of Contents
DRAFT
Chapter 5. EOAP Maintenance
Introduction ............................................................................................................5-4
Power ....................................................................................................................... 5-6
No System Power ............................................................................................ 5-6
No Fan Power .................................................................................................. 5-7
No cPCI Card Power ....................................................................................... 5-7
No CD-ROM Drive Power ............................................................................. 5-8
No Hard Drive Power ..................................................................................... 5-8
SCSI/Drives ............................................................................................................5-9
System Has Power But Will Not Boot .......................................................... 5-9
CD-ROM Not Responding ........................................................................... 5-11
Drives Detected But System Will Not Boot ............................................... 5-13
Connect/Disconnect SCSI Devices ............................................................. 5-13
Console Devices ................................................................................................... 5-14
Connect/Disconnect Console Devices ....................................................... 5-15
Maintenance Modem .................................................................................... 5-16
LEDs ....................................................................................................................... 5-18
Power Supply Card ....................................................................................... 5-18
Processor Card ............................................................................................... 5-20
Serial Card ............................................................................................................. 5-22
Hard Disk .............................................................................................................. 5-25
File System Errors .......................................................................................... 5-25
Full Partition Check ...................................................................................... 5-26
IP ............................................................................................................................. 5-27
Error: syslog: s match_netconf: setnetconfig failed ................................. 5-27
EOAP Internal Software ...................................................................................... 5-28
msDI Controlled Software ........................................................................... 5-28
Trace Inter-Process Messages (Except emsAgent) ................................... 5-33
Required Daemons ........................................................................................ 5-40
External Connectivity .......................................................................................... 5-44
No External EOAP Connectivity ................................................................. 5-44
External Interfaces ............................................................................................... 5-45
EOAP-to-Eagle STP Interface ...................................................................... 5-45
EOAP-to-SEAS Interface .............................................................................. 5-49
Replacement Procedures ..................................................................................... 5-55
Air Management Card ........................................................................................ 5-56
Card Cage/Shelf .................................................................................................. 5-61
iv 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Table of Contents
DRAFT
Power Down the EOAP/Fan Assembly .................................................... 5-63
Remove Cables .............................................................................................. 5-67
Remove Cards ................................................................................................ 5-70
Remove Card Cage ....................................................................................... 5-71
Install Cards ................................................................................................... 5-75
Reconnect Cables ........................................................................................... 5-77
Power Up EOAP/Fan Assembly ................................................................ 5-84
CD-ROM Drive Card .......................................................................................... 5-86
Fan Assembly ....................................................................................................... 5-92
Remove Fan Assembly ................................................................................. 5-93
Install Replacement Fan Assembly ............................................................. 5-95
Test Fan Operation and Fan Alarm ............................................................ 5-99
Hard Drive Card ................................................................................................ 5-102
Replace Hard Drive Card ........................................................................... 5-103
Reprovision Hard Drive ............................................................................. 5-108
Power Supply Card ........................................................................................... 5-117
Processor Card ................................................................................................... 5-124
Serial Card .......................................................................................................... 5-134
Chapter 6. Multi-Purpose Server - MPS
Introduction ............................................................................................................ 6-3
MPS Alarm LEDs ............................................................................................ 6-3
MPS UAMs ....................................................................................................... 6-4
System Health Check ...................................................................................... 6-5
Health Check Outputs .................................................................................... 6-9
Periodic Maintenance .......................................................................................... 6-17
MPS Server Base System Maintenance ...................................................... 6-17
DDS-3 Tape Drive Maintenance ................................................................. 6-17
Backups ................................................................................................................. 6-17
EPAP Database Backup ................................................................................ 6-18
Recommended Frequency of Backups ....................................................... 6-18
File System Backup ....................................................................................... 6-18
Troubleshooting Log Files .................................................................................. 6-19
System Health Check Log Files ................................................................... 6-20
ELAP/EPAP Log Files ................................................................................. 6-20
EXAP Messages .................................................................................................... 6-22
EXAP Error Messages ................................................................................... 6-22
EXAP Banner Informational Messages ...................................................... 6-25
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 v

Table of Contents
DRAFT
MPS Platform and Application Alarms ............................................................ 6-27
Reference Data for Breaker Panels and Power Supplies ......................... 6-30
General and Referenced Procedures ................................................................. 6-34
Accessing the EXAP GUI Interface ............................................................. 6-34
System Health Check Procedure ................................................................. 6-35
Running syscheck Using the syscheck Login ............................................ 6-37
Saving Logs Using EXAP GUI ..................................................................... 6-38
EPAP Database Backup Procedure ............................................................. 6-40
MPS File System Backup Procedure ........................................................... 6-42
EXAP Restart and MPS Reboot Reference Procedure .............................. 6-44
Decode MPS Alarm Strings Reference Procedure .................................... 6-48
Restarting the EXAP and PDBA .................................................................. 6-49
Restarting the EXAP Software ..................................................................... 6-52
Restarting the PDBA Software .................................................................... 6-54
Rebooting the MPS ........................................................................................ 6-57
MPS Alarm Recovery Procedures ..................................................................... 6-59
Critical Platform Alarms .............................................................................. 6-59
Critical Application Alarms ......................................................................... 6-65
Major Platform Alarms ................................................................................. 6-66
Major Application Alarms ........................................................................... 6-76
Minor Platform Alarms ................................................................................ 6-90
Minor Application Alarms ........................................................................... 6-96
Field Replaceable Units ..................................................................................... 6-100
MPS Server Power Down Procedure ........................................................ 6-101
MPS Server Replacement Procedure ........................................................ 6-103
Breaker Panel Replacement Procedure .................................................... 6-105
Breaker Panel Alarm Card Replacement Procedure .............................. 6-107
Hub Replacement Procedure ..................................................................... 6-107
PCI Card Replacement Procedure ............................................................ 6-108
CPU Module Replacement Procedure ..................................................... 6-109
Internal Disk Drive Replacement Procedure .......................................... 6-109
CD-ROM or DVD-ROM Replacement Procedure .................................. 6-109
DDS-3 Tape Drive Replacement Procedure ............................................ 6-110
System Fan Replacement Procedure ........................................................ 6-110
CPU Fan Replacement Procedure ............................................................. 6-110
Memory Module Replacement Procedure ............................................... 6-110
MPS Server Alarm Card Replacement Procedure .................................. 6-113
vi 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Table of Contents
DRAFT
SAI/P Card Replacement Procedure ....................................................... 6-113
8-Port Connector Box Replacement Procedure ....................................... 6-113
MPS Disaster Recovery ..................................................................................... 6-115
Appendix A. Card Removal/Replacement Procedures
Introduction ........................................................................................................... A-2
Administrative Procedures ................................................................................. A-2
Maintenance Disk and Alarm (MDAL) Card Replacement ........................... A-3
MCAP Card Replacement ................................................................................... A-5
General Purpose Service Module (GPSM-II) Card Replacement .................. A-9
IPMX/HMUX Card Replacement .................................................................... A-14
Determine LIM, MIM, and MPL Changeout Time ........................................ A-18
SS7 and IP7, LIM, MIM, and MPL Card Replacement .................................. A-20
X.25 Link Interface Module (LIM) .................................................................... A-30
Application/Transaction Service Module
(ASM/TSM) - SCCP ..................................................................................... A-34
Application/Transaction Service Module (ASM) - GLS ............................... A-38
Database Services Module (DSM) - VSCCP .................................................... A-40
Application Communications Module (ACM) .............................................. A-43
Database Communications Module (DCM) and EDCM .............................. A-46
Terminal Disk Module (TDM) .......................................................................... A-51
Measurement Collection and Polling Module (MCPM) ............................... A-61
Replacing a Card in the Eagle ........................................................................... A-62
Replacing Cards in the Holdover Clock .......................................................... A-64
Failed Clock Input (CI) Card Replacement .............................................. A-64
Non-Failed Clock Input (CI) Card Replacement ..................................... A-66
ST3 Card Replacement ................................................................................ A-67
MIS Card Replacement ................................................................................ A-70
TOCA Card Replacement ........................................................................... A-72
Fan Assembly (EAGLE/GR-376 EOAP) Replacement ................................. A-76
Remove Fan Assembly ................................................................................ A-77
Install Replacement Fan Assembly ............................................................ A-79
Test Fan Operation and Fan Alarm ........................................................... A-83
Eagle Replacement Parts List ............................................................................ A-87
Replacement Cables List .................................................................................... A-91
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 vii

Table of Contents
DRAFT
Appendix B. X.25/SS7 Message Conversion
Introduction ........................................................................................................... B-1
Conversion from X.25 to SS7 ............................................................................... B-2
Conversion from SS7 to X.25 ........................................................................ B-4
Detailed Message Conversion ...................................................................... B-4
Appendix C. Holdover Clock Troubleshooting Procedures
Introduction ........................................................................................................... C-1
Interpreting System Alarms, Lamps And Trouble Isolation .......................... C-2
Appendix D. Unsolicited Output Message Groups
Introduction ...........................................................................................................D-1
Appendix E. Auto-Inhibit HW Verification Codes
Introduction ........................................................................................................... E-1
Appendix F. UAM Balancing Matrix
Introduction ............................................................................................................F-1
Alarms .....................................................................................................................F-1
Card Alarms .....................................................................................................F-3
CDT (Customer Defined Trouble) Alarms ..................................................F-6
Clock (Holdover Clock) Alarms ....................................................................F-7
Clock System Alarms ......................................................................................F-7
DCM Alarms ....................................................................................................F-8
DLK Alarms .....................................................................................................F-8
DPC Alarms .....................................................................................................F-8
DPC System Alarms ......................................................................................F-10
DSM Alarms ...................................................................................................F-11
E1 Port Alarms ...............................................................................................F-11
EIR Alarms .....................................................................................................F-12
EMAP Alarms ................................................................................................F-12
EMAP (NDC) Alarms ...................................................................................F-12
EROUTE Alarms ...........................................................................................F-13
Fuse Alarms ...................................................................................................F-13
GLS Alarms ....................................................................................................F-14
GPL Alarms ....................................................................................................F-14
HS Clock System Alarms .............................................................................F-14
IMT Bus Alarms .............................................................................................F-15
IMT System Alarms ......................................................................................F-16
INP System Alarms .......................................................................................F-16
viii 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Table of Contents
DRAFT
IP7 Alarms ...................................................................................................... F-17
Linkset Alarms ..............................................................................................F-17
LNP System Alarms ...................................................................................... F-17
LSMS Connection Alarms ............................................................................F-18
LSMS System Alarms ................................................................................... F-18
MCPM Alarms ............................................................................................... F-19
MEAS System Alarms .................................................................................. F-19
MPS (ELAP/EPAP) Alarms ........................................................................ F-20
MPS Alarm Support ...................................................................................... F-20
NDC System Alarms .....................................................................................F-21
SCCP System Alarms .................................................................................... F-21
SEAS OAP Alarms ........................................................................................ F-22
SEAS System Alarms .................................................................................... F-22
SEAS X25 Alarms .......................................................................................... F-23
Security Log Alarm ....................................................................................... F-23
Security System Alarms ............................................................................... F-23
SLK Alarms .................................................................................................... F-24
STPLAN Alarms ............................................................................................ F-26
System Alarms ............................................................................................... F-26
System GPL Alarms ...................................................................................... F-27
T1 Alarms .......................................................................................................F-27
Terminal Alarms ........................................................................................... F-28
X-LIST Alarms ............................................................................................... F-28
Index
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 ix

DRAFT
List of Figures
Figure 2-1. FAP High-Level Block Diagram ........................................2-3

Figure 2-2. Location of FAP Components ............................................2-4
Figure 2-3. FAP Component Functions ................................................2-5
Figure 2-4. 2.3 Gbyte Write Protected Removable Cartridge ..........2-11
Figure 2-5. 2.3 Gbyte Write Enabled Removable Cartridge .............2-12
Figure 2-6. 2.3 Gbyte Removable Cartridge Drive Layout ..............2-13
Figure 2-7. Open Diode Example ........................................................2-28
Figure 2-8. Steady State Example ........................................................2-29
Figure 2-9. Fan Filter Replacement .....................................................2-33
Figure 3-1. MDAL Alarm LEDs .............................................................3-6
Figure 3-2. GMT Fuse ..............................................................................3-7
Figure 3-3. Fuse and Alarm Panel Front Layout (CF/EF, Misc.,
and OAP) .............................................................................3-8
Figure 3-4. Fuse and Alarm Panel Front Layout (Release 26.0) ........3-8
Figure 3-5. Format of Message Output ...............................................3-56
Figure 3-6. Push Inject/Eject Clamps Outward ................................3-67
Figure 3-7. Push in Inject/Eject Clamps .............................................3-68
Figure 3-8. Signaling Link Network Connections .............................3-76
Figure 3-9. Card LEDs ........................................................................3-182
Figure 3-10. Card LEDs .......................................................................3-185
Figure 3-11. Card LEDs .......................................................................3-190
Figure 5-1. EOAP Functional Diagram .................................................5-5
Figure 5-2. CD-ROM SCSI Jumper Settings .......................................5-10
Figure 5-3. Hard Drive SCSI Jumper Settings ....................................5-11
Figure 5-4. Top Handle and Captive Screw of Air
Management Card ............................................................5-57
Figure 5-5. Freeing the Card from the EOAP Card Cage .................5-57
Figure 5-6. Air Management Card (P/N 870-1524-01) .....................5-58
Figure 5-7. Air Management Card Handles .......................................5-58
Figure 5-8. Inserting the Replacement Air Management Card .......5-59
Figure 5-9. Lock the Inject/Eject Handles ..........................................5-59
Figure 5-10. Tighten Captive Screws ...................................................5-60
Figure 5-11. EOAP Card Cage ..............................................................5-62
x 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

List of Figures
DRAFT
Figure 5-12. Cables Secured on EOAP Shelf Backplane (Single
Configuration) .................................................................. 5-67
Figure 5-13. Cables Secured on EOAP Shelf Backplane (Dual
Configuration) .................................................................. 5-68
Figure 5-14. Location of Side Panel Supports and
Traverse Arms .................................................................. 5-69
Figure 5-15. Remove Screws and Washers from Frame Rail .......... 5-71
Figure 5-16. Locate Mounting Brackets for EOAP Card Cage ....... 5-72
Figure 5-17. Attach Mounting Bracket to EOAP Card Cage ........... 5-73
Figure 5-18. Attach Card Cage to Rear of Frame Rail ...................... 5-74
Figure 5-19. Cable Connections on EOAP Backplane (Single
Configuration) .................................................................. 5-77
Figure 5-20. Cable Connections on EOAP Backplane (Dual
Configuration) .................................................................. 5-78
Figure 5-21. Locate Processor Card ..................................................... 5-79
Figure 5-22. Locate Cables on EOAP Backplane
(Single Configuration) ..................................................... 5-80
Figure 5-23. Locate Cables on EOAP Backplane
(Dual Configuration) ....................................................... 5-80
Figure 5-24. Cables Secured on EOAP Shelf Backplane (Single
Configuration) .................................................................. 5-81
Figure 5-25. Cables Secured on EOAP Shelf Backplane (Dual
Configuration) .................................................................. 5-81
Figure 5-26. Secure Cables from EOAP to Cable Rack ..................... 5-83
Figure 5-27. Fan Switch Set to ON ...................................................... 5-84
Figure 5-28. EOAP-A and EOAP-B Drive Assemblies ..................... 5-86
Figure 5-29. CD-ROM Drive Card Captive Screws .......................... 5-89
Figure 5-30. Support the CD-ROM Drive Card With
Both Hands ........................................................................ 5-89
Figure 5-31. CD-ROM Drive Card (P/N 870-1515-03) ..................... 5-90
Figure 5-32. Install the CD-ROM Drive Card .................................... 5-90
Figure 5-33. Press the Faceplate ........................................................... 5-91
Figure 5-34. Set Fan Switch to OFF .................................................... 5-93
Figure 5-35. Remove Fan Assembly .................................................... 5-94
Figure 5-36. Remove Grill and Filter from Fan Assembly ............... 5-95
Figure 5-37. Insert Fan Assembly Below EOAP Shelf ...................... 5-96
Figure 5-38. Attach Fan Assembly to Front of Frame Rail .............. 5-96
Figure 5-39. Replace Fan Filter and Grill ............................................ 5-97
Figure 5-40. Fan Switch Set to ON ...................................................... 5-98
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 xi

List of Figures
DRAFT
Figure 5-41. Set Fan Switch to OFF .................................................. 5-100
Figure 5-42. EOAP-A and EOAP-B Drive Assemblies ................... 5-103
Figure 5-43. Loosen Hard Drive Card Captive Screws .................. 5-106
Figure 5-44. Free Hard Drive Card from the EOAP Card Cage ... 5-106
Figure 5-45. Support the Hard Drive Card With Both Hands ...... 5-106
Figure 5-46. Examine EOAP Backplane Connector Pins ................ 5-107
Figure 5-47. Hard Drive Card (P/N 870-1514-03) ........................... 5-107
Figure 5-48. Installing the Hard Drive Card .................................... 5-108
Figure 5-49. Pressing the Faceplate ................................................... 5-108
Figure 5-50. Locate Power Supply Card ........................................... 5-118
Figure 5-51. Loosening Captive Screws of Power
Supply Card ................................................................... 5-119
Figure 5-52. Free the Card from the EOAP Card Cage .................. 5-119
Figure 5-53. EOAP Backplane Connector Pins ................................ 5-120
Figure 5-54. Power Supply Card (P/N 870-1521-01) ...................... 5-120
Figure 5-55. Power Supply Card Handles ........................................ 5-121
Figure 5-56. Inserting the Power Supply Card ................................ 5-121
Figure 5-57. Handles in Locked Position .......................................... 5-122
Figure 5-58. Tighten Captive Screws ................................................ 5-122
Figure 5-59. Locate Processor Card ................................................... 5-127
Figure 5-60. Processor Card Captive Screws ................................... 5-128
Figure 5-61. Freeing the Processor Card from the EOAP
Card Cage ........................................................................ 5-129
Figure 5-63. Processor Card (P/N 870-1523-01) .............................. 5-130
Figure 5-64. Processor Card Handles ................................................ 5-130
Figure 5-65. Inserting the Replacement Processor Card ................ 5-131
Figure 5-66. Locking the Inject/Eject Handles ................................ 5-131
Figure 5-67. Tightening Captive Screws ........................................... 5-132
Figure 5-68. EOAP Serial and Ethernet Connections ..................... 5-133
Figure 5-69. Location of Serial Card .................................................. 5-135
Figure 5-70. Top Handle and Captive Screw of Serial Card .......... 5-136
Figure 5-71. Freeing the Card from the EOAP Card Cage ............. 5-136
Figure 5-73. Serial Card (870-1522-01) .............................................. 5-137
Figure 5-74. Serial I/O Card Handles ............................................... 5-138
Figure 5-75. Inserting the Replacement Serial Card ....................... 5-138
xii 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

List of Figures
DRAFT
Figure 5-76. Locking the Inject/Eject Handles ................................ 5-139
Figure 5-77. Tighten Captive Screws ................................................ 5-139
Figure 6-1. MPS Alarm LEDs ................................................................ 6-4
Figure 6-2. Sample Syscheck Log File ................................................. 6-20
Figure 6-3. EPAP Area ......................................................................... 6-26
Figure 6-4. Front of Breaker Panel ....................................................... 6-31
Figure 6-5. Rear of Breaker Panel ........................................................ 6-31
Figure 6-6. Breaker Panel LEDs ........................................................... 6-31
Figure 6-7. 8-Port Serial Connector Box ............................................. 6-33
Figure 6-8. EPAP User Interface Screen ............................................. 6-34
Figure 6-9. Logged In Screen ............................................................... 6-36
Figure 6-10. Run Health Check ............................................................ 6-36
Figure 6-11. Displaying System Health Check on EXAP GUI ........ 6-37
Figure 6-12. Capture Logs File Screen ................................................ 6-38
Figure 6-13. Capture Logs Success ...................................................... 6-39
Figure 6-14. Deleting Captured Log Files .......................................... 6-39
Figure 6-15. Delete Log Files Success .................................................. 6-40
Figure 6-16. PDBA Main Screen .......................................................... 6-40
Figure 6-17. PDBA Folder Open .......................................................... 6-41
Figure 6-18. Backup Folder Open View ............................................. 6-41
Figure 6-19. Backup the PDB Screen ................................................... 6-42
Figure 6-20. Platform Main View ........................................................ 6-43
Figure 6-21. Platform Folder Open View ........................................... 6-43
Figure 6-22. Backup the Filesystem Screen. ....................................... 6-43
Figure 6-23. Maintenance Screen ........................................................ 6-44
Figure 6-24. Stop Software Completion Screen ................................. 6-45
Figure 6-25. Start Software Completion Screen ................................. 6-46
Figure 6-26. Platform Main View ........................................................ 6-46
Figure 6-27. Platform Folder Open View. .......................................... 6-47
Figure 6-28. Maintenance Screen ......................................................... 6-48
Figure 6-29. Stop Software Confirmation ........................................... 6-49
Figure 6-30. Stop Software ................................................................... 6-50
Figure 6-32. Start EPAP Software ........................................................ 6-51
Figure 6-34. Stop Software Confirmation ........................................... 6-52
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 xiii

List of Figures
DRAFT
Figure 6-36. Start EPAP Software ........................................................ 6-53
Figure 6-38. Stop PDBA ........................................................................ 6-55
Figure 6-39. PDBA Software Stopped ................................................. 6-55
Figure 6-40. Start PDBA ........................................................................ 6-56
Figure 6-41. PDBA Software Started ................................................... 6-56
Figure 6-42. Request Reboot of the MPS ............................................ 6-57
Figure 6-43. Confirm Requested Reboot the MPS ............................. 6-58
Figure 6-44. Reboot Information .......................................................... 6-58
Figure 6-45. MPS Fans ........................................................................... 6-66
Figure 6-46. Rear of MPS ...................................................................... 6-71
Figure 6-47. DSM Networks ................................................................. 6-72
Figure 6-48. Coherent RTDB Status ..................................................... 6-78
Figure 6-49. RTDB Status ...................................................................... 6-83
Figure 6-50. Reload RTDB from Mate EXAP ..................................... 6-84
Figure 6-51. Changing Transaction Log Parameters ........................ 6-85
Figure 6-52. PDBA Down ..................................................................... 6-86
Figure 6-53. Start PDBA ........................................................................ 6-87
Figure 6-54. PDBA Started .................................................................... 6-87
Figure 6-55. Determining the Homing Policy .................................... 6-89
Figure 6-56. View PDBA Status ........................................................... 6-99
Figure 6-57. Platform Main View ...................................................... 6-102
Figure 6-58. Platform Folder Open View. ........................................ 6-102
Figure 6-59. MPS Server Rear Detail ................................................ 6-109
Figure 6-60. Motherboard Memory Bank Layout ........................... 6-111
Figure 6-61. Memory Riser Card Memory Bank Layout ................ 6-112
Figure A-1. MDAL LEDs .......................................................................A-4
Figure A-2. MCAP LEDs .......................................................................A-8
Figure A-3. GPSM-II LEDs ..................................................................A-13
Figure A-4. IPMX LED .........................................................................A-16
Figure A-5. HMUX LEDs .....................................................................A-17
Figure A-6. LIM Card LEDs ...............................................................A-19
Figure A-7. DS0A-LIM LEDs ..............................................................A-24
Figure A-8. LIM LEDs ..........................................................................A-25
Figure A-9. E1/T1 MIM (P/N 870-2198-xx) .....................................A-26
Figure A-10. MPL LEDs .......................................................................A-28
Figure A-11. MPLT LEDs .....................................................................A-29
xiv 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

List of Figures
DRAFT
Figure A-12. ASM LEDs ...................................................................... A-37
Figure A-13. ACM LEDs ...................................................................... A-45
Figure A-14. DCM LEDs ...................................................................... A-49
Figure A-15. EDCM Single-Slot LEDs ............................................... A-50
Figure A-16. TDM LED ........................................................................ A-52
Figure A-17. Push Inject/Eject Clamps Outward ............................ A-62
Figure A-18. Push in Inject/Eject Clamps ......................................... A-63
Figure A-19. Holdover clock CI card LEDs ...................................... A-65
Figure A-20. Holdover clock ST3 card LEDs .................................... A-69
Figure A-21. Holdover clock MIS card LEDs ................................... A-71
Figure A-22. Holdover clock TOCA card LEDs ............................... A-74
Figure A-23. Holdover clock MCA card LEDs ................................. A-75
Figure A-24. Set Fan Switch to OFF .................................................. A-77
Figure A-25. Remove Fan Assembly .................................................. A-78
Figure A-26. Remove Grill and Filter from Fan Assembly ............. A-79
Figure A-27. Insert Fan Assembly Below DCM Card ..................... A-80
Figure A-28. Insert Fan Assembly Below GR-376 EOAP Shelf ...... A-81
Figure A-29. Attach Fan Assembly to Front of Frame Rail ............ A-81
Figure A-30. Replace Fan Filter and Grill ......................................... A-82
Figure A-31. Fan Switch Set to ON .................................................... A-83
Figure A-32. Set Fan Switch to OFF .................................................. A-84
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 xv

DRAFT
List of Tables
Table 2-1. FAP Component Replacement ............................................ 2-6

Table 2-2. FAP Alarm Conditions ......................................................... 2-7
Table 2-3. Additional Alarm Indicators ............................................... 2-8
Table 2-4. Tekelec Method of Procedure Test Record ...................... 2-31
Table 3-1. Fuse and Alarm Panel Front Items (P/N 804-0007-06) .... 3-8
Table 3-2. IMT Bus Alarm Levels ........................................................ 3-10
Table 3-3. Critical Alarm Messages .................................................... 3-11
Table 3-4. Major Alarm Messages ....................................................... 3-12
Table 3-5. Minor Alarm Messages ...................................................... 3-17
Table 3-6. Information Messages ........................................................ 3-20
Table 3-7. Remote Link Element types ............................................... 3-69
Table 3-8. Link Fault Sectionalization Test Types ............................ 3-69
Table 3-9. Link Fault Sectionalization Test Patterns ......................... 3-70
Table 3-10. Link Fault Sectionalization Data Entry Parameters ..... 3-73
Table 3-11. Link Fault Sectionalization Test Parameters ................. 3-74
Table 3-12. Command Driven Loopback Support ............................ 3-75
Table 3-13. tst-slk Support .................................................................... 3-76
Table 3-14. Maximum Sockets/Associations per Card .................. 3-343
Table 3-15. OAP Configuration Parameters .................................... 3-463
Table 4-1. Measurements Platform System Header ........................... 4-6
Table 4-2. STP System Total STP Measurements .............................. 4-12
Table 4-3. STP System Total Translation Type Measurements ....... 4-16
Table 4-4. STP System Total STPLAN Measurements ..................... 4-17
Table 4-5. HSL LSL Differences for Component Linksets ............... 4-20
Table 4-6. Component Linkset Measurements .................................. 4-21
Table 4-7. HSL LSL Differences for Component Links .................... 4-24
Table 4-8. Component Link Measurements ....................................... 4-25
Table 4-9. Network Management STP Measurements ..................... 4-29
Table 4-10. HSL LSL Differences for Network
Management Links ............................................................ 4-32
Table 4-11. Network Management Link Measurements ................. 4-32
Table 4-12. Network Management Linkset Measurements ............ 4-35
Table 4-13. Daily Availability Link Measurements .......................... 4-37
xvi 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

List of Tables
DRAFT
Table 4-14. Day-To-Hour Availability Link Measurements ............ 4-39
Table 4-15. HSL LSL Differences for Availability Links .................. 4-42
Table 4-16. Availability Link Measurements ..................................... 4-42
Table 4-17. Availability STPLAN LIM Measurements ..................... 4-46
Table 4-18. Availability STPLAN ASM Measurements ................... 4-46
Table 4-19. Availability STPLAN ACM Measurements .................. 4-47
Table 4-20. Daily Maintenance STP Measurements ......................... 4-49
Table 4-21. HSL LSL Differences for Daily Maintenance Links ...... 4-53
Table 4-22. Daily Maintenance Link Measurements ........................ 4-54
Table 4-23. Daily Maintenance Linkset Measurements ................... 4-58
Table 4-24. Daily Maintenance LNP System Wide
Measurements .................................................................... 4-60
Table 4-25. Daily Maintenance LNP Per SSP Measurements .......... 4-61
Table 4-26. Daily Maintenance LNP LRN Measurements ............... 4-62
Table 4-27. Daily Maintenance LNP NPA Measurements .............. 4-62
Table 4-28. Daily Maintenance INP and G-Port System Wide
Measurements .................................................................... 4-66
Table 4-29. Daily Maintenance INP and G-Port Per SSP
Measurements .................................................................... 4-67
Table 4-30. Daily Maintenance STPLAN Measurements ................. 4-69
Table 4-31. Daily Maintenance EIR Measurements .......................... 4-72
Table 4-32. Daily Maintenance MAP Screening System Wide
Measurements .................................................................... 4-73
Table 4-33. Server Entity Identification .............................................. 4-74
Table 4-34. Path Entity Identification ................................................. 4-75
Table 4-35. Daily Maintenance MAP Screening Per Server
Measurements .................................................................... 4-76
Table 4-36. Maintenance Day-to-Hour STP Measurements ............ 4-79
Table 4-37. HSL LSL Differences for Maintenance Day-to-Hour
Link Measurements ........................................................... 4-82
Table 4-38. Maintenance Day-to-Hour Link Measurements ........... 4-83
Table 4-39. Maintenance Day-to-Hour Linkset Measurements ...... 4-88
Table 4-40. Maintenance Day-to-Hour STPLAN Measurements ... 4-89
Table 4-41. Hourly Maintenance LNP System Wide
Measurements .................................................................... 4-93
Table 4-42. Hourly Maintenance LNP Per SSP Measurements ...... 4-94
Table 4-43. Hourly Maintenance LNP LRN Measurements ............ 4-95
Table 4-44. Hourly Maintenance LNP NPA Measurements ........... 4-95
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 xvii

List of Tables
DRAFT
Table 4-45. Hourly Maintenance INP and G-Port System Wide
Measurements .................................................................... 4-99
Table 4-46. Hourly Maintenance INP and G-Port Per SSP
Measurements .................................................................. 4-100
Table 4-47. Hourly Maintenance EIR Measurements ..................... 4-102
Table 4-48. Hourly Maintenance MAP Screening System Wide
Measurements .................................................................. 4-103
Table 4-49. Server Entity Identification ............................................ 4-104
Table 4-50. Path Entity Identification ................................................ 4-105
Table 4-51. Hourly Maintenance MAP Screening Per Server
Measurements .................................................................. 4-106
Table 4-52. Gateway STP Measurements ......................................... 4-109
Table 4-53. Gateway ORIGNI Measurements ................................. 4-110
Table 4-54. Gateway ORIGNINC Measurements ........................... 4-112
Table 4-55. Gateway Linkset Measurements ................................... 4-113
Table 4-56. Gateway LSDESTNI Measurements ............................. 4-115
Table 4-57. Gateway LSORGINI Measurements ............................. 4-117
Table 4-58. Gateway LSONISMT Measurements ............................ 4-119
Table 4-59. Record Base STP Measurements .................................... 4-120
Table 4-60. Record Base Linkset Measurements ............................. 4-124
Table 4-61. Record Base Link Measurements .................................. 4-125
Table 4-62. Maintenance Status Link Measurements ..................... 4-128
Table 4-63. Maintenance Status Linkset Measurements ................ 4-131
Table 5-1. Power Supply Card LEDs ................................................... 5-18
Table 5-2. msDI Processes ..................................................................... 5-28
Table 5-3. License, OSI, X.25 and Alarm Daemons ........................... 5-40
Table 5-4. Slot and Bay Assignment for EOAP Cards ...................... 5-75
Table 6-1. System Health Check Operation ......................................... 6-6
Table 6-2. OS Version Verification ........................................................ 6-8
Table 6-3. Backup PDB Error Messages .............................................. 6-18
Table 6-4. Backup_fs Log Messages .................................................... 6-19
Table 6-5. ELAP/EPAP Log Files ........................................................ 6-20
Table 6-6. EXAP Error Messages ......................................................... 6-22
Table 6-7. EXAP Informational Banner Messages ............................. 6-25
Table 6-8. Platform and Application Alarms ..................................... 6-27
Table 6-9. Mapping of Breakers to Devices ........................................ 6-32
Table 6-10. Usernames ........................................................................ 6-35
Table 6-11. MPS Environmental Conditions ...................................... 6-67
xviii 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

List of Tables
DRAFT
Table 6-12. OS Version Alarms ............................................................ 6-91
Table 6-13. MPS Field Replaceable Units ......................................... 6-100
Table 6-14. MPS Server A Breaker Locations .................................. 6-103
Table 6-15. MPS Server B Breaker Locations ................................... 6-103
Table 6-16. Breaker Panel Assignments ............................................ 6-106
Table 6-17. Hub Breakers (Main Network) ..................................... 6-107
Table 6-18. Hub Breakers (Backup Network) .................................. 6-107
Table 6-19. Memory Specifications for MPS Running EPAP ........ 6-111
Table 6-20. Memory Specifications for MPS Running ELAP ........ 6-111
Table 6-21. Memory Bank Mapping ................................................. 6-113
Table A-1. E1/T1 MIM Release Compatibility ................................. A-27
Table A-2. DCM Card Locations ........................................................ A-46
Table B-1. Detailed Message Conversion .............................................B-4
Table C-1. Input and ST3 Alarm Conditions ...................................... C-3
Table C-2. Input and ST3 Corrective Actions ..................................... C-5
Table C-3. Shelf and Output Alarm Conditions -
Not Related to Input and ST Conditions ......................... C-7
Table C-4. Shelf and Output Corrective Actions -
Not Related to Input and ST Conditions ....................... C-10
Table D-1. System Maintenance Unsolicited Output
Message Groups .................................................................. D-2
Table D-2. Link Maintenance Unsolicited Output
Message Group ................................................................... D-8
Table D-3. Card Unsolicited Output Message Group ..................... D-12
Table D-4. Application Subsystem Unsolicited Output
Message Group ................................................................. D-15
Table D-5. GTT Unsolicited Output Message Group ...................... D-18
Table D-6. GWS Unsolicited Output Message Group ..................... D-20
Table D-7. Clock Unsolicited Output Message Group .................... D-21
Table D-8. Measurements Maintenance Unsolicited Output
Message Group ................................................................. D-23
Table D-9. LNP Database Unsolicited Output Message Group .... D-23
Table D-10. LNP Subscription Unsolicited Output
Message Group ................................................................. D-24
Table D-11. Security Administration Unsolicited Output
Message Group ................................................................. D-24
Table D-12. Program Update Unsolicited Output
Message Group ................................................................. D-24
Table D-13. UIM Redirect Unsolicited Output Message Group .... D-25
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 xix

List of Tables
DRAFT
Table D-14. Database Unsolicited Output Message Group ............D-25
Table D-15. MPS Unsolicited Output Message Group ....................D-25
Table D-16. Monitor Unsolicited Output Message Group .............D-26
Table D-17. SLAN Maintenance Unsolicited Output
Message Group .................................................................D-26
Table D-18. SEAS Maintenance Unsolicited Output
Message Group .................................................................D-27
Table E-1. Hardware Verification Codes ............................................. E-1
Table F-1. Card Alarms ...........................................................................F-3
Table F-2. CDT (Customer Defined Trouble) Alarms ........................F-6
Table F-3. Clock (Holdover) Alarms .....................................................F-7
Table F-4. Clock System Alarms ............................................................F-7
Table F-5. DCM Alarms ..........................................................................F-8
Table F-6. DLK Alarms ...........................................................................F-8
Table F-7. DPC Alarms ............................................................................F-9
Table F-8. DPC System Alarms ............................................................F-10
Table F-9. DSM Alarms .........................................................................F-11
Table F-10. E1 Port Alarms ...................................................................F-11
Table F-11. EIR Alarms .........................................................................F-12
Table F-12. EMAP Alarms ....................................................................F-12
Table F-13. EMAP (NDC) Alarms .......................................................F-12
Table F-14. EROUTE Alarms ................................................................F-13
Table F-15. Fuse Alarms ........................................................................F-13
Table F-16. GLS Alarms ........................................................................F-14
Table F-17. GPL Alarms ........................................................................F-14
Table F-18. HS Clock System Alarms .................................................F-14
Table F-19. IMT Bus Alarms .................................................................F-15
Table F-20. IMT System Alarms ...........................................................F-16
Table F-21. INP System Alarms ...........................................................F-16
Table F-22. IP Connection Alarms .......................................................F-17
Table F-23. Linkset Alarms ...................................................................F-17
Table F-24. LNP System Alarms ..........................................................F-17
Table F-25. LSMS Connection Alarms ................................................F-18
Table F-26. LSMS System Alarms ........................................................F-18
Table F-27. MCPM Alarms ...................................................................F-19
Table F-28. MEAS System Alarms .......................................................F-19
Table F-29. MPS (ELAP/EPAP) Alarms .............................................F-20
xx 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

List of Tables
DRAFT
Table F-30. MPS Alarm Support ..........................................................F-20
Table F-31. NDC System Alarms ......................................................... F-21
Table F-32. SCCP Alarms ..................................................................... F-21
Table F-33. SEAS OAP Alarms ............................................................ F-22
Table F-34. SEAS System Alarms ........................................................ F-22
Table F-35. SEAS X25 Alarms .............................................................. F-23
Table F-36. Security Log Alarms ......................................................... F-23
Table F-37. Security System Alarms ................................................... F-23
Table F-38. SLK Alarms ........................................................................ F-24
Table F-39. STPLAN Alarms ................................................................ F-26
Table F-40. System Alarms ...................................................................F-26
Table F-41. System GPL Alarms ..........................................................F-27
Table F-42. T1 Alarms ........................................................................... F-27
Table F-43. Terminal Alarms ................................................................ F-28
Table F-44. X-LIST Alarms ...................................................................F-28
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 xxi

List of Tables
DRAFT
xxii 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1
Introduction
Contents ......................................................................................................... Page

Overview ...........................................................................................................1-1
Scope and Audience.........................................................................................1-3
Related Publications.........................................................................................1-3
Documentation Admonishments ...................................................................1-7
Customer Assistance ........................................................................................1-8
Documentation Packaging, Delivery, and Updates.....................................1-9
Hardware Repair and Return .......................................................................1-10
Maintenance Strategy..................................................................................... 1-11
System Maintenance Log...............................................................................1-12
List of Acronyms and Abbreviations...........................................................1-14
Overview
The Maintenance Manual contains procedural information required for
maintaining the Eagle STP system, the IP7 Secure Gateway (SG) system, and the
Multi-Purpose Server (MPS) with the Netra servers or TekServer platforms. The
Maintenance Manual provides preventive and corrective maintenance procedures
used in maintaining the different systems. Corrective procedures are listed by
message reference number (MRN). The Maintenance Manual is being reissued to
accurately reflect changes for the new features and procedures since the last
release.
WARNING: Be sure to wear a wrist strap connected to the wrist strap
grounding point of the Eagle System before performing any maintenance
procedures on the Eagle.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 1-1

Introduction
DRAFT
NOTE: The terms Multi-Purpose Server and MPS are expressions for the
server in which EPAP applications operate. Moreover, because the MPS
contains either Netra servers or TekServer platforms, you should understand
all commands, error codes, and messages referring to MPS are applicable
both to Netra servers and TekServer platforms; any functional differences
between the platforms are clearly indicated wherever appropriate.
The chapters are organized in such a way that information can be easily located.
The manual is organized as follows:
Chapter 1, "Introduction" provides general information about the
organization of this manual, a description of the Eagle maintenance strategy
and list of acronyms and abbreviations.
Chapter 2, "Preventive Maintenance" provides recommended scheduled
routines for the Eagle STP.
Chapter 3, "Corrective Maintenance" provides the procedures to use in
response to all system alarms, indicators and output messages displayed by
the Eagle STP.
Chapter 4, "Measurements" describes traffic measurements used in the Eagle
STP and IP7 Secure Gateway systems.
Chapter 5, "EOAP Maintenance" provides a brief description of the Embedded
OAP (EOAP), procedures for general hardware troubleshooting, and
replacement procedures for major hardware components required to maintain
the EOAP.
Chapter 6, Multi-Purpose Server - MPS provides troubleshooting and
diagnostic information to identify, diagnose and correct system problems and
to monitor and maintain appropriate system operation for the MPS running
the ELAP and EPAP application software and containing Sun Netra servers.
NOTE: For an MPS with TekServer platforms running the ELAP or EPAP
application software, refer instead to the Eagle STP with TekServer IAS MPS
Platform Software and Maintenance Manual for troubleshooting and diagnostic
information to identify, diagnose and correct system problems and to
monitor and maintain appropriate system operation.
In addition, these appendices provide useful reference material for maintenance,
diagnostic, and troubleshooting activities.
Appendix A, Card Removal/Replacement Procedures
Appendix B, X.25/SS7 Message Conversion
Appendix C, Holdover Clock Troubleshooting Procedures
Appendix D, Unsolicited Output Message Groups
Appendix E, Auto-Inhibit HW Verification Codes
Appendix F, UAM Balancing Matrix
1-2 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Introduction
DRAFT
NOTE: EAGLE systems supporting ANSI networks make use of the LNP and
SEAS features. EAGLE systems supporting ITU networks do not include these
systems.
NOTE: IP7 Secure Gateway information described in this manual is valid for
the IP7 Front End. The IP7 Front End configuration is a stand-alone single-shelf
IP7 Secure Gateway. When using this manual, consider IP7 Front End and IP7
Secure Gateway as functional equivalents, with the IP7 Front End limited to a
single-shelf configuration.
Scope and Audience

This manual is intended for maintenance personnel who must maintain the Eagle
STP and Eagle LNP systems. The technician should be familiar with SS7 protocol.
The manual provides preventive and corrective procedures that will aid
maintenance personnel in maintaining the Eagle system.
Preventive maintenance procedures are routines to be carried out on a scheduled
basis to help prevent system failures. These routines are industry-standard
recommendations, and may be adopted to fit any company maintenance plan.
The corrective maintenance procedures are those used in response to a system
alarm or output message. These procedures are Eagle-specific, and aid in the
detection, isolation and repair of faults.
Related Publications
The Maintenance Manual is part of the Eagle STP documentation set and may
reference related manuals of this set. The documentation set includes the
following manuals:
The Commands Manual contains procedures for logging into an Eagle STP
system or an IP7 Secure Gateway system, logging out of the system, a general
description of the terminals, printers, the disk drive used on the system, and a
description of all the commands used in the system.
The Commands Error Recovery Manual contains the procedures to resolve error
message conditions generated by the commands in the Commands Manual.
These error messages are presented in numerical order.
The Database Administration Manual Features contains procedural information
required to configure an Eagle STP system or an IP7 Secure Gateway system to
implement these features: X.25 Gateway, STP LAN, Database Transport
Access, GSM MAP Screening, and Eagle Support for Integrated Sentinel.
The Database Administration Manual - Gateway Screening contains a description
of the Gateway Screening (GWS) feature and the procedures necessary to
configure the Eagle STP system or IP7 Secure Gateway system to support this
feature.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 1-3

Introduction
DRAFT
The Database Administration Manual Global Title Translation contains
procedural information required to configure an Eagle STP system or an IP7
Secure Gateway system to implement these features: Global Title Translation,
Enhanced Global Title Translation, Variable Length Global Title Translation,
Interim Global Title Modification, and Intermediate GTT Load Sharing.
The Database Administration Manual - IP7 Secure Gateway contains procedural
information required to configure the system to implement the SS7-IP
Gateway.
The Database Administration Manual LNP contains procedural information
required to configure an Eagle system or an IP7 Secure Gateway system to
implement the local number portability (LNP) feature.
The Database Administration Manual SEAS contains the procedures that can
be performed from the Signaling Engineering and Administration Center
(SEAC) or a Signaling Network Control Center (SNCC) to configure the Eagle.
These procedures contain a brief description of the procedure, a reference to
the procedure in either the Database Administration Manual SS7, Database
Administration Manual Global Title Translation, or Database Administration
Manual Gateway Screening that contains more information on that procedure,
and a flowchart showing the order that the tasks must be performed.
The Database Administration Manual SS7 contains procedural information
required to configure an Eagle STP system or an IP7 Secure Gateway system to
implement the SS7 protocol.
The Database Administration Manual System Management contains procedural
information required to manage the Eagles database and GPLs, and to
configure basic system requirements such as user names and passwords,
system-wide security requirements, and terminal configurations.
The EPAP Administration Manual describes how to administer to the Eagle
Provisioning Application Processor on the MPS/EPAP platform. The manual
defines the methods for accessing the user interface, menus, and screens
available to the user and describes their impact. It provides the syntax and
semantics of user input and defines the output the user receives, including
messages, alarms, and status.
The ELAP Administration Manual defines the user interface to the Eagle LNP
Application Processor on the MPS/ELAP platform. The manual defines the
methods for accessing the interface, menus, screens available to the user and
describes their impact. It provides the syntax and semantics of user input, and
defines the output the user receives, including information and error
messages.
1-4 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Introduction
DRAFT
The Feature Manual - EIR provides details of a feature providing network
operators with the capability to prevent stolen or disallowed GSM mobile
handsets from accessing the network. This manual gives the instructions and
information on how to install, use, and maintain the EIR feature on the
Multi-Purpose Server (MPS) platform of the Eagle System.
The Feature Manual - G-Port provides an overview of a feature providing the
capability for mobile subscribers to change the GSM subscription network
within a portability cluster while retaining their original MSISDNs. This
manual gives the instructions and information on how to install, use, and
maintain the G-Port feature on the Multi-Purpose Server (MPS) platform of
the Eagle System.
The Feature Manual - INP provides the user with information and instructions
on how to implement, utilize, and maintain the INAP-based Number
Portability (INP) feature on the Eagle Multi-Purpose Server (MPS) platform.
The FTP-Based Table Retrieve Application (FTRA) User Guide describes how to set
up and use a PC to serve as the offline application for the Eagle FTP Retrieve
and Replace feature.
The Feature Manual - G-Flex C7 Relay provides an overview of a feature
supporting the efficient management of Home Location Registers in various
networks. This manual gives the instructions and information on how to
install, use, and maintain the G-Flex feature on the Multi-Purpose Server
(MPS) platform of the Eagle System.
The Eagle STP with TekServer IAS MPS Platform Software and Maintenance
Manual describes the TekServer core platform features and the MPS
customization features that make up the Multi-Purpose Server (MPS)
platform software. This manual also describes how to perform preventive and
corrective maintenance for the MPS.
The Signaling Products Hardware Manual contains hardware descriptions and
specifications of Tekelecs Network Signaling Division (NSD) products. These
include the Eagle STP system, the IP7 Secure Gateway (SG) system, and
OEM-based products which include the ASi 4000 Service Control Point (SCP),
and the Integrated Sentinel with Extended Services Platform (ESP)
subassembly.
The Signaling Products Hardware Manual provides an overview of each system
and its subsystems, details of standard and optional hardware components in
each system, and basic site engineering. Refer to this manual to obtain a basic
understanding of each type of system and its related hardware, to locate
detailed information about hardware components used in a particular release,
and to help configure a site for use with the system hardware.
The NSD Installation Manual contains cabling requirements, schematics, and
procedures for installing the Eagle systems along with LEDs, Connectors,
Cables, and Power Cords to Peripherals. Refer to this manual to install
components or the complete systems.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 1-5

Introduction
DRAFT
The Signaling Products Integrated Applications Installation Manual provides the
installation information on Frame Floors and Shelves for Integrated
Applications Products such as MPS EPAP 4.0, ASi 4000 SCP, and VXi Media
Gateway Controller, Integrated and Non-Integrated Sentinel, LEDs,
Connectors, Cables, and Power Cords to Peripherals. Refer to this manual to
install components or the complete systems.
The LNP Database Synchronization Manual - LSMS 6.0/Eagle describes how to
keep the LNP databases at a Release 6.0 LSMS and at the network element (the
Eagle is a network element) synchronized through the use of
resynchronization, audits and reconciles, and bulk loads.
NOTE: LNP Database Synchronization Manuals for LSMS releases 5.0
and 4.0 can be ordered separately. Contact your sales representative for part
number information.
The LNP Feature Activation Guide contains procedural information required to
configure the system for the LNP feature using telephone number quantities
from 24 million to 96 million telephone numbers.
The TekServer Services Platform Hardware Manual provides general
specifications and a description of the TekServer. This manual also includes
site preparation, environmental and other requirements, procedures to
physically install the TekServer, and troubleshooting and repair of Field
Replacable Units (FRUs).
The Provisioning Database Interface Manual defines the programming interface
that populates the Provisioning Database (PDB) for the Eagle STP features
supported on the MPS/EPAP platform. The manual defines the provisioning
messages, usage rules, and informational and error messages of the interface.
The customer uses the PDBI interface information to write his own client
application to communicate with the MPS/EPAP platform.
The Release Documentation contains the following documents for a specific
release of the system:
Release Notice - Describes the changes made to the system during the lifecycle
of a release. The initial Release Notice includes Generic Program Loads (GPLs)
only. The final Release Notice provides a list of PRs resolved in a build and all
known PRs.
NOTE: The Release Notice is maintained solely on Tekelecs Customer
Support Website to provide you with instant access to the most up-to-date
release information.
Feature Notice - Describes the features contained in the specified release. Also
provides the hardware baseline for the specified release, describes the
customer documentation set, provides information about customer training,
and explains how to access the Customer Service website.
Technical Bulletins - Contains a compilation of updates to methods or
procedures used to maintain the system (if applicable).
1-6 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Introduction
DRAFT
System Overview - Provides high-level information on SS7, the IP7 Secure
Gateway, system architecture, LNP, and EOAP.
Master Glossary - Contains an alphabetical listing of terms, acronyms, and
abbreviations relevant to the system.
Cross-Reference Index - Lists all first-level headings used throughout the
documentation set.
Previously Released Features - The Previously Released Features Manual briefly
describes the features of previous Eagle and IP7 Secure Gateway releases, and
it identifies the release number of their introduction.
Documentation Admonishments
Admonishments are icons and text that may appear in this and other Eagle STP
and LSMS manuals that alert the reader to assure personal safety, to minimize
possible service interruptions, and to warn of the potential for equipment
damage. Following are the admonishments, listed in descending order of priority.
DANGER:
(This icon and text indicate the possibility of personal injury.)
WARNING:
(This icon and text indicate the possibility of equipment damage.)
CAUTION:
(This icon and text indicate the possibility of service interruption.)
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 1-7

Introduction
DRAFT
Customer Assistance
The Tekelec Technical Services department offers a point of contact through which
customers can receive support for problems. The Tekelec Technical Services
department is staffed with highly-trained engineers to provide solutions to
technical questions and issues seven days a week, twenty-four hours a day. A
variety of service programs are available through the Tekelec Technical Services
department to maximize the performance of Tekelec products that meet and
exceed customer needs.
Tekelec Technical Services

To receive technical assistance, call the Tekelec Technical Services department at
one of these locations:
Tekelec, UK
Phone (within the UK): 07071 232453
(outside the UK): +44 7071 232453 or +44 1784 437067
Tekelec, USA
Phone (within continental US): (888) 367-8552
(outside continental US): +1 919-460-2150
Or, you can request assistance via electronic mail at [email protected].
When the call is received, a Customer Service Report (CSR) is issued to record the
request for service. Each CSR includes an individual tracking number.
Once a CSR is issued, Technical Services determines the classification of the
trouble. If a critical problem exists, emergency procedures are initiated. If the
problem is not critical, information regarding the serial number of the system,
COMMON Language Location Identifier (CLLI), and initial problem symptoms
and messages is recorded and a primary Technical Services engineer is assigned
to work on the CSR and provide a solution to the problem. The CSR is closed
when the problem is resolved.
Emergency Response
In the event of a critical service situation, emergency response is offered by
Tekelec Technical Services twenty-four hours a day, seven days a week. The
emergency response provides immediate coverage, automatic escalation, and
other features to ensure that the critical situation is resolved as rapidly as possible.
A critical situation is defined as a problem with an Eagle STP/Eagle LNP systems
that severely affects service, traffic, or maintenance capabilities, and requires
immediate corrective action. Critical problems affect service and/or system
operation resulting in:
1-8 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Introduction
DRAFT
A total system failure that results in loss of all transaction processing
capability
Significant reduction in system capacity or traffic handling capability
Loss of the systems ability to perform automatic system reconfiguration
Inability to restart a processor or the system
Corruption of system databases that requires service affecting corrective
actions
Loss of access for maintenance or recovery operations
Loss of the system ability to provide any required critical or major trouble
notification
Any other problem severely affecting service, capacity/traffic, billing, and
maintenance capabilities may be defined as critical by prior discussion and
agreement with Tekelec Technical Services.
Documentation Packaging, Delivery, and Updates

Customer documentation is provided with each system in accordance with the
contract agreements. Customer documentation is upgraded whenever significant
changes that affect system operation or configuration are made. Customer
documentation updates may be issued in the form of an addendum or as a reissue
of the affected documentation.
The document part number is shown on the title page along with the current
revision of the document, the date of publication, and the software release that the
document covers. The bottom of each page contains the document part number
and the date of the publication.
Two types of releases are major software releases and maintenance releases.
Maintenance releases are issued as addenda with a title page and change bars. On
the changed pages, the date and document part number are changed. On any
unchanged pages that accompany the changed pages, the date and the document
part number are changed.
In the event a software release has minimum effect on documentation, an
addendum is provided. The addendum provides an instruction page, a new title
page, a change history page, and replacement chapters bearing the date of
publication, the document part number, and change bars.
If a new release has a major impact on documentation, such as a new feature, the
entire documentation set is reissued with a new part number and a new release
number.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 1-9

Introduction
DRAFT
Hardware Repair and Return

Eagle STP and Eagle LNP systems components being returned for repair or
replacement must be processed through the Tekelec Return Material
Authorization (RMA) procedures. A hardware repair is defined as an item
returned to Tekelec due to a failure, with the returned item being repaired and
returned to the customer.
Procedure- RMA
1 Obtain an RMA number from a Tekelec Technical Services engineer at

(800) 432-8919 and confirm the following information:
Shipping and billing addresses
The individual who is to receive the item at the address
The prime customer contact
Warranty information. If the item is not under warranty and an annual
purchase order for repair and return is not in effect, the Technical Services
engineer will require a purchase order from the customer.
A detailed description of the problem and failure symptoms
2 If the item is a like-for-like replacement, the Technical Services engineer

arranges for shipment of the replacement item to the customer.
Repair and Return Shipping Instructions

All returned equipment, assemblies, or subassemblies must be shipped to the
Tekelec Repair and Return Facility specified by the Technical Services engineer.
The item being returned must be shipped in the original carton or in an
equivalent container assuring proper static handling procedures and with the
freight charges prepaid.
The assigned RMA number must be clearly printed on the Attn: line of the
shipping label on the outside of the shipping package. If the RMA number is not
placed on the label, the return could be delayed.
Ship to:
Tekelec
Attn: RMA ####
26604 Agoura Road
Calabasas, California 91302
1-10 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Introduction
DRAFT
Maintenance Strategy
The Eagle STP and Eagle LNP systems are equipped with an automated
surveillance system, which allows many failures to be detected and repaired
autonomously. When trouble is detected, and its cause determined, the system
software attempts to isolate the trouble and recover itself through reinitialization.
Because of the use of distributed processing throughout the system, the
reinitialization can be localized with little or no impact on the rest of the system or
network.
If the system software is unable to correct the problem, an output message is
generated and maintenance personnel are provided with equipment location,
nature of the trouble, and alarm severity.
There are three levels of recovery in the Eagle STP and Eagle LNP systems:
Application self recovery
System maintenance software intervention
Maintenance personnel intervention.
Application Self Recovery

This is the most desirable method of recovery, as it is nearly transparent to the
network, and does not require any system resources. Examples of applications
capable of self recovery:
Link failure
Link set failure
Route failure
Interprocessor message transport (IMT) bus failure.
Failure of a link relies on SS7 maintenance to correct the trouble. This usually
entails placing the link out of service (OS), re-aligning the link, then placing the
link back in service.
Route failures also rely on SS7 maintenance. Transfer restricted (TFR) and transfer
prohibited (TFP) are commonly used to reroute messages around a node.
System Maintenance Software Intervention

The system maintenance software operates at two levels, maintenance and
administration subsystem (MAS) and application subsystem (SS7, X.25, GLS,
DTA, and STPLAN). All troubles detected at the application level are reported to
the maintenance and administration subsystem (MAS), which is responsible for
generating system alarms and output messages.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 1-11

Introduction
DRAFT
Refer to the Release Documentation for more detailed information on system
software and maintenance.
Maintenance Personnel Intervention

Maintenance personnel intervention is required when hardware fails, or when
software is unable to recover. There are few occurrences of maintenance that
would require maintenance personnel intervention. Examples include:
Blown fuses
Loss of power (Note: Maintenance personnel intervention is required to
restore the power. Once power is restored, the Eagle recovers automatically.)
Card failure
System Maintenance Log

On the following page is an example of a system maintenance log. Use this page
to generate copies for your site. Tekelec recommends this log be completed after
every preventive and corrective maintenance procedure.
The purpose of this log is to provide both maintenance personnel and the Tekelec
Technical Services personnel with a complete trouble history for the specific site.
This aids in spotting trouble trends, which if left unrecorded would be impossible
to detect.
This is a troubleshooting aid, and should be filled out completely. Printouts or any
other supportive material should be referenced whenever possible. The Tekelec
Technical Services personnel may ask for some of this information at a later time,
if a particular trend begins to develop.
The trouble code field in the log is for recording Eagle system trouble messages.
All maintenance (regardless of nature) should be recorded on this log for
reference when troubleshooting.
1-12 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Introduction
DRAFT
Date Trouble Code Action Init
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 1-13

Introduction
DRAFT
List of Acronyms and Abbreviations

This manual uses the following acronyms and abbreviations:
AAL .................................... ATM Adaptation Layer
AAL5 .................................. ATM Adaptation Layer Type 5
AAL5CP............................. ATM Adaptation Layer Type 5 Common Part
AATM ................................ ATM Applique
ACG.................................... Automatic Call Gapping
ACM ................................... Application Communications Module
ACT .................................... Activate
ADJ DPC ........................... Adjacent Destination Point Code
AI ........................................ Address Indicator
AIN..................................... Advanced Intelligent Network
ALM ................................... Alarm
AMA................................... Automatic Message Accounting
ANSI .................................. American National Standards Institute
AP ...................................... Application Processor
APC .................................... Adjacent Point Code
APPL .................................. Application
AS ....................................... Application Server; a logical entity serving a specific
Routing Key
ASi ...................................... Application Specific Interface
ASM ................................... Application Services Module
ASM-GLS........................... Application Services Module with the GLS application
ASM-SCCP ........................ Application Services Module with the SCCP
application
ASP ..................................... Application Server Process
AST ..................................... Associated State for Maintenance
ATH ................................... Application Trouble Handler
ATI ...................................... Any Time Interrogation
ATM.................................... Asynchronous Transfer Mode
1-14 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Introduction
DRAFT
BIP ......................................Board Identification PROM

BITS ....................................Building Integrated Timing System
BLM ....................................Bulk Load Module
BPDCM ..............................The application software for flash memory
management on the DCM card.
BPHCAP.............................The application software used by the application
processor and the IMT processor of the LIMATM
BPS ......................................Bits per Second or Bytes per Second
BSN ....................................Backward Sequence Number
CCS7 ..................................Common Channel Signaling System #7

CDE.....................................Common Desktop Environment
CDL.....................................Command Driven Loopback
CDPA ..................................Called Party Address
CF .......................................Control Frame
CGPA ..................................Calling Party Address
CIC ......................................Circuit Identification Code
CLASS ...............................Custom Local Area Signaling Service
CLLI ...................................Common Language Location Identifier
CLU.....................................Network Cluster
CNAM ................................Caller ID with Name
CNCF..................................Calling Name Conversion Facility
CPU ....................................Central Processing Unit
CRC ....................................Cyclic Redundancy Check
CRP .....................................Circular Route Prevention
CSU .....................................Channel Service Unit
DB .......................................Database
DCM ...................................Data Communications Module
DDL ....................................Dynamic Data Loading
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 1-15

Introduction
DRAFT
DIMM................................. Dual Inline Memory Module
DIP...................................... Dual Inline Position
DN ...................................... Directory Number
DPC ................................... Destination Point Code
DPCA ................................. ANSI Destination Point Code
DPCI ................................... ITU International Destination Point Code
DPCN ................................. ITU National Destination Point Code
DSM.................................... Data Services Module
DSU .................................... Data Service Unit
DS0 ..................................... Digital Signal Level - 0
DS1 ..................................... Digital Signal Level - 1
EBD&A .............................. Enhanced Bulk Download and Audit

EBI ...................................... Extended Bus Interface
ECM.................................... Error Correction Method
EF ....................................... Extension Frame
EIR ..................................... Equipment Identity Register
EMS .................................... Element Management system
ENET .................................. Ethernet
ELAP .................................. Eagle LNP Application Processor
EMAP................................. Eagle Measurements Application Processor
EOAP.................................. Embedded OAP
EPAP................................... Eagle Provisioning Application Processor
EPROM ............................. Erasable PROM
ESD ..................................... Electrostatic Discharge
ESP...................................... Extended Services Platform
FAP .................................... Fuse and Alarm Panel

FE ........................................ Far End
FPC ..................................... Full Point Code
1-16 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Introduction
DRAFT
FRU .....................................Field Replaceable Unit
FSN ....................................Forward Sequence Number
FTA ......................................File Transfer Area
FTP ......................................File Transfer Protocol
G-Flex .................................GSM Flexible Numbering

G-Port .................................GSM Mobile Number Portability
Gbyte ..................................Gigabyte
GLS .....................................Gateway Loading Services
GPL ....................................Generic Program Load
GPSM II ..............................General Purpose Service Module II (Hardware)
GSL ....................................Generic Software Load
GSM ....................................Global System for Mobile Communications
GTA.....................................Global Title Address
GTI ......................................Global Title Indicator
GTT .....................................Global Title Translation
GTWY .................................Gateway Administration measurements report
GUI......................................Graphical User Interface
GWS ...................................Gateway Screening
HMUX ................................High-Speed Multiplexer

HRN....................................Home Routing Number
HSL .....................................High-Speed Links
ICMP...................................Internet Control Message Protocol

ID ........................................Identity
ILA ......................................Integrated LIM Applique
IMEI ....................................International Mobile Equipment Identity
IMSI ....................................International Mobile Subscriber Identity
IMT ....................................Interprocessor Message Transport
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 1-17

Introduction
DRAFT
IN ........................................ Intelligent Network
INAP .................................. Intelligent Network Application Protocol
INP...................................... INAP-based Number Portability
INET ................................... Internet
IP......................................... Internet Protocol
IP7 ....................................... Internet Protocol based SS7 Interface
IP7 SG ................................. IP7 Secure Gateway
IPLIM ................................. The application software used by the DCM card for
TCP/IP point-to-point connectivity for ANSI point
codes.
IPLIMx ............................... Point to point IP Transport GPL, referring to IPLIM
(ANSI) and IPLIMI (ITU)
IPMX ................................. IMT Power and Multiplexer
IS-41.................................... International Standard 41 (same as and interchangeable
with ANSI-41)
IS-ANR .............................. In Service - Abnormal
ISCC.................................... Integrated Serial Communications Controller
ISDN .................................. Integrated Services Digital Network
IS-NR ................................. In Service - Normal
ISUP ................................... ISDN User Part
ITU...................................... International Telecommunications Union
LAN ................................... Local Area Network

LATA .................................. Local Access Transport Area
LBP ..................................... Loop Back Point
LC ....................................... Logical Channel
LED .................................... Light Emitting Diode
LFS...................................... Link Fault Sectionalization
LIM .................................... Link Interface Module
LIM-AINF.......................... A LIM with the AINF interface
LIMATM ............................ A LIM used with ATM (high-speed) signaling links
LIM-DSO .......................... LIM with DSO appliqu
1-18 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Introduction
DRAFT
LIM-E1................................LIM with E1 applique
LIM-OCU ..........................LIM with Office Channel Unit appliqu
LIM-V35 .............................LIM with V35 interface
LNP.....................................Local Number Portability
LOC.....................................Location
LRN.....................................Location Routing Number
LS ........................................Link Set
LSL ......................................Low-Speed Link
LSMS ..................................Local Service Management System
LSN ....................................Link Set Name
LSSU ..................................Link Status Signaling Unit
MAAL.................................Management ATM Adaptation Layer

MAP....................................Mobile Application Part
MAPSCRN.........................GSM MAP Screening measurements report
MAS ....................................Maintenance and Administration Subsystem
MASP..................................MAS processor
MBUS..................................Maintenance Bus
Mbyte..................................Megabyte
MCAP .................................MAS Communication Application Processor Card
MCP ....................................Measurement Collection Processor
MCPM ................................Measurement Collection and Polling Module
MDAL.................................Maintenance Disk and Alarm (card)
MF ......................................Miscellaneous frame
MIB .....................................Management Information Base
MIM ....................................Multi-Channel Interface Module
MNP....................................Mobile Number Portability
MNP-SRF ...........................Signaling Relay Function for support of Mobile
Number Portability
MPL ....................................Multi-port LIM
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 1-19

Introduction
DRAFT
MPS .................................... Multi-Purpose Server (This device contains either Sun
Netra or Tekelec TekServer platform hardware.)
MRN................................... Message Reference Number
MSC .................................... Mobile Switching Center
MSU ................................... Message Signaling Unit
MTCD ................................ Maintenance Daily measurements report
MTCDTH........................... Maintenance Day-to-Hour measurements report
MTCH ................................ Maintenance Hourly (marginal) measurements report
MTCS ................................. Maintenance Status (link/link set) measurements
report
MTP .................................... Message Transfer Part
MTP2 .................................. Message Transfer Part, Level 2
NDC ................................... Network Data Collection

NE....................................... Network Element
NI ........................................ Network Indicator
NID..................................... Network Identification
NM...................................... Network Management
NMD .................................. Network Management Data
NP....................................... Number Plan
NPA ................................... Numbering Plan Area
NSD .................................... Network Signaling Division
NSP .................................... Network Services Part
OAM .................................. Operations, Administration, and Maintenance

OAP ................................... Operation System Support Application Processor
OOS-MA ........................... Out of Service - Memory Administration
OOS-MT ............................ Out of Service - Maintenance
OOS-DSBLD ..................... Out of Service - Disabled
OPC ................................... Originating Point Code
OSI ..................................... Open System Interconnect
1-20 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Introduction
DRAFT
OSS......................................Operation Support System
PC .......................................Point Code
PCM ....................................Power Cooling Module
PCR .....................................Preventive Cyclic Retransmission
PDBA ..................................Provisioning Database Application
PDBI....................................Provisioning Database Interface
PDN ....................................Packet Data Network
PDU ....................................Protocol Data Unit
PDS .....................................Persistent Device States
PMTC..................................Peripheral Maintenance
PROM ................................Programmable Read-only Memory
PST .....................................Primary State for Maintenance
PVC .....................................Permanent Virtual Circuit
Q.3 ......................................Q.3 protocol
RAM ...................................Random Access Memory

RBASE ................................Record Base measurements report
RFC .....................................Request For Comments
RLE......................................Remote Link Element
RN .......................................Routing Number
RMC ...................................Remote Maintenance Center
RSM.....................................Remote Switching Module
RTDB...................................Real Time Database
SAAL ..................................Signaling ATM Adaptation Layer

SCCP ..................................Signaling Connection Control Part
SCCS ...................................Switching Control Center System
SCM ....................................System Configuration Manager
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 1-21

Introduction
DRAFT
SCMG................................. SCCP Management
SCP .................................... Service Control Point
SCRSET ............................. Screen Set
SCSI ................................... Small Computer System Interface
SEAC .................................. Signaling Engineering and Administration Center
SEAS ................................... Signalling, Engineering, and Administration System
SIB ...................................... Status Indication Busy
SIE ...................................... Status Indication Emergency alignment
SIN ..................................... Status Indication Normal alignment
SIO ..................................... Service Information Octet
SIOS ................................... Status Indication Out of Service
SLK .................................... Signaling Link
SLTC ................................... SS7 Signaling Link Test Controller
SLTM ................................. Signaling Link Test Mode
SMS..................................... Short Message Service
SMSC.................................. Short Message Service Center
SS7 ..................................... Signaling System #7
SSN .................................... SS7 Subsystem Number
SSP ..................................... Service Switching Point
SST ...................................... Secondary State for Maintenance
SSU .................................... Status Signaling Unit
STP ..................................... Signal Transfer Point
SVC..................................... Switched Virtual Circuit
TCAP ................................. Transaction Capabilities Application Part

TCP ..................................... Transmission Control Protocol
TDM ................................... Terminal Disk Module
TMN ................................... Telecommunication Management Network
TRBL .................................. Trouble
TSM .................................... Translation Services Module
1-22 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Introduction
DRAFT
TT ........................................Translation Type
TVG.....................................Group Ticket Voucher
UART .................................Universal Asynchronous Receiver - Transmit

UAM ...................................Unsolicited Alarm Message
UDP ....................................User Datagram Protocol
UDT ....................................Unit Data Transfer
UDTS .................................Unit Data Transfer Service
UI.........................................User Interface
UID .....................................User ID
UIM.....................................Unsolicited Information Message
UPD ...................................Update
VCC.....................................Virtual Circuit Connection

VCI ......................................Virtual Channel Identifier
VCL .....................................Virtual Channel Link
VPC .....................................Virtual Path Connection
VPI ......................................Virtual Path Identifier
VSCCP ................................VxWorks Signaling Connection Control Part
WAN ...................................Wide Area Network
X.25 DE...............................X.25 destination entity
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 1-23

Introduction
DRAFT
1-24 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
2
Preventive Maintenance
Contents ......................................................................................................... Page

Introduction.......................................................................................................2-2
Maintaining the Fuse and Alarm Panel.........................................................2-2
FAP Components .......................................................................................2-4
Alarms .........................................................................................................2-7
Diode Testing and the Diode Jumper......................................................2-8
MO Removable Cartridge Description........................................................2-10
Removable Cartridge Handling Procedures ..............................................2-13
Inserting the MO Removable Cartridge ...............................................2-14
Removing the MO Removable Cartridge.............................................2-14
Daily Procedures.............................................................................................2-15
Backup the Database (Daily) ..................................................................2-15
System Reports Analysis.........................................................................2-17
File Transfer for LNP and INP Measurements ....................................2-18
Weekly Procedures .........................................................................................2-20
Database Archive (Weekly) ....................................................................2-20
Printer Inspection.....................................................................................2-22
Remote Access Verification.....................................................................2-23
Monthly Procedures .......................................................................................2-24
Database Archive (Monthly) ..................................................................2-24
FAP Load Balance Verification (PN 870-0243-XX only)......................2-25
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 2-1

DRAFT
Changing the Air Supply Filter............................................................. 2-32
Cleaning Printer ...................................................................................... 2-34
Fuse Spares Inventory ............................................................................ 2-35
Wrist Strap Test ........................................................................................ 2-36
Quarterly Procedures .................................................................................... 2-37
Database Archive (Quarterly) ............................................................... 2-37
Preventing Dust Buildups...................................................................... 2-39
Rectifier Voltage Inspection/Recording............................................... 2-40
Semi-Annual Procedures .............................................................................. 2-41
Spare Inventory Rotation ....................................................................... 2-41
Introduction
The procedures on the following pages are routine maintenance procedures to be
performed on a scheduled basis. These procedures are recommendations that if
followed will aid in maintaining system performance and data integrity.
These routines aid in detecting trouble trends and intermittent troubles. As with
any maintenance activity, personnel should be encouraged to maintain a log of all
routines performed. This aids the maintenance technician as well as the Tekelec
Technical Services personnel in determining the source of system troubles and
ways to prevent certain troubles from occurring again.
Instructions for performing required maintenance routines are provided. In the
event another document may be required for a specific task, that document is
referenced.
For MPS troubleshooting and diagnostic information:
Refer to Chapter 6, Multi-Purpose Server - MPS for information about the
Multi-Purpose Server (MPS) with Sun Netra servers
OR
Refer to the MPS Platform Software and Maintenance Manual for information
about the Multi-Purpose Server (MPS) with the TekServer platform.
Maintaining the Fuse and Alarm Panel

The Fuse and Alarm Panel (FAP) serves as a central location for identifying a
variety of potential problem conditions. However, you may have to occasionally
perform corrective maintenance on the FAP, itself.
2-2 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
The FAP consist of five major functions:
Input connections
Diodes
Fuse Arrays
Alarm circuitry
Output connections
Figure 2-1 illustrates the relationship between these functions.
Figure 2-1. FAP High-Level Block Diagram
Alarm Input Fuse, Power, and

Diode Alarm Alarm Output
-48VDC Diode side A

Input A
Fuse Array Powered Output
Diode -48VDC
Jumper
-48VDC Diode side B

Input B
-48RTN A
-48RTN B Legend
Alarm Signal
Power
To further assist your FAP maintenance efforts, this section provides further
information about the FAP unit:
The FAP components
FAP alarms
Diode testing and the diode jumper
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 2-3

DRAFT
For more detailed information on the FAP and its components, refer to the FAP
Technical Reference (820-2888-01).
FAP Components
The FAP consists of nine printed circuit boards, each identified by an acronym on
its label (see Figure 2-2):
Backplane (FAP_BP): Located inside the FAP unit, parallel to the back side of
the FAP box.
Alarm board (FAP_AB): Located on the center-right of the front panel, set
vertically inside the FAP unit, perpendicular to the front panel.
Diode boards (FAP_DB): Two boards located on the front panel, flanking the
Alarm and Jumper boards on the left and right, and perpendicular to the front
panel. Set vertically inside the FAP unit.
Extender boards (FAB-EB): Two boards located inside the FAP unit, parallel to
the bottom of the FAP box, on the far right and left of the unit.
Fuse holder boards (FAP_FB): Two boards located inside and parallel to the
front panel, on the far right and left of the FAP unit.
Jumper board (FAP_JB): Located on the center-left of the front panel, set
vertically in the unit, perpendicular to the front panel.
Figure 2-2. Location of FAP Components
Extender Backplane Board

Board (FAP_BP)
(FAP_EB)
Fuse Holder
Board
(FAP_FB)
Diode Board
(FAP_DB)
Alarm Board
(FAP_AB) Jumper Board
(FAP_JB)
2-4 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Each of the FAP components has associated functions, as shown in Figure 2-3.
Figure 2-3. FAP Component Functions

Fuse PCB
FAP_BP
B Side Fuses (20)

FAP_EB
FAP_FB
Back plane PCB
B PWR Feed Extension PCB
FAP_DB Diode B PCB

TP B Fuse
B Side PWR LED B Side Diode(s)
TP B
FAP_JB Diode Jumper PCB

Connectorized
B Distrib PWR
Diode Jumper Diode Jmp LED
FAP_AB Alarm PCB Fuse LED
B PWR Relay A PWR Relay CR/MJ/MN LED

A Distrib PWR
B Distrib PWR
Individual
Alarm Input
Individual
FAP_DB Diode A PCB TP A Fuse
A Side PWR LED A Side Diode(s) TP A

Connectorized
A Distrib PWR
Fuse PCB
A Side Fuses (20)

FAP_EB FAP_FB
Extension PCB
A PWR Feed
The FAP is composed of nine circuit boards, as shown in Figure 2-1. Eight of these
circuit boards are field replaceable, and can be hot-swapped.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 2-5

DRAFT
Table 2-1. FAP Component Replacement

Component Replacement Part Number
Requirements
FAP Backplane Must be replaced through
850-0515-xx
(FAP_BP) factory
FAP Alarm Board 850-0518-xx (card)
Field replaceable
(FAP_AB) 870-1609-xx (assembly)
FAP Diode Boards
Field replaceable 850-0517-xx (card)
(FAP_DB_A and
(one at a time) 870-1608-xx (assembly)
FAP_DB_B)
Field replaceable
FAP Extender Boards
(one at a time 850-0519-xx
(FAP_EB)
with service interruption)
FAP Fuse Holder Field replaceable
Boards (one at a time 850-0516-xx
(FAP_FB) with service interruption)
FAP Jumper Board 850-0523-xx (card)
Field replaceable
(FAP_JB) 870-1641-xx (assembly)
The following sections describe each type of circuit board:
Backplane Board (FAP_BP)
The backplane circuit board provides all of the external connections for the FAP. It
consists primarily of circuit routing and connectors, but also has one pull-down
resistor, which provides a default alarm signal for the Fuse Alarm in the event the
alarm board is removed from the FAP.
Alarm Board (FAP_AB)
The alarm circuit board provides indicators and relays for the EAGLE status and
fuse alarms. This board includes a jumper (JMP50) for future use. This jumper is
installed for all existing configurations.
Diode Boards (FAP_DB)
The diode circuit boards provide power diodes and power input test points. Four
diode footprints are included: two for Assembly A and two for Assembly B. Only
one of the four positions is intended to be populated.; the second footprint is
provided for future part rating changes or additional heat-dissipation
capabilities.
2-6 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Extender Boards (FAP_EB)
The extender board provides connection between the backpanel board and the
fuse holder boards.
Fuse Holder Boards (FAP_FB)
The fuse holder boards provide 20 fuses with a common alarm.
Jumper Board (FAP_JB)
The jumper board provides the capability to by-pass the diode boards with a fuse.
Use this board only for maintenance operations.
Alarms
The FAP provides visual alarms, by means of a lit LED, for a variety of status
alarms (see Figure 2-2).
Table 2-2. FAP Alarm Conditions
Alarm Alarm Condition Remote Indications
EAGLE software command
through TDM Dependent on EAGLE
Critical LED
MDAL not present and software
MDAL_P jumper off
EAGLE software command Dependent on EAGLE
Major LED
through TDM software
EAGLE software command Dependent on EAGLE
Minor LED
through TDM software
Distribution fuse blown
Alarm circuit board removed
(no LED indication) Fuse alarm to EAGLE
Fuse LED
Jumper on the jumper circuit through TDM
board is on
Power feed failure
Power feed A is off, but power is Fuse alarm to EAGLE
PWR A LED
available to B. through TDM
Power feed B is off, but power is Fuse alarm to EAGLE
PWR B LED
available to A. through TDM
OP/MAINT Jumper on the jumper circuit Fuse alarm to EAGLE
LED board is on. through TDM
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 2-7

DRAFT
A fuse alarm identifies the following problems or conditions within the FAP:
blown fuse(s)
power loss for side A or B
alarm card removed
maintenance mode
Use the following indicators to determine the nature of the problem:
Table 2-3. Additional Alarm Indicators
Indicator Alarm Condition
Fuse alarm and fuse flag down Blown fuse
Fuse alarm and PWR A LED Input power loss on A
Fuse alarm and PWR B LED Input power loss on B
Diode jumper is installed
Fuse alarm and OP/MAINT LED is red
(by-passing diodes)
Diode Testing and the Diode Jumper

The diode board must be tested periodically. To test a diode circuit board without
powering down the entire EAGLE system, perform the following procedure.
Procedure
1. Check to verify the OP/MAINT LED is green, indicating the FAP is not in
maintenance mode.
2. Unscrew the two thumbscrews securing the FAP jumper board (P/N
870-1641-01) and remove the board.
3. On the jumper circuit board, move the jumper (the DB-26 male connector)
from P71 to P72. Tighten the thumbscrews connecting the jumper to its mate,
to ensure a good connection. This repositioning overrides the diodes,
establishing a direct connection between input and fuse panels.
WARNING: If fuses are blown, DO NOT continue with this procedure.

Instead, contact Technical Services at the appropriate number.
Reference: Tekelec Technical Services on page 1-8
4. Make sure the glass fuses are installed and verify they are good by using
the multimeter to check for continuity across each of the glass fuses.
2-8 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
5. Verify that two glass fuses are behind the P72 connector. If these fuses are not
present, install them before continuing.
6. Slide the jumper board back into the FAP and verify both of the following
alarms display:
the OP/MAINT LED lights red on the FAP
. an EAGLE fuse alarm displays on the terminal
You may now remove either or both diode circuit boards without affecting
EAGLE service.
NOTE: Using the jumper override negates the backpower protection

usually provided by the diode board.
7. Locate diode board A (P/N 870-1608-01) and unscrew the two thumbscrews
securing the board. Remove the board from the FAP.
8. Locate the diode to be tested. It has three pins and is attached to the large heat
sink. The diode is labeled CR43.
9. Set your digital multimeter to measure resistance.
10. Measure the resistance between the center pin of the diode and either of the
outside pins. Record this measurement.
11. Measure the resistance between these same pins again, but switch the
multimeter leads, so the positive lead is now on the opposite pin. Record this
measurement.
12. Compare the two measurements. If the diode is functioning properly, one
reading should be less than 10K ohms and the other should be much greater.
If both readings are above or below 10K ohms, the diode may have failed.
Replace the failed board with a spare diode board.
13. Repeat steps 9 through 11, measuring the resistance between the other outside
pin and the center pin.
This completes the test for diode board A.
14. Repeat steps 6 through 12, using diode board B (P/N 870-1608-02). This
completes the test for diode board B.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 2-9

DRAFT
15. Reinsert the two functional diode boards. Tighten the thumbscrews on each
board to secure it to the FAP.
16. Unscrew the two thumbscrews securing the FAP jumper board (P/N
870-1641-01) and remove the board.
17. On the jumper circuit board, move the jumper (the DB-26 male connector)
back from P72 to its original position on P71. Tighten the thumbscrews
connecting the jumper to its mate, to ensure a good connection. This
repositioning returns the diodes to their original, non-maintenance position.
18. Slide the jumper board back into the FAP. Verify the OP/MAINT LED lights
green. The fuse alarm LED returns to green.
The diode board testing procedure is completed.
MO Removable Cartridge Description

The removable cartridge drive is located on the Maintenance Disk and Alarm
Card (MDAL) in card location 1117. A removable cartridge is used for two
purposes:
To hold an off-line, backup copy of the administered data and system GPLs
To hold a copy of the measurement tables
To use a removable cartridge to hold the system data, it must be formatted for
system data. To use a removable cartridge to hold measurements data, it must be
formatted for measurements data. The Eagle provides the user the ability to
format a removable cartridge for either of these purposes. A removable cartridge
can be formatted on the Eagle by using the format-disk command. For more
information on the format-disk command refer to the Commands Manual.
The Eagle uses a 2.3, 4.1 or 5.2 Gbyte magneto-optical (MO) removable cartridge.
When the cartridge is write protected, no data can be written to the cartridge, nor
can the cartridge be erased or formatted. Data can only be read from the cartridge.
When the cartridge is write enabled, data can be written to the cartridge, data can
be read from the cartridge, and the cartridge can be erased and formatted.
The LEDs on the front faceplate indicate critical, major, and minor alarms and
card activity.
2-10 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
The write protecting mechanism of the MO removable cartridge is a red tab
located in the lower left corner of the cartridge. Under the red tab is an arrow
pointing toward the left edge of the cartridge; the words DATA PROTECT are
under the arrow. To write-protect the MO removable cartridge, slide the red tab to
the left (the direction of the arrow) until it snaps into place. The hole to the right of
the tab should be clear and open. See Figure 2-4.
Figure 2-4. 2.3 Gbyte Write Protected Removable Cartridge
DATA PROTECT
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 2-11

DRAFT
To write enable the MO removable cartridge, slide the red tab to the right, the
opposite direction of the arrow, until it snaps into place. The hole to the right of
the tab should be filled with a red dot. See Figure 2-5.
Figure 2-5. 2.3 Gbyte Write Enabled Removable Cartridge
DATA PROTECT
2-12 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
The MO removable cartridge is a two sided cartridge, with sides designated as
side A and side B. The MO removable cartridge drive can only access one side of
the cartridge at a time; which side is accessed depends on how the cartridge is
inserted into the removable cartridge drive. The side indicator is located on the
shutter on each side of the removable cartridge.
Figure 2-6 shows the layout of the removable cartridge drive.
Figure 2-6. 2.3 Gbyte Removable Cartridge Drive Layout
LED
Cartridge
Insertion Slot
Emergency Eject Hole
Eject Button
Removable Cartridge Handling Procedures
Purpose
This section is referenced in this manual by many procedures requiring the use of
the removable cartridge and the removable cartridge drive. The procedures found
in this section are recommended procedures for handling the removable
cartridges.
NOTE: Removable cartridges should never be left unattended in the
MDAL.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 2-13

DRAFT
Inserting the MO Removable Cartridge
Procedure
1. To insert the removable cartridge to access side A, insert the removable

cartridge into the cartridge insertion slot of the drive with the indicator for
side A on the shutter facing to the right side of the drive and away from the
side with the LED and the eject button.
2. To insert the removable cartridge to access side B, insert the removable

cartridge into the cartridge insertion slot of the drive with the indicator for
side A on the shutter facing to the left side of the drive and toward the side
with the LED and the eject button.
3. When the removable cartridge is inserted into the removable cartridge drive,
the LED is yellow. When the cartridge is ready to use, the LED is green.
Removing the MO Removable Cartridge
Procedure
1. Verify that the LED on the removable cartridge drive is green. If the LED is
yellow, the drive is being accessed by the Eagle and the cartridge cannot be
removed from the drive. Wait until the LED is green before attempting to
remove the cartridge from the drive.
2. When the LED is green, push the eject button on the removable cartridge
drive. While the cartridge is being ejected from the drive, the LED is yellow.
3. The LED is off when the cartridge is fully ejected from the drive. The cartridge
can now be removed from the drive.
2-14 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Daily Procedures
Purpose
The procedures found in this section are recommended procedures for daily
routine preventive maintenance. Some procedures may refer to other chapters
within this document.
Backup the Database (Daily)
Purpose
This procedure is used to make a backup of the database on the fixed disk and
provide a current copy of the system data to be stored on-site. This procedure can
then be used in the event a fixed disk is damaged. This procedure should not be
confused with the other database archival procedures. Should the backup
removable cartridge created with this procedure become unreadable, the other
procedures in this chapter will ensure that a good copy of the database is still
available.
Requirements
The databases in the current partitions of both MASPs (FD CRNT) must be
coherent.
At least one removable cartridge formatted for system data is needed for this
routine. Each removable cartridge should be labeled as Daily Backup. Each day,
select the removable cartridge with this label and perform the backup procedure.
Interval
Daily
Procedure
1. Enter the following command to check the operational status of the database:
rept-stat-db
If necessary, refer to the Commands Manual to interpret the output.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 2-15

DRAFT
2. Enter the following command to create a backup of the database on the fixed
disk:
chg-db:action=backup
This command should take no longer than 30 minutes to execute. It could take
longer depending on other system activity that is in progress when this
command is entered.
During command execution, these messages appear (the active MASP is
displayed first):
BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup starts on active MASP.
BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP A - Backup on active MASP to fixed disk complete.
BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP B - Backup starts on standby MASP.
BACKUP (FIXED) : MASP B - Backup on standby MASP to fixed disk complete.
3. Insert the removable cartridge labeled Daily Backup into the removable
cartridge drive on the MDAL card.
Reference: Removable Cartridge Handling Procedures
4. Enter the following command to create a backup of the database on the

removable cartridge:
chg-db:action=backup:dest=remove
During command execution, these messages should appear.
BACKUP (REMOVABLE) : MASP A - Backup starts on active MASP.
BACKUP (REMOVABLE) : MASP A - Backup to removable cartridge complete.
5. Verify that the databases on the removable cartridge (RD BKUP) and the
current partition of the active MASP (FD CRNT) are coherent by entering the
following command:
rept-stat-db
6. Remove the removable cartridge from the removable cartridge drive on the
MDAL card.
7. Make an entry in the site maintenance log that a backup was performed. Place
the removable cartridge in a safe place, easily accessible in the event of a
catastrophic failure.
2-16 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
System Reports Analysis
Purpose
The purpose of this routine is to inspect the printer outputs for possible trouble
messages and routinely check the status of the STP through traffic measurements.
By inspecting printouts and measurements on a daily basis, system trends can be
detected and resolved.
Requirements
Printer must be configured to receive traffic reports. Measurements collection

must be activated before reports containing current data can be printed. Enter the
following command to activate measurements collection, if necessary:
chg-meas:collect=on
Refer to the Commands Manual for more information. If measurements are already
allowed, an error message indicates this.
Reports Description
A system terminal and printer output system related messages as well as network
protocol messages. Any abnormal activity (this is network dependent) should be
highlighted and saved for later retrieval. Refer to Chapter 3, Corrective
Maintenance for a description of system related messages and procedures for
recovery.
Interval
Daily
Variables
hh = The end half-hour interval (0 - 2330) for requested interval
Procedure
1. Enter the following command to print a measurements report for the STP
entity type:
rept-meas:type=systot:enttype=stp
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 2-17

DRAFT
2. Enter the following command to print a measurements report for the link
entity type (this command requires either the loc and port parameters or the
lsn parameter):
rept-meas:type=comp:enttype=link
3. Review the STP report and compare with the link report. If excessive errors
exist on any one particular link, enter the following command to print a report
for the time period the errors occurred:
rept-meas:enttype=link:period=specific:hh
Refer to the Commands Manual for more information on using the rept-meas
command.
4. From this report, determine what events may have occurred during the 30
minute measurements collection period.
File Transfer for LNP and INP Measurements

NOTE: EAGLE systems supporting an ITU network are not configured with
the LNP or SEAS features.
Purpose
The purpose of this procedure is to output LNP/INP measurements to the file

transfer area (FTA) so the measurements can be collected.
Requirements
A computer with a VT320 or KSR connection to the Eagle. A communication
program that both emulates VT terminals and supports Kermit file transfer.
Previous LNP/INP measurement files must have been successfully transferred
and deleted (dlt-fta) before the start of this procedure. A spreadsheet program that
can import Comma Separated Value (CSV) text files. A PC running ProComm
for Windows and Microsoft Excel can also be used.
Interval
Daily and/or weekly.
Procedure
1. From the Eagle VT320 or KSR terminal, enter the following command to
display the contents of the FTA:
2-18 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
disp-fta-dir:loc=xxxx
Where xxxx = the active TDM (1114 or 1116).
2. From the Eagle VT320 or KSR terminal, enter the following command to
delete any existing files from the FTA:
dlt-fta:loc=xxxx:all=yes
Where xxxx = the active TDM (1114 or 1116)
3. In this example, from the Eagle VT320 or KSR terminal, enter the following
command to send LNP daily measurements to the FTA:
rept-meas:enttype=lnp:type=mtcd
4. Enter the following command to activate the file transfer:

act-file-trns:loc=xxxx
5. Enter the following command to acquire a list of the files transferred to the
FTA in step 4:
disp-fta-dir:loc=xxxx
6. Transfer the desired files (with .csv suffixes) to the PC by using the get
command from within the communications program configured to run
Kermit in ASCII mode.
An example of the Kermit commands to extract the previous days records are
as follows:
> get mon_lnp.csv
> get tues_ssp.csv
> get thu_lrn.csv
> get sat_npa.csv
> finish
7. Run a spreadsheet program and open each of the files collected to view the
LNP/INP measurement data.
8. Once all the files are successfully transferred and confirmed, enter the
following command to remove the files from the FTA:
dlt-fta:loc=xxxx:all=yes
Where xxxx = the active TDM (1114 or 1116)
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 2-19

DRAFT
Weekly Procedures
Purpose
The procedures found in this section are recommended for weekly routine
preventive maintenance. Some procedures may refer to other chapters within this
document.
Database Archive (Weekly)
Purpose
The purpose of this procedure is to create a copy of the database on a weekly

basis over a period of four weeks to be stored in an archive. The copies can then
be used in the event a removable cartridge is damaged, and a new copy is
required.This routine will generate four copies of the database, all taken at
weekly intervals.
Each tape in this cycle should be designated as Week 1, Week 2, Week 3, or
Week 4. When all four removable cartridges have been used, repeat the process
starting with the Week 1 cartridge.
Requirements
Four removable cartridges formatted for system data are required for this routine.
The removable cartridge should be labeled Week 1 through Week 4. Once
each week, select the removable cartridge with the appropriate label and perform
the backup procedure. Each week, select the removable cartridge with the next
sequential number and perform this procedure.
Interval
Weekly
Procedure
rept-stat-db
2. Insert the removable cartridge labeled Week x into the removable cartridge
drive on the MDAL card.
2-20 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
During command execution, these messages should appear.
4. Verify that the databases on the removable cartridge backup partition (RD
BKUP) and the current partition of the active maintenance and administration
subprocessor system (MASP) fixed disk current partition (FD CRNT) are
coherent by entering the following command:
rept-stat-db
MDAL card.
6. Make an entry in the site maintenance log that a backup was performed for
the appropriate week (Week 1, Week 2, Week 3, or Week 4). Place the
removable cartridge in a safe place, easily accessible in the event of a
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 2-21

DRAFT
Printer Inspection
Purpose
This procedure verifies the printer is operational and the ribbon does not need
replacement. Should the printer cease operation, system reports and trouble
reports would not be printed at the system printer. Use the following procedure
to verify the operation of the printer.
Requirements
A printer connected through an RS232 to a serial port on the Eagle control shelf
backplane. Refer to the printer user manual (provided by the printer
manufacturer) for detailed specifics on maintaining the printer.
Interval
Weekly
Variables
x = TDM serial port number (1-16)
Procedure
1. Verify the carriage assembly is free of any debris. Remove the top of the
printer if necessary.
2. Check that the power indicator is illuminated (on). If not, verify the power
cord is plugged in.
3. Check the online indicator. If off, press the select button. Verify the indicator is
illuminated.
4. Verify the presence of on-line indicators using the printer Users Manual.
5. Enter the following command to send output to the printer:

act-echo:trm=x.
2-22 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
6. Type the following command at a terminal to verify the printer is operating:
rept-stat-trm
If the printer does not print any messages, check the printer cable and verify it
is connected to a system terminal. If not, reconnect the printer cable (refer to
the Installation Manual for cable pinouts).
7. Look at the printout. If the ink is faded and difficult to read, replace the
ribbon. Refer to the Users Manual provided by the manufacturer for ribbon
replacement procedures.
Remote Access Verification
Purpose
The purpose of this routine is to verify proper operation of the modem used for
remote access of the Eagle system.
Requirements
Remote terminal and modem.
Interval
Weekly
Procedure
1. From a remote PC or terminal, dial the telephone number of the modem

connected to the Eagle.
2. When connected, verify you are able to log in to the Eagle system and enter
commands.
3. Once you have verified the operation of the modem, logoff from the Eagle and
terminate your connection.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 2-23

DRAFT
Monthly Procedures
Purpose
The procedures found in this section are recommended procedures for monthly
Database Archive (Monthly)
Purpose
The purpose of this procedure is to create a copy of the database on a monthly

basis over a period of four months to be stored in an archive. The copies can then
be used in the event a removable cartridge is damaged, and a new copy is
required. This routine will generate four copies of the database, all taken at
monthly intervals.
Each tape in this cycle should be designated as Month 1, Month 2, Month 3, or
Month 4. When all four removable cartridges have been used, repeat the process
starting with the Month 1 cartridge.
Requirements
Four removable cartridges formatted for system data are required for this routine.
The removable cartridge should be labeled Month 1 through Month 4. Once
each month, select the removable cartridge with the appropriate label and
perform the backup procedure. Each month, select the removable cartridge with
the next sequential number and perform this procedure.
Interval
Monthly
Procedure
rept-stat-db
2. Insert the removable cartridge labeled Month x into the removable

cartridge drive on the MDAL card.
2-24 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
following command:
rept-stat-db
MDAL card.
6. Make an entry in the site maintenance log that a backup was performed for
the appropriate month (Month 1, Month 2, Month 3, or Month 4). Place the
removable cartridge in a safe place, easily accessible in the event of a
FAP Load Balance Verification (PN 870-0243-XX only)
Purpose
This procedure is issued to verify the Load Balance Factor (LBF) for the A and B
power supplied to each Fuse and Alarm Panel (FAP) in the Eagle STP. This
procedure applies ONLY to installed FAPs with Tekelec P/N 870-0243-XX.
The LBF is an empirically derived number that provides an indication if a Tekelec
STP System Frame has an open power distribution diode. The difference in
amperage between the A versus B battery leads should be within a typical
range. Values outside of this range should be an indication of a potential problem
and requires further investigation.
Requirements
Tekelec recommends that the verification be performed using a Clamping Type

Multimeter (Clamp Amp Meter). If the Clamp Meter has different settings or
functions than the ones described in this procedure, consult the instruction
manual for this meter and determine substitute settings or functions. Results of
this verification should be recorded on the form provided with this procedure and
filed with the STP System maintenance records.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 2-25

DRAFT
CAUTION: This procedure must be performed with the utmost Caution.
All safety precautions associated with in service equipment and power
must be strictly followed. Any equipment that is below the shelf that is
being worked on must be protected from falling tools or debris. All jewelry,
rings, watches must be removed before this procedure is started. Read this
procedure completely before proceeding.
Interval
Monthly
Procedure
1. Login to system via a dedicated terminal or connect a PC to an Eagle terminal

port. Open a capture log via ProComm Plus or other PC communications
program.
2. Enter the following command to determine the status of all the cards in the
system.
rept-stat-card
If necessary, refer to the Commands Manual to interpret the output. Save the
results to compare with the outputs at the conclusion of this procedure.
3. Enter the following command to verify the status of the signaling links
rept-stat-slk
4. Enter the following command to get a report of all the device trouble
notifications that are currently logged in the OAM RAM storage area:
rept-stat-trbl
5. Enter the following command to check the status of the IMT:

rept-stat-imt
2-26 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
6. Enter the following command to check the status of the SCCP subsystem:
rept-stat-sccp
rept-stat-db
results to compare with the outputs at the conclusion of this procedure. Verify
that FD CRNT and FD BKUP for TDM 1114 and TDM 1116 match. If they do
not match, perform the following procedure before continuing:
Reference: Backup the Database (Daily) procedure on Page 2-15
WARNING: Do not proceed to the next step if the backup fails.
8. Set the Clamp Amp Meter to measure DC amps. Set the dial to the DC 400A
setting and zero out/adjust the meter by turning the 0 ADJ control. The meter
must read 00.0.
NOTE: On the inside of the Clamp Amp Meter there should be an arrow.
The arrow must always be pointing towards the frame when clamped
around the cable. If the meter cannot be directly observed, the DATA
HOLD function can be utilized, if the meter is so equipped, and the reading
will hold. The jaws of the meter must be around the cable for the DATA
HOLD function to operate.
Values of less than 1.0 Amp on BOTH the A and B sides are not
applicable. Ignore plus (+) or minus (-) in the meter reading.
9. Measure the current on the A side of the Eagle STP Frame FAP selected for
verification. Clamp the meter around the -48VDC A battery cable on the FAP.
Record the reading on the Test Record form on page 2-31.
10. Depress the DATA HOLD function again, if this option was utilized in Step 9.
Verify the Clamp Amp Meter reading is 00.0. The meter must read 00.0 before
proceeding with Step 11.
11. Measure the current on the B side of the Eagle STP Frame FAP selected Step 9.
Clamp the meter around the -48VDC B battery cable on the FAP. Record the
reading on the Test Record form on page 2-31.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 2-27

DRAFT
12. Calculate the Load Balance Factor (LBF) and record on the Test Record Form
on page 2-31
a. Compute the difference between A and B sides (A-B) or (B-A).
b. The difference is divided by the lower of the two (2) measured values (A
or B) and expressed as a percentage. This percentage is the LBF.
c. Enter the LBF in the appropriate space on the Test Record form.
Refer to Figure 2-7 and Figure 2-8 for examples of this formula.
Data indicates that the acceptable range can be between 0% and 125%.
The 125% point is a Flag that indicates further investigation is warranted. It
indicates the potential for at least one open diode.
Figure 2-7. Open Diode Example
Open Diode Example

(Diode 3 Opens) sseo
2.25 amps Fuse 1 Fuse 2 2.5 amps
D1 D2
Ammeter Ammeter
A B
2.25 Amps D3 D4 7.75 Amps
LBF=(A-B)/A --> LBF=(5.5/2.25)*100 --> 244%
2-28 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Figure 2-8. Steady State Example
Steady State Example

(All diodes operational) sse
D1 D2
Ammeter Ammeter
A B
4.5 Amps D3 D4 5.0 Amps
LBF=(A-B)/A --> LBF=(.5/4.5)*100 --> 11.1%
13. Contact Tekelec Technical Services at the appropriate number for values above
the 125% threshold.
Reference: Tekelec Technical Services on page 1-8.
14. Depress the DATA HOLD function again, if this option was utilized in Step 9.
Verify the Clamp Amp Meter reading is 00.0. The meter must read 00.0 before
proceeding with Step 15.
15. Repeat Steps 8 through 14 for all Eagle STP System FAPs.
16. Enter the following command to determine the status of all the cards in the
system.
rept-stat-card
Compare the output with the results from Step 2. The outputs should be the
same as initially recorded.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 2-29

DRAFT
17. Enter the following command to verify the status of the signaling links
rept-stat-slk
18. Enter the following command to get a report of all the device trouble
notifications that are currently logged in the OAM RAM storage area:
rept-stat-trbl
rept-stat-imt
20. Enter the following command to check the status of the SCCP subsystem:
rept-stat-sccp
rept-stat-db
2-30 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Table 2-4. Tekelec Method of Procedure Test Record

TEKELEC Method of Procedure Test Record
Frame A Battery B Battery A-B Delta Load Balance Technician/Date
(Amps) Factor (LBF
CF 00
EF 00
EF 01
EF 02
EF 03
EF 04
OAPF
MISC
NOTE: Complete this test record for all FAP tests

Retain this record in the Tekelec Eagle STP System maintenance files.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 2-31

DRAFT
Changing the Air Supply Filter
Purpose
The purpose of this routine is to prevent dirt and dust from building up around
the fan units, hindering them from cooling the shelf effectively.
Requirements
A replacement air filter. Refer to Appendix A for correct part number.
Interval
Every 45 days.
Procedure
1. Turn the fan power switch to the OFF position. The Active LED under the fans
becomes unlit and the fan Alarm LED turns red. The EAGLE generates a UAM
indicating a fan failure.
2-32 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
2. Unscrew the two thumbscrews securing the grill and remove it. The air filter
is now accessible.
Figure 2-9. Fan Filter Replacement
EOAP filter iso
Fans
Filter
Grill
3. Remove and discard the old air filter.
4. Position the new air filter so that it covers the opening to the fan assembly.
Check the bottom edge of the filter to make sure the airflow indicator arrows
are pointing away from you and towards the fan assembly.
5. To replace the grill, position it on the fan assembly and screw in the two
thumbscrews to secure the grill in place.
6. Turn the fan power switch to the ON position. The two LEDs for the fan
assembly turn green and the EAGLE generates a UIM to indicate the fan
alarm is cleared.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 2-33

DRAFT
Cleaning Printer
Purpose
The purpose of this routine is to prevent the system printer from building up dirt
and dust around the print heads and carriage assemblies, preventing it from
operating.
Requirements
Printer cleaning kit, or cleaning solvent. Cotton swabs and damp cloth.
Interval
Monthly
Procedure
Follow the manufacturers procedures for cleaning the print head and
carriage assembly.
2-34 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Fuse Spares Inventory
Purpose
This routine verifies ample spare fuses are available. Fuses are used in the fuse
and alarm panel (FAP).
Requirements
None
Interval
Monthly
Fuse Types
Two types of fuses are used in the Eagle STP:

Industry standard GMT fuse 1 amp
Industry standard GMT fuse 3 amp
Fuse Storage
Spare fuses are stored in a fuse tray located on the side of each frame. Check that
both types of GMT fuses are in this tray. Tekelec recommends no fewer than five
of each fuse type be readily accessible.
If the Eagle is not located at the end of a bay, check your facilitys spare fuse
storage.
GMT fuses are industry standard fuses and are provided by Tekelec during
installation of the system. Additional inventory of these fuses should be
purchased through Tekelec.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 2-35

DRAFT
Wrist Strap Test
Purpose
The purpose of this routine is to verify the integrity of the anti-static wrist strap
and ground cord used when handling cards from the Eagle STP.
Requirements
Ohmmeter, wrist strap (equipped with the Eagle).
Interval
Monthly
Procedure
DANGER: If the resistance measured is less than 800 Kohms, you may be
electrocuted if the equipment short circuits while you are wearing the wrist
strap. If the resistance measured is greater than 1200 Kohms, you may
damage your equipment.
1. Detach the grounding cord from the wrist strap.
2. Using an ohmmeter, measure the resistance between the two ends of the
ground cord.
3. If you measure a resistance between 800 Kohms and 1200 Kohms, the ground
cord is safe to continue using.
4. If you measure a resistance that is not between 800 Kohms and 1200 Kohms,
discard the ground cord and wrist strap. They are no longer safe to use.
2-36 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Quarterly Procedures
Purpose
The procedures found in this section are recommended procedures for quarterly
Database Archive (Quarterly)
Purpose
The purpose of this routine is to create an archive copy of the Eagle STP database.
This archive copy should be stored off-site and saved for emergency recovery
when all other procedures have failed. This routine will reuse the same removable
cartridge each quarter.
Requirements
This procedure requires a removable cartridge formatted for system data.
Interval
Quarterly
Procedure
rept-stat-db
2. Insert the removable cartridge labeled Archive into the removable cartridge
drive on the MDAL card.

910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 2-37

DRAFT
following command:
rept-stat-db
MDAL card.
6. Make an entry in the site maintenance log that a backup was performed on the
Archive removable cartridge. Place the removable cartridge in a safe place
off-premise. This copy is for emergency recovery in the event all other
methods of database recovery failed.
2-38 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Preventing Dust Buildups
Purpose
The purpose of this routine is to prevent dust build-up in and around the cabinet.
Collection of dust within the Eagle STP can allow electrostatic charges to build
around circuit cards, possibly damaging cards installed in the system.
Requirements
Damp cloth
Interval
Quarterly
Procedure
NOTE: Do not use compressed air. Do not remove the plexiglass panels
from the rear of the frame. This procedure is to be used for removing dust
from the front of the system and from around the card cages only.
1. Open the cabinet doors on the front of the cabinet(s). Using a damp cloth,
wipe the dust from the doors and from the front of the card cages.
2. Using the same cloth, wipe the dust from the air intakes and around the
exterior of the system frames.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 2-39

DRAFT
Rectifier Voltage Inspection/Recording
Purpose
The purpose of this routine is to verify that the rectifier is providing adequate
voltages and has not become a marginal supply. By identifying power supply
problems early, the possibility of failure can be circumvented.
Requirements
Volt meter capable of measuring DC voltages in the range of -20VDC to -60VDC.
Interval
Quarterly
Procedure
1. Locate the power source for the Eagle STP.
2. Using a VOM, measure the -48VDC supply.
3. Verify voltages are between -46VDC and -52VDC. (If voltages are higher or
lower, refer to the manufacturers maintenance procedures for appropriate
action).
2-40 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Semi-Annual Procedures
Purpose
The procedure found in this section is recommended for semi-annual (every 6

months) routine preventive maintenance. Some procedures may refer to other
chapters within this document.
Spare Inventory Rotation
Purpose
The purpose of this routine is to verify the integrity of spare cards. By rotating
spares on a regular basis, their operation can be verified before they are needed as
replacements.
Requirements
None
Interval
Semi-annually (every 6 months)
Procedure
WARNING: This procedure may interrupt service. Verify the type of card
and service it provides, and only use this routine during the maintenance
window.
1. Identify the spare cards in your inventory.
2. Locate the card in service that matches the configuration of your spare card.
3. Verify the part numbers and revision numbers of the cards are compatible.
4. Refer to Appendix A, Card Removal/Replacement Procedures, for the

proper procedure for each card type.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 2-41

DRAFT
5. Place the card from your spares inventory into the now empty slot. Perform
any administrative commands described in Appendix A.
6. Make an entry in the site maintenance log and place the card removed from
the system into your spares inventory.
2-42 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
3
Corrective Maintenance
Contents ......................................................................................................... Page

Introduction.......................................................................................................3-2
System Alarm Levels........................................................................................3-3
Critical..........................................................................................................3-3
Major ............................................................................................................3-4
Minor ...........................................................................................................3-4
Trouble Detection .......................................................................................3-4
Audible Alarms ..........................................................................................3-4
Visual Alarms .............................................................................................3-4
IMT Bus States ............................................................................................3-9
IMT System Alarm Level Determination .............................................3-10
Unsolicited Alarm Messages (UAM)........................................................... 3-11
Unsolicited Information Messages (UIM)...................................................3-20
Output Messages......................................................................................3-34
Output Message Format .........................................................................3-35
UAM/UIM Changes ......................................................................................3-37
Eagle Release 29.0 / IP7 7.0 UAM/UIM Changes ..............................3-37
Eagle Release 29.1 UAM/UIM Changes ..............................................3-39
Eagle Release 30.0 / IP7 8.0 UAM/UIM Changes ..............................3-39
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-1

DRAFT
Eagle Release 31.0 UAM/UIM Changes.............................................. 3-48
Alarm Clearing Procedures.......................................................................... 3-52
Retrieve Trouble Report ................................................................................ 3-53
Hourly Status Message Reports................................................................... 3-54
Maintenance System Event Logs................................................................. 3-59
Obituaries........................................................................................................ 3-61
Terminal Not Responding ............................................................................ 3-61
Printer Not Working...................................................................................... 3-63
Modem Not Working .................................................................................... 3-66
Remove Removable Cartridge Stuck in Drive on MDAL........................ 3-67
Link Maintenance .......................................................................................... 3-69
Link Fault Sectionalization .................................................................... 3-69
Link Maintenance Enhancements......................................................... 3-74
Power Down of In-Service System.............................................................. 3-80
Power Up of the System ............................................................................... 3-84
UAM and UIM Troubleshooting Procedures............................................. 3-85
Introduction
The Eagle STP trouble detection is distributed throughout the system. Each
processor continually monitors its internal subsystems and certain external
subsystems. Whenever a trouble condition changes state, the processor analyzes
the change and stores the analysis for reporting to the active MASP. The trouble
detection software does not affect the service quality of the system.
Each MASP is made up of two cards, the GPSM-II card (General Purpose Service
Module II) and the TDM (terminal disk module).
The GPSM-II card contains the communications processor and applications
processor and provides connections to the IMT bus. The GPSM-II controls the
maintenance and database administration activity.
3-2 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
The TDM contains the fixed disk drive, the terminal processor for 16 serial I/O
ports and an interface to the MDAL (maintenance disk and alarm) card which
contains the removable cartridge drive and alarm logic. There is only one MDAL
card in the maintenance and administration subsystem and it is shared between
the two MASPs.
The TDM is associated with a specific GPSM-II card. For example, the TDM in
location 1114 is associated with the GPSM-II in location 1113 and the combination
of these two cards is designated as MASP A. The TDM in location 1116 is
associated with the GPSM-II in location 1115 and the combination of these two
cards designated as MASP B. When MASP A is active, the GPSM-II in location
1113 and TDM in location 1114 are active. When MASP A is standby, the GPSM-II
in location 1113 and TDM in location 1114 are standby. One MASP is always active
and the other MASP is always standby.
To determine which MASP is active, enter the rept-stat-db command, the
rept-stat-card command, or examine the LEDs on both TDM cards. If the LED on
the TDM card is green, the associated MASP is active. (If the LED on the TDM
card toggles between green and amber, the associated MASP is standby.)
The output of the rept-stat-db command shows which MASP is active with the
indicator (ACTV) following the TDM card location. The indicator (STDBY)
following the TDM card location shows which MASP is standby.
The output of the rept-stat-card command shows which MASP is active with the
entry ACTIVE in the SST field for the GPSM-II card. The entry STANDBY in the
SST field for the GPSM-II card shows which MASP is standby.
The database commands, such as rept-stat-db, refer to the TDM because the TDM
contains the fixed disk drive for the MASP. The MDAL is only referred to when
inserting or removing the removable cartridge because the removable cartridge
drive resides on the MDAL.
System Alarm Levels

There are three levels of alarms in the Eagle STPsystem. They are:
Critical
Major
Minor
Critical
A critical alarm is an indication of a problem that affects service, traffic, billing,
and maintenance capabilities and requires immediate maintenance attention,
regardless of time of day.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-3

DRAFT
Major
A major alarm is an indication of a problem that seriously affects system
operation, maintenance and administration, etc. and requires immediate
attention. The urgency is less than in critical situations because of a lesser
immediate or impending effect on system performance, customers, and operating
company operations and revenue.
Minor
A minor alarm is an indication of a problem that does not have a serious affect on
service, and may or may not require maintenance attention.
Trouble Detection
The first step in analyzing a system trouble is to know when a trouble exists. The
Eagle STP handles this task through:
Audible alarms
Visual alarms
Event/error messages
Audible Alarms
The Eagle STP has three types of audible alarms: critical, major and minor.
Audible alarms are generated by the maintenance disk and alarm card (MDAL),
and can be heard through the electronic sonalert device installed on the card.
Each alarm has its own distinct cadence as described in the following:
Critical - Two tones 0.5 seconds apart, separated by 1.5 seconds of silence.
Major - Single tone, separated by 1.5 seconds of silence.
Minor - Single tone of 5 seconds or continuous tone for power plant alarm.
Visual Alarms
The Eagle STP has several types of visual alarms. They are:
MDAL LEDs
Alarm LEDs on the Fuse and Alarm Panel (FAP)
Alarms displayed on the system terminal
LEDs on application cards
End cabinet alarm indicators
3-4 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Maintenance personnel usually see the alarm LEDs on the fuse and alarm panel
(FAP) and the alarms displayed on the system terminal screen to alert them that a
system problem exists. The LEDs on a card help maintenance personnel diagnose
where a problem exists.
MDAL LEDs
Following are the five alarm LEDs on the face of the MDAL card. See Figure 3-1:
Critical
Major
Minor
MASP-A
MASP-B
When the system detects an alarm, the appropriate alarm level and location
(MASP-A or MASP-B) LEDs illuminate. See Figure 3-1.
NOTE: Verify the state of the MDAL card by observing the LEDs on the
face of the MDAL card. The fuse and alarm panel do not reflect any alarms
caused by the MDAL card.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-5

DRAFT
Figure 3-1. MDAL Alarm LEDs
LEDs Descriptions
RED - Critical alarm condition
TEKELEC CRITICAL detected
GREEN - No alarm
RED - Major alarm condition
MAJOR detected
GREEN - No alarm
AMBER - Minor alarm
MINOR condition detected
GREEN - No alarm
CRITICAL
CRITICAL GREEN - MASP-A is the
OR MAJOR
MASP-A active MASP
MAJOR OFF - MASP-A is the standby
MINOR MASP or is not present
MINOR
MASP-A OR MASP-A GREEN - MASP-B is the
active MASP
MASP-B
MASP-B MASP-B OFF - MASP-B is the standby
MASP or is not present
OR
Manual Eject. Use

Paper clip or pin
Revision
number
REV X
870-0773-xx REV xx
Serial
number
870-0773-XX
CLEI
MDAL
MDAL
code
mdal leds
Part
number
3-6 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Alarm LEDs on the Fuse and Alarm Panel (FAP)
There are six alarm LEDs on the FAP (Table 3-1):

Two power alarm LEDs (A and B)
A critical alarm LED
A major alarm LED
A minor alarm LED
A fuse alarm
The FAP provides protected distribution of power to the system. Protection is
provided by the fuses placed in the GMT fuse holders used in the panel.The FAP
contains a fuse fail alarm circuit that operates when one or more of the panels
fuses fail. An LED changes from green to red when a fuse has failed. The LED
remains red until the fuse has been replaced.
The fuse and alarm panel uses GMT fuses for individual circuit protection (see
Figure 3-2). The Eagle STP uses 3A and 1A fuses, depending on the application.
When a fuse fails due to an overload condition, a small colored flag on the fuse
shows the position of the fuse that has failed. The flag is gray on 1A fuses, blue on
3A fuses, black/white on 7.5A fuses, and red on 10A fuses.
Figure 3-2. GMT Fuse
flag
blown position
fuse flag colors
gray - 1A ready position
blue - 3A
black/white - 7.5A
red - 10A
The panel contains two separate circuits, A and B. Current flows from the input
terminals to the fuse bus. When a fuse is installed in a fuse holder, the circuit is
completed to the output connector. The Fuse Fail Alarm LED on the front panel
indicates the condition of the panel. Green is indicated if power is applied to the
panel and there are no failed fuses. The green LED changes to red when a fuse
fails. An unlit LED indicates a failed LED or no power to the fuse and alarm
panel.
The fuse and alarm panel is also equipped with frame alarm LEDs that display
the critical, major, and minor alarms generated by the Eagle STP system.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-7

DRAFT
The Fuse and alarm panels have the A and B buses connected through diodes to
allow one bus to pick up the entire load when the other bus loses power.
Table 3-1 describes the front panel configuration of the fuse and alarm panels.
Table 3-1. Fuse and Alarm Panel Front Items (P/N 804-0007-06)
Fuse Panel Item Description
Fuse Positions 2 groups of 20 GMT fuses
Card Holder slide-card holder with 2 designation cards for 20 fuse positions
each
Fuse Alarm LED indicator for fuse fail alarm
Critical Alarm LED indicator for critical alarm
Major Alarm LED indicator for major alarm
Minor Alarm LED indicator for minor alarm
Power Alarm LED indicator for lose of power on either A bus or B bus
Figure 3-3. Fuse and Alarm Panel Front Layout (CF/EF, Misc., and OAP)
CRITICAL
A B
MAJOR
POWER MINOR POWER

ALARM ALARM
1 10 20 FUSE 1 10 20
ALARM
CARD HOLDER
Figure 3-4. Fuse and Alarm Panel Front Layout (Release 26.0)
PWR TEST CRITICAL PWR TEST

POINT POINT
POS POS
MAJOR
PWR ALARM A
PWR ALARM B
OP/MAINT MINOR
PWR TEST PWR TEST
POINT FUSE POINT
NEG NEG
FAP_DB_A FAP_JB FAP_AB FAP_DB_B
FUSE BANK A FUSE BANK B
TEKELEC
fap frnt 870-1601-01
A-side Frontview B-side
3-8 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Alarms appearing on a terminal screen
Three types of alarms may be displayed on a system terminal screen:

CRIT - Indicates a critical alarm
MAJR - Indicates a major alarm
MINR - Indicates a minor alarm
These appear as three highlighted boxes in the top left corner of a terminal. If an
alarm condition exists, it is displayed in one of the highlighted boxes. There is a
fourth box next to the three alarm boxes that is not used. To obtain information
about the alarm, use the rept-stat-alm command at the system terminal, followed
by a carriage return. This command provides all current alarm status. Refer to the
Commands Manual for more information about the rept-stat-alm command.
Alarms on Application Cards
Each application card has LEDs that indicate the condition of the card. Alarm
conditions appear on the card if the card has a fault. Refer to the Installation
Manual for the location and description of the card LEDs.
End Cabinet Alarm Indicators
There are three alarm LEDs on the end cabinet:

A critical alarm LED
A major alarm LED
A minor alarm LED
When an alarm condition is present, one or more of these LEDs illuminate in the
signifying the overall system alarm level. Refer to the Installation Manual for alarm
indicators.
IMT Bus States

The states of the IMT bus are combined from the primary state (PST) and
secondary state (SST) for each IMT bus and are as follows:
PST SST Definition

IS-NR Active IMT bus is operating normally.
IS-ANR Fault IMT bus has had a failure on at least one but not all
cards.
IS-ANR Manual IMT bus is inhibited, but some cards have been
connected to it.
OOS-MT Fault IMT bus has a failure on all cards.
OOS-MT-DSBLD Manual IMT bus is inhibited and no cards are connected to it.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-9

DRAFT
The rept-stat-imt command is used to report the status of the IMT bus. An example
of the output follows:
RLGHNCXA03W 00-09-27 16:50:24 EST EAGLE 31.4.0
IMT PST SST AST
A IS-NR Active -----
ALARM STATUS = No alarms
IMT PST SST AST
B IS-ANR Fault -----
ALARM STATUS = ** 0108 Major IMT Failure Detected
Command Completed.
IMT System Alarm Level Determination

The state of the IMT subsystem is determined from the state of each IMT bus. If
both buses are IS-NR active, the IMT subsystem is IS-NR active. If only one IMT
bus is manually disabled (IS-ANR manual), the IMT subsystem is IS-ANR
manual. Otherwise, the IMT subsystem state is IS-ANR fault.
The alarm level of an IMT bus in the IS-ANR fault state is determined by how
many bad card connections it has. The number of bad connections required for a
major alarm or a minor alarm are as follows:
0 failures = no alarm
1-2 failures = minor alarm
3 or more = major alarm
The alarm levels on the individual buses combine to give the overall alarm level
for the IMT subsystem. Table 3-2 shows the rules that are used to determine the
overall alarm level of the system of IMT buses.
Table 3-2. IMT Bus Alarm Levels

Bus A Alarm Level Bus B Alarm Level Overall Alarm Level
Normal Normal Normal
Normal Minor Normal
Minor Normal Normal
Normal Major Minor
Major Normal Minor
Minor Minor Major
Minor Major Major
Major Minor Major
Major Major Critical
3-10 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Unsolicited Alarm Messages (UAM)

The system sends unsolicited alarm messages to the system terminal whenever
there is a system fault. Each message has a trouble code and text associated with
the trouble condition. The message reference numbers and their trouble text are
shown in Table 3-3, Table 3-4, and Table 3-5.
Table 3-3. Critical Alarm Messages
Message Reference Number and Trouble Text
0041 -LSMS bulk load required
0058 - Critical customer trouble detected
0063 - Critical holdover clock trbl detected
0092 - MDAL not responding
0112 - Major failures detected on both IMTs
0128 - All clocks have failed
0153 - STPLAN not available
0181 - NDC Subsystem is not available
0197 - All high speed clocks have failed
0261 - MPS unavailable
0292 - GLS is not available
0308 - Node isolated due to SLK failures
0313 - DPC is prohibited
0319 - REPT-MTPLP-DET: Circ rte det(cong)
0320 - REPT-MTPLP-SUST: Sustained circ rt(cong)
0325 - DPC subsystem is blocked
0326 - DPC subsystem is prohibited
0331 - SCCP is not available
0332 - DPC Subsystem is prohibited and blocked
0334 - DPC Subsystem is Abnormal
0349 - SEAS unavailable
0350 - OAP terminals inhibited
0356 - LSMS is unavailable
0368 - Temp Key(s) have expired
0370 - Critical Platform Failure(s)
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-11

DRAFT
Table 3-3. Critical Alarm Messages (Continued)
0371 - Critical Application Failure(s)
0395 - Local Subsystem is not available
0396 - Local Subsystem is disabled
0424 - LNP Subsystem is not available
0435 - LNP Subsystem is disabled
0437 - System SCCP TPS Capacity Exceeded
0438 - Degraded Mode, Invalid OAM HW config
0455 - EIR Subsystem is not available
0456 - EIR Subsystem is disabled
0468 - All STC Networks Unavailable
0469- All STC Cards Unavailable
0518 - Measurements subsystem unavailable
Table 3-4. Major Alarm Messages
0001 - Card has reset
0008 - Active MASP has become isolated
0013 - Card is isolated from the system
0018 - Exiting forced simplex mode
0051 - TSC sync is in simplex mode
0053 - Standby TDM failure
0059 - Major customer trouble detected
0064 - Major holdover clock trouble detected
0067- REPT-T1F:FAC-T1 Port 1 LOS failure
0068- REPT-T1F:FAC-T1 Port 1 LOF failure
0069 - REPT-T1F:FAC-T1 Port 1 Remote Alarm
0070 - REPT-T1F:FAC-T1 Port 1 Alarm
0073 - REPT-T1F:FAC-T1 Port 2 LOF failure
3-12 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Table 3-4. Major Alarm Messages (Continued)
0082 - Alarm in Fuse panel
0084 - IP Connection Unavailable
0088 - Clocks A and B TSCs are out of sync
0099 - Incompatible HW for provisioned slot
0108 - Major IMT failure detected
0111 - Failure on both IMT A and IMT B
0132 - Loading failed: table not found
0133 - Loading failed: data read Error
0134 - Loading failed: bad checksum returned
0135 - Loading failed: GPL load timeout
0136 - Loading failed: data load timeout
0137 - Loading failed: invalid GPL
0138 - Loading failed: GPL format error
0139 - Loading failed: disk read prep error
0141 - Loading failed: disk read failed
0152 - LIM(s) have been denied STPLAN service
0162 - 1116-P, 1116-S clocks failed
0164 - 1114-S, 1116-S clocks failed
0166 - 1114-S, 1116-P, 1116-S clocks failed
0169 - 1114-P, 1116-P clocks failed
0170 - 1114-P, 1116-P, 1116-S clocks failed
0172 - 1114-P, 1114-S, 1116-S clocks failed
0173 - 1114-P, 1114-S, 1116-P clocks failed
0179 - NDC Q.3 association is unavailable
0185 - 1116-PHS, 1116-SHS clocks failed
0187 - 1114-SHS, 1116-SHS clocks failed
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-13

DRAFT
0189 - 1114-SHS, 1116-PHS,1116-SHS clocks failed
0192 - 1114-PHS, 1116-PHS clocks failed
0193 - 1114-PHS, 1116-PHS,1116-SHS clks failed
0195 - 1114-PHS, 1114-SHS,1116-SHS clks failed
0196 - 1114-PHS, 1114-SHS,1116-PHS clks failed
0201 - REPT-LKF: remote NE loopback
0202 - REPT-LKF: HWP - too many link interrupts
0203 - REPT-LKF: lost data
0204 - REPT-LKF: XER - SUERM threshold exceeded
0205 - REPT-LKF: APF - lvl-2 T1 expd (ready)
0206 - REPT-LKF: APF - lvl-2 T1 expd (not ready)
0207 - REPT-LKF: APF - lvl-2 T3 expired
0209 - REPT-LKF: APF - failed proving period
0210 - REPT-LKF: OSA - received SIO
0211 - REPT-LKF: OSA - received SIN
0212 - REPT-LKF: OSA - received SIE
0213 - REPT-LKF: OSA - received SIOS
0214 - REPT-LKF: ABN - rcvd 2 of 3 invalid BSN
0215 - REPT-LKF: ABN - rcvd 2 of 3 invalid FIB
0216 - REPT-LKF: remote congestion timeout
0217 - REPT-LKF: XDA - excess acknowledge delay
0218 - REPT-LKF: COO - rcvd changeover order
0219 -REPT-LKF: false congestion restart
0220 - REPT-LKF: MTP link restart delayed
0221 - REPT-LKF: X25 link unavailable
0222 - REPT-LKF: remote FE loopback
0224 - REPT-LKF: link test failed
3-14 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0225- REPT-E1F:FAC-E1 Port 1 Far End Failure
0226- REPT-E1F:FAC-E1 Port 1 AIS detected
0227- REPT-E1F:FAC-E1 Port 1 LOF failure
0228- REPT-E1F:FAC-E1 Port 1 LOS failure
0229- REPT-E1F:FAC-E1 Port 1 10E-3 BER failed
0232 - REPT-LKF: remote blocked
0233 - REPT-LINK-MANUAV: local blocked
0234 - REPT-LKF: RMI remote inhibited
0235 - REPT-LINK-MGTINH: local inhibited
0236 - REPT-LKF: not aligned
0237 - REPT-LFK: LM Timer NO-CREDIT expired
0238 - REPT-LKF: XDA-Timer NO-RESPONSE expired
0239 - REPT-LKF: MBL-local processor outage
0240 - REPT-LKF: rcvd SSCOP END-proc outage
0241 - REPT-LKF: rcvd SSCOP END-out of service
0242 - REPT-LKF: rcvd SSCOP END-protocol error
0243 - REPT-LKF:rcvd SSCOP END-mgmnt initiated
0244 - REPT-LKF: FAC - DS1 LOS failure
0245 - REPT-LKF: FAC - DS1 LOF failure
0246 - REPT-LKF: FAC - DS1 LCD failure
0247 - REPT-LKF: XER - ISERM threshold exceeded
0249 - REPT-LKF: Unable to connect
0276 - Insufficient HW for IP7 provisioning
0277 - AS Unavailable
0281 - LNP Ported TNs exceeds Feat. Capacity
0283 - LNP Ported LRNs exceeds Feat. Capacity
0285 - LNP Ported NPAs exceeds Feat. Capacity
0291 - GLS is at minimum service limit
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-15

DRAFT
0297 - Incorrect port configuration
0300 -TVG Grant Failure
0318 - REPT-LKSTO: Link set prohibited
0330 - System SCCP TPS Threshold exceeded
0336 - LIM(s) have been denied SCCP service
0338 - X-LIST space full-entry(s) discarded
0341 - OAP Unavailable
0342 - SEAS UAL unavailable
0343 - SEAS X.25 Link unavailable
0345 - All SEAS UAL sessions unavailable
0348 - SEAS is at min service limit
0354 - One OAP terminal unavailable
0358 - LSMS Q.3 association unavailable
0360 - EMS Agent unavailable
0362 - LSMS is at min. service limit
0367 - Temp Key(s) expiring soon
0372 - Major Platform Failure(s)
0373 - Major Application Failure(s)
0390 - Illegal Address Error
0391 - HMUX not responding Error
0392 - OA&M IP Security feature is OFF
0422 - Insufficient extended memory
0436 - LNP ACG node overload
0441 - Incorrect MBD - CPU
0449 - RTDB resynchronization in progress
0451 - RTDB reload required
3-16 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0466- STC Network Unavailable
0473 - EROUTE System Capacity Exceeded
0482 - Card(s) have been denied EROUTE service
0514 - Standby MASP inhibited
0517 - Degraded Mode - multiple cards failed
0521 - MEAS Checksum Failure
0901 - Card DB load timeout, check GLS card
0903 - IP Link A is down
0905 - IP Link B is down
0908 - HW cannot support purchased TPS rate
0911 - Dynamic database is inconsistent
Table 3-5. Minor Alarm Messages
0002 - Card is not running approved GPL
0004 - Card is running non-activated GPL
0021 - Clock A for card failed, B normal
0022 - Clock B for card failed, A normal
0023 - Clocks A and B for card failed
0034 - Card database is inconsistent
0035 - Card database is corrupted
0037 - Card backup database is inconsistent
0038 - Card backup database is corrupted
0040 - GPL is corrupted
0048 - Terminal failed
0055 - Persistent device state tbl corrupt
0056 - Persistent device state tbl diff version
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-17

DRAFT
Table 3-5. Minor Alarm Messages (Continued)
0060 - Minor customer trouble detected
0065 - Minor holdover clock trouble detected
0086 - IP Connection Congested
0102 - Motherboard BIP invalid
0104 - Daughterboard BIP invalid
0107 - Minor IMT failure detected
0110 - Failure detected on one IMT bus
0143 - System release GPL(s) not approved
0144 - System release version unknown
0145 - HS Clock A for card failed, B normal
0146 - HS Clock B for card failed, A normal
0147 - High Speed Clocks A and B for card failed
0155 - STPLAN connection unavailable
0158 - X25 no logical channels available
0160 - 1116-S clock failed
0161 - 1116-P clock failed
0165 - 1114-S, 1116-P clocks failed
0174 - %full threshold reached -upload required
0175 - LOGBUFROVFL-SECULOG - upload required
0176 - Stdby security log - upload required
0183 - 1116-SHS clock failed
0184 - 1116-PHS clock failed
0188 - 1114-SHS, 1116-PHS clocks failed
3-18 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Table 3-5. Minor Alarm Messages (Continued)
0279 - AS Restricted
0298 - Card not using config. SCTP csum method
0302 - Cooling fan failure
0304 - REPT-NMTSK-DSCD: SNM Discard Onset
0306 - SNM Overload Onset
0312 - DPC is restricted
0321 - X-LIST occupancy threshold exceeded
0344 - SEAS PVC unavailable
0346 - SEAS UAL session unavailable
0363 - OAP filesystem full
0364 - Configuration data checksum mismatch
0374 - Minor Platform Failure(s)
0375 - Minor Application Failure(s)
0427 - LNP database corrupted
0428 - Backup LNP database corrupted
0429 - LNP database is inconsistent
0430 - Backup LNP database is inconsistent
0442 - RTDB database capacity is 100% full
0443 - RTDB database corrupted
0444 - RTDB database is inconsistent
0448 - RTDB database incoherent
0457 - EIR Subsystem normal,card(s) abnormal
0472 - EROUTE System Threshold Exceeded
0475 - NTP Time Unavailable
0477 - Congestion: Copy Function De-activated
0480 - Timestamp Invalid
0516 - Degraded Mode - 1 card failed
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-19

DRAFT
Unsolicited Information Messages (UIM)

The system sends unsolicited information messages to the system terminal
whenever there is a fault that is not service-affecting or when a previous problem
is corrected. Each message has a trouble code and text associated with the trouble
condition.
NOTE: UIMs will be discarded if received within 250 ms of the previous
UIM. This is a design constraint to prevent the OAM from being flooded by
UIMs.
The message reference numbers and their trouble text are shown in Table 3-6.
Table 3-6. Information Messages
0003 - Alarm cleared for GPL
0005 - Alarm cleared running non-activated GPL
0009 - MASP became active
0010 - MASP became standby
0014 - Card is present
0024 - Clock A for card normal
0025 - Clock B for card normal
0026 - Clocks A and B for card normal
0033 - Card database has been corrected
0036 - Card backup database has been corrected
0039 - GPL has been corrected
0042 - LSMS bulk load complete
0046 - Terminal enabled
0052 - TSC sync feature is available
0054 - Standby TDM failure cleared
0057 - Persistent device state tbl corrected
0061 - Customer trouble detected
0062 - Customer trouble cleared
0066 - Holdover clock trouble cleared
0071 - REPT-T1F:FAC-T1 Port 1 available
0083 - Fuse Panel alarm has cleared
0085 - IP connection available
3-20 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Table 3-6. Information Messages (Continued)
0087 - IP Connection manually removed
0089 - Clocks A and B TSCs are resynchronized
0093 - MDAL alarm cleared
0096 - Card has been reloaded
0097 - IMT allowed
0098 - IMT inhibited
0103 - Motherboard BIP valid
0105 - Daughterboard BIP valid
0106 - IMT Bus alarm cleared
0109 - All IMT System level alarms cleared
0113 - Clock alarm(s) cleared
0130 - Card successfully loaded with data
0142 - System release alarm cleared
0148 - High Speed Clock A for card normal
0149 - High Speed Clock B for card normal
0150 - STPLAN is available
0151 - STPLAN capacity normal,card(s) abnormal
0154 - STPLAN is removed
0156 - STPLAN connection available
0157 - X25 logical channels available
0159 - High Speed Clocks A and B for card normal
0177 - Security log exception cleared
0178 - Security log failed
0180 - NDC Q.3 association is available
0182 - NDC Subsystem is available
0198 - High speed clock alarm(s) cleared
0199 - OA&M IP Security feature disabled
0200 - RCVRY-LKF: link available
0223 - REPT-LKF: remote NE loopback cleared
0230- REPT-E1F:FAC-E1 Port 1 available
0250 - MPS available
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-21

DRAFT
0264 - REPT-LINK-CGST: congestion level 0 to 1
0267 - RCVRY-LINK-CGST:congestion level 3 to 2
0269 - RCVRY-LINK-CGST: congestion has cleared
0270 - REPT-LINK-CGST: discard level 0 to 1
0273 - RCVRY-LINK-CGST: discard level 3 to 2
0275 - RCVRY-LINK-CGST: discard has cleared
0278- AS Available
0280 - AS Unrestricted
0290 - GLS is available
0293 - GLS have been removed from the system
0294 - REPT-ALMINH: alarm output PERM inhibited
0295 - REPT-ALMINH: alarm output enabled
0296 - REPT-ALMINH: alarm output TEMP inhibited
0299 - Config. SCTP csum method alarm cleared
0301 -TVG Grant Recovery
0303 - Cooling fan normal
0305 - RECVY-NMTSK-DSCD: SNM Discard Abated
0307 - SNM Overload Abated
0309 - Node is no longer isolated
0311 - DPC is allowed
0314 - Route is allowed
0315 - Route is restricted
0316 - Route is prohibited
0317 - RCVRY-LKSTO: Link set allowed
0322 - X-LIST occupancy below threshold
3-22 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0324 - DPC subsystem is allowed
0327 - DPC subsystem has been deleted
0328 - SCCP is available
0329 - System SCCP TPS normal
0333 - DPC Subsystem is Normal
0335 - SCCP is removed
0337 - DPC - SS status changed
0339 - X-LIST space full condition abated
0340 - RCVRY-MTPLP-RST: Circ rte status cleared
0347 - SEAS X.25 Link is available
0351 - SEAS is available
0352 - SEAS is removed
0353 - OAP is available
0355 - LSMS is available
0357 - All OAP terminals are removed
0359 - LSMS Q.3 association available
0361 - EMS Agent available
0365 - Configuration data checksum alarm cleared
0366 - Temp Key(s) expiration alarm cleared
0388 - Illegal Address Error has Cleared
0389 - HMUX responding normally
0393 - OA&M IP Security feature is ON
0394 - Local Subsystem is available
0397 - Local Subsystem is removed
0398 - Local Subsystem normal,card(s) abnormal
0399 - RCVRY-LKSTO:Alarm clrd by deleting SLK
0400 - Alarm cleared by deleting card
0401 - Alarm cleared by deleting SLK
0402 - Alarm cleared by deleting route
0423 - Card reload attempted
0425 - LNP Subsystem normal, card(s) abnormal
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-23

DRAFT
0426 - LNP Subsystem is available
0431 - LNP database has been corrected
0432 - Backup LNP database has been corrected
0434 - LNP Subsystem is removed
0439 - Exiting Degraded Mode
0445 - RTDB database has been corrected
0447 - RTDB database capacity alarm cleared
0452 - RTDB reload complete
0458 - EIR Subsystem is available
0459 - EIR Subsystem is removed
0467- STC Network Available
0470 - EROUTE is Removed
0471- EROUTE System is Available
0474 - EROUTE capacity normal, card(s) abnormal
0476- NTP Time Available
0478 - Copy Function Activated
0479 - Link not Monitored
0481 - Timestamp Valid
0515 - Standby MASP allowed
0519 - Measurements subsystem available
0522 - MEAS Synchronization Successful
0902 - Card DB is stable
0904 - IP Link A is up
0906 - IP Link B is up
0907 - HW limiting TPS rate alarm cleared
0912 - Dynamic database is now consistent
1000 - MTP rcvd UPU - user part is not SCCP
1001 - MTP rcvd Transfer Controlled (TFC)
1002 - MTP rcvd invalid TFC - status 0
1003 - MTP rcvd invalid H0/H1 code
3-24 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1004 - MTP rcvd unknown DPC
1005 - GWS rcvd OPC that is not allowed
1006 - GWS rcvd DPC that is not allowed
1007 - GWS rcvd OPC that is blocked
1008 - GWS rcvd DPC that is blocked
1009 - GWS rcvd SIO that is not allowed
1010 - GWS rcvd a priority that is not allowed
1011 - GWS rcvd TFC, AFTPC not in routing tbl
1012 - GWS rcvd Clg Party that is not allowed
1013 - GWS rcvd Cld Party that is not allowed
1014 - GWS rcvd Translation Type not allowed
1015 - GWS rcvd SCMG with not allowed AFTPC
1016 - MTP Adj PC not in routing table
1017 - MTP Message Received for Network 255
1018 - REPT-MTPERR: MTP rcvd invalid SIO
1019 - SCCP rcvd invalid UDTS msg
1020 - SCCP rcvd invalid XUDT msg
1021 - SCCP rcvd invalid XUDTS msg
1022 - Non-GTT Linkset rcvd SCCP msg
1023 - SCCP rcvd unknown msg type
1024 - SCCP rcvd inv msg length
1025 - SCCP rcvd inv msg class
1026 - System Meas Limit exceeded for LSORIGNI
1027 - System Meas Limit exceeded for LSDESTNI
1028 - System Meas. Limit exceeded for ORIGNI/NINC
1029 - SCCP rcvd inv Cld Party - bad GT ind
1030 - Inh EIR SS request already outstanding
1031 - Failure Inhibiting EIR SS
1032 - Set ETS Mismatch
1033 - SCCP rcvd inv Cld Party - bad network
1034 - SCCP rcvd inv Cld Party - no SSN
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-25

DRAFT
1035 - SCCP rsp did not route - invalid GTI
1036 - SCCP rsp did not route - invalid TT
1037 - SCCP rsp did not route - bad Xlation
1038 - SCCP rsp did not route -SSP not True PC
1039 - SCCP rsp did not route - bad Selectors
1040 - ITU <-> ANSI translation not supported
1041 - SCCP did not route -no SSN in msg or DB
1042 - SCCP rcvd inv GT - bad Translation Type
1043 - SCCP did not route - bad translation
1044 - SCCP did not route - DPC OOS
1045 - SCCP did not route - DPC congested
1046 - SCCP did not route - DPC not in MAP tbl
1047 - SCCP did not route - SS OOS
1048 - SCCP did not route - SS congested
1049 - SCCP did not route - SS not in MAP tbl
1050 - SCCP-CNV: Unable to convert ANSI CDPA GT
1051 - SCCP-CNV: Unable to convert ANSI CGPA GT
1052 - SCCP-CNV: Unable to convert ITU CDPA GT
1053 - SCCP-CNV: Unable to convert ITU CGPA GT
1054 - SCCP rcvd inv LSS - bad SSN
1055 - SCCP rcvd inv SCMG - bad AFTPC
1056 - SCCP rcvd inv SCMG - bad subsystem
1057 - SCCP rcvd inv SCMG - bad length
1058 - SCCP rcvd inv SCMG - bad msg type
1060 - Map Screening cannot generate ATIER
1061 - Meas sync not allowed from old version
1062 - String Data Dump
1063 - SCCP screen set is too large
1064 - GWS rcvd TFP, AFTPC not in routing tbl
1065 - GWS rcvd TFR, AFTPC not in routing tbl
1066 - GWS rcvd TFA, AFTPC not in routing tbl
3-26 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1067 - GWS rcvd UPU, AFTPC not in routing tbl
1068 - GWS rcvd RSP, AFTPC not in routing tbl
1069 - GWS rcvd RSR, AFTPC not in routing table
1070 - SLTC failure: invalid Point Code (OPC)
1071 - SLTC failure: invalid SLC
1072 - SLTC failure: no response
1073 - SLTC failure: bad data pattern
1074 - SCCP rcvd inv SCMG - invalid SOR
1075 - MTP: link bypassed SLT phase
1076 - SLTC failure: invalid Point Code (DPC)
1077 - SLTC failure: failed link
1078 - SLTC success: manual test passed
1079 - SLTC aborted: unable to perform test
1080 - disk measurement status unreadable
1081 - MTP: Changeback T5 timeout
1082 - Amem single bit error report
1083 - REPT COND: system alive
1084 - GWS MSU discarded by redirect function
1085 - GWS MSU too large to be redirected
1086 - LFS test terminated with OAM switchover
1087 - MTP RSTRT rcvd unexpected user traffic
1088 - REPT-MTP-RSTRT MTP Restart started
1089 - RCVRY-MTP-RSTRT MTP Restart completed
1090 - ITU GWY:CPC conversion failure
1091 - ITU GWY:OPC conversion failure
1092 - ITU GWY:HOH1 conversion failure
1093 - ITU GWY:rcvd msg type cannot convert
1094 - ITU GWY:Invalid ISUP msg structure
1095 - ITU GWY:GRS buffer full
1096 - ITU GWY:RSC buffer full
1097 - ITU GWY:CGB buffer full
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-27

DRAFT
1098 - Unexpected disk access timeout
1100 - GWS rcvd H0/H1 that is not allowed
1102 - Invalid Length for Map IMEI Parameter
1103 - LSS:No Map IMEI Parameter present
1104 - IP Connection Failed
1105 - REPT EVT:IMT GPL reloading
1106 - REPT COND:IMT GPL reloading
1110 - GWS rcvd AFTPC that is not allowed
1111 - GWS rcvd TCA, AFTPC not in routing tbl
1112 - GWS rcvd TCR, AFTPC not in routing tbl
1113 - GWS rcvd TCP, AFTPC not in routing tbl
1114 - Database BACKUP started
1115 - Database RESTORE started
1116 - Database action ended - OK
1117 - Database action ended - FAIL
1118 - Audit of LNP backup database completed
1119 - LNP database audit - internal error
1120 - TRBL Queue is full;elements overwritten
1121 - LNP rcvd query from unknown CGPA PC
1122 - LNP rcvd query with undefined TT/SERV
1123 - LNP rcvd query with Message Relay TT
1124 - LNP Database IMPORT started
1125 - GWS rcvd CDPA that could not be RDCTd
1126 - GWS rcvd CGPA that could not be RDCTd
1127 - GWS rcvd AFTPC that could not be RDCTd
1128 - GWS rcvd TT that could not be RDCTd
1129 - Ported subs SMSC matches Home SMSC Addr
1130 - LOCREQ rcvd - IS412GSM not provisioned
1131 - Invalid digits in IS41 MAP Digits parm
1132 - SLAN DLK ping test completed
3-28 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1133 - GX25 outbound data exceeds packet size
1134 - GX25 route not found
1135 - GX25 route not available
1136 - GX25 route already connected
1137 - GX25 incorrect X25 address
1138 - GX25 unsupported packet type received
1139 - GX25 unsupported MSU type received
1140 - GX25 DPC not defined
1141 - GX25 unrecognized X25 calling address
1142 - GX25 unrecognized X25 called address
1143 - GX25 cannot make connection
1144 - GX25 logical channel cleared
1145 - GX25 unexpected restart received
1146 - REPT-XLST-TIMO: X-LIST entry expired
1147 - MTP Invalid TFA received
1148 - MTP Invalid TFR received
1149 - SLK Level-3 T19 timer expired
1150 - SLK Inhibit Denied
1151 - SLK Inhibit Response Timeout
1152 - SLK Uninhibit Denied
1153 - SLK Uninhibit Response Timeout
1154 - MSU reception threshold exceeded
1155 - GWS MSU discard threshold exceeded
1156 - ISCC loopback success
1157 - ISCC loopback failed
1158 - ISCC loopback aborted
1159 - ISCC loopback in progress
1160 - GWS rcvd ISUP that is not allowed
1161 - GWS rcvd nonSNM DESTFLD screening msg
1162 - GWS rcvd nonSCCP CGPA/CDPA screen msg
1163 - GWS rcvd invalid GTI in TT screening
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-29

DRAFT
1164 - Inh LNP SS request already outstanding
1165 - Failure Inhibiting LNP SS
1166 - ACG Node Overload Level Change
1167 - LNP database audit is disabled
1168 - Audit of LNP database completed
1169 - SCCP rcvd inv TCAP portion
1170 - Loopback prevented
1171 - Loopback invalid
1172 -REPT-OVSZMSG: MTP MSU too large to rte
1173 -REPT-OVSZMSG: SCCP MSU too large to rte
1174 - Inh Local SS request alrdy outstanding
1175 - Failure Inhibiting Local SS
1176 - LNP Subscription refs DPC w/ 0 routes
1177 - Cnvrsn Discard: SCCP MSU too large
1178 - Conversion Discard: Invalid SCCP msg type
1179 - Cnvrsn Discard: CGPA PC alias undefined
1180 - Conversion Discard: Aft. PC alias undefined
1181 - Conversion Discard: Invalid SCMG msg type
1182 - Cnvrsn Discard - Invalid TCAP element
1183 - Cnvrsn Discard - Invalid TCAP elemt len
1184 - Cnvrsn Discard: Invalid SCCP elemt len
1196 - IP Connection Congestion Timeout
1197 - IP Connection refused
1198 - IP Connection, Cannot resolve RHOST
1199 - LNP DTH Measurements Discarded for DPC
1200 - INW ALT card as first to be preloaded
1201 - INW MAIN card as last to be reset
1202 - INW Asserted DDL inhibition
1203 - INW Card reset command issued
1204 - INW Waiting for card loading validation
1205 - INW Detected card loaded
3-30 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1206 - INW Detected card reset or removed
1207 - INW Allowed card to skip DDL inhibited
1208 - INW Removed DDL inhibition
1209 - INW Need to reset/remove/inhibit card
1210 - INW Card failed to reset
1211 - INW Failed to assert DDL inhibition
1212 - INW Failed to remove DDL inhibition
1213- INW Card failed to DDL crossload
1214 - INW Allowed card to DDL crossload
1215 - GWS rcvd CDPA that could not be CNCFd
1216 - GWS rcvd CGPA that could not be CNCFd
1217 - GWS rcvd AFTPC that could not be CNCFd
1218 - GWS rcvd TT that could not be CNCFd
1222 - SCCP rcvd inv GT - invalid selectors
1231 - SCCP Encode Failure
1233 - MTP Invalid ITU TFR RCVD
1238 - Full LNP database reload initiated
1239 - LNP updates inhibited:loading mode stability
1240 - LNP updates allowed:loading mode stability
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-31

DRAFT
1241 - LNP Incremental Loading
1242 - Conv to intl num - Dflt CC not found
1243 - Conv to intl num - Dflt NDC not found
1244 - Conv to intl num - Dflt MCC not found
1245 - Conv to intl num - Dflt MNC not found
1246 - Invalid length of conditioned digits
1247 - Conversion of MGT to IMSI not possible
1248 - GSM MAP Screening rcvd unknown originator
1249 - SCCP rcvd GSM MAP Opcode w/forbidden param
1250 - SCCP rcvd undefined MAP Op-Code
1251 - Measurements data copy failure
1252 - Report generation failure
1253 - Report transfer failure FTP Server
1254 - Scheduled transfer failure
1256 - MNP Circular Route Detected
1257 - DB restore has cleared and Disabled PDS
1258 - Map Screening cannot Forward MSU
1259 - Map Screening cannot Duplicate MSU
1260 - LSS: Unsupported TCAP msg type
1261 - LSS: Invalid len in transaction portion
1262 - LSS: Invalid len in dialogue portion
1263 - LSS: Invalid len in component portion
1264 - LSS: No originating transaction ID
1265 - LSS: Invalid transaction ID len
1266 - LSS: Destination transaction ID in Begin
1267 - LSS: No External element
1268 - LSS: No External Object Identifier
1269 - LSS: Not Structured Dialogue
1270 - LSS: No External ASN1-Type
1271 - LSS: No Dialogue Request
1272 - LSS: No Application Context Name
3-32 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1273 - LSS: No ACN Object Identifier
1274 - LSS: No component portion
1275 - LSS: No Invoke component
1276 - LSS: No Invoke ID
1277 - LSS: No operation code
1278 - LSS: No parameter (set/sequence)
1279 - LSS: Unsupported network type
1280 - LSS: Unsupported SCCP msg type
1281 - LSS: No SCCP CDPA SSN
1282 - LSS: Unsupported SCCP CDPA GTI
1283 - LSS: Unsupported SCCP CGPA RI
1284 - LSS: Unknown SSP PC
1285 - LSS: No SCCP CGPA SSN
1286 - LSS: Invalid INAP CalledPartyNumber len
1287 - LSS: Unsupported ACN Object ID len
1288 - LSS: Unsupported operation code
1289 - LSS: No parameter sequence
1290 - LSS: No INAP ServiceKey parameter
1291 - LSS: No INAP CalledPartyNumber param
1292 - LSS: Parameters out of sequence
1293 - LSS: Invalid num of digits in INAP CdPN
1294 - Invalid digits in MAP MSISDN parameter
1295 - Translation PC is Eagles
1296 - Translation PC type is ANSI
1297 - Invalid length of prefix/suffix digits
1298 - Updates inhibited: loading stability
1299 - Updates allowed: loading stability
1300 - REPT EVT: Incremental Loading
1301 - SECMTPMATE - rcvd mate PC on non C-link
1302 - SECMTPSID - rcvd MSU with OPC = SID
1303 - SECMTPSNM - no rte to OPC/AFTPC
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-33

DRAFT
1304 - SECSCCPSCMG - no rte to AFTPC
1305 - MTP rcvd UPU - User SCCP, Cause invalid
1306 - GSMOPTS: EIR Global Response is ON
1307 - GSMOPTS: EIR Global Response is OFF
1310 - System Meas. Limit exceeded for LRN
1311 - System Meas. Limit exceeded for NPANXX
1490 - Telnet terminal connection successful
1492 -Terminal failed
1493 -SSH Host Keys Regenerated
1494 -SSH Host Keys Loaded
1495 - Awaiting LSMS bulk download
1496 - LSMS bulk download in progress
1497 - LSMS bulk download complete
1498 - LSMS bulk download cancelled at LSMS
The location of a card with a fault is displayed with the event/error message. The
location is displayed as a card number. Card numbers are used to find the card in
the Eagle STP system. Refer to the Installation Manual for card locations.
Following is an example of an event/error message displaying the card number
of a card:
** 0014.0008 ** CARD 1113 OAM Active MASP has become isolated
The card location always follows the word CARD in the message. In this
example, the card number is 1113.
Output Messages
The Eagle STP generates output messages in response to command input or fault
conditions in the Eagle STP or in the network. The format for these messages is
generally uniform. Some messages include additional data.
Network messages provide the text description of the event, and on the lines
below the text line, any additional information.
3-34 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Output Message Format
The following example shows the general format of an output message.
Host CLLI Code Date Time System Release Number
** 0014 . 0008 ** Card 1113 OAM Active MASP has become isolated
Alarm Level
Message
Alarm Level Message Reference Number
Message Sequence Number Affected Device
The fields in an output message (shown in the figure above) are described next:
Host CLLI code - a maximum of one alpha character and ten alphanumeric
characters. The CLLI code uniquely identifies the system in terms of its
physical location. The CLLI code must be unique among all elements in the
system.
The CLLI code consists of the following:
City = 4 characters
State = 2 characters
Building = 2 characters
Equipment type = 3 characters
Date - year-month-day
Time - hour: minutes: second time zone
System Release Number - contains a system identifier and the version ID
number. The system identifier, can be EAGLE or EAGLE5 depending on the
product key enabled on the system. The version ID number has the software
release specific GPL set that is expected to be installed on the system as
approved loads. The format of the version ID number is in the form of
maj.min.maint, defined as follows:
a. maj - the major release ID

b. min - the minor release ID
c. maint - the maintenance release ID.
Alarm Level - a one or two character indicator of the alarm level, defined as
follows:
a. *C = Critical Alarm
b. ** = Major Alarm
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-35

DRAFT
c. * = Minor Alarm
d. blank = No Alarm.
Message Sequence Number - This number is an index for all output
messages. The number increments sequentially for every message. The output
messages originating from the card in location 1113 has a range from 0001
through 4999. The range for location 1115 is 5000 through 9999.
Message Reference Number - Messages that are associated with a specific
action are numbered for reference. These messages are defined in this chapter,
along with a corrective action.
Affected Device - The device that caused the message to be generated. This
generally describes the card type.
Network messages with additional data display the additional lines below the
text string and message reference number (MRN). See individual messages for
examples of output.
All network messages are non-alarm and are used to notify the user of network
events. There may or may not be a procedure associated with these messages.
3-36 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
UAM/UIM Changes
The following tables detail the changes made to the UAM and UIM messages in
recent releases. The tables list by release the UAM/UIM message number and the
old and new versions of the message text.
Eagle Release 29.0 / IP7 7.0 UAM/UIM Changes

The following are UAM/UIM messages changed by Eagle 29.0.
UAM 0055
Action Added for Persistent Device States Feature
New data Persistent device state tbl corrupt
UAM 0056
Action Added for Persistent Device States Feature
New data Persistent device state tbl diff version
UAM 0057
Old text Added for Persistent Device States Feature
New data Persistent device state tbl corrected
UIM 1000
Action Added for PR 45150
Old data MTP rcvd User Part Unavailable
New data MTP rcvd UPU - user part is not SCCP
UIM 1257
Action Added for Persistent Device States Feature (PR 29520)
Old data [Available for reuse]
New data DB restore has cleared and Disabled PDS
UIM 1258
Added for GSM MAP Screening Forward/Duplicate Feature
Action
(PR 33398)
New data Map Screening cannot Forward MSU
UIM 1259
Action Added for GSM MAP Screening Forward/Duplicate Feature

(PR 33398)
New data Map Screening cannot Duplicate MSU
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-37

DRAFT
UIM 1301
Action Added for Network Security Enhancement
Old data [Available for use]
New data SECMTPMATE - rcvd mate PC on non C-link
UIM 1302
New data SECMTPSID rcvd MSU with OPC = SID
UIM 1303
New data SECMTPSNM no rte to OPC/AFTPC
UIM 1304
New data SECSCCPSCMG - no rte to AFTPC
UIM 1305
Action Added for PR 45150
New data MTP rcvd UPU-User SCCP, Cause invalid
UIM 1490
Action Added for Telnet Terminal Enhancement
New data Telnet terminal connection successful
UIM 1491
New data Terminal enabled.
UIM 1492
New data Terminal failed
3-38 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Eagle Release 29.1 UAM/UIM Changes
The following are UAM/UIM messages changed by Eagle 29.1
UIM 1129
Action Added for Portability Check for Mobile Originated SMS
New data Ported subscriber SMSC matches Home SMSC Addr
Eagle Release 30.0 / IP7 8.0 UAM/UIM Changes

UAM All UAMs
Action All Alarm text moved to start in column 42 instead of column 41
UAM 0049
Action Delete for auto-inhibit redesign (PR 46183)
Old data DCM located in improper slot
New data [Available for re-use after 30.0 upgrade not supported]
UAM 0050
Action Delete for auto-inhibit redesign (PR 46183)
Old data Alarm Cleared DCM location
UAM 0051
Action Corrected wording per PR 48185
Old data Invalid OAM card type for TSC sync
New data TSC Sync is in simplex mode
UAM 0063
Action Re-word error messages to fit in 39 characters
Old data Critical holdover clock trouble detected
New data Critical holdover clock trbl detected
UAM 0077
Action Removed for auto-inhibit redesign (PR 46183)
Old data Incorrect MIM configuration
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-39

DRAFT
UAM 0080
Action Removed for PR 46190
Old data MCAP limit of 700 links exceeded
UAM 0081
Action Removed for PR 46190
Old data MCAP limit on links no longer exceeded
UAM 0140
Old data Loading failed: disk read response error
New data Loading failed:disk read response error
UAM 0151
Old data STPLAN capacity normal, card(s) abnormal
New data STPLAN capacity normal,card(s) abnormal
UAM 0189
Old data 1114-SHS, 1116-PHS, 1116-SHS clks failed
New data 1114-SHS, 1116-PHS,1116-SHS clks failed
UAM 0193
Old data 1114-PHS, 1116-PHS, 1116-SHS clks failed
New data 1114-PHS, 1116-PHS,1116-SHS clks failed
UAM 0195
Old data 1114-PHS, 1114-SHS, 1116-SHS clks failed
New data 1114-PHS, 1114-SHS,1116-SHS clks failed
UAM 0196
Old data 1114-PHS, 1114-SHS, 1116-PHS clks failed
New data 1114-PHS, 1114-SHS,1116-PHS clks failed
UAM 0199
Action Add new alarm for Security Subsystem
Old data [Available for re-use]
3-40 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
New data OA&M IP Security feature disabled

UAM 0229
Old data REPT-E1F:FAC-E1 Port 1 10E-3 BER failure
New data REPT-E1F:FAC-E1 Port 1 10E-3 BER failed
UAM 0243
Old data REPT-LKF: rcvd SSCOP END-mgmnt initiated
New data REPT-LKF:rcvd SSCOP END-mgmnt initiated
UAM 0267
Old data RCVRY-LINK-CGST: congestion level 3 to 2
New data RCVRY-LINK-CGST:congestion level 3 to 2
UAM 0268
Old data RCVRY-LINK-CGST: congestion level 2 to 1
New data RCVRY-LINK-CGST:congestion level 2 to 1
UAM 0276
Action Modify for auto-inhibit redesign (PR 46183)
Old data Insufficient memory for provisioning
New data Insufficient HW for IP7 provisioning
UAM 0281
Action Added for 96 Million
New data LNP Ported TNs exceeds Feat. Capacity
UAM 0282
New data LNP Ported TN Table Capacity Normal
UAM 0283
New data LNP Ported LRNs exceeds Feat. Capacity
UAM 0284
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-41

DRAFT

New data LNP Ported LRNs Capacity Normal
UAM 0285
New data LNP Ported NPAs exceeds Feat. Capacity
UAM 0286
New data LNP Ported NPAs Capacity Normal
UAM 0297
Old data Incorrect LIM port configuration
New data Incorrect port configuration
UAM 0298
Action Feature Number 46585 SCTP Checksum Update
Old data Card not using configured SCTP csum method.
New data Card not using config. SCTP csum method
UAM 0299
Action Feature Number 46585 SCTP Checksum Update
Old data Configured SCTP csum method alarm cleared
New data Config. SCTP csum method alarm cleared
UAM 0320
Old data REPT-MTPLP-SUST: Sustained circ rte(cong)
New data REPT-MTPLP-SUST: Sustained circ rt(cong)
UAM 0392
Old data N/A
New data OA&M IP Security feature status is OFF
UAM 0393
Old data [N/A]
New data OA&M IP Security feature status is ON
UAM 0398
3-42 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT

Old data Local Subsystem normal, card(s) abnormal
New data Local Subsystem normal,card(s) abnormal
UAM 0399
Old data RCVRY-LKSTO: Alarm clrd by deleting SLK
New data RCVRY-LKSTO:Alarm clrd by deleting SLK
UAM 0419
Action Deleted for auto-inhibit redesign (PR 46183)
Old data Entering LNP Degraded Mode
UAM 0420
Old data Exiting LNP Degraded Mode
UAM 0421
Old data Incorrect HW configuration
UAM 0422
Old data Insufficient memory for LNP
New data Insufficient extended memory
UAM 0433
Old data Insufficient memory for 4000 Destination
UAM 0437
Action PR 49546 - changed from SYSTEM to SCCP SYSTEM
Old data System TPS Capacity Exceeded
New data System SCCP TPS Capacity Exceeded
UAM 0438
Action Add new alarm for Hardware compatibility
Old data N/A
New data Degraded Mode, Invalid OAM HW config
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-43

DRAFT
UAM 0439
Action Add new alarm for Hardware compatibility
Old data N/A
New data Exiting Degraded Mode
UAM 0442
Action Modified for 96 Million
Old data Insufficient memory for RTDB database
New data RTDB database capacity is 100% full
UAM 0464
Old data REPT-E1F:FAC-E1 Port 2 10E-3 BER failure
New data REPT-E1F:FAC-E1 Port 2 10E-3 BER failed
UAM 0520
Action Removed for auto-inhibit redesign (PR 46183)
Old data Insufficient memory for MEAS
UAM 0909
Old data Insufficient HW to support LNP and VGTT
UAM 0910
Old data Sufficient HW to support LNP and VGTT
UIM All UIMs
Action All Informational text moved to start in column 42 instead of

column 41
UIM 1022
Action Added for System Measurement Limit
New data System Meas limit exceeded for LSONISMT
UIM 1026
Action Modified Text of message to fit 39 char limit.
Old data System Meas. limit exceeded for LSORIGNI
3-44 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
New data System Meas limit exceeded for LSORIGNI

UIM 1027
Old data System Meas. limit exceeded for LSDESTNI
New data System Meas limit exceeded for LSDESTNI
UIM 1038
Old data SCCP rsp did not route - SSP not True PC
New data SCCP rsp did not route -SSP not True PC
UIM 1041
Old data SCCP did not route - no SSN in msg or DB
New data SCCP did not route -no SSN in msg or DB
UIM 1079
Old data SLTC aborted: unable to perform the test
New data SLTC aborted: unable to perform test
UIM 1086
Old data LFS test terminated with OAM switch over
New data LFS test terminated with OAM switchover
UIM 1109
Action Added for TekServer
New data GWS TSRD action failed message rerouted
UIM 1120
Old data TRBL Queue is full: elements overwritten
New data TRBL Queue is full:elements overwritten
UIM 1161
Old data GWS rcvd nonSNM msg in DESTFLD screening
New data GWS rcvd nonSNM DESTFLD screening msg
UIM 1162
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-45

DRAFT
Old data GWS rcvd nonSCCP msg in CGPA/CDPA screen msg

New data GWS rcvd nonSCCP CGPA/CDPA screen msg
UIM 1174
Old data Inh Local SS request already outstanding
New data Inh Local SS request alrdy outstanding
UIM 1176
Old data LNP subscription refs DPC with 0 routes
New data LNP subscription refs DPC w/ 0 routes
UIM 1183
Old data Cnvrsn Discard: Invalid TCAP element len
New data Cnvrsn Discard: Invalid TCAP elemt len
UIM 1184
Old data Cnvrsn Discard: Invalid SCCP element len
New data Cnvrsn Discard: Invalid SCCP elemt len
UIM 1196
Action Added for IP Conn Congestion Timeout
Old data N/A
New data IP Connection Congestion Timeout
UIM 1209
Old data INW Card must be reset/removed/inhibited
New data INW Need to reset/remove/inhibit card
UIM 1239
Old data LNP updates inhibited: loading stability
New data LNP updates inhibited: loading stability
UIM 1240
Old data LNP updates allowed: loading stability
New data LNP updates allowed: loading stability
UIM 1249
3-46 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT

Old data SCCP rcvd GSM Map Opcode w/ forbid param
New data SCCP rcvd GSM Map Opcode w/forbid param
UIM 1255
Action Added for TT Independence
Old data [Available for reuse.]
New data IS-41 LNP Qry rejected: WNP is OFF
UIM 1266
Old data LSS: Destination transaction ID in Begin
New data LSS: Dest transaction ID in Begin
UIM 1291
Old data LSS: No INAP CalledPartyNumber parameter
New data LSS: No INAP CalledPartyNumber param
UIM 1310
Action Added for Enhanced System Measurements
Old data [Available]
New data System Meas. Limit exceeded for LRN
UIM 1311
Action Added for Enhanced System Measurements
Old data [Available]
New data System Meas. Limit exceeded for NPANXX

UIM 1130
Action Added for IS-41 to GSM Migration feature
New data LOCREQ rcvd - IS412GSM not provisioned
UIM 1131
Action Added for IS-41 to GSM Migration feature
New data Invalid digits in IS41 MAP Digits parm
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-47

DRAFT
UIM 1493
Action Added for Feature Eagle OA&M IP Security Enhancements # 46770
New data SSH Host Keys Regenerated
UIM 1494
Action Added for Feature Eagle OA&M IP Security Enhancements # 46770
New data SSH Host Keys Loaded

UAM 0455
Action Added for EIR Feature PR 50253
New data EIR Subsystem is not available
UAM 0456
New data EIR Subsystem is disabled
UAM 0457
New data EIR Subsystem normal,card(s) abnormal
UAM 0458
New data EIR Subsystem is available
UAM 0459
New data EIR Subsystem removed
UIM 1030
3-48 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT

New data Inh EIR SS request already outstanding
UIM 1031
New data Failure Inhibiting EIR SS
UIM 1102
New data Invalid Length for Map IMEI Parameter
UIM 1103
New data LSS:No Map IMEI Parameter present
UIM 1306
New data GSMOPTS: EIR Global Response is ON
UIM 1307
New data GSMOPTS: EIR Global Response is OFF

UIM 1032
Action Changed ATH to a UIM
Old data Available for reuse
New data Set ETS Mismatch

UIM 1050
Action Added for ANSI-ITU-China SCCP Conversion feature
New data SCCP-CNV: Unable to convert ANSI CDPA GT
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-49

DRAFT
UIM 1051
New data SCCP-CNV: Unable to convert ANSI CGPA GT
UIM 1052
New data SCCP-CNV: Unable to convert ITU CDPA GT
UIM 1053
New data SCCP-CNV: Unable to convert ITU CGPA GT
UIM 1077
Action Updated for Link Maintenance Enhancements
Old data SLTC failure: failed link
Available for whenever upgrade from Rel 31.3 is no longer
New data supported
UIM 1078
Old data SLTC success: manual test passed
New data
supported
UIM 1079
Old data SLTC aborted: unable to perform test
New data Available for whenever upgrade from Rel 31.3 is no longer
supported
UIM 1086
Old data LFS test terminated with OAM switchover
New data Test terminated with OAM switchover
UIM 1156
Old data Loopback success
New data supported
3-50 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
UIM 1157
Old data Loopback failed
supported
UIM 1158
Old data Loopback aborted
supported
UIM 1159
Old data Loopback in progress
supported
UIM 1170
Old data Loopback prevented
supported
UIM 1171
Old data Loopback invalid
supported
UIM 1297
Action Updated for ANSI/ITU SCCP Conversion feature
Old data Invalid length of prefixed digits
New data Invalid length of prefix/suffix digits

UIM 1060
Action Added for Map Screening Enhancements (EGMS) feature
New data Map Screening cannot generate ATIERR
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-51

DRAFT
UIM 1061
Action Added for Map Screening Enhancements (EGMS) feature
New data Meas sync not allowed from old version
Alarm Clearing Procedures

After an audible has sounded, it can be silenced by entering the following
command:
rls-alm:lvl=xxxx
where xxxx can be:
minr - Silences a minor alarm
majr - Silences a major alarm
crit - Silences a critical alarm.
All alarm types can be silenced with the following command:
rls-alm
The rls-alm command does not clear visual alarms on the terminals or alarm
indicators on the fuse and alarm panel (FAP) or frame panels.
Once an audible alarm is silenced, any new alarm conditions cause the alarm to
sound again.
Silencing a specific alarm when a lower level alarm is also present results in the
next highest audible alarm level being activated. For example, the system has
both critical and major alarms present. When the critical alarm is silenced, the
audible major alarm begins to sound.
3-52 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Retrieve Trouble Report

Application maintenance software is responsible for monitoring trouble on a card.
There are three types of troubles or faults:
Abnormal situation is being reported by software.
An SS7 message has a problem (an invalid DPC, for example)
A hardware fault is being reported.
Trouble reports are used by Tekelec Technical Services to help analyze problems
with the Eagle STP system. To help Tekelec Technical Services, retain any
printouts of the trouble report. The output of the rtrv-trbl command should be
reviewed with a member of Tekelec Technical Services. To display the current
trouble reports, enter the following command at the system terminal:
rtrv-trbl:loc=1115:num=1:mode=c
The mode=c parameter provides a continuous output of the trouble reports as they
occur. The loc= parameter specifies the active GPSM-II. The num parameter
indicates how many trouble reports you want to display.
A typical trouble report looks similar to this:
tekelecstp 00-05-15 19:04:05 EST EAGLE 31.4.0
Card 1115 Module tc_utl.c Line 1617 Class 1103 Severity 1
00 02 f6 00 01 23 06 22 05 00
Report Date 00-05-15 Time19:04:05
The trouble reports include:

Card number
Module name
Line number
Class
Severity
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-53

DRAFT
Hourly Status Message Reports

The system provides hourly reports that include a list of all alarms and any
devices that are manually deactivated or inhibited. The report contains the alarms
that exist at the time the report is generated. Any alarms that have occurred, and
have been cleared in the last hour, are not reported. The hourly status message
report is automatically generated at the beginning of each hour (08:00, 09:00, and
so forth). The system sends the report to all system terminals that can receive
unsolicited program update messages.
The information shown in the hourly status report can also be displayed by
entering one or more of the following commands.
NOTE: Systems supporting an ITU network are not configured with the LNP
or SEAS features.
rept-stat-alm: Displays the summary of all alarm counts.
rept-stat-card: When used with the stat parameter, displays all cards with the
state specified by the stat parameter. Refer to the Commands Manual for
additional information on the use of parameters with this command.
rept-stat-cdt: Displays the customer defined troubles.
rept-stat-clk: Displays the status of the clocks.
rept-stat-cluster: Displays the summary status and statistical information for
all configured cluster point codes.
rept-stat-db: When used with the display=except parameter, displays the status
of the system database by displaying the database level of the cards whose
database level does not match the active fixed disk current partition. Refer to
the Commands Manual for additional information on the use of parameters
with this command.
rept-stat-dlk: When used with the :stat parameter, displays the status of the
TCP/IP data links. Refer to the Commands Manual for additional information
on the use of parameters with this command.
rept-stat-dstn: When used with the stat parameter, displays the destination
point codes with the state specified by the stat parameter. Refer to the
Commands Manual for additional information on the use of parameters with
this command.
rept-stat-dstn: When used with the mode=full parameter, displays the
subsystem status. Refer to the Commands Manual for additional information
on the use of parameters with this command.
rept-stat-mps: Displays in a single report, the overall status of the EPAP (Eagle
Provisioning Application Processor) subsystem.
rept-stat-gpl: Displays the version of the GPL currently being used by an
application and which versions of the GPL are the trial and approved versions
of that GPL.
3-54 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
rept-stat-imt: Displays the primary, secondary, and associated maintenance
states of the IMT buses.
rept-stat-lnp: Displays the status and statistics related to LNP.
rept-stat-ls: When used with the stat parameter, displays the linksets that have
the state specified by the stat parameter. Refer to the Commands Manual for
additional information on the use of parameters with this command.
rept-stat-sccp: Displays the status of the ASMs running the SCCP application.
rept-stat-seas: Displays the status of the SEAS subsystem.
rept-stat-slan: Displays the status of the ACMs that make up the STPLAN
subsystem.
rept-stat-slk: When used with the stat parameter, displays the signaling links
that have the state specified by the stat parameter. Refer to the Commands
Manual for additional information on the use of parameters with this
command.
rept-stat-sys: Displays the status of these items: alarms, IMT buses, signaling
links (both SS7 and X.25 signaling links), linksets, destination point codes
(DPCs), the maintenance and administration subsystem (MAS), clocks, ASMs
loaded with the SCCP or GLS application, security subsystem, and the SEAS
subsystem.
rept-stat-trbl: Displays a report of all the device trouble notifications that are
currently logged in the OAM RAM storage area. The severity of each alarm is
also identified in the report.
rept-stat-trm: Displays the status of the terminal serial ports.
rept-stat-xlist: Displays the statistics related to the storage of exception list
(x-list) entries.
If the message reference number (MRN) field has a null value (no field entry), the
device has been manually removed from service (through inh-card, canc-slk, and so
forth). There is no alarm for the device and the condition type is SCMMA (state
change due to manual action). The date and time in the report refer to the date
and time of the alarm or when the device was removed from service. The format
of the output is in Figure 3-5.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-55

DRAFT
Figure 3-5. Format of Message Output
Host CLLI Code Date Time System Release Number

0003 . 0000 REPT COND CARD Device Type
Card 1201 : 0013 , , SA 00-02-07 09:20:12 EST , , , , **
Message Sequence Service Effect Time Optional

Number Affected Device (not currently used)
Condition Type Date
(Location) Alarm Level
Message Reference Number
The following is a list of the device types and subsystems (with the ID of the
affected device or subsystem) that the hourly status message report displays
reports for. For example, if the device type being reported on is CARD, then card
locations are displayed. Only those device types and subsystems that have
disabled devices or alarm conditions are displayed in the hourly status message
report. If there is more than one device type or subsystem to display, they are
displayed in this order.
1. CARD - the card location
2. IMT - the IMT bus A or IMT bus B
3. BITS - the BITS clock
4. TRM - the terminal port
5. SLK - the linkset name and the signaling link code (SLC)
6. DLK - the data links
7. LS - the linkset name
8. DPC - the destination point code
9. CDT - the customer defined trouble number
10. FUSE PNL - the frame ID of the system
11. SYSTEM - system
12. ALM - alarms
3-56 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
13. SYS CLK - system clock
14. SYS IMT - system IMT
15. SCCP SS - SCCP subsystem
16. GLS SS - GLS subsystem
17. GPL_SS - the name of the GPL
18. SLAN SS - STP/LAN subsystem
19. XLIST SS - XLIST subsystem
20. SEAS OAP - the OAP port
21. SEAS X25 - the SEAS X.25 link port
22. SEAS SS - SEAS subsystem
23. SECULOG - Security log
24. LNP SS - LNP subsystem
25. LSMS Q.3 Association - Local Services Management System Association
26. LSMS SS - Local Services Management System subsystem
27. HS System CLK - High-Speed system clock
28. EMDC Links - Element Measurement & Data Collection Application Links
29. NDC SS - Network Data Collection subsystem
30. NDC Q.3 Association - Network Data Collection Q.3 association
31. GSM SS - GSM subsystem
32. EPAP - Eagle Provisioning Application Processor
33. DSM Links - Database Services Module
34. INP SS - INP subsystem
35. SECURITY SS - Security subsystem
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-57

DRAFT
Within each device type or subsystem being reported, the subsets of the report are
displayed in the following order.
1. Disabled Devices
2. Minor Alarms
3. Major Alarms
4. Critical Alarms
The cond type field supports five values for this release:
SCMMA: The device has been disabled due to manual maintenance action.
This condition applies regardless of a previous alarm state.
MTCEINT-0: The reported device is off normal (ANR), but there is no alarm
associated with this device. An alarmed condition for another device typically
affects the state of this device. For example, out-of-service (OOS) links affect
the condition of the linksets.
MAN: The reported device is off-normal (OOS-MT), but there is no alarm
associated with this device. The off-normal condition was caused by manual
intervention (by entering the ent-dstn command, for example).
NULL: No specific cond type is supported. There is sufficient information to
ascertain the device condition from the report. You should use a rept-stat
command for further information.
INAUDB: The use has manually inhibited alarms for this device. The time
when the device was inhibited is recorded and displayed during the hourly
report.
Following is an example of the report:
RLGHNCXA21W 00-07-16 12:20:12 EDT EAGLE 31.4.0
1240.0000 REPT COND CARD
CARD 1101:0013,,SA,00-07-16,10:03:29,,,,**
CARD 1107:,SCMMA,,00-07-16,10:03:29,,,,
CARD 1113:0143,,NSA,00-07-16,10:03:29,,,*

1241.0000 REPT COND SLK
SLK ls1201-0,,NSA,00-07-16,10:03:29,,,,*
SLK ls1201-1,,NSA,00-07-16,10:03:30,,,,*
SLK ls1202-0,,NSA,00-07-16,10:03:31,,,,*
SLK ls1202-1,,NSA,00-07-16,10:03:32,,,,*

1242.0000 REPT COND LS
LS ls1201:,MTCEINT-0,,00-07-16,10:03:29,,,,
LS ls1202:0318,,NSA,00-07-16,10:03:29,,,,*
LS ls1203:0318,,00-07-16,10:03:29,,,,*
LS lsx23 :0318,,NSA,00-07-16,10:03:33,,,,*

1243.0000 REPT COND DPC
3-58 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
DPC 001-001-001:0313,,SA,00-07-16,10:03:29,,,,*C
DPC 002-002-002:0313,,SA,00-07-16,10:03:30,,,,*C
DPC 003-003-003:0313,,SA,00-07-16,10:03:31,,,,*C
DPC 001-005-* :0313,,SA,00-07-16,10:03:32,,,,*C
DPC 006-006-006:,MAN,,00-07-16,10:03:32,,,,

1244.0000 REPT COND TRM
TRM 2:.SCMMA,00-07-16,10:03:29,,,,
TRM 3:0048,,NSA,00-07-16,10:03:29,,,,*
Maintenance System Event Logs

The rtrv-log command is used to retrieve records from the active or standby event
logs generated by the maintenance system. This command selects these records
based on a span of time or a specific log file index. There are numerous ways to
sort and filter the output. Refer to the Commands Manual for details on using the
rtrv-log command. A sample output follows:
rtrv-log:sdate=960715:stime=220000:num=50:SNUM=106:ENUM=350
ncralstp00001 96-07-16 10:15:29 EST Rel XX.X.X
Card 1113; SYS REL= XX.X.X; STP CLLI= ncralstp00001; Timezone= EST
****96-07-16 00:23:55****
3161.0200 SLK 1103,B RCVRY-LKF: link available
****96-07-16 01:42:18****
3162.0155 * DLK 2117,A STPLAN Exceeded n unavailable
****96-07-16 01:43:51****
3163.0317 LSET A123456789 RCVRY-LKSTO: linkset allowed
****96-07-16 03:00:23****
3165.0108 ** IMT BUS A Major IMT fault detected
****96-07-16 03:37:59****
3166.0292 *C GLS SYSTEM GLS is not available
****96-07-16 07:22:06****
3167.0313 *C DPC 021-005-000 DPC is prohibited
****96-07-16 09:33:17****
3168.0348 * SEAS SYSTEM SEAS is at minimum service
****96-07-16 09:34:01****
3169.0112 * IMT SYSTEM Major Failures detected on both
****96-07-16 09:35:07****
3170.0160 * CLOCK SYSTEM 1116-S clock failed
****96-07-16 09:36:34****
3171.0160 * CARD 1116 OAM 1116-S clock failed
****96-07-16 09:38:12****
3173.0308 *C SYSTEM Node isolated due to SLK failure
****96-07-16 09:39:56****
3174.0331 *C SCCP SYSTEM SCCP is not available
****96-07-16 09:41:34****
3176.0153 *C SLAN SYSTEM STPLAN not available
****96-07-16 09:43:52****
3178.0344 * SEAS X25 LINK A1 SEAS PVC unavailable
****96-07-16 09:44:18****
3179.0344 * SEAS OAP A SEAS UAL unavailable
****96-07-16 09:45:29****
3180.0321 * XLIST X-LIST occupancy threshold Exceeded
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-59

DRAFT
****96-07-16 09:48:48****
3181.0175 * SECURITY 1114 LOGBUFROVL-SECULOG - upload required
;
Report terminated - end of log reached.

END OF LOG REPORT.
;
The rtrv-trbltx command is used to retrieve alarm and UIM message information
including MRN (message reference number), level (for Alarms), Output Group
and text.
The default rtrv-trbltx report displays all Alarms (in numerical order), and then all
UIMs. Using the optional parameters, the capability exists to display a range of
Alarms or UIMs, search for Alarms, UIMs or both message types matching a
specific Output Group or sort all entries by Output Group. Refer to the Commands
Manual for details on using the rtrv-log command. A sample output follows:
rtrv-trbltx:OUTGRP=all
ncralstp00001 03-07-16 10:15:29 EST Rel XX.X.X
Card 1113; SYS REL= XX.X.X; STP CLLI= ncralstp00001; Timezone= EST
Alarm Report
MRN LEVEL OUTPUT GROUP TEXT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Output Group - SYS
0001 MAJR SYS Card has reset
0002 MINR SYS Card is not running approved GPL
:
0912 NONE SYS Dynamic database is now consistent
Output Group - LINK

0155 MINR LINK STPLAN connection unavailable
0156 NONE LINK STPLAN connection available
:
0479 NONE LINK Link not Monitored
UIM Report
MRN OUTPUT GROUP TEXT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Output Group - SYS
1000 SYS MTP rcvd UPU - user part is not SCCP
1001 SYS MTP rcvd Transfer Controlled (TFC)
:
1499 SYS Invalid MRN detected
:
Output Group - LINK
13nn LINK Example text
END OF RTRV-TRBLTX REPORT.

;
3-60 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Obituaries
An obituary is a set of data that describes the status of the system just before a
processor restarted due to a fault in hardware or software. The data includes a
register and stack dump of the processor, card location, reporting module
number, software code location, and class of the fault detected. In most situations,
obituary reports are generated automatically when a card is reset. Obituary
reports can also be retrieved manually using the rtrv-obit command. Refer to the
Commands Manual for information on using the rtrv-obit command. Obituaries
should immediately be reported to Tekelec Technical Services at the appropriate
number.
To help Tekelec Technical Services, retain any printouts of the obituary. Tekelec
Technical Services can use the report to analyze the problem. A typical obituary
looks like the following:
rtrv-obit:loc=1115:num=2
rlghncxa03w 00-03-30 08:43:14 EST EAGLE 31.4.0
------------------------------------------------------------------
STH: Received a BOOT 286-obituary reply for 1 restart(s)
Primary: Card 1203 Module 4608 Mod_loc 1 Class 0080
Register Dump :
FL=338e CS=4a9c IP=01c0
AX=0000 CX=0100 DX=21c1 BX=078a
SP=01a6 BP=01a6 SI=0fe4 DI=3ece
DS=dce8 ES=21c1 SS=336b
Stack Dump :
[SP+1E]=3ece [SP+16]=46cc [SP+0E]=0001 [SP+06]=0246
[SP+1C]=078a [SP+14]=dce8 [SP+0C]=4608 [SP+04]=338e
[SP+1A]=078a [SP+12]=078a [SP+0A]=0001 [SP+02]=4a9c
[SP+18]=0100 [SP+10]=336b [SP+08]=0080 [SP+00]=01c0
STH: Received a BOOT 486-obituary reply for 1 restart(s)

Primary: Card 1213 Module 0047 Mod_loc 5 Class 0241
Register Dump :
EFL=00000000 CS =0208 EIP=0003e75f SS =0060
EAX=0009a90b ECX=0009a915 EDX=00000000 EBX=00000000
ESP=000ddaf2 EBP=000ddb6c ESI=00090241 EDI=00141df8
DS =0060 ES =0060 FS =0060 GS =0060
Stack Dump :
[ESP+2E]=0009 [ESP+28]=1df8 [ESP+22]=0000 [ESP+1C]=a915
[ESP+2C]=a90b [ESP+26]=0009 [ESP+20]=0000 [ESP+1A]=0009
[ESP+2A]=0014 [ESP+24]=a8c0 [ESP+1E]=0009 [ESP+18]=a90b
User Data Dump :
0a 06 00 00 46 01 08 04 00 00 00 ....F......
Report Date:00-03-04 Time:09:19:59
------------------------------------------------------------------
;
Terminal Not Responding

When a terminal is not responding, perform the following procedure:
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-61

DRAFT
Procedure
1. Verify the terminal is connected to the MMI port on the back of the control
shelf.
2. Verify the terminal is set up for 7-E-1.
3. From a working terminal, enter the following command to determine the port
connected to the faulty terminal:
rtrv-trm
Note the port number. From the output message, verify the settings are
correct.
If no working terminal is available, contact Tekelec Technical Support.
4. Enter the following command to inhibit the terminal failing to respond.

inh-trm:trm=x
where x is the terminal that is not responding.
5. Enter the following command to re-activate the terminal failing to respond.

alw-trm:trm=x
where x is the terminal that is not responding. If the terminal fails to respond,
go to Step 6.
6. Enter the following command to ensure that the other terminal devices are
functioning:
rept-stat-trm
Following is an example of the output:
TRM PST SST AST
1 IS-NR Active -----
4 OOS-MT-DSBLD MANUAL -----
3-62 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Command Completed.
7. Verify the problem is not with the terminal by swapping terminals with a
known good terminal. Make sure the physical connections are firmly seated. If
the terminal works, replace the original terminal.
8. If a single terminal is not functioning and you have verified that the terminal
is good, the connections are good, and the settings are correct, then from
another terminal inhibit the terminal port with the following command:
rmv-trm:trm=x
where x is the terminal port number (1 through 16).
9. Enable the terminal port with the following command:

rst-trm:trm=x
If this action corrects the problem, you are done with this procedure.
10. If the terminal still does not respond, contact Tekelec Technical Services at the
appropriate number.
Printer Not Working

Perform the following procedure if the printer is not working.
Procedure
1. Enter the following command to determine the port connected to the faulty
printer:
rtrv-trm
Note the port number. From the output message, verify the settings are
correct.
2. Verify the printer is connected, and the power is on. Run a printer test to
verify the printer is operational (refer to the printer manual for printer tests).
If there is no problem with the printer, continue with Step 3.
If there is a problem with the printer, go to Step 4.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-63

DRAFT
3. Enter the following command to ensure that the other terminal devices are
functioning on the TDM in the active MASP:
rept-stat-trm
TRM PST SST AST
Command Completed.
4. Verify the problem is not with the printer by swapping printers with a known
good printer. Make sure the physical connections are firmly seated. If the
printer works, replace the original.
5. If a single port is not functioning and it has been verified the printer is good,
the connections are good, and the settings are correct, inhibit the printer port
with the following command:
rmv-trm:trm=x
where x is the printer port number (1 through 16).
6. Enable the printer port with the following command:

rst-trm:trm=x
7. If none of the ports are active, trying resetting and then reseating the TDM
card.
8. If the problem persists, replace the TDM card using the card replacement
procedures in Appendix A.
3-64 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
9. If the terminal still does not respond, contact Tekelec Technical Services at the
appropriate number.
10. If only the printer port is inactive, inhibit the printer with the following
command:
rmv-trm:trm=x
where x is the printer number (1 through 16).
11. Enable the printer with the following command:

rst-trm:trm=x
If this action corrects the problem, you are done with this procedure. If the
problem persists, reseat the TDM card.
12. If reseating the TDM card does not correct the problem, replace the TDM card
using the card replacement procedures in Appendix A.
13. If the printer still does not respond, contact Tekelec Technical Services contact
at the appropriate number.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-65

DRAFT
Modem Not Working

Using Procomm Plus and a modem connected to a serial port on the system, the
system can be accessed the remotely. If there are problems connecting to the
modem, perform the following procedure:
Procedure
1. Check the physical connection. The connector to the modem should be an

RS-232 connection and firmly seated in both the serial port of the system and
the modem.
2. Verify the flow control is set to hardware.
3. Start Procomm Plus and check the modem settings.

The following are possible modem settings for the recommended modem, the
Motorola UDS. (Other types of modems may have different settings):
AT&F0 - Load factory profile and defaults
AT&C1 - Make DCD true
ATE0 - Disable command echo. If you use this command, you do not see the
commands that you enter. Be careful to enter the commands correctly.
ATQ1 - Stop the results codes to the terminal
AT&W0 - Store profile in memory location 0
AT&Y - Select stored profile 0 on power up
3-66 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Remove Removable Cartridge Stuck in Drive on MDAL

Use this procedure to remove a removable cartridge if it becomes stuck in the
drive. Verify the data on the disk is correct after performing this procedure.
WARNING: Before performing any maintenance procedures on the system,
make sure you wear a wrist strap connected to the wrist strap grounding point
of the system.
Procedure
1. The card is located in slot 1117. Push the inject/eject clamps outward from the
cards faceplate (top clamp in the UP position, bottom clamp in the
DOWN position).Pull the levers away from the shelf until they are parallel
to the floor. Gently pull the card towards you until the card clears the shelf.
Figure 3-6. Push Inject/Eject Clamps Outward
2. Use a paper clip or pin to eject the cartridge. Refer to Figure 3-1.
3. Open the ejector levers on the replacement card. Carefully align the cards
edges with the top and bottom card guides. Then push the card along the
length of the card guides until the rear connectors on the card engage the
mating connectors on the target shelf backplane.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-67

DRAFT
WARNING: Do not impact the faceplate in order to mate the connectors.
Any impact to the cards faceplate can damage the faceplate, the pins, or the
connectors.
4. Press the left edge of the cards faceplate using constant pressure until you
feel the cards progress cease.
5. Push in the top and bottom inject/eject clamps. This locks the card in place
and ensures a strong connection with the pins on the target shelf backplane.
Figure 3-7. Push in Inject/Eject Clamps
Push in the inject/eject

clamps to lock the card
in place.
6. Record the activity in the site maintenance log.
3-68 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Link Maintenance
Link maintenance covers the proper functionality of a signaling link, from an
Eagle STP MTP card to a remote NE.
Link Fault Sectionalization

The link fault sectionalization (LFS) feature allows maintenance personnel to
perform DSOA link fault sectionalization tests, a series of far end loopback tests,
from the system and identify faulty segments of an SS7 transmission path up to
and including the remote network element.
The point on the signaling link at which each loopback test ends is the far end
loopback point. A far end loopback point is achieved when the remote link
element sends the received data back to the transmitter, allowing the transmitter
to verify the received data. The remote link elements are shown in Table 3-7.
Table 3-7. Remote Link Element types
Valid for the Valid for the
Latching Link Non-latching Link
Element Description Fault Fault
Sectionalization Sectionalization
Test? Test?
DSO DSO Dataport yes no
OCU OCU Dataport yes* yes
CSU CSU Dataport yes* yes
DSU DSU Dataport yes* yes
NEI Network Element Interface yes no
* The OCU, CSU and DSU must be strapped or optioned to support latching
link fault sectionalization loopback.
The loopback point is moved along the signaling link path until the point is in the
far end network element. Therefore, each loopback point along the link requires
the initiation of one link fault sectionalization test on the SS7 LIM.
The link fault sectionalization test types for loopback tests are shown in Table 3-8.
Table 3-8. Link Fault Sectionalization Test Types
Link Fault
Sectionalization Test Description
Types
Latching link fault A loopback point is established using signaling
sectionalization test commands and remains until it is removed by
(LLT-auto) signaling commands.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-69

DRAFT
Table 3-8. Link Fault Sectionalization Test Types
Link Fault
Sectionalization Test Description
Types
Latching link fault
A loopback point is established by manual means and
sectionalization test
remains until it is removed by manual means.
(LLT-man)
Non-latching link fault
sectionalization test A loopback command is interleaved with the test data.
(NLT)
The SS7 LIM must be powered up and in service with the signaling link
deactivated (OOS-MT-DSBLD) before starting the link fault sectionalization tests.
No signaling traffic is on the signaling link by the SS7 LIM while the link is
performing a link fault sectionalization test.
The system supports a maximum of 32 remote link elements for each SS7 link.
The system allows a maximum of 16 SS7 signaling links to be tested at a time.
Hardware Configuration
The link fault sectionalization feature requires a LIM running the ss7ansi
application with the AINF interface. With this interface, the test data is
guaranteed to be a continuous data stream, and the commands provide the ability
to put any element in the link into latched loopback.
The test data is provided by the AINF interface and is shown in Table 3-9. The
data stream sent is verified against the data stream received and a bit error count
is updated. When the bit error count exceeds 255, the value of the bit error count
remains at 255 and does not overflow.
Table 3-9. Link Fault Sectionalization Test Patterns
Test Pattern Data Description
2047-bit Bert pattern sent until it is
B2047 N/A
terminated by software.
2047-bit Bert pattern sent interleaved with
B2047 Non
N/A loopback command until it is terminated
Latching
by software.
511-bit Bert pattern sent until it is
B511 N/A
terminated by software.
511-bit Bert pattern sent interleaved with
B511 Non
N/A loopback command until it is terminated
latching
by software.
3-70 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Table 3-9. Link Fault Sectionalization Test Patterns (Continued)
Test Pattern Data Description
A continuous series of the specified octet
OCTET default =h32 data is sent until it is terminated by
software. (Latching only)
A count of 100 octets of the specified data
followed by 100 octets of 0 is sent
ALTERNATE default = hFF
alternating until it is terminated by
software. (Latching only)
Test Indicators
Two indicators are used by the rept-stat-slk and rept-stat-ls commands to show
whether the signaling link has a far end loopback condition and if a link fault
sectionalization test is in progress.
When the signaling link is in a far end loopback condition:
The primary state (PST) is OOS-MT-DSBLD.
The secondary state (SST) is LPBK.
The associate state (AST) is FE.
When a link fault sectionalization test is in progress:
The associate state (AST) is LFS.
When both the signaling link is in a far end loopback condition and a link fault
sectionalization test is in progress:
The associate state (AST) is FE-LFS.
Test Report
Test results are displayed to the terminal when the link fault sectionalization tests
have completed. The following is an example of a link fault sectionalization test
report.
LOC = 1205 Port = B LSN = -------- Start time = 11:10:34
PATTERN = ALTERNATE DATA= FF MAXERR = 10 TIME = 00:02:00
TEST STATUS = ERROR, bit error exceeded threshold.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-71

DRAFT
LBP CLLI RLE REP LFST BIT_ERROR ERRORED_SEC DURATION
2 rlghncxa05w DSO 0 LLT 0 0 00:02:00
3 ------------ OCU 0 NLT 8 2 00:02:00
5 ------------ NEI 0 LLT 15 1 00:01:20
LFS Test Details
Eagle STP Initiated LFS Loopback Test Details

Loopback Test Type: Eagle STP initiated Level 1 DS0 LFS test
Link State: Link is down.
Equipment tested: Level 1 element(s) in a signaling path.
Purpose: Test the error rates of a signaling path.
Description: Sends loopback code to establish loopback and then performs BERT
test for a specified period of time.
Typical use: To validate signaling path has acceptable error rate.
Testing Limits: 1024 concurrent link tests per system.
Remote Initiated LFS Loopback Test Details
Loopback Test Type: Remote Loopback FAR END initiated DS0 LFS test.
Link State: Link can be up or down.
Equipment tested: Near end H/W up to level 2 (LXVR) and far end H/W level 1
interface.
Purpose: Auto-loopback a BERT test to the far end.
Description: When receiving a loopback code, deactivate the link and go into
loopback.
Typical use: Used to remotely test the far end with standard DS0 BERT tests.
Testing Limits: No limit on number of cards.
The link fault sectionalization feature uses the following commands:
ent-lbp add link fault sectionalization test data to the database.
chg-lbp change existing link fault sectionalization test data in the database.
dlt-lbp remove link fault sectionalization test data from the database.
rtrv-lbp display link fault sectionalization test data in the database.
act-lbp start a link fault sectionalization test.
dact-lbp stop a link fault sectionalization test.
rept-stat-lfs generates a report of all links that are under test.
3-72 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
The link fault sectionalization data is configured in the database using the
parameters shown in Table 3-10.
Table 3-10. Link Fault Sectionalization Data Entry Parameters
Link Fault
Sectionalization
Data Entry Description
Parameters
Card Location SS7 LIM card location
Port Number Port a or b, and a1, a2, a3, b1, b2, b3 on the MPL
Loopback Point Identifies the remote link element for setting the loopback
Number point. Value is from 1 to 32.
CLLI Description of the remote link element
Remote Link
The remote element type from Table 3-7.
Element Type
A repetition of the same element type in the link path.
Repetition
This is needed for configuring the link element as a latched
Count
loopback point. The value is from 0 to 31.
Link Fault
Link fault sectionalization test type from Table 3-8
Sectionalization
(LFS-man not supported for the database)
Test Type
Use the act-lbp command to start one or a sequence of link fault sectionalization
tests. The data stream sent is verified against the data stream received and the bit
error counts and block error counts are displayed when the test completes.
The link fault sectionalization test parameters are described in Table 3-11. If either
the remote link element type, repetition count, or link fault sectionalization test
type are specified with the act-lbp command, they must all be specified and the
loopback point number parameter is ignored. Otherwise the values for remote
link element type, repetition count, or link fault sectionalization test type are read
from the data entered with the ent-lbp command using the loopback point number
parameter value. The test data parameter is only valid for test patterns OCTET
and ALTERNATE.
If all LBPs are selected for the loopback point number parameter, a sequential test
of the LBPs, as entered in the database with the ent-lbp command for that
signaling link, is performed until the entire signaling link has been tested. When
performing a test with all LBPs, the test is aborted with the first failed test.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-73

DRAFT
The test is stopped either because the amount of time for the test has expired or if
the bit error threshold has been exceeded. The time duration parameter specifies
the maximum time duration for one link fault sectionalization loopback point
test. The default value is one second (00:00:01) and the maximum value that can
be entered is 24 hours (24:00:00). The bit error threshold parameter specifies the
maximum number of bit errors allowed for one link fault sectionalization
loopback point test. The default value is 56 errors and the maximum value that
can be entered is 4,838,400 (24 hours x 56 errors per second).
Table 3-11. Link Fault Sectionalization Test Parameters
Parameters Description
Card Location SS7 LIM card location
Port Number Port a or b, and a1, a2, a3, b1, b2, b3 on the MPL
The remote link element for setting the loopback point.
Loopback Point
Value is from 1 to 32, or if this parameter is not specified,
Number
all LBPs are selected.
Remote Link
The remote element type from Table 3-7.
Element Type
A repetition of the same element type in the link path. The
Repetition Count
value is from 0 to 31.
Link Fault
Sectionalization Link fault sectionalization test type from Table 3-8.
Test Type
Time for one loopback point in hours, minutes, and
Time duration seconds (hh:mm:ss). The value is from 00:00:01 to
24:00:00. The default value is 1 second (00:00:01).
Bit error threshold. The value is from 0 to 4838400. The
Error threshold
default value is 56.
Test pattern The test pattern from Table 3-9. The default value is B2047.
The octet to be used for test pattern OCTET or
Test data
ALTERNATE only.
The dact-lbp command stops the link fault sectionalization test in progress and
cancels any pending link fault sectionalization tests for the SS7 link. The pending
tests are the next sequential LBPs for the SS7 signaling link when an entire link
test was initiated.
Link Maintenance Enhancements

The Link Maintenance Enhancements feature covers the following areas:
Allows the operator to force a card into loopback. Without this enhancement,
a card will go in and out of loopback as determined by loopback codes sent by
the far end.
3-74 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
tst-slk enhancements for ATM customers. The loopback parameters for ATM
cards in the tst-slk command act in a similar fashion as the act-lbp command
for standard DS0 loopbacks. Other tst-slk enhancements not specifically
related to ATM are also provided.
Command Driven Loopback
Command Driven Loopback (CDL) is the ability to locally drive a signaling link
into a manual line loopback. The data received on the signaling link is echoed
(transmitted) back. Commands are used to provide this capability on an
individual signaling link basis. CDL allows loopback testing of a signaling link
when either far-end initiated loopbacks are prevented or when a constant
loopback state is desired. This command driven setting of loopback is similar in
functionality to a remote initiated loopback. Table 3-12 shows a breakdown of
support for Command Driven Loopback based on the MTP card type. Figure 3-8
shows a conceptual view of a signaling links network connections. Local
transceiver (LXVR) is a tst-slk initiated test in which the line transmit is looped
back to the line receive internal to the card. CDL is "LXVR in reverse", the line
receive is looped back to the line transmit.
Table 3-12. Command Driven Loopback Support
MTP Card Type Supported MTP Card Type Supported
Pre-AINF No T1-ATM Yes
AINF (DSO, V35, Yes T1 MIM Yes
OCU) (Channel)
E1 MIM
MPL (DSO) Yes (Channel) Yes
LIM-E1 NO IPLIM No
E1-ATM Yes IPGTWY NO
Test Indicators
If an MTP card boots, then all links on this card, by default, are not in CDL. A link
in CDL is persistent across an OAM switchover. Signaling links must be inhibited
(OOS-MT-DSBLD) to perform command driven loopback. Signaling links in CDL
have the following conditions:
The associate state (AST) is CDL.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-75

DRAFT
Figure 3-8. Signaling Link Network Connections
.
S S 7 M T P C a rd
SLK
S L K in L X V R
S S 7 N e tw o r k
S L K in R e m o t e
Loopback
S L K in C D L
Test Signaling Link
The tst-slk command is used to flush out intermittent link problems that are not
captured with the one shot testing. The tst-slk command allows for duration tests
up to 24 hours, stopping of an in-progress test, and forcing the execution of a test.
The tst-slk command is grouped into two categories, message based tests and
hardware-based tests. The SLTC and OAM tests are message based. These tests
involve sending a message to the far end and expecting an appropriate reply. The
LXVR, LINE, and PAYLOAD tests are hardware-based. These tests involve setting
hardware registers and after an appropriate duration resetting hardware
registers. To prevent overloading of a signaling link, message based tests are
delayed 1 to 10 seconds between recept of an appropriate reply and sending of
the next test message. Table 3-13 shows a breakdown of support for each tst-slk
test based on MTP card.
Table 3-13. tst-slk Support
MTP Card tst-slk Test

Type SLTC LXVR OAM LINE PAYLOAD
Pre-AINF Yes Yes No No No
AINF (DSO,
V35, OCU) Yes Yes No No No
MPL (DSO) Yes Yes No No No

LIM-E1 Yes Yes No No No
E1-ATM Yes Yes Yes No No
T1-ATM Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
T1 MIM
Yes No No No No
(Channel)
3-76 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Table 3-13. tst-slk Support (Continued)
MTP Card tst-slk Test

Type SLTC LXVR OAM LINE PAYLOAD
E1 MIM Yes No No No No
(Channel)
IPLIM Yes No No No No
IPGTWY No No No No No
Test Indicators
Signaling links performing tst-slk commands have a secondary state of LPBK, and
an associated state corresponding to the type of loopback (SLTC, OAM, LXVR,
PAYLOAD, LINE). The link must be OOS-MT-DSBLD for LXVR, PAYLOAD, and
LINE tests.
If an OAM switchover occurs, while the tst-slk command is running, the test is
aborted. If an MTP card with an active test boots then the test is aborted.
tst-slk Loopback Test Details
SLTC Loopback Test Details

Loopback Test Type: SLTC (Eagle initiated Level 3 SS7 SLT).
Link State: Link is up.
Equipment tested: Near and far end up to Level 3.
Purpose: Test the entire path to the far end at Level 3.
Description: This will send an SLTM out and expects an SLTA back.
Typical use: To validate connectivity of a signaling path.
OAM Loopback Test Details
Loopback Test Type: OAM (Eagle initiated Level 1 ATM test).
Equipment tested: Near and far end level 1 S/W and H/W including all
hardware on the cards.
Purpose: Test the entire near and far end level 1 H/W by exchanging ATM cells.
Description: Sends OAM cells out to far end for 60 seconds if no errors, 2 minutes
when errors are received.
Typical use: Verifies ATM cells can be exchanged between 2 signaling points.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-77

DRAFT
LINE Loopback Test Details
Loopback Test Type: LINE (Eagle initiated Level 1-2 ATM test)
interface.
Purpose: H/W continuity check between near and far end.
Description: The following steps occur:
a. Device under test (DUT) sends T1 bit oriented code (BOC) to remote
device.
b. Remote device receives BOC and programs hardware.
c. DUT attempts level 2 alignment.
d. If link aligns (level 2), test passes, else test fails.
e. DUT sends BOC to remote device to remove loopback.
f. Remote device receives BOC and re-programs hardware.
NOTE: If the DUT boots in the middle of the sequence, the remote
device needs to have the link activated/de-activated and it will return to
the original programming.
Typical use: Used for a link in line timing to check continuity from the near end
level 2 H/W to the level 1 interface at the far end.
PAYLOAD Loopback Test Details
Loopback Test Type: PAYLOAD (Eagle initiated Level 1-2 ATM test)
interface.
Purpose: H/W continuity check between near and far end.
Description: The following steps occur:
a. Device under test (DUT) sends T1 bit oriented code (BOC) to remote
device.
b. Remote device receives BOC and programs hardware.
c. DUT attempts level 2 alignment.
d. If link aligns (level 2), test passes, else test fails.
3-78 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
e. DUT sends BOC to remote device to remove loopback.
f. remote device receives BOC and re-programs hardware.
NOTE: If the DUT boots in the middle of sequence, the remote device
needs to have the link activated/de-activated and it will return to the
original programming
Typical use: Used for a link in master timing to check continuity from the near
end level 2 H/W to the level 1 interface at the far end.
LXVR Loopback Test Details
Loopback Test Type: LXVR (Eagle initiated Level 1 Internal card loopback)
Equipment tested: Local card.
Purpose: Test the near end card only.
Description: This tests the near end card up through level 2.
Typical use: To validate the Card on the Eagle as good.
Link Maintenance Enhancments Commands
The link maintenance enhancments feature utilizes the following commands:

act-cdl this command initiates a command driven loopback for testing a
signaling link.
dact-cdl this command deactivates a previously initiated Command Driven
Loopback if active. If not, it will attempt to clear both near-end and far-end
latched loopback points.
rept-stat-cdl this command generates a report of the signaling links
currently in command driven loopback (along with the amount of time the
link has been in CDL).

SLK CDL CDL-TIME
1102,A1 LINE 00:04:01
1201,A PAYLOAD 01:04:11
1203,A LINE 00:22:21
1203,B LINE 20:04:01
1208,A LINE 01:05:22
1211,A PAYLOAD 00:14:01
tst-slk this command provides several methods for testing SLKs.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-79

DRAFT
rept-stat-tstslk this command generates a report of the status of the MTP
signaling links currently under test. The report includes the type of test and
the elapsed time for the test. A sample output follows:

SLK LOOPBACK MAX-TIME TEST-TIME
1102,A1 SLTC 01:00:00 00:04:01
1201,A OAM 02:00:00 01:04:11
1203,A LXVR 00:50:00 00:22:21
1203,B LXVR 24:00:00 20:04:01
1208,A PAYLOAD 01:10:00 01:05:22
1211,A LINE 21:30:00 00:14:01
;
Power Down of In-Service System

WARNING: This procedure will isolate the system and put the network
in a degraded mode. Contact Tekelec Technical Services at the appropriate
number before any part of this procedure is performed.
To minimize the impact on the rest of the network during power up, proper
network planning must be performed. This requires having the MTP Restart
Feature configured on the system. This power down procedure does not require
any special configuration on the system. This procedure should be performed in
emergency situations or with prior planning assistance from Tekelec Technical
Services. Terminal access to the system is required to deactivate the links. If there
is no terminal access to the system, proceed to Step 19.
Procedure
1. If this is an emergency power down, proceed with Step 11. Otherwise

continue with Step 2.
rept-stat-db
3. Enter the following command to backup the database on the fixed disk:
chg-db:action=backup:dest=fixed
This command takes a minimum of 2 minutes to execute. It may take longer
depending on other system activity that is in progress when this command is
entered.
3-80 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
4. Verify that the databases of both MASPs are coherent by entering the
following command:
rept-stat-db
The following is an example of the output from a coherent database.
> rept-stat-db
Command Accepted - Processing
oflnmoxa11w 00-10-08 15:56:40 CDT EAGLE 31.4.0

rept-stat-db
Command entered at terminal #4.
;

DATABASE STATUS: >> OK <<
TDM 1114 ( STDBY) TDM 1116 ( ACTV )
C LEVEL TIME LAST BACKUP C LEVEL TIME LAST BACKUP
- -------- --------------------- - -------- ---------------------
FD BKUP Y 342256 00-10-07 00:40:29 CDT Y 342256 00-10-07 00:40:29 CDT
FD CRNT N 342374 Y 342375
MDAL 1117
---------
5. Insert a pre-formatted (for system data) removable cartridge into the

removable cartridge drive on the MDAL card.
Reference: Chapter 2, Removable Cartridge Handling Procedures
Continue with Step 6.

following command:
rept-stat-db
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-81

DRAFT
> rept-stat-db

rept-stat-db
;

- -------- --------------------- - ------- --------------------
FD BKUP Y 32256 00-10-07 00:40:29 CDT Y 32256 00-10-07 00:40:29 CDT
FD CRNT N 32374 Y 32375
MDAL 1117
- --------
MDAL card
Reference: Chapter 2, Removable Cartridge Handling Procedures
9. Make an entry in the site maintenance log that a backup was performed.
10. Enter the following command to verify the status of the mate Eagle STP:
rept-stat-trbl
If there is any trouble or abnormal condition, contact Tekelec Technical
Services at the appropriate number.
11. Enter the following command to retrieve the linksets.

rtrv-ls
12. Enter the following command to retrieve the links.

rtrv-slk
13. Enter the following command to deactivate all E-links. Use the outputs from
Step 11 and Step 12.
dact-slk:loc=xxxx:port=y
where xxxx is the card location stenciled on the shelf of the system
and y is the port number on the card specified in the loc parameter.
3-82 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
14. Enter the following command to deactivate all A-links. Use the outputs from
15. Enter the following command to deactivate all B-links. Use the outputs from
16. Enter the following command to deactivate all D-links. Use the outputs from
17. Enter the following command to deactivate all C-links. Use the outputs from
18. Enter the following command to verify all links on the system are oos-mt.
Repeat Step 13 through Step 17 for any links not having the proper status.
rept-stat-slk
19. Pull the fuses or open the breaker at the customer power distribution frame to
turn off power to the system.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-83

DRAFT
Power Up of the System

WARNING: If the reason for the Eagle Power Off is unknown or if
damage to the Eagle is suspected, do not perform this procedure. Contact
Tekelec Technical Services at the appropriate number.
Procedure
1. Verify that there is no cartridge in the MDAL card. If there is a cartridge in the
MDAL, replace the MDAL card with a spare MDAL card without a cartridge.
If the spare MDAL card has a cartridge installed, remove the MDAL card.
This power up will take place without a MDAL card installed.
2. At the power distribution frame, insert fuses or close the breaker to restore
power to the system. All frames with the Eagle STP shelves must be powered
up. Links that were deactivated during the power down are automatically
activated during the power up.
3. Enter the following commands to monitor the system during the power-up
rept-stat-card
rept-stat-slk
rept-stat-trbl
Contact Tekelec Technical Services at the appropriate number if there is any
trouble or abnormal condition during system recovery
4. Install MDAL card and remove removable cartridge, if necessary.
3-84 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
UAM and UIM Troubleshooting Procedures

The following procedures are listed by message reference number (MRN). Locate
the message reference number in the output message on your screen, find the
MRN in this chapter, and follow the procedure to troubleshoot the problem.
NOTE: The outputs in the following procedures are examples. Some
outputs have several variations. In most cases only one variation is shown.
If a linkset is in test mode, any GWS failure UIMs are reported, but the failed traffic
is still switched through. The UIM displays a line identifying the test mode state.
A linkset in test mode performs the GWS action, but does not screen out MSUs
which do not pass screening. The GWSM action is on and the GWSA or GWS
Activated action is off.
The system header information is in the example outputs include the following
information:
RLGHNCXA21W 00-02-07 12:01:43 EST Eagle 30.0.0
Host CLLI code

The date the message Product and Software
was generated release currently running
The time the message was

generated with time zone
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-85

0001 Corrective Maintenance
DRAFT
0001 - Card has reset
Description
This could have been the result of a manual reset, or software reset. If the system
software detects trouble with a card, the processors on the card (application or
communication processors) are reset by software. The system software is
responsible for this function.
Example
** 0014.0001 ** CARD 1113 OAM Card has reset
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. The system recovers from this condition by reloading the card software. If the
card continually resets, replace the affected card.
The recovery message sequence should be similar to:
** 0057.0001 ** CARD 1201 SS7ANSI Card has reset
0058.0096 CARD 1201 SS7ANSI Card has been reloaded
0059.0236 SLK 1201,A nc00027 REPT-LKF: not aligned
0060.0236 SLK 1201,B nc00027 REPT-LKF: not aligned
0061.0200 SLK 1201,A nc00027 RCVRY-LKF: link available
0062.0200 SLK 1201,B nc00027 RCVRY-LKF: link available
2. If the card resets without explanation or continues to reset, contact Tekelec

Technical Services at the appropriate number.
NOTE: See Appendix A for procedures on replacing cards.
3-86 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Corrective Maintenance 0002
DRAFT
0002 - Card is not running approved GPL
Description
This alarm indicates a card or cards are running a generic program load (GPL)
other than the approved GPL. This is determined by a system audit, which
compares the GPL running on each card with the approved version for each card
type. If any card(s) are running a GPL other than its approved GPL, an alarm is
created. Only one alarm for each card application is displayed.
NOTE: There are three procedures for this output. Choose the procedure
based on the type of card with the problem. The procedures are as follows:
1. Procedure for all cards without Flash Memory
2. Procedure for cards with Flash Memory (Except HMUX)
3. Procedure for HMUX card
Example
* 0014.0002 * GPL SYSTEM OAM Card is not running approved GPL
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure for all cards without Flash Memory
CAUTION: This procedure causes the identified card to reload, and

should be used only during periods of low traffic or the maintenance
window.
1. Enter the following command to verify the GPLs running for the card
identified in the output.
rept-stat-gpl:appl=xxxxxxx
where xxxxxxx is the card identified in the output.
Following is an example of the output
APPL CARD RUNNING APPROVED TRIAL
GLS 1114 026-003-000 026-003-000 026-004-000
GLS 1116 026-004-000 026-003-000 ALM 026-004-000
NOTE: Mismatched GPLs should occur only during upgrades or running

a trial GPL.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-87

DRAFT
2. Verify GPL Auditing is ON. If not, enter the following command:
chg-gpl:audit=on
3. Enter the following command to reload the card:

init-card:loc=xxxx
where xxxx is the card location stenciled on the shelf of the Eagle STP.
NOTE: Wait for the card to finish loading before continuing.
4. Enter the following command to verify the approved GPLs match the running
GPLs:
5. If the GPLs match, you have completed this procedure.

If the GPLs do not match, continue with Step 6.
6. Enter the following command to determine which cards are in alarm

condition (indicated by the acronym ALM in the rept-stat-gpl display):
rept-stat-gpl
7. Note which cards are in an alarm condition and call Tekelec Technical Services
3-88 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Procedure for cards with Flash Memory (Except HMUX)

window.
ATMANSI 1114 026-003-000 026-002-000 ALM 026-003-000
ATMANSI 1116 026-003-000 026-002-000 ALM 026-003-000

a trial GPL.
2. Verify GPL Auditing is ON. If not enter the following command:

chg-gpl:audit=on
3. Enter the following command to change the state of the appropriate card to
the out of service - maintenance disabled state:
inh-card:loc=xxxx:force=yes
where xxxx is the card location stenciled on the shelf of the Eagle STP.
Card has been inhibited.
4. Enter the following command to load the trial GPL onto the card inhibited:
init-flash:code=appr:loc=xxxx
where xxxx is the card location used in Step 3.
Following is an example of the output using card location 1302:
FLASH Memory Downloading for card 1302 Started.
;
BPHCAP Downloading for card 1302 Complete.
;
Command Completed.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-89

DRAFT
When the init-flash command has completed successfully, the card specified in
the init-flash command is rebooted.
5. Enter the following command to put the card that was inhibited in Step 3.
back into service:
alw-card:loc=xxxx
Card has been allowed.
NOTE: Allow the card to run for 5 minutes before continuing.
6. Enter the following command to activate the GPL loaded onto the card in Step
4.
act-flash:loc=xxxx
FLASH Memory Activation for card 1302 Completed.
;
Command Completed.
GPLs:

9. Enter the following command determine which cards are in alarm condition
(indicated by the acronym ALM in the rept-stat-gpl display):
rept-stat-gpl
3-90 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Procedure for HMUX card

window.
rept-stat-gpl:appl=bphmux
BPHMUX 1209 028-005-000 028-005-000 -----------
BPHMUX 1210 028-005-000 028-005-000 -----------
BPHMUX 1309 028-004-000 028-005-000 ALM -----------
BPHMUX 1310 028-005-000 028-005-000 -----------

a trial GPL.
2. Verify GPL Auditing is ON. If not enter the following command:

chg-gpl:audit=on
3. Enter the following command to load the GPL onto the HMUX card:
where xxxx is the HMUX card location with the alarm condition in Step 1.
;
BPHMUX Downloading for card 1309 Complete.
;
Command Completed.
4. Enter the following command to initialize the HMUX.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-91

DRAFT
CAUTION: This command boots the HMUX processor and brings down
the respective IMT bus temporarily (approximately 10 seconds) until the
HMUX card comes back into service.
init-mux:loc=xxxx:bus=y
where xxxx is the card location used in
y is the bus
5. Enter the following command to activate the trial GPL loaded onto the card in
Step 4.
act-flash:loc=xxxx
;
Command Completed.
GPLs:
rept-stat-gpl:appl=bphmux
BPHMUX 1209 028-005-000 028-005-000 -----------
BPHMUX 1210 028-005-000 028-005-000 -----------
BPHMUX 1309 028-005-000 028-005-000 -----------
BPHMUX 1310 028-005-000 028-005-000 -----------
Command Completed.

8. Enter the following command determine which cards are in alarm condition
(indicated by the acronym ALM in the rept-stat-gpl display):
rept-stat-gpl
3-92 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0003 - Alarm cleared for GPL
Description
This message indicates that all the cards of a specific type are running the
approved GPL and the alarm condition, specified by message 0002 - Card is not
running approved GPL has been cleared.
Example
0014.0003 GPL SYSTEM OAM Alarm cleared for GPL
Alarm Level
No alarm condition. The message is informational only.
Procedure
1. This message indicates a previous fault has been corrected. No further action
is necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-93

DRAFT
0004 - Card is running non-activated GPL
Description
This alarm indicates a card or cards are running a non-activated Trial or Approved
generic program load (GPL). This output is expected when changing a flash GPL.
This alarm occurs after a successful download to the card, and the card boots.This
is determined by a system audit, which compares the GPL running on each card
with the activated version for each card type. If any card(s) are running a GPL
other than its activated GPL, an alarm is created. Only one alarm for each card
application is displayed. UAM 0002 might also be produced.
Example
* 0014.0004 * GPL SYSTEM BPDCM Card is running non-activated GPL
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure
1. Enter the following command to verify the release GPLs match the GPLs on
the disk:
rtrv-gpl
a trial GPL.
2. Enter the following command to determine which cards are in alarm

condition (indicated by the acronym ALM in the rept-stat-gpl display):
rept-stat-gpl
3. If the GPLs do not match from Step 1, note which cards are in an alarm
condition and call Tekelec Technical Services at the appropriate number.
3-94 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0005 - Alarm cleared running non-activated GPL
Description
This message indicates that all the cards of a specific type are running the
non-activated GPL and the alarm condition, specified by message 0004 - Card is
running non-activated GPL has been cleared.
Example
0014.0005 GPL SYSTEM BPDCM Alarm cleared running non-activated GPL
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-95

DRAFT
0008 - Active MASP has become isolated
Description
This messages indicates the active MASP has a fault and the system switched to
the standby MASP. This could be caused by the MASP losing a connection to the
IMT, a failure with the GPSM-II card, or a card reset.
Example
** 0014.0008 ** CARD 1113 OAM Active MASP has become isolated
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure

rept-stat-imt
If the IMT is at fault, verify the IMT cables are connected to the shelf
backplane (refer to the Installation Manual for cable locations).
2. If the state of the IMT appears good but the GPSM-II boots repeatedly, try
reseating the GPSM-II card. If the problem persists, replace the GPSM-II card.
3. If the trouble does not clear, obtain any obituary reports and notify Tekelec
3-96 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0009 - MASP became active
Description
This message indicates which MASP is active.
Example
0014.0009 CARD 1113 OAM MASP became active
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. This message indicates a previous fault or condition has been corrected. No

further action is necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-97

DRAFT
0010 - MASP became standby
Description
This message indicates which MASP is standby.
Example
0012.0010 CARD 1113 OAM MASP became standby
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. This message indicates a previous fault or condition has been corrected. No

3-98 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0011 - Entering forced simplex mode
Description
This message indicates the active OAM card found itself in a forced simplex mode
of operation while the active OAM LNP updating option was on (turned on with
the chg-lnpopts:frcsmplx=yes command). A simplex mode of operation
means the active OAM card cannot communicate with its standby OAM card.
In a forced simplex mode, after five minutes LNP updates are allowed to be
provisioned on the active OAM only. The active OAM accepts updates, and the
standby OAM is not able to receive LNP updates, leaving the standby database in
the state of being incoherent, diff level, or unstable.
When the standby OAM eventually resumes communication, the active OAM
remains in forced simplex mode until the standby OAM LNP database is repaired
from the active OAM. The forced simplex mode is automatically removed
following the repair of the standby database.
The forced simplex mode of operation can also be removed with the command
chg-lnpopts:frcsmplx=no. However, active OAM LNP updates may be
prohibited until the standby database is repaired.
Example
** 0100.0011 SYSTEM Entering forced simplex mode
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. If you choose to exit forced simplex mode (that is, not allowing LNP updates
on the active OAM only), enter the following command to remove the forced
simplex status from the LNP options:
chg-lnpopts:frcsmplx=no
You may elect to stop here, or you may elect to continue with Step 3.
2. If you choose, you may remain in forced simplex mode (accepting LNP
updates in the active OAM card without communicating with the standby
card) until the standby OAM is replaced, its database is corrected, or
communication is restored.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-99

DRAFT
3. When you choose to resume the duplex mode of operation with the active and
standby OAM cards, you must restore communications with the standby card
and repair the standby LNP database, as required. Enter the following
command to verify the databases:
rept-stat-db
> rept-stat-db

rept-stat-db
;

- -------- --------------------- - -------- ---------------------
FD BKUP Y 342256 98-10-07 00:40:29 CDT Y 342256 98-10-07 00:40:29 CDT
FD CRNT N 342374 Y 342375
MDAL 1117
- --------
(Refer to the Commands Manual to interpret the output.)
4. Check the status of the standby database in the output of the previous step.
If the report shows the standby OAM is present, go to Step 7.
If the report does not show the standby OAM card to be present, continue
to Step 5.
5. Enter the following command to initialize the standby OAM card:

init-card:loc=xxxx
where xxxx is the standby OAM (1114 or 1116) number.
6. If the problem is still not corrected, reseat the GPSM-II card. If the OAM still
does not respond, replace the GPSM-II card.
NOTE: See Appendix A, Card Removal/Replacement Procedures for card
7. Once the card is known to be operational, if the standby OAM card needs to
be repaired, resynchronize the standby cards LNP database with the active
OAM card with this command:
chg-db:action=repair
3-100 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
8. If you choose to restore the status of the active OAM LNP updating options
(especially if you turned it off in Step 1), issue the command:
chg-lnpopts:frcsmplx=yes
9. If the trouble does not clear, obtain any obituary reports and notify Tekelec
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-101

DRAFT
0013 - Card is isolated from the system
Description
This indicates a card has become isolated and is unable to communicate to other
cards in the system. This could be caused by a defective card, a power failure
occurred on the card, or the system software has ordered a reset.
This also appears when the card has been manually reset by a command.
Example
** 0014.0013 ** CARD 1113 OAM Card is isolated from the system
ASSY SN: 102199815a1234
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. Enter the following command to check the status of the card.

rept-stat-card:loc=x:mode=full
where x is the card location stenciled on the shelf of the system.
Following is an example of the possible output using card 1106:
integrat40 00-05-24 10:37:22 EST EAGLE 31.4.0
CARD VERSION TYPE APPL PST SST AST
1106 021-101-000 ASM SCCP IS-NR Active -----
ALARM STATUS = No Alarms.
IMT VERSION = 021-001-000
PROM VERSION = 021-001-000
IMT BUS A = Conn
IMT BUS B = Conn
CLOCK A = Active
CLOCK B = Idle
CLOCK I = Idle
MBD BIP STATUS = valid
DB STATUS = valid
DBD MEMORY SIZE = 64M
SCCP SERVICE = 1201, , 1214, 1215, 1217, 1102
SCCP % OCCUP = 0%
SLK A PST = OOS-MT LS=ls11234567 CLLI=
SLK B PST = OOS-MT LS=ls11345678 CLLI=
SNM TVG RESULT = 24 hr: ------, 5 min: ------
SLAN TVG RESULT = 24 hr: ------, 5 min: ------
SCCP TVG RESULT = 24 hr: ------, 5 min: ------
Command Completed.
3-102 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
2. If only one card is isolated, wait to see if the card is recovering. If not, reset the
card.
3. If resetting the card does not clear the fault, reseat the card.
4. If reseating the card does not clear the fault, replace the card.
5. If the alarm still does not clear, call Tekelec Technical Services at the
appropriate number.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-103

DRAFT
0014 - Card is present
Description
The card indicated was isolated from the system, but is now communicating with
the active MASP. The maintenance software has begun recovery action.
Example
0014.0014 CARD 1201 SS7ANSI Card is present
ASSY SN: 102199815a1234
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. No immediate action is required. The maintenance software is attempting to

recover the card by reinitialization of the card.
3-104 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0018 - Exiting forced simplex mode
Description
This UAM indicates that forced simplex mode is being exited. This message
results from either the chg-lnpopts command turning off the forced simplex
mode or the automatic ending of the forced simplex mode after the repair of the
standby OAM database.
A forced simplex mode of operation occurs when the active OAM card cannot
communicate with its standby OAM card while the active LNP option was on
(turned on with the chg-lnpopts:frcsmplx=yes command). This mode allows
provisioning of LNP updates in the active OAM database when communication is
lost with its standby OAM card.
Example
** 0100.0018 SYSTEM Exiting forced simplex mode
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. This message indicates either the chg-lnpopts:frcsmplx=no command was

successfully executed or an automatic response resulted from a successful
repair of the standby OAM database. No further action is necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-105

DRAFT
0021 - Clock A for card failed, B normal
Description
This indicates that the A clock signal for the indicated card is not present.
Example
* 0014.0021 * CARD 1116 OAM Clock A for card failed, Clock B normal
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure
1. Enter the following command to determine the status of the clock.

rept-stat-clk
The output indicates how many cards are using the specified clock, and how
many cards are reporting fault with the specified clock.
Following is an example of the possible output:

CARD LOC= 1114 (Active ) CARD LOC= 1116 (Isolated )
PRIMARY BITS = Active PRIMARY BITS = -----
SECONDARY BITS = Idle SECONDARY BITS = -----
PST SST AST
SYSTEM CLOCK IS-NR ACTIVE ALMINH
# Cards using CLK A = 009 # Cards with bad CLK A = 000
# Cards using CLK B = 000 # Cards with bad CLK B = 009
# Cards using CLK I = 000
Command Completed.
CAUTION: Resetting, reseating, or replacing a LIM will cause both links

on the card to fail. If the card is a LIM, place the links on the LIM out of
service by entering the dact-slk command.
2. If only one card is reporting fault, reset the card.
3. If the fault has not cleared, reseat the card.
4. If the fault has not cleared, replace the card.
3-106 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
5. If the fault has not cleared, replace the TDM card in MASP A.
6. If more than one card is reporting fault with the designated clock, check the
clock cable connection at the shelf backplane (refer to the Installation Manual
for cable location). If the clock cable is at fault, replace the clock cable.
7. If the fault has cleared and any of these cards are LIMs, place the links
assigned to these cards back into service using the act-slk command.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-107

DRAFT
0022 - Clock B for card failed, A normal
Description
This indicates that the B clock signal for the indicated card is not present.
Example
* 0014.0022 * CARD 1116 OAM Clock B for card failed, Clock A normal
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure
1. Enter the following command to determine the status of the clock.

rept-stat-clk
The output indicates how many cards are using the specified clock, and how

PST SST AST
Command Completed.

4. If the fault has not cleared, replace the card.
3-108 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
5. If the fault has not cleared, replace the TDM card in MASP B.
6. If more than one card is reporting fault with a clock, check the clock cable
connection at the shelf backplane (refer to the Installation Manual for cable
location). If the clock cable is at fault, replace the clock cable.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-109

DRAFT
0023 - Clocks A and B for card failed
Description
The A and B clock sources for the indicated card are not present.
Example
* 0014.0023 * CARD 1116 OAM Clocks A and B for card failed
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure
1. Enter the following command to determine the status of the clocks.

rept-stat-clk
The output indicates how many cards are using the specified clocks, and how

PST SST AST
Command Completed.

2. If the rept-stat-clk command indicates both clocks are healthy, reset the affected
card.
3. If the fault has not cleared, reseat the affected card.
3-110 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
4. If the fault has not cleared, replace the affected card.
5. If the BITS clock is not at fault, replace the TDM cards in both MASP A and B.
assigned to these cards back into service using the following command:
act-slk:loc=x:port=y
where x is the card location stenciled on the shelf of the system
and y is the port on the card designated in the loc parameter.
7. If the fault has not cleared, call Tekelec Technical Services at the appropriate
number.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-111

DRAFT
0024 - Clock A for card normal
Description
This message indicates that the clock A distribution for the specified card is now
normal.
Example
0014.0024 CARD 1116 OAM Clock A for card normal
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. This message indicates a previous fault in the clock A distribution has been
cleared. No further action is necessary.
3-112 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0025 - Clock B for card normal
Description
This message indicates that the clock B distribution for the specified card is now
normal.
Example
0014.0025 CARD 1116 OAM Clock B for card normal
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. This message indicates a previous fault in the clock B distribution has been
cleared. No further action is necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-113

DRAFT
0026 - Clocks A and B for card normal
Description
This message indicates that clock A and B for the indicated card has returned to a
normal state.
Example
0014.0026 CARD 1116 OAM Clocks A and B for card normal
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
3-114 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0033 - Card database has been corrected
Description
This message indicates that the database has been reloaded to the indicated card
by system software. This typically occurs when the system software finds the card
database is not synchronized with the other cards in the system (incoherent
database).
Example
0014.0033 CARD 1113 OAM Card database has been corrected
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-115

DRAFT
0034 - Card database is inconsistent
Description
This message indicates that the database on the indicated card is not at the same
level as the source database level. For more information about database
management procedures, refer to the Database Administration Manual.
Example
* 0014.0034 * CARD 1201 LIMDS0 Card database is inconsistent
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure for a non-MASP card

1. Wait five minutes to see if the card corrects itself.
2. Enter the following command to check the database level on the card:
rept-stat-db:display=all
3. If the problem persists, enter the following command to retrieve the terminal
types and port numbers:
rtrv-trm
4. If the card is a LIM, enter the following command to deactivate the slk:
where xxxx = the card location
y = the port on the card specified in the location parameter.
3-116 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
5. Enter the following command to inhibit each OAP terminal displayed in the
output from Step 3:
inh-trm:trm=x
where x = the port number.
NOTE: The force parameter is required for the last OAP terminal
inhibited.
6. Enter the following command to change the state of the card to

OOS-MT-DSBLD:
init-card:loc=xxxx
7. Enter the following command to change the state of the card to IS-NR:
alw-card:loc=xxxx
where x = the card location stenciled on the shelf of the system.
8. If the card is a LIM, enter the following command to activate the slk:
act-slk:loc=xxxx:port=y
where xxxx = the card location
y = the port on the card specified in the location parameter.
9. After the card has been reloaded (a message appears to confirm completion of
the load), enter the following command to verify the database is consistent
(same level as the other cards in the system).
rept-stat-card
10. Check the consistency of the card by entering the following command:
rept-stat-db:display=except
11. Enter the following command to return the OAP terminals to the in-service
state:
alw-trm:trm=x
12. If the problem persists, call Tekelec Technical Services at the appropriate
number.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-117

DRAFT
Procedure for a MASP card
1. Enter the following command to retrieve the terminal types and port
numbers:
rtrv-trm
output from Step 1:
inh-trm:trm=x
inhibited.
3. Enter the following command to check the database level on all cards:
Pay special attention to note the database levels on both the active and
standby current partitions and the levels represented on all the network cards.
It is important that the database level of the network cards matches the
database level of the active MASP.
NOTE: If the database on the OAM is repaired and ends up at a lower
level than the network cards, the system must be initialized.
4. If neither database is at the same level as the network cards, contact Technical
5. If the message indicates the active fixed disk is inconsistent, continue with
Step 6. If the message indicates the standby fixed disk is inconsistent, continue
with Step 9. If the message indicates that both fixed disks are inconsistent,
continue with Step 14.
6. Enter the following command on the active GPSM-II card to force it to become
standby:
init-card:loc=xxxx
where x = the card location stenciled on the shelf of the system.
7. Enter the following command to log back into the system:

login:uid=xxxx
where xxxx = User ID.
3-118 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
8. Enter the following command to check the database level on all cards:
Pay special attention to note the database levels on both the active and
standby current partitions and the levels represented on all the network cards.
It is important that the database level of the network cards matches the
database level of the active MASP.
NOTE: If the database on the OAM is repaired and ends up at a lower
level than the network cards, the system must be initialized.
9. Enter the following command to copy the current and backup database
partitions on the active fixed disk, to the current and backup database
partitions on the standby fixed disk
After the command is executed, the standby GPSM-II card reboots, the old
database data is purged from memory, and the new database is loaded.
(same level as the other cards in the system):
If standby and current active databases are consistent, continue with Step 11
through Step 12. If the current active or standby database is inconsistent,
continue with Step 13 and Step 14.
state:
alw-trm:trm=x
where x = the port number of the terminals of type OAP from Step 1.
12. For more information on database management, refer to the Database

Administration Manual - System Management.
STOP! YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE.
13. Enter the following command for the inconsistent fixed disk:
tst-disk:loc=xxxx
where xxxx = location of the inconsistent fixed disk.
When the command completes, continue with Step 14.
14. Call Tekelec Technical Services at the appropriate number.

910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-119

DRAFT
0035 - Card database is corrupted
Description
This message indicates that the card database has been modified by some
unknown process and is not usable. For more information about database
management procedures, refer to the Database Administration Manual.
Example
* 0014.0035 * CARD 1113 OAM Card database is corrupted
Alarm Level
Minor

1. Wait five minutes to see if the card corrects itself.
2. If the problem persists, enter the following command to retrieve the terminal
types and port numbers:
rtrv-trm
output from Step 2:
inh-trm:trm=x
where x is the port number.
inhibited.
4. Enter the following command to reinitialize the indicated card and force the
card to load the current level of database.
init-card:loc=x
3-120 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
numbers:
rtrv-trm
output from Step 1:
inh-trm:trm=x
inhibited.
3. Enter the following command for each OAP terminal inhibited in Step 2:
chg-trm:trm=x:type=none
4. If the message indicates the standby fixed disk is corrupted, continue with
Step 6.
If the message indicates the active fixed disk is corrupted, continue with Step
5.
standby:
init-card:loc=x
rept-stat-card
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-121

DRAFT
chg-trm:trm=x:type=oap
state:
alw-trm:trm=x
number.
3-122 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0036 - Card backup database has been corrected
Description
This message indicates that the backup database version level and content on the
standby MASP is synchronized with the reference database.
Example
0014.0036 CARD 1113 OAM Card backup database has been corrected
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-123

DRAFT
0037 - Card backup database is inconsistent
Description
This message indicates that the backup database version level and/or content on
the MASP is not synchronized with the database on the active MASP. This
typically occurs if a different level counter, last update day/time-stamp, or
contents is detected, or the database is incoherent.
Example
* 0014.0037 * CARD 1113 OAM Card backup database is inconsistent
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure
1. Enter the following command to confirm both active and standby current
databases contain correct and identical information (coherent and consistent):
rept-stat-db
> rept-stat-db

rept-stat-db
;

- -------- --------------------- - -------- ---------------------
FD BKUP Y 342256 00-10-07 00:40:29 CDT Y 342256 00-10-07 00:40:29 CDT
FD CRNT N 342374 Y 342375
MDAL 1117
- --------
2. Enter the following command to perform a backup (to fixed disk) of both
active and standby databases:
3-124 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0038 - Card backup database is corrupted
Description
This message indicates that the backup database has been modified by some
unknown process and is no longer usable.
Example
* 0014.0038 * CARD 1113 OAM Card backup database is corrupted
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure
1. Enter the following command to confirm that both active and standby current
databases contain correct and identical information (coherent and consistent):
rept-stat-db
> rept-stat-db

rept-stat-db
;

- -------- --------------------- - -------- ---------------------
FD BKUP Y 342256 00-10-07 00:40:29 CDT Y 342256 00-10-07 00:40:29 CDT
FD CRNT N 342374 Y 342375
MDAL 1117
- --------
2. Enter the following command to perform a backup (to fixed disk) of both
active and standby databases:
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-125

DRAFT
0039 - GPL has been corrected
Description
All copies of the generic program load are satisfactory.
Example
0100.0039 GPL SYSTEM OAM GPL has been corrected
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
3-126 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0040 - GPL is corrupted
Description
This message indicates that a generic program load (GPL) has become corrupted.
This typically occurs when the system software detects that a generic program
load has been unexpectedly modified.
Example
* 0100.0040 * GPL SYSTEM OAM GPL is corrupted
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure
1. Enter the following command to determine the status of the system generic
program loads:
rtrv-gpl
This command indicates the generic program loads that have become
corrupted.
2. Enter the chg-gpl command to reload the generic program load from a system
removable cartridge. If the approved GPL is corrupted, insure that the trial
GPL is the correct one using rtrv-gpl and activate it using the act-gpl command.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-127

DRAFT
0041 -LSMS bulk load required
Description
This message indicates that the entire system LNP database must be repopulated,
either from the LSMS or a backup disk. This process must be started manually.
Example
*C 0009.0041 *C LSMS SYSTEM LSMS bulk load required
Alarm Level
Critical
Procedure
1. Refer to the LNP Database Synchronization Manual, for the LSMS Bulk Load
procedure.
3-128 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0042 - LSMS bulk load complete
Description
This message indicates that the alarm condition is removed, the association is
reestablished, the LSMS is downloading transactions, and the automatic
resynchronization is in progress.
Example
0100.0042 LSMS SYSTEM LSMS bulk load complete
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-129

DRAFT
Description
The indicated terminal has been returned to service and can handle normal user
input and output.
Example
0014.0046 TERMINAL 15 Terminal enabled
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
3-130 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0048 - Terminal failed
Description
The MASP has detected that the terminal is faulty. The maintenance software has
removed the terminal from service.
Example
* 0014.0048 * TERMINAL 15 Terminal failed
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure
1. Verify that the power to the terminal is on and that the terminal is physically
connected to the control shelf backplane. If the fault does not clear, disconnect
the terminal from the control shelf backplane and connect another terminal
(with the same communication attributes as the old terminal) to the same port
on the control shelf backplane.
2. Enter the following command to verify the communication attributes of the

terminal port:
rtrv-trm
3. If the communication attributes need to be changed, refer to the Commands

Manual and enter the following command with the appropriate parameters to
make the required changes to the communication attributes:
chg-trm
4. Terminals are connected to ports on the TDM card. Enter the following
command to determine which ports are idle:
rept-stat-user
5. Move the terminal to another port on the TDM card or on the backplane. If the
fault does not clear, replace the TDM card.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-131

DRAFT
0051 - TSC sync is in simplex mode
Description
Due to one or both GPSM-II cards being replaced with MCAPs after the feature
bit has been set, the hardware configuration no longer supports the TSC
Synchronization feature.
Example
** 0100.0051 ** CARD 1113 OAM TSC sync is in simplex mode
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. Replace the MCAP(s) with GPSM-II card(s).

NOTE: See Appendix A, Card Removal/Replacement Procedures for details
about replacing cards.
3-132 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0052 - TSC sync feature is available
Description
This indicates that the GPSM-II card(s) is now seated in the appropriate slot and is
functioning correctly.
Example
0100.0052 CARD 1113 OAM TSC sync feature is available
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-133

DRAFT
0053 - Standby TDM failure
Description
This message indicates that the communication between the GPSM-II and TDM
has failed.
Example
station1234 94-03-30 16:28:08 EST EAGLE 31.4.0
** 0012.0053 ** CARD 1113 OAM Standby TDM failure
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. Enter the following command to verify card status:

rept-stat-card
2. Enter the following command to verify the database status:

rept-stat-db
3. Replace the failed TDM, that is in IS-ANR state with the backup TDM.
NOTE: Replace the card during the maintenance window, if possible. See
Appendix A for procedures on replacing cards.
3-134 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0054 - Standby TDM failure cleared
Description
This message indicates that the communication between the GPSM-II and TDM
has been reestablished.
Example
0012.0054 CARD 1113 OAM Standby TDM failure cleared
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-135

DRAFT
0055 - Persistent device state tbl corrupt
Description
This message indicates that after attempting an automatic recovery from a first
checksum error, a Persistent Device States (PDS) checksum error still exists in the
standby System Configuration Manager (SCM). PDS features are disabled.
Example
* 0014.0055 * CARD 1115 OAM Persistent device state tbl corrupt
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure
1. Enter the following command to verify the status of the database:

rept-stat-db
2. Enter the following command to update the PDS table. This command
reinitializes the card and forces the card to load the current level of the
database:
init-card:loc=xxxx
xxxx is the location of the card identified in output.
3. Enter the following command to verify the that the database is the same level
as the active OAM:
rept-stat-db
4. If the problem persists, contact Tekelec Technical Services at the appropriate

number.
3-136 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0056 - Persistent device state tbl diff version
Description
This message indicates that the PDS table version in the standby SCM does not
match the PDS table version in the active SCM. PDS features are disabled.
Example
* 0014.0056 * CARD 1115 OAM Persistent device state tbl diff version
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure
1. Enter the following command to verify the status of the database:

rept-stat-db
2. Enter the following command to update the PDS table. This command
database:
init-card:loc=xxxx
as the active OAM:
rept-stat-db

number.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-137

DRAFT
0057 - Persistent device state tbl corrected
Description
This indicates that the This message indicates that a problem PDS table has been
corrected.
Example
0100.0057 CARD 1115 OAM Persistent device state tbl corrected
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
3-138 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0058 - Critical customer trouble detected
Description
A critical customer trouble has been detected. There are connections on the
control shelf backplane for customer detected troubles (CDTs). Each connection is
assigned an identifier 1-16. CDT connections 2-4 are applicable to UAM 0058.
CDT connections 6-8 are applicable to UAM 0059. CDT connections 10-16 are
applicable to UAM 0060. The customer determines the connections on the
backplane (these are dry contact closures). The system reports the alarm
according to the connection location.
Example
RLGHNCXA21W 96:07:02 11:02:30 EST EAGLE 31.4.0
*C 0100.0058 *C CDT 4 Critical customer trouble detected
Alarm Level
Critical
Procedure
1. Follow local procedures for clearing the indicated trouble.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-139

DRAFT
0059 - Major customer trouble detected
Description
A major customer trouble has been detected. There are connections on the control
shelf backplane for customer detected troubles (CDTs). Each connection is
Example
** 0100.0059 ** CDT 8 Major customer trouble detected
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
3-140 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0060 - Minor customer trouble detected
Description
A minor customer trouble has been detected. There are connections on the control
shelf backplane for customer detected troubles (CDTs). Each connection is
Example
* 0100.0060 * CDT 16 Minor customer trouble detected
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-141

DRAFT
0061 - Customer trouble detected
Description
A customer trouble has been detected.
Example
0100.0061 CDT 11 Customer trouble detected
Alarm Level
No alarm condition. The message is informational.
Procedure
1. This message indicates that a customer-defined trouble is detected. Follow

local procedures to clear the trouble.
3-142 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0062 - Customer trouble cleared
Description
A customer trouble has been cleared.
Example
0100.0062 CDT 11 Customer trouble cleared
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. This message indicates that a customer-defined trouble is cleared. No action is

necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-143

DRAFT
0063 - Critical holdover clock trbl detected
Description
A critical trouble has been detected with the holdover clock. This could include a
problem with the reference input and stratum clock cards.
Example
*C 0100.0063 *C CLOCK Critical holdover clock trbl detected
Alarm Level
Critical
Procedure
1. Check for any visual alarms. Note any visual alarms and refer to Appendix C
to perform the corrective action procedures.
3-144 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0064 - Major holdover clock trouble detected
Description
A major trouble has been detected with the holdover clock. This could include a
problem with the reference input and/or stratum clock cards.
Example
** 0100.0064 ** CLOCK Major holdover clock trouble detected
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-145

DRAFT
0065 - Minor holdover clock trouble detected
Description
A minor trouble has been detected with the holdover clock. This could include a
problem with the reference input and/or stratum clock cards.
Example
* 0100.0065 * CLOCK Minor holdover clock trouble detected
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure
3-146 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0066 - Holdover clock trouble cleared
Description
A problem with the holdover clock has been corrected.
Example
0100.0066 CLOCK Holdover clock trouble cleared
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. This message indicates that a problem with the holdover clock has been
cleared.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-147

DRAFT
Description
No data is being received on the T1 Port.
Example
** 0014.0067 ** CARD 1201 SS7ANSI REPT-T1F:FAC-T1 Port 1 LOS failure
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. Check the physical connections.
3-148 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0068- REPT-T1F:FAC-T1 Port 1 LOF failure
Description
The 7-bit frame alignment signal does not match the pattern the Eagle is
expecting.
Example
** 0014.0068 ** CARD 1201 SS7ANSI REPT-T1F:FAC-T1 Port 1 LOF failure
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. Contact the far-end office to correct their framing problem.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-149

DRAFT
Description
This indicates there is some type on failure on the far end.
Example
** 0014.0069 ** CARD 1201 SS7ANSI REPT-T1F:FAC-T1 Port 1 Remote Alarm
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. Contact the far-end office to determine the cause and to correct the problem.
3-150 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Description
The far end is transmitting an alarm indication signal (AIS) due to an excessive bit
error rate, loss of signal, or loss of frame.
Example
** 0014.0070 ** CARD 1201 SS7ANSI REPT-T1F:FAC-T1 Port 1 Alarm
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. Contact the far-end office to determine the cause of the AIS and to correct the
problem.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-151

DRAFT
Description
The T1 port 1 is back in-service.
Example
0014.0071 CARD 1201 SS7ANSI REPT-T1F:FAC-T1 Port 1 available
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
3-152 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Description
Example
** 0014.0072 ** CARD 1201 SS7ANSI REPT-T1F:FAC-T1 Port 2 LOS failure
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-153

DRAFT
0073 - REPT-T1F:FAC-T1 Port 2 LOF failure
Description
expecting.
Example
** 0014.0073 ** CARD 1201 SS7ANSI REPT-T1F:FAC-T1 Port 2 LOF failure
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
3-154 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Description
Example
** 0014.0069 ** CARD 1201 SS7ANSI REPT-T1F:FAC-T1 Port 2 Remote Alarm
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-155

DRAFT
Description
Example
** 0014.0075 ** CARD 1201 SS7ANSI REPT-T1F:FAC-T1 Port 2 Alarm
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
problem.
3-156 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Description
The T1 port 2 is back in-service.
Example
0014.0076 CARD 1201 SS7ANSI REPT-T1F:FAC-T1 Port 2 available
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-157

DRAFT
0082 - Alarm in Fuse panel
Description
A blown fuse has been detected in the fuse panel located on top of the designated
frame.
Example
** 0100.0082 ** FUSE PANEL 11xx Alarm in Fuse panel
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. Locate the fuse and alarm panel (FAP) indicated in the alarm message.
2. Look at the set of fuses and find the fuse with the flag standing out. This
indicates the fuse is blown. Replace the fuse with a GMT 3 amp or 1 amp
(depending on the type being replaced). See the Installation Manual for the
correct fuse type.
CAUTION: Arbitrarily removing a good fuse will cause all cards serviced
by the removed fuse to fail. Verify the fuse output before pulling a fuse that
appears to be good.
3. If no fuses appear to be blown, use a VOM and measure the voltage outputs
on the rear of the panel (refer to the Installation Manual for voltage test points).
4. If the fuse blows again, visually inspect the shelf backplanes for shorts or
metallic debris.
5. If nothing can be found visually, put all cards serviced by the affected fuse out
of service with the following command:
rmv-card:loc=x
6. Unplug the cards serviced by the affected fuse.
3-158 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
7. Replace the fuse.
8. Plug in each card one at a time. As each card is plugged in, verify the fuse
does not blow. When the fuse does blow, replace the card just plugged in.
9. Replace the fuse again.
10. Continue plugging in the remaining cards, verifying the fuse does not blow
with each card. Each time the fuse does blow, replace the card and continue.
There may be more than one card at fault. If you encounter a card which
blows the fuse, do not stop the procedure. Continue until all cards have been
plugged in.
11. If all the cards are plugged in and the fault has cleared, place the affected
cards back into service by entering the following command:
rst-card:loc=x
12. If this does not clear the fault, call Tekelec Technical Services at the
appropriate number.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-159

DRAFT
0083 - Fuse Panel alarm has cleared
Description
This indicates that the fuse alarm has been cleared.
Example
0100.0083 FUSE PANEL 11xx Fuse Panel alarm has cleared
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
3-160 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0084 - IP Connection Unavailable
Description
IP7 system: This message indicates that an IP application socket is out of service
due to a IP link down (Ethernet problem) or due to the DSM card.
Eagle STP system: This indicates that an IP link is down. The link may be either the
external MCP (Measurements Collection and Polling) external customer link or a
DSM (Database Services Module) to MPS link.
Example
** 0046.0084 ** DSM 1217,B IP Connection Unavailable
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure for IP7
1. Run System Health Check.

Reference: System Health Check Procedure (For the MPS with Sun Netra
servers, refer to Chapter 6, Multi-Purpose Server - MPS. For the MPS with the
TekServer platform, refer to the MPS Platform Software and Maintenance
Manual.)
If you cannot login, continue with Step 4.
2. Check the remote device and network connection. In order to do this, the card
location must be determined from the UAM message:
Using the rtrv-ip-host command with the local host name (host), the IP
address is displayed.
Using the rtrv-ip-lnk command with no parameters provides output that
can be searched.
Search in the output for the IP address which then has an associated card
location (loc) displayed. Use this card location in the steps below.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-161

DRAFT
Using the remote hostname, use the pass:loc=xxxx:cmd=ping hostname command
to test the TCP/IP connection. xxxx is the card location of the DSM card indicated
above. If the ping command fails, perform the following checks:
Check the remote host hardware and software.
Use your company procedures to check the network.
Check cable connections at the DSM card and at the remote host.
3. If the DSM card is OOS-MT, do the following, using the rept-stat-card

command to check card for IS-NR state after each action:
a. Reinitialize card using the init-card command
b. Reseat the MDAL card.
c. Replace the DSM card.
4. If the alarm is not cleared, call Tekelec Technical Services at the appropriate
number.
3-162 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Procedure for Eagle
For a failure with the external OAP link (as indicated in the alarm message by
location OAP A or OAP B), use the following procedure:
1. Check the physical connection for the Ethernet cable connected to port E0.
Reconnect as necessary.
2. Check the connection(s) for this Ethernet link at the external equipment.
Reconnect as necessary.
3. If the site is LNP-equipped, verify that this Ethernet link is not providing
connectivity to the LSMS.
4. Remove and check the Ethernet cable.
5. If the above steps do not clear the fault, call Tekelec Technical Services at
(800) 432-8919.
For a DCM to OAP link failure (indicated in the alarm message by DCM A or
DCM B), use the following procedure:
1. Check Ethernet connections for the indicated DCM at both the DCM and the
OAP. Reconnect as necessary.
2. Check and/or replace the Ethernet cable between the indicated DCM and
its OAP.
3. If a spare DCM is on hand, replace the DCM.
4. If the above steps do not clear the fault, call Tekelec Technical Services at the
appropriate number.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-163

DRAFT
0085 - IP connection available
Description
IP7 system: This message indicates that for an IPLIM or SS7IPGW link, one or
more sockets have been opened for SS7 traffic.
Eagle STP system: This indicates that a previously broken link with either the
external OAP (external customer link) or between the DCM card and the OAP
now exists and is functioning properly. This UAM is also used to indicate that a
previously broken link between the EPAP and DSM card is now functioning
properly.
Example
3582.0085 DSM 1217,B IP Connection Available
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
3-164 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0086 - IP Connection Congested
Description
This message indicates that an IP application socket is congested.
Example
RLGHNCXA03W 99-04-10 16:28:08 EST EAGLE 31.4.0.0
0046.0086 * IP7 LONGSOCKETNAME1 IP Connection Congested
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure
1. Use your company procedures to check the network.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-165

DRAFT
2. Reports on status can be obtained for each DCM card with the following
commands:
rept-stat-applsock displays the status of the IP application sockets
rept-stat-ls displays the status of the MTP linksets
rept-stat-slk displays the status of the MTP signaling links
pass:loc=xxxx:cmd=sockrtt displays the application socket

statistical data
pass:loc=xxxx:cmd=sockstate displays TALI state machine history
for sockets
pass:loc=xxxx:cmd=netstat -i displays TCP/IP network statistical
information for all interfaces
pass:loc=xxxx:cmd=netstat -p tcp displays TCP/IP network
statistical information for the transmission control protocol
pass:loc=xxxx:cmd=netstat -p udp displays TCP/IP network
statistical information for the user datagram protocol
pass:loc=xxxx:cmd=netstat -p ip displays TCP/IP network
statistical information for the internet protocol
pass:loc=xxxx:cmd=netstat -p icmp displays TCP/IP network
statistical information for the internet control message protocol
pass:loc=xxxx:cmd=netstat -m displays TCP/IP network statistical
information for buffer pools

3-166 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0087 - IP Connection manually removed
Description
This message indicates that an IP application socket has been manually removed
from the system.
Example
0046.0087 IP7 LONGSOCKETNAME1 IP Connection manually removed
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. No action necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-167

DRAFT
0088 - Clocks A and B TSCs are out of sync
Description
It was detected by the OAM that clocks A and B have been out of synch for a
excessive period of time. This alarm indicates a hardware failure in the GPSM-II.
Example
** 0014.0088 ** CARD 1113 EOAM Clocks A and B are out of sync
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. Check the status of the GPSM-II card by entering the following command:
rept-stat-card:loc=xxxx
where xxxx is the card location in the output.
2. Reseat the GPSM-II card.
3. If the problem persists, replace the GPSM-II card using the card replacement
3-168 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0089 - Clocks A and B TSCs are resynchronized
Description
A previous GPSM-II card fault is cleared.
Example
0014.0089 CARD 1113 EOAM Clocks A and B TSCs are resynchronized
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-169

DRAFT
0092 - MDAL not responding
Description
This message indicates a problem with the maintenance disk and alarm card
(MDAL).
Example
*C 0014.0092 *C CARD 1117 MDAL MDAL not responding
Alarm Level
Critical
Procedure
1. Check the status of the MDAL card by entering the following command:
rept-stat-card:loc=x
2. Following is an example of the output using card location 1117:

RLGHNCXA03W 00-09-27 16:43:42 EST
1117 ----------- MDAL -------- OOS-MT Isolated -----
Command Completed.
3. Reseat the MDAL card.
4. If the problem persists, replace the MDAL card using the card replacement
3-170 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0093 - MDAL alarm cleared
Description
A previous maintenance disk and alarm card (MDAL) card fault is cleared.
Example
0014.0093 CARD 1117 MDAL MDAL alarm cleared
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-171

DRAFT
0096 - Card has been reloaded
Description
The indicated card has been reinitialized and reloaded with the appropriate data.
This occurs as a result of a manual reset or software maintenance intervention.
Example
0014.0096 CARD 1218 SS7ANSI Card has been reloaded
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Look for other reports associated with the indicated card. If an obituary report
exists, the card malfunctioned. If this happens continuously, replace the
defective card. If this is only an occasional condition, call Tekelec Technical
3-172 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0097 - IMT allowed
Description
The IMT bus has been returned to service.
Example
0100.0097 IMT SYSTEM IMT allowed
Card 1101, 1102, 1107, 1108
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-173

DRAFT
0098 - IMT inhibited
Description
The IMT bus has been removed from service by using the rmv-imt:bus=x
command. The bus is no longer available to carry traffic.
Example
0100.0098 IMT SYSTEM IMT inhibited
Card 1101, 1102, 1107, 1108
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Verify the bus is not inhibited for maintenance purposes. If the bus has been
inhibited for maintenance purposes, consult with the technician responsible
before placing it back into service.
CAUTION: The IMT bus should not be left inhibited, as this may affect
system performance.
2. If the IMT bus has not been inhibited for maintenance, or the maintenance is
complete, enter the following command to place the IMT back into service:
rst-imt:bus=x
where x is the IMT bus to be returned to service.
3-174 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0099 - Incompatible HW for provisioned slot
Description
An MPL card is in a slot provisioned as a DCM card running either IPLIM,

IPLIMI, or SS7IPGW GPLs. The card is automatically inhibited.
Example
** 0100.0099 ** CARD 1201 SS7ANSI Incompatible HW for provisioned slot
HW VERIFICATION CODE: xxx
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. If this message contains the optional line HW VERIFICATION CODE: xxx:

Go the Appendix E, Auto-Inhibit HW Verification Codes, and decode the
xxx value in Table E-1. Correct the indicated problem.
NOTE: A card with Verification Code 002, 003, 004, or 102 may
possibly begin to boot continually before this alarm is displayed.
After correcting the problem, the card will be in out-of-service maintenance
disabled state (OOS-MT-DSBLD). Restore the card back to in-service normal
state (IS-NR) with the alw-card command.
2. If this message does not contain the optional line HW VERIFICATION

CODE: xxx, perform either of the following:
Replace the MPL card with an DCM card.
OR
Re-provision the slot for a LIMDS0 card. Refer to the Database
Administration Manual - SS7 for the correct procedures.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-175

DRAFT
0102 - Motherboard BIP invalid
Description
The motherboard in the location indicated has an invalid Board ID Prom (BIP).
Example
* 0014.0102 * CARD 1201 SS7ANSI Motherboard BIP invalid
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure
1. The indicated card must be reprogrammed. Notify Tekelec Technical Services

at the appropriate number. You will need to know the part number, revision
level, and serial number of the card.
2. The card can be reprogrammed with instructions from Tekelec Technical

Services, or Tekelec Technical Services can dial into the system and reprogram
the card remotely.
3-176 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0103 - Motherboard BIP valid
Description
The Board ID Prom (BIP) for the specified motherboard is correctly programmed.
Example
0014.0103 CARD 1201 SS7ANSI Motherboard BIP valid
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-177

DRAFT
0104 - Daughterboard BIP invalid
Description
The card has an invalid or unprogrammed Board ID Prom (BIP). This is different
from message #0102, as this affects only daughterboards.
Example
* 0014.0104 * CARD 1201 SS7ANSI Daughterboard BIP invalid
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure
1. The daughterboard BIP is invalid and inhibits the card from being loaded. It
must be reprogrammed. Notify Tekelec Technical Services at (800) 432-8919.
You will need to know the part number, revision level, and serial number of
the card.

the card remotely.
3-178 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0105 - Daughterboard BIP valid
Description
The Board ID Prom (BIP) for the daughterboard in the indicated location is
programmed correctly.
Example
0014.0105 CARD 1201 SS7ANSI Daughterboard BIP valid
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-179

DRAFT
0106 - IMT Bus alarm cleared
Description
The specified IMT bus has recovered from a fault.
Example
0014.0106 IMT BUS A IMT Bus alarm cleared
Card 1101, 1102, 1107, 1108
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
3-180 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0107 - Minor IMT failure detected
Description
A minor fault has been detected on one of the IMT buses. A minor fault consists of
at least one card fault but no more than two card faults.
Example
* 0100.0107 * IMT BUS A Minor IMT failure detected
Card 1101, 1102
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure
1. Visually check the IMT LEDS on the front of the cards. A red LED or LEDs
denotes an IMT fault. If the top LED of the pair is red, there is a fault on IMT
A. If the bottom LED is red, there is a fault on IMT B. See Figure 3-9.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-181

DRAFT
Figure 3-9. Card LEDs
APPL
PROC
IMTA
IMTB
APPL
PROC
PORT A
PORT B
IMTA
IMTB
serial
number
CLEI
code
0123456789
0123456789
OR
PORT A
PORT B
REV xx
REV XX
revision
number
870-1014-xx
part
870-1379-01
number
LIM-E1
LIM
A-8 limainfledneb
lim leds 21
2. Note the card location or locations for cards with a red LED(s).
3-182 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
3. Using the card location(s) noted in step 2, enter the following command to
connect the card back to the IMT:
conn-imt:loc=x:bus=y
y is the IMT bus to be returned to service.
The following message appears using card location 1106 and IMT bus A:

Connect IMT Bus A command issued to card 1106
4. If the fault does not clear, reseat the affected card.

WARNING: Reseating or replacing a LIM will cause both links on the
card to fail. If the card is a LIM, place the links on the LIM out of service by
entering the dact-slk command.
5. If the fault does not clear, replace the affected card.
6. If the fault does not clear, replace the IPMX card servicing the affected card.
WARNING: Replacing an IPMX card causes the IMT to go down. (IPMX
in Slot 09 affects IMT A and IPMX in Slot 10 affects IMT B.) Do not perform
this step if the other bus also has a fault. Contact Tekelec Technical Services
8. If these steps do not clear the fault, call Tekelec Technical Services at the
appropriate number.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-183

DRAFT
0108 - Major IMT failure detected
Description
A major fault has been detected on one of the IMT buses. A major fault consists of
three or more faults on the IMT bus.
Example
** 0100.0108 ** IMT BUS A Major IMT failure detected
Card 1101, 1102, 1107, 1108
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure

rept-stat-imt
If the entire IMT is down, continue with Step 6.
3-184 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
APPL
PROC
IMTA
IMTB
APPL
PROC
PORT A
PORT B
IM TA
IM T B
serial
number
CLEI
code
0123456789
OR 0123456789
PORT A
PORT B
R E V xx
REV XX
revision
number
870-1014-xx
part
870-1379-01
number
LIM-E1
L IM
A-8 limainfledneb
lim leds 21
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-185

DRAFT
4. Using the card location(s) noted in step 3, enter the following command to
connect the card(s) back to the IMT:
The following message appears using card location 1106 and IMT bus A:

5. If the connection command is successful, the following message appears:

0100.0006 IMT BUS A Card connected to IMT
6. If the fault does not clear, enter the following command:

inh-imt:bus=x
where x = faulty IMT bus.
WARNING: This command removes the faulty IMT bus from service,
causing all cards to disconnect from the designated bus. Step 8 must be
completed once this step (6) is performed. If the technician has any
questions about using this command, contact Tekelec Technical Services at
the appropriate number.
7. Enter the following command to test the IMT bus:

tst-imt:bus=x
where x = the inhibited IMT bus.
An example of the output follows:
IMT Fault Isolation Bus B
Fault Location Probable Cause Failure(s)
Card 1201 Card 1201
Pass-through Test Failed
Card 1301 Card 1301
Pass-through Test Failed
NOTE: When tst-imt completes, either through normal termination of the
command or because the command is aborted, Step 8 MUST be completed.
8. Enter the following command to change the state of inhibited IMT to IS-ANR:
alw-imt:bus=x
where x = the inhibited IMT bus.
9. Reseat the affected card(s). Probable causes are listed in order of most
probable to least probable. The listed components should be reseated in order
listed by the output of the tst-imt command.
3-186 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
WARNING: Reseating or replacing a LIM will cause both links on the
card to fail. If the card is a LIM, place the links on the LIM out of service by
entering the dact-slk command.
10. If the fault does not clear, replace the affected card(s). Probable causes are
listed in order of most probable to least probable. The listed components
should be replaced in order listed by the output of the tst-imt command.
11. If the fault does not clear, replace the IPMX card servicing the affected card(s).
in Slot 09 affects IMT A and IPMX in Slot 10 affects IMT B.)
appropriate number.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-187

DRAFT
0109 - All IMT System level alarms cleared
Description
Both IMT busses are functioning.
Example
0100.0109 IMT SYSTEM All IMT System level alarms cleared
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
3-188 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0110 - Failure detected on one IMT bus
Description
A fault has been detected on one IMT bus.
Example
* 0100.0110 * IMT SYSTEM Failure detected on one IMT bus
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-189

DRAFT
APPL
PROC
IMTA
IMTB
APPL
PROC
PORT A
PORT B
IMTA
IMTB
serial
number
CLEI
code
0123456789
0123456789
OR
PORT A
PORT B
REV xx
REV XX
revision
number
870-1014-xx
part
870-1379-01
number
LIM-E1
LIM
A-8 limainfledneb
lim leds 21
3-190 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
3. Using the card location(s) noted in step 2, connect the card back to the IMT
with the command conn-imt. For example, enter:
The following message appears using card location 1106 and IMT bus A
4. If the connection command is successful, the following message appears:

0100.0006 IMT BUS A Card connected to IMT
5. If the connection command is not successful and the fault does not clear,
reseat the card
WARNING: Resetting, reseating, or replacing a LIM will cause both links
6. If the fault does not clear, replace the affected card.
7. If the fault does not clear, replace the IPMX card servicing the affected card.
in Slot 09 affects IMT A and IPMX in Slot 10 affects IMT B.) Do not
perform this step if the other bus also has a fault. Contact Tekelec Technical
appropriate number.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-191

DRAFT
0111 - Failure on both IMT A and IMT B
Description
A major fault occurred on one IMT bus and a minor fault has occurred on the
other. Or, there is a minor fault on both IMT buses. A minor fault occurs when one
or two cards are disconnected from the IMT bus. A major fault occurs when three
or more cards are disconnected from the IMT bus.
Example
** 0100.0111 ** IMT SYSTEM Failure on both IMT A and IMT B
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. Check the status of the IMTs by entering the rept-stat-imt command. Contact
3-192 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0112 - Major failures detected on both IMTs
Description
Major faults have been detected on both IMT buses.
Example
*C 0100.0112 *C IMT SYSTEM Major failures detected on both IMTs
Alarm Level
Critical
Procedure
1. Check the status of the IMTs by entering the rept-stat-imt command. Contact
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-193

DRAFT
0113 - Clock alarm(s) cleared
Description
All primary and secondary clock sources are functioning.
Example
0100.0113 CLOCK SYSTEM Clock alarm(s) cleared
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
3-194 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0128 - All clocks have failed
Description
A fault has been detected on all system clocks.
Example
*C 0100.0128 *C CLOCK SYSTEM All clocks have failed
Alarm Level
Critical
Procedure
1. Verify the status of the clock with the rept-stat-clk command. If both clocks are
idle, check the source clock into the system. Follow local maintenance
procedures to repair the source clock.
2. Verify the clock cables are connected to the shelf backplane (refer to the
Installation Manual for cable location). If any cables are loose, reconnect the
cable.
3. If the clock source is not at fault, try reseating the TDM cards.
4. If the message appears again, replace the TDM cards using the card
replacement procedures in Appendix A.
5. If the fault still does not clear, call Tekelec Technical Services at the appropriate
number.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-195

DRAFT
0130 - Card successfully loaded with data
Description
The indicated card has been reloaded by the system with the appropriate GPL
and tables.
Example
0014.0130 CARD 1304 SCCP Card successfully loaded with data
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
3-196 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0132 - Loading failed: table not found
Description
This indicates an error in an upgrade procedure. Either an incorrect file or table

was entered. This message could also indicate the file or table being loaded is
corrupted and is not recognized by the system.
Example
** 0014.0132 ** CARD 1304 SCCP Loading failed: table not found
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure

910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-197

DRAFT
0133 - Loading failed: data read Error
Description
An error occurred on the active MASP while data tables were loaded.
Example
** 0014.0133 ** CARD 1304 SCCP Loading failed: data read error
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. To verify that both databases are at the same level and are not corrupted,
enter:
rept-stat-db
The following is an example of output for a corrupted database.
bothwagm03w 99-01-08 19:52:08 EST EAGLE 31.4.0
rept-stat-lsms
;
bothwagm03w 99-01-08 19:52:08 EST EAGLE 31.4.0

GPL PST SST AST
--------------------------------------------------------------------
LSMS SYSTEM IS-NR Active -----
TDM TRM 8 IS-NR Active -----
OAP A 023-065-000 IS-NR Active -----
OAP B 023-065-000 IS-NR Active -----
Q.3 Assoc A1 IS-NR Active -----
Q.3 Assoc B1 IS-NR Active -----
LSMS SYSTEM ALARM STATUS = No Alarms.

OAP A ALARM STATUS = No Alarms.
OAP B ALARM STATUS = No Alarms.
Q.3 Assoc A1 ALARM STATUS = No Alarms.
Q.3 Assoc B1 ALARM STATUS = No Alarms.
Command Completed.
;
3-198 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
2. To verify the integrity of the database, enter:
aud-data
3. If there is a problem with the database, follow the procedures in the Database
Administration Manual for resolving database inconsistencies.
4. If the problem still exists, call Tekelec Technical Services at the appropriate
number.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-199

DRAFT
0134 - Loading failed: bad checksum returned
Description
The GPL checksum, which is used to verify the data, indicates an error during file
transfer. The file (GPL) needs to be downloaded again.
Example
** 0014.0134 ** CARD 1304 SCCP Loading failed: bad checksum returned
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. Reseat the indicated card. This may have caused the transmission error.
2. When the card has been reseated, it attempts to reload automatically.
3. If the download fails again, call Tekelec Technical Services at the appropriate
number.
3-200 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0135 - Loading failed: GPL load timeout
Description
There was a timeout caused by the loading process.
Example
** 0014.0135 ** CARD 1304 SCCP Loading failed: GPL load timeout
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. Verify the card is properly seated. If not, reseat the indicated card.
2. If the card is properly seated, the problem corrects itself. No further action is
necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-201

DRAFT
0136 - Loading failed: data load timeout
Description
The download process timed out on the MASP. This could be caused by an
improperly programmed BIP on the daughterboard of the card being loaded.
Example
** 0014.0136 ** CARD 1304 SCCP Loading failed: data load timeout
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. Use the rtrv-bip command (debug command) to verify the BIP on the applique
of the indicated card. Refer to the Commands Manual for details on how to use
this command.
2. If the BIP is invalid, it must be reprogrammed. Notify Tekelec Technical

You will need to know the part number, revision level, and serial number of
the card.

the card remotely.
4. If the BIP is valid, reseat the card. This should correct the problem. If not, call
3-202 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0137 - Loading failed: invalid GPL
Description
This message indicates that the GPL file is corrupt or there was a failure in the
IMT bus.
Example
** 0014.0137 ** CARD 1304 SCCP Loading failed: invalid GPL
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. This problem should correct itself.
2. If the problem still exists, call Tekelec Technical Services at the appropriate
number.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-203

DRAFT
0138 - Loading failed: GPL format error
Description
This message indicates a corrupted GPL file.
Example
** 0014.0138 ** CARD 1304 SCCP Loading failed: GPL format error
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure

3-204 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0139 - Loading failed: disk read prep error
Description
This message indicates the GPL version is not current, and incompatible with the
system load.
Example
** 0014.0139 ** CARD 1304 SCCP Loading failed: disk read prep error
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. Refer to the upgrade procedure sent with the software. If this procedure was
followed correctly, and the problem still exists, call Tekelec Technical Services
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-205

DRAFT
0141 - Loading failed: disk read failed
Description
This message indicates there was a failure while reading the fixed disk on the
active TDM.
Example
** 0014.0141 ** CARD 1304 SCCP Loading failed: disk read failed
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. Try the load again.
2. If the problem persists, replace the TDM with the corrupted media, using the
3. If this message appears again, call Tekelec Technical Services at the

appropriate number.
.
3-206 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0142 - System release alarm cleared
Description
The SYSREL.SYS file has been installed on the active fixed disk and the alarm has
been cleared.
Example
0014.0142 GPL SYSTEM OAM System release alarm cleared
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-207

DRAFT
0143 - System release GPL(s) not approved
Description
This message indicates that one or more approved GPLs do not match the version
specified in the SYSREL.SYS file.
Example
* 0014.0143 * GPL SYSTEM OAM System release GPL(s) not approved
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure
1. Use the rtrv-gpl command to display the GPLs on the system. The output of
the rtrv-gpl command can be used to identify the GPLs that do not match the
versions specified in the SYSREL.SYS file.
2. Use the chg-gpl command to upload the required version of the GPL.
3. Use the act-gpl command to make the uploaded GPL the approved GPL.
3-208 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0144 - System release version unknown
Description
This message indicates that a failure has occurred while accessing the
SYSREL.SYS file. Either the SYSREL.SYS file could not be found on the active
fixed disk or has become corrupted and is not accessible.
Example
RLGHNCXA21W 00-12-07 12:01:43 EST
* 0014.0144 * GPL SYSTEM OAM System release version unknown
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure
1. Insert the system removable cartridge containing the SYSREL.SYS file into the
maintenance disk and alarm card (MDAL).
2. Enter the following command to upload the SYSREL.SYS file from the system
removable cartridge to the active fixed disk:
chg-gpl:appl=utility

appropriate number.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-209

DRAFT
0145 - HS Clock A for card failed, B normal
Description
This indicates that the High Speed clock A signal for the indicated card is
not present.
Example
* 0053.0145 * CARD 1115 OAM HS Clock A for card failed, B normal
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure
1. Use the rept-stat-clk command to determine the status of the clock. The output
indicates how many cards are using the specified clock, and how many cards
are reporting fault with the specified clock.
rept-stat-clk
;

HS PRIMARY CLK = Active HS PRIMARY CLK = -----
HS SECONDARY CLK = Idle HS SECONDARY CLK = -----
PST SST AST

PST SST AST

HS SYSTEM CLOCK IS-NR ACTIVE ALMINH
# Cards using HSCLK A = 001 # Cards with bad HSCLK A = 000
# Cards using HSCLK B = 000 # Cards with bad HSCLK B = 002
# Cards using HSCLK I = 000
Command Completed.
;
3-210 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
CAUTION: Resetting, reseating, or replacing a card will cause both links
4. If the fault has not cleared, replace the card. (See Appendix A for procedures
on replacing cards).
5. If the fault still has not cleared, replace the TDM card in MASP A.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-211

DRAFT
0146 - HS Clock B for card failed, A normal
Description
This indicates that the High Speed clock B signal for the indicated card is
not present.
Example
* 0053.0146 * CARD 1115 OAM HS Clock B for card failed, A normal
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure
1. Use the rept-stat-clk command to determine the status of the clock. The output
indicates how many cards are using the specified clock, and how many cards
are reporting fault with the specified clock.
rept-stat-clk
;

PST SST AST

PST SST AST

Command Completed.
;
3-212 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
5. If the fault still has not cleared, replace the TDM card in MASP B.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-213

DRAFT
0147 - High Speed Clocks A and B for card failed
Description
The High Speed A and B clock sources for the indicated card are not present.
Example
* 0053.0147 * CARD 1115 OAM High Speed Clocks A and B for card failed
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure
1. Use the rept-stat-clk command to determine the status of the clocks. The
output indicates how many cards are using one of the specified clocks, and
how many cards are reporting faults.
rept-stat-clk
;

PST SST AST

PST SST AST

Command Completed.
;
3-214 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
5. If the fault still has not cleared, replace the TDM card in MASP B.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-215

DRAFT
0148 - High Speed Clock A for card normal
Description
This indicates that the High Speed clock A signal for the indicated card has
returned to a normal, functional state.
Example
0053.0148 CARD 1115 OAM High Speed Clock A for card normal
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
3-216 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0149 - High Speed Clock B for card normal
Description
This indicates that the High Speed clock B signal for the indicated card has
returned to a normal, functional state.
Example
0053.0149 CARD 1115 OAM High Speed Clock B for card normal
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-217

DRAFT
0150 - STPLAN is available
Description
This message indicates that the application communication modules (ACMs) are
in service with no failure conditions.
Example
0014.0150 SLAN SYSTEM STPLAN is available
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. No further action is necessary.
3-218 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0151 - STPLAN capacity normal,card(s) abnormal
Description
This message indicates that one or more application communication modules

(ACMs) are out of service, but the STPLAN capacity of the system is within
acceptable limits.
Example
0014.0151 SLAN SYSTEM STPLAN capacity normal,card(s) abnormal
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Enter the following command to determine which ACMs are out of service:
rept-stat-slan

SLAN Subsystem Report IS-ANR Active -----
SLAN Cards Configured= 2 Cards IS-NR= 2
CARD VERSION PST SST AST HOST Cap. EAGLE Cap.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
1206 021-010-000 IS-NR Active ---- 42% 16%
1104 021-010-000 IS-NR Active ALMINH 36% 12%
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
AVERAGE USAGE per HOST CAPACITY = 39%
AVERAGE USAGE per EAGLE CAPACITY = 14%
CARDS DENIED SLAN SEVICE:
1101, 1204
Command Completed
2. Use the init-card command to reinitialize any cards OOS-MT.
3. Use the rept-stat-slan command again to determine if the card(s) have returned
to IS-NR. If not, reseat the card(s).
4. If any card(s) remain OOS-MT, replace the card(s).
NOTE: See Appendix A for procedure on replacing cards.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-219

DRAFT
0152 - LIM(s) have been denied STPLAN service
Description
This message indicates that a link interface module (LIM) has been denied
STPLAN service and cannot send messages to an application communication
module (ACM) due to underprovisioning. More ACMs are required. There
should be approximately one ACM for 30-32 LIMs. However, this ratio depends
upon the traffic load.
Example
** 0100.0152 ** SLAN SYSTEM LIM(s) have been denied STPLAN service
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. Use the rept-stat-slan command to determine which LIMs have been denied
STPLAN service.
NOTE: Make sure the problem persists. Adding new LIM cards can cause
this condition temporarily.
2. Add ACMs one at a time. Monitor the performance of the STPLAN subsystem
with the rept-stat-slan command to determine if additional cards are needed.
3-220 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0153 - STPLAN not available
Description
This message indicates that no application communication modules (ACMs) are

in service.
Example
*C 0100.0153 *C SLAN SYSTEM STPLAN not available
Alarm Level
Critical
Procedure
1. To determine the status of the ACMs, enter:

rept-stat-slan

SLAN Subsystem Report IS-ANR Active -----
SLAN Cards Configured= 2 Cards IS-NR= 2
CARD VERSION PST SST AST HOST Cap. EAGLE Cap.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
1206 021-010-000 IS-NR Active ---- 42% 16%
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
AVERAGE USAGE per HOST CAPACITY = 39%
AVERAGE USAGE per EAGLE CAPACITY = 14%
CARDS DENIED SLAN SEVICE:
1101, 1204
Command Completed
2. Use the init-card command to reinitialize any cards OOS-MT.
3. Enter the following command to determine if the card(s) have returned to

IS-NR. If not, reseat the card(s).
rept-stat-slan
NOTE: See Appendix A for procedure on replacing cards.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-221

DRAFT
0154 - STPLAN is removed
Description
This message indicates that the last application communication module (ACM)
has been deleted from the database by the user. The STPLAN service is no longer
available.
Example
0014.0154 SLAN SYSTEM STPLAN is removed
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. This message is the result of database administration, and does not indicate
an alarm condition.
NOTE: Confirm that the STPLAN removal was intentional.
3-222 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0155 - STPLAN connection unavailable
Description
This message indicates that the TCP/IP connection to the remote host is lost. The
physical connection may be faulty or the remote host is not accepting a TCP/IP
connection.
Example
* 0014.0155 * DLK 1104,A STPLAN STPLAN connection unavailable
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure
1. Determine if the reported card is out of service using the rept-stat-card

command. If card is not OOS-MT, proceed to step 3.
2. If card is OOS-MT, do the following, using the rept-stat-card command to

check for card IS-NR state after each action:
a. Reinitialize card using the init-card command.
b. Reseat the card.
c. Replace the card.
3. Use the rtrv-ip-node command to identify the address and node of the remote
host.
4. Use the tst-dlk command to test the TCP/IP connection.
5. If the tst-dlk test passes, check that the proper port designation is set at the
remote host.
6. If tst-dlk fails, perform the following checks:

a. Check the remote host hardware and software.
b. Use your company procedures to check the network.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-223

DRAFT
c. Check cable connections at the system and at the remote host.
7. If the fault is not cleared, call Tekelec Technical Services at the appropriate
number.
3-224 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0156 - STPLAN connection available
Description
This message indicates that the TCP/IP connection to the host is established. All
failures have been cleared.
Example
0014.0156 DLK 1104,A STPLAN STPLAN connection available
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. This message indicates that a previous failure has been cleared. No further
action is necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-225

DRAFT
0157 - X25 logical channels available
Description
This message indicates that X.25 logical channels are available. An X25 no logical
channels available condition (message number 0158) has been cleared.
Example
0014.0157 SLK 1104,A LSA01 X25 logical channels available
SLC=01 FECLLI=A1234567890
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. This message indicates that an X25 no logical channels available condition

has been cleared. No further action is necessary.
3-226 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0158 - X25 no logical channels available
Description
This message indicates that no X.25 logical channels are available to make an
outgoing call. This condition occurs when the combination of incoming (end user-
initiated) and outgoing (system-initiated) calls exceed the total number of SVCs
configured for the link.
Example
* 0014.0158 * SLK 1104,A LSA01 X25 no logical channels available
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure
1. Correct any under-provisioning of a link or correct condition of excessive calls

from user end of the network. Link provisioning changes must take place at
both ends of the X.25 link.
2. At the Eagle STP end of the X.25 link, use the chg-x25-slk command to change
the number of SVCs configured.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-227

DRAFT
0159 - High Speed Clocks A and B for card normal
Description
The High Speed A and B clock sources for the indicated card are now functioning
normally.
Example
0053.0147 CARD 1115 OAM High Speed Clocks A and B for card normal
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
3-228 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Description
This message indicates the secondary BITS clock failed on the TDM card in slot
1116.
Example
* 0014.0160 * CLOCK SYSTEM 1116-S clock failed
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure
1. Use the rept-stat-clk command to determine the current clock status. Following
is an example of the output:
PST SST AST
Command Completed
2. The primary BITS clock should be active. Reseat the TDM card in slot 1116.
3. If the problem persists, replace the TDM card using the card replacement
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-229

DRAFT
Description
This message indicates that the primary clock on the TDM card in slot 1116 failed.
Example
* 0014.0161 * CLOCK SYSTEM 1116-P clock failed
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure
1. Use the rept-stat-clk command to determine the current clock configuration.

CARD LOC= 1114 (Standby ) CARD LOC= 1116 (Active )
PRIMARY BITS = Idle PRIMARY BITS = Fault
SECONDARY BITS = Active SECONDARY BITS = Active
PST SST AST
SYSTEM CLOCK IS-NR Idle ------
Command Completed
Th
2. The system automatically reverts from the primary to secondary BITS if the
primary clock fails. Reseat the TDM card in slot 1116.
3. If the problem persists, replace the TDM card in slot 1116 using the card
3-230 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Description
This message indicates that both BITS clocks have failed on the TDM card located
in slot 1116.
Example
** 0014.0162 ** CLOCK SYSTEM 1116-P, 1116-S clocks failed
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure

CARD LOC= 1114 (Standby ) CARD LOC= 1116 (Active )
PRIMARY BITS = ------ PRIMARY BITS = Fault
SECONDARY BITS = ------ SECONDARY BITS = Fault
PST SST AST
SYSTEM CLOCK IS-NR Idle ------
Command Completed
2. Reseat the TDM card in slot 1116.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-231

DRAFT
Description
This message indicates the secondary BITS clock for the TDM card in slot 1114 has
failed.
Example
* 0014.0163 * CLOCK SYSTEM 1114-S clock failed
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure

PRIMARY BITS = Active PRIMARY BITS = Fault
SECONDARY BITS = Fault SECONDARY BITS = Fault
PST SST AST
Command Completed
2. The primary BITS clock should be active. Reseat the TDM card in slot 1114.
3-232 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0164 - 1114-S, 1116-S clocks failed
Description
This message indicates the secondary BITS clock source has failed on both the
active and standby TDM cards.
Example
** 0014.0164 ** CLOCK SYSTEM 1114-S, 1116-S clocks failed
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
CARD LOC= 1114 (Isolated ) CARD LOC= 1116 (Active )
PRIMARY BITS = Fault PRIMARY BITS = Active
PST SST AST
Command Completed
2. Follow local procedures to troubleshoot and repair the secondary BITS clock.

appropriate number.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-233

DRAFT
0165 - 1114-S, 1116-P clocks failed
Description
This message indicates the secondary BITS clock on the TDM card in slot 1114,
and the primary BITS clock on the TDM card in slot 1116 have failed.
Example
* 0014.0165 * CLOCK SYSTEM 1114-S, 1116-P clocks failed
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure

PRIMARY BITS = Fault PRIMARY BITS = Fault
SECONDARY BITS = Fault SECONDARY BITS = Active
PST SST AST
Command Completed
2. Follow local procedures to troubleshoot and repair the BITS clock.
3. If one of the reference clocks is still not functioning, replace the TDM card(s)

appropriate number.
3-234 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0166 - 1114-S, 1116-P, 1116-S clocks failed
Description
This message indicates the following clocks failed:

The secondary clock on the TDM card in slot 1114
The primary clock on the TDM card in slot 1116
Example
** 0014.0166 ** CLOCK SYSTEM 1114-S, 1116-P, 1116-S clocks failed
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure

PRIMARY BITS = Active PRIMARY BITS = Fault
PST SST AST
Command Completed
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-235

DRAFT
Description
This message indicates the primary BITS clock on the TDM card in slot 1114 has
failed.
Example
* 0014.0167 * CLOCK SYSTEM 1114-P clock failed
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure

PST SST AST
Command Completed
Th
3. If the reference clock is still not functioning, replace the TDM card using the
card replacement procedures in Appendix A.
3-236 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Description
This message indicates the primary BITS clock on the TDM card in slot 1114, and
the secondary BITS clock on the TDM card in slot 1116 have failed.
Example
* 0014.0168 * CLOCK SYSTEM 1114-P, 1116-S clocks failed
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure

CARD LOC= 1114 (Isolated) CARD LOC= 1116 (Active )
PST SST AST
Command Completed
Th
3. If one of the reference clocks is still not functioning, reseat the associated TDM
card. Make sure the system clock reference is active on the other TDM card.
4. If one of the reference clocks is still not functioning, replace the TDM card
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-237

DRAFT
0169 - 1114-P, 1116-P clocks failed
Description
This message indicates the primary BITS clock on the TDM cards in slots 1114 and
slot 1116 have failed.
Example
** 0014.0169 ** CLOCK SYSTEM 1114-P, 1116-P clocks failed
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure

PST SST AST
Command Completed
Th
3-238 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0170 - 1114-P, 1116-P, 1116-S clocks failed
Description

Example
** 0014.0170 ** CLOCK SYSTEM 1114-P, 1116-P, 1116-S clocks failed
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure

CARD LOC= 1114 (Standby ) CARD LOC= 1116 (Isolated )
PRIMARY BITS = ------ PRIMARY BITS = Fault
SECONDARY BITS = ------ SECONDARY BITS = Active
PST SST AST
Command Completed
Th
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-239

DRAFT
Description
This message indicates the primary and secondary BITS clocks on the TDM card
in slot 1114 have failed.
Example
** 0014.0171 ** CLOCK SYSTEM 1114-P, 1114-S clocks failed
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure

PST SST AST
Command Completed
Th
3-240 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0172 - 1114-P, 1114-S, 1116-S clocks failed
Description

Example
** 0014.0172 ** CLOCK SYSTEM 1114-P, 1114-S, 1116-S clocks failed
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure

CARD LOC= 1114 (Isolated ) CARD LOC= 1116 (Isolated )
PST SST AST
Command Completed
Th
2. Follow local procedures to troubleshoot and repair the secondary BITS clock.
3. If one of the reference clocks is still not functioning, reseat that TDM card.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-241

DRAFT
0173 - 1114-P, 1114-S, 1116-P clocks failed
Description

Example
** 0014.0173 ** CLOCK SYSTEM 1114-P, 1114-S, 1116-P clocks failed
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure

PST SST AST
Command Completed
Th
2. Follow local procedures to troubleshoot and repair the primary BITS clock.
card.
4. If one of the reference clocks is still not functioning, replace the associated
TDM card using the card replacement procedures in Appendix A.
3-242 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0174 - %full threshold reached -upload required
Description
This alarm is part of the Security Logging feature. When the security log reaches a
threshold (administered by the chg-attr-seculog command), this alarm is raised. If
the system detects that the percent full condition of new entries has reached the
threshold, this alarm is raised to alert the system administrator that the security
log must be uploaded to avoid an overflow condition. If the log is not uploaded
before the log is completely full, entries will be lost. When the security log is
uploaded, the alarm is lowered.
Example
* 0014.0174 *SECULOG 1114 %full threshold reached - upload required
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure
NOTE: This alarm appears only on the security administrator terminal.
1. To clear this alarm, you must copy the security log to the file transfer area
(FTA) in the system. To do this, enter the copy-seculog command.
2. From the file transfer area, you can use the act-file-trns command to transfer
the file to a remote PC. Follow local procedures for transferring and storing
security logs.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-243

DRAFT
0175 - LOGBUFROVFL-SECULOG - upload required
Description
This alarm is part of the Security Logging feature. When the security log reaches a
threshold (administered by the chg-attr-seculog command) UAM 174 is raised.
When the log fills completely, new entries are lost and this alarm is raised. When
the security log is uploaded, this alarm is lowered.
Example
* 0014.0175 *SECULOG 1114 LOGBUFROVFL-SECULOG - upload required
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure
1. To clear this alarm, you must copy the security log to the file transfer area
(FTA) in the system. To do this, enter the copy-seculog command.
2. From the file transfer area, you can use the act-file-trns command to transfer
the file to a remote PC. Follow local procedures for transferring and storing
security logs.
3-244 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0176 - Stdby security log - upload required
Description
This alarm is part of the Security Logging feature. All of the security log entries
should be written to the active MASP and none to the standby MASP. However,
should a problem occur and the standby MASP switches to active, the security
logs are split between the two MASPs. If there are any new log entries on the
standby MASP, the standby log should be uploaded.
Example
* 0014.0176 *SECULOG 1116 Stdby security log - upload required
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure
1. Enter the following command to clear this alarm and copy the security log to
the file transfer area (FTA) in the system:
copy-seculog:slog=stb
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-245

DRAFT
0177 - Security log exception cleared
Description
This alarm is part of the Security Logging feature and indicates that a previous
alarm has been cleared by doing one of the following:
uploading the security log to the file transfer area
turning off the security logging feature
raising the threshold for the number of log entries that will generate
UAM 174
Example
0014.0177 SECULOG 1114 Security log exception cleared
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
3-246 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0178 - Security log failed
Description
This alarm is part of the Security Logging feature and indicates that a command
could not be recorded in the security log.
Example
0014.0178 SECULOG 1114 Security log failed
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. This message indicates a logging failure has occurred. If the problem persists,
check for other alarms, such as a disk failure, and troubleshoot that alarm.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-247

DRAFT
0179 - NDC Q.3 association is unavailable
Description
The NDC (network data collection) association is established and maintained by

the NDC manager. Under some conditions, the NDC agent will drop the NDC
association. Typically the conditions that cause this alarm are accompanied by
their own additional alarms (such as UAM 0084, IP connection unavailable).
Example
* * 0014.0179 EMAP NDC Q.3 association is unavailable
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. If association loss is accompanied by UAM 0084, IP connection unavailable,

consult corrective action for that UAM (see 0084 - IP Connection
Unavailable on page 3-161 for details).
2. If no other alarms are generated with this alarm, check the EMAP network
event log for unusual network activity.
3. Check the NDC manager for normal operation or association status.
4. If the above steps do not clear the fault, call Tekelec Technical Services at the
appropriate number.
3-248 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0180 - NDC Q.3 association is available
Description
This indicates that a previous NDC association loss is reestablished and

functioning properly.
Example
3535.0180 EMAP NDC Q.3 association is available
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-249

DRAFT
0181 - NDC Subsystem is not available
Description
End-to-end connectivity between the system and the NDC Subsystem is down.
The following conditions represent end-to-end loss of connectivity:
Failure of both DCMs
Failure of both DCM-to-EMAP links
Failure of both EMAPs
Failure of both IP links
Example
*C 3539.0181 *C NDC SYSTEM NDC Subsystem is not available
Alarm Level
Critical
Procedure
1. Check the physical connections between the EMAP and the NDC. Make sure
the connectors are firmly seated.
2. Check the physical connections between the EMAP and the DCM cards on the
system. Make sure the connectors are firmly seated.
3. Enter the following command to verify the status of the NDC:

rept-stat-ndc
A sample output follows:
;
NDC SUBSYSTEM REPORT OOS-MT Fault -----
NDC Cards Configured= 2 Cards IS-NR= 2
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1215 219-009-000 DCM EMDC IS-NR Active -----
DCM A IP CONNECTION IS-NR Avail -----
EMAP A IP CONNECTION ----- ----- -----
EMAP A NDC Agent ----- ----- -----
EMAP A GPL version = -----------
3-250 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1217 219-009-000 DCM EMDC IS-NR Idle -----
DCM B IP CONNECTION IS-NR Avail -----
EMAP B IP CONNECTION ----- ----- -----
EMAP B NDC Agent ----- ----- -----
EMAP B GPL version = -----------
EMAP NDC Q3 Association ----- ----- -----

DCM-DCM IP CONNECTION IS-NR Avail -----
EMAP-EMAP Serial Connection ----- ----- -----
ALARM STATUS
3538.0179 * EMAP NDC Q.3 association is Unavailable
3537.0084 ** EMAP A IP Connection Unavailable
3536.0084 ** EMAP B IP Connection Unavailable
3539.0181 *C NDC SYSTEM NDC Subsystem is not available
Command Completed.
;
Refer to the Commands Manual to interpret the output.
4. Using the output from Step 3, resolve the UAMs listed under ALARM
STATUS using their respective UAM procedures.
5. If the problem is still not corrected, reseat the DCM card. If the EMAP still
does not respond, replace the DCM card.
6. Enter the following command to verify the status of the NDC:

rept-stat-ndc
Refer to Step 3 for a sample output.
7. If the NDC is still not available, contact Tekelec Technical Services at the
appropriate number.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-251

DRAFT
0182 - NDC Subsystem is available
Description
This indicates that the previously severed connection between the system and the
NDC OS is now functioning properly.
Example
3539.0182 NDC Subsystem NDC Subsystem is available
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
3-252 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Description
This message indicates that the secondary BITS High Speed clock has failed for
the TDM card located in slot 1116.
Example
* 0052.0183 * HS CLOCK SYSTEM 116-SHS clock failed
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure

rept-stat-clk
;

PST SST AST

PST SST AST

Command Completed.
T
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-253

DRAFT
Description
This message indicates that the primary BITS High Speed clock has failed for the
TDM card located in slot 1116.
Example
* 0052.0184 * HS CLOCK SYSTEM 1116-PHS clock failed
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure

rept-stat-clk
;

PST SST AST

PST SST AST

Command Completed.
T
3-254 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Description
This message indicates that both BITS High Speed clocks have failed for the TDM
card located in slot 1116.
Example
** 0052.0185 ** HS CLOCK SYSTEM 1116-PHS, 1116-SHS clocks failed
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure

rept-stat-clk
;

PST SST AST

PST SST AST

Command Completed.
T
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-255

DRAFT
Description
This message indicates that the secondary BITS High Speed clock has failed for
the TDM card located in slot 1114.
Example
* 0052.0186 * HS CLOCK SYSTEM 1114-SHS clock failed
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure

rept-stat-clk
;

PST SST AST

PST SST AST

Command Completed.
T
3-256 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0187 - 1114-SHS, 1116-SHS clocks failed
Description
This message indicates the secondary BITS High Speed clock source has failed for
both the active and standby TDM cards.
Example
** 0052.0187 ** HS CLOCK SYSTEM 1114-SHS, 1116-SHS clocks failed
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
rept-stat-clk
;

PST SST AST

PST SST AST

Command Completed.
2. Follow local procedures to troubleshoot and repair the secondary BITS High
Speed clock.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-257

DRAFT
appropriate number.
3-258 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0188 - 1114-SHS, 1116-PHS clocks failed
Description
This message indicates the following High Speed clocks failed:
The secondary High Speed clock for the TDM card in slot 1114
The primary High Speed clock for the TDM card in slot 1116
Example
* 0052.0188 * HS CLOCK SYSTEM 1114-SHS, 1116-PHS clocks failed
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure
rept-stat-clk
;

PST SST AST

PST SST AST

Command Completed.
;
2. Follow local procedures to troubleshoot and repair the BITS High Speed
clocks.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-259

DRAFT
appropriate number.
3-260 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0189 - 1114-SHS, 1116-PHS,1116-SHS clocks failed
Description

Example
** 0052.0189 ** HS CLOCK SYSTEM 1114-SHS, 1116-PHS,1116-SHS clocks failed
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure

rept-stat-clk
;

PST SST AST

PST SST AST

Command Completed.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-261

DRAFT
clocks.
3-262 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Description
This message indicates the primary High Speed clock for the TDM card in slot
1114 has failed.
Example
* 0052.0190 ** HS CLOCK SYSTEM 1114-PHS clock failed
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure

rept-stat-clk
;

PST SST AST

PST SST AST

Command Completed.
2. Follow local procedures to troubleshoot and repair the BITS High Speed clock.
3. If the clock is still not functioning properly, replace the TDM card using the
card replacement procedures in Appendix A.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-263

DRAFT
Description
Example
* 0052.0191 * HS CLOCK SYSTEM 1114-PHS, 1116-SHS clocks failed
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure
rept-stat-clk
;

PST SST AST

PST SST AST

Command Completed.
;
clocks.
3-264 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
appropriate number.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-265

DRAFT
0192 - 1114-PHS, 1116-PHS clocks failed
Description
This message indicates the primary BITS High Speed clocks for the TDM cards in
slots 1114 and 1116 have failed.
Example
** 0052.0192 ** HS CLOCK SYSTEM 1114-PHS, 1116-PHS clocks failed
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure

rept-stat-clk
;

PST SST AST

PST SST AST

Command Completed.
;
clocks.
3-266 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-267

DRAFT
0193 - 1114-PHS, 1116-PHS,1116-SHS clks failed
Description

Example
** 0052.0193 ** HS CLOCK SYSTEM 1114-PHS, 1116-PHS,1116-SHS clks failed
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure

rept-stat-clk
;

PST SST AST

PST SST AST

Command Completed.
;
3-268 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
clocks.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-269

DRAFT
Description
This message indicates the primary and secondary BITS High Speed clocks for the
TDM card in slot 1114 have failed.
Example
** 0052.0194 ** HS CLOCK SYSTEM 1114-PHS, 1114-SHS clocks failed
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure

rept-stat-clk
;

PST SST AST

PST SST AST

Command Completed.
;
clocks.
3-270 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-271

DRAFT
0195 - 1114-PHS, 1114-SHS,1116-SHS clks failed
Description

Example
** 0052.0195 ** HS CLOCK SYSTEM 1114-PHS, 1114-SHS,1116-SHS clks failed
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure

rept-stat-clk
;

PST SST AST

PST SST AST

Command Completed.
;
3-272 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
2. Follow local procedures to troubleshoot and repair the secondary BITS High
Speed clock.
3. If one of the reference clocks is still not functioning, reseat that TDM card.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-273

DRAFT
0196 - 1114-PHS, 1114-SHS,1116-PHS clks failed
Description

Example
** 0052.0196 ** HS CLOCK SYSTEM 1114-PHS, 1114-SHS,1116-PHS clks failed
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure

rept-stat-clk
;

PST SST AST

PST SST AST

Command Completed.
;
3-274 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
2. Follow local procedures to troubleshoot and repair the primary BITS High
Speed clock.
3. If one of the reference clocks is still not functioning, reseat the associated
TDM card.
4. If one of the reference clocks is still not functioning, replace the associated
TDM card using the card replacement procedures in Appendix A.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-275

DRAFT
0197 - All high speed clocks have failed
Description
A fault has been detected on all high speed system clocks.
Example
*C 0100.0197 *C HS CLOCK SYSTEM All high speed clocks have failed
Alarm Level
Critical
Procedure
1. Verify the status of the clock with the rept-stat-clk command. If both clocks are
idle, check the source clock into the system. Follow local maintenance
procedures to repair the source clock.
2. Verify the clock cables are connected to the shelf backplane (refer to the
Installation Manual for cable location). If any cables are loose, reconnect the
cable.
3. If the clock source is not at fault, try reseating the TDM cards.
4. If the message appears again, replace the TDM cards using the card
5. If the fault still does not clear, call Tekelec Technical Services at the
appropriate number.
3-276 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0198 - High speed clock alarm(s) cleared
Description
All primary and secondary high speed clock sources are functioning.
Example
0100.0198 HS CLOCK SYSTEM High speed clock alarm(s) cleared
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-277

DRAFT
0199 - OA&M IP Security feature disabled
Description
The Eagle OA&M IP Security Enhancements Feature is not operational. This

UAM is issued because the temporary key for the QA&M IP Security feature has
expired.
With this feature disabled, you do not have the tools to securely pass data across
an otherwise non-secure network. Until the Eagle OA&M IP Security
Enhancements Feature is restored, the Eagle cannot provide secure connections
from approved clients, and does not protect sensitive passwords and information
while in transit between the Eagle and a host.
Example
0047.0199 SECURITY SYSTEM OA&M IP Security feature disabled
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. First, to restore OA&M IP Security Enhancements feature, you must enable it

permanently. To enable a control feature, you can purchase it from Tekelec.
You will receive a feature access key to use with the enable-ctrl-feat
command.
2. Next, turn on the feature by using the chg-ctrl-feat command.
3-278 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0200 - RCVRY-LKF: link available
Description
The link has become available for SS7 signaling traffic. SS7 traffic has been
restored to the link.
Example
0014.0200 SLK 1202,A nc00027 RCVRY-LKF: link available
SLC=01 FECLLI=A1234567890 CLASS=MTP2
NOTE: The Class parameter in the example is optional. SS7IPGW and

IPLIM links are considered high-speed links by the Eagle STP. They are
reported as CLASS=SAAL.
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-279

DRAFT
0201 - REPT-LKF: remote NE loopback
Description
This message indicates the link is in loopback. This alarm is repeated every 15
minutes until the loopback is deactivated.
Example
** 0014.0201 ** SLK 1205,A nc00027 REPT-LKF:remote NE loopback
SLC=01 FECLLI=A1234567890 CLASS=MTP2
NOTE: The Class parameter in the example is optional.
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. If the loopback was established in error, enter the following command,

specifying the location and port from the output message:
dact-lbp:loc=xxxx:port=y
where xxxx = the card location from the output
y = the port A or B from the output.
3-280 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0202 - REPT-LKF: HWP - too many link interrupts
Description
This message indicates the link has had numerous interruptions.
Example
** 0014.202 ** SLK 1205,A nc00027 REPT-LKF:HWP - too many link interrupts
SLC=01 FECLLI=A1234567890 CLASS=SAAL
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. The number of interruptions has exceeded the threshold. This situation can be
caused by excessive noise from unshielded cables, loose or disconnected
cables.
2. Check the physical connections to the specified card.
3. Follow local procedures to test the link facilities.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-281

DRAFT
0203 - REPT-LKF: lost data
Description
The signaling link has lost data.
Example
** 0014.0203 ** SLK 1205,A nc00027 REPT-LKF:lost data
SLC=03 FECLLI=testclli CLASS=MTP2
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. Check the physical connections to the signaling link.
2. Using an analyzer, test for level 1 and level 2 functions. Follow local
procedures to test and return links to service.
3-282 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0204 - REPT-LKF: XER - SUERM threshold exceeded
Description
The signal unit error rate monitor (SUERM) has exceeded the threshold because
there are too many errors on the link.
Example
** 0014.0204 ** SLK 1205,A nc00027 REPT-LKF:XER-SUERM threshold exceeded
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. Follow local procedures to test the link facilities.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-283

DRAFT
0205 - REPT-LKF: APF - lvl-2 T1 expd (ready)
Description
The signaling link did not receive a fill-in or message signal unit after the proving
period.
Example
** 0313.0205 ** SLK 1205,A nc00027 REPT-LKF:APF-lvl-2 T1 expd (ready)
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. If the problem persists, follow local procedures to determine why the far-end
is not responding correctly.
3-284 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0206 - REPT-LKF: APF - lvl-2 T1 expd (not ready)
Description
The signaling link did not receive a fill-in or message signal unit after the proving
period.
Example
** 0313.0206 ** SLK 1205,A nc00027 REPT-LKF:APF - lvl-2 T1 expd (not ready)
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-285

DRAFT
Description
The link did not receive an SIN or an SIE before the T3 timer expired.
Example
** 0014.0207 ** SLK 1205,A nc00027 REPT-LKF:APF - lvl-2 T3 expired
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
3-286 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Description
The link did not receive an SIN, SIE, or SIOS.
Example
** 0014.0208 ** SLK 1205,A nc00027 REPT-LKF:APF - lvl-2 T2 expired
SLC=03 FECLLI=testclli CLASS=SAAL
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-287

DRAFT
0209 - REPT-LKF: APF - failed proving period
Description
The signaling link has failed the proving period.
Example
** 0014.0209 ** SLK 1205,A nc00027 REPT-LKF: APF - failed proving period
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
3-288 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0210 - REPT-LKF: OSA - received SIO
Description
The signaling terminal has received the status indication Out of Alignment from
the far end.
Example
** 0014.0210 ** SLK 1205,A nc00027 REPT-LKF: OSA - received SIO
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-289

DRAFT
0211 - REPT-LKF: OSA - received SIN
Description
The signaling terminal has received the status indication normal proving from the
far end.
Example
** 0014.0211 ** SLK 1205,A nc00027 REPT-LKF: OSA - received SIN
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
3-290 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0212 - REPT-LKF: OSA - received SIE
Description
The signaling terminal has received the status indication emergency alignment,
from the far end.
Example
** 0014.0212 ** SLK 1205,A nc00027 REPT-LKF: OSA - received SIE
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-291

DRAFT
0213 - REPT-LKF: OSA - received SIOS
Description
The signaling link has received the status indication out of service from the far
end.
Example
** 0014.0213 ** SLK 1205,A nc00027 REPT-LKF: OSA - received SIOS
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
3-292 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0214 - REPT-LKF: ABN - rcvd 2 of 3 invalid BSN
Description
The link has received 2 out of 3 invalid backward sequence numbers (BSNs) from
the far end.
Example
** 0014.0214 ** SLK 1205,A nc00027 REPT-LKF: ABN - rcvd 2 of 3 invalid BSN
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-293

DRAFT
0215 - REPT-LKF: ABN - rcvd 2 of 3 invalid FIB
Description
The signaling link has received 2 out of 3 invalid forward indicator bits (FIB) from
the far end.
Example
** 0014.0215 ** SLK 1205,A nc00027 REPT-LKF: ABN-rcvd 2 of 3 invalid FIB
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
3-294 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0216 - REPT-LKF: remote congestion timeout
Description
The remote node has been in congestion too long. The T6 timer has timed out.
Example
** 0014.0216 ** SLK 1205,A nc00027 REPT-LKF:remote congestion timeout
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-295

DRAFT
0217 - REPT-LKF: XDA - excess acknowledge delay
Description
The far end node is taking too long to acknowledge the messages sent to it by the
signaling terminal. The T7 timer has timed out.
Example
** 0014.0217 ** SLK 1205,A nc00027 REPT-LKF: XDA-excess acknowledge delay
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
3-296 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0218 - REPT-LKF: COO - rcvd changeover order
Description
The signaling link has received a changeover order from the far end.
Example
** 0014.0218 ** SLK 1205,A nc00027 REPT-LKF:COO-rcvd changeover order
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-297

DRAFT
0219 -REPT-LKF: false congestion restart
Description
This message indicates the signaling link has entered a congestion state even
though the traffic on the linkset is not high enough to cause congestion. For
example, if the link has a high number of retransmissions, the throughput on the
link could drop enough to cause congestion on the link. A T31 timer has started. If
the link stays in congestion for a specified period, the link is restarted.
Example
** 0014.0219 ** SLK 1205,A nc00027 REPT-LKF:false congestion restart
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. Activate measurements using the chg-meas:collect=on command. This starts

measurements collection.
2. If the link is placed OOS-MT, use the measurements collected over the
appropriate time period to determine the cause, and determine which action
is now necessary.
NOTE: See Chapter 4, Measurements, for traffic measurements

information.
3-298 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0220 - REPT-LKF: MTP link restart delayed
Description
This message indicates that a link has gone in and out-of-service. To avoid links
going in and out-of-service repeatedly, the Eagle STP system delays restarting a
link if the link has an unstable history.
Example
** 0014.0220 ** SLK 1205,A nc00027 REPT-LKF:MTP link restart delayed

IPLIM links are considered high-speed links by the Eagle STP system. They
are reported as CLASS=SAAL.
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
3. The link should become available. If the problem persists, contact Tekelec
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-299

DRAFT
0221 - REPT-LKF: X25 link unavailable
Description
This message indicates that the specified X.25 link is out-of-service.
Example
** 0014.0221 ** SLK 1205,A nc00027 REPT-LKF:X25 link unavailable
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. To check the status of the X.25 signaling link, enter the rept-stat-slk command
with the port and card location specified from the output message above.
Following is an example of the command output:
SLK LSN CLLI PST SST AST
1205,A nc00027 testclli OOS-MT Unavail ----
ALARM STATUS = * REPT-LKF:X25 link unavailable
UNAVAIL REASON = X25FL LI NA
2. Note the UNAVAIL REASON field in the output message. Following are the
reasons the link is unavailable:
a. LD The signaling link has lost data
b. X25FL X.25 link has failed.
c. NA The signaling link is not aligned
3. If the UNAVAIL REASON indicates an alignment problem, use the dact-slk

command followed by the act-slk command to place the link into service.
4. If the UNAVAIL REASON still indicates an alignment problem, check the

status of the card by entering the rept-stat-card command for the specified
card.
3-300 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
5. If the rept-stat-card command indicates a problem with the card, reset the card
by entering the init-card command with the specified card location. If the card
still does not align, try first reseating the card, then replacing the card (using
the card replacement procedures in Appendix A, Card Removal/Replacement
Procedures).
6. If the problem persists, verify the adjacent X.25 node has the link activated.
7. Determine if the link failure is due to bad carrier facilities. Using transmission
test equipment test the X.25 link end-to-end. If a protocol analyzer is available,
bad CRCs in the X.25 protocol indicates excessive noise on the link.
8. If the carrier facilities are good, but the problem persists, determine if the X.25
adjacent node has a bad X.25 card by swapping the existing card with a
known good card.
9. If the X.25 link is still unavailable, contact Tekelec Technical Services at the
appropriate number.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-301

DRAFT
0222 - REPT-LKF: remote FE loopback
Description
This message indicates that the specified link has been looped back from the
far-end.
Example
** 0014.0222 ** SLK 1205,A nc00027 REPT-LKF:remote FE loopback
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. If you wish to stop the loopback testing, notify the far-end to stop the testing.
3-302 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0223 - REPT-LKF: remote NE loopback cleared
Description
This message indicates the link was in loopback and now the loopback has been
deactivated.
Example
0014.0223 SLK 1205,A nc00027 REPT-LKF:remote NE loopback cleared
Alarm Level
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-303

DRAFT
0224 - REPT-LKF: link test failed
Description
This message indicates that the specified link was automatically removed from
service (OOS) because of a failed signaling link test.
Example
** 0014.0224 ** SLK 1205,A nc00027 REPT-LKF:link test failed
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
2. Follow local procedures to check link data at both ends.
3-304 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Description
Example
** 0014.0225 ** CARD 1201 SS7ANSI REPT-E1F:FAC-E1 Port 1 Far End Failure
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-305

DRAFT
Description
Example
** 0014.0226 ** CARD 1201 SS7ANSI REPT-E1F:FAC-E1 Port 1 AIS detected
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
problem.
3-306 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Description
expecting.
Example
** 0014.0227 ** CARD 1201 SS7ANSI REPT-E1F:FAC-E1 Port 1 LOF failure
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-307

DRAFT
Description
No data is being received on the signaling link.
Example
** 0014.0228 ** CARD 1201 SS7ANSI REPT-E1F:FAC-E1 Port 1 LOS failure
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
3-308 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Description
A framing bit error rate is maintained for in-service links because the error rate is
high.
Example
** 0014.0229 ** CARD 1201 SS7ANSI REPT-E1F:FAC-E1 Port 1 10E-3 BER failed
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. Contact the far-end office to determine the cause of the high framing bit error
rate.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-309

DRAFT
Description
The E1 port 1 is back in-service.
Example
0014.0230 CARD 1201 SS7ANSI REPT-E1F:FAC-E1 Port 1 available
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
3-310 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0232 - REPT-LKF: remote blocked
Description
The link is blocked due to an event at the far-end.
Example
** 0014.0232 ** SLK 1205,A nc00027 REPT-LKF: remote blocked
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. Contact the far-end office to verify a processor outage and correct.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-311

DRAFT
0233 - REPT-LINK-MANUAV: local blocked
Description
A local technician has put the signaling link in processor outage.
Example
** 0014.0233 ** SLK 1205,A nc00027 REPT-LINK-MANUAV: local blocked
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. Verify the condition is not intentional. If it is not intentionally blocked, enter

the following command to place the link in service:
ublk-slk:loc=xxxx:port=y
where xxxx is the card location
y is the port
2. This should place the processor back into service. The following message
should appear.
Local processor outage being cleared.
3-312 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0234 - REPT-LKF: RMI remote inhibited
Description
The link has been remotely inhibited by a technician at the far-end office.
Example
** 0014.0234 ** SLK 1205,A nc00027 REPT-LKF: RMI remote inhibited
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. Contact the far-end office to verify the reason for inhibiting the link.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-313

DRAFT
0235 - REPT-LINK-MGTINH: local inhibited
Description
The link has been inhibited locally by a technician.
Example
** 0014.0235 ** SLK 1205,A nc00027 REPT-LINK-MGTINH: local inhibited
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. Ensure the link should not be inhibited. Enter the following command to
place the link in service.
unhb-slk:loc=xxxx:port=y
where xxxx is the card location
y is the port
2. The link should begin transmitting and receiving MSUs. The following
message should appear.
Allow link message sent to card.
3-314 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0236 - REPT-LKF: not aligned
Description
The signaling link has lost alignment. It can no longer carry traffic.
Example
** 0014.0236 ** SLK 1205,A nc00027 REPT-LKF: not aligned
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. Put the link into a local loopback state.
2. If the link does not align, enter the following command to determine the
status of the card.
rept-stat-card
3. If the card has reinitialized, the system software will restore the card. If both
links on the card are out of service, but the card is IS-NR (In-Service-Normal),
reseat the card.
4. If the links restore after reseating the card, this procedure is complete.
5. If the links do not restore after reseating the card, enter the following
command:
rmv-card:loc=xxxx
where xxxx = the card location.
6. After the command is complete, enter the following command:

rst-card:loc=xxxx
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-315

DRAFT
7. If the links restore after restoring the card, this procedure is complete.
8. If the fault does not clear, replace the indicated card.
9. If the link aligns when it is in a loopback state, enter the following command
to determine the DPC of the far end office:
rtrv-slk:loc=xxxx
Contact the far end office to determine if the trouble is at that end.
10. If the fault does not clear, determine if any other links on the same carrier are
affected. If other links on the same carrier are affected, you may have trouble
in your carrier.
11. Using measurements, review the activity over the last day and determine if
there were a number of retransmits, message losses and so forth. Use this data
to isolate the problem to the appropriate level (MTP level 2, MTP level 3, and
so forth). Use your company maintenance procedures for testing and clearing
faults in carriers.
NOTE: See Appendix A, Card Removal/Replacement Procedures for

procedures on replacing cards.
3-316 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0237 - REPT-LFK: LM Timer NO-CREDIT expired
Description
The remote node has held the local node in a no-credit state for too long.
Example
** 0014.0237 ** SLK 1205,A nc00027 REPT-LKF: LM Timer NO-CREDIT expired
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. Contact the far-end office to test and correct the link congestion problem.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-317

DRAFT
0238 - REPT-LKF: XDA-Timer NO-RESPONSE expired
Description
The far end is not responding to the outgoing POLL messages.
Example
** 0014.0238 ** SLK 1205,A nc00027 REPT-LKF: Timer NO-RESPONSE expired
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. Contact the far-end office to determine why no STAT messages are being sent.
3-318 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0239 - REPT-LKF: MBL-local processor outage
Description
Indicates a spontaneous or management-initiated processor outage.
Example
** 0014.0239 ** SLK 1205,A nc00027 REPT-LKF:MBL - local processor outage
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. Enter the following command to determine whether the outage was

spontaneous or management-initiated:
rept-stat-slk:l2stats=both
2. Analyze the output. If the processor outage was spontaneous, contact Tekelec
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-319

DRAFT
0240 - REPT-LKF: rcvd SSCOP END-proc outage
Description
The far end sent an END processor outage protocol data unit (PDU).
Example
** 0014.0240 ** SLK 1205,A nc00027 REPT-LKF:rcvd SSCOP END-proc outage
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. Contact the far-end office to verify a processor outage and the cause.
3-320 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0241 - REPT-LKF: rcvd SSCOP END-out of service
Description
The far end sent an END out of service protocol data unit (PDU).
Example
** 0014.0241 ** SLK 1205,A nc00027 REPT-LKF:rcvd SSCOP END-out of service
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. Contact the far-end office to correct the problem.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-321

DRAFT
0242 - REPT-LKF: rcvd SSCOP END-protocol error
Description
A protocol error has occurred on the far end.
Example
** 0014.0242 ** SLK 1205,A nc00027 REPT-LKF:rcvd SSCOP END-protocol error
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. Contact the far-end office to test and correct the problem.
3-322 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0243 - REPT-LKF:rcvd SSCOP END-mgmnt initiated
Description
The MAAL layer (not a user) on the far end released a link.
Example
** 0014.0243 ** SLK 1205,A nc00027 REPT-LKF:rcvd SSCOP END-mgmnt initiated
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. Contact the far-end office for the details about releasing the link.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-323

DRAFT
0244 - REPT-LKF: FAC - DS1 LOS failure
Description
A level 1 facility outage: loss of signal.
Example
** 0014.0244 ** SLK 1205,A nc00027 REPT-LKF:FAC - DS1 LOS failure
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. Enter the following command to display the service data:

3-324 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0245 - REPT-LKF: FAC - DS1 LOF failure
Description
A level 1 facility outage: loss of frame.
Example
** 0014.0245 ** SLK 1205,A nc00027 REPT-LKF:FAC - DS1 LOF failure
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure

910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-325

DRAFT
0246 - REPT-LKF: FAC - DS1 LCD failure
Description
A level 1 facility outage: loss of cell delineation.
Example
** 0014.0246 ** SLK 1205,A nc00027 REPT-LKF:FAC - DS1 LCD failure
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure

3-326 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0247 - REPT-LKF: XER - ISERM threshold exceeded
Description
The in-service error rate monitor (ISERM) maintains a counter to estimate the
PDU error rate. The ISERM counter exceeded the estimated threshold.
Example
** 0014.0247 ** SLK 1205,A nc00027 REPT-LKF:XER - ISERM threshold exceeded
SLC=03 FECLLI=testclli CLASS=MTP
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. Contact the far-end office to determine why the error rate is so high.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-327

DRAFT
0249 - REPT-LKF: Unable to connect
Description
An IPLIM link is unable to connect.
Example
** 0014.0249 ** SLK 1205,A spl REPT-LKF: Unable to connect

IPLIM links are considered high-speed links by the Eagle STP system.
They are reported as CLASS=SAAL.
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. Reports on connection status can be obtained for each DCM card with the
following commands:
pass:loc=xxxx:cmd=connmgr -l displays the connection manager event log.
pass:loc=xxxx:cmd=connmgr -c displays socket client data.
pass:loc=xxxx:cmd=connmgr -s displays socket server data.
2. Contact Tekelec Technical Services at the appropriate number.

3-328 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0250 - MPS available
Description
This indicates that a previous MPS platform association loss has been
reestablished and is currently functioning properly.
Example
3535.0250 MPS A MPS available
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-329

DRAFT
0261 - MPS unavailable
Description
This message indicates that the Eagle STP system is unable to communicate with
the MPS or the MPS has an internal failure.
Example
3535.0261 MPS A MPS unavailable
Alarm Level
Critical
Procedure
1. This message reports that communication with the MPS is not occurring. You
should verify the MPS is operating and the IP link is functioning by
performing the following steps.
2. Verify the IP connection from the MPS to Eagle is operating. If not, restore the
communication link between the them.
3. Once the communications link with the MPS is assured, verify the status of
the MPS. The following example shows a possible system response when a
specified DSM card is queried with the rept-stat-mps command.
rept-stat-mps:loc=1205
CARD VERSION TYPE PST SST AST
1205 ----------- DSM OOS-MT-DSBLD Manual -----
DSM PORT A OOS-MT Unavail -----
ALARM STATUS = ** 0084 IP Connection Unavailable
DSM PORT B OOS-MT Unavail -----
ALARM STATUS = ** 0084 IP Connection Unavailable
INP STAT = -------
CARD ALARM STATUS = No Alarms.
DSM MEMORY USAGE = 0%
Command Completed.
;
Determine from the output whether the MPS is active and available for
service. If it is not, refer to the ELAP Administration Manual or EPAP
Administration Manual about restoring an MPS server to the active state.
3-330 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Description
The amount of MSU traffic on the link has reached a congestion level 1.
Example
0014.0264 SLK 1205,A nc00027 REPT-LINK-CGST: congestion level 0 to 1
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Since congestion usually peaks and subsides quickly, a measurements report

should be printed to understand what SS7 events took place. Use the
command rept-meas to obtain a report.
NOTE: The measurements collection must first be turned on so
measurements can be collected. If measurements are not turned on,
no report will be available. See Chapter 4, Measurements, for traffic
measurements information.
2. Ensure that there are enough links in the linkset based on the traffic load.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-331

DRAFT
Description
The amount of MSU traffic on the link has reached a congestion level 2.
Example
Alarm Level
Procedure

3-332 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Description
The congestion on a link has risen to level 3. That is, the amount of MSU traffic on
the signaling link has reached the onset level defined for congestion level 3. This
usually indicates the node is under provisioned.
Example
Alarm Level
Procedure

910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-333

DRAFT
Description
The congestion on a link has fallen to level 2. That is, the amount of MSU traffic
on the signaling link has reached the abatement level defined for congestion level
3. This indicates congestion is clearing.
Example
0014.0267 SLK 1205,A nc00027 RCVRY-LINK-CGST:congestion level 3 to 2
Alarm Level
Procedure


3-334 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Description
The congestion on a link has fallen to level 1. That is, the amount of MSU traffic on
the signaling link has reached the abatement level defined for congestion level 2.
This indicates congestion is clearing.
Example
0014.0268 SLK 1205,A nc00027 RCVRY-LINK-CGST:congestion level 2 to 1
Alarm Level
Procedure


910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-335

DRAFT
0269 - RCVRY-LINK-CGST: congestion has cleared
Description
This message is generated when the congested state of a link has been removed.
Example
0014.0269 SLK 1205,A nc00027 RCVRY-LINK-CGST: congestion has cleared
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
3-336 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Description
The amount of MSU traffic on the link has reached an overflow level 1. Messages
with an SIO priority of 0 are being discarded.
Example
0014.0270 SLK 1205,A nc00027 REPT-LINK-CGST: discard level 0 to 1
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Since overflow conditions usually peak and subside quickly, a measurements

report should be printed to understand what SS7 events took place. Use the
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-337

DRAFT
Description
The link has reached an overflow level 2. The percentage of MSU traffic on the
signaling link has exceeded the discard/overflow level defined for level 2.
Messages with SIO priority of 0 or 1 are being discarded.
Example
Alarm Level
Procedure

3-338 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Description
The amount of MSU traffic on the link has reached an overflow level 3. Messages
with an SIO priority of 0, 1, or 2 are being discarded.
Example
Alarm Level
Procedure

910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-339

DRAFT
Description
The amount of MSU traffic on the link has reached an overflow level 2 and
congestion is clearing. Messages with an SIO priority of 0 or 1 are being
discarded.
Example
0014.0273 SLK 1205,A nc00027 RCVRY-LINK-CGST: discard level 3 to 2
Alarm Level
Procedure


3-340 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Description
The amount of MSU traffic on the link has decreased to an overflow level 1 and
congestion is clearing. Messages with an SIO priority of 0 are being discarded.
Example
0014.0274 SLK 1205,A nc00027 RCVRY-LINK-CGST: discard level 2 to 1
Alarm Level
Procedure


910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-341

DRAFT
0275 - RCVRY-LINK-CGST: discard has cleared
Description
The overflow level of the link has reached level 0. No messages are being
discarded.
Example
0014.0275 SLK 1205,A nc00027 RCVRY-LINK-CGST: discard has cleared
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
3-342 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0276 - Insufficient HW for IP7 provisioning
Description
The DCM or EDCM does not have enough memory to provision for sockets and
associations.
Example
** 0100.0276 ** CARD 1115 DCM Insufficient HW for IP7 provisioning
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure

If this message does not contain the optional line HW VERIFICATION
CODE: xxx, continue with the next step.
2. Verify the DCM/EDCM hardware. Verify the provisioning rules.

Table 3-14. Maximum Sockets/Associations per Card
Card Socket to Maximum Maximum
Type Association Ratio Sockets Associations
DCM 8:1 50 4
EDCM 1:1 50 50
3. If necessary, reduce the number of associations to four or less for DCMs or 50

or less for EDCMs. Refer to the Database Administration Manual - SS7 for
detailed provisioning information.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-343

DRAFT
0277 - AS Unavailable
Description
This Application Server (AS) is not available to carry service traffic. All ASPs in
this AS are not available to carry service traffic.
Example
** 0014.0277 ** IP7 as3 AS Unavailable
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. Enter the following command to generate a report of the AS association

status.
rept-stat-assoc
ASSOCIATION PST SST
a1 IS-NR ASP-ACTIVE
a2 IS-ANR ASP-ACTIVE
a3 OOS-MT-DSBLD ----
a4 OOS-MT Connecting
a5 OOS-MT ASP-DOWN
a6 OOS-MT ASP-UP
Command Completed
2. Notify the PSTN associated with the disabled AS of the problem.
3-344 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0278- AS Available
Description
The Application Server (AS) is now available to carrying traffic.
Example
0014.0278 IP7 as2 AS Available
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-345

DRAFT
0279 - AS Restricted
Description
The Application Server (AS) is carrying traffic, but one or or of the Application
Server Processes (ASPs) is not functioning properly.
Example
* 0014.0279 * IP7 as2 AS Resticted
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure
1. Enter the following command to generate a report of the AS association

status.
rept-stat-assoc
ASSOCIATION PST SST
a1 IS-NR ASP-ACTIVE
a2 IS-ANR ASP-ACTIVE
a3 OOS-MT-DSBLD ----
a4 OOS-MT Connecting
a5 OOS-MT ASP-DOWN
a6 OOS-MT ASP-UP
Command Completed
2. Notify the PSTN associated with the restricted AS of the problem.
3-346 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0280 - AS Unrestricted
Description
The Application Server (AS) is carrying traffic. A previous restriction has been
cleared.
Example
0014.0280 IP7 as2 AS Unrestricted
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-347

DRAFT
0281 - LNP Ported TNs exceeds Feat. Capacity
Description
The number of LNP ported TNs is greater than the capacity this feature supports.
This UAM appears when the DSM VSCCP cards are cold-restarted after the ELAP
RTDBs were pre-populated offline with RTDB TN totals that exceed either the TN
Quantity Feature keys capacities that are currently configured for the Eagle.
Example
** 0100.0281 ** CARD 1115 DCM LNP Ported TNs exceeds Feat. Capacity
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. Issue the rtrv-ctrl-feat command to verify the quantity of TNs specified

for this system.
2. Either reduce the number of TNs to the level specified by the output of step 1,
or respecify the capacity with the enable-ctrl-feat command.
3-348 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0282 - LNP Ported TNs Capacity Normal
Description
This UAM is a clearing message that appears when the operator enables the TN
feature key quantities on the Eagle that exceed the quantities currently populated
in the ELAP RTDBs.
Example
** 0100.0282 CARD 1115 DCM LNP Ported TNs Capacity Normal
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-349

DRAFT
0283 - LNP Ported LRNs exceeds Feat. Capacity
Description
The number of LNP ported LRNs is greater than the capacity this feature
supports.
RTDBs were pre-populated offline with LRN totals that exceed either the LRN
Quantity Feature keys capacities that are currently configured for the Eagle.
Example
** 0100.0283 ** CARD 1115 DCM LNP Ported LRNs exceeds Feat. Capacity
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. Issue the rtrv-ctrl-feat command to verify the quantity of LRNs specified

for this system.
2. Either reduce the number of LRNs to the level specified by the output of
step 1, or respecify the capacity with the enable-ctrl-feat command.
3-350 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0284 - LNP Ported LRNs Capacity Normal
Description
This UAM is a clearing message that appears when the operator enables the LRN
feature key quantities on the Eagle that exceed the quantities currently populated
in the ELAP RTDBs.
Example
** 0100.0284 CARD 1115 DCM LNP Ported LRNs Capacity Normal
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-351

DRAFT
0285 - LNP Ported NPAs exceeds Feat. Capacity
Description
The number of LNP ported NPANXXs is greater than the capacity this feature
supports.
RTDBs were pre-populated offline with NPANXX totals that exceed either the
NPANXX Quantity Feature keys capacities that are currently configured for the
Eagle.
Example
** 0100.0285 ** CARD 1115 DCM LNP Ported NPAs exceeds Feat. Capacity
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. Issue the rtrv-ctrl-feat command to verify the quantity of NPANXXs

specified for this system.
2. Either reduce the number of NPANXXs to the level specified by the output of
step 1, or respecify the capacity with the enable-ctrl-feat command.
3-352 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0286 - LNP Ported NPAs Capacity Normal
Description
This UAM is a clearing message that appears when the operator enables the
NPANXX feature key quantities on the Eagle that exceed the quantities currently
populated in the ELAP RTDBs.
Example
** 0100.0286 CARD 1115 DCM LNP Ported NPAs Capacity Normal
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-353

DRAFT
0290 - GLS is available
Description
The ASM cards configured as generic loader services (GLS) are functioning. These
cards are used to download gateway screening (GWS) data to the LIMs.
Example
0100.0290 GLS SYSTEM GLS is available
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. This message indicates a previous condition has been corrected. No further

3-354 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0291 - GLS is at minimum service limit
Description
Only one ASM configured for generic loader services (GLS) is in service. When
this module fails, GLS is unavailable.
Generic loader services (GLS) are used to download gateway screening data to
the LIMs. GLS consists of ASM cards configured with GLS software. They are
only needed when LIMs or ASMs must be reloaded.
Example
** 0100.0291 ** GLS SYSTEM GLS is at minimum service limit
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. Use the rept-stat-card command to verify status of the ASM cards providing
GLS. This command identifies the cards still IS-NR (In-Service Normal) and
those cards which are out of service. For example, enter:
rept-stat-card
1113 022-000-000 MCAP OAM IS-NR Active -----
1114 ----------- TDM -------- ----- ----- -----
1115 022-000-000 MCAP OAM IS-NR Standby -----
1116 ----------- TDM -------- ----- ----- -----
1117 ----------- MDAL -------- IS-NR Standby -----
1204 022-000-000 LIMOCU SS7ANSI OOS-MT Isolated -----
1205 022-000-000 LIMOCU SS7ANSI IS-NR Active -----
1207 022-000-000 LIMOCU SS7GX25 OOS-MT Isolated -----
1211 022-000-000 LIMV35 SS7GX25 IS-NR Active -----
1212 022-000-000 ACMENET STPLAN IS-NR Active -----
1216 022-000-000 ASM SCCP IS-ANR Standby -----
1218 022-000-000 ASM GLS OOS-MT Isolated -----
1312 022-000-000 LIMDS0 SS7ANSI IS-NR Active -----
1313 022-000-000 LIMOCU SS7ANSI OOS-MT Idle -----
Command Completed.
2. Use init-card command to reinitialize the card and force gateway screening
(GWS) data to be downloaded from the active MASP to the ASM.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-355

DRAFT
3. After GWS data has been successfully downloaded, use rept-stat-card to verify
the card(s) have returned to service.
4. If the card(s) do not return to IS-NR, then reseat the card(s).
5. If the card(s) still do not return to IS-NR, replace the card(s).
3-356 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Description
Generic loading services (GLS) is not able to function; the Eagle STP may not be
performing gateway screening (GWS).
At least one card should be returned to IS-NR status. This makes GLS available
and changes the alarm level to major (0291 - GLS is at minimum service limit).
The alarm clears after two ASM cards have returned to IS-NR.
Example
*C 0100.0292 *C GLS SYSTEM GLS is not available
Alarm Level
Critical
Procedure
1. Use the rept-stat-card command to verify status of the ASM cards providing
GLS. For example, enter:
rept-stat-card
1113 022-000-000 MCAP OAM IS-NR Active -----
1114 ----------- TDM -------- ----- ----- -----
1115 022-000-000 MCAP OAM IS-NR Standby -----
1116 ----------- TDM -------- ----- ----- -----
1117 ----------- MDAL -------- IS-NR Standby -----
1205 022-000-000 LIMOCU SS7ANSI IS-NR Active -----
1207 022-000-000 LIMOCU SS7GX25 OOS-MT Isolated -----
1211 022-000-000 LIMV35 SS7GX25 IS-NR Active -----
1212 022-000-000 ACMENET STPLAN IS-NR Active -----
1216 022-000-000 ASM SCCP IS-ANR Standby -----
1218 022-000-000 ASM GLS OOS-MT Isolated -----
1313 022-000-000 LIMOCU SS7ANSI OOS-MT Idle -----
Command Completed.
2. Use init-card command to reinitialize the card and force gateway screening
(GWS) data to be downloaded from the active MASP to the ASM.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-357

DRAFT
3. The following message should appear.
Init Card command issued to card 1218
4. After GWS data has been successfully downloaded, use rept-stat-card to verify
the card(s) have returned to service.
5. If the card(s) do not return to IS-NR, then reseat the card(s).
3-358 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0293 - GLS have been removed from the system
Description
Generic loading services (GLS) has been removed from the system, because all
ASMs configured for GLS have been deleted through database administration
commands.
Example
0100.0293 GLS SYSTEM GLS have been removed from the system
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. This message alerts the user that all ASMs configured for GLS have been
deleted from the system. No action is necessary unless gateway screening is
required.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-359

DRAFT
0294 - REPT-ALMINH: alarm output PERM inhibited
Description
This message indicates that alarms for the indicated device are permanently
inhibited.
Example
0100.0294 CARD 1201 SS7ANSI REPT-ALMINH: alarm output PERM inhibited
Alarm Level
Procedure
3-360 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0295 - REPT-ALMINH: alarm output enabled
Description
This message indicates the restoration of the reporting of alarms for the indicated
device.
Example
0100.0295 CARD 1113 OAM REPT-ALMINH: alarm output enabled
Alarm Level
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-361

DRAFT
0296 - REPT-ALMINH: alarm output TEMP inhibited
Description
This message indicates that alarms for the indicated device are temporarily
inhibited.
Example
0100.0296 CARD 1201 SS7ANSI REPT-ALMINH: alarm output TEMP inhibited
Alarm Level
Procedure
3-362 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0297 - Incorrect port configuration
Description
This message indicates that a MPL card with more than ports A and B
provisioned has been replaced with a 2 port DS0-A LIM card. This alarm is also
generated if an MPL card is placed in a LIM slot which has either port A or port B
provisioned as non-56K bps link speed.
Example
** 0100.0297 ** CARD 1108 SS7ML Incorrect LIM port configuration
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure

2. If this message does not contain the optional line HW VERIFICATION

CODE: xxx, perform either of the following:
Replace the LIM DS0-A card with an MPL card.
OR
This card has only 2 ports. Re-provision this DS0-A card and provision
only ports A and B. Refer to the Database Administration Manual - SS7 for
the correct procedures.

910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-363

DRAFT
0298 - Card not using config. SCTP csum method
Description
The IPLIMx/IPGWx card issues this UAM alarm when the cards active SCTP
checksum algorithm does not match the configured SCTP checksum algorithm in
the IP OPTIONS table.
Example
** 0100.0298 * CARD 1115 DCM Card not using config. SCTP csum method
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure
1. The SCTP checksum algorithm option is configured via the chg-sg-opts

command and is stored in the IP OPTIONS table. The update applies to the IP
OPTIONS tables on disk and IPLIMx/IPGWx card memory.
Note that when the SCTP checksum algorithm is updated, IPLIMx/IPGWx
cards may not immediately change to the updated checksum algorithm.
Before IPLIMx/IPGWx cards can use the configured SCTP checksum
algorithm, one of the following conditions must exist.
No SCTP associations exist on the IPLIMx/IPGWx card.
All SCTP associations provisioned on the IPLIMx/IPGWx card are
open=no.
The IPLIMx/IPGWx card is initialized.
2. In an installed system, use either of two methods to condition the cards to

accept the change in checksum algorithms:
Card initialization (use the init-card command) or
Change card association (chg-assoc:aname=xxx:open=no)
For details about these commands, refer to the Commands Manual.
3. Issue the chg-sg-opts:sctp_csum=value command to define the checksum

algorithm to be used in all SCTP associations.
3-364 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0299 - Config. SCTP csum method alarm cleared
Description
The SCTP checksum UAM alarm is cleared when the cards active SCTP
checksum algorithm matches the configured SCTP checksum algorithm.
Example
** 0100.0299 CARD 1115 DCM Config. SCTP csum method alarm cleared
Alarm Level
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-365

DRAFT
0300 -TVG Grant Failure
Description
This message indicates that for some card in the system, the grant mechanism (as
part of the Multicast Capacity Feature) failed for at least 60 seconds, or more than
one time for a 15-second period. A TVG granter failure is defined as a TVG
request that completes with a time-out (hardware or software) and/or a status
value where the Granter Present bit is not set.
Example
** 0100.0300 ** CARD 1201 OAM TVG Grant Failure
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. Enter the following command to verify the status of the TVG granter:
rept-stat-card:loc=xxxx:mode=full
where xxxx is the card location identified in the output.
1201 023-001-000 LIMATM ATMANSI IS-NR Active -----
IMT BUS A = Conn
IMT BUS B = Conn
CLOCK A = Idle
CLOCK B = Active
CLOCK I = Idle
MBD BIP STATUS = valid
DB STATUS = valid
DBD MEMORY SIZE = 0M
SLK A PST = OOS-MT LS=ls1201 CLLI=-----------
SLK B PST = OOS-MT LS=ls1201 CLLI=-----------
SCCP SERVICE CARD = ----
SLAN SERVICE CARD = ----
SCCP TVG RESULT = 24 hr: GDNHSI, 5 min: GDNHSI
SLAN TVG RESULT = 24 hr: -D-H-I, 5 min: -D-H-I
SNM TVG RESULT = 24 hr: GDNHSI, 5 min: ------
Command Completed.
3-366 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
2. The group ticket voucher status is displayed in these fields: SCCP TVG
RESULT (for SCCP messages), SLAN TVG RESULT (for STPLAN messages),
and SNM TVG RESULT (for SNM messages). Group ticket voucher status
output is displayed as a series of these letters:
G Service Granted. Indicates normal system behavior.
D Service Denied. Indicates an overload, but the group ticket voucher
hardware and software are working correctly.
N No granter in the system. For GTT or STPLAN traffic, there may be no
ASM-SCCP cards or ACMs in the system. If there are ASM-SCCP cards or
ACMs in the system, then a serious failure is indicated (hardware or software
bug or hardware failure).
H Hardware time-out. Indicates the hardware timed out waiting for a group
ticket voucher packet to return. Group ticket voucher packets can be lost when
a card is plugged in or booted. This is a serious condition if cards have not
been connecting or disconnecting from the IMT.
S Software time-out. No result was ever returned from hardware, indicating
a probable hardware failure.
I Invalid result from hardware.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-367

DRAFT
0301 -TVG Grant Recovery
Description
This message indicates that the Multicast Capacity Feature for handling SNM,
SCCP, or SLAN traffic is functioning, and a previous problem has cleared.
Example
0100.0301 CARD 1201 OAM TVG Grant Recovery
Alarm Level
Procedure
3-368 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0302 - Cooling fan failure
Description
The cooling fan hardware is not working.
Example
* 0100.0302 * SYSTEM Cooling fan failure
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure
1. At the fan assembly, verify that the Fan Switch on the grill panel is in the ON
position.
2. At the FAP, verify the fuses for the fan assembly. The fuse card will be marked
FAN A and FAN B, fuse positions 6, 12, and 18 (A and B).
Fuse position 6 is for the fan unit directly below the control shelf.
Fuse position 12 is for the fan directly below the 1200 shelf.
Fuse position 18 is for the fan directly below the 1300 shelf.
All fans are to be fused at 2 amps (with orange flags) per feed.
3. At the Eagle STP terminal, enter the following command to verify that the fan
feature is turned on.
rtrv-feat
NOTE: Once you have turned on the feature, you cannot turn it off. The
feature applies to any and all fans installed within the system. When
replacing a fan assembly, the feature should already be turned on.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-369

DRAFT
The output displays a list of optional features and their status on the system:
EAGLE FEATURE LIST
GTT = off
GWS = on
CRMD = off
X25G = on
LAN = on
SEAS = on
LNP = off
LNP12MIL = off
FAN = on
DSTN4000 = on
WNP = on
CNCF = on
SCCPCNV = on
TCAPCNV = on
TLNP = on
x252000 = on
4. If FAN = on does not appear in the output, enable the fan feature by entering
the following command:
chg-feat:fan=on
After the program updates, the system returns output similar to the
following:
CHG-FEAT: MASP A - COMPLD
5. At the rear of the frame, verify the A power cable from the A fan assembly is
securely attached.
6. At the rear of the frame, verify the B power cable from the B fan assembly is
securely attached.
7. At the Eagle STP terminal, type in this command:

rept-stat-trbl
If the Eagle STP reports the following alarm, replace the cooling fan.
302 COOLING FAN FAILURE.
NOTE: See Appendix A for replacement procedure.
3-370 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0303 - Cooling fan normal
Description
The cooling fan hardware has returned to service.
Example
0100.0303 SYSTEM Cooling fan normal
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-371

DRAFT
0304 - REPT-NMTSK-DSCD: SNM Discard Onset
Description
This message indicates that the number of system network messages has
exceeded the threshold and messages are being discarded.
Example
* 0100.0304 * CARD 1113 OAM REPT-NMTSK-DSCD: SNM Discard Onset
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure
1. Check for problems in the network that would cause excessive network
management messages to be broadcast.
3-372 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0305 - RECVY-NMTSK-DSCD: SNM Discard Abated
Description
This message indicates that network messages are no longer being discarded.
Example
0100.0305 CARD 1113 OAM REPT-NMTSK-DSCD: SNM Discard Abated
Alarm Level
Procedure

910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-373

DRAFT
0306 - SNM Overload Onset
Description
This message indicates that network management messages are approaching the
threshold where they will be discarded.
Example
* 0100.0306 * CARD 1113 OAM SNM Overload Onset
Alarm Level
Minor.
Procedure
1. Check for problems in the network that would cause excessive network
management messages to be broadcast.
3-374 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0307 - SNM Overload Abated
Description
This message indicates that the threat of network messages being discarded no
longer exists.
Example
0100.0307 CARD 1113 OAM SNM Overload Abated
Alarm Level
Procedure

910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-375

DRAFT
0308 - Node isolated due to SLK failures
Description
The Eagle STP is isolated from other signaling points. All system links are down.
Possible causes are as follows:
Primary and secondary clock sources have failed
Signaling links have been manually cancelled
All cards have been manually inhibited
Both IMT busses have failed
Example
*C 0100.0308 *C SYSTEM Node isolated due to SLK failures
Alarm Level
Critical
Procedure

2. Restore the signaling links to service by entering the following:

act-slk:loc=xx:port=x
The following message should appear:
Activate SLK message sent to card
3. Enter the following to restore the cards

rst-card:loc=xxxx
NOTE: The card locations (xxxx) must be specified and the command
repeated for each card.
Automatic recovery of the SLKs should occur.
3-376 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT

information.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-377

DRAFT
0309 - Node is no longer isolated
Description
This message occurs when the node has been in node isolation due to signaling
link failures. Enough links have recovered so that the node is no longer isolated
and signaling can occur.
Example
0100.0309 SYSTEM Node is no longer isolated
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
3-378 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0311 - DPC is allowed
Description
A previous fault is corrected and the Eagle STP system can send traffic to a
specified point code.
Example
0014.0311 DPC 144-201-001 DPC is allowed
LSN=nc00027
Prohibited SS 1, 5, 18
Allowed SS 3, 6
Blocked SS 100, 103
Unblocked SS 2, 102, 221
Legend
Allowed SS Allowed subsystem
Blocked SS Blocked subsystem
LSN Linkset name. The name must be unique.
Prohibited SS Prohibited subsystem
Unblocked SS Unblocked subsystem
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-379

DRAFT
0312 - DPC is restricted
Description
A transfer-restricted message has been received concerning the DPC. Possible

causes:
One or more routes to this DPC are unavailable.
A low priority route is carrying the traffic. The primary and combined routes
are not available for traffic to the given DPC.
Example
* 0014.0312 * DPC 144-201-001 DPC is restricted
LSN=nc00027
Allowed SS 3, 6
Blocked SS 100, 103
Legend
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure
1. Enter the rept-stat-rte command using the DPC specified from the output
message to determine which linkset has a problem.
2. Enter the rept-stat-ls using the linkset name specified from the output of step 1
to determine which link(s) could have a problem.
3. Use local procedures to test the link facilities.
3-380 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0313 - DPC is prohibited
Description
Traffic to the DPC is prohibited. Possible causes:

All routes to this DPC are unavailable.
Adjacent point code link failures or nonadjacent failure in the route.
Example
*C 0014.0313 *C DPC 144-201-001 DPC is prohibited
LSN=nc00027
Allowed SS 3, 6
Blocked SS 100, 103
Legend
Alarm Level
Critical
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-381

DRAFT
0314 - Route is allowed
Description
The primary route to the DPC can carry traffic.
Example
0014.0314 DPC 144-201-001 Route is allowed
LSN=nc00027
Allowed SS 3, 6
Blocked SS 100, 103
Legend
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
3-382 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0315 - Route is restricted
Description
Traffic in the primary route to the DPC is restricted. This could indicate signaling
link failures for a nonadjacent DPC.
Example
0014.0315 DPC 144-201-001 Route is restricted
LSN=nc00027
Allowed SS 3, 6
Blocked SS 100, 103
Legend
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Contact the far-end to test and correct the problem.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-383

DRAFT
0316 - Route is prohibited
Description
The primary route to the DPC cannot carry traffic to the DPC. Following are the
possible causes:
Local SLK failures
Nonadjacent DPC SLK failures
Example
0014.0316 DPC 144-201-001 Route is prohibited
LSN=nc00027
Allowed SS 3, 6
Blocked SS 100, 103
Legend
Alarm Level
Procedure
message to determine which linkset has a problem. If it specifies a
nonadjacent linkset, contact the far-end to test and correct the problem.
2. If it appears to be a local signaling link failure enter the rept-stat-ls using the
linkset name specified from the output of step 1 to determine which link(s)
could have a problem.
3-384 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
3. Verify the link status using the rept-stat-slk command. For example, enter:
rept-stat-slk:loc=:port=b
1203,B nsp1 ls02clli OOS-MT Unavail ----
ALARM STATUS = No alarm
UNAVAIL REASON = FL NA LI RI
Command Completed.
4. Check the UNAVAIL REASON field in the output of the rept-stat-slk command.
Following is an explanation of the UNAVAIL REASON codes:
FL The signaling link has a fault.
NA The signaling link is not aligned.
LI The signaling link has been inhibited locally
RI The signaling link has been inhibited remotely.
LB The signaling link has been blocked locally.
RB The signaling link has been blocked remotely.
FC The signaling link is unavailable because of false congestion.
RD(xx.xxx) - The signaling link is unavailable because of a restart delay to
prevent signaling link oscillation. The number in parentheses indicates the
amount of time, in seconds, remaining in the restart delay period. The link is
restarted automatically after this amount of time has elapsed.
5. If the UNAVAIL REASON indicates an alignment problem or fault, activate a

loopback using the act-lpb command, or use a physical loopback. (For a V.35,
you must use an appropriate physical V.35 loopback.) If the signaling link
aligns, contact the far-end to correct the problem.
6. If the UNAVAIL REASON still indicates an alignment problem or fault, check

the status of the card by entering the rept-stat-card command for the specified
card.
Procedures).
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-385

DRAFT
8. If the UNAVAIL REASON indicates a locally inhibited link, enter the unhb-slk
command with the specified card location.
9. If the UNAVAIL REASON indicates a locally blocked link, enter the ublk-slk
10. If the signaling is blocked or inhibited remotely, contact the far-end to place
the link in-service.
3-386 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0317 - RCVRY-LKSTO: Link set allowed
Description
The linkset is returned to service.
Example
0014.0317 LSN a24546 RCVRY-LKSTO: Link set allowed
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. This message indicates a previous fault is corrected. No further action is

necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-387

DRAFT
0318 - REPT-LKSTO: Link set prohibited
Description
This message indicates a linkset is out of service.
Example
** 0014.0318 ** LSN a54646 REPT-LKSTO: Link set prohibited
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
rept-stat-slk:loc=1203:port=b
RLGHNCX A03W 00-02-07 12:02:36 EST EAGLE 31.4.0
Command Completed.
2. Check the UNAVAIL REASON field in the output of the rept-stat-slk command.
Following is an explanation of the UNAVAIL REASON codes:
RD(xx.xxx) The signaling link is unavailable because of a restart delay to
3-388 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT

card.
Procedures).
8. If the signaling is blocked or inhibited remotely, contact the far-end to place

the link in-service.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-389

DRAFT
0319 - REPT-MTPLP-DET: Circ rte det(cong)
Description
The system automatically tests for circular routing when congestion occurs on an
ANSI signaling link. If the routing data was provisioned incorrectly, or was
corrupted, MSUs could be routed in an endless circular route. The incorrect
routing data could be on the system or at a remote STP. This message indicates
that circular routing has been detected.
Example

*C 0014.0319 *C DPC 011-210-* REPT-MTPLP-DET: Circ rte det(cong)
XMT LSN=ls01 RC=10
RCV LSN=ls14
MEMBER=011-210-007
Alarm Level
Critical
Procedure
1. Enter the following command to check the routing information for the
specified DPC:
rtrv-rte
If the problem is in the routing table of an adjacent node, contact the node
(identified in the rtrv-rte command output) to resolve the circular routing
problem.
If the routing information is correct, continue with Step 4.
If there is an error in the routing information, continue with Step 2.
2. Enter the following command to delete the route in the error message from
the database:
dlt-rte:aaaa=xxx-xxx-xxx:lsn=yyyy
where aaa = dpc, dpca, dpci, or dpcn
xxx-xxx-xxx = destination point code
and yyyy = the linkset name associated with the route.
3-390 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
3. Refer to the Database Administration Manual - SS7, Chapter 5 - SS7
Configuration and the procedure titled Adding a Route for the procedure on
entering the correct route information.
4. Enter the following command to reset the destination circular routing status:
rst-dstn:dpc=x-x-x
where x-x-x = the destination point code of the destination.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-391

DRAFT
0320 - REPT-MTPLP-SUST: Sustained circ rt(cong)
Description
ANSI signaling link. If the routing data was provisioned incorrectly, or was
corrupted, MSUs could be routed in an endless circular route. The incorrect
routing data could be on the system or at a remote STP. This message indicates
that circular routing has been detected.
Example

*C 0014.0320 *C DPC 011-210-* REPT-MTPLP-SUST: Sustained circ rt(cong)
XMT LSN=ls01 RC=10
RCV LSN=ls14
MEMBER=011-210-007
Alarm Level
Critical
Procedure
1. Enter the following command to check the routing information for the
specified DPC:
rtrv-rte
If the problem is in the routing table of an adjacent node, contact the node
(identified in the rtrv-rte command output) to resolve the circular routing
problem.
If the routing information is correct, continue with Step 4.
If there is an error in the routing information, continue with Step 2.
2. Enter the following command to delete the route in the error message from
the database:
dlt-rte:aaaa=xxx-xxx-xxx:lsn=yyyy
where aaa = dpc, dpca, dpci, or dpcn
xxx-xxx-xxx = destination point code
and yyyy = the linkset name associated with the route.
3-392 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
3. Refer to the Database Administration Manual - SS7, Chapter 5 - SS7
Configuration and the procedure titled Adding a Route for the procedure on
entering the correct route information.
4. Enter the following command to reset the destination circular routing status:
rst-dstn:dpc=x-x-x
where x-x-x = the destination point code of the destination.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-393

DRAFT
0321 - X-LIST occupancy threshold exceeded
Description
This message indicates that the number of x-list entries has exceeded a specified
threshold.
Example
* 0014.0321 * XLIST X-LIST occupancy threshold exceeded
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure
1. To display the system-wide parameters for cluster routing, enter the

rtrv-stpopts command. Following is an example of the output:
RLGHNCXA03W 00-07-23 16:02:34 EST EAGLE. 31.3.0 STP OPTIONS
-------------------------
MTPT31CTL 1
MTPLT1 yes
MTPLTCTDPCQ 3
MTPLTST 10000
MTPXLQ 500
MTPXLET 0100
MTPXLOT 90%
MTPDPCQ 2000
TFATFRPR 1000
MTPRSI yes
MTPRSIT 5000
The mtpxlq parameter is the total number of dynamic status exception list
(x-list) entries the Eagle STP maintains. There are 2500 total table entries. The
default values allow for 2000 entries for provisioned destinations and 500 for
x-list entries. (If you increase the number of x-list entries, you must decrease
the number of DPCs that can be provisioned by changing the mtpdpcq
parameter.)
The mtpxlet parameter is the maximum amount of time the Eagle STP
maintains an unreferenced x-list entry.
The mtpxlot parameter is the threshold that this message refers to.
3-394 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
2. Use the chg-stpopts to change the number of x-list entries, the x-list expiration
timer, or to raise the threshold for notification of a full x-list.
3. If the problem persists, use the dact-rstst command to eliminate specific x-list
entries.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-395

DRAFT
0322 - X-LIST occupancy below threshold
Description
This message indicates that the number of x-list entries has fallen below a
specified threshold.
Example
0014.0322 XLIST X-LIST occupancy below threshold
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
3-396 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0324 - DPC subsystem is allowed
Description
All subsystems at the indicated DPC are reachable.
Example
0014.0324 DPC 144-201-001 DPC subsystem is allowed
LSN=nc00027
Allowed SS 3, 6
Blocked SS 100, 103
Legend
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-397

DRAFT
0325 - DPC subsystem is blocked
Description
The DPC subsystem is blocked due to administrative action.
Example
*C 0014.0325 *C DPC 144-201-001 DPC subsystem is blocked
LSN=nc00027
Allowed SS 3, 6
Blocked SS 100, 103
Legend
Alarm Level
Critical
Procedure
1. Contact the far-end to correct the problem.
3-398 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0326 - DPC subsystem is prohibited
Description
The indicated DPC Subsystem is prohibited.
Example
*C 0014.0326 *C DPC 144-201-001 DPC subsystem is prohibited
LSN=nc00027
Allowed SS 3, 6
Blocked SS 100, 103
Legend
Alarm Level
Critical
Procedure
1. Contact the far-end to correct the problem.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-399

DRAFT
0327 - DPC subsystem has been deleted
Description
This indicates a DPC subsystem has been deleted from the system global title
translation (GTT) tables.
Example
0014.0327 DPC 144-201-001 DPC subsystem has been deleted
LSN=nc00027
Allowed SS 3, 6
Blocked SS 100, 103
Legend
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. This message indicates a previous fault has been corrected by deletion of the
entity. No further action is necessary.
3-400 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0328 - SCCP is available
Description
The SCCP subsystem has returned to service.
Example
0100.0328 SCCP SYSTEM SCCP is available
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-401

DRAFT
0329 - System SCCP TPS normal
Description
The SCCP subsystem is operating normally, using the TVG (Group Ticket
Voucher load balancing algorithm) message transport method. The TPS
(Transactions Per Second) rate is below its capacity threshold, as defined by the
chg-th-sccp command.
Example
0100.0329 SCCP SYSTEM System SCCP TPS normal
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. This alarm is used in conjunction with alarm #0330 System SCCP TPS
Threshold Exceeded. For every five minutes the Eagle is above the threshold,
the ATH (Application Trouble Handler) reports the minimum, maximum and
average TPS value seen during the past five minute period. When the TPS
level drops below the threshold level for 30 seconds, the alarm stops, and
alarm #0329 confirms that normal operation has resumed. (Alternatively, the
user can clear this alarm by raising the threshold limit to a value greater than
the maximum value, in which case, the alarm stops immediately.
2. To obtain details, use the rept-stat-sccp command, which displays the status of
the SCCP and VSCCP cards and other services and determines the capacity
threshold of the SCCP TPS rate. This command also identifies which ASM
cards are OOS-MT. For example, enter:
rept-stat-sccp
eaglestp 00-10-24 20:38:58 EST EAGLE 31.4.0
SCCP SUBSYSTEM REPORT IS-NR Active -----
SCCP Cards Configured= 1 Cards IS-NR= 1 Capacity Threshold = 80%
CARD VERSION PST SST AST MSU USAGE CPU USAGE

-------------------------------------------------------------------------
1212 021-001-000 IS-NR ACTIVE ALMINH 47% 32%
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
SCCP Service Average MSU Capacity = 47% Average CPU Capacity = 32%
Command Completed.
3-402 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0330 - System SCCP TPS Threshold exceeded
Description
This message indicates the Eagle has exceeded its TPS (Transactions Per Second)
message transport rate threshold. For every 30 seconds the Eagle is above the
threshold, an ATH (Application Trouble Handler) reports the minimum,
maximum and average TPS value seen during the past 30-second period.
Example
** 0100.0330 ** SYSTEM System SCCP TPS Threshold exceeded
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. Use rept-stat-sccp to determine the status of the SCCP subsystem. This

command also identifies which SCCP cards are OOS-MT. For example, enter:
rept-stat-sccp

SCCP SUBSYSTEM REPORT IS-NR Ovflw-1 -----
SCCP Cards Configured= 4 Cards IS-NR= 4
System TCP Alarm Threshold = 80% Total capacity
System Peak SCCP Load = 3000 TPS
System Total SCCP Capacity = 5000 TPS

-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Command Completed.
Use the command rept-stat-sccp:mode=perf to retrieve the maximum and

average values, if desired.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-403

DRAFT
2. The user may clear this alarm by raising the threshold limit to a value greater
than the maximum value. In this case, the alarm stops immediately.
You should use the rtrv-th-sccp command to list the threshold rate, and you
may use the chg-th-sccp command to change the threshold value.
3. The user should evaluate this new traffic level and determine whether
additional SCCP cards are required to maintain the TPS level the system is
processing.
4. Use the rept-stat-card command to display the card status and maintenance
activity states. Examine the report for any cards that may be OOS-MT.
5. Use the init-card command to initialize any cards(s) that are OOS-MT. This
causes the card(s) to reload the MTP data as well as GTT data tables.
6. Again using the rept-stat-sccp command, verify the card(s) have returned to
service. If any card(s) have failed to return to IS-NR, reseat the card(s).

3-404 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0331 - SCCP is not available
Description
The SCCP subsystem is not available to any LIM(s). All ASM-SCCP cards have
failed.
Example
*C 0100.0331 *C SCCP SYSTEM SCCP is not available
Alarm Level
Critical
Procedure
1. Use rept-stat-sccp command to determine the status of the SCCP subsystem.

This command also identifies which ASM cards are OOS-MT. For example,
enter:
rept-stat-sccp
---------------------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Command Completed
2. Reinitialize any card(s) not in an IS-NR state using the init-card command.
3. After the card(s) have been reloaded, use the rept-stat-sccp command to verify
the SCCP subsystem has returned to full capacity.
4. If any card(s) fail to return to IS-NR, reseat the card(s).
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-405

DRAFT
0332 - DPC Subsystem is prohibited and blocked
Description
A subsystem is both prohibited and blocked as reported by the network.
Example
*C 0014.0332 *C DPC 144-201-001 DPC Subsystem is prohibited and blocked
LSN=nc00027
Allowed SS 3, 6
Blocked SS 100, 103
Legend
Alarm Level
Critical
Procedure
1. Contact the far-end to test and correct the problem.
3-406 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0333 - DPC Subsystem is Normal
Description
The DPC subsystem indicated in the output message is now allowed.
Example
0014.0333 DPC 144-201-001 DPC Subsystem is Normal
LSN=nc00027
Allowed SS 3, 6
Blocked SS 100, 103
Legend
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-407

DRAFT
0334 - DPC Subsystem is Abnormal
Description
The indicated DPC subsystem is not reachable through the normal route.
Example
*C 0014.0334 *C DPC 144-201-001 DPC Subsystem is Abnormal
LSN=nc00027
Allowed SS 3, 6
Blocked SS 100, 103
Legend
Alarm Level
Critical
Procedure
3-408 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0335 - SCCP is removed
Description
All SCCP cards have been deleted from the database; SCCP services are not
available to the system. This message is the result of a deliberate action.
Removing all ASM-SCCP cards from the database may have been an action from
another maintenance procedure. If you wish to restore SCCP services to the
system, perform the following procedure. For more information about adding a
card to the system, refer to the Database Administration Manual - SS7.
Example
0100.0335 SCCP SYSTEM SCCP is removed
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Use the ent-card command to reenter the ASM-SCCP cards into the system
database.
2. Use the rst-card command to return the card(s) to service. This causes the
MASP to begin downloading global title translation (GTT) tables to the
ASM-SCCP.
3. Use the rept-stat-sccp command to verify that the card(s) have been restored,
after the MASP has completed loading.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-409

DRAFT
0336 - LIM(s) have been denied SCCP service
Description
Some LIM(s) are using the SCCP subsystem, but others have been denied service.
This is due to underprovisioning, and will require more cards to be added.
Example
** 0100.0336 ** SCCP SYSTEM LIM(s) have been denied SCCP service
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. Use rept-stat-sccp command to determine which LIMs have been denied SCCP
service.
For example, enter:
rept-stat-sccp
---------------------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Command Completed
2. Add ASM-SCCP cards one at a time. Monitor the performance of the SCCP
subsystem with the rept-stat-sccp command to determine whether additional
cards are needed.
3-410 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0337 - DPC - SS status changed
Description
This output is related to other DPC alarm messages. It indicates that one or more
subsystems with an existing alarm condition has had a change in status. The
message indicates the new status of the subsystem. A previous alarm condition
has not cleared.
Example
0100.0337 DPC 001-001-001 DPC-SS status changed
LSN=A1234567
Prohibited SS 5, 20
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Follow the troubleshooting procedure for the previous alarm.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-411

DRAFT
0338 - X-LIST space full-entry(s) discarded
Description
This message indicates that the total number of dynamic status exception list
(x-list) entries for cluster routing has exceeded the maximum number configured.
No more entries can be added to the list. This can occur because the maximum
number of x-list entries is set too low, the timer that eliminates x-list entries after a
specified period is set too long, or the x-list needs to be culled.
Example
** 0100.0338 ** XLIST X-LIST space full-entry(s) discarded
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. To display the system-wide parameters for cluster routing, enter the

rtrv-stpopts command. Following is an example of the output:
RLGHNCXA03W 00-07-23 16:02:34 EST EAGLE. 31.3.0 STP OPTIONS
-------------------------
MTPT31CTL 1
MTPLT1 yes
MTPLTCTDPCQ 3
MTPLTST 10000
MTPXLQ 500
MTPXLET 0100
MTPXLOT 90%
MTPDPCQ 2000
TFATFRPR 1000
MTPRSI yes
MTPRSIT 5000
The mtpxlq parameter is the total number of dynamic status exception list (x-list)
entries the Eagle STP maintains. There are 2500 total table entries. The default
values allow for 2000 entries for provisioned destinations and 500 for x-list
entries. (If you increase the number of x-list entries, you must decrease the
number of DPCs that can be provisioned by changing the mtpdpcq parameter.)
The mtpxlet parameter is the maximum amount of time the Eagle STP maintains
an unreferenced x-list entry.
3-412 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
2. Use the chg-stpopts to change the number of x-list entries or the x-list
expiration timer.
3. If the problem persists, use the dact-rstst command to eliminate specific x-list
entries.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-413

DRAFT
0339 - X-LIST space full condition abated
Description
This message indicates the total number of dynamic status exception list (x-list)
entries no longer exceeds the maximum allowed.
Example
0100.0339 XLIST X-LIST space full condition abated
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
3-414 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0340 - RCVRY-MTPLP-RST: Circ rte status cleared
Description
ANSI signaling link. This message indicates that the circular routing has been
cleared.
Example
0100.0340 DPC 001-001-001 RCVRY-MTPLP-RST: Circ rte status cleared
XMIT LSN=A1234567
RCV LSN=ls14
MEMBER=011-210-007
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-415

DRAFT
0341 - OAP Unavailable
Description
the OAP or the OAP has an internal failure.
Example
** 0100.0341 ** OAP B OAP Unavailable
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. Enter the following command to determine the status of the OAP(s):

rept-stat-seas

GPL PST SST AST
---------------------------------------------------------------------
SEAS SYSTEM IS-ANR Restricted -----
OAP A 220-001-000 IS-NR Active -----
OAP B ----------- OOS-MT Isolated -----
X25 Link A1 IS-NR Active -----
X25 Link B1 OS-MT Fault -----
SEAS SYSTEM ALARM STATUS = ** 0362 LSMS is at min service limit

OAP B ALARM STATUS = ** 0341 OAP unavailable
X25 ALARM STATUS = No Alarms.
X25 ALARM STATUS = ** 0358 LSMS Q.3 association unavailable
X25 A1 PVCs IS-NR = 1,2,3

X25 A1 PVCs OOS-MT = ---
X25 B1 PVCs IS-NR = ---

X25 B1 PVCs OOS-MT = 1,2,3
Command Completed.
3-416 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
NOTE: If the OAP has an internal failure, yet it can still communicate
with the system, the state for the OAP appears in the output as
OOS-MT/Fault instead of OOS-MT/Isolated. For instance, if the OAP has a
hard disk failure the state would appear as OOS-MT/Fault. If the hard disk
is full, it will not communicate.
2. If the OAP has a hard disk failure or the hard disk is full, contact Tekelec
3. If the OAP(s) are out-of-service, check the physical connections. See the
Installation Manual for more information about these system components.
4. Check for any fuse alarms on the Fuse and Alarm Panel in the OAP frame.
There are two 7.5 amp fuses for each OAP. The fuses for OAP1 are marked
Fuse 1A and Fuse 1B. The fuses for OAP2 are marked Fuse 2A and
Fuse 2B. If there is a fuse alarm, replace the fuses for the OAP that is
unavailable. Also, make sure the two 10 amp breakers are not tripped.
5. Enter the following command to verify that the SEAS ports are functioning:
rept-stat-trm
TRM PST SST AST
Command Completed.
Use the output from Step 1 (TRM) to identify the OAP ports. Refer to the
Commands Manual to interpret the output.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-417

DRAFT
6. If a SEAS port is OOS-MT-DSBLD, enable the port with the following
command:
rst-trm:trm=x
where x is the OAP port number.
7. If the problem persists, verify that the OAP cables are connected to the correct
SEAS TDM port(s).
8. If the problem persists, verify that the OAP cables are connected to the correct
OAP serial ports.
9. Verify the RS-232 parameters are configured properly for the SEAS port by
entering the rtrv-trm command for the specified port. The port should be
configured to 19200 baud, even parity, one stop bit, and hardware flow
control.
10. If the problem still persists, reset the OAP by entering the init-oap command.
The OAP comes back in-service within five minutes and the system clears the
alarm.
11. If the problem is still not corrected, reseat the TDM card. If the OAP still does
not respond, replace the TDM card.
12. If the OAP is still not available, contact Tekelec Technical Services at the
appropriate number.
3-418 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0342 - SEAS UAL unavailable
Description
This message indicates the SEAS User Application Layer (UAL) process on the
OAP is not running. Layer 4 (UPL) is not available for the specified OAP.
Example
** 0100.0342 ** SEAS OAP B SEAS UAL unavailable
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. The UAL should recover automatically by restarting.
2. Enter the following command to verify the status of the OAP(s):

rept-stat-seas

GPL PST SST AST
---------------------------------------------------------------------
OAP A 220-001-000 IS-NR Active -----

OAP B ALARM STATUS = ** 0342 SEAS UAL unavailable


Command Completed.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-419

DRAFT
3. If the UAL does not recover, contact the SEAC to test from their equipment to
the local synchronous modem. Make sure the X.25 link is activated at their
end and the link tests within specifications. If possible, have the SEAC or
PDN swap X.25 cards at their end with a known good card.

number.
3-420 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0343 - SEAS X.25 Link unavailable
Description
This message indicates the X.25 link to the specified OAP is down. Layer 2 is not
available for the indicated SEAS X.25 link.
Example
** 0100.0343 ** X25 Link A1 SEAS X.25 Link unavailable
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. Enter the following command to determine the status of the SEAS subsystem:
rept-stat-seas

GPL PST SST AST
---------------------------------------------------------------------
OAP A 220-001-000 IS-NR Active -----

X25 ALARM STATUS = ** 0343 SEAS X.25 Link unavailable


Command Completed.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-421

DRAFT
2. Check the connections from the synchronous modem (in the OAP frame) to
the OAP. See the Installation Manual for more information about these system
components. If the connections are firmly seated, test and if necessary, replace
the modem.
3. Determine the status of the X.25 link by entering the following command:
rept-stat-seas
where x is the appropriate TRM number from Step 1.

SEAS COMPONENT PST SST AST
-----------------------------------------------------------
SEAS Interface IS_ANR Restricted ------
TRM = 2 IS-NR Active ------
OAP = A IS-NR Active ------
X25 port = A1 IS-NR Active ALMINH
PVCs IS-NR = 1, 3
PVCs OOS-MT = 2
OAP GPL = 022-003-000
ALARM STATUS = * 0344 PVC unavailable.
Command Completed.
4. If the problem persists, contact the SEAC to test from their equipment to the
local synchronous modem. Make sure the X.25 link is activated at their end
and the link tests within specifications. If possible, have the SEAC or PDN
swap X.25 cards at their end with a known good card.
5. If the problem still persists, reset the OAP by entering the init-oap command.
The OAP comes back in-service within three minutes and the system clears
the alarm.
6. Determine the status of the X.25 link by entering the following command:
rept-stat-seas
where x is the appropriate TRM number from Step 1.
7. If the X.25 link is still unavailable, contact Tekelec Technical Services at the
appropriate number.
3-422 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0344 - SEAS PVC unavailable
Description
This message indicates that the permanent virtual circuit (PVC) connected to the
OAP is not available.
Example
* 0100.0344 * SEAS X25 Link A1 SEAS PVC unavailable
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure
1. Enter the following command to determine the status of the SEAS subsystem:
rept-stat-seas

GPL PST SST AST
---------------------------------------------------------------------
OAP A 220-001-000 IS-NR Active -----

X25 ALARM STATUS = * 0344 SEAS PVC unavailable


Command Completed.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-423

DRAFT
2. Determine the status of the OAP and PVC by entering the following
command:
rept-stat-seas

SEAS COMPONENT PST SST AST
-----------------------------------------------------------
SEAS Interface IS_ANR Restricted ------
TRM = 2 IS-NR Active ------
OAP = A IS-NR Active ------
X25 port = A1 IS-NR Active ALMINH
PVCs IS-NR = 1, 3
PVCs OOS-MT = 2
OAP GPL = 022-003-000
ALARM STATUS = * 0344 PVC unavailable.
Command Completed.
3. If there are any PVCs, the X.25 link physical layer is good.
local synchronous modem.
5. If the PVC is still not available, contact Tekelec Technical Services at the
appropriate number.
3-424 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0345 - All SEAS UAL sessions unavailable
Description
This message indicates the X.25 User Application Layer (UAL) is not available. If
all PVCs for the indicated X.25 link have failed, UAL is no longer available, or all
UAL sessions are unavailable.
Example
** 0100.0345 ** SEAS X25 Link B1 All SEAS UAL sessions unavailable
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure

rept-stat-seas

GPL PST SST AST
---------------------------------------------------------------------
OAP A 220-001-000 IS-NR Active -----

X25 ALARM STATUS = ** 0345 All SEAS UAL sessions unavailable


Command Completed.
2. Contact the SEAC to verify the X.25 PVCs are correctly configured and
activated. The SEAC should also deactivate and activate the X.25 link.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-425

DRAFT
3. If the problem persists, reset the OAP by entering the init-oap command. The
OAP comes back in-service within three minutes and the system clears the
alarm.
5. If the X.25 UAL is still not available, contact Tekelec Technical Services at the
appropriate number.
3-426 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0346 - SEAS UAL session unavailable
Description
This message indicates that the SEAS X.25 link UAL session on one PVC is not
available.
Example
* 0100.0346 * SEAS X25 Link B1 SEAS UAL session unavailable
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure

rept-stat-seas

GPL PST SST AST
---------------------------------------------------------------------
OAP A 220-001-000 IS-NR Active -----

X25 ALARM STATUS = * 0346 SEAS UAL session unavailable


Command Completed.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-427

DRAFT
3. If the problem still persists, contact Tekelec Technical Services at the

appropriate number.
3-428 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0347 - SEAS X.25 Link is available
Description
This message indicates that a previous problem with the X.25 link has been
corrected.
Example
0100.0347 SEAS X.25 Link B1 SEAS X.25 Link is available
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-429

DRAFT
0348 - SEAS is at min service limit
Description
This message indicates that some part of the SEAS subsystem has failed. When
there are two OAPs, this could mean that one OAP has failed, or some part of the
path to the SEAC for that OAP has failed. When there is only one OAP with two
X.25 links to the SEAC and two connections to the TDM serial ports, either one of
the X.25 links has failed, or one of the serial port connections to the TDM has
failed. One more failure in either case will cause the SEAS subsystem to fail.
Example
** 0100.0348 ** SEAS SYSTEM SEAS is at min service limit
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. Determine the status of the OAP(s) by entering the following command:

rept-stat-seas

GPL PST SST AST
---------------------------------------------------------------------
OAP A 220-001-000 IS-NR Active -----
SEAS SYSTEM ALARM STATUS = ** 0348 SEAS is at min service limit



3-430 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
2. If 0341 OAP unavailable is output, follow the appropriate procedure.
Reference: 0341 - OAP Unavailable
3. If 0343 SEAS X. 25 Link unavailable is output, follow the appropriate

procedure.
Reference: 0343 - SEAS X.25 Link unavailable
4. If 0354 OAP TDM Port unavailable is output, follow the appropriate

procedure.
Reference: 0354 - One OAP terminal unavailable
5. If the OAP(s) are out-of-service check the physical connections. See the
Installation Manual for more information about these system components. If
the connections are firmly seated, test and if necessary, replace the modem.
7. Ensure that the other serial port devices are functioning by entering the
following command:
rept-stat-trm
TRM PST SST AST
Command Completed.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-431

DRAFT
rst-trm:trm=x
9. Enter the following command to inhibit the unavailable OAP terminal

displayed in the output from Step 1:
inh-trm:trm=x
inhibited.
10. If the problem persists, enter the following command to reset the OAP:
init-oap:oap=x
where x is the OAP to be initialized.
Verify that the OAP comes back in-service within five minutes and the system
clears the alarm.
If this clears the alarm, continue with Step 14.
11. Enter the following command for the inhibited OAP terminal:
13. Enter the following command for each OAP terminal inhibited:
state:
alw-trm:trm=x
3-432 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
16. If the problem is still not corrected, contact Tekelec Technical Services at the
appropriate number.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-433

DRAFT
0349 - SEAS unavailable
Description
the SEAS subsystem.
Example
*C 0100.0349 *C SEAS SYSTEM SEAS unavailable
Alarm Level
Critical
Procedure

rept-stat-seas

GPL PST SST AST
---------------------------------------------------------------------
OAP A 220-001-000 IS-NR Active -----
SEAS SYSTEM ALARM STATUS = *C 0349 SEAS unavailable



Command Completed.
3-434 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
2. If the OAP(s) are out-of-service, check the physical connections. See the
Installation Manual for more information about these system components. If
the connections are firmly seated, test and if necessary, replace the modem.

4. If 0342 SEAS UAL unavailable is output, follow the appropriate

procedure.
Reference: 0342 - SEAS UAL unavailable
5. If 0343 SEAS X. 25 Link unavailable is output, follow the appropriate

procedure.
Reference: 0343 - SEAS X.25 Link unavailable
6. If 0345 All SEAS UAL sessions unavailable is output, follow the

appropriate procedure.
Reference: 0345 - All SEAS UAL sessions unavailable
7. If 0350 OAP terminals inhibited is output, follow the appropriate

procedure.
Reference: 0350 - OAP terminals inhibited
9. Enter the following command to verify the status of the other serial port
devices:
rept-stat-trm
TRM PST SST AST
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-435

DRAFT
Command Completed.

rst-trm:trm=x
where x is the serial port number.
inh-trm:trm=x
inhibited.
init-oap:oap=x
clears the alarm.
3-436 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
state:
alw-trm:trm=x
local X.25 equipment.
18. If the OAP is still not available, contact Tekelec Technical Services at the
appropriate number.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-437

DRAFT
0350 - OAP terminals inhibited
Description
This message indicates that the OAP terminals are inhibited.
Example
*C 0100.0350 *C SEAS SYSTEM OAP terminals inhibited
Alarm Level
Critical
Procedure
1. Enter the following command to determine which ports are inhibited:

rept-stat-seas

GPL PST SST AST
---------------------------------------------------------------------
OAP A 220-001-000 IS-NR Active -----
SEAS SYSTEM ALARM STATUS = *C 0350 OAP terminals inhibited



Command Completed.
3-438 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
2. Enter the following command to verify that the other serial port devices are
functioning:
rept-stat-trm
TRM PST SST AST
3 IS-NR Active ALMINH
5 OOS-MT-DSBLD Manual -----
11 IS-NR Active ALMINH
Command Completed
3. If only the SEAS port(s) are not functioning, enable the SEAS port(s) with the
following command:
rst-trm:trm=x

inh-trm:trm=x
inhibited.

910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-439

DRAFT
6. If the problem is still not corrected, reseat the TDM card. If the problem
persists, replace the TDM card.

state:
alw-trm:trm=x
3-440 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0351 - SEAS is available
Description
This message indicates that a problem with SEAS system has been corrected.
Example
0100.0351 SEAS SYSTEM SEAS is available
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-441

DRAFT
0352 - SEAS is removed
Description
This message indicates that the SEAS feature has been manually removed by
removing both SEAS TDM ports.
Example
0100.0352 SEAS SYSTEM SEAS is removed
Alarm Level
Procedure
3-442 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0353 - OAP is available
Description
This indicates a previous problem with the OAP has been corrected.
Example
0100.0353 OAP A OAP is available
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-443

DRAFT
0354 - One OAP terminal unavailable
Description
This message indicates that the OAP terminal specified in the output message is
not available.
Example
** 0100.0354 ** OAP B One OAP terminal unavailable
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. Enter the following command to determine which port is unavailable:

rept-stat-seas

GPL PST SST AST
---------------------------------------------------------------------
OAP A 220-001-000 IS-NR Active -----

OAP B ALARM STATUS = ** 0354 One OAP terminal unavailable


Command Completed.
3-444 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
2. Enter the following command to verify that the other ports are functioning:
rept-stat-trm
TRM PST SST AST
Command Completed.

rst-trm:trm=x
4. Check the physical connections between the OAP and the system. Make sure

inh-trm:trm=x
inhibited.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-445

DRAFT
init-oap:oap=x
clears the alarm.


state:
alw-trm:trm=x
11. If the problem is still not corrected, contact Tekelec Technical Services at the
appropriate number.
3-446 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0355 - LSMS is available
Description
All communication paths are complete to the LSMS.
Example
0014.0355 LSMS SYSTEM LSMS is available
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. This message indicates a previous fault is corrected. No further action is

necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-447

DRAFT
0356 - LSMS is unavailable
Description
There are no communication paths available to the LSMS. This condition is

reached when all OAP terminals are manually inhibited or all LSMS associations
are down.
Example
*C 0014.0356 *C LSMS SYSTEM LSMS is unavailable
Alarm Level
Critical
Procedure
1. Enter the following command to verify the status of the terminals:

rept-stat-trm
TRM PST SST AST
Command Completed.
3-448 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
alw-trm:trm=x
3. Check the physical connections between the OAP and the LSMS. Make sure
4. Check the physical connections between the OAP and the system. Make sure
5. Enter the following command to verify the status of the LSMS:

rept-stat-lsms
RLGHNCXA03W 00-04-17 14:59:11 EST Release 31.3.0

GPL PST SST AST
---------------------------------------------------------------------
LSMS SYSTEM IS-ANR Restricted -----
OAP A 220-001-000 OOS-MT Isolated -----
Q.3 Assoc B1 OS-MT Fault -----
LSMS SYSTEM ALARM STATUS = *C 0356 LSMS is unavailable

Q.3 Assoc B1 ALARM STATUS = ** 0358 LSMS Q.3 association unavailable
Command Completed.
6. If the problem still persists, reset the OAP by entering the following
command.
init-oap:oap=x
where x is a,b, or both. See the Commands Manual for the correct usage.
This procedure is complete if the OAP comes back in-service within five
minutes and the system clears the alarm.

rept-stat-lsms
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-449

DRAFT
inh-trm:trm=x
inhibited.

state:
alw-trm:trm=x
rept-stat-lsms
14. If the LSMS is still not available, contact Tekelec Technical Services at the
appropriate number.
3-450 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0357 - All OAP terminals are removed
Description
The OAP terminals have been modified to another type using the chg-trm
command.
Example
0014.0357 LSMS SYSTEM All OAP terminals are removed
Alarm Level
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-451

DRAFT
0358 - LSMS Q.3 association unavailable
Description
An LSMS Q.3 association is not available.
Example
** 0014.0358 ** LSMS Q.3 Assoc. A1 LSMS Q.3 association unavailable
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. Check the physical connections between the OAP and the LSMS. Make sure

rept-stat-lsms

GPL PST SST AST
---------------------------------------------------------------------
LSMS SYSTEM ALARM STATUS = ** 0362 LSMS is at min service limit

Command Completed.
3-452 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
3. If the problem still persists, reset the OAP by entering the following
command.
init-oap:oap=x
where x is a,b or both. See the Commands Manual for the correct usage.
This procedure is complete if the OAP comes back in-service within three

rept-stat-lsms

inh-trm:trm=x
inhibited.


state:
alw-trm:trm=x
rept-stat-lsms
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-453

DRAFT
11. If the LSMS Q.3 association is still not available, contact Tekelec Technical
3-454 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0359 - LSMS Q.3 association available
Description
A LSMS Q.3 association is available.
Example
0014.0359 LSMS Q.3 Assoc. A1 LSMS Q.3 association available
Alarm Level
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-455

DRAFT
0360 - EMS Agent unavailable
Description
An EMS agent is not available.
Example
** 0100.0360 ** OAP B EMS Agent unavailable
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. Reset the OAP by entering the following command.

init-oap:oap=x
where x is a,b, or both. Refer to the Commands Manual for the correct usage.
This procedure is complete if the OAP comes back in-service within five
2. Enter the following command to determine the reason for the failure:
rept-stat-lsms
GPL PST SST AST
---------------------------------------------------------------------

OAP B ALARM STATUS = ** 0360 EMS Agent unavailable
Command Completed.
3-456 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
displayed in the output from step 2:
inh-trm:trm=x
inhibited.


state:
alw-trm:trm=x
8. If the EMS agent is still not available, contact Tekelec Technical Services at the
appropriate number.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-457

DRAFT
0361 - EMS Agent available
Description
An EMS agent is available.
Example
0014.0361 OAP A EMS Agent available
Alarm Level
Procedure
3-458 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0362 - LSMS is at min. service limit
Description
Only one communication path is available to the LSMS.
Example
** 0014.0362 ** LSMS SYSTEM LSMS is at min. service limit
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. Enter the following command to determine the reason for the failure:
rept-stat-lsms
GPL PST SST AST
---------------------------------------------------------------------

Command Completed.

3. If 0358 LSMS Q.3 association unavailable is output, follow the

appropriate procedure.
Reference: 0358 - LSMS Q.3 association unavailable
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-459

DRAFT
4. If 0354 OAP TDM Port unavailable is output, follow the appropriate
procedure.
Reference: 0354 - One OAP terminal unavailable
5. If the problem is not solved, contact Tekelec Technical Services at the

appropriate number.
3-460 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0363 - OAP filesystem full
Description
One of the OAP file systems has exceeded a 95% threshold.
Example
* 0014.0363 * OAP A OAP filesystem full.
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure

910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-461

DRAFT
0364 - Configuration data checksum mismatch
Description
This indicates the OAP configuration data does not match the OAP configuration
data stored in the system database. There is a mismatch between the system and
OAP databases.
Example
* 0014.0364 * OAP A Configuration data checksum mismatch
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure
1. Enter the following command to retrieve the OAP configuration data stored
in the system:
rtrv-oap-config
The output of the rtrv-oap-config command displays different fields depending
on whether the SEAS feature is on, the LNP feature is on, or both features are
on. The following output example shows both the SEAS and LNP features on.
rtrv-oap-config

OAP CONFIGURATION REPORT
DATA OAP A OAP B

Hostname tekelec-8 tekelec-9
IP Address 128.132.064.015 128.132.064.016
IP Netmask <Not Configured> <Not Configured>
Default Router <Not Configured> <Not Configured>
Config dual dual
SEAC CLLI SEASNJPYRRC SEASNJPYRRC
X25 Packet Size 7 7
X25 Mode DTE DTE
Active LSMS shadow shadow
Main LSMS NSAP 198.089.039.022 198.089.039.022
Main LSMS SSEL emss emss
Main LSMS PSEL emsp emsp
Shadow LSMS NSAP 198.089.039.023 198.089.039.023
Shadow LSMS SSEL emss emss
Shadow LSMS PSEL emsp emsp
;
3-462 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
2. Review the retrieved information, looking for errors or unprovisioned
parameters. Table 3-15 lists OAP configuration parameters from the above
output that must be provisioned if a given feature is on.
Table 3-15. OAP Configuration Parameters

Output Legend Feature
Hostname Host name of OAP A or OAP B LNP or SEAS
IP Address IP address of OAP A or OAP B LNP
IP Netmask The netmask for OAP A or OAP B Not required
The IP address of the default router assigned to OAP A or
Default Router OAP B Not required
Config The number of OAPs configured (single or dual) LNP or SEAS

The common language location identifier (CLLI) of the
SEAC CLLI SEAS
SEAC to which the OAP connects.
X25 Packet Size The X.25 package size for the link to the SEAC (7 or 8) SEAS
X25 Mode The mode of the X.25 link to the SEAC (DTE or DTC) SEAS
Active LSMS The LSMS associated with the OAP (main or shadow) LNP
The network service access point of the main LSMS (If
Main LSMS NSAP LNP
lsms=shadow, this parameter set is not mandatory.)
Main LSMS SSEL The session selector of the main LSMS (If lsms=shadow, this LNP
parameter set is not mandatory.)
The presentation selector of the main LSMS (If
Main LSMS PSEL lsms=shadow, this parameter set is not mandatory.) LNP
The network service access point of the shadow LSMS (If

Shadow LSMS NSAP LNP
lsms=main, this parameter set is not mandatory.)
Shadow LSMS SSEL The session selector of the shadow LSMS (If lsms=main, this LNP
parameter set is not mandatory.)
The presentation selector of the shadow LSMS (If
Shadow LSMS PSEL lsms=main, this parameter set is not mandatory.) LNP
NOTE: If you find no errors or provision omissions, go to Step 4. If you

find errors or provision omissions, contact your IS department to obtain the
correct values and call Tekelec Technical Services at the appropriate
number.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-463

DRAFT
3. Enter the following command to update the OAP database:

act-oap-config
4. If the fault does not clear, call Tekelec Technical Services at the appropriate
number.
3-464 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0365 - Configuration data checksum alarm cleared
Description
This indicates that the system databases once out of sync are now back in sync.
Example
0014.0365 OAP A Configuration data checksum alarm cleared
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-465

DRAFT
0366 - Temp Key(s) expiration alarm cleared
Description
This message indicates that there are no temporary keys currently in the expired
state, and the alarm condition, specified by message 0368 - Temp Key(s) have
expired, has been cleared.
Example
RLGHNCXA21W 00-02-07 11:02:30 EST EAGLE 5.0.0-32.0.0
0100.0366 SYSTEM Temp Key(s) expiration alarm cleared
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
NOTE: Further access to this controlled feature requires the purchase of a
permanent key.
3-466 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0367 - Temp Key(s) expiring soon
Description
This alarm indicates that one or more temporary keys used to enable a controlled
feature will expire within the next seven days.
Example
** 0100.0367 SYSTEM Temp Key(s) expiring soon
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. Enter the following command to retrieve information about controlled

features:
rtrv-ctrl-feat:enable=temp
The output of the rtrv-ctrl-feat:enable=temp command displays information
about the number of days left for temporarily enabled features.
The following features have been temporarily enabled:
Feature Name Partnum Status Quantity Trial Period Left
TPS 893000140 on 4000 6 days 5 hrs 3 mins
2. If you do nothing within the remaining trial period, the critical alarm, 0368 -
Temp Key(s) have expired will display when the trial period expires.
3. If you wish to acquire this feature permanently, you can purchase it from
Tekelec. The alarm will be cleared when the purchased feature is enabled
using the enable-ctrl-feat command.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-467

DRAFT
0368 - Temp Key(s) have expired
Description
This alarm indicates that one or more temporary keys used to enable a controlled
feature have expired.
Example
*C 0100.0368 SYSTEM Temp Key(s) have expired
Alarm Level
Critical
Procedure
1. Enter the following command to retrieve information about controlled

features:
rtrv-ctrl-feat:expired=yes
The output of the rtrv-ctrl-feat:expired=yes command displays information
about expired temporarily enabled features.
The following features have expired temporary keys:
Feature Name Part Num
TPS 8930000140
2. You can enter the chg-ctrl-feat:partnum=893xxxxxx:alarm=clear command to

clear this alarm.
3. If you wish to acquire this feature permanently, you can purchase it from
Tekelec and enable it using the enable-ctrl-feat command. The alarm will clear
when the purchased feature is installed with a permanent key.
3-468 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0370 - Critical Platform Failure(s)
Description
This message indicates the application running in the MPS server has detected a
critical platform failure. The Alarm Data in the message contains a 16-character
hexadecimal string in the format of h1xxxxxxxxxxxxxxx. This alarm will be reset
when UAM #250, MPS Available is issued.
Example

*C 0259.0370 *C MPS B Critical Platform Failure(s)
ALARM DATA = h1000000000000008
Alarm Level
Critical
Procedure
1. To decode the ALARM DATA included in this alarm, write down the Alarm
Data string.
2. To decode the alarm, refer to the MPS Platform and Application Alarms
discussion in this manual for the MPS platform with the Netra servers or to
the MPS alarm decode discussion in the MPS Platform Software and
Maintenance Manual for the MPS with the TekServer platforms.
3. For the correct procedure to solve the problem, refer to the MPS Alarm
Recovery Procedures discussion in this manual for the MPS platform with the
Netra servers or in the MPS Platform Software and Maintenance Manual for the
MPS with TekServer platforms.
4. This alarm will be reset when the problem is resolved and you receive UIM
#250 MPS Available.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-469

DRAFT
0371 - Critical Application Failure(s)
Description
critical application failure. The Alarm Data in the message contains a 16-character
Example

*C 0259.0371 *C MPS B Critical Application Failure(s)
ALARM DATA = h2000000000000001
Alarm Level
Critical
Procedure
Data string.
#250 MPS Available.
3-470 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0372 - Major Platform Failure(s)
Description
major platform failure. The Alarm Data in the message contains a 16-character
Example

** 0259.0372 ** MPS B Major Platform Failure(s)
ALARM DATA = h3000000000000002
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
Data string.
#250 MPS Available.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-471

DRAFT
0373 - Major Application Failure(s)
Description
major application failure. The Alarm Data in the message contains a 16-character
Example

** 0259.0373 ** MPS B Major Application Failure(s)
ALARM DATA = h4000000000000008
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
Data string.
#250 MPS Available.
3-472 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0374 - Minor Platform Failure(s)
Description
minor platform failure. The Alarm Data in the message contains a 16-character
Example

* 0259.0374 * MPS B Minor Platform Failure(s)
ALARM DATA = h5000000000000004
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure
Data string.
#250 MPS Available.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-473

DRAFT
0375 - Minor Application Failure(s)
Description
minor application failure. The Alarm Data in the message contains a 16-character
Example

* 0259.0375 * MPS B Minor Application Failure(s)
ALARM DATA = h6000000000000001
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure
Data string.
#250 MPS Available.
3-474 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0388 - Illegal Address Error has Cleared
Description
This message indicates the clearing of a prior illegal address error. Previously, the
HMUX-assigned shelf ID address received from OAM did not match the value
read from the Assigned Shelf Address Register, resulting in major alarm UAM
#0390. This message shows the previous alarm has cleared.
Example
0012.0388 CARD 1109 HMUX Illegal Address Error has Cleared
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. This message indicates a previous fault, which was indicated by UAM #0390,
has been corrected. No further action is necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-475

DRAFT
0389 - HMUX responding normally
Description
This message indicates the clearing of a prior HMUX not responding error.
Previously, an HMUX (with HMUX cards provisioned on a provisioned shelf)
was not responding to polls from the OAM, resulting in major alarm UAM #0391.
This message shows the previous alarm has cleared.
Example
0012.0389 CARD 1109 HMUX HMUX responding normally
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. This message indicates a previous fault, which was indicated by UAM #0391,
has been corrected. No further action is necessary.
3-476 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0390 - Illegal Address Error
Description
This message indicates an HMUX (High Speed Multiplexer) illegal address error.
The ATH (Application Trouble Handler) displays this alarm when an
HMUX-assigned shelf ID address, which was received from OAM and written to
the Assigned Shelf Address Register, did not match the value read from the
Assigned Shelf Address Register. Furthermore, the error was not corrected after
an automatic attempt to correct the address discrepancy.
Example
** 0012.0390 ** CARD 1109 HMUX Illegal Address Error
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. Reset the HMUX card in question by entering the command:

init-mux:loc=xy09 (or loc=xy10)
This command resets the card, but it does not take down the IMT bus on
which the card resides; operation of the bus is unaffected by this command.
2. If the problem persists, then you should reseat the HMUX card in question.
Remember that this action will take down the IMT bus of the HMUX card.
3. If the problem remains, the card must be replaced. Contact Tekelec Technical
Support.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-477

DRAFT
0391 - HMUX not responding Error
Description
This message indicates an HMUX (High Speed Multiplexer) not responding error.
The ATH (Application Trouble Handler) displays this major alarm when an
HMUX in a provisioned shelf card does not respond to polls from the OAM, if
HMUX cards are currently provisioned.
Example
** 0012.0391 ** CARD 1109 HMUX HMUX not responding Error
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. Reset the HMUX card in question by entering the command:

init-mux:loc=xy09 (or loc=xy10)
This command resets the card, but it does not take down the IMT bus on
which the card resides; operation of the bus is unaffected by this command.
2. If the problem persists, then you should reseat the HMUX card in question.
Remember that this action will take down the IMT bus of the HMUX card.
3. If the problem remains, the card must be replaced. Contact Tekelec Technical
Support.
3-478 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0392 - OA&M IP Security feature is OFF
Description
The Eagle OA&M IP Security Enhancements Feature is not turned on. One of the
following occurred: and OAM init, or OAM role change, or the chg-ctrl-feat
command turned the feature off.
With this feature not operating, you do not have the tools to securely pass data
across an otherwise non-secure network. Until the Eagle OA&M IP Security
Enhancements Feature is restored, the Eagle cannot provide secure connections
from approved clients, and does not protect sensitive passwords and information
while in transit between the Eagle and a host.
Example
** 0047.0392 ** SECURITY SYSTEM OA&M IP Security feature status is OFF
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. To restore the OA&M IP Security Enhancements feature, you turn it on

permanently. To turn the feature on, use the enable-ctrl-feat command.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-479

DRAFT
0393 - OA&M IP Security feature is ON
Description
The Eagle OA&M IP Security Enhancements Feature is turned on. This UAM is
an informational message that confirms that the feature is restored to operational
status.
With this feature operating, you have the tools to securely pass data across an
otherwise non-secure network. With the Eagle OA&M IP Security Enhancements
Feature operational, the Eagle can provide secure connections from approved
clients, and protects sensitive passwords and information while in transit
between the Eagle and a host.
Example
0047.0393 SECURITY SYSTEM OA&M IP Security feature status is ON
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. This message indicates that the feature previously was OFF and now has been
turned ON. No further action is necessary.
3-480 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0394 - Local Subsystem is available
Description
This message indicates that a problem with the INP subsystem has been
corrected.
Example
0056.0394 INP SYSTEM Local Subsystem is available
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-481

DRAFT
0395 - Local Subsystem is not available
Description
The INP subsystem is not available. There are no IS-NR VSCCP cards associated
with this INP subsystem. The INP subsystem was not taken off-line via
command.
Example
*C 0056.0395 *C INP SYSTEM Local Subsystem is not available
Alarm Level
Critical
Procedure
1. Enter the following command to verify the status and location of the
subsystem cards.
rept-stat-mps
2. Enter the following command to move the VSCCP cards to an ACTIVE status
if loading is successful:
rst-card:loc=xxxx
xxxx is the location of the OOS-MT-DSBLD VSCCP card(s) identified in step 1.
subsystem cards.
rept-stat-mps
4. Verify the VSCCP card(s) reset in step 2 are IS-NR. If not, reseat the card(s).

3-482 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0396 - Local Subsystem is disabled
Description
The INP subsystem has been manually disabled using the inh-map-ss command.
Example
*C 0056.0396 *C INP SYSTEM Local Subsystem is disabled
Alarm Level
Critical
Procedure
1. Enter the following command to verify the status and location of the INP
subsystem cards.
rept-stat-mps
2. Enter the following command to to reserve the subsystem number and to

change the state of the INP subsystem status to on-line:
ent-ss-appl:appl=inp:ssn=xx:stat=online
xx is primary subsystem number.
3. Enter the following command to change the state of the INP subsystem to
on-line:
alw-map-ss:ssn=xx
4. Enter the following command to verify the status of the INP subsystem.
rept-stat-mps
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-483

DRAFT
0397 - Local Subsystem is removed
Description
The INP subsystem is not fully equipped. There are no VSCCP cards configured
with this INP subsystem.
Example
0056.0397 INP SYSTEM Local Subsystem is removed
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Verify the VSCCP hardware. Configure the INP system with VSCCP cards.

3-484 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0398 - Local Subsystem normal,card(s) abnormal
Description
One or more of the VSCCP cards do not have an ACTIVE status.
Example
0056.0398 INP SYSTEM Local Subsystem normal,card(s) abnormal
Alarm Level
No alarm condition. The message is informational only
Procedure
subsystem cards.
rept-stat-mps
2. Enter the following command to move the VSCCP card to an ACTIVE status if
loading is successful:
rst-card:loc=xxxx
subsystem cards.
rept-stat-mps

910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-485

DRAFT
0399 - RCVRY-LKSTO:Alarm clrd by deleting SLK
Description
A signaling link (SLK) that was out of service and had an outstanding alarm has
been deleted from the database. The alarm is cleared.
Example
0014.0399 LSN a24546 RCVRY-LKSTO:Alarm clrd by deleting SLK
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
3-486 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0400 - Alarm cleared by deleting card
Description
A card that was out of service and had an outstanding alarm has been deleted
from the system database. The alarm is cleared.
Example
0014.0400 CARD 1202 SCCP Alarm cleared by deleting card
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. This message indicates a previous failure has been corrected. No further

910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-487

DRAFT
0401 - Alarm cleared by deleting SLK
Description
A signaling link (SLK) that was out of service and had an outstanding alarm has
been deleted from the database. The alarm is cleared.
Example
0014.0401 SLK 1205,A SS7ANSI Alarm cleared by deleting SLK
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
3-488 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0402 - Alarm cleared by deleting route
Description
A route that was out of service and had an outstanding alarm has been deleted
from the database. The alarm is cleared.
Example
0014.0402 DPC 001-001-001 Alarm cleared by deleting route
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-489

DRAFT
0422 - Insufficient extended memory
Description
At least one SCCP card does not have enough memory for the LNP application.
Loading of the SCCP card is automatically inhibited.
Example
** 0100.0422 ** CARD 1113 SCCP Insufficient extended memory
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure

2. Verify the SCCP hardware. Verify the SCCP cards have at least 256M of
memory.
3. If necessary, replace the SCCP card with the correct combination of

motherboard and daughterboard.

3-490 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0423 - Card reload attempted
Description
Card loading is no longer inhibited. The once inhibited card is now attempting to
load.
Example
0100.0423 CARD 1108 SCCP Card reload attempted
Alarm Level
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-491

DRAFT
0424 - LNP Subsystem is not available
Description
The LNP subsystem is not available. There are no IS-NR SCCP cards associated
with this LNP subsystem. The LNP subsystem was not taken off-line via
command.
Example
*C 0056.0424 *C LNP SYSTEM LNP Subsystem is not available
Alarm Level
Critical
Procedure
subsystem cards.
rept-stat-lnp
2. Enter the following command to move the SCCP cards to an ACTIVE status if
rst-card:loc=xxxx
where xxxx is the location of the OOS-MT-DSBLD SCCP card(s) identified in
Step 1.
subsystem cards.
rept-stat-lnp
4. Verify the SCCP card(s) reset in Step 2 are IS-NR. If not, reseat the card(s).

3-492 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0425 - LNP Subsystem normal, card(s) abnormal
Description
One or more of the SCCP cards do not have an ACTIVE status.
Example
0056.0425 LNP SYSTEM LNP Subsystem normal, card(s) abnormal
Alarm Level
No alarm condition. The message is informational only
Procedure
subsystem cards.
rept-stat-lnp
2. Enter the following command to move the SCCP card to an ACTIVE status if
rst-card:loc=xxxx
where xxxx is the location of the OOS-MT-DSBLD SCCP card(s) identified in
Step 1.
subsystem cards.
rept-stat-lnp
4. Verify the SCCP card(s) reset in Step 2 are IS-NR. If not, reseat the card(s).

910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-493

DRAFT
0426 - LNP Subsystem is available
Description
This message indicates that a problem with LNP system has been corrected.
Example
0056.0426 LNP SYSTEM LNP Subsystem is available
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
3-494 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0427 - LNP database corrupted
Description
The LNP audit on an OAM card detects that the current LNP database on that
card is corrupt.
Example
* 0100.0427 * CARD 1114 OAM LNP database corrupted
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure
1. Enter the following command to verify the status of the LNP database:
rept-stat-db
> rept-stat-db

rept-stat-db
;

DATABASE STATUS: >> NOT OK <<
- -------- --------------------- - -------- ---------------------
FD BKUP Y 342256 00-10-07 00:40:29 CDT Y 342256 00-10-07 00:40:29 CDT
FD CRNT N 342374 CORRUPT Y 342375
MDAL 1117
- --------
numbers:
rtrv-trm
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-495

DRAFT
output from Step 2:
inh-trm:trm=x
inhibited.

5. If the message indicates the active fixed disk is corrupt, continue with Step 6.
If the message indicates the standby fixed disk is corrupt, continue with Step
7.
If the message indicates that both fixed disks are corrupt, continue with Step
8.
6. Enter the following command only if the active OAM has the corruption
problem. This command will force the active OAM card to standby:
init-card:loc=xxxx
where xxxx is the location of the card identified in output.
7. Enter the following command to copy the database partitions from the active
disk to the standby disk:
NOTE: Continue with Step 8 if repair is impossible or fails.
CAUTION: Contact Tekelec Technical Services at the appropriate number

before entering the chg:db:action=restore command. For additional
information about this command, refer to the Commands Manual.
8. Enter the following command to restore the database from the removable
disk:
chg-db:action=restore
3-496 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
9. The database must match the level of the current database or network cards in
the system. If it does not, contact Tekelec Technical Services at the appropriate
number.
CAUTION: If a disk restore results in an OAM database level different

from that on the network cards, (e.g. LIM, GLS, etc.) all out of sync cards are
required to be rebooted.
rept-stat-card
state:
alw-trm:trm=x
number.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-497

DRAFT
0428 - Backup LNP database corrupted
Description
The LNP audit on an OAM card detects that the backup LNP database on that
card is corrupt.
Example
* 0100.0428 * CARD 1113 OAM Backup LNP database corrupted
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure
rept-stat-db
> rept-stat-db

rept-stat-db
;

- -------- --------------------- - -------- ---------------------
FD BKUP Y 342256 CORRUPT Y 342256 00-10-07 00:40:29 CDT
FD CRNT N 342374 Y 342375
MDAL 1117
- --------
numbers:
rtrv-trm
3-498 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
output from Step 2:
inh-trm:trm=x
inhibited.
4. Enter the following command if the problem is with the backup database. This
command copies database partitions from the active current to the active
backup and the standby current to the standby backup.
NOTE: Continue with Step 5 if backup fails.
5. Enter the following command to repair the database by copying current and
backup databases from the active to the standby fixed disk:
6. The database must match the level of the current and backup databases in the
system. If it does not, contact Tekelec Technical Services at the appropriate
number.
rept-stat-db
state:
rst-trm:trm=x

number.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-499

DRAFT
0429 - LNP database is inconsistent
Description
The LNP audit on the standby OAM or one of the SCCP cards detects that the
database on that card does not match the database on the active OAM card.
Example
* 0100.0429 * CARD 1113 OAM LNP database is inconsistent
Alarm Level
Minor
rept-stat-db
numbers:
rtrv-trm
output from Step 2:
inh-trm:trm=x
inhibited.
4. Enter the following command to correct the SCCP card, if necessary. This
command reinitializes the card and forces the card to load the current level of
the database:
init-card:loc=xxxx
where xxxx is the location of the card identified in output.
3-500 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
5. Enter the following command to verify that the database is the same level as
the other cards in the system:
6. Check the consistency of the card by entering the following command:

rept-stat-db:display=except
state:
alw-trm:trm=x

number.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-501

DRAFT
numbers:
rtrv-trm
output from Step 1:
inh-trm:trm=x
inhibited.
4. If the message indicates the active fixed disk is inconsistent, continue with
Step 5.
If the message indicates the standby fixed disk is inconsistent, continue with
Step 6.
If the message indicates that both fixed disks are inconsistent, continue with
Step 7.
standby:
init-card:loc=xxxx
where xxxx is the card location stenciled on the shelf of the system.
3-502 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
CAUTION: Contact Tekelec Technical Services at the appropriate number
before entering the chg:db:action=restore command. For additional
information about this command, refer to the Commands Manual.
7. Enter the following command to restore the database from the removable
disk:
chg-db:action=restore
8. The database must match the level of the current database or network cards in
the system. If it does not, contact Tekelec Technical Services at the appropriate
number.
CAUTION: If a disk restore results in an OAM database level different

from that on the network cards, (e.g. LIM, GLS, etc.) all out of sync cards are
required to be rebooted.
rept-stat-card
state:
alw-trm:trm=x
12. For more information on database management, refer to the Database

Administration Manual.
number.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-503

DRAFT
0430 - Backup LNP database is inconsistent
Description
The LNP audit on the standby OAM or one of the SCCP cards detects that its
backup database does not match the database on the active OAM card.
Example
* 0100.0430 * CARD 1113 OAM Backup LNP database is inconsistent
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure
rept-stat-db
numbers:
rtrv-trm
output from Step 2:
inh-trm:trm=x
inhibited.
4. Enter the following command if the problem is with the backup database.
This command copies the database partitions from the active fixed disk to the
backup partition on the standby disk.
3-504 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
5. Verify that measurement collection is on or off by entering this command.
rtrv-meas-sched
This is an example of the possible output. If measurement collection is on
(COLLECT = ON), go to step 6. If measurement collection is off
(COLLECT = OFF), go to step 7.
COLLECT = on
---------------------
SYSTOT-STP = on
SYSTOT-TT = off
SYSTOT-STPLAN = off
COMP-LNKSET = on
COMP-LINK = on
GTWY-STP = on
GTWY-LNKSET = on
MTCD-STP = on
MTCD-LINK = on
MTCD-STPLAN = on
MTCD-LNKSET = on
6. Enter the following command to turn measurement collection off:

chg-meas:collect=off
This message should appear when this command has successfully completed:
CHG-MEAS: MASP A - COMPLTD
7. Enter the following command if the problem is with the standby disk. This
command copies a mirror image of the fixed disk to the standby disk.
copy-disk:dloc=xxxx
where xxxx is the destination location.
8. Enter the following command to verify that the database is the same level as
the other cards in the system:
9. If measurement collection was turned off in Step 6, turn measurement

collection back on with the chg-meas command and the collect=on parameter.
Enter this command, then go to Step 9. If measurement collection was not
turned off in Step 6, do not perform this step and go to Step 10.
chg-meas:collect=on
This message should appear when this command has successfully completed:
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-505

DRAFT
10. Verify that measurement collection is turned on with the rtrv-meas-sched
command.
This is an example of the possible output.
COLLECT = on
---------------------
SYSTOT-STP = on
SYSTOT-TT = off
SYSTOT-STPLAN = off
COMP-LNKSET = on
COMP-LINK = on
GTWY-STP = on
GTWY-LNKSET = on
MTCD-STP = on
MTCD-LINK = on
MTCD-STPLAN = on
MTCD-LNKSET = on
state:
alw-trm:trm=x
number.
3-506 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0431 - LNP database has been corrected
Description
This message indicates that a problem with the LNP database has been corrected.
Example
0100.0431 CARD 1113 OAM LNP database has been corrected
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-507

DRAFT
0432 - Backup LNP database has been corrected
Description
This message indicates that a problem with the backup LNP database has been
corrected.
Example
0100.0432 CARD 1113 OAM Backup LNP database has been corrected
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
3-508 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0434 - LNP Subsystem is removed
Description
The LNP subsystem is not fully equipped. There are no SCCP cards configured
with this LNP subsystem.
Example
0056.0434 LNP SYSTEM LNP Subsystem is removed
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Verify the SCCP hardware. Configure the LNP system with SCCP cards.

910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-509

DRAFT
0435 - LNP Subsystem is disabled
Description
The LNP subsystem has been manually disabled using the inh-map-ss command.
Example
*C 0056.0435 *C LNP SYSTEM LNP Subsystem is disabled
Alarm Level
Critical
Procedure
1. Enter the following command to verify the status and location of the LNP
subsystem cards.
rept-stat-lnp
2. Enter the following command to change the state of the LNP subsystem status
to on-line:
ent-ss-appl:appl=lnp:ssn=xx:stat=online
where xx is primary subsystem number.
3. Enter the following command to change the state of the LNP subsystem to
on-line:
alw-map-ss:ssn=xx
where xx is primary subsystem number.
4. Enter the following command to verify the status of the LNP subsystem.
rept-stat-lnp
3-510 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0436 - LNP ACG node overload
Description
This message indicates that the number of LNP subsystem queries has exceeded
the supported level.
Example
** 0056.0436 ** LNP SYSTEM LNP ACG node overload
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. Enter the following command to verify the status, quantity, and capacity of
the SCCP cards.
rept-stat-lnp
2. Refer to the Database Administration Manual - LNP to verify that provisioning

rules are being followed.

number.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-511

DRAFT
0437 - System SCCP TPS Capacity Exceeded
Description
This message indicates the Eagle has exceeded its TPS (Transactions Per Second)
message transport rate. The alarm will not stop until the TPS rate is below its
rated TPS for the system for a period of 30 seconds. The alarm is cleared by the
UIM #329 SCCP capacity normal, card(s) abnormal.
Example
*C 0100.0437 *C SYSTEM System SCCP TPS Capacity Exceeded
Alarm Level
Critical
Procedure
1. Use rept-stat-sccp to determine the status of the SCCP subsystem. This

command also identifies which SCCP cards are OOS-MT. For example, enter:
rept-stat-sccp

SCCP Cards Configured= 4 Cards IS-NR= 4
System TCP Alarm Threshold = 80% Total capacity
System Peak SCCP Load = 3000 TPS
System Total SCCP Capacity = 5000 TPS

-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Command Completed.
2. The user should evaluate this new traffic level and determine whether
additional SCCP cards are required to maintain the TPS level the system is
processing.
3-512 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0438 - Degraded Mode, Invalid OAM HW config
Description
This UAM alarm occurs when the system does not have the required baseline
hardware. Baseline hardware required for Eagle release 30.0 includes HMUX and
TDM-10 or greater. The alarm recurs every minute. Also, the act_upgrade
command is rejected if alarm is present.
Example
*C 0014.0438 *C SECULOG 1114 Degraded Mode, Invalid OAM HW config
Alarm Level
Critical
Procedure
1. Ensure that the Eagle has the required hardware baseline, that is, the TDM-10
or greater is installed, and the HMUX is installed and its STP OPTIONS are
turned on. Use the rtrv-stpopts command to verify that the HMUX options
are set: HMUXABUS yes, HMUXBBUS yes, and HMUXTVG on.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-513

DRAFT
0439 - Exiting Degraded Mode
Description
The Degraded Mode due to a invalid OAM hardware configuration has been
cleared, and the mode has been exited. The HMUX is restored to its full operating
capacity.
Example
0014.0439 SECULOG 1114 Exiting Degraded Mode
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
3-514 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0441 - Incorrect MBD - CPU
Description
A card (TSM/DSM) does not have the required hardware configuration for the
application, or an ASM is attempting to load in a slot provisioned for SCCP GPLs.
Example
** 0100.0441 ** CARD 1108 VSCCP Incorrect MBD - CPU
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure

2. Verify the hardware. Verify the card(s) (TSM/DSM) have the correct
motherboard/daughterboard combination.
3. If necessary, replace the card(s) (TSM/DSM) with the correct combination of

motherboard and daughterboard.

910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-515

DRAFT
Description
This message is displayed for EPAP when a DSM card detects that its
daughterboard memory is 100% full.
- OR -
This message is displayed for ELAP when the RTDB reaches 100% full for the
specified number of TNs, LRNs, or NPAs.
Example
* 0100.0442 * CARD 1108 VSCCP RTDB database capacity is 100% full
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure
1. For ELAP, perform the following:

Issue the rtrv-ctrl-feat command to verify the quantity of TNs, LRNs,
or NPAs specified for this system.
Either reduce the number of TNs, LRNs, or NPAs to the level specified by
the output of step 1, or respecify the capacity with the enable-ctrl-feat
command.
2. For EPAP, perform the following:

Either reduce the size of the database to match the installed hardware
capacities, or obtain and install a larger capacity DSM card.
Contact Tekelec Technical Services for assistance in determining the size
and capacity of your DSM card.

3-516 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0443 - RTDB database corrupted
Description
A RTDB database is corrupt. The calculated checksum did not match the
checksum value stored for one or more records.
Example
* 0100.0443 * CARD 1108 VSCCP RTDB database corrupted
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure
1. Enter the following command to verify the status of the RTDB database:
rept-stat-db
2. Enter the following command to correct the VSCCP card. This command
database:
init-card:loc=xxxx
as the other cards in the system:
rept-stat-db

number.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-517

DRAFT
0444 - RTDB database is inconsistent
Description
One or more DSM cards real time database is not identical to the current real time
database on the active EPAP fixed disks.
Example
* 0100.0444 * CARD 1108 VSCCP RTDB database is inconsistent
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure
1. Enter the following command to verify the status of the RTDB database:
rept-stat-db
database:
init-card:loc=xxxx
as the other cards in the system:
rept-stat-db

number.
3-518 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Description
This message indicates that a problem with the RTDB has been corrected.
Example
0100.0445 CARD 1108 VSCCP RTDB database has been corrected
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-519

DRAFT
Description
This message is displayed for EPAP when a DSM card detects that its
daughterboard memory is at least 80% full.
- OR -
This message is displayed for ELAP when the RTDB reaches 80% full for the
specified number of TNs, LRNs, or NPAs.
Example
* 0100.0446 * CARD 1108 VSCCP RTDB database capacity is 80% full
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure
1. For ELAP, perform the following:

Issue the rtrv-ctrl-feat command to verify the quantity of TNs, LRNs,
or NPAs specified for this system.
Either reduce the number of TNs, LRNs, or NPAs to the level specified by
the output of step 1, or respecify the capacity with the enable-ctrl-feat
command.
2. For EPAP, perform the following:

Either reduce the size of the database to match the installed hardware
capacities, or obtain and install a larger capacity DSM card.
Contact Tekelec Technical Services for assistance in determining the size
and capacity of your DSM card.

3-520 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0447 - RTDB database capacity alarm cleared
Description
This message indicates that a problem with the RTDB memory has been corrected.
When the TN, LRN or NPA control features are involved, this UAM message
indicates either the feature key quantity has been increased or the RTDB database
size has been reduced to clear the condition.
Example
0100.0447 CARD 1108 VSCCP RTDB database capacity alarm cleared
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-521

DRAFT
0448 - RTDB database incoherent
Description
This message indicates that the RTDB database download is in-process.
Example
* 0100.0448 * CARD 1108 VSCCP RTDB database incoherent
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure
1. When the download is complete, the following message will appear

No further action is necessary.
3-522 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0449 - RTDB resynchronization in progress
Description
This message indicates that the MPS database resynchronization is in-process.
Example
** 0100.0449 ** CARD 1108 VSCCP RTDB resynchronization in progress
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. When the resynchronization is complete, the following message will appear

910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-523

DRAFT
0451 - RTDB reload required
Description
The RTDB database on the DSM card needs to be reloaded because the resynch
log does not contain all of the required updates.
Example
** 0100.0451 ** CARD 1108 VSCCP RTDB reload required
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. Enter the following command to verify the status of the RTDB:

rept-stat-db
database:
init-card:loc=xxxx
3. When the reload is complete, the following message will appear


number.
3-524 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Description
This message indicates that the RTDB download is complete.
Example
0100.0452 CARD 1108 VSCCP RTDB reload complete
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-525

DRAFT
0455 - EIR Subsystem is not available
Description
The EIR subsystem is not available. No IS-NR VSCCP cards are associated with
this EIR subsystem. No VSCCP cards have an Active EIR status; all are either
out-of service (OOS) or loading. The EIR subsystem was not taken off-line via
command.
Example
*C 0056.0455 *C EIR SYSTEM EIR Subsystem is not available
Alarm Level
Critical
Procedure
subsystem cards.
rept-stat-mps
2. Enter the following command to move the VSCCP cards to an ACTIVE status
if loading is successful:
rst-card:loc=xxxx
subsystem cards.
rept-stat-mps

3-526 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0456 - EIR Subsystem is disabled
Description
The EIR subsystem has been manually disabled with the inh-map-ss command. All
IS-NR (in service normal) cards have EIR status of Offline, with at least one card
IS-NR.
Example
*C 0056.0456 *C EIR SYSTEM EIR Subsystem is disabled
Alarm Level
Critical
Procedure
1. Enter the following command to verify the status and location of the EIR
subsystem cards.
rept-stat-mps
2. Enter the following command to reserve the subsystem number and to change
the state of the EIR subsystem status to on-line:
ent-ss-appl:appl=eir:ssn=xx:stat=online
3. Enter the following command to change the state of the EIR subsystem to
on-line:
alw-map-ss:ssn=xx
4. Enter the following command to verify the status of the EIR subsystem.
rept-stat-mps
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-527

DRAFT
0457 - EIR Subsystem normal,card(s) abnormal
Description
One or more of the VSCCP cards do not have an Active status.
Example
* 0056.0457 EIR SYSTEM EIR Subsystem normal,card(s) abnormal
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure
subsystem cards.
rept-stat-mps
2. Enter the following command to move the VSCCP card to an ACTIVE status if
rst-card:loc=xxxx
subsystem cards.
rept-stat-mps

3-528 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0458 - EIR Subsystem is available
Description
This message indicates that a problem with the EIR subsystem has been corrected.
All VSCCP cards are IS-NR and have an EIR status of Active.
Example
0056.0458 EIR SYSTEM EIR Subsystem is available
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-529

DRAFT
0459 - EIR Subsystem is removed
Description
The EIR subsystem is not equipped. No VSCCP cards are configured with the EIR
subsystem.
Example
0056.0459 EIR SYSTEM EIR Subsystem is removed
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Verify the VSCCP hardware. Configure the EIR system with VSCCP cards.

3-530 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Description
Example
** 0014.0460 ** CARD 1201 SS7ANSI REPT-E1F:FAC-E1 Port 2 Far End Failure
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-531

DRAFT
Description
Example
** 0014.0461 ** CARD 1201 SS7ANSI REPT-E1F:FAC-E1 Port 2 AIS detected
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
problem.
3-532 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Description
expecting.
Example
** 0014.0462 ** CARD 1201 SS7ANSI REPT-E1F:FAC-E1 Port 2 LOF failure
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-533

DRAFT
Description
Example
** 0014.0463 ** CARD 1201 SS7ANSI REPT-E1F:FAC-E1 Port 2 LOS failure
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
3-534 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Description
A framing bit error rate is maintained for in-service links because the error rate is
high.
Example
** 0014.0464 ** CARD 1201 SS7ANSI REPT-E1F:FAC-E1 Port 2 10E-3 BER failed
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. Contact the far-end office to determine the cause of the high framing bit error
rate.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-535

DRAFT
Description
The E1 port 2 is back in-service.
Example
0014.0465 CARD 1201 SS7ANSI REPT-E1F:FAC-E1 Port 2 available
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
3-536 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0466- STC Network Unavailable
Description
This indicates the network connected to the STC (port A/B) is inaccessible.
Example
** 0014.0466 ** CARD 1201 STC STC Network Unavailable
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. Re-association should take place automatically. If it does not, call Tekelec

910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-537

DRAFT
0467- STC Network Available
Description
This indicates the network connected to the STC (port A/B) is now accessible.
Example
0014.0467 CARD 1201 STC STC Network Available
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
3-538 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0468 - All STC Networks Unavailable
Description
All connections off all the STC cards (port A/B) are inaccessible.
Example
*C 0014.0468 *C EROUTE System All STC Networks Unavailable
Alarm Level
Critical
Procedure
1. Re-association should take place automatically. If it does not, call Tekelec

910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-539

DRAFT
0469- All STC Cards Unavailable
Description
All the STC cards are not accessible.
Example
*C 0014.0469 *C EROUTE System All STC Cards unavailable
Alarm Level
Critical
Procedure
1. Determine if all STC cards are out of service by entering the following
command.
rept-stat-card
2. Reinitialize the STC cards by entering the following command.

init-card:appl=eroute
3. If the fault has not cleared, reseat each faulty STC card.
4. If the alarm is not cleared, call Tekelec Technical Services at the appropriate
number.
3-540 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0470 - EROUTE is Removed
Description
All the STC cards have been deleted.
Example
0014.0470 EROUTE System EROUTE is Removed
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. No action is necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-541

DRAFT
0471- EROUTE System is Available
Description
This message indicates that the EROUTE system is available and fully functional.
Example
0014.0471 EROUTE System EROUTE System is Available
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
3-542 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0472 - EROUTE System Threshold Exceeded
Description
The EROUTE system has reached a rate higher than its threshold of 80% capacity.
Example
* 0014.0472 * EROUTE System EROUTE System Threshold Exceeded
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure
1. Decrease the number of links being monitored until more STC cards are
added to the System.
2. Refer to the Database Administration Manual - Features for the correct procedure
on adding STC cards.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-543

DRAFT
0473 - EROUTE System Capacity Exceeded
Description
The EROUTE system has reached a rate higher than its capacity. There is the
possibility of a loss of traffic monitoring.
Example
** 0014.0473 ** EROUTE System EROUTE System Capacity Exceeded
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. Decrease the number of links being monitored until more STC cards are
added to the System.
3-544 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0474 - EROUTE capacity normal, card(s) abnormal
Description
The EROUTE system is operating normally even though one or more card(s) is
OOS-MT.
Example
0014.0474 EROUTE System EROUTE capacity normal, card(s) abnormal
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Enter the following command to determine which STC cards are out of
service.
rept-stat-eroute
2. Reinitialize each faulty STC card using the following command.

init-card:loc=xxxx
Where xxxx is the location of each faulty card identified in Step 1.
3. If the fault has not cleared, reseat each faulty card.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-545

DRAFT
0475 - NTP Time Unavailable
Description
The STC cards are not able to get NTP time from the ESP.
Example
* 0014.0475 * EROUTE System NTP Time Unavailable
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure
1. Have the far-end (Sentinel) to verify the status of the time process.
3-546 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0476- NTP Time Available
Description
The STC cards are now able to get NTP time from the ESP.
Example
0014.0476 EROUTE System NTP Time Available
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-547

DRAFT
0477 - Congestion: Copy Function De-activated
Description
The Copy Function on the SS7 cards have been de-activated.
Example
* 0014.0477 * SLK 1205,A nc00027 Congestion: Copy Function De-activated
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure

3-548 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0478 - Copy Function Activated
Description
The congestion has cleared and the copy function on the SS7 cards have been
re-activated.
Example
0014.0478 SLK 1205,A nc00027 Copy Function Activated
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-549

DRAFT
0479 - Link not Monitored
Description
This is a possible clearing condition for UAM 477, Congestion: Copy

Function Deactivated. This implies that the Sentinel is not monitoring this
link any longer so any monitoring alarms should be cleared.
Example
0014.0479 SLK 1205,A nc00027 Link not Monitored
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
3-550 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0480 - Timestamp Invalid
Description
This indicates that the LIM card timestamp is invalid.
Example
* 0014.0480 * CARD 1201 STC Timestamp Invalid
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure
1. This alarm should clear automatically. If it does not, call Tekelec Technical
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-551

DRAFT
0481 - Timestamp Valid
Description
This indicates that the LIM card timestamp is valid.
Example
0014.0467 CARD 1201 STC STC Network Available
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
3-552 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0482 - Card(s) have been denied EROUTE service
Description
EROUTE service is being denied service because there is a shortage of STC cards.
Example
** 0014.0482 ** EROUTE System Card(s) have been denied EROUTE service
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. Enter the following command to determine the cards that are denied EROUTE
service.
rept-stat-eroute
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-553

DRAFT
0514 - Standby MASP inhibited
Description
This message indicates that the standby OAM is inhibited. Database updates will
be rejected until the standby OAM is allowed.
Example
** 0076.0514 ** CARD 1115 OAM Standby MASP inhibited
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. Verify the status of the OAM entering a rept-stat-card command.
2. Enter the following command to allow the card:

alw-card:loc=xxxx
where xxxx = card location (1115 or 1113)
3. If the card is restored, you have completed this procedure. If the card is not
restored, check and follow the output to correct the problem, then enter the
alw-card command.

number.
3-554 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0515 - Standby MASP allowed
Description
This message indicates that the inhibited standby OAM has been restored.
Example
0076.0515 CARD 1115 OAM Standby MASP allowed
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-555

DRAFT
0516 - Degraded Mode - 1 card failed
Description
The Measurements Platform subsystem is degraded because one MCPM card is

out of service. The Measurements Platform subsystem can successfully complete
all of its work, but it has no spare MCPM.
Example
* 0100.0516 * MEAS SYSTEM Degraded Mode - 1 card failed
Alarm Level
Minor
Procedure
1. Enter the following command to determine the status of the MCPM cards.
rept-stat-meas
2. Reinitialize the faulty card using the init-card command.
3. If the fault has not cleared, reseat the faulty card.
4. If the fault has not cleared, replace the faulty MCPM card.

3-556 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0517 - Degraded Mode - multiple cards failed
Description
The Measurements Platform subsystem is degraded because more than one

MCPM card is out of service. The Measurements Platform subsystem can
successfully complete all of its work, but may have no spare MCPM.
Example
** 0100.0517 ** MEAS SYSTEM Degraded Mode - multiple cards failed
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
rept-stat-meas
2. Reinitialize the faulty card using the init-card command.
5. Repeat Step 2 through Step 4 for each faulty MCPM card.

910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-557

DRAFT
0518 - Measurements subsystem unavailable
Description
The Measurements Platform subsystem is not available. All MCPM cards are out
of service.
Example
*C 0100.0518 *C MEAS SYSTEM Measurements subsystem unavailable
Alarm Level
Critical
Procedure
rept-stat-meas
2. Reinitialize the faulty MCPM card using the init-card command.
5. Repeat Step 2 through Step 4 for each faulty MCPM card.

3-558 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0519 - Measurements subsystem available
Description
This message indicates that the Measurements subsystem has been restored to
service.
Example
0076.0519 MEAS SYSTEM Measurements subsystem available
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-559

DRAFT
0521 - MEAS Checksum Failure
Description
This message indicates that the checksum discrepancy has been found in a
measurements data table.
Example
** 0076.0521 ** MEAS SYSTEM MEAS Checksum Failure
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. The Measurements system should automatically synchronize the affected

tables and recover. If the system is unable to recover because it does not have
a good copy of the data in any of the MCPM cards, the alarm should be
cleared after the following appropriate collection period (5, 30, 60 min.
depending on the corrupted table) completes successfully. However, the data
that was corrupted in all the cards cannot be recovered. If the alarm is not
cleared after the collection period is completed, the card is probably bad, and
it needs to be replaced.

3-560 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0522 - MEAS Synchronization Successful
Description
This message indicates that the checksum discrepancy in a measurements data

table has been corrected.
Example
0076.0522 MEAS SYSTEM MEAS Synchronization Successful
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-561

DRAFT
0901 - Card DB load timeout, check GLS card
Description
This message indicates that the database of a card has been in a transition for 9
minutes. The database gets put into transition when it waits for updates. In this
case the updates are from the GLS card.
Example
** 0076.0901 ** CARD 1201 SS7ANSI Card DB load timeout, check GLS card
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. The GLS card should not take this long. Make sure that the GLS card is IS-NR
by doing a rept-stat-card command.
2. Enter the following command to boot the GLS card:

init-card:appl=gls

number.
3-562 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0902 - Card DB is stable
Description
This message indicates that the database of a card was in transition but has
recovered.
Example
0104.0902 CARD 1201 SS7ANSI Card DB is stable
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. No action is needed.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-563

DRAFT
0903 - IP Link A is down
Description
This message indicates that an IP application socket is out of service due to a IP

link down (ethernet problem) or due to the signaling link being deactivated.
Example
** 0046.0903 ** CARD 1111 EBDADCM IP Link A is down
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. Enter the following command to determine the IP address of the link:

rtrv-ip-lnk:loc=xxxx:port=a
Where xxxx is the card identified in the alarm output.
2. Enter the following command to retrieve the name of the local host:
rtrv-ip-host:ipadr=xxxx.xxxx.xxxx.xxxx
Where xxxx.xxxx.xxxx.xxxx = the link IP address from Step 1.
3. Enter the following command to get the name of the remote host:
rtrv-appl-sock:lhost=xxxxxxxx
Where xxxxxxxx = local host name from Step 2.
4. Enter the following command to test the TCP/IP connection:

pass:loc=xxxx:cmd=ping yyyyyyyyyy
Where: xxxx = Card location from the alarm output.
yyyyyyyyyy = logical name of the remote host from Step 3.
3-564 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
5. If the ping command fails, perform the following checks:
Check cable connections at the IP7 Secure Gateway and at the remote host.
6. If the UNAVAIL REASON still indicates an alignment problem, enter the

following command:
rept-stat-slk:loc=xxxx:port=a
If the DCM card is not OOS-MT, proceed to Step 8.
7. If the DCM card is OOS-MT, do the following, using the rept-stat-card

command to check for card IS-NR state after each action:
b. Reseat the card
c. Replace the card
8. If the fault is not cleared, contact Tekelec Technical Services at the appropriate
number.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-565

DRAFT
0904 - IP Link A is up
Description
This indicates that a previously broken link between the DCM card and the OAP
now exists and is functioning properly.
Example
0046.0904 CARD 1111 EBDADCM IP Link A is up
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
3-566 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0905 - IP Link B is down
Description
This message indicates that an IP application socket is out of service due to a IP

link down (ethernet problem) or due to the signaling link being deactivated.
Example
** 0046.0905 ** CARD 1111 EBDADCM IP Link B is down
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. Enter the following command to determine the IP address of the link:

rtrv-ip-lnk:loc=xxxx:port=b
2. Enter the following command to retrieve the name of the local host:
rtrv-ip-host:ipadr=xxxx.xxxx.xxxx.xxxx
Where xxxx.xxxx.xxxx.xxxx = the link IP address from Step 1.
3. Enter the following command to get the name of the remote host:
rtrv-appl-sock:lhost=xxxxxxxx
Where xxxxxxxx = local host name from Step 2.
4. Enter the following command to test the TCP/IP connection:

pass:loc=xxxx:cmd=ping yyyyyyyyyy
Where: xxxx = Card location from the alarm output.
yyyyyyyyyy = logical name of the remote host from Step 3.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-567

DRAFT
5. If the ping command fails, perform the following checks:
Check cable connections at the IP7 Secure Gateway and at the remote host.
6. If the UNAVAIL REASON still indicates an alignment problem, enter the

following command:
rept-stat-slk:loc=xxxx:port=b
If the DCM card is not OOS-MT, proceed to Step 8.
7. If the DCM card is OOS-MT, do the following, using the rept-stat-card

command to check for card IS-NR state after each action:
b. Reseat the card
c. Replace the card
8. If the fault is not cleared, contact Tekelec Technical Services at the appropriate
number.
3-568 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0906 - IP Link B is up
Description
This indicates that a previously broken link between the DCM card and the OAP
now exists and is functioning properly.
Example
0046.0906 CARD 1111 EBDADCM IP Link B is up
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-569

DRAFT
0907 - HW limiting TPS rate alarm cleared
Description
This message indicates that the alarm condition, specified by message 0908 - HW
cannot support purchased TPS rate, has been cleared.
Example
0100.0907 CARD 1101 SS7IPGW HW limiting TPS rate alarm cleared
ASSY SN: 102199815a1234
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
3-570 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0908 - HW cannot support purchased TPS rate
Description
This message indicates that the purchased transactions per second (TPS) rate
running on the DCM(s) is higher than can be supported by you current hardware.
Example
** 0100.0908 ** CARD 1101 SS7IPGW HW cannot support purchased TPS rate
ASSY SN: 102199815a1234
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. Upgrade your DCM hardware. This alarm can be cleared only when the
concerned DCM hardware is unplugged.
2. Contact contact Tekelec Technical Services at the appropriate number for

information about upgrading your DCM hardware.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-571

DRAFT
0911 - Dynamic database is inconsistent
Description
The dynamic database audit has detected that checksums are inconsistent. This
means that one or more cards do not concur with the current network
configuration.
Example
** 0100.0911 ** SYSTEM Dynamic database is inconsistent
Alarm Level
Major
Procedure
1. The Eagle cannot automatically determine which cards are inconsistent.

Contact Tekelec Technical Services at the appropriate number.
3-572 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
0912 - Dynamic database is now consistent
Description
The dynamic database audit has run and determined that the checksums are
consistent.
Example
0100.0912 SYSTEM Dynamic database is now consistent
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-573

DRAFT
1000 - MTP rcvd UPU - user part is not SCCP
Description
The system forwarded a unit data (UDT) message to a distant node that does not
support SCCP. In response, the distant node sent back a user part unavailable
(UPU) message.
The message provides the affected point code (which sent the UPU), as well as the
service information octet (SIO) field of the message and the cause code.
All fields are in decimal values. The SIO field values applicable to this message
are:
03 SCCP
04 Telephone User Part (TUP)
05 ISDN User Part (ISUP)
06 Data User Part (call and circuit related messages)
07 Data User Part (facility registration and cancellation)
08 MTP Testing User Part
The message also provides the value for the User Part that was unavailable
(UPU=). The values shown above apply to this field as well.
The Cause Codes (Unavail Cause =) applicable to this message are:
000 Unknown
001 Unequipped Remote User
002 Inaccessible User Part
Unequipped remote user indicates the distant node is not equipped for SCCP.
Inaccessible user part indicates that the distant node is equipped with SCCP
capability, but there has been a failure in SCCP making it impossible to handle
messages sent to it by MTP.
Example
0100.1000 CARD 1201,A INFO MTP rcvd UPU - user part is not SCCP
SIO=03 OPC=003-232-000 DPC=001-004-000
AFTPC=004-000-001 UPU=03 UNAVAIL CAUSE=001
LSN=A1234567
Alarm Level
3-574 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-575

DRAFT
1001 - MTP rcvd Transfer Controlled (TFC)
Description
The system is generating traffic for a remote node that is congested. The distant
node sent a transfer controlled (TFC) message in response.
Example
0100.1001 CARD 1201,A INFO MTP rcvd Transfer Controlled (TFC)
SIO=0a OPC=003-232-000 DPC=000-000-000
AFTPC=004-000-000 CONG STATUS=000
LSN=A1234567
Legend
AFTPC Affected point code
CONG STATUS Congestion status
DPC Destination point code
LSN Linkset name
OPC Origination point code
SIO Service information octet
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. The affected point code field of the output message identifies the node that is
congested. The system discards MSUs with a priority lower than the
congestion status value sent with the TFC.
2. The system sends only messages with a priority higher or equal to the
congestion status value of the TFC. Refer to TR-NPT-000246, Issue 2, June
1987, Chapter 1.111.5, Annex A for priority assignments.
3. Contact the far-end to determine the reason for congestion.
3-576 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1002 - MTP rcvd invalid TFC - status 0
Description
The Eagle STP system received a transfer controlled (TFC) message with a status
of 0 (protocol violation). No action on the part of the Eagle STP system has been
taken.
Example
0100.1002 CARD 1205,B INFO MTP rcvd invalid TFC - status 0
SIO=0a OPC=003-234-000 DPC=000-024-000
AFTPC=055-000-046 CONG STATUS=000
LSN=A1234567
Legend
AFTPC Affected point code
CONG STATUS Congestion status
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. The Eagle STP system does not take any action based on this TFC message.
The output above is provided only to indicate the event took place, but does
not require any action by maintenance personnel.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-577

DRAFT
1003 - MTP rcvd invalid H0/H1 code
Description
SS7 received a level 3 message with an unrecognized H0H1 code.
Example
0100.1003 CARD 1205,B INFO MTP rcvd invalid H0/H1 code
SIO=0a OPC=003-235-000 DPC=000-024-000
H0H1=43
LSN=A1234567
Legend
H0H1 H0/H1 heading code
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. This message could indicate that the MTP restart feature is not enabled. If the
MTP restart feature should be enabled, use the chg-feat to turn on the MTP
restart feature.
NOTE: Once the feature is enabled using the chg-feat command, it can not
be turned off. Contact Tekelec Technical Services at the appropriate
number before executing the chg-feat command.
2. This output is informational only. The SS7 traffic is not interrupted and service
is not affected.
3-578 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1004 - MTP rcvd unknown DPC
Description
The Eagle STP system received an MSU with a DPC that is not in the routing
table.
Example
0100.1004 CARD 1205,B INFO MTP rcvd unknown DPC
SIO=0a OPC=003-236-000 DPC=000-071-000
LSN=A1234567
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. If the Eagle STP system should be able to route to the DPC (indicated in the
message output), add the DPC to the Eagle STP system routing table using the
ent-rte and ent-dstn commands.
2. If the DPC is not one that the Eagle STP system should be able to route to, no
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-579

DRAFT
1005 - GWS rcvd OPC that is not allowed
Description
This message indicates the Eagle STP received an MSU with an origination point
code (OPC) that is not allowed in gateway screening (GWS).
Example
0100.1005 CARD 1205,A INFO GWS rcvd OPC that is not allowed
SIO=b2 OPC=003-237-000 DPC=003-003-003
H0H1=32 AFTPC=03-03-03
SR=osp3 LSN=A1234567
NOTE: Four outputs are possible. The Legend includes abbreviations

found in all variations.
Legend
ADDR Address
AFTPC Affected point code (for SCCP messages)
AFTSS Affected subsystem (identifies the subsystem that failed)
AI Address Indicator
CDPA Called party address
CGPA Calling party address
DATA Information from the upper layers of SCCP management
LSN Linkset name
MULT SCCP management message multiplicity indicator
PC Point code
SCCP MT SCCP message type
SCMG SCCP management message
SR Screening reference name
SSN Subsystem number
TT Translation type
TYPE SCCP management message type
Alarm Level
3-580 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Procedure
1. If this origination point code (OPC) is one that should be allowed to pass
through the network, add the OPC to the gateway screening (GWS) tables
assigned to the link reporting this message. Use the ent-scr-opc command to
add the OPC to the list of allowed OPC codes. Refer to the Database
Administration Manual - Gateway Screening for instructions on how to add an
OPC to gateway screening (GWS).
2. If the OPC should not be allowed to pass through the network, no action is
necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-581

DRAFT
1006 - GWS rcvd DPC that is not allowed
Description
This message indicates the Eagle STP received an MSU with a destination point
code (DPC) that is not allowed in gateway screening (GWS).
Example
0100.1006 CARD 1205,A INFO GWS rcvd DPC that is not allowed
SIO=b2 OPC=003-237-000 DPC=003-003-003
H0H1=23 AFTPC=03-03-03

Legend
ADDR Address
LSN Linkset name
PC Point code
TT Translation type
Alarm Level
3-582 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Procedure
1. If this destination point code (DPC) is one that should be allowed to pass
through the network, add the DPC to the gateway screening (GWS) tables
assigned to the link reporting this message. Use the ent-scr-dpc command to
add the DPC to the list of allowed DPC codes. Refer to the Database
Administration Manual- Gateway Screening for instructions on adding a DPC to
gateway screening (GWS).
2. If the DPC should not be allowed to pass through the network, no action is
necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-583

DRAFT
1007 - GWS rcvd OPC that is blocked
Description
This message indicates the Eagle STP received an MSU from an origination point
code (OPC) that is blocked from this network by gateway screening (GWS).
Example
0100.1007 CARD 1205,A INFO GWS rcvd OPC that is blocked
SIO=93 OPC=001-001-004 DPC=003-003-003
H0H1=31 AFTPC=03-03-03

Legend
ADDR Address
LSN Linkset name
PC Point code
TT Translation type
Alarm Level
3-584 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Procedure
1. If this origination point code (OPC) should be allowed to send messages

through the network, use the command dlt-scr-blkopc to delete the OPC from
the blocked OPC screen set assigned to this link.
2. If this OPC should be blocked from entering this network, no further action is
necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-585

DRAFT
1008 - GWS rcvd DPC that is blocked
Description
This message indicates the Eagle STP received an MSU from a destination point
code (DPC) that is blocked from this network by gateway screening (GWS).
Example
0100.1008 CARD 1205,A INFO GWS rcvd DPC that is blocked
SIO=b2 OPC=007-008-000 DPC=003-003-003
H0H1=32 AFTPC=03-03-03

Legend
ADDR Address
LSN Linkset name
PC Point code
TT Translation type
Alarm Level
3-586 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Procedure
1. If this destination point code (DPC) should be allowed to send messages

through the network, use the command dlt-scr-blkdpc to delete the DPC from
the blocked DPC screen set assigned to this link.
2. If this DPC should be blocked from entering this network, no further action is
necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-587

DRAFT
1009 - GWS rcvd SIO that is not allowed
Description
This message indicates that gateway screening (GWS) has discarded an MSU that
is not allowed in the network.
Example
0100.1009 CARD 1205,B INFO GWS rcvd SIO that is not allowed
SIO=b2 OPC=003-237-000 DPC=003-003-003
H0H1=33 AFTPC=03-03-03

Legend
ADDR Address
LSN Linkset name
PC Point code
TT Translation type
Alarm Level
3-588 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Procedure
1. This indicates that a MSU was discarded because it failed screening. No action
is necessary, unless the MSU should have passed. If the MSU should have
passed (verified by the fields displayed in the above message), go to Step 2.
2. Using the rtrv-scr-sio command, verify that the screening reference specified in
the above message does not allow MSUs with the SI/H0/H1 values indicated.
3. If the MSU should have passed screening, use the ent-scr-sio command to add
the si data to the screening reference assigned to this link.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-589

DRAFT
1010 - GWS rcvd a priority that is not allowed
Description
This message indicates gateway screening (GWS) has discarded an MSU because
the priority is listed as one that is not allowed in this network.
Example
0100.1010 CARD 1205,A INFO GWS rcvd a priority that is not allowed
SIO=0a OPC=003-242-000 DPC=000-071-000
H0H1=54 AFTPC=03-03-03

Legend
ADDR Address
LSN Linkset name
PC Point code
TT Translation type
Alarm Level
3-590 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Procedure
passed (verified by the fields displayed in the above message), go to Step 2.
the above message does not allow MSUs with the priority value indicated.
3. If the MSU should have passed screening, use the chg-scr-sio command to add
the pri data to the screening reference.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-591

DRAFT
1011 - GWS rcvd TFC, AFTPC not in routing tbl
Description
This indicates that a transfer controlled message was received by a gateway link
and failed screening because of an affected point code value in the message.
Example
0100.1011 CARD 1105,B INFO GWS rcvd TFC, AFTPC not in routing tbl
SIO=0a OPC=003-243-000 DPC=000-024-000
H0H1=35 AFTPC=099-099-003
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Verify the affected point code in the message, and verify whether the affected
point code is required to be in the Eagle STP routing tables.
2. If the affected point code is not required to be in the Eagle STP routing tables,
no further action is necessary.
3. If the affected point code is required to be in the Eagle STP routing table, use
the ent-dstn command to add the affected point code to the Eagle STP routing
tables.
3-592 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1012 - GWS rcvd Clg Party that is not allowed
Description
This indicates an MSU was received on a gateway link but failed screening
because of the SCCP calling party address.
Example 1 (non-SCMG)
0101.1012 CARD 1205,B1 INFO GWS rcvd Clg Party that is not allowed
SIO=0a OPC=003-244-000 DPC=000-071-000
SCCP MT= 18
CDPA: AI=10 PC=003-003-003 SSN=005 TT=250
ADDR=ABCDEF1234567890ABCDE
CGPA: AI=10 PC=004-004-004 SSN=005 TT=251
SR=scrb LSN=A1234567
Example 2 (SCMG)
0102.1012 CARD 1205,B1 INFO GWS rcvd Clg Party that is not allowed
SIO=03 OPC=003-245-000 DPC=001-004-000
SCMG: TYPE=000 AFTPC=003-003-003
MULT=000 AFTSS=005
Legend
ADDR Address
LSN Linkset name
MULT SCCP managenent message multiplicity indicator
PC Point code
TT Translation type
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-593

DRAFT
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. This output indicates that a SCCP message was discarded because it failed
screening. No action is necessary, unless the message should have passed. If
the message should have passed (verified by the fields displayed in the above
message), continue with Step 2.
2. Using the rtrv-scr-cgpa command, verify that the screen name specified in the
output does not allow SCCP messages. Check the following fields in the
output:
For non-SCMG messages, check the SCCP MT, SSN, and OPC
For SCMG messages, check the TYPE, AFTSS, and AFTPC (or OPC if the
AFTPC is not present)
3. If the SCCP message should have passed screening, use the ent-scr-cgpa or
chg-scr-cgpa command to add the appropriate information to the screening
reference.
3-594 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1013 - GWS rcvd Cld Party that is not allowed
Description
This indicates an MSU was received on a gateway link but failed screening
because of the called party value in the SCCP called party address field.
Example
0102.1013 CARD 1205,B INFO GWS rcvd Cld Party that is not allowed
SIO=03 OPC=003-245-000 DPC=001-004-000
MULT=000 AFTSS=005
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. This output indicates that a SCCP message was discarded because it failed
screening. No action is necessary, unless the message should have passed. If
the message should have passed (verified by the fields displayed in the above
message), go to Step 2.
2. Using the rtrv-scr-cdpa command, verify that the screening reference specified
in the above message does not allow SCCP messages with the called party
address indicated.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-595

DRAFT
3. If the SCCP message should have passed screening, use the ent-scr-cdpa
command to add the called party address to the screening reference.
3-596 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1014 - GWS rcvd Translation Type not allowed
Description
This indicates an MSU requiring global title was received on a gateway link but
failed screening because of the translation type indicated in the message.
Example
0101.1014 CARD 1205,B INFO GWS rcvd Translation Type not allowed
SIO=0a OPC=003-244-000 DPC=000-071-000
SCCP MT= 18
CDPA: AI=10 PC=003-003-003 SSN=005 TT=250
CGPA: AI=10 PC=004-004-004 SSN=005 TT=251
Legend
ADDR Address AI Address Indicator
CDPA Called party address CGPA Calling party address
DPC Destination point code LSN Linkset name
OPC Origination point code PC Point code
SCCP MT SCCP message type SIO Service information octet
SR Screening reference name SSN Subsystem number
TT Translation type
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. This output indicates that an MSU requiring global title translation was
discarded because it failed screening. No action is necessary, unless the
message should have passed. If the message should have passed (verified by
the fields displayed in the above message), go to Step 2.
2. Using the rtrv-scr-tt command, verify that the screen name specified in the
above message does not allow MSUs with the translation type indicated.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-597

DRAFT
3. If the MSU should have passed screening, use the ent-scr-tt command to add
the translation type to the screening reference.
3-598 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1015 - GWS rcvd SCMG with not allowed AFTPC
Description
This message indicates that an SCCP management message (SCMG) was received
on a gateway link and failed gateway screening because of the affected point
code.
Example
0102.1015 CARD 1205,B INFO GWS rcvd Cld Party that is not allowed
SIO=03 OPC=003-245-000 DPC=001-004-000
MULT=000 AFTSS=005
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. This output indicates that an SCCP management message was discarded

because it failed screening. No action is necessary, unless the message should
have passed. If the message should have passed (verified by the fields
displayed in the above message), go to Step 2.
2. Using the rtrv-scr-aftpc command, verify that the screening reference specified
in the above message does not allow SCCP management messages with the
affected point code indicated.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-599

DRAFT
3. If the message should have passed screening, use the ent-scr-aftpc command to
add the affected point code to the screening reference.
3-600 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1016 - MTP Adj PC not in routing table
Description
This message indicates that an MSU was received with an adjacent point code not
found in the Eagle STP routing table.
Example
0147.1016 CARD 1201,A INFO MTP Adj PC not in routing table
OPC=001-001-001 CPC=002-002-002
LSN=lsn01a
Legend
CPC Concerned point code
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. This output indicates that an MSU was discarded because the DPC did not
appear in the system linkset table. Network messages are valid only from
adjacent point codes.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-601

DRAFT
1017 - MTP Message Received for Network 255
Description
This message indicates that the network routing feature is on and the Eagle STP
has detected network management messages concerning network 255. The
network routing feature cannot be used when the Eagle STP is used with network
255.
Example
0105.1017 CARD 1201,A INFO MTP Message Received for Network 255
SIO=08 OPC=003-247-000 DPC=002-000-000
DATA=12 34 56 78 90 12 34 56 78 90 12 34
56 78 90 12 34 56 78 90 12 34 56 78
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. This message is an indication serious network management problems. Call

3-602 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1018 - REPT-MTPERR: MTP rcvd invalid SIO
Description
A MSU is discarded when the Eagle STP is unable to perform MTP-level routing.
Example
0140.1018 CARD 1201,A INFO REPT-MTPERR: MTP rcvd invalid SIO
SIO=07 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
LSN=A1234567
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. This indicates that a MSU was discarded because of an undefined point code
or an invalid SIO. This message is displayed only when the total number of
discarded SIOs is less than a specified limit over a specified period time. No
action is necessary, unless the MSU should have passed. If the MSU should
have passed (verified by the fields displayed in the above message), go to Step
2.
the above message does not allow MSUs with the value indicated.
the appropriate data to the screening reference.
4. If the SIO is not one that the Eagle STP should be able to route to, no action is
necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-603

DRAFT
1019 - SCCP rcvd invalid UDTS msg
Description
SCCP received a user data service (UDTS) message from the network that was
discarded because of an invalid message type indicator.
Example
0106.1019 CARD 1103,A INFO SCCP rcvd invalid UDTS msg
SIO=03 OPC=003-251-000 DPC=001-004-000
CDPA: SSN=005 TT=250
CGPA: SSN=000 TT=000
RETURN CAUSE=001
DATA=26 80 03 09 0e 06 09 00 fe 08 50 55 05
43 00 00 00 00 00
LSN=A1234567
Legend
LSN Linkset name
RETURN CAUSE Identifies the reason for the returned message
(for connectionless protocols)
TT Translation type
Alarm Level
3-604 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Procedure
1. This indicates that SCCP received a UDTS message that was discarded
because the message type field contained a value invalid in the system. No
NOTE: The UDTS message is used in the SCCP protocol to indicate an

error in a UDT message. The UDT was sent to another node, an error was
found, and the UDTS message was returned with the following fields:
Message type
Return cause
Called party address
Calling party address
Data
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-605

DRAFT
1020 - SCCP rcvd invalid XUDT msg
Description
SCCP received an extended unit data message (XUDT) from the network that was
discarded because of an invalid message type indicator.
Example
0107.1020 CARD 1103,A INFO SCCP rcvd invalid XUDT msg
SIO=0a OPC=003-252-000 DPC=000-071-000
RETURN CAUSE=001
DATA=26 80 03 09 0e 06 09 00 fe 08 50 55 05
43 00 00 00 00 00
LSN=A1234567
Legend
LSN Linkset name
TT Translation type
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. This indicates that SCCP received a XUDT message that was discarded
NOTE: The XUDT message is the same as an UDT. The XUDT provides
additional information, such as the hop counter.
3-606 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1021 - SCCP rcvd invalid XUDTS msg
Description
SCCP received an extended unit data service (XUDTS) message from the network
that was discarded because of an invalid message type.
Example
0108.1021 CARD 1103,A INFO SCCP rcvd invalid XUDTS msg
SIO=0a OPC=003-253-000 DPC=000-001-000
RETURN CAUSE=001
DATA=26 80 03 09 0e 06 09 00 fe 08 50 55 05
43 00 00 00 00 00
LSN=A1234567
Legend
LSN Linkset name
TT Translation type
Alarm Level
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-607

DRAFT
Procedure
1. This indicates that SCCP received a XUDTS message that was discarded
NOTE: The XUDTS message is used in the SCCP protocol to indicate an
error in a XUDT message. The XUDT was sent to another node, an error was
found, and the XUDTS message was returned with the following fields:
Message type
Return cause
SCCP hop counter
Called party address
Calling party address
Data
ISNI
Segmentation
3-608 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1022 - System Meas. limit exceeded for LSONISMT
Description
This UIM alarm is issued when the either of these limits is exceeded:
Maximum of 3000 LSONISMT measurements, or
Maximum of 100 ISUP message type measurements per linkset.
Example
0140.1022 SYSTEM INFO System Meas. limit exceeded for LSONISMT
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Each link in a linkset collects measurements for 100 ISUP message type
measurements. Only the first 100 types collected per linkset are reported.
Those links that are not reported in the LSONISMT Report have their counts
added to the totals in the LSORIGNI Gateway Report and the STP Report
(MSUDSCRD field).
2. If the system total exceeds 3000, only the first 3000 collected are reported in
the LSONISMT Gateway Report. Any counts not included in this report are
added to the totals in the LSORIGNI Gateway Report and the STP Report
(MSUDSCRD field).
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-609

DRAFT
1023 - SCCP rcvd unknown msg type
Description
SCCP received a message from the network that was discarded because of an
unknown message type indicator.
Example
0109.1023 CARD 1103,A INFO SCCP rcvd unknown msg type
SIO=0a OPC=003-255-000 DPC=000-024-000
DATA=26 80 03 09 0e 06 09 00 fe 08 50 55 05
43 00 00 00 00 00
LSN=A1234567
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. This indicates that SCCP received a message that was discarded because the
message type field contained an invalid field for the system. No action is
necessary.
3-610 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1024 - SCCP rcvd inv msg length
Description
invalid message length.
Example
0110.1024 CARD 1103,A INFO SCCP rcvd inv msg length
SIO=0a OPC=004-000-000 DPC=000-071-000
DATA=26 80 03 09 0e 06 09 00 fe 08 50 55 05
43 00 00 00 00 00
LSN=A1234567
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
message length field contained an invalid field for the system. No action is
necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-611

DRAFT
1025 - SCCP rcvd inv msg class
Description
invalid message class.
Example
0111.1025 CARD 1103,A INFO SCCP rcvd inv msg class
SIO=0a OPC=004-001-000 DPC=000-071-000
CDPA SS=000 CDPA TT=000
CGPA SS=000 CGPA TT=000
CLASS=000 MSG TYPE=00
LSN=A1234567
Legend
CLASS Message class
LSN Linkset name
MSG TYPE Message type
SS Subsystem
TT Translation type
Alarm Level
Procedure
message class field contained an invalid value for the system. No action is
necessary.
3-612 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1026 - System Meas Limit exceeded for LSORIGNI
Description
This gateway related data has exceeded its threshold for the accumulation
interval.
Example
0128.1026 CARD 1105 INFO System Meas Limit exceeded for LSORGNI
Alarm Level
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-613

DRAFT
1027 - System Meas Limit exceeded for LSDESTNI
Description
interval.
Examples
0128.1027 CARD 1105 INFO System Meas Limit exceeded for LSDESTNI
Alarm Level
Procedure
3-614 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1028 - System Meas. Limit exceeded for ORIGNI/NINC
Description
interval.
Examples
0128.1028 CARD 1105 INFO System Meas. Limit exceeded for ORIGNI/NINC
Alarm Level
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-615

DRAFT
Description
SCCP received a message from the network that was discarded because of a bad
global title indicator in the called party address.
Example
0112.1029 CARD 1103,A1 INFO SCCP rcvd inv Cld Party - bad GT ind
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
CDPA LENGTH=000 MSG TYPE=04
CDPA: AI=10 PC=003-003-003 SSN=005 TT=250
ADDR=12345678901234567890
DATA=3a e2 38 c7 04 56 04 72 e0 e8 30 e9
2e cf 01 00 d0 02 83 01 f2 25 aa 0b
84 09 01 00 11 0a 19 49
LSN=A1234567
Legend
SIO Service information octet OPC Origination point code
DPC Destination point code CDPA Length Called party address length
AI Address Indicator SSN Subsystem number
TT Translation type ADDR Address
CGPA Calling party address PC Point code
DATA Hex dump of TCAP part of MSU MSG TYPE Message type
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
global title field in the called party address was invalid in the Eagle STP. No
3-616 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1030 - Inh EIR SS request already outstanding
Description
An inh-map-ss command is already entered and queued.

For more information about the inh-map-ss command, refer to the Commands
Manual.
Example
0140.1030 CARD 1201 INFO Inh EIR SS request already outstanding
Alarm Level
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-617

DRAFT
1031 - Failure Inhibiting EIR SS
Description
The inh-map-ss command was unsuccessful in taking the EIR subsystem off-line.
For more information about the inh-map-ss command, refer to the Commands
Manual.
Example
0140.1031 CARD 1201 INFO Failure Inhibiting EIR SS
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Enter the inh-map-ss command with the force parameter.
3-618 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1032 - Set ETS Mismatch
Description
There is a discontinuity between the ETS broadcast and what the card expects. A
discontinuity can occur when both OAM cards are booted at the same time and
ETS gets reset to zero.
Example
0140.1032 CARD 1201 INFO Set ETS Mismatch
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. The affected LIM/ATM/STC card recalibrates to the new ETS value and
should continue to operate correctly. If not, this is a reference point for
possible invalid timestamps to Sentinel.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-619

DRAFT
Description
SCCP received a message from the network that it could not route and was
discarded because of an invalid network indicator in the called party address.
Example
0113.1033 CARD 1103,A1 INFO SCCP rcvd inv Cld Party - bad network
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
CDPA: AI=10 PC=003-003-003 SSN=005 TT=250
ADDR=12345678901234567890
LSN=A1234567
Legend
LSN Linkset name MSG TYPE Message type
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. This indicates that SCCP discarded a message because the network indicator
(national or international) provided in the called party address is invalid in
the Eagle STP. No action is necessary.
3-620 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Description
discarded because no subsystem number was present in the called party address.
Example
0114.1034 CARD 1201,A INFO SCCP rcvd inv Cld Party - no SSN
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
CDPA: AI=10 PC=003-003-003 SSN=005 TT=250
ADDR=12345678901234567890
LSN=A1234567
Legend
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. The sender of the discarded message is using an invalid message format. If

there is only one occurrence, no action is necessary. However, if the condition
continues, there may be a problem at the node that is sending the invalid
message. Contact that node and inform them of the problem.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-621

DRAFT
1035 - SCCP rsp did not route - invalid GTI
Description
This message indicates the SCCP response did not route because of an invalid GTI
in the calling party of the query.
Example
0018.1035 CARD 1103,A INFO SCCP rsp did not route - invalid GTI
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
SCCP MSG TYPE=04
CDPA: NI=1 RI=0 GTI=04 SSNI=1 PCI=1
TT=250 NP=04 NAI=010 ADDR=123456789012345678901
PC=003-003-003 SSN=005
CGPA: NI=1 RI=0 GTI=04 SSNI=1 PCI=1
TT=100 NP=07 NAI=012 ADDR=012345678901234567890
PC=001-001-001 SSN=004
LSN=A1234567
Legend
ADDR Address CDPA Called party address
CGPA Calling party address GTI Global title indicator
NAI Nature of address indicator NI Network indicator value
NP Numbering plan OPC Origination point code
PC Point code PCI Protocol control information
RI Routing indicator SIO Service information octet
SSN Subsystem number SSNI Subsystem number indicator
TT Translation type
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Change the message to include a valid GTI in the CGPA part of the query.
Specify GTI=2 for ANSI, and specify GTI=2 or GTI=4, as appropriate for ITU.
3-622 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1036 - SCCP rsp did not route - invalid TT
Description
This message indicates the SCCP response did not route because of an invalid TT
in the calling party of the query.
Example
0018.1036 CARD 1103,A INFO SCCP rsp did not route - invalid TT
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
SCCP MSG TYPE=04
TT=250 NP=04 NAI=010 ADDR=123456789012345678901
PC=003-003-003 SSN=005
TT=100 NP=07 NAI=012 ADDR=012345678901234567890
PC=001-001-001 SSN=004
LSN=A1234567
Legend
TT Translation type
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Provision the CGPA TT in the GTT TT table using the ent-tt command.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-623

DRAFT
1037 - SCCP rsp did not route - bad Xlation
Description
This message indicates the SCCP response did not route because of an invalid
translation in the calling party of the query.
Example
0018.1037 CARD 1103,A INFO SCCP rsp did not route - bad Xlation
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
SCCP MSG TYPE=04
TT=250 NP=04 NAI=010 ADDR=123456789012345678901
PC=003-003-003 SSN=005
TT=100 NP=07 NAI=012 ADDR=012345678901234567890
PC=001-001-001 SSN=004
LSN=A1234567
Legend
TT Translation type
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Provision the CGPA GTA address in the GTT database using the ent-gtt
command.
3-624 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1038 - SCCP rsp did not route -SSP not True PC
Description
This message indicates the SCCP response did not route because the SSP (OPC or
CGPA Point Code) is not the True Point Code.
Example
0018.1038 CARD 1103,A INFO SCCP rsp did not route -SSP not True PC
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
SCCP MSG TYPE=04
TT=250 NP=04 NAI=010 ADDR=123456789012345678901
PC=003-003-003 SSN=005
TT=100 NP=07 NAI=012 ADDR=012345678901234567890
PC=001-001-001 SSN=004
LSN=A1234567
Legend
TT Translation type
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Change the message to use the True Point Code in the CGPA point code or
OPC of the query.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-625

DRAFT
1039 - SCCP rsp did not route - bad Selectors
Description
This message indicates the SCCP response did not route because of invalid
selectors (e.g., GTI, TT, NP, NAI) in the calling party of the query.
Example
0018.1039 CARD 1103,A INFO SCCP rsp did not route - bad Selectors
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
SCCP MSG TYPE=04
TT=250 NP=04 NAI=010 ADDR=123456789012345678901
PC=003-003-003 SSN=005
TT=100 NP=07 NAI=012 ADDR=012345678901234567890
PC=001-001-001 SSN=004
LSN=A1234567
Legend
TT Translation type
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Provision the CGPA GTI, TT, NP, and NAI in the EGTT selector table using the
commands ent-gttsel (to assign global title selectors to a GTT set for EGTT) and
ent-gttset (to specify the attributes for a new GTT set).
3-626 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1040 - ITU <-> ANSI translation not supported
Description
This message indicates an invalid translation PC type in attempting to cross the

ANSI to ITU domain.
Example
station1234 02-07-21 16:28:08 EST EAGLE 31.4.0-46.12.0
0019.1040 CARD 1104,A INFO ITU <-> ANSI translation not supported
TRANSLATED PC=003-003-003 TRANSLATED SS=005
TT=250 NP=04 NAI=010 ADDR=123456789012345678901
PC=003-003-003 SSN=005
TT=100 NP=07 NAI=012 ADDR=012345678901234567890
PC=001-001-001 SSN=004
LSN=ABCD123
Legend
LSN Linkset name NAI Nature of address indicator
NI Network indicator value NP Numbering plan
RI Routing indicator SSN Subsystem number
SSNI Subsystem number indicator TT Translation type
TRANSLATED PC Translated point code
TRANSLATED SS Translated subsystem
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Change the translation PC type to not cross the domain (ANSI <-> ITU), by
using the appropriate EPAP commands. Refer to the EPAP Administration
Manual.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-627

DRAFT
1041 - SCCP did not route -no SSN in msg or DB
Description
This message indicates the SCCP message did not route because the SSN was not
found in the message or translation data.
Example

0143.1041 CARD 1104,A SCCP did not route -no SSN in msg or DB
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
SCCP MSG TYPE=04
TT=250 NP=04 NAI=010 ADDR=123456789012345678901
PC=003-003-003 SSN=005
TT=100 NP=07 NAI=012 ADDR=012345678901234567890
PC=001-001-001 SSN=004
LSN=A1234567
Legend
TT Translation type
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Change the message to include the CDPA SSN in the message or provision the
SSN in the translation table. You can change the translation table by using the
appropriate GTT (ent-gtt or ent-gta) or the EPAP commands. Refer to the
Commands Manual or the EPAP Administration Manual, respectively for details.
3-628 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1042 - SCCP rcvd inv GT - bad Translation Type
Description
SCCP received a message from the network requiring global title translation but
the message was discarded because the system did not recognize the translation
type.
Example
0115.1042 CARD 1103,A INFO SCCP rcvd inv GT - bad Translation Type
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
CDPA: AI=10 PC=003-003-003 SSN=005 TT=250
ADDR=12345678901234567890
LSN=A1234567
Legend
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. This indicates a SCCP message was received with an invalid global title. The
translation type indicator was invalid in the Eagle STP. If this message should
have been routed (verified by the output shown above), continue to Step 2.
2. Use the command rtrv-tt, and verify that the indicated translation type does
not appear in the translation types table.
3. If there is no entry for the translation type indicated in the message, and there
should be, use the ent-tt command to add the translation type to the Eagle STP
translation type table. Refer to the Database Administration Manual - Global Title
Translation for more information about entering translation types.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-629

DRAFT
Description
SCCP did not route a message because it could not translate the global title. The
message was discarded.
Example
0116.1043 CARD 1104,A INFO SCCP did not route - bad translation
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
CDPA: AI=10 PC=003-003-003 SSN=005 TT=250
ADDR=12345678901234567890
LSN=A1234567
Legend
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. This indicates that SCCP received a message with a global title translation it
could not interpret. The message was discarded. No action is necessary.
3-630 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Description
SCCP did not route a message because the destination point code (DPC) was
out-of-service (OOS). The message was discarded.
Example
0117.1044 CARD 1104,A1 INFO SCCP did not route - DPC OOS
OPC=001-001-001
CDPA LENGHT=006 MSG TYPE=83
CDPA: AI=10 PC=004-004-004 SSN=006 TT=250
LSN=A1234567
Legend
ADDR Address AI Address indicator
CDPA Called party address LSN Linkset name
MSG TYPE Message type OPC Origination point code
PC Point code SS Subsystem
SSN Subsystem number TT Translation type
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Check the route and linksets by entering the rept-stat-dstn and rept-stat-ls
commands.
rept-stat-slk:loc=:port=b
Command Completed.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-631

DRAFT
3. Check the UNAVAIL REASON field in the output of the rept-stat-slk
command. Following is an explanation of the UNAVAIL REASON codes:
RD(xx.xxx) The signaling link is unavailable because of a restart delay to


card.
Procedures).
3-632 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
9. Otherwise, this indicates a failure at the distant node. Routing to this node has
been halted as a result of network management. Maintenance personnel
should be aware of the OOS condition, but no action is necessary. Monitor the
links to the DPC and verify the DPC status changes to IS-NR (In-Service -
Normal).
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-633

DRAFT
Description
SCCP did not route a message because the destination point code (DPC) was
congested. The message was discarded.
Example
0118.1045 CARD 1104,A1 INFO SCCP did not route - DPC congested
OPC=001-001-001
CDPA: AI=10 PC=004-004-004 SSN=006 TT=250
LSN=A1234567
Legend
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. This indicates an SCCP message was discarded due to congestion at a distant

node. Maintenance personnel should monitor the network and verify the
nodes congestion status changes to zero (no congestion).
NOTE: A transfer controlled (TFC) should have been received on the link
to indicate congestion to this node. When the congestion status changes, the
congestion status indicator in the flow control messages indicates what
message type priorities can be transmitted to the distant node. If the
condition persists, follow normal company procedures in dealing with
congestion at distant nodes.
3-634 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Description
SCCP did not route a message because the destination point code was not in the
mated application (MAP) table. The message was discarded.
Example
0119.1046 CARD 1104,A1 INFO SCCP did not route - DPC not in MAP tbl
OPC=001-001-001
CDPA: AI=10 PC=004-004-004 SSN=006 TT=250
LSN=A1234567
Legend
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. If the DPC indicated in the message should not be routed to, no further action
is necessary.
2. If the DPC should be routed to from the Eagle STP, use the ent-map command
to enter the DPC into the mated application (MAP) table.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-635

DRAFT
Description
SCCP did not route a message because the destination subsystem (SSN) was
Out-of -Service. The message was discarded.
Example
0120.1047 CARD 1104,A1 INFO SCCP did not route - SS OOS
OPC=001-001-001
CDPA: AI=10 PC=004-004-004 SSN=006 TT=250
LSN=A1234567
Legend
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. This indicates an SCCP was discarded because the DPC SSN it was addressed
to is out-of-service (OOS). Contact the distant end node this message refers to
and verify action is being taken to bring the SCCP back into service.
3-636 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Description
SCCP did not route a message because the subsystem was congested. The
Example
0121.1048 CARD 1104,A1 INFO SCCP did not route - SS congested
OPC=001-001-001
CDPA: AI=10 PC=004-004-004 SSN=006 TT=250
LSN=A1234567
Legend
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. This indicates an SCCP message was discarded due to congestion at a

subsystem. Maintenance personnel should monitor the network and verify
the subsystems congestion status changes to zero (no congestion).
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-637

DRAFT
Description
SCCP did not route a message because the destination subsystem was not in the
Mated Application (MAP) table. The message was discarded.
Example
0124.1049 CARD 1104,A1 INFO SCCP did not route - SS not in MAP tbl
OPC=001-001-00
CDPA: AI=10 PC=004-004-004 SSN=006 TT=250
LSN=A1234567
Legend
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. If the subsystem indicated in the message is not a mated application to the

Eagle STP, no further action is necessary.
2. If the SCCP message should have been routed, use the ent-map command to
add the subsystem number to the mated application (MAP) table.
3-638 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1050 - SCCP-CNV: Unable to convert ANSI CDPA GT
Description
This message indicates that a SCCP MSU contained an undefined CDPA PC. The
GTCNVDFLT STP Option is not enabled.
Example
0112.1050 CARD 1103,A1 INFO SCCP-CNV: Unable to convert ANSI CDPA GT
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
SCCP MSG TYPE=04
TT=250 NP=04 NAI=010 ADDR=123456789012345678901
PC=003-003-003 SSN=005
TT=100 NP=07 NAI=012 ADDR=012345678901234567890
PC=001-001-001 SSN=004
LSN=A1234567
Legend
CGPA Calling party address DPC Destination point code
GTI Global title indicator LSN Linkset name
MSG TYPE Message type NAI Nature of address indicator
PCI Protocol control information RI Routing indicator
SIO Service information octet SSN Subsystem number
Alarm Level
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-639

DRAFT
Procedure
1. Perform one of the following actions:

Enable the GTCNVDFLT STP Option, which would cause a default GT
conversion to occur. Refer to the Database Administration Manual - Global
Title Translation for details.
OR
Add the proper ANSI to ITU entry (matching TT) into the Default GT
Conversion Table. Refer to the Database Administration Manual - Global Title
Translation for details.
OR
Add a wildcard ANSI to ITU entry into the Default GT Conversion Table.
Refer to the Database Administration Manual - Global Title Translation for
details.
3-640 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1051 - SCCP-CNV: Unable to convert ANSI CGPA GT
Description
This message indicates that a SCCP MSU contained an undefined CGPA PC. The
Example
0112.1051 CARD 1103,A1 INFO SCCP-CNV: Unable to convert ANSI CGPA GT
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
SCCP MSG TYPE=04
TT=250 NP=04 NAI=010 ADDR=123456789012345678901
PC=003-003-003 SSN=005
TT=100 NP=07 NAI=012 ADDR=012345678901234567890
PC=001-001-001 SSN=004
LSN=A1234567
Legend
Alarm Level
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-641

DRAFT
Procedure

OR
Add the proper ANSI to ITU entry (matching TT) into the Default GT
Conversion Table. Refer to the DDatabase Administration Manual - Global
OR
Add a wildcard ANSI to ITU entry into the Default GT Conversion Table.
details.
3-642 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1052 - SCCP-CNV: Unable to convert ITU CDPA GT
Description
This message indicates that a SCCP MSU contained an undefined CDPA PC. The
Example
0112.1052 CARD 1103,A1 INFO SCCP-CNV: Unable to convert ITU CDPA GT
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
SCCP MSG TYPE=04
TT=250 NP=04 NAI=010 ADDR=123456789012345678901
PC=003-003-003 SSN=005
TT=100 NP=07 NAI=012 ADDR=012345678901234567890
PC=001-001-001 SSN=004
LSN=A1234567
Legend
Alarm Level
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-643

DRAFT
Procedure

conversion to occur. Refer to the DDatabase Administration Manual - Global
OR
Add the proper ANSI to ITU entry (matching NP/NAI/TT) into the
Default GT Conversion Table. Refer to the Database Administration Manual
- Global Title Translation for details.
OR
Add a wildcard ITU to ANSI entry into the Default GT Conversion Table.
details.
3-644 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1053 - SCCP-CNV: Unable to convert ITU CGPA GT
Description
This message indicates that a SCCP MSU contained an undefined CGPA PC. The
Example
0112.1053 CARD 1103,A1 INFO SCCP-CNV: Unable to convert ITU CGPA GT
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
SCCP MSG TYPE=04
TT=250 NP=04 NAI=010 ADDR=123456789012345678901
PC=003-003-003 SSN=005
TT=100 NP=07 NAI=012 ADDR=012345678901234567890
PC=001-001-001 SSN=004
LSN=A1234567
Legend
Alarm Level
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-645

DRAFT
Procedure

OR
Add the proper ANSI to ITU entry (matching NP/NAI/TT) into the
Default GT Conversion Table. Refer to the Database Administration Manual
OR
Add a wildcard ITU to ANSI entry into the Default GT Conversion Table.
details.
3-646 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Description
SCCP received a message destined to a local subsystem that was discarded

because of a bad subsystem number (SSN).
Example
0115.1054 CARD 1103,A INFO SCCP rcvd inv LSS - bad SSN
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
CDPA: AI=10 PC=003-003-003 SSN=005 TT=250
ADDR=12345678901234567890
LSN=A1234567
NOTE: Two outputs are possible. The Legend includes abbreviations

found in both variations.
Legend
TT Translation type SSNI Subsystem number indicator
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. The Eagle STP supports only one subsystem. All other local subsystem
numbers are invalid. No further action is necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-647

DRAFT
1055 - SCCP rcvd inv SCMG - bad AFTPC
Description
SCCP received an SCCP management message (SCMG) that was discarded

because of a bad affected point code (AFTPC). The point code does not appear in
the Eagle STP routing tables.
Example
0124.1055 CARD 1106 INFO SCCP rcvd inv SCMG - bad AFTPC
SIO=0a OPC=004-031-000 DPC=000-071-000
SCMG: MSG TYPE=000 MSG LEN=003
AFTPC=004-219-000 AFTSS=000 MULT=000
LSN=A1234567
Legend
LSN Linkset name
MSG LEN Message length
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Verify the point code in the message, and verify whether the point code is
required to be in the Eagle STP routing tables.
2. If the point code is not required to be in the Eagle STP routing tables, no
3-648 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
3. If the point code is required to be in the Eagle STP routing table, use the
ent-dstn command to add the point code to the Eagle STP routing tables. Refer
to the Database Administration Manual - SS7 for more information about the
procedure used to enter point codes to the Eagle STP routing tables.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-649

DRAFT
1056 - SCCP rcvd inv SCMG - bad subsystem
Description

because of an invalid subsystem.
Example
0124.1056 CARD 1106 INFO SCCP rcvd inv SCMG - bad subsystem
SIO=0a OPC=004-031-000 DPC=000-071-000
AFTPC=004-219-000 AFTSS=000 MULT=000
LSN=A1234567
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Verify the point code in the message, and verify the subsystem number as a
valid SSN for the network.
2. Add the subsystem number to the Eagle STP map tables using the ent-map
command.
3-650 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1057 - SCCP rcvd inv SCMG - bad length
Description

because of an invalid length indicator.
Example
0124.1057 CARD 1106 INFO SCCP rcvd inv SCMG - bad length
SIO=0a OPC=004-031-000 DPC=000-071-000
AFTPC=004-219-000 AFTSS=000 MULT=000
LSN=A1234567
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. This message indicates an SCCP message was discarded due to an invalid

length indicator. No further action is necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-651

DRAFT
1058 - SCCP rcvd inv SCMG - bad msg type
Description

because of an invalid message type.
Example
0128.1058 CARD 1106 INFO SCCP rcvd inv SCMG - bad msg type
SIO=0a OPC=004-034-000 DPC=000-000-000
AFTPC=004-219-000 AFTSS=000 MULT=000
LSN=A1234567
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. This indicates an SCCP message was discarded due to an invalid message

type. No further action is necessary.
3-652 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1060 - Map Screening cannot generate ATIER
Description
This message is generated because the MSU passed the SCCP conversion before
the MAP screening and is of a different domain than the OPC of the inbound
MSU. Therefore, the MSU is discarded and the Any Time Interrogation error
(ATIER) is not generated.
Example
0018.1060 CARD 1103 INFO Map Screening cannot generate ATIER
OPC=001-001-001
TT=250 NP=04 NAI=010 ADDR=123456789012345678901
PC=003-003-003 SSN=005
TT=100 NP=07 NAI=012 ADDR=012345678901234567890
PC=001-001-001 SSN=004
Op-Code=61 Forbidden Param=N/A Action=Discard
Legend
RI Routing indicator Op-Code Operation Code
TT Translation type Param Parameter
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. The MSU indicated in the message was discarded. No further action is

necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-653

DRAFT
1061 - Meas sync not allowed from old version
Description
This UIM is generated when the secondary MCP receives measurements data
from a primary MCP that is running an older version of the software. This
message indicates that measurements data was discarded by the secondary MCP
due to the version mismatch. This problem occurs during a system upgrade to a
new release.
Example
0140.1061 CARD 1201 INFO Meas sync not allowed from old version
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. This UIM should only occur during an upgrade. Complete the upgrade per
approved procedure.
3-654 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Description
A screen set was created with too many rows.
Example
0128.1062 CARD 1101 INFO String Data Dump
LSN=A1234567
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. This message indicates that the screen set is too large to be loaded. Remove
some of the entries (one entry at a time).
2. If the screen set is still too large, use the rtrv-scrset command to see if there are
any unnecessary entries already in the screen set that can be deleted.
3. Retry adding to the screen set with the chg-scrset command. If the message
appears again, your screen set is too large. Try a different screen set or change
the existing screen set.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-655

DRAFT
1063 - SCCP screen set is too large
Description
The screen set is too large to fit on a LIM or SCCP card and has failed loading.
Example
0128.1063 CARD 1105 INFO SCCP screen set is too large
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. This message indicates that the screen set is too large to be loaded to a LIM or
SCCP. Remove some of the entries (one entry at a time).
2. If the screen set is still too large, use the rtrv-scrset command to see if there are
any unnecessary entries already in the screen set that can be deleted.
3. Retry adding to the screen set with the chg-scrset command. If the message
appears again, your screen set is too large. Try a different screen set or change
the existing screen set.
3-656 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1064 - GWS rcvd TFP, AFTPC not in routing tbl
Description
The Eagle STP has received a transfer controlled (TCP) for an affected point code
(AFTPC) which does not appear in the Eagle STP routing tables. The message was
discarded by Gateway Screening (GWS).
Example
0129.1064 CARD 1105,A INFO GWS rcvd TFP, AFTPC not in routing tbl
SIO=b0 OPC=004-040-000 DPC=000-001-000
H0H1=41 AFTPC=099-099-003
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
tables.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-657

DRAFT
1065 - GWS rcvd TFR, AFTPC not in routing tbl
Description
The Eagle STP has received a transfer restricted (TFR) for an affected point code
(AFTPC) which does not appear in the Eagle STP routing tables. The message was
discarded by gateway screening (GWS).
Example
0130.1065 CARD 1201,A INFO GWS rcvd TFR, AFTPC not in routing tbl
SIO=b0 OPC=004-041-000 DPC=001-000-000
H0H1=43 AFTPC=099-099-003
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
tables.
3-658 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1066 - GWS rcvd TFA, AFTPC not in routing tbl
Description
The Eagle STP has received a transfer allowed (TFA) for an affected point code
(AFTPC) that does not appear in the Eagle STP routing tables. The message was
discarded by the gateway screening (GWS) feature.
Example
0131.1066 CARD 1201,A INFO GWS rcvd TFA, AFTPC not in routing tbl
SIO=b0 OPC=004-042-000 DPC=002-000-000
H0H1=45 AFTPC=099-099-003
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
tables.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-659

DRAFT
1067 - GWS rcvd UPU, AFTPC not in routing tbl
Description
The Eagle STP has received a user part unavailable (UPU) for an affected point
code (AFTPC) which does not appear in the Eagle STP routing tables. The
message was discarded by gateway screening (GWS).
Example
0132.1067 CARD 1201,A INFO GWS rcvd UPU, AFTPC not in routing tbl
SIO=90 OPC=004-043-000 DPC=002-000-000
H0H1=A1 AFTPC=099-099-003
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
tables.
3-660 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1068 - GWS rcvd RSP, AFTPC not in routing tbl
Description
The Eagle STP has received a signaling route set test prohibited message (RSP) for
an affected point code (AFTPC) which does not appear in the Eagle STP routing
tables. The message was discarded by gateway screening (GWS).
Example
0133.1068 CARD 1201,A INFO GWS rcvd RSP, AFTPC not in routing tbl
SIO=b0 OPC=004-044-000 DPC=008-010-000
H0H1=51 AFTPC=099-099-003
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
tables.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-661

DRAFT
1069 - GWS rcvd RSR, AFTPC not in routing table
Description
The Eagle STP has received a signaling route test set restricted (RSR) for an
affected point code (AFTPC) which does not appear in the Eagle STP routing
tables. The message was discarded by gateway screening (GWS).
Example
0134.1069 CARD 1201,A INFO GWS rcvd RSR with AFTPC not in routing tbl
SIO=b0 OPC=004-045-004 DPC=002-072-002
H0H1=52 AFTPC=099-099-003
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
tables.
3-662 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1070 - SLTC failure: invalid Point Code (OPC)
Description
The signaling link test control has reported an invalid point code in the signaling
link test message (SLTM) received from the far end. The point code for the
adjacent signaling point does not match the point code in the adjacent point code
field in the linkset table.
Example
0135.1070 CARD 1201,A INFO SLTC failure: invalid Point Code (OPC)
SIO=0a OPC=003-236-000 DPC=000-071-000
LSN=A1234567
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Enter the following command to display the linkset names and the adjacent
point codes:
rtrv-ls
L3T SLT GWS GWS GWS

LSN APCA (SS7) SCRN SET SET BEI LST LNKS ACT MES DIS SLSCI NIS
lsa1 240-020-000 none 1 1 no A 1 off off off no off
lsa2 240-030-000 none 1 1 no A 3 on on on yes off
Link set table is (114 of 255) 45 % FULL
2. The adjacent point code should match the adjacent point code in the message
(004-046-000, for example). If it does not match, the link is not physically
connected to the adjacent node. Determine the correct linkset name and
adjacent point code. Use the ent-ls command to enter the correct information
in the linkset table.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-663

DRAFT
1071 - SLTC failure: invalid SLC
Description
The signaling link test control has reported an invalid signaling link code (SLC) in
the signaling link test message (SLTM) received from the far end.
Example
0136.1071 CARD 1201,A INFO SLTC failure: invalid SLC
ADJ PC=004-046-000 SLC=02 LEN=0f
DATA= 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 11 12 13 14 15
Legend
ADJ PC Adjacent point code
LEN Data length
SLC Signaling link code
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Contact the far-end to make sure both ends have provisioned the same SLC
for the signaling link.
3-664 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1072 - SLTC failure: no response
Description
The signaling link test control has reported No Response received for a
signaling link test message (SLTM) sent to the far end.
Example
0137.1072 CARD 1201,A INFO SLTC failure:no response
ADJ PC=004-046-000 SLC=02 LEN=0f
DATA= 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 11 12 13 14 15
Legend
LEN Data length
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Contact the far-end to find out why there is no response to the SLTM.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-665

DRAFT
1073 - SLTC failure: bad data pattern
Description
The signaling link test control has detected an invalid data pattern in the signaling
link test message (SLTM) received from the far end.
Example
0138.1073 CARD 1201,A INFO SLTC failure:bad data pattern
ADJ PC=004-046-000 SLC=02 LEN=0f
DATA= 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 11 12 13 14 15
Legend
LEN Data length
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Contact the far-end and use your company procedures to test the facilities for
the signaling link.
3-666 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1074 - SCCP rcvd inv SCMG - invalid SOR
Description

because of an invalid subsystem out of service request (SOR).
Example
0124.1074 CARD 1106 INFO SCCP rcvd inv SCMG - invalid SOR
SIO=0a OPC=004-031-000 DPC=000-071-000
AFTPC=004-219-000 AFTSS=000 MULT=000
LSN=A1234567
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Verify the point code in the message, and verify the subsystem number as a
valid SSN for the network.
2. Add the subsystem number to the Eagle STP map tables using the ent-map
command.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-667

DRAFT
1075 - MTP: link bypassed SLT phase
Description
The link has aligned and may be brought into service without a successful
signaling link test (SLT).
Example
0140.1075 CARD 1201,A INFO MTP: link bypassed SLT phase
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Enter the rtrv-slk command with the card location and port shown in this
message (for example, card location 1201, port A). Following is an example of
the output:
rtrv-slk:loc = 1202:port = a
L2T L1 PCR PCR

LOC PORT LSN SLC TYPE SET BPS MODE TSET ECM N1 N2
1201 A lsa1 0 LIMV35 2 64000 DTE --- PCR --- 3800
2. Use the rtrv-ls command using the linkset name (lsn) displayed in the output
of Step 1. Following is an example of the output:
> rtrv-ls:lsn = lsa1
SCR L3T SLT

LSN APCA (SS7) SET SET SET BEI LST LNKS GWSA GWSM GWSD DOMAIN
lsa1 240-020-000 scr1 1 1 yes A 4 off off off SS7
TFATCABMLQ
2
L2T L1 PCR PCR
LOC PORT SLC TYPE SET BPS MODE TSET ECM N1 N2
1201 a 3 LIMV35 2 64000 DTE --- BASIC --- -----
1205 b 0 LIMDS0 1 56000 --- --- BASIC --- -----
b 1 LIMOCU 1 56000 --- --- BASIC --- -----
1211 a 2 LIMDS0 1 56000 --- --- BASIC --- -----
Link set table is (114 of 255) 45% full.
3-668 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
3. Enter the rtrv-slt command with the sltset parameter and the value shown in
the SLTSET column from the output of Step 2 to determine whether the
signaling link test message is on or off.
4. If the signaling link test message is off, enter the chg-slt command with the
sltset parameter and the value used in Step 3, and the enabled=on parameter.
5. If the signaling link test message is on, enter the rept-stat-card command to
verify the status of the card that contains the specified signaling link. The
status of the card should be IS-NR (In-Service - Normal). If the card is out of
service, put it back into service by entering the rst-card command.
6. If the fault is not cleared, enter the rept-stat-slk command to verify the status of
the signaling link. The status of the signaling should be IS-NR (In-Service -
Normal). If the signaling link is out of service, enter the act-slk command to
put the signaling link back into service.
7. If the fault is not cleared, enter the tst-slk command specifying the signaling
link that generated this message.
number.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-669

DRAFT
1076 - SLTC failure: invalid Point Code (DPC)
Description
The signaling link test control (SLTC) has detected an invalid data pattern in the
signaling link test message (SLTM) received from the adjacent point code.
Example
0141.1076 CARD 1201,A INFO SLTC failure:invalid Point Code (DPC)
ADJ PC=004-046-000 SLC=02 LEN=0f
DATA= 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 11 12 13 14 15
Legend
LEN Data length
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Contact the far-end and use local procedures to test the facilities for the
signaling link.
3-670 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1077 - SLTC failure: failed link
Description
The signaling link test control failed because the link that requires testing has
failed.
Example
0142.1077 CARD 1201,A INFO SLTC failure:failed link
ADJ PC=004-046-000 SLC=02 LEN=0f
DATA= 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 11 12 13 14 15
Legend
LEN Data length
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. The link failed before testing could complete. Check for other messages
relating to the link failure.
number.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-671

DRAFT
1078 - SLTC success: manual test passed
Description
This message is the result of the successful completion of the tst-slk command.
Example
0143.1078 CARD 1201,A INFO SLTC success:manual test passed
ADJ PC=004-046-000 SLC=02 LEN=0f
DATA= 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 11 12 13 14 15
Legend
LEN Data length
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. This message indicates successful completion of a signaling link test message.

3-672 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1079 - SLTC aborted: unable to perform test
Description
The tst-slk command was entered and the specified signaling link was not in the
IS-NR (In-Service - Normal) state. For the tst-slk command to be used, the
specified signaling link must be in the IS-NR state.
Example
0144.1079 CARD 1201,A INFO SLTC aborted:unable to perform test
ADJ PC=004-046-000 SLC=02 LEN=0f
DATA= 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 11 12 13 14 15
Legend
LEN Data length
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Enter the rept-stat-slk command to verify the status of the signaling links.
2. Re-enter the tst-slk command specifying a signaling link that is in the IS-NR
state.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-673

DRAFT
1080 - disk measurement status unreadable
Description
The active MASP could not determine the measurement collection status so that
the measurements task could perform routine polling and measurement
collection. If the measurement collection status cannot be determined, the routine
polling and measurement collection tasks cannot be performed.
Example
0145.1080 CARD 1116 INFO disk measurement status unreadable
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Enter the rept-meas command. If the rept-meas command fails, a system

problem is the likely cause. If any messages are generated with the rept-meas
command failure, take the appropriate action for that message. If no messages
are generated, call Tekelec Technical Services at the appropriate number.
2. If the rept-meas command is rejected with a system busy message, the disk is
reserved by another command (for example, copy-disk). Check to see if another
command is running (copy-disk or a chg-db command).
3. If the fault is not cleared, enter the rept-stat-db command to determine whether
the active database is incoherent.
The following is an example of the output from an incoherent database.
rept-stat-db
;

- -------- --------------------- - -------- ---------------------
FD BKUP Y 342256 00-10-07 00:40:29 CDT Y 342256 00-10-07 00:40:29 CDT
FD CRNT N 342374 INCOHERENT Y 342375
MDAL 1117
- --------
3-674 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
4. Enter the appropriate chg-db command to restore the coherency of the active
database. See the Database Administration manual for information about
restoring the database.
5. If the fault is not cleared, the measurement control table may have been
corrupted. Call Tekelec Technical Services at at the appropriate number.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-675

DRAFT
1081 - MTP: Changeback T5 timeout
Description
When a link changes back, the Eagle STP sends up to six changeback declaration
messages and starts the T4 timer. The Eagle STP waits for a changeback
acknowledgment message for each of these declarations. If the T4 timer expires
before the Eagle STP receives an acknowledgment message, the Eagle STP sends
the changeback declaration message again and starts the T5 timer. If the T5 timer
expires before the Eagle STP receives an acknowledgment message, this message
is generated and the Eagle STP restarts traffic on the link.
Example
0146.1081 CARD 1105, A INFO MTP: Changeback T5 timeout
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. The system restarts traffic and no further action is necessary.
3-676 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1082 - Amem single bit error report
Description
This message indicates that an ASM, GPSM-II, or TSM card encountered a single
bit dynamic ram error. This message gives the user a record of single bit errors for
the last 24 hours.
Example
0147.1082 CARD 1101 INFO Amem single bit error report
Any Errors : YES current hour-------v
24 Hour History: NNNYNN NNNNNN NNNNYN NYNNNY
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. There is no immediate action needed, but the message indicates that the error
was encountered and corrected. If many errors are reported then the card may
be beginning to fail and should be targeted for replacement in the future.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-677

DRAFT
1083 - REPT COND: system alive
Description
This message is a periodic system message indicating that the system is alive.
Example
0147.1083 SYSTEM INFO REPT COND: system alive
Alarm Level
Procedure
3-678 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1084 - GWS MSU discarded by redirect function
Description
This message indicates that an MSU has been discarded rather than redirected to
the SCP as part of the Database Transport Access (DTA) feature.
Example
0003.1084 CARD 1205,A INFO GWS MSU discarded by redirect function
SIO=01 OPC=003-237-002 DPC=006-006-000
SR=scrb
LSN=A1234567

Legend
ADDR Address
LSN Linkset name
PC Point code
TT Translation type
Alarm Level
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-679

DRAFT
Procedure
1. Check to see if the redirect function is disabled by entering the following:

rtrv-gws-redirect
2. If the enabled parameter is set to OFF as in the following output, the redirect
function needs to be enabled.
ENABLED DPC RI SSN TT GTA
off 001-030-001 GT 10 25 1800833
3. Enter the following command to enable the redirect function:

chg-gws-redirect:enabled=on
3-680 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1085 - GWS MSU too large to be redirected
Description
This message indicates that the system tried to encapsulate an MSU for
redirection to an SCP (as part of the Database Transport Access feature).
The DTA feature encapsulates the entire data packet including level 2 MTP.
Because the DTA feature requires approximately 24 octets, the original packet can
contain a maximum of about 248 octets of user data. If the size of the data is
larger, the MSU cannot be redirected and is routed to its original destination.
Example
0003.1085 CARD 1205,A INFO GWS MSU too large to be redirected
SIO=01 OPC=003-237-002 DPC=006-006-000
SR=scrb
LSN=A1234567

Legend
ADDR Address
LSN Linkset name
PC Point code
TT Translation type
Alarm Level
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-681

DRAFT
Procedure
1. If MSUs are frequently discarded, there may be a problem on the origination

end. To determine the number of MSUs that are discarded because the MSU is
too large to be encapsulated, enter the following command:
rept-meas:type=systot:enttype=stp:period=last
2. Check the DTAMSULOST report in the output message. If the number of

discarded MSUs is low, no further action is necessary. If large quantities are
MSUs are lost, the originating node may need to be reconfigured.
3-682 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1086 - LFS test terminated with OAM switchover
Description
The link fault sectionalization (LFS) test terminated when the OAM switched
over.
Example
0146.1086 CARD 1115 INFO LFS test terminated with OAM switchover
Alarm Level
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-683

DRAFT
1087 - MTP RSTRT rcvd unexpected user traffic
Description
This message indicates the system encountered traffic during the MTP Restart
process.
Example
0147.1087 CARD 1101 INFO MTP RSTRT rcvd unexpected user traffic
Report Date:00-03-30 Time: 16:27:19 :
Alarm Level
Procedure
was encountered.
3-684 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1088 - REPT-MTP-RSTRT MTP Restart started
Description
This message indicates that a full MTP Restart has begun.
Example
0147.1088 CARD 1101 INFO REPT-MTP-RSTRT MTP Restart started
Report Date:00-03-30 Time: 16:27:19 :
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. There is no immediate action needed, but the message indicates that MTP
Restart has begun.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-685

DRAFT
1089 - RCVRY-MTP-RSTRT MTP Restart completed
Description
This message indicates a full MTP Restart is complete.
Example
0147.1089 CARD 1101 INFO RCVRY-MTP-RSTRT MTP Restart completed
Report Date:00-03-30 Time: 16:27:19 :
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. There is no immediate action needed, but the message indicates that MTP
Restart is complete.
3-686 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1090 - ITU GWY:CPC conversion failure
Description
This message indicates a protocol conversion failure. There are three possible
reasons for the conversion failure.
The point code was not in the database.
The appropriate point code type was unavailable. There is no true point code
or alias point code that matches the CPC.
The database is corrupted. The master database and the card database must be
synchronized.
Example
0010.1090 CARD 1205,B INFO ITU GWY: CPC conversion failure
SIO=0a OPC=3-236-1 DPC=1-014-2
CPC=3-095-6
LSN=A1234567890
Legend
CPC Capability point code
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Check the database to make sure the card database is synchronized with the
master database. Enter the rept-stat-db:display=except command. If the
databases are not synchronized, reload the card data by initializing the card. If
the databases are synchronized, go to Step 2.
2. Enter the rtrv-dstn:dpc command. If the rtrv-dstn command fails, the point
code is undefined or the destination point code is an alias and not a true point
code.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-687

DRAFT
3. To verify that the point code is an alias, enter the rtrv-dstn:alias command. If
the command succeeds, you must provision the database with the true point
code using the chg-dstn:dpc=xxx:alias=yyy command.
4. If the point code is not an alias, you must define the point code using the
ent-dstn:dpci=xxx:aliasi=yyy command.
3-688 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1091 - ITU GWY:OPC conversion failure
Description
This message indicates a protocol conversion failure. There are three possible
reasons for the conversion failure.
The point code is not in the database.
The appropriate point code type was unavailable. There is no true point code
or alias point code that matches the OPC.
The database is corrupted.
Example
0010.1091 CARD 1205,B INFO ITU GWY: OPC conversion failure
SIO=0a OPC=3-236-1 DPC=1-014-2
LSN=A1234567890
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Check the database to make sure the card database is synchronized with the
master database. Enter the rept-stat-db:display=except command. If the
databases are not synchronized, reload the card data by initializing the card. If
the databases are synchronized, go to Step 2.
2. Enter the rtrv-dstn:dpc command. If the rtrv-dstn command fails, the point
code is undefined or the destination point code is an alias and not a true point
code.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-689

DRAFT
3. To verify that the point code is an alias, enter the rtrv-dstn:alias command. If
the command succeeds, you must provision the database with the true point
code using the chg-dstn:dpc=xxx:alias=yyy command.
4. If the point code is not an alias, you must define the point code using the
ent-dstn:dpci=xxx:aliasi=yyy command.
3-690 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1092 - ITU GWY:HOH1 conversion failure
Description
This message occurs when there is an ANSI message with no ITU equivalent. The
ANSI messages with no ITU equivalent are as follows:
Message H0/H1 Code (Hex)

Transfer Restricted (TFR) when generated by an ITU 43
National network
Transfer-Cluster Restricted (TCR) 44
Transfer-Cluster Allowed (TCA) 46
Transfer-Cluster Prohibit Signal (TCP) 42
Signaling-Route-Set-Test-Cluster-Prohibit (RCP) 53
Signaling-Route-Set-Test Cluster-Restrict (RCR) 54
Traffic-Restart-Waiting (TRW) 72
Example
0010.1092 CARD 1205,B INFO ITU GWY: H0H1 conversion failure
SIO=08 OPC=003-235-001 DPC=006-006-000
H0H1=42
LSN=A1234567890
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
was encountered.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-691

DRAFT
1093 - ITU GWY:rcvd msg type cannot convert
Description
This message indicates the STP received a message type that has no equivalent in
the opposite protocol. The following is the list of message types that have no
equivalents and are discarded.
Message Type Code

Confusion Message (CNF) 2F
Connect Message (CONN) 07
Continuity Test Message (COT) 05
Continuity Check Request Message (CCR) 11
Information Message (INF) 04
Information Request Message (INR) 03
Loop Back Acknowledge Message (LPA) 24
Overload Message (OLM) 30
Example
0110.1093 CARD 1205,B INFO ITU GWY:rcvd msg type cannot convert
SIO=0e OPC=4-013-1 DPC=1-003-0
MSG TYPE=07
LSN=A1234567890
Legend
LSN Linkset name
MSG TYPE Message type (for example, connection request,
connection confirm, connection refused)
Alarm Level
3-692 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Procedure
was encountered.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-693

DRAFT
1094 - ITU GWY:Invalid ISUP msg structure
Description
This message indicates that an ISUP parameter or pointer to a parameter was

invalid.
Example
0110.1094 CARD 1205,B INFO ITU GWY:Invalid ISUP msg structure
SIO=0e OPC=4-013-1 DPC=1-003-0
MSG TYPE=07
LSN=A1234567890
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
was encountered.
3-694 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1095 - ITU GWY:GRS buffer full
Description
This message indicates the circuit group reset (GRS) buffer is full.
Example
0110.1095 CARD 1205,B INFO ITU GWY:GRS buffer full
Alarm Level
Procedure
was encountered.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-695

DRAFT
1096 - ITU GWY:RSC buffer full
Description
This message indicates the reset circuit (RSC) buffer is full.
Example
0110.1096 CARD 1205,B INFO ITU GWY: RSC buffer full
Alarm Level
Procedure
was encountered.
3-696 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1097 - ITU GWY:CGB buffer full
Description
This message indicates the circuit group blocking (CGB) buffer is full.
Example
0110.1097 CARD 1205,B INFO ITU GWY: CGB buffer full
Alarm Level
Procedure
was encountered.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-697

DRAFT
1098 - Unexpected disk access timeout
Description
This message is used to determine whether there are problems with the disk
access system.
Example
0110.1098 CARD 1113 INFO Unexpected disk access timeout
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. If the target disk is the same CARD that corresponds to the GPSM-II, there is a
software timing issue that needs to be addressed. If the target disk is the mate
GPSM-II/TDM or the removable and access is physically impossible, no
3-698 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Description
This is a generic string UIM. This OAP related string falls under two categories.
Example
The strings that are generated in response to OAP conditions are as follows:
CAUTION: OAP Configuration changed
CAUTION: Invalid SEAS X25 Link 2 status
CAUTION: Invalid SEAS X25 Link 1 status
Change in PVC number is detected
The OAP generated strings are as follows:

ILLEGAL - EMS Agent status value
ILLEGAL _ Q3 Association value
LSMS Resynchronization in progress
Q3 association is Down
Q3 association is Up
Q3 association is Not Configured
EMS Agent is not running
MS Agent is running
Filesystem threshold %s %d
x25 link %d Down
x25 ln %d pvc %02d pvc st %01d ual st %01d
Out of seq code old %c new %c in msg id %d
Out of seq code old new %c in msg id %d
Unexpected seq code %c for MNT msgs
Unexpected length %d
Unexpected version number %s
Unexpected id %d
Unexpected seq code %c
Unexpected Priority %d
Incomplete message
Missing ETX
Extraneous %d bytes received
Alarm Level
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-699

DRAFT
1100 - GWS rcvd H0/H1 that is not allowed
Description
This message indicates the STP has received an H0/H1 that is not allowed.
Example
0105.1100 CARD 1201,A INFO GWS rcvd H0H1 that is not allowed
SIO=02 OPC=009-009-009 DPC=006-006-006
H0H1=01 AFTPC=255-009-009

Legend
ADDR Address
LSN Linkset name
PC Point code
TT Translation type
Alarm Level
3-700 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Procedure
was encountered and corrected.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-701

DRAFT
1102 - Invalid Length for Map IMEI Parameter
Description
This message indicates that the EIR subsystem received a Check-IMEI message in
which the Map IMEI parameter had an invalid length.
Example
0107.1102 CARD 1103,A1 INFO Invalid Length for Map IMEI Parameter
SIO=03 OPC=003-252-000 DPC=000-071-000
CDPA: AI=10 SSN=05 TT=250
CGPA: AI=12 PC=001-001-001 SSN=002
DATA=3a e2 38 c7 04 56 04 72 e0 e8 30 e9
2e cf 01 00 d0 02 83 01 f2 25 aa 0b
84 09 01 00 11 0a 19 49
LSN=A1234567
Legend
DPC Destination point code CDPA Called party address
DATA Hex dump of TCAP part of MSU LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. No action at the Eagle is necessary.
3-702 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1103 - LSS:No Map IMEI Parameter present
Description
This message indicates that the EIR subsystem received a Check-IMEI message in
which the Map IMEI parameter is not present.
Example
0107.1103 CARD 1103,A1 INFO LSS:No Map IMEI Parameter present
SIO=03 OPC=003-252-000 DPC=000-071-000
CGPA: AI=12 PC=001-001-001 SSN=002
DATA=3a e2 38 c7 04 56 04 72 e0 e8 30 e9
2e cf 01 00 d0 02 83 01 f2 25 aa 0b
84 09 01 00 11 0a 19 49
LSN=A1234567
Legend
Alarm Level
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-703

DRAFT
1104 - IP Connection Failed
Description
Reports that either an attempt to connect to an IP server failed, or that a client

socket failed to establish a connection with the system (IP7 Secure Gateway).
Example
0003.1104 DCM 1213,A IP Connection Failed
RIPADDR = 123.123.123.123
RPORT = 1314
LIPADDR = 123.123.123.124
LPORT = 1315
SNAME=LONGSOCKETNAME1
Report Date: 02-04-10 Time: 16:27:19
Alarm Level
Procedure
Reports on connection status can be obtained for each DCM card with the
following commands:
3-704 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1105 - REPT EVT:IMT GPL reloading
Description
This message indicates the IMT software download procedure is initiated. This is
the first message that the system displays.
Example
0105.1105 SYSTEM INFO REPT EVT:IMT GPL reloading
cards loaded : 1 of 25
Alarm Level
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-705

DRAFT
1106 - REPT COND:IMT GPL reloading
Description
This message displays the progress of the IMT software downloading procedure.
Example
0105.1106 SYSTEM INFO REPT COND:IMT GPL reloading
cards loaded : 10 of 25
Alarm Level
Procedure
3-706 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1110 - GWS rcvd AFTPC that is not allowed
Description
This indicates that a message was received by a gateway link and failed DESTFLD
screening because of an affected point code value in the message.
Example
0100.1110 CARD 1105,B INFO GWS rcvd AFTPC that is not allowed
SIO=0a OPC=003-243-000 DPC=000-024-000
H0H1=41 AFTPC=099-099-003
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
tables.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-707

DRAFT
1111 - GWS rcvd TCA, AFTPC not in routing tbl
Description
This indicates that a TCA message was received by a gateway link and failed
DESTFLD screening because of an affected point code value in the message.
Example
0100.1111 CARD 1105,B INFO GWS rcvd TCA, AFTPC not in routing tbl
SIO=0a OPC=003-243-000 DPC=000-024-000
H0H1=46 AFTPC=099-099-003
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
tables.
3-708 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1112 - GWS rcvd TCR, AFTPC not in routing tbl
Description
This indicates that a TCR message was received by a gateway link and failed
Example
0100.1112 CARD 1105,B INFO GWS rcvd TCR, AFTPC not in routing tbl
SIO=0a OPC=003-243-000 DPC=000-024-000
H0H1=44 AFTPC=099-099-003
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
tables.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-709

DRAFT
1113 - GWS rcvd TCP, AFTPC not in routing tbl
Description
This indicates that a TCP message was received by a gateway link and failed
Example
0100.1113 CARD 1105,B INFO GWS rcvd TCP, AFTPC not in routing tbl
SIO=0a OPC=003-243-000 DPC=000-024-000
H0H1=42 AFTPC=099-099-003
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
tables.
3-710 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1114 - Database BACKUP started
Description
A local database backup is beginning. This UIM follows the issue of the
chg-db:action=backup command.
Example
0147.1114 CARD 1201,A INFO Database BACKUP started
Alarm Level
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-711

DRAFT
1115 - Database RESTORE started
Description
A local database restore is beginning. This UIM follows the issue of the
chg-db:action=restore command.
Example
0147.1115 CARD 1201,A INFO Database RESTORE started
Alarm Level
Procedure
3-712 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1116 - Database action ended - OK
Description
A local database backup or restore has successfully completed. This UIM follows
the issue of the chg-db command.
Example
0147.1116 CARD 1201,A INFO Database action ended - OK
Alarm Level
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-713

DRAFT
1117 - Database action ended - FAIL
Description
A local database backup or restore has unsuccessfully completed. This UIM

follows the issue of the chg-db command.
Example
0147.1117 CARD 1201,A INFO Database action ended - FAILED
Alarm Level
Procedure
3-714 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1118 - Audit of LNP backup database completed
Description
The LNP backup database audit cycle has been completed.
Example
0014.1118 SYSTEM Audit of LNP backup database completed
Alarm Level
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-715

DRAFT
1119 - LNP database audit - internal error
Description
The LNPA task on either OAM is in an error state.
Example
0014.1119 CARD 1114 LNP - database audit - internal error
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Reboot the OAM.

number.
3-716 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1120 - TRBL Queue is full;elements overwritten
Description
This message indicates that more than 7 UIMs per second are being output. One
or more might be lost.
Example
0014.1120 CARD 1113 INFO RBL Queue is full;elements overwritten
Alarm Level
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-717

DRAFT
1121 - LNP rcvd query from unknown CGPA PC
Description
The LNP query receives a calling party point code that is not in the routing table.
The system LNP subsystem normally sends a response back to the calling party
PC in the query. The system did not respond to this query.
Example
0107.1121 CARD 1103,A1 INFO LNP rcvd query from unknown CGPA PC
SIO=03 OPC=003-252-000 DPC=000-071-000
CGPA: AI=12 PC=001-001-001 SSN=002
DATA=3a e2 38 c7 04 56 04 72 e0 e8 30 e9
2e cf 01 00 d0 02 83 01 f2 25 aa 0b
84 09 01 00 11 0a 19 49
LSN=A1234567
Legend
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Provision a route to the Calling Party Point Code using the ent-dstn and ent-rte
commands.
3-718 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1122 - LNP rcvd query with undefined TT/SERV
Description
The LNP Query Subsystem received a message with an undefined Service. The
Called Party Translation type in the incoming message determines the format of
the MSU. This UIM can be issued when there is no LNP Service associated with
the Translation Type of this MSU.
If the Translation Type of the MSU is provisioned as a Translation Type for LNPQS
Service, the Eagle attempts to determine the actual LNP Service for this message
by examining the OP CODE value. If the OP CODE does not match any
supported by the Eagle Service (IN, AIN, IS-41), this UIM is issued.
This UIM can also be issued as a result of an error response from an end office
because the Eagle LNP database response returned an LRN that was not
provisioned in the end office.
Trace tools and/or the hex dump in the UIM can be used to determine the TCAP
information. Note that the GTT data is not contained in the SCCP layer because
the Eagle does not return this information in the LNP response to the end office.
Example
0107.1122 CARD 1103,A1 INFO LNP rcvd query with undefined TT/SERV
SIO=03 OPC=003-252-000 DPC=000-071-000
CGPA: AI=12 PC=001-001-001 SSN=002
DATA=3a e2 38 c7 04 56 04 72 e0 e8 30 e9
2e cf 01 00 d0 02 83 01 f2 25 aa 0b
84 09 01 00 11 0a 19 49
LSN=A1234567
Legend
Alarm Level
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-719

DRAFT
Procedure
1. If the IN, AIN, IS-41, PCS 1900, or LNPQS LNP Query translation type has not
been provisioned, it needs to be provisioned using the ent-lnp-serv
command.
If any of the above LNP Query Translation Types has not been provisioned, it
can be changed using the chg-lnp-serv command.
2. If the Translation Type has been provisioned correctly, an SSP node in the
network is using the wrong Translation Type or an invalid query.
3-720 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1123 - LNP rcvd query with Message Relay TT
Description
The LNP Query Subsystem received a message with a Translation Type reserved
for Message Relay. This happens if another node sent a message to the system for
Message Relay with the routing indicator set to rt-on-ssn and ssn set to systems
LNP subsystem.
Example
0107.1123 CARD 1103,A1 INFO LNP rcvd query with Message Relay TT
SIO=03 OPC=003-252-000 DPC=000-071-000
CGPA: AI=12 PC=001-001-001 SSN=002
DATA=3a e2 38 c7 04 56 04 72 e0 e8 30 e9
2e cf 01 00 d0 02 83 01 f2 25 aa 0b
84 09 01 00 11 0a 19 49
LSN=A1234567
Legend
Alarm Level
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-721

DRAFT
1124 - LNP Database IMPORT started
Description
The database import operation has started on the active or standby OAM.
Example
0014.1124 CARD 1113 LNP Database IMPORT started
Alarm Level
Procedure
3-722 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1125 - GWS rcvd CDPA that could not be RDCTd
Description
This message indicates the Eagle STP received an MSU, with a called party
address (CDPA) that is not allowed in gateway screening (GWS) and cannot be
redirected.
Example
0101.1125 CARD 1205,B INFO GWS rcvd CDPA that could not be RDCTd
SIO=0a OPC=003-244-000 DPC=000-071-000
SCCP MT= 18
CDPA: AI=10 PC=003-003-003 SSN=005 TT=250
ADDR=123456789012345678909
CGPA: AI=10 PC=004-004-004 SSN=005 TT=251
ADDR=123456789012345678909

Legend
ADDR Address
LSN Linkset name
PC Point code
TT Translation type
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-723

DRAFT
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. If this called party address (CDPA) is one that should be redirected through
the network, add the CDPA to the gateway screening (GWS) tables assigned
to the link reporting this message. Use the chg-scr-cdpa command to add the
CDPA to the list of allowed CDPA codes. Refer to the Database Administration
Manual - Gateway Screening for instructions on adding a CDPA to GWS.
2. If the CDPA should not be redirected through the network, no action is

necessary.
3-724 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1126 - GWS rcvd CGPA that could not be RDCTd
Description
This message indicates the Eagle STP received an MSU, with a calling party
address (CGPA) that is not allowed in gateway screening (GWS) and cannot be
redirected.
Example
0101.1126 CARD 1205,B INFO GWS rcvd CGPA that could not be RDCTd
SIO=0a OPC=003-244-000 DPC=000-071-000
SCCP MT= 18
CDPA: AI=10 PC=003-003-003 SSN=005 TT=250
ADDR=123456789012345678909
CGPA: AI=10 PC=004-004-004 SSN=005 TT=251
ADDR=123456789012345678909

Legend
ADDR Address
LSN Linkset name
PC Point code
TT Translation type
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-725

DRAFT
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. If this calling party address (CGPA) is one that should be redirected through
the network, add the CGPA to the gateway screening (GWS) tables assigned
to the link reporting this message. Use the chg-scr-cgpa command to add the
CGPA to the list of allowed CGPA codes. Refer to the Database Administration
Manual - Gateway Screening for instructions on adding a CGPA to GWS.
2. If the CGPA should not be redirected through the network, no action is

necessary.
3-726 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1127 - GWS rcvd AFTPC that could not be RDCTd
Description
This message indicates the Eagle STP received an MSU, with an allowed affected
point code (AFTPC) that is not allowed in gateway screening (GWS) and cannot
be redirected.
Example
0101.1127 CARD 1205,B INFO GWS rcvd AFTPC that could not be RDCTd
SIO=0a OPC=003-244-000 DPC=000-071-000
SCCP MT= 18
CDPA: AI=10 PC=003-003-003 SSN=005 TT=250
ADDR=123456789012345678909
CGPA: AI=10 PC=004-004-004 SSN=005 TT=251
ADDR=123456789012345678909

Legend
ADDR Address
LSN Linkset name
PC Point code
TT Translation type
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-727

DRAFT
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. If this calling allowed affected point code (AFTPC) is one that should be
redirected through the network, add the AFTPC to the gateway screening
(GWS) tables assigned to the link reporting this message. Use the chg-scr-aftpc
command to add the AFTPC to the list of allowed AFTPC codes. Refer to the
Database Administration Manual - Gateway Screening for instructions on adding
a AFTPC to GWS.
2. If the AFTPC should not be redirected through the network, no action is

necessary.
3-728 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1128 - GWS rcvd TT that could not be RDCTd
Description
This message indicates the Eagle STPreceived an MSU, with a translation type
(TT) that is not allowed in gateway screening (GWS) and cannot be redirected.
Example
0101.1128 CARD 1205,B INFO GWS rcvd TT that could not be RDCTd
SIO=0a OPC=003-244-000 DPC=000-071-000
SCCP MT= 18
CDPA: AI=10 PC=003-003-003 SSN=005 TT=250
ADDR=123456789012345678909
CGPA: AI=10 PC=004-004-004 SSN=005 TT=251
ADDR=123456789012345678909

Legend
ADDR Address
LSN Linkset name
PC Point code
TT Translation type
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-729

DRAFT
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. If this TT is one that should be redirected through the network, add the TT to
the gateway screening (GWS) tables assigned to the link reporting this
message. Use the chg-scr-tt command to add the TT to the list of allowed TT
codes. Refer to the Database Administration Manual - Gateway Screening for
instructions on adding a TT to GWS.
2. If this TT should not be redirected through the network, no action is necessary.
3-730 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1129 - Ported subs SMSC matches Home SMSC Addr
Description
This message indicates that a ported out subscriber is fraudulently attempted to

send SMS using the old networks SMSC. An error message was generated and
returned to the originating MSC.
Example
0112.1129 CARD 1103,A1 INFO Ported subs SMSC matches Home SMSC Addr
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
SCCP MSG TYPE=04
TT=250 NP=04 NAI=010 ADDR=123456789012345678901
PC=003-003-003 SSN=005
TT=100 NP=07 NAI=012 ADDR=012345678901234567890
PC=001-001-001 SSN=004
LSN=A1234567
Legend
Alarm Level
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-731

DRAFT
1130 - LOCREQ rcvd - IS412GSM not provisioned
Description
The system received an IS-41 LOC Request message for which it attempted to
issue a LOC Request response. However, G-Port found the IS-41 to GSM
Migration prefix (specified by the IS412GSM parameter) is not provisioned on this
system. With this UIM, G-Port is notifying the operator it cannot process the
LOCREQ messages and is allowing it to fall through to the GTT for handling.
To be able to perform the IS-41 to GSM Migration feature and to accept LOC
Request messages, you must first specify the IS412GSM prefix in GSMOPTS.
Example
0112.1130 CARD 1103,A1 INFO LOCREQ rcvd - IS412GSM not provisioned
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
SCCP MSG TYPE=04
TT=250 NP=04 NAI=010 ADDR=123456789012345678901
PC=003-003-003 SSN=005
TT=100 NP=07 NAI=012 ADDR=012345678901234567890
PC=001-001-001 SSN=004
LSN=A1234567
Legend
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Enter the rtrv-gsmopts command to display the IS412GSM setting in the GSM
System Options. Following is an example of the output:
3-732 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT

GSM OPTIONS
-----------------------
DEFMCC = NONE
DEFMNC = NONE
SRFADDR = 123456789abcdef
MSRNDIG = RN
DEFMAPVR = 1
SRIDN = TCAP
IS412GSM = 0123456789abcde

SRFADDR=123456789abcdef SRFNAI=7 SRFNP=15
MSRNDIG=CCRNDN
MSRNNAI=7 MSRNNP=15 DEFMAPVR=2
;
This example shows a setting supporting the IS-41 LOC Request message. If
the IS412GSM parameter is not specified, proceed to step 2. However, if it is
set with a valid value, proceed to the step 3.
2. Use the chg-gsmopts command to specify the IS-41 to GSM migration prefix.
Refer to the Commands Manual for details. Then re-issue the command that
caused this UIM.
3. If the problem persists with the IS412GSM parameter specified, call Tekelec
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-733

DRAFT
1131 - Invalid digits in IS41 MAP Digits parm
Description
A LOC Request message contained invalid data and will be passed to the GTT.
G-Port determined a received Location Request message had invalid data in the
called party number parameter fields. The verified fields must contain:
Digits: from 5 to 21 digits
Encoding scheme: BCD
Numbering plan: Telephony
Example
0112.1131 CARD 1103,A1 INFO Invalid digits in IS41 MAP Digits parm
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
SCCP MSG TYPE=04
TT=250 NP=04 NAI=010 ADDR=123456789012345678901
PC=003-003-003 SSN=005
TT=100 NP=07 NAI=012 ADDR=012345678901234567890
PC=001-001-001 SSN=004
LSN=A1234567
Legend
Alarm Level
Procedure
3-734 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1132 - SLAN DLK ping test completed
Description
This message indicates that the manual TCP/IP ping test has completed. The ping
test is initiated by the tst-dlk command.
Example
0147.1132 CARD 1201 INFO SLAN DLK ping test completed.
TESTS REQUESTED= 0 PASSED COUNT=0 FAILED COUNT =00
AVR RND TRIP=0 MAX RND TRIP=06 MIN RND TRIP=0
HOST IPADDR =194.4.201.50
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. If the test passes with FAILED COUNT = 00, no further action is necessary.
2. If the test fails:

a. confirm that IP addresses are correct
b. confirm with the end user that their equipment and software is up and
functioning properly
c. have the end user check their network and their cable connections
d. check the cable connections at the Eagle STP
e. call Tekelec Technical Services at the appropriate number.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-735

DRAFT
1133 - GX25 outbound data exceeds packet size
Description
This message indicates that the packet being converted by the X.25 gateway is too
long to be handled by the X.25 network (when a network is used) or the link when
there is a direct connection to the X.25 end user.
Example
0147.1133 CARD 1201,A INFO GX25 outbound data exceeds packet size
CHANNEL=00 X_ADDR=841029159765432
CODE=A2 00 PC=116-006-001
Legend
CHANNEL Logical channel
X_ADDR The X.25 address for the X.25 end user (destination). Use the rtrv-x25-dstn
command to determine the point code that corresponds to this X.25 address
CODE left byte - length of TCAP packet in hexadecimal format
right byte - always 00
PC Point code for the SS7 end user (OPC). Use the rtrv-x25-dstn command to
determine the X.25 address that corresponds to this point code.
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. If this condition occurs often, change the packet size to 256. This packet size
change must take place at both the end user and the Eagle STP.
At the Eagle STP end of the X.25 link, use the chg-x25-slk command to change
the packet size.
2. If the fault is not cleared call Tekelec Technical Services at the appropriate
number.
3-736 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1134 - GX25 route not found
Description
This message indicates that the X.25 gateway was unable to find an X.25 route for
an outgoing MSU or an incoming X.25 call request.
Example
0147.1134 CARD 1201,A INFO GX25 route not found
CHANNEL=00 X_ADDR=841029159765432
CODE=00 00 PC=116-006-001
Legend
CODE left byte - 00 = idle, 01 or 02 = waiting for call
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Determine if both ends, as defined by their point codes and addresses, are
permitted a connection. If so, a route needs to be defined. Use the ent-x25-rte
command to define and configure the route. Refer to the Database
Administration Manual for information about this procedure.
2. If the end points are not permitted a connection: 1) require that the X.25 end
user (as defined by the PC= value) place the call with the correct X.25 address
for the configured route, or 2) require that the SS7 end user (as defined by the
X_ADDR= value) use the correct point code for the configured route.
3. If the fault is not cleared call Tekelec Technical Services at the appropriate
number.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-737

DRAFT
1135 - GX25 route not available
Description
This message indicates that an X.25 route is not available for routing an MSU
received from the SS7 end user. This should be a temporary condition following a
failure at the X.25 end user. See messages 1143, 1144, and 1145.
Example
0147.1135 CARD 1201,A INFO GX25 route not available
CHANNEL=03 X_ADDR=0000000000000000
CODE=02 00 PC=116-006-001
Legend
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Determine why the X.25 end user, as defined by the PC value, is out of service
and attempt to re-establish the service.
number.
3-738 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1136 - GX25 route already connected
Description
This message indicates that a call request was received from an X.25 end user and
the X.25 route was already in the call established phase. Both connections are
cleared to assure that only one connection is established at a time.
Example
0147.1136 CARD 1201,A INFO GX25 route already connected
CHANNEL=00 X_ADDR=84102915841029159765432
CODE=00 00 PC=116-006-001
Legend
Alarm Level
Procedure
If this fault reoccurs for this route:
1. Inform the X.25 end user, as defined by the X_ADDR value, to not permit this
condition.
2. Use the rtrv-x25-rte command to verify that the type of route is correct.
number.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-739

DRAFT
1137 - GX25 incorrect X25 address
Description
This message indicates that an X.25 end user attempted to make a connection and
either the called or calling X.25 address was not in the correct domain for
conversion.
Example
0147.1137 CARD 1201,A INFO GX25 incorrect X.25 address
CHANNEL=00 X_ADDR=84102915841029159765432
CODE=01 00 PC=000-000-000
Legend
CODE X.25 packet type
left byte - 00 = incorrect calling address
left byte - 01 = incorrect called address
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Verify that the X.25 address (the X_ADDR= value) is correct.
2. If the X.25 address is not correct, advise the X.25 end user to use the correct
address.
3. If the X.25 address is correct, the domain of the point code needs to be
changed and the X.25 route redefined. The calling address must be in the X.25
network domain and the called address must be in the SS7 domain.
3-740 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
number.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-741

DRAFT
1138 - GX25 unsupported packet type received
Description
This message indicates that an unsupported packet type was received.
Example
0147.1138 CARD 1201,A INFO GX25 unsupported packet type received
CHANNEL=00 X_ADDR=0000000000000000
CODE=10 00 PC=-----------
Legend
CHANNEL: Logical channel

X_ADDR: X.25 address
CODE: X.25 packet type
left byte - code bitmap:
bit 0 = unused (LSB)
bit 1 = unused
bit 2 = registration packet
bit 3 = interrupt packet
bit 4 = diagnostic packet
bit 5 = M-bit present
bit 6 = Q-bit present
bit 7 = D-bit present
right byte - always 00.
PC: With an invalid X.25 packet, the point code will always be invalid (-----------).
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. If problem persists, the X.25 end user may need to change the X.25 parameters
to prevent transmission of the unsupported packet types. If the X.25
communications go through a network, the parameters may need to be
changed on the network.
3-742 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
2. If the fault is not cleared, use the rept-x25-meas command and then call Tekelec
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-743

DRAFT
1139 - GX25 unsupported MSU type received
Description
This message indicates that an unsupported MSU type was received and the MSU
was discarded. Only MSUs with an SIO of x0, x1, x2, or x3 are supported.
Example
0147.1139 CARD 1201,A INFO GX25 unsupported MSU type received
CHANNEL=00 X_ADDR=011900040078
CODE=85 01 PC=116-006-001
Legend
CHANNEL: Logical Channel

X_ADDR: X.25 Address
CODE:
left byte - SIO field value
right byte - SCCP message type when:
SIO = 03 (SCCP - data) or
SIO = 83 (SCCP - data)
- H0H1 when SIO = x0, x1, x2
PC: OPC (use the rtrv-x25-dstn command to determine the X.25 address that
corresponds to this point code).
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Determine if the point code, as defined by the PC value, should be an X.25 end
user.
2. If yes, advise the SS7 end user, as defined by the X_ADDR= value, that they
are transmitting unsupported MSU types.
3. If not, correct the MTP routing to prevent routing to this link.
3-744 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-745

DRAFT
1140 - GX25 DPC not defined
Description
This message indicates that an MSU was received for which the destination point
code (DPC) is not defined for X.25 conversion.
Example
0147.1140 CARD 1201,A INFO GX25 DPC not defined
CHANNEL=00 X_ADDR=0000000000000000
CODE=00 00 PC=116-006-001
Legend
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Determine if the point code, as defined by the PC= value, should be an X.25
end user.
2. If yes, correct the configuration using the ent-x25-dstn command (to define the
X.25 end user) and the ent-x25-rte command (to define an X.25 route).
3. If not, correct the MTP routing to prevent routing to the X.25 link set.
3-746 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1141 - GX25 unrecognized X25 calling address
Description
This message indicates that the gateway has detected an unrecognized X.25
calling address in a call request packet.
Example
0147.1141 CARD 1201,A INFO GX25 unrecognized X25 calling address
CODE=00 00 PC=000-000-000
Legend
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. If the caller, as defined by the X_ADDR= value, is a valid X.25 end user, define
the destination using the ent-x25-dstn command and define any needed routes
using the ent-x25-rte command.
2. If the caller is not a valid X.25 end user, contact sender and determine why a
connection was attempted.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-747

DRAFT
1142 - GX25 unrecognized X25 called address
Description
This message indicates that the Gateway has detected an unrecognized X.25
called address in a call request packet.
Example
0147.1142 CARD 1201,A INFO GX25 unrecognized X25 called address
CODE=00 00 PC=116-006-001
Legend
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Determine if the called address, as defined by the X_ADDR value, is a valid

address for an SS7 end user.
2. If yes, define the destination and route using the ent-x25-dstn and ent-x25-rte
commands. Refer to the Database Administration Manual - Features for more
information about this procedure.
3. If not, advise the X.25 end user, as defined by the PC value, to specify the
correct address.
3-748 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1143 - GX25 cannot make connection
Description
This message indicates that the X.25 gateway cannot make the desired connection.
See also messages 1135 and 1144.
Example
0147.1143 CARD 1201,A INFO GX25 cannot make connection
CODE=09 00 PC=116-006-001
Legend
CODE X.25 packet type (left byte)
00 = DTE clear 11 = incorrect called address
01 = number busy 13 = local procedure error
03 = invalid facility request 19 = collect call refused
05 = network congestion 21 = incompatible destination
09 = out of order 29 = fast select not subscribed
0B = access barred F0 = call rejected
0D = not in service
X.25 reject reason (right byte) when left byte = F0
01 = timeout 04 = rejected
02 = internal 07 = no LCN
03 = collision
(when left byte F0, right byte = X.25 call clear diagnostic code.
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Examine the CODE data field in the message (see description below) for a
possible fault explanation.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-749

DRAFT
2. Verify that the X.25 end user is in service and attempt to re-establish service.
3. Verify that the X.25 addresses of the two nodes (given by X_ADDR and PC
values in the message) are in agreement at both the X.25 end user and at the
SS7 end user. Use the rtrv-x25-dstn command to determine an X.25 address
that corresponds to a SS7 point code and vice versa.
4. Use the rept-x25-meas command to obtain more information about the X.25
links. If this information does not point to a resolution of the problem, go to
the next action item.

3-750 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1144 - GX25 logical channel cleared
Description
This message indicates that the X.25 gateway had a route connection cleared. Also
see message 1135.
Example
0147.1144 CARD 1201,A INFO GX25 logical channel cleared
CODE=09 00 PC=116-006-001
Legend
CODE X.25 packet type (left byte)
00 = DTE clear 0D = not in service
01 = number busy 11 = incorrect called address
03 = invalid facility request 13 = local procedure error
05 = network congestion 19 = collect call refused
09 = out of order 21 = incompatible destination
0B = access barred 29 = fast select not subscribed
right byte = diagnostic code.
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Verify from the adjacent X.25 node if this indicates a problem or if it is a

normal state of routinely clearing the call.
2. If is a problem, and the problem continues, use the rept-x25-meas command

and contact Tekelec Technical Services at the appropriate number.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-751

DRAFT
1145 - GX25 unexpected restart received
Description
This message indicates that the X.25 gateway has received an unexpected restart
packet. A restart packet causes all active connections to be cleared and indicates
that the X.25 network or, in the case of a direct X.25 connection, the X.25 end user
has restarted and reset X.25 level 3.
Example
0147.1145 CARD 1201,A INFO GX25 unexpected restart received
CHANNEL=00 X_ADDR=0000000000000000
CODE=03 00 PC=000-000-000
Legend
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Contact the X.25 end user or X.25 network provider, as appropriate.
2. If restarts continue, use the rept-x25-meas command and then call Tekelec
3-752 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1146 - REPT-XLST-TIMO: X-LIST entry expired
Description
This message indicates that the timer has expired for an x-list entry and that entry
has been removed.
Example
0147.1146 CARD 1201 INFO REPT-XLST-TIMO:X-LIST entry expired
DPC=001-001-001
Alarm Level
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-753

DRAFT
1147 - MTP Invalid TFA received
Description
This message indicates the network elements of an adjacent node have not been
configured properly.
Example
0147.1147 CARD 1201,A INFO MTP Invalid TFA received
OPC=001-001-001 CPC=002-002-002
LSN=lsn01a
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Notify the craftsperson at the adjacent node of this error.
3-754 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1148 - MTP Invalid TFR received
Description
This message indicates the network elements of an adjacent node have not been
configured properly.
Example
0147.1148 CARD 1201,A INFO MTP Invalid TFR received
OPC=001-001-001 CPC=002-002-002
LSN=lsn01a
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Notify the craftsperson at the adjacent node of this error.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-755

DRAFT
1149 - SLK Level-3 T19 timer expired
Description
The link has been down for 5 minutes or the timer T19 has timed out.
Example
0147.1149 CARD 1201,A INFO SLK Level-3 T19 timer expired
Alarm Level
Procedure

2. If the link is placed OOS-MT, use the measurements collected over the
appropriate time period to determine the cause, and determine which action
is now necessary.

information.
3-756 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1150 - SLK Inhibit Denied
Description
The request to inhibit the link has been denied by the far end.
Example
0147.1150 CARD 1201,A INFO SLK Inhibit Denied
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Inhibiting the link would cause the far end to prohibit the point code.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-757

DRAFT
1151 - SLK Inhibit Response Timeout
Description
The system has sent a link inhibit request, but no inhibit acknowledge was
received.
Example
0014.1151 CARD 1205,A nc00027 SLK Inhibit Response Timeout
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Try the inhibit command again. If still unsuccessful, contact the far-end office
and verify the status.
3-758 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1152 - SLK Uninhibit Denied
Description
The far end has denied the craftspersons request to uninhibit the link.
Example
0014.1152 CARD 1205,A nc00027 SLK Uninhibit Denied
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Contact the far end office to determine why this was denied.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-759

DRAFT
1153 - SLK Uninhibit Response Timeout
Description
An uninhibit request was sent, but an uninhibit acknowledge was not received.
Example
0014.1153 CARD 1205,A nc00027 SLK Uninhibit Response Timeout
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Try the uninhibit request again. If still unsuccessful, contact the far-end.
3-760 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1154 - MSU reception threshold exceeded
Description
This UIM is produced by the OAM. It is produced whenever the cumulative

count of MSUs received on a given linkset exceeds the specified
MSU_recvd_threshold within a specified time period.
Example
0014.1154 SYSTEM INFO MSU reception threshold exceeded
Alarm Level
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-761

DRAFT
1155 - GWS MSU discard threshold exceeded
Description
This UIM is produced by the OAM. It is produced whenever the cumulative

count of MSUs discarded due to gateway screening on a given linkset exceeds the
specified MSU_reject_threshold within a specified time period.
Example
0014.1155 SYSTEM INFO GWS MSU discard threshold exceeded
Alarm Level
Procedure
3-762 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1156 - ISCC loopback success
Description
The loop to transmit and receive data on the ISCC chip was successful.
Example e
0014.1156 SLK 1205,A nc00027 ISCC loopback success
Alarm Level
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-763

DRAFT
1157 - ISCC loopback failed
Description
The loop to transmit and receive data on the ISCC chip was no successful.
Example
0014.1157 SLK 1205,A nc00027 ISCC loopback failed
Alarm Level
Procedure
3-764 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1158 - ISCC loopback aborted
Description
The loop test to transmit and receive data on the ISCC chip was aborted because
the request to activate link was received while running a loopback test.
Example
0014.1158 SLK 1205,A nc00027 ISCC loopback aborted
Alarm Level
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-765

DRAFT
1159 - ISCC loopback in progress
Description
A loopback test request was received while the same loopback test is already in
progress.
Example
0014.1159 SLK 1205,A nc00027 ISCC loopback in progress
Alarm Level
Procedure
3-766 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1160 - GWS rcvd ISUP that is not allowed
Description
This message indicates gateway screening (GWS) has discarded an MSU because
the ISUP is listed as one that is not allowed in this network.
Example
0105.1160 CARD 1205,A INFO GWS rcvd ISUP that is not allowed
SIO=0a OPC=003-247-000 DPC=002-000-000
DATA=12 34 56 78 90 12 34 56 78 90 12 34
56 78 90 12 34 56 78 90 12 34 56 78
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
passed (verified by the fields displayed in the above message), go to step 2.
the above message does not allow MSUs with the priority value indicated.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-767

DRAFT
1161 - GWS rcvd nonSNM DESTFLD screening msg
Description
This message indicates gateway screening (GWS) received a message that is not a
MTP network management message. Affected Destination (DESTFLD) screening
makes sense only for MTP Network Management (SNM) messages. When a
non-SNM message is screened for Affected Destination, it is forced to pass
screening and this message is generated.
Example
0105.1161 CARD 1103,A INFO GWS rcvd ISUP nonSNM DESTFLD screening msg
SIO=0a OPC=003-247-000 DPC=002-000-000
DATA=12 34 56 78 90 12 34 56 78 90 12 34
56 78 90 12 34 56 78 90 12 34 56 78
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
3-768 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1162 - GWS rcvd nonSCCP CGPA/CDPA screen msg
Description
This message indicates that a message that was not a SCCP message passed
CGPA/CDPA screening. CDPA or CGPA screening makes sense only for SCCP
messages. When a non-SCCP message is screened for CDPA or CGPA, it is forced
to pass screening and this message is generated
Example
0105.1162 CARD 1103,A INFO GWS rcvd nonSCCP CGPA/CDPA screen msg
SIO=0a OPC=003-247-000 DPC=002-000-000
DATA=12 34 56 78 90 12 34 56 78 90 12 34
56 78 90 12 34 56 78 90 12 34 56 78
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-769

DRAFT
1163 - GWS rcvd invalid GTI in TT screening
Description
This message indicates that a message that was not a SCCP message or an SCCP
message that does not contain a TT passed the Allowed TT screening. Allowed TT
screening makes sense only for SCCP messages that contain TT. When a
non-SCCP message or a SCCP message that does not contain a TT is screened for
Allowed TT, it is forced to pass screening and this message is generated.
Example
0105.1163 CARD 1103,A INFO GWS rcvd invalid GTI in TT screening
SIO=0a OPC=003-247-000 DPC=002-000-000
DATA=12 34 56 78 90 12 34 56 78 90 12 34
56 78 90 12 34 56 78 90 12 34 56 78
Alarm Level
Legend
SIO: Service information octet

OPC: Origination point code
DPC: Destination point code
DATA: Information from the upper layers of SCCP management
SR: Screen name
LSN: Linkset name
Procedure
3-770 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1164 - Inh LNP SS request already outstanding
Description
Example
0014.1164 SYSTEM INFO Inh LNP SS request already outstanding
Alarm Level
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-771

DRAFT
1165 - Failure Inhibiting LNP SS
Description
The inh-map-ss command did not take the LNP subsystem off-line.
Example
0014.1165 SYSTEM INFO Failure Inhibiting LNP SS
Alarm Level
Procedure
3-772 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1166 - ACG Node Overload Level Change
Description
The SCM has detected that the node overload level for the system has changed.
Example
0014.1166 SYSTEM INFO ACG Node Overload Level Change
OLD ACG LEVEL= 0 NEW ACG LEVEL= 10
Alarm Level
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-773

DRAFT
1167 - LNP database audit is disabled
Description
The LNP database audit has been disabled. The following example will be output
every 60 minutes to all LNP terminals.
Example
0014.1167 SYSTEM INFO LNP database audit is disabled
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Enter the following command to restore the LNP audit

chg-lnpopts:aud=on
3-774 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1168 - Audit of LNP database completed
Description
The LNP database audit cycle has been completed.
Example
0014.1168 SYSTEM Audit of LNP databases completed
Alarm Level
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-775

DRAFT
1169 - SCCP rcvd inv TCAP portion
Description
discarded because of an invalid transaction capabilities application part(TCAP).
Example
0113.1169 CARD 1103,A1 INFO SCCP rcvd inv TCAP portion
SIO=0a OPC=004-009-000 DPC=002-000-000
CGPA: AI=12 PC=001-001-001 SSN=002
DATA=3a e2 38 c7 04 56 04 72 e0 e8 30 e9
2e cf 01 00 d0 02 83 01 f2 25 aa 0b
84 09 01 00 11 0a 19 49
LSN=A1234567
Legend
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. This indicates that SCCP discarded a message because the TCAP provided in
the called party address is invalid in the Eagle STP. No action is necessary.
3-776 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1170 - Loopback prevented
Description
This loopback requires the transmission of a byte oriented code. No byte oriented
code was transmitted.
Example
0014.1170 CARD 1201 INFO Loopback prevented
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Enter valid parameters when setting up loopback.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-777

DRAFT
1171 - Loopback invalid
Description
The loopback setup was not performed because invalid parameters were
provided.
Example
0014.1171 CARD 1201 INFO Loopback invalid
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Enter valid parameters when setting up loopback.
3-778 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1172 -REPT-OVSZMSG: MTP MSU too large to rte
Description
An oversized MTP MSU was received and discarded.
Example
0014.1172 CARD 1103 INFO REPT-OVSZMSG: MTP MSU too large to rte
LEN=279 SIO=03 DPC=001-001-001 OPC=002-002-002
LSN=A1234657
Alarm Level
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-779

DRAFT
1173 -REPT-OVSZMSG: SCCP MSU too large to rte
Description
An oversized SCCP MSU was received and discarded.
Example
0014.1173 CARD 1103,A2 INFO REPT-OVSZMSG: SCCP MSU too large to rte
LEN=279
SIO=03 OPC=002-002-002 DPC=001-001-001
SCCP MT=004
CDPA: AI=8B PC=003-003-003 SSN=005 TT=250
CGPA: AI=8B PC=004-004-004 SSN=006 TT=251
ADDR=919460365512345678912
LSN=A1234657
Legend
DPC Destination point code LEN Data length
LSN Linkset name OPC Origination point code
PC Point code SCCP MT SCCP message type
TT Translation type
Alarm Level
Procedure
3-780 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1174 - Inh Local SS request alrdy outstanding
Description
Example
0014.1174 SYSTEM INFO Inh Local SS request alrdy outstanding
Alarm Level
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-781

DRAFT
1175 - Failure Inhibiting Local SS
Description
The inh-map-ss command did not take the local subsystem off-line.
Example
0014.1175 SYSTEM INFO Failure Inhibiting Local SS
Alarm Level
Procedure
3-782 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1176 - LNP Subscription refs DPC w/ 0 routes
Description
The system has received a provisioned subscription from the NPAC and has no
route for the DPC.
Example
0113.1176 SYSTEM INFO LNP subscription refs DPC w/ 0 routes
TN=9194605500 LRN=1234567890
DPC(s)=005-022-019 007-021-067 004-016-200
004-016-200 007-021-067 005-022-019
Legend
LRN Called party address
TN Telephone number
Alarm Level
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-783

DRAFT
1177 - Cnvrsn Discard: SCCP MSU too large
Description
An SCCP MSU received was too large and discarded.
Example
0014.1177 CARD 1103,A2 INFO Cnvrsn Discard: SCCP MSU too large
LEN=279
SIO=03 OPC=002-002-002 DPC=001-001-001
SCCP MT=004
CDPA: AI=8B PC=003-003-003 SSN=005 TT=250
CGPA: AI=8B PC=004-004-004 SSN=006 TT=251
ADDR=919460365512345678912
LSN=A1234657
Legend
TT Translation type
Alarm Level
Procedure
3-784 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1178 - Conversion Discard: Invalid SCCP msg type
Description
This message indicates the STP received a message type that has no equivalent in
the opposite protocol.
Example
0110.1178 CARD 1205,B INFO Conversion Discard: Invalid SCCP msg type
SIO=0e OPC=4-013-1 DPC=1-003-0
MSG TYPE=004
LSN=A1234657
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
was encountered.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-785

DRAFT
1179 - Cnvrsn Discard: CGPA PC alias undefined
Description
An SCCP MSU contained an undefined CGPA PC and was discarded.
Example
0014.1179 CARD 1103,A2 INFO Cnvrsn Discard: CGPA PC alias undefined
LEN=279
SIO=03 OPC=002-002-002 DPC=001-001-001
SCCP MT=004
CDPA: AI=8B PC=003-003-003 SSN=005 TT=250
CGPA: AI=8B PC=004-004-004 SSN=006 TT=251
ADDR=919460365512345678912
LSN=A1234657
Legend
TT Translation type
Alarm Level
Procedure

Enable the proper Discard CGPA PC STP Option, based on the network
type of the incoming message. Refer to the Database Administration Manual
OR
Add the proper alias for the Calling Party Point Code corresponding to the
destination network. Refer to the Database Administration Manual - Global
3-786 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1180 - Conversion Discard: Aft. PC alias undefined
Description
An SCCP MSU contained an undefined affected point code alias.The message was
discarded.
Example
0124.1180 CARD 1106 INFO Conversion Discard: Aft. PC alias undefined
SIO=0a OPC=004-031-000 DPC=000-071-000
AFTPC=004-219-000 AFTSS=000 MULT=000
LSN=A1234567
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Add the proper alias for the Affected point code corresponding to the
destination network. Refer to the Database Administration Manual - Global Title
Translation for details.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-787

DRAFT
1181 - Conversion Discard: Invalid SCMG msg type
Description
An SCCP MSU contained an invalid SCCP management message (SCMG) and

was discarded
Example
0124.1181 CARD 1106 INFO Conversion Discard: Invalid SCMG msg type
SIO=0a OPC=004-031-000 DPC=000-071-000
AFTPC=004-219-000 AFTSS=000 MULT=000
LSN=A1234567
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
3-788 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1182 - Cnvrsn Discard - Invalid TCAP element
Description
An invalid element has been detected.
Example
Station 1234 00-03-30 16:20:08 EST EAGLE 31.3.0
0018.1182 - CARD 1103,A INFO Cnvrsn Discard:Invalid TCAP element
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
LEN=037 SCCP MT=009
CGPA: AI=C3 PC=004-004-004 SSN=005 TT=053
PKG=E2 CMPNT=EA OFFSET=030 EXPECTED=OA ACTUAL=AO
LSN=A1234567
Legend
CGPA Calling party address CMPNT Component
PC Point code PKG Package
SIO Service information octet SCCP MT SCCP message type
TT Translation type SSN Subsystem number
Alarm Level
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-789

DRAFT
1183 - Cnvrsn Discard - Invalid TCAP elemt len
Description
An elements length of contents field has received an element that extends beyond
the end of its container element.
Example
Station 1234 00-03-30 16:20:08 EST EAGLE 31.3.0
0018.1183 CARD 1103,A INFO Cnvrsn Discard: Invalid TCAP elemt len
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
LEN=037 SCCP MT=009
CGPA: AI=C3 PC=004-004-004 SSN=005 TT=053
PKG=E2 CMPNT=EA OFFSET=030 EXPECTED=OA ACTUAL=AO
LSN=A1234567
Legend
CGPA Calling party address CMPNT Component
PC Point code PKG Package
SIO Service information octet SCCP MT SCCP message type
TT Translation type SSN Subsystem number
Alarm Level
Procedure
3-790 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1184 - Cnvrsn Discard: Invalid SCCP elemt len
Description
An elements length of contents field has received an element that extends beyond
the end of its container element.
Example
0014.1184 CARD 1103,A2 INFO Cnvrsn Discard: Invalid SCCP elemt len
LEN=279
SIO=03 OPC=002-002-002 DPC=001-001-001
SCCP MT=004
CDPA: AI=8B PC=003-003-003 SSN=005 TT=250
CGPA: AI=8B PC=004-004-004 SSN=006 TT=251
ADDR=919460365512345678912
LSN=A1234657
Legend
TT Translation type
Alarm Level
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-791

DRAFT
1196 - IP Connection Congestion Timeout
Description
This UIM indicates an M3UA or SUA association on the IPGWx GPL has been
congested for 30 seconds. At the end of the 30 second period, the congested
association is moved to the out-of-service state. All traffic buffered for the
association is discarded, at which time this UIM message is displayed.
To prevent a M3UA or a SUA association from remaining congested forever, a 30
second timer is started when an association becomes congested. A separate timer
is started for each association that becomes congested.
Approximately one second after the traffic has been discarded, the association is
automatically allowed to accept incoming requests to reestablish the association.
The timer is not configurable and is not displayed.
Example
0003.1196 CARD 1213,A INFO IP Connection Congestion Timeout
ANAME = LONGASSOCNAME1
Legend
ANAME Long Association Name
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. This is an informational message. No further action is necessary.
3-792 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1197 - IP Connection refused
Description
Reports that an attempt to connect to an IP client was rejected by the client.
Example
0003.1197 DCM 1213,A IP Connection refused
RIPADDR = 123.123.123.123
RPORT = 1314
LIPADDR = 123.123.123.124
LPORT = 1315
SNAME=Unknown
Report Date: 02-04-10 Time: 16:27:19
Alarm Level
Procedure
following commands:
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-793

DRAFT
1198 - IP Connection, Cannot resolve RHOST
Description
Reports that an attempt to connect to an IP client failed because the hostname

could not be found on the IP network.
Example
0003.1198 DCM 1213,A IP connection, Cannot resolve RHOST
RIPADDR = Unknown
RPORT = 1314
LIPADDR = 123.123.123.124
LPORT = 1315
SNAME=LONGSOCKETNAME1
Report Date: 02-04-10 Time: 16:27:19
Alarm Level
Procedure
following commands:
3-794 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1199 - LNP DTH Measurements Discarded for DPC
Description
Reports that LNP DTH measurements are being discarded because the capacity of
the SSP DTH table has been exceeded.
Example
1234.1199 SYSTEM INFO LNP DTH Measurements Discarded for DPC
DPC=001-001-001
Non-Zero Measurements Discarded: Yes
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. If the Non-Zero Measurements Discarded flag is set No, the discarded

measurements are all zero, no action is necessary.
NOTE: If the Non-Zero Measurements Discarded flag is set Yes, Daily LNP
Measurements will be lost for the specified DPC from the time of the LIM 1199
occurrence until the end of the day.
2. To retrieve the prior hour LNP SSP measurement pegs follow the procedure in
Hourly Maintenance Measurements on page 4-92 of this manual. To retrieve
the prior hour LNP measurements or other specific periods set the Accessible
Collection Period: Last or Specific.
Example: rept-meas:type=mtch:enttye=lnp:period=last
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-795

DRAFT
1200 - INW ALT card as first to be preloaded
Description
Reports the alternate card the system selected to be loaded with GPLs and data.
Example
0014.1200 SYSTEM INFO INW ALT card as first to be preloaded
CARD=1203 GPL=SS7ANSI
Alarm Level
Procedure
3-796 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1201 - INW MAIN card as last to be reset
Description
Reports the main card the system selected to be loaded with GPLs and data.
Example
0014.1201 SYSTEM INFO INW MAIN card as last to be reset
Alarm Level
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-797

DRAFT
1202 - INW Asserted DDL inhibition
Description
Reports that card cross loading is inhibited.
Example
0014.1202 SYSTEM INFO INW Asserted DDL inhibition
Alarm Level
Procedure
3-798 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1203 - INW Card reset command issued
Description
Reports that a card reset command has been issued.
Example
0014.1203 SYSTEM INFO INW Card reset command issued
Alarm Level
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-799

DRAFT
1204 - INW Waiting for card loading validation
Description
Reports that INW is waiting for validation of card loading.
Example
0014.1204 SYSTEM INFO INW Waiting for card loading validation
Alarm Level
Procedure
3-800 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1205 - INW Detected card loaded
Description
Reports that INW has detected a successful completion of a card loading.
Example
0014.1205 SYSTEM INFO INW Detected card loaded
Alarm Level
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-801

DRAFT
1206 - INW Detected card reset or removed
Description
Reports that INW has detected the reset or removal of a card.
Example
0014.1206 SYSTEM INFO INW Detected card reset or removed
Alarm Level
Procedure
3-802 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1207 - INW Allowed card to skip DDL inhibited
Description
Reports that a card is being allowed to crossload.
Example
0014.1207 SYSTEM INFO INW Allowed card to skip DDL inhibited
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. No action necessary
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-803

DRAFT
1208 - INW Removed DDL inhibition
Description
Reports that INW has removed the Dynamic Data Loading (DDL) inhibition on a
card.
Example
0014.1208 SYSTEM INFO INW Removed DDL inhibition
Alarm Level
Procedure
3-804 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1209 - INW Need to reset/remove/inhibit card
Description
Reports that card must be manually reset, removed, or inhibited.
Example
0014.1209 SYSTEM INFO INW Need to reset/remove/inhibit card
Alarm Level
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-805

DRAFT
1210 - INW Card failed to reset
Description
Reports that card has failed to reset.
Example
0014.1210 SYSTEM INFO INW Card failed to reset
Alarm Level
Procedure
3-806 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1211 - INW Failed to assert DDL inhibition
Description
Reports that a DDL inhibition has failed.
Example
0014.1211 SYSTEM INFO INW Failed to assert DDL inhibition
Alarm Level
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-807

DRAFT
1212 - INW Failed to remove DDL inhibition
Description
Reports that an attempt to remove DDL inhibition has failed.
Example
0014.1212 SYSTEM INFO INW Failed to remove DDL inhibition
Alarm Level
Procedure
3-808 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1213- INW Card failed to DDL crossload
Description
Reports that a card failed to DDL crossload.
Example
0014. SYSTEM INFO INW Card failed to DDL crossload
Alarm Level
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-809

DRAFT
1214 - INW Allowed card to DDL crossload
Description
Reports that a card was allowed to crossload.
Example
0014.1214 SYSTEM INFO INW Allowed card to DDL crossload
Alarm Level
Procedure
3-810 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1215 - GWS rcvd CDPA that could not be CNCFd
Description
This message indicates the Eagle STP received an MSU, with a called party
address (CDPA) that is not allowed in gateway screening (GWS) and cannot be
converted.
Example
0101.1215 CARD 1205,B INFO GWS rcvd CDPA that could not be CNCFd
SIO=0a OPC=003-244-000 DPC=000-071-000
SCCP MT= 18
CDPA: AI=10 PC=003-003-003 SSN=005 TT=250
CGPA: AI=10 PC=004-004-004 SSN=005 TT=251

Legend
ADDR Address
LSN Linkset name
PC Point code
TT Translation type
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-811

DRAFT
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. If this called party address (CDPA) is one that should be converted, add the
CDPA to the gateway screening (GWS) tables assigned to the link reporting
this message. Use the chg-scr-cdpa command to add the CDPA to the list of
allowed CDPA codes. Refer to the Database Administration Manual - Gateway
Screening for instructions on adding a CDPA to GWS.
2. If the CDPA should not be converted, no action is necessary.
3-812 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1216 - GWS rcvd CGPA that could not be CNCFd
Description
This message indicates the Eagle STP received an MSU, with a calling party
address (CGPA) that is not allowed in gateway screening (GWS) and cannot be
converted.
Example
0101.1216 CARD 1205,B INFO GWS rcvd CGPA that could not be CNCFd
SIO=0a OPC=003-244-000 DPC=000-071-000
SCCP MT= 18
CDPA: AI=10 PC=003-003-003 SSN=005 TT=250
CGPA: AI=10 PC=004-004-004 SSN=005 TT=251

Legend
ADDR Address
LSN Linkset name
PC Point code
TT Translation type
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-813

DRAFT
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. If this calling party address (CGPA) is one that should be converted, add the
CGPA to the gateway screening (GWS) tables assigned to the link reporting
this message. Use the chg-scr-cgpa command to add the CGPA to the list of
allowed CGPA codes. Refer to the Database Administration Manual - Gateway
Screening for instructions on adding a CGPA to GWS.
2. If the CGPA should not be converted, no action is necessary.
3-814 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1217 - GWS rcvd AFTPC that could not be CNCFd
Description
This message indicates the Eagle STP received an MSU, with an allowed affected
point code (AFTPC) that is not allowed in gateway screening (GWS) and cannot
be converted.
Example
0101.1217 CARD 1205,B INFO GWS rcvd AFTPC that could not be CNCFd
SIO=0a OPC=003-244-000 DPC=000-071-000
SCCP MT= 18
CDPA: AI=10 PC=003-003-003 SSN=005 TT=250
CGPA: AI=10 PC=004-004-004 SSN=005 TT=251

Legend
ADDR Address
LSN Linkset name
PC Point code
TT Translation type
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-815

DRAFT
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. If this calling allowed affected point code (AFTPC) is one that should be
converted, add the AFTPC to the gateway screening (GWS) tables assigned to
the link reporting this message. Use the chg-scr-aftpc command to add the
AFTPC to the list of allowed AFTPC codes. Refer to the Database
Administration Manual - Gateway Screening for instructions on adding a AFTPC
to GWS.
2. If the AFTPC should not be converted, no action is necessary.
3-816 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1218 - GWS rcvd TT that could not be CNCFd
Description
This message indicates the Eagle STP received an MSU, with a translation type
(TT) that is not allowed in gateway screening (GWS) and cannot be converted.
Example
0101.1218 CARD 1205,B INFO GWS rcvd TT that could not be CNCFd
SIO=0a OPC=003-244-000 DPC=000-071-000
SCCP MT= 18
CDPA: AI=10 PC=003-003-003 SSN=005 TT=250
CGPA: AI=10 PC=004-004-004 SSN=005 TT=251

Legend
ADDR Address
LSN Linkset name
PC Point code
TT Translation type
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-817

DRAFT
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. If this TT is one that should be converted, add the TT to the gateway screening
(GWS) tables assigned to the link reporting this message. Use the chg-scr-tt
command to add the TT to the list of allowed TT codes. Refer to the Database
Administration Manual - Gateway Screening for instructions on adding a TT to
GWS.
2. If this TT should not be converted, no action is necessary.
3-818 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Description
This message indicates that SCCP received a message from the network that was
discarded because of a bad global title indicator in the called party address.
Example
0018.1219 CARD 1103,A INFO SCCP rcvd inv Cld Party - bad GT ind
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
SCCP MSG TYPE=04
TT=250 NP=04 NAI=010 ADDR=123456789012345678901
PC=003-003-003 SSN=005
TT=100 NP=07 NAI=012 ADDR=012345678901234567890
PC=001-001-001 SSN=004
LSN=A1234567
Legend
Alarm Level
Procedure
global title field in the called party address was invalid in the Eagle STP. No
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-819

DRAFT
Description
This message indicates that SCCP received a message from the network that it
could not route and was discarded because of an invalid network indicator in the
called party address.
Example
0018.1220 CARD 1103,A INFO SCCP rcvd inv Cld Party - bad network
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
SCCP MSG TYPE=04
TT=250 NP=04 NAI=010 ADDR=123456789012345678901
PC=003-003-003 SSN=005
TT=100 NP=07 NAI=012 ADDR=012345678901234567890
PC=001-001-001 SSN=004
LSN=A1234567
Legend
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. This indicates that SCCP discarded a message because the network indicator
(national or international) provided in the called party address is invalid in
the Eagle STP. Contact that node and inform them of the problem.
3-820 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Description
This message indicates that SCCP received a message from the network that it
could not route and was discarded because no subsystem number was present in
the called party address.
Example
0018.1221 CARD 1103,A INFO SCCP rcvd inv Cld Party - no SSN
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
SCCP MSG TYPE=04
TT=250 NP=04 NAI=010 ADDR=123456789012345678901
PC=003-003-003 SSN=---
TT=100 NP=07 NAI=012 ADDR=012345678901234567890
PC=001-001-001 SSN=004
LSN=A1234567
Legend
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. The sender of the discarded message is using an invalid message format. If

there is only one occurrence, no action is necessary. However, if the condition
continues, there may be problem at the node that is sending the invalid
message. Contact that node and inform them of the problem.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-821

DRAFT
1222 - SCCP rcvd inv GT - invalid selectors
Description
This message indicates that SCCP receives a message from the network requiring
global title translation but the message is discarded because the system does not
recognize the translation type.
Example
0018.1222 CARD 1103,A INFO SCCP rcvd inv GT - invalid selectors
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
SCCP MSG TYPE=04
TT=250 NP=04 NAI=010 ADDR=123456789012345678901
PC=003-003-003 SSN=005
TT=100 NP=07 NAI=012 ADDR=012345678901234567890
PC=001-001-001 SSN=004
LSN=A1234567
Legend
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. This indicates a SCCP message was received with an invalid global title. The
translation type indicator was invalid in the Eagle STP. If this message should
have been routed (verified by the output shown above), continue to step 2.
3-822 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
2. Use the command rtrv-tt, and verify that the indicated translation type does
not appear in the translation types table.
3. If there is no entry for the translation type indicated in the message, and there
should be, use the ent-tt command to add the translation type to the Eagle STP
translation type table. For more information about procedures for entering
translation types, refer to the Database Administration Manual - Global Title
Translation.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-823

DRAFT
Description
This message indicates that SCCP did not route a message because it could not
translate the global title. The message was discarded.
Example
0018.1223 CARD 1103,A INFO SCCP did not route - bad translation
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
SCCP MSG TYPE=04
TT=250 NP=04 NAI=010 ADDR=123456789012345678901
PC=003-003-003 SSN=005
TT=100 NP=07 NAI=012 ADDR=012345678901234567890
PC=001-001-001 SSN=004
LSN=A1234567
Legend
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Enter the following command to verify the global title:

rtrv-gtt:type=x:gta=yyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyy
where: x = SCCP message type
yyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyyy = cdpa address
3-824 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
2. If the global title is valid, refer to the Database Administration Manual - Global
Title Translation to update the database.
If the message was correctly discarded, no action is necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-825

DRAFT
Description
This message indicates that SCCP received a message destined to a local

subsystem that was discarded because of a bad subsystem number (SSN).
Example
0018.1224 CARD 1103,A INFO SCCP rcvd inv LSS - bad SSN
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
SCCP MSG TYPE=04
TT=250 NP=04 NAI=010 ADDR=123456789012345678901
PC=003-003-003 SSN=005
TT=100 NP=07 NAI=012 ADDR=012345678901234567890
PC=001-001-001 SSN=004
LSN=A1234567
Legend
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. The Eagle STP only supports subsystem 1. All other local subsystem numbers
are invalid. Contact that node and inform them of the problem. No further
3-826 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Description
This message indicates that SCCP did not route a message because the destination
point code (DPC) was out-of-service (OOS). The message was discarded.
Example

0019.1225 CARD 1104,A SCCP did not route - DPC OOS
TT=250 NP=04 NAI=010 ADDR=123456789012345678901
PC=003-003-003 SSN=005
TT=100 NP=07 NAI=012 ADDR=012345678901234567890
PC=004-004-004 SSN=003
LSN=A1234567
Legend
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Check the route and linksets by entering the rept-stat-dstn and rept-stat-ls
commands.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-827

DRAFT
rept-stat-slk:loc=xxxx:port=b
where xxxx is the card location.
Command Completed.
3. Check the UNAVAIL REASON field in the output of the rept-stat-slk

command. Following is an explanation of the UNAVAIL REASON codes:
FL - The signaling link has a fault.
NA - The signaling link is not aligned.
LI - The signaling link has been inhibited locally.
RI - The signaling link has been inhibited remotely.
LB - The signaling link has been blocked locally.
RB - The signaling link has been blocked remotely.
FC - The signaling link is unavailable because of false congestion.
RD(xx.xxx) - The signaling link is unavailable because of a restart delay to


card.
does not come up and links align, try first reseating the card, then replacing
the card (using the card replacement procedures in Appendix A, Card
Removal/Replacement Procedures).
3-828 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
9. Otherwise, this indicates a failure at the distant node. Routing to this node has
been halted as a result of network management. Maintenance personnel
should be aware of the OOS condition, but no action is necessary. Monitor the
links to the DPC and verify the DPC status changes to IS-NR (In-Service -
Normal).
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-829

DRAFT
Description
point code (DPC) was congested. The message was discarded.
Example
0019.1226 CARD 1104,A SCCP did not route - DPC congested
TT=250 NP=04 NAI=010 ADDR=123456789012345678901
PC=003-003-003 SSN=005
TT=100 NP=07 NAI=012 ADDR=012345678901234567890
PC=004-004-004 SSN=003
LSN=A1234567
Legend
Alarm Level
3-830 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Procedure
1. This indicates an SCCP message was discarded due to congestion at a distant

node. Maintenance personnel should monitor the network and verify the
nodes congestion status changes to zero (no congestion).
congestion status indicator in the flow control messages will indicate what
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-831

DRAFT
Description
point code was not in the mated application (MAP) table. The message was
discarded.
Example

0019.1227 CARD 1104,A SCCP did not route - DPC not in MAP tbl
TT=250 NP=04 NAI=010 ADDR=123456789012345678901
PC=003-003-003 SSN=005
TT=100 NP=07 NAI=012 ADDR=012345678901234567890
PC=004-004-004 SSN=003
LSN=A1234567
Legend
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
3-832 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
2. If the DPC should be routed to from the Eagle STP, refer to the Commands
Manual and use the ent-map command to enter the DPC into the mated
application (MAP) table.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-833

DRAFT
Description
subsystem (SSN) was Out-of -Service. The message was discarded.
Example

0019.1228 CARD 1104,A SCCP did not route - SS OOS
TT=250 NP=04 NAI=010 ADDR=123456789012345678901
PC=003-003-003 SSN=005
TT=100 NP=07 NAI=012 ADDR=012345678901234567890
PC=004-004-004 SSN=003
LSN=A1234567
Legend
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. This indicates an MSU was discarded because the DPC SSN it was addressed
to is out-of-service (OOS). Contact the distant end node this message refers to
and verify action is being taken to bring the SCCP back into service.
3-834 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Description
This message indicates that SCCP did not route a message because the subsystem
was congested. The message was discarded.
Example

0019.1229 CARD 1104,A SCCP did not route - SS congested
TT=250 NP=04 NAI=010 ADDR=123456789012345678901
PC=003-003-003 SSN=005
TT=100 NP=07 NAI=012 ADDR=012345678901234567890
PC=004-004-004 SSN=003
LSN=A1234567
Legend
Alarm Level
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-835

DRAFT
Procedure
1. This indicates an SCCP message was discarded due to congestion at a

subsystem. Maintenance personnel should monitor the network and verify
the subsystems congestion status changes to zero (no congestion).
congestion status indicator in the flow control messages will indicate what
3-836 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Description
subsystem was not in the Mated Application (MAP) table. The message was
discarded.
Example

0019.1230 CARD 1104,A SCCP did not route - SS not in MAP tbl
TT=250 NP=04 NAI=010 ADDR=123456789012345678901
PC=003-003-003 SSN=005
TT=100 NP=07 NAI=012 ADDR=012345678901234567890
PC=004-004-004 SSN=003
LSN=A1234567
Legend
Alarm Level
Procedure

910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-837

DRAFT
2. If the SCCP message should have been routed, refer to the Commands Manual
and use the ent-map command to add the subsystem number to the mated
application (MAP) table.
3-838 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Description
This message indicates that there is an SCCP encode failure.
Example
0115.1231 CARD 1103,A INFO SCCP Encode Failure
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
CDPA: AI=10 PC=003-003-003 SSN=005 TT=250
ADDR=12345678901234567890
LSN=A1234567
Legend
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Contact the distant end node this message refers to and verify action is being
taken to correct the SCCP encode failure problem.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-839

DRAFT
Description
This message indicates that there is an SCCP encode failure.
Example
0018.1232 CARD 1103,A INFO SCCP Encode Failure
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
SCCP MSG TYPE=04
TT=250 NP=04 NAI=010 ADDR=123456789012345678901
PC=003-003-003 SSN=005
TT=100 NP=07 NAI=012 ADDR=012345678901234567890
PC=001-001-001 SSN=004
LSN=A1234567
Legend
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Contact the distant end node this message refers to and verify action is being
taken to correct the SCCP encode failure problem.
3-840 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1233 - MTP Invalid ITU TFR RCVD
Description
This message indicates an ITU TFR (Transfer Restricted) procedure was received
on a linkset that is not configured to receive these procedures.
Example
0147.1233 CARD 1201,A INFO MTP Invalid ITU TFR RCVD
OPC=001-001-001 CPC=002-002-002
LSN=lsn01a
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Verify whether the MTP (Message Transfer Part) is supposed to support an

ITU TFR on the linkset on which it was received. The ITU TFR procedure is
valid for ITU national linksets only. As currently configured, the linkset does
not accept TFRs.
2. If ITU TFRs are to be accepted on the linkset, you must reconfigure the linkset
to accept them. Use the itutfr=on parameter in the chg-ls command to enable
the transfer restricted procedure. You must specify this parameter on each ITU
national linkset you want to receive ITU TFRs.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-841

DRAFT
1238 - Full LNP database reload initiated
Description
This message indicates that a cold restart is required for a TSM/BLM card. In this
case, the entire LNP database is reloaded to the card.
Example
1234.1238 SYSTEM INFO Full LNP database reload initiated:
CARD=1101 GPL=SCCP CAUSE=<xxxxxxxx>
where <xxxxxxxx> is one of the following parameters:
Parameter Description
XILINX M256 Xilinx version has changed.
POWER ON Power on reset.
DB VER LNP database version has changed.
DB LVL Database level is not supported or difference

exceeds incremental loading capability.
HW ERR Hardware error bit checks on the card fail.
CHECKSUM Checksum comparisons of the LNP database fail.
Unable to perform LNP DB audit. LNP audit not on
NO AUDIT or excessive number of unknown checksums.
User initiated init-card or init-sys command reload
USER REQ
type cold.
OTHER Other or unknown.
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. If this UIM indicates that there is a hardware error or the database checksum
test failed, there may be a hardware problem. When this condition repeats (the
board resets and displays the same conditions again), do the following:
a. Reseat the card.
b. Replace the card to determine if it is defective.
3-842 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
2. For additional support, contact Tekelec Technical Services at the appropriate
number.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-843

DRAFT
1239 - LNP updates inhibited:loading mode stability
Description
This message indicates that LNP updates are being inhibited until the download
sequence for a card or group of cards completes.
Example

1234.1239 SYSTEM INFO DB updates inhibited:loading stability
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. This is an automatic process and no action is necessary.
3-844 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1240 - LNP updates allowed:loading mode stability
Description
This message indicates that the download sequence for a card or group of cards is
completed and the LNP updates are allowed.
Example

1234.1240 SYSTEM INFO DB updates allowed:loading stability
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. This is an automatic process and no action is necessary.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-845

DRAFT
1241 - LNP Incremental Loading
Description
This message indicates the progress in downloading the LNP database

information to the applicable card or cards.
Example

5402.1241 SYSTEM INFO REPT EVT: LNP Incremental Loading.
Database levels loaded : 0 of 1143
Card List: 1101
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. No corrective action is required.
3-846 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1242 - Conv to intl num - Dflt CC not found
Description
This message indicates that the default country code is not defined.
Example
0018.1242 CARD 1103,A INFO Conv to intl num - Dflt CC not found
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
SCCP MSG TYPE=04
TT=250 NP=04 NAI=010 ADDR=123456789012345678901
PC=003-003-003 SSN=005
TT=100 NP=07 NAI=012 ADDR=012345678901234567890
PC=001-001-001 SSN=004
LSN=A1234567
Legend
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Define the default CC using the chg-stpopts:defcc command. Refer to the

Commands Manual for the proper usage.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-847

DRAFT
1243 - Conv to intl num - Dflt NDC not found
Description
This message indicates that the default network destination code is not defined.
Example
0018.1243 CARD 1103,A INFO Conv to intl num - Dflt NDC not found
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
SCCP MSG TYPE=04
TT=250 NP=04 NAI=010 ADDR=123456789012345678901
PC=003-003-003 SSN=005
TT=100 NP=07 NAI=012 ADDR=012345678901234567890
PC=001-001-001 SSN=004
LSN=A1234567
Legend
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Define the default CC using the chg-stpopts:defndc command. Refer to the

3-848 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1244 - Conv to intl num - Dflt MCC not found
Description
This message indicates that the default E212 mobile country code is not defined.
Example
0018.1244 CARD 1103,A INFO Conv to intl num - Dflt MCC not found
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
SCCP MSG TYPE=04
TT=250 NP=04 NAI=010 ADDR=123456789012345678901
PC=003-003-003 SSN=005
TT=100 NP=07 NAI=012 ADDR=012345678901234567890
PC=001-001-001 SSN=004
LSN=A1234567
Legend
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Define the default CC using the chg-gsmopts:defmcc command. Refer to the

910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-849

DRAFT
1245 - Conv to intl num - Dflt MNC not found
Description
This message indicates that the default E212 mobile network code is not defined.
Example
0018.1245 CARD 1103,A INFO Conv to intl num - Dflt MNC not found
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
SCCP MSG TYPE=04
TT=250 NP=04 NAI=010 ADDR=123456789012345678901
PC=003-003-003 SSN=005
TT=100 NP=07 NAI=012 ADDR=012345678901234567890
PC=001-001-001 SSN=004
LSN=A1234567
Legend
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Define the default CC using the chg-gsmopts:defmnc command. Refer to the

3-850 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1246 - Invalid length of conditioned digits
Description
This message indicates that the the length of the conditioned international
number is less than 5 or greater than 15 digits.
Example
0018.1246 CARD 1103,A INFO Invalid length of conditioned digits
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
SCCP MSG TYPE=04
TT=250 NP=04 NAI=010 ADDR=123456789012345678901
PC=003-003-003 SSN=005
TT=100 NP=07 NAI=012 ADDR=012345678901234567890
PC=001-001-001 SSN=004
LSN=A1234567
Legend
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Use an international number that is within the proper range - 5 or greater and
15 or less.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-851

DRAFT
1247 - Conversion of MGT to IMSI not possible
Description
This message indicates that the E212 mobile country code for the E214 mobile
network code is not defined.
Example
0018.1247 CARD 1103,A INFO Conversion of MGT to IMSI not possible
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
SCCP MSG TYPE=04
TT=250 NP=04 NAI=010 ADDR=123456789012345678901
PC=003-003-003 SSN=005
TT=100 NP=07 NAI=012 ADDR=012345678901234567890
PC=001-001-001 SSN=004
LSN=A1234567
Legend
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Enter the E214 part for the E214 code in the database using the
chg-gsmopts:ccnc=xxxxxxxx:mccmnc=xxxxxxx command. Refer to the Commands
Manual for the proper usage.
3-852 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1248 - GSM MAP Screening rcvd unknown originator
Description
This message occurs when an MSU arrives with a SSN and MAP Op-Code that
exist in the GSM SSN and MAP Op-Code tables, but the CGPA address does not
exist in the GSM MAP Screening table or the CgPA address exists in the table but
with an incorrect NPV/NAIV. In this case, the default action for the Op-Code
applies.
Example
0018.1248 CARD 1103 INFO GSM MAP Screening rcvd unknown originator
OPC=001-001-001
TT=250 NP=04 NAI=010 ADDR=123456789012345678901
PC=003-003-003 SSN=005
TT=100 NP=07 NAI=012 ADDR=012345678901234567890
PC=001-001-001 SSN=004
DATA=3a e2 38 c7 04 56 04 72 e0 e8 30 e9
2e cf 01 00 d0 02 83 01 f2 25 aa 0b
84 09 01 00 11 0a 19 49
Legend
DATA Hex dump of TCAP part of MSU
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. To prevent the GSM screening from disallowing this MSU, you can add the
CgPA address to the GSM MAP or correct the CgPA address NPV or NAIV.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-853

DRAFT
2. Alternatively, you may choose to disable MPS Screening on the specific linkset
entirely. In an emergency situation for example, you can prevent MAP
Screening from occurring on any suspected linkset with the chg-ls:gsmscrn=off
command. Using this command means no MAP Screening will be performed
on any MSU arriving through the linkset, which results in UIM #1248 no
longer appearing.
3. Another choice is to change the default action shown in the example. It shows
the Action=Discard for any MSU with Op-Code=61. This choice lets you set
the default action to Pass; specify the command chg-gsms-opcode:opname=
<insert the opname corresponding to the Op-Code> :ndfltact=pass. This action
does not prevent UIMs from being reported, but it does prevent the specified
Op-Code from being discarded.
4. If the frequency of UIM #1248 messages is distracting, you can limit the
number of UIMs displayed per time interval for a specific UIM. Use the
command set-uim-acthresh:limit=1:intrvl=5:uimn=1248 to limit the output of
UIM #1248 to one output every 5 minutes.
NOTE: Use this suggestion sparingly, if at all. This action has value in
temporarily suppressing a large volume of UIMs while diagnosing a MAP
Screening situation.
3-854 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1249 - SCCP rcvd GSM MAP Opcode w/forbidden param
Description
This message occurs when an MSU is screened in the GSM MAP Screening table
and the MSU was found to contain a forbidden parameter as provisioned in the
GSM MAP Screening table. The action that applies is taken from the matching
entry in the GSM MAP Screening table.
Example
0018.1249 CARD 1103 INFO SCCP rcvd GSM MAP Op-Code w/forbidden param
OPC=001-001-001
TT=250 NP=04 NAI=010 ADDR=123456789012345678901
PC=003-003-003 SSN=005
TT=100 NP=07 NAI=012 ADDR=012345678901234567890
PC=001-001-001 SSN=004
DATA=3a e2 38 c7 04 56 04 72 e0 e8 30 e9
2e cf 01 00 d0 02 83 01 f2 25 aa 0b
84 09 01 00 11 0a 19 49
Op-Code=### Forbidden Param=N/A Action=PASS
Legend
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. The GSM MAP Screening table has successfully screened the forbidden
parameter. The resultant action is performed from the matching entry.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-855

DRAFT
2. To alter the screening being performed, redefine the GSM MAP Screening
table using the gsmmap commands.
3-856 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1250 - SCCP rcvd undefined MAP Op-Code
Description
This message occurs when an MSU passes the origination or destination SSN
screening process and the MAP Op-Code table is searched, but the Op-Code of
the MSU is not found in the MAP Op-Code table. In this case, the default action
from the STPOPTS table applies.
Example
0018.1250 CARD 1103 INFO SCCP rcvd undefined MAP Op-Code
OPC=001-001-001
TT=250 NP=04 NAI=010 ADDR=123456789012345678901
PC=003-003-003 SSN=005
TT=100 NP=07 NAI=012 ADDR=012345678901234567890
PC=001-001-001 SSN=004
DATA=3a e2 38 c7 04 56 04 72 e0 e8 30 e9
2e cf 01 00 d0 02 83 01 f2 25 aa 0b
84 09 01 00 11 0a 19 49
Op-Code=### Forbidden Param=N/A Action=ATIERR
Legend
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. The GSM MAP Opcode table was searched, and the Op-Code of the MSU was
not found.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-857

DRAFT
2. The GSM MAP Op-Code table has successfully screened an Op-Code that was
not included in the GSM MAP Opcode table.
3. However, if the Op-Code should not be screened, you can add it into the GSM
MAP Op-Code table.
4. To alter the screening being performed, change the default action for GSM
screening when the Op-Code is not defined with the STPOPTS commands.
3-858 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1251 - Measurements data copy failure
Description
Measurements data is copied to all MCPM cards after collection. Measurements

data copy to a Secondary MCPM failed.
Example
0002.1251 CARD 1201 INFO Measurements data copy failure
Alarm Level
Procedure
was encountered.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-859

DRAFT
1252 - Report generation failure
Description
This message is generated by the Primary MCPM. The measurement report

identified in the output message did not generate.
Example
0002.1252 CARD 1201 INFO Report generation failure
IP:111.111.111.111 FTP Error: XXXX
File Name: tues_serv.csv
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Enter the rept-ftp-meas command to manually initiate the generation and FTP
transfer of the indicated measurement report. Refer to the Commands Manual
for the correct usage of this command.
3-860 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1253 - Report transfer failure FTP Server
Description
This message is generated by the Primary MCPM. The FTP transfer of the
indicated report failed.
Example
0002.1253 CARD 1201,A INFO Report transfer failure FTP Server
IP:111.111.111.111 FTP Error: XXXX
File Name: tues_serv.csv
Alarm Level
Procedure
transfer of the indicated measurement report. Refer to the Commands Manual
for the correct usage of this command.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-861

DRAFT
1254 - Scheduled transfer failure
Description
This message is generated by the Primary MCPM. Some of the reports scheduled
to be generated and transferred were not transferred.
Example
0002.1254 CARD 1201 INFO Scheduled transfer failure
Alarm Level
Procedure
transfer of the affected measurement report. Refer to the Commands Manual for
the correct usage of this command.
3-862 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1255 - IS-41 LNP Qry rejected: WNP is OFF
Description
The EAGLE has rejected an LNPQS query that is decoded as an IS-41 Query
because the appropriate WNP (Wireless Number Portability) feature is not on.
Example
0112.1255 CARD 1103,A1 INFO IS-41 LNP Qry rejected: WNP is OFF
SIO=83 OPC=001-101-001 DPC=001-001-001
CDPA: AI=cb SSN=016 TT=012
ADDR=919380
CGPA: AI=c3 PC=001-101-001 SSN=016
DATA=3a e2 38 c7 04 56 04 72 e0 e8 30 e9
2e cf 01 00 d0 02 83 01 f2 25 aa 0b
84 09 01 00 11 0a 19 49
LSN=e1m1s1
Legend
DATA Hex dump of TCAP part of MSU MSG TYPE Message type
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. If you want to support the WNP feature, issue the chg-feat:wnp=on

command to process IS-41 LNP queries.
2. If you do not want to support the WNP feature, ignore this informational
message.
3. For additional information or assistance about the WNP or any feature to

purchase, call Tekelec Technical Services.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-863

DRAFT
1256 - MNP Circular Route Detected
Description
This message indicates the network has incorrect number portability data for a
subscriber.
Example
0018.1256 CARD 1103,A INFO MNP Circular Route Detected
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
SCCP MSG TYPE=04
TT=250 NP=04 NAI=010 ADDR=123456789012345678901
PC=003-003-003 SSN=005
TT=100 NP=07 NAI=012 ADDR=012345678901234567890
PC=001-001-001 SSN=004
LSN=A1234567
Legend
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Verify and update number portability data.
3-864 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1257 - DB restore has cleared and Disabled PDS
Description
A DB restore has rendered the data on PDS table obsolete. The PDS table will be
updated when the OAM is rebooted.
Example
0014.1257 SYSTEM INFO DB restore has cleared and Disabled PDS
Alarm Level
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-865

DRAFT
1258 - Map Screening cannot Forward MSU
Description
This message occurs when an MSU selected by MAP Screening for the Forward
screening action cannot be forwarded.
Example
0018.1258 CARD 1103 INFO Map Screening cannot Forward MSU
OPC=001-001-001
TT=250 NP=04 NAI=010 ADDR=123456789012345678901
PC=003-003-003 SSN=005
TT=100 NP=07 NAI=012 ADDR=012345678901234567890
PC=001-001-001 SSN=004
Legend
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
3-866 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-867

DRAFT
1259 - Map Screening cannot Duplicate MSU
Description
This message occurs when an MSU selected by MAP Screening for the Duplicate
screening action cannot be duplicated and/or routed to the duplicate node.
Example
0018.1259 CARD 1103 INFO Map Screening cannot Duplicate MSU
OPC=001-001-001
TT=250 NP=04 NAI=010 ADDR=123456789012345678901
PC=003-003-003 SSN=005
TT=100 NP=07 NAI=012 ADDR=012345678901234567890
PC=001-001-001 SSN=004
Legend
Alarm Level
Procedure
is necessary.
3-868 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-869

DRAFT
1260 - LSS: Unsupported TCAP msg type
Description
This message indicates that the LSS (local subsystem) received an SCCP message
containing an unsupported TCAP (transaction capabilities application portion)
message type.
Example
0101.1260 CARD 1103,A1 INFO LSS: Unsupported TCAP msg type
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
CGPA: AI=43 PC=001-001-001 SSN=002
LSN=A1234567
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
3-870 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1261 - LSS: Invalid len in transaction portion
Description
This message indicates that the LSS (local subsystem) received a TCAP message
containing an invalid length in the transaction portion of the message.
Example
0101.1261 CARD 1103,A1 INFO LSS: Invalid len in transaction portion
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
CGPA: AI=43 PC=001-001-001 SSN=002
LSN=A1234567
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-871

DRAFT
1262 - LSS: Invalid len in dialogue portion
Description
with an invalid length in the dialogue portion of the message.
Example
0101.1262 CARD 1103,A1 INFO LSS: Invalid len in dialogue portion
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
CGPA: AI=43 PC=001-001-001 SSN=002
LSN=A1234567
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
3-872 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1263 - LSS: Invalid len in component portion
Description
with an invalid length in the component portion of the message.
Example
0101.1263 CARD 1103,A INFO LSS: Invalid len in component portion
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
CGPA: AI=43 PC=001-001-001 SSN=002
LSN=A1234567
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-873

DRAFT
1264 - LSS: No originating transaction ID
Description
that does not have an originating transaction ID.
Example
0101.1264 CARD 1103,A1 INFO LSS: No originating transaction ID
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
CGPA: AI=43 PC=001-001-001 SSN=002
LSN=A1234567
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
3-874 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1265 - LSS: Invalid transaction ID len
Description
containing an invalid transaction ID length.
Example
0101.1265 CARD 1103,A1 INFO LSS: Invalid transaction ID len
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
CGPA: AI=43 PC=001-001-001 SSN=002
LSN=A1234567
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-875

DRAFT
1266 - LSS: Destination transaction ID in Begin
Description
This message indicates that the LSS (local subsystem) received a Begin TCAP
message containing a destination transaction ID. (The Begin message should have
an originating transaction ID only. A destination transaction ID is valid only in
Abort, Continue, and End TCAP messages.)
Example
0101.1266 CARD 1103,A1 INFO LSS: Destination transaction ID in Begin
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
CGPA: AI=43 PC=001-001-001 SSN=002
LSN=A1234567
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
3-876 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1267 - LSS: No External element
Description
that does not contain an External element in the dialogue portion of the message.
Example
0101.1267 CARD 1103,A1 INFO LSS: No External element
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
CGPA: AI=43 PC=001-001-001 SSN=002
LSN=A1234567
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-877

DRAFT
1268 - LSS: No External Object Identifier
Description
that does not contain an Object Identifier element in the External element in the
dialogue portion of the message.
Example
0101.1268 CARD 1103,A1 INFO LSS: No External Object Identifier
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
CGPA: AI=43 PC=001-001-001 SSN=002
LSN=A1234567
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
3-878 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1269 - LSS: Not Structured Dialogue
Description
with an Object Identifier value in the External element in the dialogue portion
that does not indicate a structured dialogue as specified in ITU Q.773.
Example
0101.1269 CARD 1103,A1 INFO LSS: Not Structured Dialogue
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
CGPA: AI=43 PC=001-001-001 SSN=002
LSN=A1234567
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-879

DRAFT
1270 - LSS: No External ASN1-Type
Description
that does not have an ASN1-Type element in the External element in the dialogue
portion of the message.
Example
0101.1270 CARD 1103,A1 INFO LSS: No External ANS1-Type
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
CGPA: AI=43 PC=001-001-001 SSN=002
LSN=A1234567
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
3-880 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1271 - LSS: No Dialogue Request
Description
that odes not have a Dialogue Request element in the ASN1-Type element in the
dialogue portion of the message.
Example
0101.1271 CARD 1103,A1 INFO LSS: No Dialogue Request
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
CGPA: AI=43 PC=001-001-001 SSN=002
LSN=A1234567
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-881

DRAFT
1272 - LSS: No Application Context Name
Description
that does not have an Application Context Name element in the Dialogue Request
element in the dialogue portion of the message.
Example
0101.1272 CARD 1103,A1 INFO LSS: No Application Context Name
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
CGPA: AI=43 PC=001-001-001 SSN=002
LSN=A1234567
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
3-882 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1273 - LSS: No ACN Object Identifier
Description
that does not have an Object Identifier element in the Application Context Name
element in the dialogue portion of the message.
Example
0101.1273 CARD 1103,A1 INFO LSS: No ACN Object Identifier
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
CGPA: AI=43 PC=001-001-001 SSN=002
LSN=A1234567
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-883

DRAFT
1274 - LSS: No component portion
Description
that does not contain a component portion tag.
Example
0101.1274 CARD 1103,A1 INFO LSS: No component portion
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
CGPA: AI=43 PC=001-001-001 SSN=002
LSN=A1234567
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
3-884 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1275 - LSS: No Invoke component
Description
that does not contain an Invoke component.
Example
0101.1275 CARD 1103,A1 INFO LSS: No Invoke component
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
CGPA: AI=43 PC=001-001-001 SSN=002
LSN=A1234567
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-885

DRAFT
1276 - LSS: No Invoke ID
Description
that does not contain an Invoke ID within the component.
Example
0101.1276 CARD 1103,A1 INFO LSS: No Invoke ID
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
CGPA: AI=43 PC=001-001-001 SSN=002
LSN=A1234567
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
3-886 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1277 - LSS: No operation code
Description
that does not contain an operation code tag within the component.
Example
0101.1277 CARD 1103,A2 INFO LSS: No operation code
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
CGPA: AI=43 PC=001-001-001 SSN=002
LSN=A1234567
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-887

DRAFT
1278 - LSS: No parameter (set/sequence)
Description
that does not contain a parameter, parameter set, or a parameter sequence within
the component.
Example
0101.1278 CARD 1103,A1 INFO LSS: No parameter (set/sequence)
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
CGPA: AI=43 PC=001-001-001 SSN=002
LSN=A1234567
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
3-888 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1279 - LSS: Unsupported network type
Description
of an unsupported network type.
Example
0101.1279 CARD 1103,A INFO LSS: Unsupported network type
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
CGPA: AI=43 PC=001-001-001 SSN=002
LSN=A1234567
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-889

DRAFT
1280 - LSS: Unsupported SCCP msg type
Description
of an unsupported SCCP message type.
Example
0101.1280 CARD 1103,A1 INFO LSS: Unsupported SCCP msg type
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
CGPA: AI=43 PC=001-001-001 SSN=002
LSN=A1234567
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
3-890 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1281 - LSS: No SCCP CDPA SSN
Description
for which the subsystem number (SSN) for the called party (CDPA) is missing.
Example
0101.1281 CARD 1103,A1 INFO LSS: No SCCP CDPA SSN
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
CGPA: AI=43 PC=001-001-001 SSN=002
LSN=A1234567
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-891

DRAFT
1282 - LSS: Unsupported SCCP CDPA GTI
Description
for which the GTI (Global Title Indicator) value for the called party (CDPA) is
unsupported.
Example
0101.1282 CARD 1103,A1 INFO LSS: Unsupported SCCP CDPA GTI
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
CDPA: AI=4E SSN=005 TT=250
CGPA: AI=43 PC=001-001-001 SSN=002
LSN=A1234567
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
3-892 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1283 - LSS: Unsupported SCCP CGPA RI
Description
for which the RI (Routing Indicator) value for the calling party (CGPA) is
unsupported.
Example
0101.1283 CARD 1103,A1 INFO LSS: Unsupported SCCP CGPA RI
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
CGPA: AI=12 PC=001-001-001 SSN=002
LSN=A1234567
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-893

DRAFT
1284 - LSS: Unknown SSP PC
Description
that contained an SSP (Service Switching Point) point code (PC) that is not in the
Eagle routing table. The SSP PC is the CGPA PC (if it exists) or the OPC,
otherwise. In the example below, the SSP PC is 001-001-002.
Example
0101.1284 CARD 1103,A2 INFO LSS: Unknown SSP PC
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
CGPA: AI=43 PC=001-001-002 SSN=002
LSN=A1234567
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. The LSS received a message that does not have a corresponding SSP point
code entry in the Eagle routing table.
3-894 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
2. You must decide whether you want to accept queries from that SSP.
c. If you choose to not respond to queries from that SSP, use the gateway
screening feature to stop this information message from re-appearing by
having the Eagle system reject queries from that specific SSP. No further
d. If you want to respond to queries from that SSP, continue with the next
step.
3. List the routing table entry for the SSP in question with the rtrv-rte command.
a. If the retrieve route command shows the SSP point code has an Eagle
routing table entry, which is not expected since this message says no
entry exists, notify Tekelec Technical Services at (888) 367-8552 about this
situation. Do not continue to other steps of this procedure.
b. If the retrieve route command shows no entry in the routing table, which
is expected here, continue with the next step.
4. List the destination table entry for the SSP in question with the rtrv-dstn
command.
a. If the SSP point code is not in the Eagle destination table, add that entry
with the ent-dstn command. (For detailed information about using the
ent-dstn command, refer to Adding a Destination Point Code in
Chapter 2, Configuring Destination Tables in the Eagle Database
Administration -- SS7 manual.) Proceed to Step 5.
b. If the SSP point code is in the Eagle destination table, continue with the
next step.
5. Enter the route set for the SSP point code by issuing one of more ent-rte
commands. (For detailed information about using the ent-rte command, refer
to Adding a Route in the chapter SS7 Configuration in the Eagle Database
Administration - SS7 manual.)
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-895

DRAFT
1285 - LSS: No SCCP CGPA SSN
Description
in which the subsystem number (SSN) for the calling party (CGPA) is missing.
Example
0101.1285 CARD 1103,A1 INFO LSS: No SCCP CGPA SSN
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
CGPA: AI=41 PC=001-001-001 SSN=000
LSN=A1234567
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
3-896 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1286 - LSS: Invalid INAP CalledPartyNumber len
Description
This message indicates that the LSS (local subsystem) received an INAP message
in which the Called Party Number parameter length is invalid.
Example
0101.1286 CARD 1103,A1 INFO LSS: Invalid INAP CalledPartyNumber len
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
CGPA: AI=43 PC=001-001-001 SSN=002
LSN=A1234567
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-897

DRAFT
1287 - LSS: Unsupported ACN Object ID len
Description
This message indicates that the LSS (local subsystem) received a TCAP message in
which the length of the Application Context Names Object Identifier is
unsupported.
Example
0101.1287 CARD 1103,A1 INFO LSS: Unsupported ACN Object ID len
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
CGPA: AI=43 PC=001-001-001 SSN=002
LSN=A1234567
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
3-898 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1288 - LSS: Unsupported operation code
Description
which the operation code is unsupported.
Example
0101.1288 CARD 1103,A1 INFO LSS: Unsupported operation code
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
CGPA: AI=43 PC=001-001-001 SSN=002
LSN=A1234567
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-899

DRAFT
1289 - LSS: No parameter sequence
Description
that has a single parameter or a parameter set instead of the expected parameter
sequence.
Example
0101.1289 CARD 1103,A1 INFO LSS: No parameter sequence
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
CGPA: AI=43 PC=001-001-001 SSN=002
LSN=A1234567
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
3-900 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1290 - LSS: No INAP ServiceKey parameter
Description
that does not contain the Service Key parameter.
Example
0101.1290 CARD 1103,A1 INFO LSS: No INAP ServiceKey parameter
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
CGPA: AI=43 PC=001-001-001 SSN=002
LSN=A1234567
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-901

DRAFT
1291 - LSS: No INAP CalledPartyNumber param
Description
that does not contain an Called Party Number parameter.
Example
0101.1291 CARD 1103,A1 INFO LSS: No INAP CalledPartyNumber param
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
CGPA: AI=43 PC=001-001-001 SSN=002
LSN=A1234567
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
3-902 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1292 - LSS: Parameters out of sequence
Description
which the mandatory and conditional parameters are not in the correct sequence.
Example
0101.1292 CARD 1103,A1 INFO LSS: Parameters out of sequence
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
CGPA: AI=43 PC=001-001-001 SSN=002
LSN=A1234567
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-903

DRAFT
1293 - LSS: Invalid num of digits in INAP CdPN
Description
containing an invalid number of digits in the Called Party Number (CdPN)
parameter.
Example
0101.1293 CARD 1103,A1 INFO LSS: Invalid num of digits in INAP CdPN
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
CGPA: AI=43 PC=001-001-001 SSN=002
LSN=A1234567
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
3-904 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1294 - Invalid digits in MAP MSISDN parameter
Description
This message indicates that no valid digits were found in the MAP MSISDN
parameter.
Example
0018.1294 CARD 1103,A INFO Invalid digits in MAP MSISDN parameter
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
SCCP MSG TYPE=04
TT=250 NP=04 NAI=010 ADDR=123456789012345678901
PC=003-003-003 SSN=005
TT=100 NP=07 NAI=012 ADDR=012345678901234567890
PC=001-001-001 SSN=004
LSN=A1234567
Legend
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Change the message to have valid digits (digits length greater than 0) in the
MSISDN parameter.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-905

DRAFT
1295 - Translation PC is Eagles
Description
This message indicates that the point code translation is invalid because it is one
the Eagles own point codes.
Example
0018.1295 CARD 1103,A INFO Translation PC is Eagles
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
SCCP MSG TYPE=04
TT=250 NP=04 NAI=010 ADDR=123456789012345678901
PC=003-003-003 SSN=005
TT=100 NP=07 NAI=012 ADDR=012345678901234567890
PC=001-001-001 SSN=004
LSN=A1234567
Legend
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Change the translation point code for the entry to a non-Eagles point code.
Provision the entity data from the EPAP/ELAP. Refer to the EPAP
Administration Manual or the ELAP Administration Manual, and see the topic
Manage Network Entities for details about changing this entity data.
3-906 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1296 - Translation PC type is ANSI
Description
This message indicates that the point code translation is invalid because it is an
ANSI point code.
Example
0018.1296 CARD 1103,A INFO Translation PC type is ANSI
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
SCCP MSG TYPE=04
TT=250 NP=04 NAI=010 ADDR=123456789012345678901
PC=003-003-003 SSN=005
TT=100 NP=07 NAI=012 ADDR=012345678901234567890
PC=001-001-001 SSN=004
LSN=A1234567
Legend
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Change the translation point code type to a non-ANSI type. Provision the
point code type from the EPAP. Refer to the EPAP Administration Manual and
see the topic Manage Network Entities for details about changing this entity
data.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-907

DRAFT
1297 - Invalid length of prefix/suffix digits
Description
This message indicates that the attempted digit action of prefixing or suffixing the
entity ID is invalid because the combined length of the entity ID and GT digits is
greater than 21 digits.
Example
0018.1297 CARD 1103,A INFO Invalid length of prefix/suffix digits
SIO=03 OPC=001-001-001 DPC=002-002-002
SCCP MSG TYPE=04
TT=250 NP=04 NAI=010 ADDR=123456789012345678901
PC=003-003-003 SSN=005
TT=100 NP=07 NAI=012 ADDR=012345678901234567890
PC=001-001-001 SSN=004
LSN=A1234567
Legend
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Change the attempted digit action or decrease the length of the entity ID or
the GT digits to a length of 21 digits or less. Provision the digit action or the
entity ID length from the EPAP. Refer to the EPAP Administration Manual for
details.
3-908 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1298 - Updates inhibited: loading stability
Description
The SCCP card was auto inhibited because GTT and LNP are on at the same time.
This is an invalid configuration.
Example
0014.1298 SYSTEM INFO Updates inhibited: loading stability
CARD=1203 GPL=VSCCP
Alarm Level
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-909

DRAFT
1299 - Updates allowed: loading stability
Description
The auto-inhibited SCCP card problem has been corrected. Updates are now
allowed.
Example
0014.1299 SYSTEM INFO Updates allowed: loading stability
CARD=1203 GPL=VSCCP
Alarm Level
Procedure
3-910 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1300 - REPT EVT: Incremental Loading
Description
This message indicates the progress in downloading the SCCP database

information to the applicable card or cards.
Example
0105.1300 SYSTEM INFO REPT EVT: Incremental Loading
Database levels loaded : 1 of 25
Card list: 1101, 1103
Alarm Level
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-911

DRAFT
1301 - SECMTPMATE - rcvd mate PC on non C-link
Description
This message indicates the Eagle received a MTP message that failed the mate SID
verification. The message was discarded.
Example
0105.1301 CARD 1205,A INFO SECMTPMATE - rcvd mate PC on non C-link
SIO=0a OPC=003-247-000 DPC=002-000-000
DATA=12 34 56 78 90 12 34 56 78 90 12 34
56 78 90 12 34 56 78 90 12 34 56 78
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
3-912 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1302 - SECMTPSID - rcvd MSU with OPC = SID
Description
This message indicates the Eagle received a MTP message that failed the self SID
verification. The message was discarded.
Example
0105.1302 CARD 1205,A INFO SECMTPSID - rcvd MSU with OPC = SID
SIO=0a OPC=003-247-000 DPC=002-000-000
DATA=12 34 56 78 90 12 34 56 78 90 12 34
56 78 90 12 34 56 78 90 12 34 56 78
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-913

DRAFT
1303 - SECMTPSNM - no rte to OPC/AFTPC
Description
This message indicates the Eagle received a MTP network management message
that failed the MTP Network Management Message OPC Verification. The
Example
0100.1303 CARD 1105,B INFO SECMTPSNM - no rte to OPC/AFTPC
SIO=0a OPC=003-243-000 DPC=000-024-000
H0H1=41 AFTPC=099-099-003
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
3-914 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1304 - SECSCCPSCMG - no rte to AFTPC
Description
This message indicates the Eagle received a MTP network management message
that failed the SCMG AFTPC Verification. The message was discarded.
Example
0102.1304 CARD 1205,B INFO SECSCCPSCMG - no rte to AFTPC
SIO=03 OPC=003-245-000 DPC=001-004-000
MULT=000 AFTSS=005
Legend
LSN Linkset name
Alarm Level
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-915

DRAFT
1305 - MTP rcvd UPU - User SCCP, Cause invalid
Description
This message is generated for a UPU message for a SCCP user when the
unavailability cause indicates a SCCP translation exists for a node that does not
have a SCCP user part.
Example
0100.1305 CARD 1201,A INFO MTP rcvd UPU - user SCCP, Cause invalid
SIO=03 OPC=003-232-000 DPC=001-004-000
AFTPC=004-000-001 UPU=03 UNAVAIL CAUSE=001
LSN=A1234567
Alarm Level
Procedure
3-916 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1306 - GSMOPTS: EIR Global Response is ON
Description
The EIR Global Response Type is on. The EIR Global Response Type is set by the
chg-gsmopts command and the eirgrsp parameter.
The Global Response Type is used to override the response that is returned to the
MSC (Mobile Switching Center). The default value is OFF. When this parameter to
OFF, the normal list logic is applied to the IMEI. If the Global Response Type is set
to a value other than OFF, there is no list logic processing, and the response
corresponding to the eirgrsp value is sent to the MSC.
For more information about eirgrsp, refer to the chg-gsmopts command in the
Commands Manual.
Example
0140.1306 CARD 1201 INFO GSMOPTS: EIR Global Response is ON
Alarm Level
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-917

DRAFT
1307 - GSMOPTS: EIR Global Response is OFF
Description
The EIR Global Response Type is off. The EIR Global Response Type is set by the
chg-gsmopts command and the eirgrsp parameter.
The Global Response Type is used to override the response that is returned to the
MSC (Mobile Switching Center). The default value is OFF. When this parameter to
OFF, the normal list logic is applied to the IMEI. If the Global Response Type is set
to a value other than OFF, there is no list logic processing, and the response
corresponding to the eirgrsp value is sent to the MSC.
For more information about eirgrsp, refer to the chg-gsmopts command in the
Commands Manual.
Example
0140.1306 CARD 1201 INFO GSMOPTS: EIR Global Response is OFF
Alarm Level
Procedure
3-918 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1310 - System Meas. Limit exceeded for LRN
Description
This UIM is issued if the Measurements Platform is not enabled and if the number
of provisioned LRNs exceeds 100,000. When the limit of 100,00 is exceeded, this
UIM is notification that the LNP LRN measurements report will be truncated, and
additional LRN measurements will not be collected or reported.
Example
0140.1310 CARD 1201 INFO System Meas. Limit exceeded for LRN
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. You have two options if this UIM appears:

Install the Measurements Platform to increase the reporting limits, or
If you have any unused LRN entries, you can remove them such that the
number of provisioned LRNs does not exceed the limit of 100,000.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-919

DRAFT
1311 - System Meas. Limit exceeded for NPANXX
Description
This UIM is issued if the Measurements Platform is not enabled and if the number
of provisioned NPANXXs exceeds 150,000. When the limit of 150,000 is exceeded,
this UIM is notification that the LNP NPANXX measurements report will be
truncated, and additional NPANXX measurements will not be collected or
reported.
Example
0140.1311 CARD 1201 INFO System Meas. limit exceeded for NPANXX
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. You have two options if this UIM appears:

Install the Measurements Platform to increase the reporting limits, or
If you have any unused NPANXX entries, you can remove them such that
the number of provisioned NPANXXs does not exceed the limit of 150,000.
3-920 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1490 - Telnet terminal connection successful
Description
Indicates that a telnet connection has been established with the EAGLE from the
specified location, but no terminal has yet been selected.
Example
0102.1490 CARD 1105,B INFO Telnet terminal connection successful
RIPADDR=192.168.57.52
RIPORT=2336
LIPADDR=192.168.53.46
LIPORT=23
Legend
LIPADDR Local IP Address
LIPORT Local TCP Port Number
RIPADDR Remote IP Address
RIPORT Remote TCP Port Number
Alarm Level
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-921

DRAFT
Description
This message indicates that the specified telnet terminal has been successfully
selected by a user via telnet.
Example
0105.1491 SYSTEM INFO Terminal enabled.
TERMINAL 20
Alarm Level
Procedure
3-922 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1492 -Terminal failed
Description
This message indicates that the specified telnet terminal has been disconnected.
Example
0105.1492 SYSTEM INFO Terminal failed.
TERMINAL 20
Alarm Level
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-923

DRAFT
1493 -SSH Host Keys Regenerated
Description
This message indicates that the OA&M IP Security Enhancements feature has
successfully generated new host pubic/private key pairs. This occurs during cold
restarts of an IPSM card. During initialization, this UIM displays the new key.
NOTE: This UIM indicates a new public/private key is in effect. The old
key is now invalid. The new key must be installed on SSH clients (on the
FTRA) before any connections are permitted.
Example
0105.1493 SYSTEM INFO SSH Host Keys Regenerated
DSA Server Host Key FTRA-formatted Fingerprint=
xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx
Alarm Level
Procedure
1. Record the DSA Server Host Key FTRA-formatted fingerprint that is in the last
line of the UIM.
2. Save the fingerprint.
The fingerprint will be installed on the FTRA if the FTP Retrieve and Replace
feature is used.
NOTE: Refer to the FTP-Based Table Retrieve Application (FTRA) User Guide
for the fingerprint installation procedure.
3-924 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1494 -SSH Host Keys Loaded
Description
This message indicates that the OA&M IP Security Enhancements feature has
successfully preserved existing host pubic/private key pairs. This occurs during
reloads, init-card, and alw-card operations. During initialization, this UIM shows
the state of the existing host key.
Example
0105.1494 SYSTEM INFO SSH Host Keys Loaded
DSA Server Host Key FTRA-formatted Fingerprint=
xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx
Alarm Level
Procedure

910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-925

DRAFT
1495 - Awaiting LSMS bulk download
Description
This UIM is issued after the CHG-DB:ACTION=BEGINEDL command is

successfully processed. It repeats at 5 minute intervals thereafter until the
database download stream from the LSMS begins. As soon as the LSMS starts
sending data, UIM 1496: LSMS bulk download in progress is issued instead.
Example
5061.1495 SYSTEM INFO Awaiting LSMS Bulk Download
Alarm Level
Procedure
3-926 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1496 - LSMS bulk download in progress
Description
This UIM is issued as soon as the first bulk download record is received from the
LSMS, and then at 5 minute intervals thereafter, until the LSMS signals to the
system that the entire download stream has been sent. This UIM lets the operator
now that the LSMS has actually started sending the DB download stream to the
system, and that the transmission of the download stream is still underway.
Example
5061.1496 SYSTEM INFO LSMS bulk download in progress
Alarm Level
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-927

DRAFT
1497 - LSMS bulk download complete
Description
This UIM is issued as LSMS signals to the system that the entire download stream
has been transmitted. The system operator may now complete the bulk download
progress by issuing one of the following:
CHG-DB:ACTION=FINISHEDL command to copy the LNP DB from the BLM
card to the OAM fixed disks,
or
CHG-DB:ACTION=CANCELEDL command to prevent the copy to the OAM
fixed disks
Example
5061.1497 SYSTEM INFO LSMS bulk download complete
Alarm Level
Procedure
3-928 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1498 - LSMS bulk download cancelled at LSMS
Description
This UIM is issued when LSMS signals to the system that the bulk download has
been cancelled at the LSMS GUI. The UIM informs the system operator that the
bulk download is no longer in progress. The operator can cancel the bulk
download (from the system) by issuing CHG-DB:ACTION=CANCELEDL, which
will once again allow the system to accept LNP DB update requests.
Example
5061.1498 SYSTEM INFO LSMS bulk download cancelled at LSMS
Alarm Level
Procedure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 3-929

DRAFT
3-930 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Tekelec
Signaling Products
Maintenance Manual Volume 2
910-4593 Revision E
March 2004
DRAFT
2003, 2004 TEKELEC
All rights reserved.
Printed in the United States of America
Notice
Information in this documentation is subject to change without notice. Unauthorized use or
copying of this documentation can result in civil or criminal penalties.
No part of this documentation may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means,
electronic or mechanical, including photocopying or recording, for any purpose without the
express written permission of an authorized representative of Tekelec.
Other product names used herein are for identification purposes only, and may be trademarks of
their respective companies.
Any export of Tekelec products is subject to the export controls of the United States and the other
countries where Tekelec has operations.
Trademarks
The Tekelec logo, EAGLE, G-Flex, G-Port, IP7, and IP7 Secure Gateway are registered trademarks
of Tekelec, Inc.
ASi, EAGLE 5, GenuOne, IP7 Front End, SXi, TekServer, TekWare, and VXi are trademarks of
Tekelec, Inc.
COMMON LANGUAGE is a registered trademark and Telcordia, SEAS, CLEI, CLLI, CLCI, and
CLFI are trademarks of Telcordia Technologies, Inc.
All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Ordering Information
Additional copies of this document can be ordered from Tekelec Network Signaling Division,
5200 Paramount Parkway, Morrisville, North Carolina, 27560.
DRAFT
4
Measurements
Contents ......................................................................................................... Page

Introduction.......................................................................................................4-3
OAM Based Measurements ......................................................................4-4
Measurements Platform ............................................................................4-5
Report Parameters ..........................................................................................4-10
Reports ............................................................................................................. 4-11
STP System Totals (SYSTOT) Measurements.......................................4-11
enttype=stp.........................................................................................4-12
enttype=tt ...........................................................................................4-16
enttype=stplan ...................................................................................4-17
Component Measurements ....................................................................4-20
enttype=lnkset ...................................................................................4-20
enttype=link .......................................................................................4-24
Network Management Measurements .................................................4-28
enttype=stp.........................................................................................4-29
enttype=link .......................................................................................4-32
enttype=lnkset ...................................................................................4-35
Daily Availability Measurements ..........................................................4-36
Day-To-Hour Availability Measurements ............................................4-39
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-1

Measurements
DRAFT
Availability Measurements .................................................................... 4-41
enttype=link ...................................................................................... 4-41
enttype=stplan .................................................................................. 4-45
Daily Maintenance Measurements ....................................................... 4-49
enttype=stp........................................................................................ 4-49
enttype=link ...................................................................................... 4-53
enttype=lnkset................................................................................... 4-58
enttype=lnp ....................................................................................... 4-60
enttype=np ........................................................................................ 4-66
enttype=stplan .................................................................................. 4-69
enttype=mapscrn.............................................................................. 4-73
Day-to-Hour Maintenance Measurements .......................................... 4-78
enttype=stp........................................................................................ 4-78
enttype=link ...................................................................................... 4-82
enttype=lnkset................................................................................... 4-88
enttype=stplan .................................................................................. 4-89
Hourly Maintenance Measurements .................................................... 4-92
enttype=lnp ....................................................................................... 4-92
enttype=np ........................................................................................ 4-98
enttype=mapscrn............................................................................ 4-103
Gateway Measurements....................................................................... 4-108
enttype=stp...................................................................................... 4-109
enttype=origni..................................................................................4-110
enttype=origninc .............................................................................4-112
enttype=lnkset..................................................................................4-113
enttype=lsdestni ..............................................................................4-115
enttype=lsorigni...............................................................................4-117
4-2 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Measurements
DRAFT
Record Base Measurements ..................................................................4-120
enttype=stp.......................................................................................4-120
enttype=lnkset .................................................................................4-124
enttype=link .....................................................................................4-125
Maintenance Status Reports .................................................................4-127
enttype=link .....................................................................................4-128
enttype=lnkset .................................................................................4-131
Introduction
This section describes Eagle STP measurements. Measurements provide support
for:
STP performance management
SS7 traffic monitoring and engineering
Specific feature performance analysis (STPLAN)
Measurements provide operations and maintenance personnel with network
performance and STP performance data in accordance with:
Telcordia GR-82-CORE, Issue 5, December 2001
Telcordia GR-310-CORE, Issue 1, November 1994
Telcordia GR-478-CORE, Issue 4, February 2000
Telcordia GR-778-CORE, Issue 1, November 1994
Telcordia GR-2878-CORE, Issue 4, December 1999
The primary functions of Measurements are as follows:
Collection: Measurements are collected at 5, 30, and 60-minute intervals.
Storage: Measurements are stored in dedicated RAM tables and/or disks
after collection. Most are retained for 24 hours. LNP, INP, G-Port, MAP
Screening, and Daily EIR measurements are retained for 7 days.
Retrieval: Measurements data is retrieved from the RAM storage area and/or
disk. ACTIVE measurement data is retrieved and reported from the
application cards.
Reporting: Measurement reports are available on-demand/scheduled as
follows:
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-3

Measurements
DRAFT
30-minute intervals (scheduled and on-demand)
cumulative day-to-hour (on-demand)
daily (scheduled and on-demand)
hourly LNP and INP (scheduled and on-demand)
active 5 minute data (on-demand)
optional 15-minute interval (refer to )
There are twelve types of measurement reports on the Eagle STP. The
measurement reports fall into four categories. The categories and types of
measurement reports are as follows:
Traffic Engineering Reports
STP system totals (SYSTOT)
Component measurements (COMP)
Network management (NM)
Error Tracking/Troubleshooting Reports
Daily availability (AVLD)
Day-to-hour availability (AVLDTH)
Availability (AVL)
Daily Maintenance Reports
Daily maintenance measurements (MTCD)
Day-to-hour maintenance measurements (MTCDTH)
Hourly maintenance measurements (MTCH)
Network Usage Reports
Gateway (GTWY)
Record Base (RBASE)
Maintenance Status Reports
Maintenance Status Indicators (MTCS)
OAM Based Measurements

The collection of measurements is a separate task from reporting. Measurements
collection is activated automatically upon system power-up, or through
administrative commands. Collection is organized by ENTTYPE and reporting
period. Collection occurs per link every 5 minutes, and separately every 30
minutes. Measurements are generated on the application cards and periodically
collected by the OAM and stored for later retrieval on the TDMs. The command
related to measurements collection is chg-meas.
4-4 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Measurements
DRAFT
Reports can be scheduled or printed on-demand. Scheduled and on-demand
reports are accessible by the following administrative commands:
chg-meas -Turns collection on/off and schedules automatic report generation.
rtrv-meas-sched -Verifies collection state and automatic report schedules.
rept-meas - Generates individual measurement reports for
schedule-enttype-entid combinations.
Before a report is printed, measurement collection must be activated. Refer to the
Commands Manual for more information on how to use measurement commands.
Measurements Platform
The Measurements Platform is reqiured for an Eagle STP with more than 700
links. It provides a dedicated processor for collecting and reporting STP, LNP, INP,
G-FLEX, G-PORT, and EIR measurements data. The platform consists of multiple
Measurement Collection and Polling Module (MCPM) cards in a
primary/secondaries configuration, in which a single primary MCPM performs
all collection and reporting functions. The secondary MCPM cards serve as
backup for the primary. The Eagle interface is via the standard IMT bus and
allows communications with the network elements and the OAM. The interface to
the customer's network supports the FTP transfer of Measurements reports to an
FTP server.
The Primary MCPM maintains constant communication with all Secondary cards
as a way of each monitoring the health status of the other. If the primary MCPM
fails before or during collection, a secondary MCPM card assumes the Primary
role and begins/continues collection.
Enabling the Measurements Platform feature (feature bit is turned on), allows the
Measurements Platform to be provisioned and tested without transferring
measurement functionality from the OAM to the Platform. Once the Platform
hardware, software, and ethernet connections have been provisioned and
verified, the transfer of measurements functionality from the OAM to the
Measurement Platform is initiated by setting the Measurements Platform Installed
bit, which is set by the system only once. From the point that the Measurements
Platform Installed bit is set and initial data transfer has occurred, the measurements
functionality of the OAM is limited to operator interface for measurement
configuration and on-demand report requests. The Measurements Platform
assumes the collection duties and stores the collected data in MCPM RAM.
Following collection, scheduled reports are automatically generated and
transferred to the customer's FTP server via the FTP interface.
NOTE: Existing FTP file server reports are overwritten by subsequent
requests that produce the identical file name.
Reports can be scheduled or printed on-demand. Scheduled and on-demand
reports are accessible by the following administrative commands:
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-5

Measurements
DRAFT
chg-measopts - Used to enable or disable the automatic generation and FTP
transfer of scheduled measurement reports to the FTP server.
rept-stat-meas - Reports the status of the measurements subsystem including
card location and state, Alarm level, and Subsystem State.
rept-ftp-meas - Manually initiates generation and FTP transfer of a
measurements report from the MCPM to the FTP server.
rtrv-measopts - Generates a user interface display showing the
enabled/disabled status of all FTP scheduled reports.
Refer to the Commands Manual for more information on how to use measurement
commands.
Report files are divided into three sections:
1. System header
2. Individual report header
3. Report data
The system header size varies depending on embedded data. A typical size of
250 bytes is used in all calculations in the examples in this manual. The report
header size varies depending on the report type, but is always the same size for
an individual report type. The size of the report data section varies depending on
the number of entities being reported, and the particular data items being
reported for each entity (i.e. a count of 0 versus a large count). For the estimates
given in this manual, 6 characters are assumed for each data item, including the
comma delimiter. Other variable quantities, such as the number of entities in the
report, are stated with each example. The output file sizes calculated in this
manual are rough estimates only. They are not intended to be an exact
representation of output file size, which could vary significantly depending on
the configuration of a particular system.
Table 4-1. Measurements Platform System Header
Field Name Description Unit
CLLI The Common Language Location Identifier for ASCII Text

the STP
SWREL The software release currently running on the STP ASCII Text
RPTDATE The date on which the report was generated YYYY-MM-DD
The time at which the report was generated (24
RPTIME hour clock) HH:MM:SS
TZ An abbreviation for the time zone ASCII Text

RPTTYPE The type of report being generated ASCII Text
RPTPD The period of the report ASCII Text
IVALDATE The date for the report interval YYYY-MM-DD
4-6 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Measurements
DRAFT
Table 4-1. Measurements Platform System Header
Field Name Description Unit
IVALSTART The starting time of the report interval HH:MM:SS
IVALEND The ending time of the report interval HH:MM:SS
NUMENTIDS The number of entities contained in the report Integer
Example header format:

"CLLI","SWREL","RPTDATE","RPTIME","TZ","RPTTYPE","RPTPD","IVALDATE",
"IVALSTART","IVALEND","NUMENTIDS"<cr><lf>
"tekelecstp","31.3.0-39.1.0","1999-01-17","15:51:37","EST",
"STP SYSTEM TOTAL MEASUREMENTS ON
STP","LAST","1999-01-17","15:00:00","15:30:00",1<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
File Naming Conventions
CLLI-based Names Disabled

File names consist of three fields, seperated by underscores, followed by the .csv
extension so that the files can be readily identified as comma seperated variable
format. Due to the overall length of the file names, long file names (beyond 8.3
format) are be utilized The three fields in the name are:
1. Up to 13 characters for the report type (sched-entity, i.e. systot-stp,

mtcdth-lnkset)
2. 8 characters for the report date (yyyymmdd). This reflects the date the data is
generated.
3. 4 characters for the ending report time (hhmm). This is defined as the
common boundary between the end of the last period and the beginning of
the next period. For example, the half hour from 2:00PM to 2:30PM would
end at 1430. A day-to-hour period ends on the hour. A daily period or specific
request for the final hour or half-hour of a day ends at 2400, midnight.
Output file name examples:

Half hourly STP system totals generated 1999-02-24 at 15:22:00 for the last
period would be (the period from 1430 to 1500 on 02/24/99):
systot-stp_19990224_1500.csv
Maintenance daily linkset report generated 2001-07-17 at any time would be
(the period from 0000 to 2400 on 07/16/01):
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-7

Measurements
DRAFT
mtcd-lnkset_20010716_2400.csv
Maintenance day-to-hour link report generated 2003-04-29 at 08:32:00 would
be (the period from 0000 to 0800 on 04/29/03):
mtcdth-link_20030429_0800.csv
Half hourly STP system totals generated 1999-02-23 at 00:15:20 for the specific
end time 0030 would be (the period from 0000 to 0030 on 02/23/99):
Half hourly STP system totals generated 1999-02-24 at 00:15:30 for the specific
end time 2330 would be (the period from 2300 to 2330 on 02/23/99):
Half hourly STP system totals generated 1999-02-24 at any time for the
specific end time 2400 or 0000 would be (the period from 2330 to 2400 on
02/23/99):
Some applications will reformat fields when opening the .csv file. Use a text
editor when opening .csv files to examine file content as presented in output file
examples in this document.
CLLI-based Names Enabled
File names consist of 4 fields, seperated by underscores, followed by the .csv
extension so that the files can be readily identified as comma seperated variable
format. The four fields in the name are:
1. Up to 11 characters for the CLLI of the Eagle.
2. Up to 13 characters for the report type (sched-entity, i.e. systot-stp,

mtcdth-lnkset)
3. 4 characters for the report date (mmdd) This reflects the date the data is
generated.
4. 4 characters for the ending report time (hhmm). This is defined as the
common boundary between the end of the last period and the beginning of
the next period. For example, the half hour from 2:00PM to 2:30PM would
end at 1430. A day-to-hour period ends on the hour. A daily period or specific
request for the final hour or half-hour of a day ends at 2400, midnight.
Output file name examples:

Half hourly STP system totals generated 02-24 at 15:22:00 for the last period
would be (the period from 1430 to 1500 on 02/24:
4-8 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Measurements
DRAFT
wnrtpaah01w_systot-stp_0224_1500.csv
Maintenance daily linkset report generated 07-17 at any time would be (the
period from 0000 to 2400 on 07/16:
wnrtpaah01w_mtcd-lnkset_0716_2400.csv
Maintenance day-to-hour link report generated 04-29 at 08:32:00 would be
(the period from 0000 to 0800 on 04/29:
wnrtpaah01w_mtcdth-link_0429_0800.csv
Half hourly STP system totals generated 02-23 at 00:15:20 for the specific end
time 0030 would be (the period from 0000 to 0030 on 02/23):
Half hourly STP system totals generated 02-24 at 00:15:30 for the specific end
time 2330 would be (the period from 2300 to 2330 on 02/23):
Half hourly STP system totals generated 1999-02-24 at any time for the specific
end time 2400 or 0000 would be (the period from 2330 to 2400 on 02/23/99):
Some applications will reformat fields when opening the .csv file. Use a text editor
when opening .csv files to examine file content as presented in output file
examples in this document.
Optional 15-Minute Measurements
The Measurements Platform has the capability to collect and report STP, link, and
linkset measurements on a 15-minute basis. All of the measurements available for
30-minute collection are available every 15 minutes when the feature option is
operational.
The feature is controlled by a feature access key and a measurement option.
Turning on the feature requires a part number. The feature cannot be turned off
once turned on. It is a Permanently ON feature. Upon turn on, the collection
period defaults to the 30-minute option. Refer to the Database Administration -
System Management Manual for details on implementing the 15-minute
measurements feature.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-9

Measurements
DRAFT
The feature becomes operational when the collection period has been changed to
15 minutes. The collection period is changed from 30 minutes to 15 minutes (and
vice versa) by using the chg-measopts:enable15mincollect command. Refer to the
Commands Manual for detailed usage information. When the 30-minute option is
selected, measurements data is collected and reported each half-hour at hh:00 and
hh:30. When the 15-minute option is selected, measurements data is collected and
reported four times each hour at hh:00, hh:15, hh:30, and hh:45. The current state
of the option is displayed with the Measurements Platform options. Report types
supported by 15 minute measurements are:
systot
comp
gtwy
avl
After 15-minute measurements collection and reporting is operational, 15-minute
reports are retrieved using rept-meas or rept-ftp-meas commands. Refer to the
Commands Manual for detailed usage information.
Report Parameters
Reports are available for the following entities:
EIR - Equipment Identity Register
LINK - Signaling link
LNKSET - Linkset
LNP - Local number portability
LSDESTNI - Linkset destination network identifier
LSORIGNI - Linkset originating network identifier
MAPSCRN - Global Systems for Mobile Communications Mobile Application
Part Screening Measurements
NP - Intelligent network application part based number portability
ORIGNI - Originating network identifier
ORIGNINC - Originating network identifier for network cluster
STP - All nodes
TT - Translation type
STPLAN - TCP-IP links
4-10 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Measurements
DRAFT
There are four accessible periods for which measurements may be reported:
Last is used to access the previous collection interval.
Specific is used to access a specific interval (one of the previous 48 half hour
intervals).
Active is used to access measurements for the current collection interval.
All is used to access measurements for all collection intervals retained.
Reports
The tables that follow in this chapter define the parameters used in the
measurement reports. Included in the tables are the event name, description and
unit of measurement as described in Telcordia GR-82-CORE.
The Example Commands and the Example Outputs are separated according to
the collection method used to collect and report measurements.
OAM Indicates measurements are collected by the OAM and stored for
retrieval on the TDMs.
MP Indicates measurements are collected and stored by the
Measurements Platform. Scheduled reports are automatically
generated and transferred to the customer's FTP server via the
FTP interface.
NOTE: The Status Event Name appearing in the Measurement Tables
only appears when using the Measurements Platform. The Example
Outputs and the Example Inputs are examples. Variations exist and are
likely. Refer to the Commands Manual for complete (options, variables)
information on command usage.
STP System Totals (SYSTOT) Measurements

These measurements are used to monitor the overall performance of the STP.
Entity types: STP, Translation Type (TT), STPLAN
Accumulation interval: Every 30 minutes
Optional MP Accumulation Interval: Every 15 minutes
STP retention period: 24 hours
Reporting modes: Scheduled, On-Demand
Accessible collection periods: Last, Specific (MP)
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-11

Measurements
DRAFT
enttype=stp
Example Commands:
OAM: rept-meas:type=systot:enttype=stp
MP rept-ftp-meas:type=systot:enttype=stp
Table 4-2. STP System Total STP Measurements
Event Name Description Unit
Number of Critical System Alarms - The total
CRSYSAL peg count
number of critical system alarms.
DTA MSUs Lost - The total number of MSUs that
DTAMSULOST were discarded because the original MSU was too peg count
large to be encapsulated.
Duration of Internal Node Failure - Total time that milli-
DURINTFL messages could not be switched to outgoing link
(apart from any link interface failure). seconds
G-Flex GTTs with Match - The total number of

GFGTMATCH G-Flex Global Title Translations successfully peg count
completed.
G-Flex GTTs No Match - The total number of
GFGTNOMCH G-Flex Global Title Translations completed that did peg count
not match an entry in the GSM database.
G-Flex GTTs No Look-up - The total number of
G-Flex Global Title Translations that could not be
GFGTNOLKUP looked up in the GSM database because of some peg count
error.
GTTs Performed - The total number of MSUs that
GTTPERFD successfully completed global title translation peg count
(GTT).
GTTs Unable to Perform - Diagnostic 0: No
Translation for Address of Such Nature
Total number of times that the specified translation
GTTUN0NS type in an MSU was not supported by the STP or the peg count
form of the GTT was incorrect for the given
translation type.
Translation for This Address Number of times
GTTUN1NT peg count
that a match for the global title could not be found
in the translation table.
Number of Major System Alarms - The total
MASYSAL number of major system alarms. peg count
Number of Minor System Alarms - The total of

MISYSAL peg count
minor system alarms.
MSUs Rcvd Invalid DPC - Number of MSUs
MSINVDPC received and discarded because the DPC could not peg count
be found in the STP routing table.
4-12 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Measurements
DRAFT
Table 4-2. STP System Total STP Measurements (Continued)
MSUs Discarded Invalid Link - Number of
MSINVLNK MSUs discarded because of an incorrect SLC. (The peg count
SLC refers to a nonexistent link or the same link.)
MSUs Discarded Invalid SIF - Number of MSUs
MSINVSIF that have been received and discarded because of peg count
an invalid SIF.
MSUs Rcvd Invalid service indicator octet (SIO)
- Number of MSUs received and discarded because
MSINVSIO peg count
the service requested in the service indicator octet
(SIO) was not supported by the STP.
MSUs Discarded Invalid SLC - Number of MSUs
MSINVSLC discarded because of an invalid SLC code in the peg count
ECO/COO.
MSUs Discarded Inaccessible DPC -
MSNACDPC The total number of MSUs discarded because of an peg count
inaccessible DPC.
MSUs Discarded Routing Failure -
MSSCCPFL Number of MSUs discarded due to an SCCP peg count
routing failure.
MSUs Discarded Gateway Screening -
MSUDSCRD The total number of MSUs that failed gateway peg count
screening and were discarded. See linkset report for
individual peg counts.
MSUs Discarded Level 2/Level 3 Queue Full -
MSULOST1 Number of MSUs discarded because the level 2 to peg count
level 3 queue was full.
MSUs Discarded Route On Hold Buffer
MSULOST2 Overflow - Number of MSUs discarded because the peg count
routing buffer was in overflow.
MSUs Discarded LS On Hold Buffer Overflow -
MSULOST3 Number of MSUs discarded because the peg count
linkset-on-hold buffer was in overflow.
MSUs Discarded Rcvd Queue Full -
MSULOST4 Number of MSUs discarded because the receive peg count
queue was full.
MSUs Discarded LIM Init - Number of MSUs
MSULOST5 discarded while the LIM card was initializing. peg count
MSUs Originated Invalid DPC - Number of

OMSINVDPC peg count
MSUs with an invalid DPC.
Originated MSUs - The total number of outgoing
MSUs successfully passed to MTP level 2 for
ORIGMSUS transmission, while carrying the STP point code in peg count
the OPC field.
Originate MSU Octets - The total number of
outgoing octets associated with MSUs carrying the
ORMSUOCT STP point code in the OPC field. This includes octets
octets added in MTP level 2 processing.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-13

Measurements
DRAFT
Table 4-2. STP System Total STP Measurements (Continued)
Oversized MTP 3 Messages - Number of messages
OVSZMSG received by an HSL that exceeds 272 octets (level 3) peg count
and is discarded.
Indication of Data Validity - K indicates good data;
STATUS I indicates incomplete interval; N indicates data not status
current.
Through-Switched MSUs - The total number of
MSUs that did not carry the STP point code in the
THRSWMSU peg count
OPC or the DPC, and were successfully passed to
MTP level 2 for transmission.
Terminated MSUs - The total number of incoming
TRMDMSUS peg count
MSUs carrying the STP point code in the DPC.
Terminated MSU Octets - The total number of
octets associated with incoming MSUs carrying the
TRMSUOCT STP point code in the DPC. Includes octets removed octets
in MTP level 2 processing.
Through-Switched MSU Octets - The total number
of octets associated with MSUs that did not carry
TSMSUOCT the STPs point code in the OPC or the DPC, and octets
were successfully passed to MTP level 2 for
transmission.
X-List Entry Not Created - The total number of
times that an x-list was not created because the
XLXTELEI peg count
Exception List Exclusion Indicator (ELEI) for the
cluster is set to yes.
XLXTSPACE times an x-list entry was not created because there peg count
is no more space in the route/destination table.
MSUSCCPFLR MSU SCCP Failure - Total MSUs Discarded Due to peg count
SCCP Conversion Failure.
OAM Example Output:

eagle10706 03-08-16 10:30:09 EST EAGLE5 31.3.0
TYPE OF REPORT: STP SYSTEM TOTAL MEASUREMENTS ON STP
REPORT PERIOD: LAST
REPORT INTERVAL: 03-08-16 10:00:00 THRU 10:29:59
STP-SYSTOT MEASUREMENTS
ORIGMSUS = 425, TRMDMSUS = 420, THRSWMSU = 730980,

ORMSUOCT = 8490, TRMSUOCT = 8400, TSMSUOCT = 14619600,
DURINTFL = 0, DTAMSULOST = 0, MSINVDPC = 5,
MSINVSIO = 0, OMSINVDPC = 0, MSINVLNK = 0,
MSINVSIF = 0, MSNACDPC = 5, MSINVSLC = 0,
GTTPERFD = 0, GTTUN0NS = 0, GTTUN1NT = 0,
MSSCCPFL = 0, MSULOST1 = 0, MSULOST2 = 0,
MSULOST3 = 0, MSULOST4 = 0, MSULOST5 = 0,
CRSYSAL = 1, MASYSAL = 2, MISYSAL = 9,
XLXTSPACE = 0, XLXTELEI = 0, MSUDSCRD = 0,
OVSZMSG = 0, GFGTMATCH = 0, GFGTNOMCH = 0,
GFGTNOLKUP = 0, MSUSCCPFLR = 0
4-14 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Measurements
DRAFT
;
eagle10706 03-08-16 10:30:10 EST EAGLE5 31.3.0
END OF HALF-HOURLY STP-SYSTOT MEASUREMENT REPORT
;
MP Example Output File Name: systot-stp_19990117_1530.csv

MP Example Output File Format:
"tekelecstp","31.3.0-51.0.0","2003-08-17","15:51:37","EST",
"STP SYSTEM TOTAL MEASUREMENTS ON
STP","LAST","2003-08-17","15:00:00","15:30:00",1<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
"STATUS","ORIGMSUS","TRMDMSUS","THRSWMSU","ORMSUOCT","TRMSUOCT","TSMSUOCT",
"DURINTFL","DTAMSULOST","MSINVDPC","MSINVSIO","OMSINVDPC","MSINVLNK","MSINVSIF",
"MSNACDPC","MSINVSLC","GTTPERFD","GTTUN0NS","GTTUN1NT","MSSCCPFL","MSULOST1",
"MSULOST2","MSULOST3","MSULOST4","MSULOST5","CRSYSAL","MASYSAL","MISYSAL",
"XLXTSPACE","XLXTELEI","MSUDSCRD","OVSZMSG","GFGTMATCH","GFGTNOMCH","GFGTNOLKUP",
"MSUSCCPFLR"<cr><lf>
"K",425,420,730980,8490,8400,14619600,0,0,5,0,0,0,0,5,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,
0,1,2,9,0,0,0,0,0<cr><lf>
Example typical file size:

System header + Report header+ Report data
250 + 411 + 220 = 891 bytes
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-15

Measurements
DRAFT
enttype=tt
Example Commands:
OAM: rept-meas:type=systot:enttype=tt
MP rept-ftp-meas:type=systot:enttype=tt
Table 4-3. STP System Total Translation Type Measurements
(GTT). Also includes G-Port and INP MSUs that got
a match in either the G-Port, INP or GTT DB.
Translation for Address of Such Nature -
type in an MSU was not supported by the STP or the
GTTUN0NS form of the GTT was incorrect for the given peg count
translation type. Also includes G-Port, INP and
GTT MSUs that did not match on new selectors
(GTI,NP,NAI) in addition to ones not matching on
TT.
Translation for This Address - Number of times
GTTUN1NT in the translation table. Also includes G-Port, INP peg count
MSUs that fell through to GTT, got a selector match,
but still did not get a match on the GTA.
current.
OAM Example Output:

TYPE OF REPORT: STP SYSTEM TOTAL MEASUREMENTS ON TT
REPORT PERIOD: LAST
TT-SYSTOT MEASUREMENTS
Measurement data represents an incomplete interval.

GTTPERFD = 0, GTTUN0NS = 0, GTTUN1NT = 0

END OF HALF-HOURLY TT-SYSTOT MEASUREMENT REPORT
4-16 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Measurements
DRAFT
MP Example Output File Name: systot-tt_19990117_1530.csv
"tekelecstp","31.3.0-39.1.0","1999-01-17","15:51:37","EST",
"STP SYSTEM TOTAL MEASUREMENTS ON TT","LAST","1999-01-17","15:00:00","15:30:00",256<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
"STATUS","TT","GTTPERFD","GTTUN0NS","GTTUN1NT"<cr><lf>
"K",xxx,0,0,0<cr><lf>
. . . . .
"K",yyy,0,0,0<cr><lf>
Assuming each data line will be:

4 char status + 4 char TT + 3*(6 char data) + 2 = 28 chars
For a report of 256 TTs, example typical file size:
250 + 28 + 7168 = 7446 bytes
enttype=stplan
NOTE: The peg counts for STPLAN measurements have the possibility of
rolling over during periods of high STPLAN message transmit and receive.
On the measurement reports these measurements show up as negative
numbers. This indicates STPLAN transmit and receive measurements have
values greater than four gigabytes of data.
Example Commands:
OAM: rept-meas:type=systot:enttype=stplan
MP rept-ftp-meas:type=systot:enttype=stplan
Table 4-4. STP System Total STPLAN Measurements
Ethernet Alignment Error - Number of packets not
ENETALNERR received over the STPLAN interface because of peg count
ethernet alignment errors.
Ethernet Bus Busy - Number of transmissions
ENETBUSBSY attempted when the STPLAN ethernet bus was peg count
busy.
Ethernet Collision Error - Number of packets not
ENETCOLERR transmitted by STPLAN because of excessive peg count
collisions on the STPLAN ethernet bus.
Ethernet CRC Error - Number of packets not
ENETCRCERR received on the STPLAN ethernet due to CRC peg count
errors.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-17

Measurements
DRAFT
Table 4-4. STP System Total STPLAN Measurements (Continued)
ENETOCTRCV Ethernet Octets Received - The total number of peg count

octets received on the STPLAN ethernet interface.
Ethernet Octets Transmitted - The total number of
ENETOCTXMT octets transmitted on the STPLAN ethernet peg count
interface.
Ethernet Receive Buffer Overflow Errors -
ENETOVRERR Number of packets not received by STPLAN peg count
because of a receive buffer overflow.
IP Address Error- The total number of inbound IP
IPADDRERR datagrams discarded on the STPLAN interface due peg count
to a bad destination address.
IP Header Errors - The total number of inbound IP
IPHDRERR datagrams discarded on the STPLAN interface due peg count
to header errors.
IP Protocol Error - Number of inbound IP
IPPROTERR datagrams discarded by STPLAN due to an error in peg count
the packet (invalid protocol).
STPLAN Discarded 1 - Number of indicated
SLANDISC1 messages not copied to the host due to the STPLAN peg count
feature being disabled.
STPLAN Discarded 2 - Number of MSUs discarded
SLANDISC2 peg count
due to the host being unreachable.
SLANDSBLD STPLAN Disabled - The duration that the STPLAN msecs

screening/copy feature was disabled.
STPLAN Screened - Number of MSUs that were
SLANSCRND copied to the STPLAN interface after passing peg count
gateway screening.
SLANXMIT STPLAN Transmit - Number of MSUs sent to the peg count

host destination.
current.
TCP Connections Failed - The total number of TCP
TCPCONNFLD connections that have failed on the STPLAN peg count
interface.
TCP Receive Error - The total number of TCP
TCPRCVERR segments received on the STPLAN interface in peg count
error.
TCP Reset Sent - The total number of TCP
TCPRSTSENT segments sent containing the reset (RST) flag on the peg count
STPLAN interface.
TCPSEGRCVD TCP Segment Received - The total number of TCP peg count
segments received on the STPLAN interface.
TCP Segment Sent - The total number of TCP
TCPSEGSENT segments sent on the STPLAN interface. peg count
4-18 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Measurements
DRAFT
Table 4-4. STP System Total STPLAN Measurements (Continued)
TCP Segment Retransmitted - The total number of
TCPSEGXMT2 TCP segments retransmitted on the STPLAN peg count
interface.
OAM Example Output:

TYPE OF REPORT: STP SYSTEM TOTAL MEASUREMENTS ON STPLAN
REPORT PERIOD: LAST
STPLAN-SYSTOT MEASUREMENTS

SLANDSBLD = 0, SLANDISC1 = 0, SLANDISC2 = 0,
SLANSCRND = 0, SLANXMIT = 0, ENETALNERR = 0,
ENETCRCERR = 0, ENETCOLERR = 0, ENETBUSBSY = 0,
ENETOVRERR = 0, ENETOCTXMT = 0, ENETOCTRCV = 0,
TCPCONNFLD = 0, TCPSEGRCVD = 0, TCPSEGSENT = 0,
TCPSEGXMT2 = 0, TCPRCVERR = 0, TCPRSTSENT = 0,
IPHDRERR = 0, IPADDRERR = 0, IPPROTERR = 0

END OF HALF-HOURLY STPLAN-SYSTOT MEASUREMENT REPORT
;
MP Example Output File Name: systot-stplan_19990117_1530.csv

"tekelecstp","31.3.0-39.1.0","1999-01-17","15:51:37","EST",
"STP SYSTEM TOTAL MEASUREMENTS ON STPLAN","LAST","1999-01-17","15:00:00","15:30:00",1<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
"STATUS","SLANDSBLD","SLANDISC1","SLANDISC2","SLANSCRND","SLANXMIT","ENETALNERR","
ENETCRCERR",
"ENETCOLERR","ENETBUSBSY","ENETOVRERR","ENETOCTXMT","ENETOCTRCV","TCPCONNFLD","TCP
SEGRCVD",
"TCPSEGSENT","TCPSEGXMT2","TCPRCVERR","TCPRSTSENT","IPHDRERR","IPADDRERR","IPPROTE
RR"<cr><lf>
"K",0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0<cr><lf>
Example typical file size:

250 + 275 + 132 = 657 bytes
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-19

Measurements
DRAFT
Component Measurements
Component Measurements provides performance data related to links and
linksets.
Entity Types: Link, Lnkset
Accumulation Interval: 30 minutes
STP Retention Period: 24 hours
Reporting Modes: Scheduled, On-Demand
Accessible Collection Periods: Last, Specific, Active (OAM)
enttype=lnkset
Certain registers are reported for HSLs or LSLs only. Other registers have
different interpretations for HSLs than for LSLs. These registers are summarized
in Table 4-5.
Table 4-5. HSL LSL Differences for Component Linksets
Event Name LSL Usage HSL Usage
Applies to MTP level 3
MSURECVD As described messages
MSUSRGTT As described
messages
MSUTRAN MSUs transmitted and MTP level 3 messages offered

acknowledeged by level 2 to SAAL level for transmission
OCTRCGTT As described message bytes
OCTRECVD As described
message bytes
Octets associated with MSUs Bytes/octets associated with

MTP level 3 messages offered
OCTTRAN transmitted and acknowledged to the SAAL level for
by level 2
transmission
SDURECVD Not reported As described
SDUSTRAN Not reported As described
SDURETRN Not reported As described
ATMNDCRCV Not reported As described
ATMNDCTRN Not reported As described
4-20 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Measurements
DRAFT
Example Commands:
OAM: rept-meas:type=comp:enttype=lnkset:lsn=xy212
MP: rept-ftp-meas:type=comp:enttype=lnkset
Table 4-6. Component Linkset Measurements
Total incoming NDC - Valid ATM cells on the
ATMNDCRCV HSLs VCL, including UI and OAM cells but peg count
excluding idle/unassigned cells.
Total outgoing NDC - Valid ATM cells on the
ATMNDCTRN HSLs VCL, including UI and OAM cells but peg count
MSUs lost due to Gateway Screening being
Disabled on a LIM - These MSUs were discarded
because the gateway screening function was
disabled. Gateway screening may have been
MSGWSDSLIM disabled due to load shedding indicating high peg count
traffic volume in the system, or because the
screenset was unavailable. This condition can also
occur if the screenset data is invalid or gateway
screening disabled is on.
MSUs Received - Total number of MSUs received,
MSURECVD including those for which retransmission has been peg count
requested.
MSUs Received Requiring GTT -
MSUSRGTT Total number of incoming MSUs requiring global peg count
title translation (GTT).
MSUs Transmitted - Total number of MSUs
MSUTRAN transmitted to the far-end, including peg count
retransmissions.
MSU Octets Received for MSUs Requiring GTT -
Total number of octets received associated with
OCTRCGTT incoming MSUs requiring global title translation octets
(GTT), including octets removed in MTP level 2
processing.
MSU Octets Received - Total number of octets
associated with MSUs received, including those
OCTRECVD removed for MTP level 2 processing and those for octets
which retransmission has been requested.
MSU Octets Transmitted - Total number of octets
associated with MSUs transmitted to the far-end,
OCTTRAN including those added in MTP level 2 processing octets
and retransmissions.
SSCOP SD PDUs Received - The number of
SDURECVD SSCOP sequenced data (SD) PDUs that were peg count
received during the indicated interval.
SSCOP SD PDUs Retransmitted - The number of
SDURETRN SSCOP SD PDUs that were retransmitted, based on peg count
an accumulated count of such retransmissions
conveyed to layer management.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-21

Measurements
DRAFT
Table 4-6. Component Linkset Measurements (Continued)
SSCOP SD PDUs Transmitted - The number of
SDUSTRAN SSCOP SD PDUs that were transmitted, including peg count
retransmissions.
current.
Total Duration of Link Set Inactivity -
The total time that all links in the linkset were
TDLSINAC seconds
unavailable to MTP level 3, regardless if they were
made unavailable manually or automatically.
Translation Type Mapping Translation
Performed - MSUs Received on the Gateway
Linkset - The total number of Translation Type
ZTTMAPI peg count
Mapping translations performed for incoming
Message Signal Units (MSUs) received on the
specified linkset.
Performed - MSUs Transmitted on the
ZTTMAPO Gateway Linkset - The total number of peg count
translations performed on outgoing Message
Signal Units (MSUs) for the specified linkset.
MTPMSCNVTD Total MTP Routed SCCP MSUs Converted. peg count
GTTMSCNVTD Total GT Routed SCCP MSUs Converted peg count
OAM Example Output:
eagle10706 03-08-16 10:30:11 EST EAGLE5 31.3.0

TYPE OF REPORT: COMPONENT MEASUREMENTS ON LNKSET
REPORT PERIOD: LAST
LNKSET-COMP MEASUREMENTS: lsn1 (SAAL)
MSUTRAN = 120755, MSURECVD = 147190, OCTTRAN = 2415100,

OCTRECVD = 2943800, MSUSRGTT = 0, OCTRCGTT = 0,
TDLSINAC = 0, MSGWSDSLIM = 0, ZTTMAPO = 0,
ZTTMAPI = 0, ATMNDCTRN = 0, ATMNDCRCV = 0,
SDUSTRAN = 0, SDURECVD = 0, SDURETRN = 0,
MTPMSCNVTD = 0, GTTMSCNVTD = 0
eagle10706 03-08-16 10:30:12 EST EAGLE5 31.0.0

LNKSET-COMP MEASUREMENTS: lsn2

ZTTMAPI = 0, MTPMSCNVTD = 0, GTTMSCNVTD = 0
4-22 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Measurements
DRAFT
eagle10706 03-08-16 10:30:13 EST EAGLE5 31.0.0

LNKSET-COMP MEASUREMENTS: lsn3

ZTTMAPI = 0, MTPMSCNVTD = 0, GTTMSCNVTD = 0
eagle10706 03-08-16 10:30:14 EST EAGLE5 31.3.0

LNKSET-COMP MEASUREMENTS: lsn4 (SAAL)

ZTTMAPI = 0, ATMNDCTRN = 0, ATMNDCRCV = 0,
SDUSTRAN = 0, SDURECVD = 0, SDURETRN = 0,
MTPMSCNVTD = 0, GTTMSCNVTD = 0
eagle10706 03-08-16 10:30:14 EST EAGLE 31.4.0

END OF HALF-HOURLY LNKSET-COMP MEASUREMENT REPORT
;
MP Example Output File Name: comp-lnkset_19990117_1530.csv
"tekelecstp","31.3.0-51.0.0","2003-08-17","15:51:37","EST",
"COMPONENT MEASUREMENTS ON
LNKSET","LAST","2003-08-17","15:00:00","15:30:00",100<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
"STATUS","LSN","LNKTYPE","MSUTRAN","MSURECVD","OCTTRAN","OCTRECVD","MSUSRGTT",
"OCTRCGTT","TDLSINAC","MSGWSDSLIM","ZTTMAPO","ZTTMAPI","ATMNDCTRN","ATMNDCRCV",
"SDUSTRAN","SDURECVD","SDURETRN","MTPMSCNVTD","GTTMSCNVTD"<cr><lf>
"K","lsn001","SAAL",120755,147190,2415100,2943800,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0<cr><lf
>
"K","lsn002","MTP2",120740,147196,2414790,2943920,0,0,0,0,0,0,,,,,,0,0<cr><lf>
"K","lsn003","MTP2",144895,147190,2897900,2943800,0,0,0,0,0,0,,,,,,0,0<cr><lf>
"K","lsn004","SAAL",0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0<cr><lf>
. . . . .
"K","lsnxxx","MTP2",144895,147190,2897900,2943800,0,0,0,0,0,0,,,,,,0,0<cr><lf>

4 char status + 8 char LSN + 7 char LKNTYPE + 17*(6 char data) + 2 = 123 chars
For a report of 500 linksets, typical file size is:
250 + 220 + 61500 = 61970 bytes
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-23

Measurements
DRAFT
enttype=link
in Table 4-7.
Table 4-7. HSL LSL Differences for Component Links
MSUDISC0 As described messages
MSUDISC1 As described
messages
MSUDISC2 As described messages
MSUDISC3 As described
messages
MSURECVD As described Applies to MTP level 3

messages
not reported for HSLs, see
MSURETRN MSUs retransmitted by level 2 SDURETRN
MSUSRGTT As described
messages
MSUTRAN MSUs transmitted and MTP level 3 messages offered

acknowledeged by level 2 to SAAL level for transmission
OCTRCGTT As described message bytes
OCTRECVD As described
message bytes
Octets associated with MSUs Bytes/octets associated with

MTP level 3 messages offered
OCTTRAN transmitted and acknowledged to the SAAL level for
by level 2
transmission
SDURECVD Not reported As described
SDUSTRAN Not reported As described
SDURETRN Not reported As described
ATMNDCRCV Not reported As described
ATMNDCTRN Not reported As described
4-24 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Measurements
DRAFT
Example Commands:
OAM: rept-meas:type=comp:enttype=link:loc=xxxx:port=x
MP: rept-ftp-meas:type=comp:enttype=link
Table 4-8. Component Link Measurements
Total incoming NDC - Valid ATM cells on the
ATMNDCRCV HSLs VCL, including UI and OAM cells but peg count
Total outgoing NDC - Valid ATM cells on the
ATMNDCTRN HSLs VCL, including UI and OAM cells but peg count
DURLKOTG Duration of Link Outage - The total time a link was seconds
unavailable to MTP level 3 for any reason.
Event Count for Entering Level 1 Link Congestion
ECCNGLV1 - The total number of times that link congestion peg count
level 1 was entered.
Link Available Time - The total time the link was
LNKAVALT available to MTP level 3. seconds
Priority 0 MSUs Discarded Due to Congestion -

MSUDISC0 The total number of priority 0 MSUs discarded due peg count
to congestion (any level).
requested.
MSURETRN MSUs Retransmitted - Number of MSUs peg count

retransmitted from the STP on this link.
MSUs Received Requiring GTT -
MSUSRGTT Total number of incoming MSUs requiring global peg count
title translation (GTT).
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-25

Measurements
DRAFT
Table 4-8. Component Link Measurements (Continued)
retransmissions.
Link Maintenance Usage - The total time the link
MTCEUSG seconds
was manually made unavailable to MTP level 3.
Number of Times GWS Disabled -
NMGWSDSABL Number of times that gateway screening was peg count
disabled because of a processor overload.
MSU Octets Received for MSUs Requiring GTT -
Total number of octets received associated with
OCTRCGTT incoming MSUs requiring global title translation octets
(GTT), including octets removed in MTP level 2
processing.
OCTRECVD octets
removed for MTP level 2 processing and those for
MSU Octets Retransmitted - The total number of
OCTRETRN MSU octets retransmitted. This register is NOT octets
reported for HSLs.
OCTTRAN including those added in MTP level 2 processing octets
SSCOP SD PDUs Received - The number of
SDURECVD SSCOP sequenced data (SD) PDUs that were peg count
received during the indicated interval.
SDURETRN SSCOP SD PDUs that were retransmitted, based on peg count
conveyed to layer management.
SSCOP SD PDUs Transmitted - The number of
SDUSTRAN SSCOP SD PDUs that were transmitted, including peg count
retransmissions.
current.
TDCNGLV1 Total Duration of Level 1 Link Congestion - The seconds

total time the link was in level 1 congestion.
Total Duration of Level 2 Link Congestion - The
TDCNGLV2 total time the link was in level 2 congestion. seconds

TDCNGLV3 seconds
4-26 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Measurements
DRAFT
OAM Example Output:
stdcfg2b 04-03-28 01:00:05 EST EAGLE 31.4.0-53.26.0

TYPE OF REPORT: COMPONENT MEASUREMENTS ON LINK
REPORT PERIOD: LAST
LINK-COMP MEASUREMENTS: LOC: 1201, PORT: A , LSN: e2m1s1
These measurements are from 04-03-28, 00:30:00 through 00:59:59.

MSUTRAN = 20, MSURECVD = 20, MSURETRN = 0,
OCTRETRN = 0, OCTTRAN = 400, OCTRECVD = 400,
MTCEUSG = 0, DURLKOTG = 0, MSUSRGTT = 0,
OCTRCGTT = 0, TDCNGLV1 = 0, TDCNGLV2 = 0,
TDCNGLV3 = 0, ECCNGLV1 = 0, ECCNGLV2 = 0,
ECCNGLV3 = 0, MSUDISC0 = 0, MSUDISC1 = 0,
MSUDISC2 = 0, MSUDISC3 = 0, LNKAVAIL = 183,
NMGWSDSABL = 0

LINK-COMP MEASUREMENTS: LOC: 1201, PORT: B , LSN: e2m1s2

MTCEUSG = 0, DURLKOTG = 0, MSUSRGTT = 0,
OCTRCGTT = 0, TDCNGLV1 = 0, TDCNGLV2 = 0,
MSUDISC2 = 0, MSUDISC3 = 0, LNKAVAIL = 183,
NMGWSDSABL = 0

LINK-COMP MEASUREMENTS: LOC: 1202, PORT: B , LSN: e2m1s3 (SAAL)

OCTRECVD = 17, MTCEUSG = 0, DURLKOTG = 117,
MSUSRGTT = 0, OCTRCGTT = 0, TDCNGLV1 = 0,
TDCNGLV2 = 0, TDCNGLV3 = 0, ECCNGLV1 = 0,
ECCNGLV2 = 0, ECCNGLV3 = 0, MSUDISC0 = 0,
MSUDISC1 = 0, MSUDISC2 = 0, MSUDISC3 = 0,
LNKAVAIL = 1684, NMGWSDSABL = 0, ATMNDCTRN = 16845,
ATMNDCRCV = 16841, SDUSTRAN = 16845, SDURECVD = 16841,
SDURETRN = 0

END OF HALF-HOURLY LINK-COMP MEASUREMENT REPORT
;
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-27

Measurements
DRAFT
MP Example Output File Name: comp-link_20040117_1530.csv
"tekelecstp","31.4.0-53.26.0","2004-01-17","15:51:37","EST",
"COMPONENT MEASUREMENTS ON
LINK","LAST","2004-01-17","15:00:00","15:15:00",500<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
"STATUS","LSN","LOC","LINK","LNKTYPE","MSUTRAN","MSURECVD","MSURETRN","OCTRETRN","
OCTTRAN","OCTRECVD",
"MTCEUSG","DURLKOTG","MSUSRGTT","OCTRCGTT","TDCNGLV1","TDCNGLV2","TDCNGLV3","ECCNG
LV1",
"ECCNGLV2","ECCNGLV3","MSUDISC0","MSUDISC1","MSUDISC2","MSUDISC3","LNKAVAIL",
"NMGWSDSABL","ATMNDCTRN","ATMNDCRCV","SDUSTRAN","SDURECVD","SDURETRN"<cr><lf>
"K","lsn004","1201","B","MTP2",0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1800,0,,,,,
<cr><lf>
"K","lsn030","1202","B","MTP2",0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1800,0,,,,,
<cr><lf>
"K","lsn122","1203","A","SAAL",5,1,,89,,17,0,117,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1684,0,16
845,16841,
16845,16841,0<cr><lf>
. . . . .
"K","lsnxxx","5314","B1","MTP2",0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,1800,0,,,,
,<cr><lf

4 char status + 9 char LSN + 6 char LOC + 4 char PORT +
7 char LKNTYPE + 27*(6 char data) + 2 = 194 chars
For a report of 500 linksets, the typical file size is:
250 + 339 + 97000 = 97589 bytes
Network Management Measurements

Network Management Reports provide measurement data on STP traffic, Global
Title Translations, and MTP Network Management.
Entity Types: STP, Lnkset, and Link
STP Retention Period: 5 minutes
Reporting Mode: Scheduled, On-demand, SEAS autonomous
Accessible Collection Period: Last (STP, Lnkset, and Link), Active [OAM
(Lnkset and Link)]
4-28 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Measurements
DRAFT
enttype=stp
Example Commands:
OAM: rept-meas:type=nm:enttype=stp
MP: rept-ftp-meas:type=nm:enttype=stp
Table 4-9. Network Management STP Measurements
(GTT).
GTTUN0NS type in an MSU was not supported by the STP or the peg count
form of the GTT was incorrect for the given
translation type.
GTTUN1NT peg count
in the translation table.
an invalid SIF.
MSUs Rcvd Invalid Service Indicator Octet
(SIO) - Number of MSUs received and discarded
MSINVSIO peg count
because the service requested in the service
indicator octet (SIO) was not supported by the STP.
ECO/COO.
inaccessible DPC.
MSSCCPFL Number of MSUs discarded due to a routing peg count
failure.
MSUs Discarded Gateway Screening - The total
MSUDSCRD number of MSUs that failed gateway screening and peg count
have been discarded.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-29

Measurements
DRAFT
Table 4-9. Network Management STP Measurements (Continued)
MSUs Discarded Rcv Queue Full -
queue was full.
Network Management Task Discard from
Processor Overload - The total number of network
NMTSKDSC0 peg count
management tasks (messages) discarded because of
a processor overload (task priority = 0).
NMTSKDSC1 peg count
NMTSKDSC2 peg count
NMTSKDSC3 peg count
OMSINVDPC MSUs originated with an invalid DPC. peg count

ORIGMSUS MSUs successfully passed to MTP level 2 for peg count
transmission, while carrying the STP point code in
the OPC field.
Originate MSU Octets - The total number of
ORMSUOCT outgoing octets associated with MSUs carrying the octets
STP point code in the OPC field. This includes
octets added in MTP level 2 processing.
Oversized MTP 3 Messages - Oversized MTP 3
OVSZMSG messages exceeding 272 octets (level 3) that are peg count
received by an HSL and are discarded.
current.
THRSWMSU OPC or the DPC, and were successfully passed to peg count
TRMDMSUS Terminated MSUs - The total number of incoming peg count

4-30 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Measurements
DRAFT
Table 4-9. Network Management STP Measurements (Continued)
Terminated MSU Octets - The total number of
octets associated with incoming MSUs carrying the
TRMSUOCT STP point code in the DPC. Includes octets removed octets
in MTP level 2 processing.
Through-Switched MSU Octets - The total number
of octets associated with MSUs that did not carry
TSMSUOCT the STP point code in the OPC or the DPC, and were octets
successfully passed to MTP level 2 for transmission
OAM Example Output:
eagle10506 03-04-15 17:13:02 EST EAGLE 31.4.0

TYPE OF REPORT: NETWORK MANAGEMENT MEASUREMENTS ON STP
REPORT PERIOD: LAST
REPORT INTERVAL: 03-04-15, 17:05:00 THROUGH 17:09:59
STP-NM MEASUREMENTS

ORMSUOCT = 1540, TRMSUOCT = 1540, TSMSUOCT = 0,
MSINVDPC = 0, MSINVSIO = 0, OMSINVDPC = 0,
MSINVLNK = 0, GTTPERFD = 0, GTTUN0NS = 0,
GTTUN1NT = 0, MSSCCPFL = 0, MSINVSIF = 0,
MSNACDPC = 0, MSINVSLC = 0, MSUDSCRD = 0,
MSULOST4 = 0, NMTSKDSC0 = 0, NMTSKDSC1 = 0,
NMTSKDSC2 = 0, NMTSKDSC3 = 0, OVSZMSG = 0
eagle10506 03-04-15 17:13:03 EST EAGLE 31.4.0

END OF ON-DEMAND STP-NM MEASUREMENT REPORT
;
MP Example output file name: nm-stp_19990117_1550.csv

MP Example output file format:
"tekelecstp","31.3.0-39.1.0","1999-01-17","15:51:37","EST",
"NETWORK MANAGEMENT MEASUREMENTS ON
STP","LAST","1999-01-17","15:45:00","15:50:00",1<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
"STATUS","ORIGMSUS","TRMDMSUS","THRSWMSU","ORMSUOCT","TRMSUOCT","TSMSUOCT",
"MSINVDPC","MSINVSIO","OMSINVDPC","MSINVLNK","GTTPERFD","GTTUN0NS","GTTUN1NT",
"MSSCCPFL","MSINVSIF","MSNACDPC","MSINVSLC","MSUDSCRD","MSULOST1","MSULOST2",
"MSULOST3","MSULOST4","NMTSKDSC0","NMTSKDSC1","NMTSKDSC2","NMTSKDSC3","OVSZMSG"<cr
><lf>
"K",80,80,0,1540,1540,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0<cr><lf>
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-31

Measurements
DRAFT
Typical file size is:
250 + 315 + 477 = 1042 bytes
enttype=link
in Table 4-10.
Table 4-10. HSL LSL Differences for Network Management Links
DRFEPRO As described N/A - Not reported
DRBSYLNK As described N/A - Not reported
DRLCLPRO As described Initiated by MAAL -

REPORT_LOCAL_PROCESSOR_OUTAGE
Example Commands:
OAM: rept-meas:type=nm:enttype=link:loc=xxxx:port=x
MP: rept-ftp-meas:type=nm:enttype=link
Table 4-11. Network Management Link Measurements
Duration of Far-End Processor Outage -
The cumulative duration that a link was
DRFEPRO unavailable to MTP level 3 because of a processor seconds
outage at the far-end network element (SIPO
received).
Cumulative Duration of Busy Link Status-
The total elapsed time between the receipt of a busy
DRBSYLNK LSSU, and when the next message was seconds
acknowledged. This is the sum of all occurrences of
busy link status.
Duration of Local Processor Outage - The
cumulative duration that a link was unavailable to
MTP level 3 because of a processor outage at the
DRLCLPRO near-end network element. For HSLs, this is seconds
initiated by
MAAL-REPORT_LOCAL_PROCESSOR_OUTAGE
Duration of Links Unavailable - The total time a
DRLNKUNV link was unavailable to MTP level 3 for any reason. seconds

4-32 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Measurements
DRAFT
Table 4-11. Network Management Link Measurements (Continued)
Number of Times GWS Disabled -
NMGWSDSABL Number of times that gateway screening was peg count
disabled because of a processor overload.
current.
TDCNGLV1 seconds

OAM Example Output:

eagle10506 03-04-15 14:15:17 EST EAGLE 31.4.0
TYPE OF REPORT: NETWORK MANAGEMENT MEASUREMENTS ON LINK
REPORT PERIOD: LAST
LINK-NM MEASUREMENTS: LOC: 1201, PORT: A , LSN: lsn123

DRLNKUNV = 0, TDCNGLV1 = 0, TDCNGLV2 = 0,
MSUDISC2 = 0, MSUDISC3 = 0, DRFEPRO = 0,
DRBSYLNK = 0, NMGWSDSABL = 0, DRLCLPRO = 0
;
eagle10506 03-04-15 14:15:18 EST EAGLE 31.4.0
END OF ON-DEMAND LINK-NM MEASUREMENT REPORT
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-33

Measurements
DRAFT
;
eagle10506 03-04-15 14:15:26 EST EAGLE 31.4.0

TYPE OF REPORT: NETWORK MANAGEMENT MEASUREMENTS ON LINK
REPORT PERIOD: LAST
LINK-NM MEASUREMENTS: LOC: 1204, PORT: A , LSN: lsn123 (SAAL)

DRLNKUNV = 0, TDCNGLV1 = 0, TDCNGLV2 = 0,
MSUDISC2 = 0, MSUDISC3 = 0, NMGWSDSABL = 0,
DRLCLPRO = 0
eagle10506 03-04-15 14:15:27 EST EAGLE 31.4.0

END OF ON-DEMAND LINK-NM MEASUREMENT REPORT
;
MP Example Output File Name: nm-link_19990117_1550.csv

"tekelecstp","31.3.0-39.1.0","1999-01-17","15:51:37","EST",
LINK","LAST","1999-01-17","15:45:00","15:50:00",200<cr><lf>
"NUMBER OF ENTIDS: 200"<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
"STATUS","LSN","LOC","PORT","LNKTYPE","DRLNKUNV","TDCNGLV1","TDCNGLV2","TDCNGLV3",
"ECCNGLV1","ECCNGLV2","ECCNGLV3","MSUDISC0","MSUDISC1","MSUDISC2","MSUDISC3",
"DRFEPRO","DRBSYLNK","NMGWSDSABL","DRLCLPRO"<cr><lf>
"K","LSN27A","1201","A3","MTP2",0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0<cr><lf>
. . . . .
"K","LSN27B","1304","A","SAAL",0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,,,0,0<cr><lf>

7 char LNKTYPE + 15*(6 char data) + 2 = 123 chars
For a report of 200 links, the typical file size is:
250 + 208 + 24600 = 25058 bytes
4-34 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Measurements
DRAFT
enttype=lnkset
Example Commands:
OAM: rept-meas:type=nm:enttype=lnkset:lsn=lsnxxx
MP: rept-ftp-meas:type=nm:enttype=lnkset
Table 4-12. Network Management Linkset Measurements
MSU Octets Transmitted - The total number of
OCTTRAN octets associated with MSUs transmitted to the octets
far-end, including those added in MTP{ level 2
processing and retransmissions.
MSU Octets Received - The total number of octets
retransmissions.
MSUs Received - The total number of MSUs
MSURECVD received, including those for which retransmission peg count
has been requested.
current.
OAM Example Output:

TYPE OF REPORT: NETWORK MANAGEMENT MEASUREMENTS ON LNKSET
REPORT PERIOD: LAST
LNKSET-NM MEASUREMENTS: lsnxxx

OCTTRAN = 0, OCTRECVD = 0, MSUTRAN = 0,
MSURECVD = 0
;
END OF ON-DEMAND LNKSET-NM MEASUREMENT REPORT
;
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-35

Measurements
DRAFT
MP Example Output File Name: nm-lnkset_19990117_1550.csv
"tekelecstp","31.3.0-39.1.0","1999-01-17","15:51:37","EST",
LINKSET","LAST","1999-01-17","15:45:00","15:50:00",200<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
"STATUS","LSN","LNKTYPE","OCTTRAN","OCTRECVD","MSUTRAN","MSURECVD"<cr><lf>
"K","lsnxxx","SAAL",0,0,0,0<cr><lf>
. . . . .
"K","lsnxxx","MTP2",0,0,0,0<cr><lf>

4 char status + 8 char LSN + 7 char LNKTYPE + 4*(6 char data) + 2 = 45 chars
250 + 69 + 9000 = 9319 bytes
Daily Availability Measurements

Daily Availability (AVLD) Reports provide measurements pertaining to link
management.
Entity Types: Link
Accumulation Interval: 24 hours
Reporting Mode: On-demand, scheduled (MP only)
Accessible Collection Period: Last
Example Commands:
OAM: rept-meas:type=avld:enttype=link:loc=xxxx:port=x:nzo=no
MP rept-ftp-meas:type=avld:enttype=link
4-36 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Measurements
DRAFT
Table 4-13. Daily Availability Link Measurements

Cumulative Duration of Signaling Link Declared
DRDCLFLR Failures All Types - The cumulative duration of all seconds
link failures.
received).
Duration of Local Processor Outage -
DRLCLPRO The cumulative duration that a link was seconds
unavailable to MTP level 3 because of a processor
outage at the near-end network element.
Duration of Signaling Link Mgmt Inhibit - The
DRLKINHB duration that a signaling link was unavailable seconds
because a signaling link was inhibited.
Number of Far-End Management Inhibits -
FARMGINH Number of times that a link was successfully peg count
inhibited from the far-end.
Number of Near-End Management Inhibits -
NEARMGIH Number of times a link was unavailable to MTP peg count
level 3 because it was locally inhibited.
Number of Signaling Link Declared Failures All
NMDCLFLR peg count
Types - The cumulative total of all link failures.
current.
Number of Signal Units Received In Error - The
number of signal units received with checksum
SURCVERR errors, indicating transmission errors. For HSLs, peg count
this register reflects the number of SSCOP PDUs
received with any errors.
OAM Example Output:

eagle10506 03-04-15 13:10:34 EST EAGLE 31.4.0
TYPE OF REPORT: DAILY AVAILABILITY MEASUREMENTS ON LINK
REPORT PERIOD: LAST
LINK-AVLD MEASUREMENTS: LOC: 1201, PORT: A , LSN: lsn123

NEARMGIH = 0, FARMGINH = 0, NMDCLFLR = 0,
DRDCLFLR = 0, SURCVERR = 0, DRLKINHB = 0,
DRFEPRO = 0, DRLCLPRO = 0
eagle10506 03-04-15 13:10:35 EST EAGLE 31.4.0

END OF ON-DEMAND LINK-AVLD MEASUREMENT REPORT
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-37

Measurements
DRAFT
;
eagle10506 03-04-15 13:10:44 EST EAGLE 31.4.0

TYPE OF REPORT: DAILY AVAILABILITY MEASUREMENTS ON LINK
REPORT PERIOD: LAST
LINK-AVLD MEASUREMENTS: LOC: 1204, PORT: A , LSN: lsn123 (SAAL)

DRLCLPRO = 0
eagle10506 03-04-15 13:10:45 EST EAGLE 31.4.0

END OF ON-DEMAND LINK-AVLD MEASUREMENT REPORT
;
MP Example Output File Name: avld-link_19990116_2400.csv

"tekelecstp","31.3.0-39.1.0","1999-01-17","15:51:37","EST",
"DAILY AVAILABILITY MEASUREMENTS ON
LINK","LAST","1999-01-16","00:00:00","24:00:00",600<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
"STATUS","LOC","PORT","LNKTYPE","NEARMGIH","FARMGINH","NMDCLFLR","DRDCLFLR",
"SURCVERR","DRLKINHB","DRFEPRO","DRLCLPRO"<cr><lf>
"K","1204","A","SAAL",0,0,0,0,0,0,,0<cr><lf>
. . . . .
"K","5204","B3","MTP2",0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0<cr><lf>

250 + 128 + 48600 = 48978 bytes
4-38 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Measurements
DRAFT
Day-To-Hour Availability Measurements
Day-To-Hour Availability (AVLDTH) Reports provide measurements pertaining
to link management accumulating through the day.
Entity Types: Link
Accumulation Interval: Daily total to the last full hour
STP Retention Period: 1 hour
Reporting Mode: On-demand
Accessible Collection Period: Last
Example Commands:
OAM: rept-meas:type=avldth:enttype=link:loc=xxxx:port=x:nzo=no
MP: rept-ftp-meas:type=avldth:enttype=link
Table 4-14. Day-To-Hour Availability Link Measurements
link failures.
received).
DRLCLPRO seconds
FARMGINH Number of times that a link was successfully peg count
inhibited from the far-end.
Number of Signaling Link Declared Failures All
NMDCLFLR Types - The cumulative total of all link failures. peg count

current.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-39

Measurements
DRAFT
Table 4-14. Day-To-Hour Availability Link Measurements (Continued)
Number of Signal Units Received In Error - The
number of signal units received with checksum
SURCVERR errors, indicating transmission errors. For HSLs, peg count
this register reflects the number of SSCOP PDUs
received with any errors.
OAM Example Output:

eagle10506 03-04-15 13:10:34 EST EAGLE 31.4.0
TYPE OF REPORT: DAY-TO-HOUR AVAILABILITY MEASUREMENTS ON LINK
REPORT PERIOD: LAST
LINK-AVLDTH MEASUREMENTS: LOC: 1201, PORT: A , LSN: lsn123

DRFEPRO = 0, DRLCLPRO = 0
eagle10506 03-04-15 13:10:35 EST EAGLE 31.4.0

END OF ON-DEMAND LINK-AVLDTH MEASUREMENT REPORT
;
eagle10506 03-04-15 13:10:44 EST EAGLE 31.4.0

TYPE OF REPORT: DAY-TO-HOUR AVAILABILITY MEASUREMENTS ON LINK
REPORT PERIOD: LAST
LINK-AVLDTH MEASUREMENTS: LOC: 1204, PORT: A , LSN: lsn123 (SAAL)

DRLCLPRO = 0
eagle10506 03-04-15 13:10:45 EST EAGLE 31.4.0

END OF ON-DEMAND LINK-AVLDTH MEASUREMENT REPORT
;
4-40 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Measurements
DRAFT
MP Example Output File Name: avldth-link_19990117_1500.csv
"tekelecstp","31.3.0-39.1.0","1999-01-17","15:51:37","EST",
"DAY-TO-HOUR AVAILABILITY MEASUREMENTS ON LINK","LAST",
"1999-01-17","00:00:00","15:00:00",600<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
"STATUS","LSN","LOC","PORT","LNKTYPE","NEARMGIH","FARMGINH","NMDCLFLR","DRDCLFLR",
"SURCVERR","DRLKINHB","DRFEPRO","DRLCLPRO"<cr><lf>
"K","lsn234","1201","A","SAAL",0,0,0,0,0,0,,0<cr><lf>
. . . . .
"K","lsn789","5201","B3","MTP2",0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0<cr><lf>

250 + 128 + 48600 = 48978 bytes
Availability Measurements
Availability Measurements (AVL) provide measurements relating to the
availability of signaling links.
Entity Types: Link, STPLAN
Reporting Mode: On-demand, scheduled (MP)
Accessible Collection Period: Last, active (OAM), or specific
enttype=link
Certain registers are reported for HSLs or LSLs only. Other registers have different
interpretations for HSLs than for LSLs. These registers are summarized in Table
4-15.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-41

Measurements
DRAFT
.
Table 4-15. HSL LSL Differences for Availability Links
Level 2 signaling units (all SSCOP PDUs (all types)
SUSRECVD types) received received
Level 2 signaling units (all SSCOP PDUs (all types)
SUSTRAN
types) transmitted transmitted
SURCVERR Level 2 signaling units (all SSCOP PDUs (all types)

types) received with errors received with errors
NDCFLABN As described N/A - not reported
NDCLFALP As described N/A - not reported
DS1: LOS, LOF, or LCD
NDCLFSYNC No data received on the line
indications
Timer NO_RESPONSE
NDCFLXDA Level 2 timer t7 expired expired for POLL/STAT
response
NDCFLXDC Level 2 timer t6 expired Timer NO_CREDIT expired
PCRN1N2EXC As described N/A - not reported
Example Commands:
OAM: rept-meas:type=avl:enttype=link:loc=xxxx:port=x
MP: rept-ftp-meas:type=avl:enttype=link
Table 4-16. Availability Link Measurements
link failures.
received).
DRLCLPRO seconds
Number of Far-End Management Inhibits - The
FARMGINH total number of times that a link was inhibited by peg count
far-end management.
4-42 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Measurements
DRAFT
Table 4-16. Availability Link Measurements (Continued)
Number of Signaling Link Failures Abnormal
FIB/BSN - Number of times the signaling link was
taken out-of-service because of abnormal FIB/BSN
received. A count was accumulated if two
backward sequence number values in three
NDCLFLABN consecutively received MSUs or FISUs are not the peg count
same as the previous one or any of the forward
sequence numbers of the signal units in the
retransmission buffer at the time they are
retransmitted.
Link Failure Alignment or Proving Failure -
Number of times a signaling link was returned to
NDCLFALP out-of-service because of the excessive error rate peg count
detected by the alignment error rate monitor
(AERM).
Link Failure Too Many Interrupts -
Number of times the threshold for interrupts was
exceeded. For instance, if there is excess noise on
NDCLFINTR the line causing spurious interrupts, the STP peg count
recognizes that the threshold has been exceeded,
and disables the link. This prevents the card from
rebooting.
Link Failure - Loss of Synchronization -
NDCLFSYNC Number of times that the link was taken peg count
out-of-service because of a loss of synchronization.
Number of Signaling Link Failures Excessive
Delay of Acknowledgment -
NDCFLXDA peg count
Number of times a signaling link was out-of-service
due to an excessive delay in acknowledgments.
Duration of Congestion -
NDCFLXDC peg count
Number of times a signaling link was out-of-service
because the timer T6 (remote congestion) expired.
Error Rate - Number of times a signaling link was
NDCFLXER peg count
out-of-service because it reached the signal unit
error rate monitor (SUERM) threshold.
NMDCLFLR Number of Signaling Link Declared Failures All peg count

Number of Far-End Processor Outages -
NMFEPRO The total number of far-end processor outages. peg count
Number of Local Processor Outages - The total

NMLCLPRO peg count
number of local processor outages.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-43

Measurements
DRAFT
Table 4-16. Availability Link Measurements (Continued)
PCR N1 or N2 Count Exceeded - The total number
of forced retransmissions when preventive cyclic
PCRN1N2EXC retransmission (PCR) is used as the error correction peg count
method on a link.
current.
Number of SUs Received in Error - The total
SURCVERR number of SUs received in which errors were peg count
detected.
Signaling Units Received - The total number of
SUSRECVD peg count
signaling units received.
SUSTRAN Signaling Units Transmitted - The total number of peg count

signaling units transmitted.
OAM Example Output:

eagle10506 03-04-15 12:33:05 EST EAGLE 31.4.0
TYPE OF REPORT: AVAILABILITY MEASUREMENTS ON LINK
REPORT PERIOD: LAST
LINK-AVL MEASUREMENTS: LOC: 1201, PORT: A , LSN: lsn123

NDCFLABN = 0, NDCLFSYNC = 0, NDCFLXDA = 0,
NDCFLXER = 0, NDCFLXDC = 0, NDCLFALP = 0,
NDCLFINTR = 0, NMFEPRO = 0, NMLCLPRO = 0,
DRFEPRO = 0, DRLCLPRO = 0, SUSRECVD = 3300944,
SUSTRAN = 3299200, PCRN1N2EXC = 0
eagle10506 03-04-15 12:33:06 EST EAGLE 31.4.0

END OF ON-DEMAND LINK-AVL MEASUREMENT REPORT
;
eagle10506 03-04-15 12:33:16 EST EAGLE 31.4.0

TYPE OF REPORT: AVAILABILITY MEASUREMENTS ON LINK
REPORT PERIOD: LAST
LINK-AVL MEASUREMENTS: LOC: 1204, PORT: A , LSN: lsn123 (SAAL)

NDCLFSYNC = 1, NDCFLXDA = 0, NDCFLXER = 0,
NDCFLXDC = 0, NDCLFINTR = 0, NMLCLPRO = 0,
DRLCLPRO = 0, SUSRECVD = 0, SUSTRAN = 110
4-44 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Measurements
DRAFT
eagle10506 03-04-15 12:33:17 EST EAGLE 31.4.0

END OF ON-DEMAND LINK-AVL MEASUREMENT REPORT
;
MP Example Output File Name: avl-link_19990117_1530.csv

"tekelecstp","31.3.0-39.1.0","1999-01-17","15:51:37","EST",
"AVAILABILITY MEASUREMENTS ON
LINK","LAST","1999-01-17","15:00:00","15:30:00",600<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
"STATUS","LSN","LOC","PORT","LNKTYPE","NEARMGIH","FARMGINH","NMDCLFLR","DRDCLFLR",
"SURCVERR","DRLKINHB","NDCFLABN","NDCLFSYNC","NDCFLXDA","NDCFLXER","NDCFLXDC",
"NDCLFALP","NDCLFINTR","NMFEPRO","NMLCLPRO","DRFEPRO","DRLCLPRO","SUSRECVD",
"SUSTRAN","PCRN1N2EXC"<cr><lf>
"K","LS027A","1201","B2","MTP2",0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,3300944,3299200,
0<cr><lf>
. . . . .
"K","LS288B","1204","A","SAAL",0,0,0,0,0,0,,1,0,0,0,,0,,0,,0,0,110,<cr><lf>

250 + 272 + 91800 = 92322 bytes
enttype=stplan
This enttype consists of measurements for LIM, ASM, and ACM cards.The
outputs are separate for the OAM based measurements and combined for the MP
based measurements. The MP based measurements appear after the OAM
measurements for the ACM cards. The Status Event appears with the ACM
measurements.
Example Commands:
OAM: rept-meas:type=avl:enttype=stplan
MP: rept-ftp-meas:type=avl:enttype=stplan
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-45

Measurements
DRAFT
Link Interface Module (LIM) measurements
Table 4-17. Availability STPLAN LIM Measurements
STPLAN Disabled - The duration that the STPLAN
SLANDSBLD screening/copy feature was disabled. msecs

gateway screening.
OAM LIM Example Output:
tekelecstp 03-02-06 11:02:07 WET EAGLE 31.4.0

TYPE OF REPORT: AVAILABILITY MEASUREMENTS ON STPLAN
REPORT PERIOD: LAST
STPLAN-AVL MEASUREMENTS: LOC: 1201

SLANDSBLD = 0, SLANDISC1 = 0, SLANSCRND = 0
tekelecstp 03-02-06 11:02:09 WET EAGLE 31.4.0

END OF ON-DEMAND STPLAN-AVL MEASUREMENT REPORT
;
Application Service Module (ASM) measurements

Table 4-18. Availability STPLAN ASM Measurements
SLANDSBLD STPLAN Disabled - The duration that the STPLAN msecs

gateway screening.
4-46 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Measurements
DRAFT
OAM ASM Example Output:

REPORT PERIOD: LAST

SLANDSBLD = 0, SLANSCRND = 0

;
Application Communications Module (ACM) measurements

Table 4-19. Availability STPLAN ACM Measurements
busy.
errors.
Ethernet Octets Received - The total number of
ENETOCTRCV octets received on the STPLAN ethernet interface. peg count

interface.
to header errors.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-47

Measurements
DRAFT
Table 4-19. Availability STPLAN ACM Measurements (Continued)
SLANDISC2 STPLAN Discarded 2 - Number of MSUs discarded peg count

STPLAN Transmit - Number of MSUs sent to the
SLANXMIT host destination. peg count

current.
interface.
TCP Segment Received - The total number of TCP
TCPSEGRCVD segments received on the STPLAN interface. peg count
TCP Segment Sent - The total number of TCP

TCPSEGSENT peg count
segments sent on the STPLAN interface.
interface.
error.
STPLAN interface.
OAM ACM Example Output:

REPORT PERIOD: LAST

SLANDISC2 = 0, SLANXMIT = 0, ENETALNERR = 0,

;
4-48 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Measurements
DRAFT
MP Example Output File Name: avl-stplan_19990117_1530.csv
"tekelecstp","31.3.0-39.1.0","1999-01-17","15:51:37","EST",
"AVAILABILITY MEASUREMENTS ON
STPLAN","LAST","1999-01-17","15:00:00","15:30:00",3<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
"STATUS","TYPE","LOC","SLANDSBLD","SLANDISC1","SLANDISC2","SLANSCRND","SLANXMIT",
"ENETALNERR","ENETCRCERR","ENETCOLERR","ENETBUSBSY","ENETOVRERR","ENETOCTXMT",
"ENETOCTRCV","TCPCONNFLD","TCPSEGRCVD","TCPSEGSENT","TCPSEGXMT2","TCPRCVERR",
"TCPRSTSENT","IPHDRERR","IPADDRERR","IPPROTERR"<cr><lf>
"K","LIM","1201",0,0,0,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,<cr><lf>
"K","ASM","2201",0,,0,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,<cr><lf>
"K","ACM","4101",,,,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,124804,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0<cr><lf>

250 + 53 + 30 = 333 bytes
Daily Maintenance Measurements

The Daily Maintenance (MTCD) reports provide measurements useful in
determining STP performance based on traffic.
Entity Types: STP, Link, Lnkset, STPLAN, LNP, NP, EIR, and MAPSCRN
Default Accumulation Interval: 24 hours
STP Retention Period: 24 hours (STP, Link, Lnkset, STPLAN)
7 days (LNP, NP, EIR, MAPSCRN)
Reporting Modes: Scheduled and On-Demand
Accessible Collection Periods: Last, Specific
enttype=stp
Example Commands:
OAM: rept-meas:type=mtcd:enttype=stp
MP: rept-ftp-meas:type=mtcd:enttype=stp
Table 4-20. Daily Maintenance STP Measurements
CRSYSAL Critical System Alarms - The total number of peg count

critical system alarms.
link failures.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-49

Measurements
DRAFT
Table 4-20. Daily Maintenance STP Measurements (Continued)
DURLKOTG Duration of Link Outage - The total time a link was seconds
were discarded because the redirect function was
DTAMSULOST peg count
turned off or the original MSU was too large to be
encapsulated.
GFGTMATCH G-Flex Global Title Translation successfully peg count
completed.
GFGTNOLKUP looked up in the GSM database because of some peg count
error.
successfully completed global title translation
GTTPERFD (GTT). Also includes G-Flex and INP MSUs that got peg count
a match in either the G-Flex, INP or GTT DB.
translation type. Also includes G-Flex, INP and
TT.
GTTUN1NT in the translation table. Also includes G-Flex, INP peg count
OMSINVDPC MSUs Originated Invalid DPC - Number of peg count

MSUs originated with an invalid DPC.
an invalid SIF.
MSINVSIO because the service requested in the service peg count
MASYSAL Major system alarms - The total number of major peg count
system alarms.
4-50 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Measurements
DRAFT
MISYSAL Minor system alarms - The total number of minor peg count
system alarms.
ECO/COO.
inaccessible DPC.
Number of MSUs discarded due to an SCCP
routing failure. Also includes G-Flex, INP MSUs
MSSCCPFL that got a match from either the G-Flex, INP or GTT peg count
DB but cannot be routed due to PC or SS congestion,
PC or SS unavailable, SS unequipped, or an
unqualified error.
The total number of MSUs that failed gateway
MSUDSCRD peg count
screening and were discarded. See linkset
report for individual peg counts.
queue was full.
MSULOST5 peg count
discarded while the LIM card was initializing.
MTP Restarts Initiated - Number of times MTP
restart was initiated by the STP. The count does not
MTPRESTS include the number of MTP restarts initiated as a peg count
result of messages from adjacent nodes.
MSUs successfully passed to MTP level 2 for
ORIGMSUS transmission, while carrying the STP point code in peg count
the OPC field.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-51

Measurements
DRAFT
current.
THRSWMSU MSUs that did not carry the STP point code in the peg count
TRMDMSUS peg count
Translation Type Mapping Translations
Performed - The total number of Translation Type
TTMAPPF Mapping translations performed (that is, a mapped peg count
SS7 message translation type was found for the
existing SS7 message translation type).
XLXTELEI times that an X-List entry was not created because peg count
the ELEI for the cluster was set to yes.
XLXTSPACE times an X-List entry was not created due to lack of peg count
space in the route/destination table.
MSUSCCPFLR MSU SCCP Failure - Total MSUs Discarded Due to peg count
SCCP Conversion Failure.
OAM Example Output:

TYPE OF REPORT: DAILY MAINTENANCE MEASUREMENTS ON STP
REPORT PERIOD: LAST
STP-MTCD MEASUREMENTS

MTPRESTS = 0, DTAMSULOST = 0, MSINVDPC = 1,
MSSCCPFL = 0, MSUDSCRD = 0, MSULOST1 = 0,
MSULOST5 = 0, DRDCLFLR = 86400, DURLKOTG = 86400,
XLXTSPACE = 0, XLXTELEI = 0, TTMAPPF = 0,
;
END OF ON-DEMAND STP-MTCD MEASUREMENT REPORT
;
4-52 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Measurements
DRAFT
MP Example Output File Name: mtcd-stp_19990116_2400.csv
"tekelecstp","31.3.0-51.0.0","3003-08-17","15:51:37","EST",
"DAILY MAINTENANCE MEASUREMENTS ON
STP","LAST","2003-08-16","00:00:00","24:00:00",1<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
"STATUS","ORIGMSUS","TRMDMSUS","THRSWMSU","MTPRESTS","DTAMSULOST","MSINVDPC",
"MSINVSIO","OMSINVDPC","MSINVLNK","MSINVSIF","MSNACDPC","MSINVSLC","GTTPERFD",
"GTTUN0NS","GTTUN1NT","MSSCCPFL","MSULOST1","MSULOST2","MSULOST3","MSULOST4",
"MSULOST5","DRDCLFLR","DURLKOTG","CRSYSAL","MASYSAL","MISYSAL","XLXTSPACE",
"XLXTELEI","TTMAPPF","MSUDSCRD","OVSZMSG","GFGTMATCH","GFGTNOMCH","GFGTNOLKUP",
"K",36102314,0,6055635,0,0,1,0,0,0,0,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,86400,86400,
288,600,960,0,0,0,0,0<cr><lf>
Typical file size:

250 + 405 + 220 = 885 bytes
enttype=link
in Table 4-21.
Table 4-21. HSL LSL Differences for Daily Maintenance Links
DRBSYLNK As described N/A - not reported
NEGACKS As described N/A - not reported
SDURETRAN N/A - not reported As described
Applies to FISU, LSSU, and
SURCVERR MSUs Applies to PDUs
Time the link is active and

TLNKACTV As described
giving MSUs to SAAL
Timer NO_RESPONSE
response
MSURETRN As described N/A - not reported
MSURCERR As described N/A - not reported
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-53

Measurements
DRAFT
Table 4-21. HSL LSL Differences for Daily Maintenance Links
OCTRETRN As described N/A - not reported
Example Commands:
OAM: rept-meas:type=mtcd:enttype=link:loc=xxxx:port=x
MP: rept-ftp-meas:type=mtcd:enttype=link
Table 4-22. Daily Maintenance Link Measurements
Number of Automatic Changeovers -
Number of times that a changeover procedure was
ACHGOVRS peg count
used to divert traffic from one link to alternative
links.
busy link status.
link failures.
received).
DRLCLPRO The cumulative duration that a link was seconds
Duration Link Inhibited - The cumulative
DRLKINHB duration that a link was inhibited at the local or seconds
far-end network element.
FARMGINH Number of times a link was inhibited successfully peg count
from the far-end.
LNKAVAIL Link Available Time - The total time the link was seconds
available to MTP level 3.
4-54 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Measurements
DRAFT
Table 4-22. Daily Maintenance Link Measurements (Continued)
MSURCERR The number of MSUs received in error. peg count
requested.

retransmitted because of errors.
retransmissions.
Number of Signaling Unit Failures - Abnormal
taken out-of-service because the STP received
abnormal FIBs/BSNs. A count accumulates if two
NDCFLABN consecutively received MSUs, or FISUs are not the peg count
same as the previous one, or any of the forward
retransmitted.
Number of Signaling Link Failures - Excessive
Delay of Acknowledgment - Number of times a
NDCFLXDA signaling link was out-of-service due to an peg count
excessive delay in acknowledgments.
Duration of Congestion - Number of times a
NDCFLXDC signaling link was out-of-service because the timer peg count
T6 (remote congestion) expired.
NDCFLXER out-of-service because it reached the signal unit peg count
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-55

Measurements
DRAFT
Table 4-22. Daily Maintenance Link Measurements (Continued)
Number of Negative Acknowledgments Received
NEGACKS - Number of times the BSN in an MSU was inverted, peg count
indicating a retransmission request.
NMLCLPRO peg count
number of local processor outages in this STP.

NMFEPRO Number of far-end processor outages that have peg count
occurred.
OCTRECVD octets
removed for MTP level 2 processing and those for
OCTRETRN The number MSU octets retransmitted peg count
OCTTRAN associated with MSUs transmitted to the far-end, octets
including those added in MTP level 2 processing
PCRN1N2EXC of forced retransmissions when preventive cyclic peg count
retransmission (PCR) is used as the error correction
method on a link.
SSCOP SD PDUs that were retransmitted, based on
an accumulated count of such retransmissions,
SDURETRN conveyed to layer management. This measurement peg count
replaces the MTP level 2 negative
acknowledgements.
current.
Number of Signal Units Received In Error -
SURCVERR Number of signal units received with checksum peg count
errors, indicating transmission errors.
TDCNGLV1 seconds

Signaling link active time - the total time that the

TLNKACTV signaling link is in service and actively transmitting seconds
MSUs
4-56 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Measurements
DRAFT
OAM Example Output:
eagle10506 03-04-15 13:11:01 EST EAGLE 31.4.0
TYPE OF REPORT: DAILY MAINTENANCE MEASUREMENTS ON LINK
REPORT PERIOD: LAST
LINK-MTCD MEASUREMENTS: LOC: 1201, PORT: A , LSN: lsn123

TDCNGLV1 = 0, TDCNGLV2 = 0, TDCNGLV3 = 0,
ECCNGLV1 = 0, ECCNGLV2 = 0, ECCNGLV3 = 0,
MSUDISC3 = 0, TLNKACTV = 0, LNKAVAIL = 3159,
ACHGOVRS = 0, NEARMGIH = 0, FARMGINH = 0,
NMDCLFLR = 0, DRDCLFLR = 0, SURCVERR = 0,
NEGACKS = 0, DRLKINHB = 0, NDCFLABN = 0,
NDCFLXDA = 0, NDCFLXER = 0, NDCFLXDC = 0,
NMFEPRO = 0, NMLCLPRO = 0, DRFEPRO = 0,
DRLCLPRO = 0, MSURCERR = 0, DRBSYLNK = 0,
PCRN1N2EXC = 0
eagle10506 03-04-15 13:11:02 EST EAGLE 31.4.0

END OF ON-DEMAND LINK-MTCD MEASUREMENT REPORT
;
eagle10506 03-04-15 13:11:17 EST EAGLE 31.4.0

TYPE OF REPORT: DAILY MAINTENANCE MEASUREMENTS ON LINK
REPORT PERIOD: LAST
LINK-MTCD MEASUREMENTS: LOC: 1204, PORT: A , LSN: lsn123 (SAAL)

OCTRECVD = 0, TDCNGLV1 = 0, TDCNGLV2 = 0,
MSUDISC2 = 0, MSUDISC3 = 0, TLNKACTV = 0,
LNKAVAIL = 0, ACHGOVRS = 0, NEARMGIH = 0,
FARMGINH = 0, NMDCLFLR = 0, DRDCLFLR = 0,
SURCVERR = 0, DRLKINHB = 0, NDCFLXDA = 0,
NDCFLXER = 0, NDCFLXDC = 0, NMLCLPRO = 0,
DRLCLPRO = 0, SDURETRN = 0
;
eagle10506 03-04-15 13:11:19 EST EAGLE 31.4.0
END OF ON-DEMAND LINK-MTCD MEASUREMENT REPORT
;
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-57

Measurements
DRAFT
MP Example Output File Name: mtcd-link_19990116_2400.csv
"tekelecstp","31.3.0-39.1.0","1999-01-17","15:51:37","EST",
LINK","LAST","1999-01-16","00:00:00","24:00:00",500<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
"STATUS","LSN","LOC","PORT","LNKTYPE","MSUTRAN","MSURECVD","MSURETRN","OCTRETRN",
"OCTTRAN","OCTRECVD","TDCNGLV1","TDCNGLV2","TDCNGLV3","ECCNGLV1","ECCNGLV2",
"ECCNGLV3","MSUDISC0","MSUDISC1","MSUDISC2","MSUDISC3","TLNKACTV","LNKAVAIL",
"ACHGOVRS","NEARMGIH","FARMGINH","NMDCLFLR","DRDCLFLR","SURCVERR","NEGACKS",
"DRLKINHB","NDCFLABN","NDCFLXDA","NDCFLXER","NDCFLXDC","NMFEPRO","NMLCLPRO",
"DRFEPRO","DRLCLPRO","MSURCERR","DRBSYLNK","PCRN1N2EXC","SDURETRN"<cr><lf>
"K","LSN100","1201","A","MTP2",95,95,0,0,1900,1900,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,3159,0,0,
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,<cr><lf>
. . . . .
"K","LSN200","5304","A","SAAL",0,0,,,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,,0,,0
,0,0,,0,,0,,,,0<cr><lf>

250 + 460 + 130000 = 130710 bytes
enttype=lnkset
Example Commands:
OAM: rept-meas:type=mtcd:enttype=lnkset:lsn=ayyyyyyy
MP: rept-ftp-meas:type=mtcd:enttype=lnkset
Table 4-23. Daily Maintenance Linkset Measurements
current.
Performed - MSUs Received on the Gateway
Linkset - The total number of Translation Type
ZTTMAPI peg count
Mapping translations performed for incoming
Message Signal Units (MSUs) received on the
specified linkset.
4-58 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Measurements
DRAFT
Table 4-23. Daily Maintenance Linkset Measurements (Continued)
Performed - MSUs Transmitted on the Gateway
ZTTMAPO Linkset - The total number of translations peg count
performed on outgoing Message Signal Units
(MSUs) for the specified linkset.
OAM Example Output:

TYPE OF REPORT: DAILY MAINTENANCE MEASUREMENTS ON LINKSET
REPORT PERIOD: LAST
LNKSET-MTCD MEASUREMENTS: ls1201a

ZTTMAPO = 196611, ZTTMAPI = 3

END OF ON-DEMAND LNKSET-MTCD MEASUREMENT REPORT
;
MP Example Output File Name: mtcd-lnkset_19990116_2400.csv

"tekelecstp","31.3.0-39.1.0","1999-01-17","15:51:37","EST",
<cr><lf>
"STATUS","LSN","LNKTYPE","ZTTMAPO","ZTTMAPI"<cr><lf>
"K","lsn100","SAAL",196611,3<cr><lf>
. . . . .
"K","lsn600","MTP2",123456,98374<cr><lf>

250 + 46 + 17000 = 17296 bytes
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-59

Measurements
DRAFT
enttype=lnp
The enttype=lnp entity generates four separate reports per period. These reports
for OAM based measurements are generated to CSV files in the FTA. The
command example will generate the following daily reports:
Daily LNP System Wide Measurements
Daily LNP Measurements Per SSP
Daily LNP Measurements Per LRN
Daily LNP Measurements Per NPA
All the OAM reports are listed together as are the MP reports.
Example Commands:
OAM: rept-meas:type=mtcd:enttype=lnp[:day=xxx:period=yyyyyyyy]
MP: rept-ftp-meas:type=mtcd:enttype=lnp[:day=xxx:period=yyyyyyyy]
Table 4-24. Daily Maintenance LNP System Wide Measurements
Trigger Based
peg count
The total number of queries received by LNPQS.
LNPQRCV Triggerless
Number of encapsulated IAM messages received peg count
by LNPQS
Trigger Based
The number of invalid queries that are discarded peg count
because no reply can be generated.
LNPQDSC
Triggerless
not
All invalid IAM messages are routed without LNP; applicable
LNPQTCPE is pegged.
Trigger Based
peg count
The number of error replies with TCAP error codes.
LNPQTCPE Triggerless
The number of invalid encapsulated IAM messages peg count
received by LNPQS. Note that these messages are
routed to their destinations with no LNP lookup.
Trigger Based
peg count
The number of successful replies.
LNPSREP
Triggerless
peg count
The number of successful IAM messages.
4-60 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Measurements
DRAFT
Table 4-24. Daily Maintenance LNP System Wide Measurements (Continued)
Trigger Based
The number of correct queries received for peg count
non-ported DN when NPA-NXX is not
provisioned.
LNPQUNPA
Triggerless
The number of correct encapsulated IAM messages peg count
received for a non-ported DN, when the NPA-NXX
is not provisioned.
current.
Table 4-25. Daily Maintenance LNP Per SSP Measurements

Trigger Based
Number of correct queries received per originating peg count
SSP.
SSPQRCV
Triggerless
received by LNPQS per OPC.
CLASSGTRQ Number of valid CLASS GTT received per peg count

originating SSP.
LIDBGTRQ Number of valid LIDB GTT received per
peg count
originating SSP.
Number of correct queries received for ported TNs,
SSPQRCVP per originating SSP. peg count
Number of correct queries received for non-ported

SSPQRCVNP peg count
TNs, per originating SSP.
CLASSGTRQP Number of CLASS Global Title Translation peg count

received for ported TNs, per originating SSP.
Number of CLASS Global Title Translation
CLASSGTRQNP received for non-ported TNs, per originating SSP. peg count
Number of LIDB Global Title Translation received

LIDBGTRQP peg count
for ported TNs, per originating SSP.
LIDBGTRQNP Number of LIDB Global Title Translation received peg count

for non-ported TNs, per originating SSP.
Number of CNAM Global Title Translation
CNAMGTRQP received for ported TNs, per originating SSP. peg count

CNAMGTRQNP peg count
received for non-ported TNs, per originating SSP.
ISVMGTRQP Number of ISVM Global Title Translation received peg count

910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-61

Measurements
DRAFT
Table 4-25. Daily Maintenance LNP Per SSP Measurements (Continued)
ISVMGTRQNP Number of ISVM Global Title Translation received peg count

Number of WSMSC Global Title Translations
WSMSCGTRQP received for ported TNs, per originating SSP peg count

WSMSCGTRQNP peg count
received for non-ported TNs, per originating SSP
current.
SSPQRCV = SSPQRCVP + SSPQRCVNP

CLASSGTRQ = CLASSGTRQP + CLASSGTRQNP
LIDBGTRQ = LIDBGTRQP + LIDBGTRQNP
Table 4-26. Daily Maintenance LNP LRN Measurements

Trigger Based
peg count
The number of correct queries received per LRN.
LRNQRCV Triggerless
received per LRN.
current.
Table 4-27. Daily Maintenance LNP NPA Measurements

The number of correct queries received per
NPAQRCV peg count
NPANXX for non-ported DN.
current.
4-62 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Measurements
DRAFT
OAM Example Output File Name: M60_LNP.csv

OAM Example Output File Format:
"tekelecstp 01-08-02 15:51:37 EST EAGLE 31.4.0 "<cr><lf>
"TYPE OF REPORT: DAILY MAINTENANCE MEASUREMENTS ON LNP SYSTEM"<cr><lf>
"REPORT PERIOD: LAST"<cr><lf>
"REPORT INTERVAL: 01-08-02, 00:00:00 THROUGH 23:59:59 "<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
"LNPQRCV","LNPQDSC","LNPQTCPE","LNPSREP","LNPQUNPA"<cr><lf>
4294967295,4294967295,4294967295,4294967295,4294967295<cr><lf>
OAM Example output File Name: M60_SSP.csv

"TYPE OF REPORT: DAILY MAINTENANCE MEASUREMENTS ON LNP SSP"<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
"SSP","SSPQRCV","CLASSGTRQ","LIDBGTRQ""SSPQRCVP","SSPQRCVNP","CLASSGTRQP",
"CLASSGTRQNP","LIDBGTRQP","LIDBGTRQNP","CNAMGTRQP","CNAMGTRQNP","ISVMGTRQP","
ISVMGTRQNP","WSMSCGTRQP","WSMSCGTRQNP" <cr><lf>
"002-002-100",123456789,456789,99999,123456789,456789,99999,
123456789,456789,99999,123456789,456789,99999,123456789,456789,99999<cr><lf>
"002-002-123",123456789,456789,99999,123456789,456789,99999,
123456789,456789,99999,123456789,456789,99999,123456789,456789,99999<cr><lf>
OAM Example Output File Name: M60_LRN.csv

"TYPE OF REPORT: DAILY MAINTENANCE MEASUREMENTS ON LNP LRN"<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
"LRN","LRNQRCV"<cr><lf>
9194560000,123456789<cr><lf>
4087550001,23456789<cr><lf>
5155550000,456789<cr><lf>
3022330001,345<cr><lf>
7032110002,99999<cr><lf>
8123048059,4294967295<cr><lf>
OAM Example Output File Name: M60_NPA.csv
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-63

Measurements
DRAFT
"TYPE OF REPORT: DAILY MAINTENANCE MEASUREMENTS ON LNP NPXNXX"<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
"NPANXX","NPAQRCV"<cr><lf>
919456,123456789<cr><lf>
408755,23456789<cr><lf>
515555,456789<cr><lf>
302233,345<cr><lf>
703211,99999<cr><lf>
812304,4294967295<cr><lf>
MP Example Output File Name: mtcd-lnp_19990116_2400.csv

"tekelecstp","31.3.0-39.1.0","1999-01-17","15:51:37","EST",
"DAILY MAINTENANCE MEASUREMENTS ON LNP SYSTEM","LAST",
"1999-01-16","00:00:00","24:00:00",1<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
"STATUS","LNPQRCV","LNPQDSC","LNPQTCPE","LNPSREP","LNPQUNPA"<cr><lf>
"K",429496729,429496729,429496729,429496729,429496729<cr><lf>

250 + 63 + 34 = 347 bytes
MP Example Output File Name: mtcd-ssp_19990116_2400.csv

"CLLI","SWREL","RPTDATE","RPTIME","TZ","RPTTYPE","RPTPD","IVALDATE","IVALSTART","I
VALEND","NUMENTIDS"<cr><lf>
"tekelecstp","31.3.0-39.1.0","1999-01-17","15:51:37","EST",
"DAILY MAINTENANCE MEASUREMENTS ON LNP
SSP","LAST","1999-01-16","00:00:00","24:00:00",200<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
"STATUS","SSP","SSPQRCV","CLASSGTRQ","LIDBGTRQ","SSPQRCVP","SSPQRCVNP","CLASSGTRQP
","CLASSGTRQNP","LIDBGTRQP","LIDBGTRQNP","CNAMGTRQP","CNAMGTRQNP","ISVMGTRQP",
"ISVMGTRQNP","WSMSCGTRQP","WSMSCGTRQNP"<cr><lf>
"K","002-002-100",123456789,456789,99999,123456789,456789,99999,123456789,456789,
99999,123456789,456789,99999,123456789,456789,99999<cr><lf>
. . . . .
"K","002-005-123",123456789,456789,99999,123456789,456789,99999,123456789,456789,
99999,123456789,456789,99999,123456789,456789,99999<cr><lf>
4-64 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Measurements
DRAFT
4 char status + 14 char SSP + 15*(6 char data) + 2 = 110 chars
For a report of 200 SSPs, the typical file size is:
250 + 160 + 22000 = 22410 bytes
MP Example Output File Name: mtcd-lrn_19990116_2400.csv

"tekelecstp","31.3.0-39.1.0","1999-01-17","15:51:37","EST",
"DAILY MAINTENANCE MEASUREMENTS ON LNP
LRN","LAST","1999-01-16","00:00:00","24:00:00",600<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
"STATUS","LRN","LRNQRCV"<cr><lf>
"K",9194560000,123456789<cr><lf>
"K",4087550001,23456789<cr><lf>
"K",5155550000,456789<cr><lf>
. . . . .
"K",3022330001,345<cr><lf>
"K",7032110002,99999<cr><lf>
"K",8123048059,4294967295<cr><lf>

4 char status + 11 char LRN + 6 char data + 2 = 23 chars
For a report of 600 LRNs, the typical file size is:
250 + 27 + 13800 = 14077 bytes
MP Example Output File Name: mtcd-npa_19990116_2400.csv

"tekelecstp","31.3.0-39.1.0","1999-01-17","15:51:37","EST",
"DAILY MAINTENANCE MEASUREMENTS ON LNP NPANXX","LAST",
"1999-01-16","00:00:00","24:00:00",600<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
"STATUS","NPANXX","NPAQRCV"<cr><lf>
"K",919456,123456789<cr><lf>
"K",408755,23456789<cr><lf>
"K",515555,456789<cr><lf>
. . . . .
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-65

Measurements
DRAFT
"K",302233,345<cr><lf>
"K",703211,99999<cr><lf>
"K",812304,4294967295<cr><lf>

4 char status + 7 char NPANXX + 6 char data + 2 = 19 chars
250 + 30 + 11400 = 11680 bytes
enttype=np
The enttype=np entity generates two separate reports per period. These reports
Daily INP and G-Port System Wide Measurements
Daily INP and G-Port Measurements Per SSP
Example Commands:
OAM: rept-meas:type=mtcd:enttype=np
MP: rept-ftp-meas:type=mtcd:enttype=np
Table 4-28. Daily Maintenance INP and G-Port System Wide Measurements
INPQRCV Number of total queries received by INPQS. peg count
INPQDSC Number of invalid queries that are discarded as no peg count

reply can be generated.
INPQTCPE Number of error replies with TCAP error code. peg count
Number of successful replies to INP non-queried
INPSREP queries. These replies will be either INP Connect or peg count
INP Continue.
GPSRRCV Number of call related (SRI-Send Routing peg count

Information) messages received.
Number of call related (SRI-Send Routing
GPSRGTT Information) messages that fell through to GTT. peg count

GPSRREP peg count
Information) messages that received G-Port service.
Number of call related messages that cause an error
GPSRERR response message (SRI-Send Routing Information peg count
NEGATIVE ACK).
4-66 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Measurements
DRAFT
Table 4-28. Daily Maintenance INP and G-Port System Wide Measurements
GPNOCL Number of non-call related messages relayed by peg count

G-Port.
Number of non-call related messages that fell
GPNOCLGT through to GTT. peg count
Number of IS-41 location request - error response

IS41LRERR peg count
messages sent.
IS41LRMRCV Number of IS-41 location request messages peg count

received.
Number of IS-41 location request - return result
IS41LRRTRN peg count
messages sent.
current.
The following equations apply:

INPQRCV = INPQDSC + INPQTCPE + INPSREP
GPSRRCV = GPSRGTT + GPSRREP + GPSRERR
Table 4-29. Daily Maintenance INP and G-Port Per SSP Measurements
Number of non-errored QS messages with QS
INPQSCONN peg count
Connect responses, per originating SSP.
INPQSCONT Number of non-errored QS messages with QS peg count

Continue responses, per originating SSP.
Number of messages sent to MR service that receive
INPMRTR MR translation, per originating SSP. peg count
Number of messages sent to MR service that fall

INPMRGTT peg count
through to GTT, per originating SSP.
GPSRACK Number of call related (SRI-Send Routing peg count

Information ACK) responses.
GPSRRLY Information) messages relayed. peg count
Number of non-call related messages relayed by

GPNOCL peg count
G-Port.
GPNOCLGT Number of non-call related messages that fell peg count

through to GTT.
current.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-67

Measurements
DRAFT
The following equation applies:
GPSRREP = GPSRACK + GPSRRLY
Daily INP and G-Port System Wide Measurements When INP=ON and GPORT=ON
OAM Example Output File Name: M60_NP.csv


"TYPE OF REPORT: DAILY MAINTENANCE MEASUREMENTS ON NP SYSTEM"<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
"INPQRCV","INPQDSC","INPQTCPE","INPSREP","GPSRRCV","GPSRGTT","GPSRREP",
"GPSRERR","GPNOCL","GPNOCLGT","IS41LRERR","IS41LRMRCV","IS41LRRTRN"<cr><lf>
4294967295,4294967295,4294967295,4294967295,4294967295,4294967295,4294967295,
4294967295,4294967295,4294967295<cr><lf>
Daily INP and G-Port Measurements Per SSP When INP=ON and GPORT=ON

"TYPE OF REPORT: DAILY MAINTENANCE MEASUREMENTS ON NP SSP"<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
"INPQSCONN","INPQSCONT","INPMRTR","INPMRGTT","GPSRACK","GPSRRLY","GPNOCL",
"GPNOCLGT"<cr><lf>
4294967295,429495,4294967295,429495,4294967295,429495,4294967295,429495<cr><lf>
Daily INP and G-Port System Wide Measurements When INP=ON and GPORT=ON
MP Example Output File Name: mtcd-np_19990116_2400.csv

"tekelecstp","31.3.0-39.1.0","1999-01-17","15:51:37","EST",
"DAILY MAINTENANCE MEASUREMENTS ON NP
SYSTEM","LAST","1999-01-16","00:00:00","24:00:00",1<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
"STATUS","INPQRCV","INPQDSC","INPQTCPE","INPSREP","GPSRRCV","GPSRGTT","GPSRREP",
"K",4294967295,4294967295,4294967295,4294967295,4294967295,4294967295,4294967295,
4294967295,4294967295,4294967295<cr><lf>

250 + 113 + 66 = 429 bytes
4-68 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Measurements
DRAFT
Daily INP and G-Port Measurements Per SSP When INP=ON and GPORT=ON
MP Example Output File Name: mtcd-ssp_19990116_2400.csv

"tekelecstp","31.3.0-39.1.0","1999-01-17","15:51:37","EST",
"DAILY MAINTENANCE MEASUREMENTS ON NP
SSP","LAST","1999-01-16","00:00:00","24:00:00",1<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
"STATUS",
"GPNOCLGT"<cr><lf>
"K",4294967295,429495,4294967295,429495,4294967295,429495,4294967295,429495<cr><lf
>

250 + 98 + 54 = 402 bytes
enttype=stplan
Example Commands:
OAM: rept-meas:type=mtcd:enttype=stplan
MP: rept-ftp-meas:type=mtcd:enttype=stplan
Table 4-30. Daily Maintenance STPLAN Measurements
busy.
errors.
ENETOCTRCV peg count
octets received on the STPLAN ethernet interface.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-69

Measurements
DRAFT
Table 4-30. Daily Maintenance STPLAN Measurements (Continued)
interface.
to header errors.
STPLAN Discarded 2 - Number of MSUs discarded
SLANDISC2 due to the host being unreachable. peg count

SLANDSBLD msecs
gateway screening.
SLANXMIT peg count
host destination.
current.
interface.
error.
STPLAN interface.
TCPSEGRCVD peg count
TCPSEGSENT TCP Segment Sent - The total number of TCP peg count
4-70 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Measurements
DRAFT
Table 4-30. Daily Maintenance STPLAN Measurements (Continued)
interface.
OAM Example Output:

TYPE OF REPORT: DAILY MAINTENANCE MEASUREMENTS ON STPLAN
REPORT PERIOD: LAST
STPLAN-MTCD MEASUREMENTS


END OF DAILY STPLAN-MTCD MEASUREMENT REPORT
;
MP Example Output File Name: mtcd-stplan_19990116_2400.csv

"tekelecstp","31.3.0-39.1.0","1999-01-17","15:51:37","EST",
STPLAN","LAST","1999-01-16","00:00:00","24:00:00",1<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
"STATUS","SLANDSBLD","SLANDISC1","SLANDISC2","SLANSCRND","SLANXMIT","ENETALNERR",
"ENETCRCERR","ENETCOLERR","ENETBUSBSY","ENETOVRERR","ENETOCTXMT","ENETOCTRCV",
"TCPCONNFLD","TCPSEGRCVD","TCPSEGSENT","TCPSEGXMT2","TCPRCVERR","TCPRSTSENT",
"IPHDRERR","IPADDRERR","IPPROTERR"<cr><lf>
"K",0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0<cr><lf>

250 + 282 + 260 = 792 bytes
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-71

Measurements
DRAFT
enttype=eir
The EIR measurements specify the entity type EIR, and generate one daily report.
The commands are specified with xxx as a three-letter abbreviation for a day of
the week (MON, TUE, WED, THU, FRI, SAT, or SUN). The retention period for
daily measurement records is seven days.
Example Commands:
MP:rept-ftp-meas:type=mtcd:enttype=eir[:day=xxx:period=specific]
Table 4-31 lists the EIR events and their descriptions.
Table 4-31. Daily Maintenance EIR Measurements
IMEIRCV Total number of MAP_CHECK_IMEI messages peg count

received
Total number of searches that resulted in a match
WHITEIMEI with a white listed IMEI peg count

GRAYIMEI peg count
with a gray listed IMEI
BLACKIMEI Total number of searches that resulted in a match peg count

with a black listed IMEI
BLKALIMEI with a black listed IMEI, but were allowed due to peg count
IMSI Check match
BLKNALIMEI with a black listed IMEI, and the IMSI in the peg count
database did not match the IMSI in the message
UNKNIMEI peg count
with an unknown IMEI
Total number of searches that resulted in no match
in the database.
NOMTCHIMEI NOMTCHIMEI is pegged whenever an IMEI is peg count
not found in the database.

IMEIRCV = WHITEIMEI + GRAYIMEI + UNKNIMEI
MP Example Output File Name: mtcd-eir_20030816_2400.csv
"tekelecstp","31.3.0-51.1.0","2003-08-17","15:51:37","EST",
"DAILY MAINTENANCE MEASUREMENTS ON EIR SYSTEM","LAST","2003-08-16",
"00:00:00","24:00:00",1<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
"IMEIRCV","WHITEIMEI","GRAYIMEI","BLACKIMEI","BLKALIMEI","BLKNALIMEI","UNKNIMEI","
NOMTCHIMEI"<cr><lf>
4-72 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Measurements
DRAFT
4294967295,4294967295,4294967295,4294967295,4294967295,4294967295,4294967295,
4294967295<cr><lf>

256 + 95 + 89 = 440 bytes
enttype=mapscrn
The enttype=mapscrn entity generates two separate reports per period.

These reports for OAM based measurements are generated to CSV files in the
FTA. The command example will generate the following daily reports when the
GSM MAP Screening feature is activated:
Daily MAP Screening System Wide Measurements (OAM and MP)
Daily MAP Screening Measurements Per Server (OAM and MP)
The command example will generate the following daily reports when the
Enhanced GSM MAP Screening feature (not applicable for OAM based
measurements) is activated:
Daily MAP Screening System Wide Measurements (MP)
Daily MAP Screening Measurements Per Path (MP)
Example Commands:
OAM: rept-meas:type=mtcd:enttype=mapscrn
MP: rept-ftp-meas:type=mtcd:enttype=mapscrn
Table 4-32. Daily Maintenance MAP Screening System Wide Measurements
Total number of messages that Passed MAP
MSCRNPASS screening count
Total number of messages that got Rejected by

MSCRNRJNE MAP screening because an entry was not found in count
the MAP screening table (i.e. rejected as System
wide MAP Opcode action is DISCARD)
MSCRNRJFP MAP screening due to forbidden parameters in the count
message.
Total number of messages that contained the
MSCRNPAFP forbidden parameter but were not rejected due to count
Screening action set as PASS.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-73

Measurements
DRAFT
Table 4-32. Daily Maintenance MAP Screening System Wide Measurements
Total number of messages, where an entry was not
found in the MAP screening table but the Message
MSCRNPANE was not rejected as screening action was marked as count
PASS (i.e. not rejected as System wide MAP Opcode
action is PASS)
Total number of message that got rejected as
Message MAP Opcode was not found in the MAP
MSCRNRJOP count
Opcode table (system wide action - DISCARD for
the non matching OPCODEs)
Total number of messages that were selected by
MSCRNDUP count
MAP Screening for the Duplicate screening action.
MSCRNFOR Total number of messages thate were selected by count

MAP Screening for the Forward screening action.
Total number of messages thate were selected by
MSCRNDAD MAP Screening for the Duplicate and Discard count
screening action.
current.
Server Entity Identification information in Table 4-33 is used to clarify the server
the Maintenance MAP Screening Per Server Measurements are applicable.
Table 4-33. Server Entity Identification
Entity Name Description
SERVER The screened origination address of the calling party address

(CGPA) assigned when the GSM MAP screen was entered.
The screened number plan value (NPV) assigned to the server
NP address when the GSM MAP screen was entered. This field is
filled with the default identifier * if no value was assigned.
The screened nature of address value (NAIV) assigned to the
NAI server address when the GSM MAP screen was entered. This
field is filled with the default identifier * if no value was assigned.
The operation code number assigned when the GSM MAP
OPCODE
opcode was entered.
NOTE: Measurements does not report entries created for a range of addresses.
4-74 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Measurements
DRAFT
Server Path Entity Identification information in Table 4-34 is used to clarify the
path the Maintenance MAP Screening Per Path Measurements are applicable.
Table 4-34. Path Entity Identification
The screened origination address of the calling party address
(CGPA-NP-NAI), or a combination of screened destination
address of the called party address (CDPA-NP-NAI) and the
screened origination addresses assigned when the GSM MAP
screen was entered.
The possible fields within the path are delimited as follows to
allow for efficient sorting:
When both the origination and destination addresses are
present (as either single server entries or provisioned
PATH wildcard entries) the origination address is preceded by a
carat (^) and the destination address is preceded by a
"greater than" sign (>):
^CGPA-NP-NAI>CDPA-NP-NAI
When only the origination address is present (occurs when
the CDPA is a default wildcard) it is preceded by a "less
than" sign (<):
<CGPA-NP-NAI
The calling party global title address assigned when the GSM
MAP screen was entered. Any or all of the three fields (GTA, NP,
CGPA NAI) can be filled with the identifier (*) if a wildcard value is
assigned for that field. There is no default wildcard value for the
CGPA.
The called party global title address assigned when the GSM
CDPA NAI) can be filled with the identifier (*) if a wildcard value is
assigned for that field. If the CDPA value is not assigned, the
default wildcard value, which is not printed, is assumed.
The screened number plan value (NPV) assigned to the path
NP address when the GSM MAP screen was entered. The identifier
(*) is used to signify a wildcard NP.
NAI path address when the GSM MAP screen was entered. The
identifier (*) is used to signify a wildcard NAI.
OPCODE opcode was entered. The identifier (*) is used to signify a
wildcard opcode.
Measurements does not report default wildcard CDPA address in entries
containing them.
There can never be a default wildcard CGPA entry. All wildcard CGPA entries
must be explicitly provisioned. There can never be an entry with only a CDPA
path listed.
The string formats were designed to allow efficient automated post processing of
measurements reports. A brief note explaining the format is included in the
report.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-75

Measurements
DRAFT
Table 4-35. Daily Maintenance MAP Screening Per Server Measurements

MSCRNPASS count
screening
message.
Total number of messages per server that were
MSCRNDUP selected by MAP Screening for the Duplicate count
screening action.
MSCRNFOR selected by MAP Screening for the Forward count
screening action.
MSCRNDAD selected by MAP Screening for the Duplicate count
screening action.
current.
Daily MAP Screening System Wide Measurements
OAM Example Output File Name: M60_MAP.csv

"TYPE OF REPORT: DAILY MAINTENANCE MEASUREMENTS ON MAP Screening SYSTEM"<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
"MSCRNPASS","MSCRNRJNE","MSCRNRJFP","MSCRNPAFP","MSCRNPANE","MSCRNRJOP","MSCRNDUP"
,"MSCRNFOR","MSCRNDAD"<cr><lf>
4294967295,4294967295,4294967295,4294967295,4294967295,4294967295,4294967295,
4294967295,4294967295<cr><lf>
Daily MAP Screening Measurements Per Server
OAM Example output File Name: M60_SERV.csv

"tekelecstp 00-04-02 15:51:37 EST EAGLE 31.4.0-30.9.0 "<cr><lf>
"TYPE OF REPORT: DAILY MAINTENANCE MEASUREMENTS ON MAP Screening Server"<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
"SERVER-NP-NAI-OPCODE",
"MSCRNPASS","MSCRNRJFP","MSCRNDUP","MSCRNFOR","MSCRNDAD"<cr><lf>
"123456789012345-0-0-0",
1234567890,1234567890,1234567890,1234567890,1234567890<cr><lf>
"098765432154321-15-127-1",
5555555555,6666666666,1234567890,1234567890,1234567890<cr><lf>
4-76 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Measurements
DRAFT
"919468-*-*-255", 1234567890,1234567890,1234567890,1234567890,1234567890<cr><lf>
Daily MAP Screening System Wide Measurements
MP Example Output File Name: mtcd-map_19990116_2400.csv

"tekelecstp","31.3.0-39.1.0","1999-01-17","15:51:37","EST",
"DAILY MAINTENANCE MEASUREMENTS ON MAP SCREENING SYSTEM","LAST",
"1999-01-16","00:00:00","24:00:00",1<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
"STATUS","MSCRNPASS","MSCRNRJOP","MSCRNRJNE","MSCRNRJFP","MSCRNPAFP","MSCRNPANE","
MSCRNFOR","MSCRNDUP","MSCRNDAD"<cr><lf>
"K",4294967295,4294967295,4294967295,4294967295,4294967295,4294967295,4294967295,4
294967295,4294967295<cr><lf>

250 + 116 + 60 = 426 bytes
Daily MAP Screening Measurements Per Server
MP Example Output File Name: mtcd-serv_19990116_2400.csv

"tekelecstp","31.3.0-39.1.0","1999-01-17","15:51:37","EST",
"DAILY MAINTENANCE MEASUREMENTS ON MAP SCREENING SERVER","LAST",
"1999-01-16","00:00:00","24:00:00",2<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
"STATUS","SERVER-NP-NAI-OPCODE","MSCRNPASS","MSCRNRJFP","MSCRNFOR","MSCRNDUP",
"MSCRNDAD"<cr><lf>
"K","123456789012345-0-0-0",123890,123890,427295,429295,429495<cr><lf>
"K","098765432154321-15-127-1",555555,666666,429495,429496,429496<cr><lf>
"K","919468-*-*-255", 123490,123450,123450,429495,429496<cr><lf>

4 char status + 25 char NPNAI + 5*(6 char data) + 2 = 61 chars
For a report of 2 servers, the typical file size is:
250 + 84 + 122 = 456 bytes
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-77

Measurements
DRAFT
Daily MAP Screening Measurements Per Path
MP Example Output File Name: mtcd-path_19990116_2400.csv

"tekelecstp","31.6.0-53.8.0","1999-01-17","15:51:37","EST",
"DAILY MAINTENANCE MEASUREMENTS ON MAP SCREENING PATH","LAST",
"1999-01-16","00:00:00","24:00:00",2<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
For a path containing CGPA only, PATH-OPCODE = <CGPA-NP-NAI-OPCODE<cr><lf>
For a path containing both CGPA and CDPA, PATH-OPCODE =
^CGPA-NP-NAI>CDPA-NP-NAI-OPCODE
<cr><lf>
"STATUS","PATH-OPCODE","MSCRNPASS","MSCRNRJFP","MSCRNFOR","MSCRNDUP",
"MSCRNDAD"<cr><lf>
"K","<123456789012345-0-0-0",1234567890,1234567890,1234567890,1234567890,
1234567890<cr><lf>
"K","<919468-*-*-120",1234567890,1234567890,1234567890,1234567890,1234567890<cr><l
f>
"K","^919468-5-63>919575-12-100-25",1234567890,1234567890,1234567890,1234567890,
1234567890<cr><lf>
"K","^540992-14-45-125>919468-*-*-*",1234567890,1234567890,1234567890,1234567890,
1234567890<cr><lf>

4 char status + 40 char PATH-OPCODE + 5*(6 char data) + 2 = 76 chars
For a report of 20 paths, the typical file size is:
250 + 232 + 1520 = 2002 bytes
Day-to-Hour Maintenance Measurements

The Maintenance Day-to-Hour (MTCDTH) report provides the current value of
various maintenance measurements accumulating during the day.
Entity Types: STP, Link, Lnkset, STPLAN
Accumulation Interval: Cumulative Daily Total to the last full hour.
STP Retention Period: 1 hour
Reporting Mode: On-demand
Accessible Collection Periods: Last
enttype=stp
4-78 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Measurements
DRAFT
Example Commands:
OAM: rept-meas:type=mtcdth:enttype=stp
MP: rept-ftp-meas:type=mtcdth:enttype=stp
Table 4-36. Maintenance Day-to-Hour STP Measurements
Critical System Alarms - The total number of
CRSYSAL critical system alarms. peg count

link failures.
Duration of Link Outage - The total time a link was
DURLKOTG seconds
were discarded because the redirect function was
DTAMSULOST turned off or the original MSU was too large to be peg count
encapsulated.
GFGTMATCH G-Flex Global Title Translation successfully peg count
completed.
GFGTNOLKUP peg count
looked up in the GSM database because of some
error.
successfully completed global title translation
GTTPERFD peg count
(GTT). Also includes G-Flex and INP MSUs that got
a match in either the G-Flex, INP or GTT DB.
translation type. Also includes G-Flex, INP and
TT.
GTTUN1NT peg count
in the translation table. Also includes G-Flex, INP
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-79

Measurements
DRAFT
Table 4-36. Maintenance Day-to-Hour STP Measurements (Continued)
an invalid SIF.
Major system alarms - The total number of major
MASYSAL peg count
system alarms.
MISYSAL Minor system alarms - The total number of minor peg count
system alarms.
MSINVSIO peg count
because the service requested in the service
ECO/COO.
inaccessible DPC.
Number of MSUs discarded due to an SCCP
routing failure. Also includes G-Flex, INP MSUs
MSSCCPFL that got a match from either the G-Flex, INP or GTT peg count
DB but cannot be routed due to PC or SS congestion,
PC or SS unavailable, SS unequipped, or an
unqualified error.
MSUDSCRD The total number of MSUs that failed gateway peg count
screening and were discarded. See linkset report for
individual peg counts.
queue was full.
MSULOST5 peg count
discarded while the LIM card was initializing.
4-80 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Measurements
DRAFT
Table 4-36. Maintenance Day-to-Hour STP Measurements (Continued)
MTP Restarts Initiated - Number of time MTP
restart was initiated by the STP. The count does not
MTPRESTS include the number of times MTP restart was peg count
initiated as a result of messages from adjacent
nodes.
OMSINVDPC MSUs originated with an invalid DPC. peg count

ORIGMSUS MSUs successfully passed to MTP level 2 for peg count
transmission, while carrying the STP point code in
the OPC field.
current.
THRSWMSU peg count
TRMDMSUS MSUs carrying the STP point code in the DPC. peg count
Translation Type Mapping Translations

Performed - The total number of Translation Type
TTMAPPF Mapping translations performed (that is, a mapped peg count
SS7 message translation type was found for the
existing SS7 message translation type).
X-List Entry not Created - The total number of
XLXTELEI times that an X-List entry was not created because peg count
the ELEI for the cluster was set to yes.
X-List Entry not Created - The total number of
XLXTSPACE times an X-List entry was not created due to lack of peg count
space in the route/destination table.
MSU SCCP Failure - Total MSUs Discarded Due to
MSUSCCPFLR SCCP Conversion Failure. peg count
OAM Example Output:

TYPE OF REPORT: DAY-TO-HOUR MAINTENANCE MEASUREMENTS ON STP
REPORT PERIOD: LAST
STP-MTCDTH MEASUREMENTS

MTPRESTS = 0, DTAMSULOST = 0, MSINVDPC = 1,
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-81

Measurements
DRAFT
MSSCCPFL = 0, MSUDSCRD = 0, MSULOST1 = 0,
MSULOST5 = 0, DRDCLFLR = 86400, DURLKOTG = 86400,
XLXTSPACE = 0, XLXTELEI = 0, TTMAPPF = 0,
;
tekelecstp 03-08-02 15:51:39 EST EAGLE5 31.3.0
END OF ON-DEMAND STP-MTCDTH MEASUREMENT REPORT
;
MP Example Output File Name: mtcdth-stp_19990117_1500.csv
"tekelecstp","31.3.0-39.1.0","1999-01-17","15:51:37","EST",
"DAY-TO-HOUR MAINTENANCE MEASUREMENTS ON
STP","LAST","1999-01-17","00:00:00","15:00:00",1<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
"STATUS","ORIGMSUS","TRMDMSUS","THRSWMSU","MTPRESTS","DTAMSULOST","MSINVDPC",
"MSINVSIO","OMSINVDPC","MSINVLNK","MSINVSIF","MSNACDPC","MSINVSLC","GTTPERFD",
"GTTUN0NS","GTTUN1NT","MSSCCPFL","MSULOST1","MSULOST2","MSULOST3","MSULOST4",
"MSULOST5","DRDCLFLR","DURLKOTG","CRSYSAL","MASYSAL","MISYSAL","XLXTSPACE",
"XLXTELEI","TTMAPPF","MSUDSCRD","OVSZMSG","GFGTMATCH","GFGTNOMCH","GFGTNOLKUP",
"K",36102314,0,6055635,0,0,1,0,0,0,0,1,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,86400,86400,
288,600,960,0,0,0,0,0<cr><lf>
Typical file size:

250 + 405 + 220 = 885 bytes
enttype=link
in Table 4-37.
Table 4-37. HSL LSL Differences for Maintenance Day-to-Hour Link
Measurements
DRBSYLNK As described N/A - not reported
NEGACKS As described N/A - not reported
4-82 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Measurements
DRAFT
Table 4-37. HSL LSL Differences for Maintenance Day-to-Hour Link
Measurements (Continued)
SDURETRAN N/A - not reported As described
Applies to FISU, LSSU, and
SURCVERR MSUs Applies to PDUs
Time the link is active and

TLNKACTV As described
giving MSUs to SAAL
Timer NO_RESPONSE
response
MSURETRN As described N/A - not reported
MSURCERR As described N/A - not reported
OCTRETRN As described N/A - not reported
Example Commands:
OAM: rept-meas:type=mtcdth:enttype=link:loc=xxxx:port=x
MP: rept-ftp-meas:type=mtcdth:enttype=link
Table 4-38. Maintenance Day-to-Hour Link Measurements
Number of Automatic Changeovers -
Number of times that a changeover procedure was
ACHGOVRS used to divert traffic from one link to alternative peg count
links.
busy link status.
link failures.
received).
DRLCLPRO seconds
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-83

Measurements
DRAFT
Table 4-38. Maintenance Day-to-Hour Link Measurements (Continued)
Duration Link Inhibited - The cumulative
DRLKINHB duration that a link was inhibited at the local or seconds
far-end network element.
FARMGINH Number of times a link was inhibited successfully peg count
from the far-end.
Link Available Time - The total time the link was
LNKAVAIL seconds
available to MTP level 3.
MSURCERR Number of signal units received with checksum peg count
requested.

retransmitted because of errors.
retransmissions.
4-84 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Measurements
DRAFT
Number of Signaling Unit Failures - Abnormal
taken out-of-service because the STP received
abnormal FIBs/BSNs. A count accumulates if two
NDCFLABN consecutively received MSUs, or FISUs are not the peg count
same as the previous one, or any of the forward
retransmitted.
Delay of Acknowledgment - Number of times a
NDCFLXDA peg count
signaling link was out-of-service due to an
excessive delay in acknowledgments.
Duration of Congestion - Number of times a
NDCFLXDC peg count
signaling link was out-of-service because the timer
T6 (remote congestion) expired.
NDCFLXER peg count
out-of-service because it reached the signal unit
Number of Negative Acknowledgments Received
NEGACKS - Number of times the BSN in an MSU was inverted, peg count
indicating a retransmission request.
NMLCLPRO peg count
number of local processor outages in this STP.

NMFEPRO Number of far-end processor outages that have peg count
occurred.
OCTRETRN The number MSU octets retransmitted peg count
OCTTRAN octets
including those added in MTP level 2 processing
of forced retransmissions when preventive cyclic
PCRN1N2EXC peg count
retransmission (PCR) is used a the error correction
method on a link.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-85

Measurements
DRAFT
SSCOP SD PDUs that were retransmitted, based on
SDURETRN peg count
conveyed to layer management. This measurement
replaces the MTP level 2 negative
acknowledgements.
current.
SURCVERR Number of signal units received with checksum peg count

TDCNGLV2 seconds

Signaling Link Active Time - The total time that
TLNKACTV the signaling link is in service and actively seconds
transmitting MSUs
OAM Example Output:

eagle10506 03-04-15 13:11:01 EST EAGLE 31.4.0
TYPE OF REPORT: DAY-TO-HOUR MAINTENANCE MEASUREMENTS ON LINK
REPORT PERIOD: LAST
LINK-MTCDTH MEASUREMENTS: LOC: 1201, PORT: A , LSN: lsn123

TDCNGLV1 = 0, TDCNGLV2 = 0, TDCNGLV3 = 0,
ECCNGLV1 = 0, ECCNGLV2 = 0, ECCNGLV3 = 0,
MSUDISC3 = 0, TLNKACTV = 0, LNKAVAIL = 3159,
ACHGOVRS = 0, NEARMGIH = 0, FARMGINH = 0,
NMDCLFLR = 0, DRDCLFLR = 0, SURCVERR = 0,
NEGACKS = 0, DRLKINHB = 0, NDCFLABN = 0,
NDCFLXDA = 0, NDCFLXER = 0, NDCFLXDC = 0,
NMFEPRO = 0, NMLCLPRO = 0, DRFEPRO = 0,
DRLCLPRO = 0, MSURCERR = 0, DRBSYLNK = 0,
PCRN1N2EXC = 0
;
eagle10506 03-04-15 13:11:02 EST EAGLE 31.4.0
END OF ON-DEMAND LINK-MTCDTH MEASUREMENT REPORT
;
eagle10506 03-04-15 13:11:17 EST EAGLE 31.4.0
REPORT PERIOD: LAST
4-86 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Measurements
DRAFT
LINK-MTCDTH MEASUREMENTS: LOC: 1204, PORT: A , LSN: lsn123 (SAAL)

eagle10506 03-04-15 13:11:19 EST EAGLE 31.4.0

;
eagle10506 03-04-15 13:11:17 EST EAGLE 31.4.0

REPORT PERIOD: LAST
LINK-MTCDTH MEASUREMENTS: LOC: 1206, PORT: A , LSN: lsn1234567 (SAAL)

eagle10506 03-04-15 13:11:19 EST EAGLE 31.4.0

;
MP Example Output File Name: mtcdth-link_19990117_1500.csv

"tekelecstp","31.3.0-39.1.0","1999-01-17","15:51:37","EST",
"DAY-TO-HOUR MAINTENANCE MEASUREMENTS ON LINK","LAST",
"1999-01-17","00:00:00","15:00:00",500<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
"STATUS","LSN","LOC","PORT","LNKTYPE","MSUTRAN","MSURECVD","MSURETRN","OCTRETRN",
"OCTTRAN","OCTRECVD","TDCNGLV1","TDCNGLV2","TDCNGLV3","ECCNGLV1","ECCNGLV2",
"ECCNGLV3","MSUDISC0","MSUDISC1","MSUDISC2","MSUDISC3","TLNKACTV","LNKAVAIL",
"ACHGOVRS","NEARMGIH","FARMGINH","NMDCLFLR","DRDCLFLR","SURCVERR","NEGACKS",
"DRLKINHB","NDCFLABN","NDCFLXDA","NDCFLXER","NDCFLXDC","NMFEPRO","NMLCLPRO",
"DRFEPRO","DRLCLPRO","MSURCERR","DRBSYLNK","PCRN1N2EXC","SDURETRN"<cr><lf>
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-87

Measurements
DRAFT
"K","LS100","1201","A","MTP2",95,95,0,0,1900,1900,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,3159,0,0,0
,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,<cr><lf>
. . . . .
"K","LS101","3202","A","SAAL",0,0,,,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,,0,,0,
0,0,,0,,0,,,,0<cr><lf>

250 + 460 + 130000 = 130710 bytes
enttype=lnkset
Example Commands:
OAM: rept-meas:type=mtcdth:enttype=lnkset:lsn=ayyyyyyy
MP: rept-ftp-meas:type=mtcdth:enttype=lnkset
Table 4-39. Maintenance Day-to-Hour Linkset Measurements
current.
Translation Type Mapping Translation Incoming
ZTTMAPI - The total number of Translation Type Mapping peg count
translations performed on incoming Message
Signal Units (MSUs) for the specified linkset.
Translation Type Mapping Translation Outgoing
ZTTMAPO - The total number of Translation Type Mapping peg count
translations performed on outgoing Message Signal
Units (MSUs) for the specified linkset.
OAM Example Output:

TYPE OF REPORT: DAY-TO-HOUR MAINTENANCE MEASUREMENTS ON LINKSET
REPORT PERIOD: LAST
LNKSET-MTCDTH MEASUREMENTS: ls1201a

ZTTMAPO = 196611, ZTTMAPI = 3
4-88 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Measurements
DRAFT
END OF ON-DEMAND LNKSET-MTCDTH MEASUREMENT REPORT
;
MP Example Output File Name: mtcdth-lnkset_19990117_1500.csv

"tekelecstp","31.3.0-39.1.0","1999-01-17","15:51:37","EST",
"DAY-TO-HOUR MAINTENANCE MEASUREMENTS ON LINKSET","LAST",
"1999-01-17","00:00:00","15:00:00",500<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
"STATUS","LSN","LNKTYPE","ZTTMAPO","ZTTMAPI"<cr><lf>
"K","ls100","SAAL",196611,3<cr><lf>
. . . . .
"K","ls600","MTP2",123456,98374<cr><lf>

4 char status + 9 char LSN + 7 char LKNTYPE + 2*(6 char data) + 2 = 34 chars
250 + 47 + 17000 = 17297 bytes
enttype=stplan
Example Commands:
OAM: rept-meas:type=mtcdth:enttype=stplan
MP: rept-ftp-meas:type=mtcdth:enttype=stplan
Table 4-40. Maintenance Day-to-Hour STPLAN Measurements
busy.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-89

Measurements
DRAFT
Table 4-40. Maintenance Day-to-Hour STPLAN Measurements (Continued)
errors.
ENETOCTRCV octets received on the STPLAN ethernet interface. peg count

interface.
to header errors.
SLANDISC2 STPLAN Discarded 2 - Number of MSUs discarded peg count

SLANDSBLD screening/copy feature was disabled. msecs

gateway screening.
SLANXMIT host destination. peg count

current.
interface.
error.
4-90 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Measurements
DRAFT
Table 4-40. Maintenance Day-to-Hour STPLAN Measurements (Continued)
STPLAN interface.
TCPSEGRCVD peg count
TCPSEGSENT TCP Segment Sent - The total number of TCP peg count
interface.
OAM Example Output:

TYPE OF REPORT: DAY-TO-HOUR MAINTENANCE MEASUREMENTS ON STPLAN
REPORT PERIOD: LAST
STPLAN-MTCD MEASUREMENTS


END OF ON-DEMAND STPLAN-MTCDTH MEASUREMENT REPORT
;
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-91

Measurements
DRAFT
MP Example Output File Name: mtcdth-stplan_19990117_1500.csv
"tekelecstp","31.3.0-39.1.0","1999-01-17","15:51:37","EST",
"DAY-TO-HOUR MAINTENANCE MEASUREMENTS ON STPLAN","LAST",
"1999-01-17","00:00:00","15:00:00",1<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
"STATUS","SLANDSBLD","SLANDISC1","SLANDISC2","SLANSCRND","SLANXMIT","ENETALNERR",
"ENETCRCERR","ENETCOLERR","ENETBUSBSY","ENETOVRERR","ENETOCTXMT","ENETOCTRCV",
"TCPCONNFLD","TCPSEGRCVD","TCPSEGSENT","TCPSEGXMT2","TCPRCVERR","TCPRSTSENT",
"IPHDRERR","IPADDRERR","IPPROTERR"<cr><lf>
"K",0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0<cr><lf>

250 + 282 + 260 = 792 bytes
Hourly Maintenance Measurements

The Maintenance Hour (MTCH) report provides the value of various
maintenance measurements accumulated during a specific hour.
Entity Types: LNP, NP, EIR, and MAPSCRN
Reporting Modes: On-demand, Scheduled (MP only)
Accessible Collection Periods: Last, Specific
enttype=lnp
The enttype=lnp entity generates four separate reports per period. These reports
command example will generate the following hourly reports:
Hourly LNP System Wide Measurements
Hourly LNP Measurements Per SSP
Hourly LNP Measurements Per LRN
Hourly LNP Measurements Per NPA
4-92 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Measurements
DRAFT
Example Commands:
OAM: rept-meas:type=mtch:enttye=lnp:period=last
MP: rept-ftp-meas:type=mtch:enttype=lnp:period=last
Table 4-41. Hourly Maintenance LNP System Wide Measurements
Trigger Based
peg count
The total number of queries received by LNPQS.
LNPQRCV Triggerless
Number of encapsulated IAM messages received peg count
by LNPQS
Trigger Based
The number of invalid queries that are discarded peg count
because no reply can be generated.
LNPQDSC
Triggerless
not
All invalid IAM messages are routed without LNP; applicable
LNPQTCPE is pegged.
Trigger Based
peg count
The number of error replies with TCAP error codes.
LNPQTCPE Triggerless
The number of invalid encapsulated IAM messages peg count
received by LNPQS. Note that these messages are
routed to their destinations with no LNP lookup.
Trigger Based
peg count
The number of successful replies.
LNPSREP
Triggerless
peg count
The number of successful IAM messages.
Trigger Based
The number of correct queries received for peg count
non-ported DN when NPA-NXX is not
provisioned.
LNPQUNPA
Triggerless
received for a non-ported DN, when the NPA-NXX
is not provisioned.
current.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-93

Measurements
DRAFT
Table 4-42. Hourly Maintenance LNP Per SSP Measurements

Trigger Based
Number of correct queries received per originating peg count
SSP.
SSPQRCV
Triggerless
received by LNPQS per OPC.
CLASSGTRQ Number of valid CLASS GTT received per peg count

originating SSP.
LIDBGTRQ Number of valid LIDB GTT received per peg count
originating SSP.
Number of correct queries received for ported TNs,
SSPQRCVP peg count
per originating SSP.
SSPQRCVNP Number of correct queries received for non-ported peg count

TNs, per originating SSP.
CLASSGTRQP received for ported TNs, per originating SSP. peg count

CLASSGTRQNP peg count
LIDBGTRQP Number of LIDB Global Title Translation received peg count

Number of LIDB Global Title Translation received
LIDBGTRQNP for non-ported TNs, per originating SSP. peg count

CNAMGTRQP peg count
received for ported TNs, per originating SSP.
CNAMGTRQNP Number of CNAM Global Title Translation peg count

Number of ISVM Global Title Translation received
ISVMGTRQP for ported TNs, per originating SSP. peg count
Number of ISVM Global Title Translation received

ISVMGTRQNP peg count
WSMSCGTP Number of WSMSC Global Title Translations peg count

received for ported TNs, per originating SSP
WSMSCGTNP received for non-ported TNs, per originating SSP peg count

current.
4-94 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Measurements
DRAFT
SSPQRCV = SSPQRCVP + SSPQRCVNP
CLASSGTRQ = CLASSGTRQP + CLASSGTRQNP
LIDBGTRQ = LIDBGTRQP + LIDBGTRQNP
Table 4-43. Hourly Maintenance LNP LRN Measurements

Trigger Based
peg count
The number of correct queries received per LRN.
LRNQRCV Triggerless
received per LRN.
current.
Table 4-44. Hourly Maintenance LNP NPA Measurements

NPAQRCV The number of correct queries received per peg count

NPANXX for non-ported DN.
current.
OAM Example Output File Name: M60_LNP.csv

"TYPE OF REPORT: HOURLY MAINTENANCE MEASUREMENTS ON LNP SYSTEM"<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
"LNPQRCV","LNPQDSC","LNPQTCPE","LNPSREP","LNPQUNPA"<cr><lf>
4294967295,4294967295,4294967295,4294967295,4294967295<cr><lf>

"TYPE OF REPORT: HOURLY MAINTENANCE MEASUREMENTS ON LNP SSP"<cr><lf>
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-95

Measurements
DRAFT
<cr><lf>
"SSP","SSPQRCV","CLASSGTRQ","LIDBGTRQ""SSPQRCVP","SSPQRCVNP","CLASSGTP",
"CLASSGTNP","LIDBGTP","LIDBGTNP","CNAMGTP","CNAMGTNP","ISVMGTP","ISVMGTNP",
"WSMSCGTP","WSMSCGTNP" <cr><lf>
"002-002-100",123456789,456789,99999,123456789,456789,99999,
123456789,456789,99999,123456789,456789,99999,123456789,456789,99999<cr><lf>
"002-002-123",123456789,456789,99999,123456789,456789,99999,
123456789,456789,99999,123456789,456789,99999,123456789,456789,99999<cr><lf>
OAM Example Output File Name: M60_LRN.csv

"TYPE OF REPORT: HOURLY MAINTENANCE MEASUREMENTS ON LNP LRN"<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
"LRN","LRNQRCV"<cr><lf>
9194560000,123456789<cr><lf>
4087550001,23456789<cr><lf>
5155550000,456789<cr><lf>
3022330001,345<cr><lf>
7032110002,99999<cr><lf>
8123048059,4294967295<cr><lf>
OAM Example Output File Name: M60_NPA.csv

"TYPE OF REPORT: HOURLY MAINTENANCE MEASUREMENTS ON LNP NPXNXX"<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
"NPANXX","NPAQRCV"<cr><lf>
919456,123456789<cr><lf>
408755,23456789<cr><lf>
515555,456789<cr><lf>
302233,345<cr><lf>
703211,99999<cr><lf>
812304,4294967295<cr><lf>
MP Example Output File Name: mtch-lnp_19990116_2400.csv

"tekelecstp","31.3.0-39.1.0","1999-01-17","15:51:37","EST",
"HOURLY MAINTENANCE MEASUREMENTS ON LNP SYSTEM","LAST",
"1999-01-16","00:00:00","24:00:00",1<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
4-96 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Measurements
DRAFT
"STATUS","LNPQRCV","LNPQDSC","LNPQTCPE","LNPSREP","LNPQUNPA"<cr><lf>
"K",429496729,429496729,429496729,429496729,429496729<cr><lf>

250 + 63 + 34 = 347 bytes
MP Example Output File Name: mtch-ssp_19990116_2400.csv

"CLLI","SWREL","RPTDATE","RPTIME","TZ","RPTTYPE","RPTPD","IVALDATE","IVALSTART","I
VALEND","NUMENTIDS"<cr><lf>
"tekelecstp","31.3.0-39.1.0","1999-01-17","15:51:37","EST",
"HOURLY MAINTENANCE MEASUREMENTS ON LNP
SSP","LAST","1999-01-16","00:00:00","24:00:00",200<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
"STATUS","SSP","SSPQRCV","CLASSGTRQ","LIDBGTRQ","SSPQRCVP","SSPQRCVNP","CLASSGTRQP
","CLASSGTRQNP","LIDBGTRQP","LIDBGTRQNP","CNAMGTRQP","CNAMGTRQNP","ISVMGTRQP",
"ISVMGTRQNP","WSMSCGTP","WSMSCGTNP"<cr><lf>
"K","002-002-100",123456789,456789,99999,123456789,456789,99999,123456789,456789,
99999,123456789,456789,99999,123456789,456789,99999<cr><lf>
. . . . .
"K","002-005-123",123456789,456789,99999,123456789,456789,99999,123456789,456789,
99999,123456789,456789,99999,123456789,456789,99999<cr><lf>

4 char status + 14 char SSP + 15*(6 char data) + 2 = 110 chars
For a report of 200 SSPs, the typical file size is:
250 + 160 + 22000 = 22410 bytes
MP Example Output File Name: mtch-lrn_19990116_2400.csv

"tekelecstp","31.3.0-39.1.0","1999-01-17","15:51:37","EST",
"HOURLY MAINTENANCE MEASUREMENTS ON LNP
LRN","LAST","1999-01-16","00:00:00","24:00:00",600<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
"STATUS","LRN","LRNQRCV"<cr><lf>
"K",9194560000,123456789<cr><lf>
"K",4087550001,23456789<cr><lf>
"K",5155550000,456789<cr><lf>
. . . . .
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-97

Measurements
DRAFT
"K",3022330001,345<cr><lf>
"K",7032110002,99999<cr><lf>
"K",8123048059,4294967295<cr><lf>

4 char status + 11 char LRN + 6 char data + 2 = 23 chars
250 + 27 + 13800 = 14077 bytes
MP Example Output File Name: mtch-npa_19990116_2400.csv

"tekelecstp","31.3.0-39.1.0","1999-01-17","15:51:37","EST",
"HOURLY MAINTENANCE MEASUREMENTS ON LNP NPANXX","LAST",
"1999-01-16","00:00:00","24:00:00",600<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
"STATUS","NPANXX","NPAQRCV"<cr><lf>
"K",919456,123456789<cr><lf>
"K",408755,23456789<cr><lf>
"K",515555,456789<cr><lf>
. . . . .
"K",302233,345<cr><lf>
"K",703211,99999<cr><lf>
"K",812304,4294967295<cr><lf>

4 char status + 7 char NPANXX + 6 char data + 2 = 19 chars
250 + 30 + 11400 = 11680 bytes
enttype=np
The enttype=np entity generates two separate reports per period. These reports
Hourly INP and G-Port System Wide Measurements
Hourly INP and G-Port Measurements Per SSP
4-98 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Measurements
DRAFT
Example Commands:
OAM: rept-meas:type=mtch:enttype=np
MP: rept-ftp-meas:type=mtch:enttype=np
Table 4-45. Hourly Maintenance INP and G-Port System Wide Measurements
INPQRCV Number of total queries received by INPQS. peg count
Number of invalid queries that are discarded as no
INPQDSC reply can be generated. peg count
INPQTCPE Number of error replies with TCAP error code. peg count
Number of successful replies to INP non-queried
INPSREP queries. These replies will be either INP Connect or peg count
INP Continue.
GPSRRCV peg count
Information) messages received.
GPSRGTT Number of call related (SRI-Send Routing peg count

Information) messages that fell through to GTT.
GPSRREP Information) messages that received G-Port service. peg count
Number of call related messages that cause an error

GPSRERR response message(SRI-Send Routing Information peg count
NEGATIVE ACK).
Number of non-call related messages relayed by
GPNOCL G-Port. peg count

GPNOCLGT peg count
through to GTT.
IS41LRERR Number of IS-41 location request - error response peg count

messages sent.
Number of IS-41 location request messages
IS41LRMRCV received. peg count
Number of IS-41 location request - return result

IS41LRRTRN peg count
messages sent.
current.

INPQRCV = INPQDSC + INPQTCPE + INPSREP
GPSRRCV = GPSRGTT + GPSRREP + GPSRERR
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-99

Measurements
DRAFT
Table 4-46. Hourly Maintenance INP and G-Port Per SSP Measurements
Number of non-errored QS messages with QS
INPQSCONN peg count
Connect responses, per originating SSP.
INPQSCONT Number of non-errored QS messages with QS peg count

Continue responses, per originating SSP.
Number of messages sent to MR service that receive
INPMRTR MR translation, per originating SSP. peg count
Number of messages sent to MR service that fall

INPMRGTT peg count
through to GTT, per originating SSP.
GPSRACK Information ACK) responses. peg count

GPSRRLY peg count
Information) messages relayed.
GPNOCL Number of non-call related messages relayed by peg count

G-Port.
GPNOCLGT through to GTT. peg count

current.

GPSRREP = GPSRACK + GPSRRLY
Hourly INP and G-Port System Wide Measurements When INP=ON and GPORT=ON
OAM Example Output File Name: M60_NP.csv


"TYPE OF REPORT: HOURLY MAINTENANCE MEASUREMENTS ON NP SYSTEM"<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
"INPQRCV","INPQDSC","INPQTCPE","INPSREP","GPSRRCV","GPSRGTT","GPSRREP",
4294967295,4294967295,4294967295,4294967295,4294967295,4294967295,4294967295,
4294967295,4294967295,4294967295<cr><lf>
Hourly INP and G-Port Measurements Per SSP When INP=ON and GPORT=ON
4-100 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Measurements
DRAFT
"TYPE OF REPORT: HOURLY MAINTENANCE MEASUREMENTS ON NP SSP"<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
"GPNOCLGT"<cr><lf>
4294967295,429495,4294967295,429495,4294967295,429495,4294967295,429495<cr><lf>
Hourly INP and G-Port System Wide Measurements When INP=ON and GPORT=ON
MP Example Output File Name: mtch-np_19990116_2400.csv

"tekelecstp","31.3.0-39.1.0","1999-01-17","15:51:37","EST",
"HOURLY MAINTENANCE MEASUREMENTS ON NP
SYSTEM","LAST","1999-01-16","00:00:00","24:00:00",1<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
"STATUS","INPQRCV","INPQDSC","INPQTCPE","INPSREP","GPSRRCV","GPSRGTT","GPSRREP",
"K",4294967295,4294967295,4294967295,4294967295,4294967295,4294967295,4294967295,
4294967295,4294967295,4294967295<cr><lf>

250 + 113 + 66 = 429 bytes
Hourly INP and G-Port Measurements Per SSP When INP=ON and GPORT=ON
MP Example Output File Name: mtch-ssp_19990116_2400.csv

"tekelecstp","31.3.0-39.1.0","1999-01-17","15:51:37","EST",
"HOURLY MAINTENANCE MEASUREMENTS ON NP
SSP","LAST","1999-01-16","00:00:00","24:00:00",1<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
"STATUS",
"GPNOCLGT"<cr><lf>
"K",4294967295,429495,4294967295,429495,4294967295,429495,4294967295,429495<cr><lf
>

250 + 98 + 54 = 402 bytes
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-101

Measurements
DRAFT
enttype=eir
The EIR measurements specify the entity type EIR, and generate one report per
period. The commands are specified with yy as a two-number abbreviation for
any hour of a 24-hour day (00 through 23 for the hours 0000 through 2300). The
retention period for hourly measurement records is 24 hours.
Example Commands:
MP:rept-ftp-meas:type=mtch:enttype=eir[:hh=yy:period=specific]
Table 4-47 lists the EIR events and their descriptions.
Table 4-47. Hourly Maintenance EIR Measurements
IMEIRCV Total number of MAP_CHECK_IMEI messages peg count

received
WHITEIMEI with a white listed IMEI peg count

GRAYIMEI peg count
with a gray listed IMEI
BLACKIMEI Total number of searches that resulted in a match peg count

with a black listed IMEI
BLKALIMEI with a black listed IMEI, but were allowed due to peg count
IMSI Check match
BLKNALIMEI with a black listed IMEI, and the IMSI in the peg count
database did not match the IMSI in the message
UNKNIMEI peg count
with an unknown IMEI
Total number of searches that resulted in no match
in the database.
NOMTCHIMEI NOMTCHIMEI is pegged whenever an IMEI is peg count
not found in the database.

IMEIRCV = WHITEIMEI + GRAYIMEI + UNKNIMEI
MP Example Output File Name: mtch-eir_20030818_2300.csv
"tekelecstp","31.3.0-51.1.0","2003-08-19","15:51:37","EST",
"HOURLY MAINTENANCE MEASUREMENTS ON EIR SYSTEM","LAST","2003-08-18",
"23:00:00","24:00:00",1<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
"IMEIRCV","WHITEIMEI","GRAYIMEI","BLACKIMEI","BLKALIMEI","BLKNALIMEI","UNKNIMEI","
NOMTCHIMEI"<cr><lf>
4-102 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Measurements
DRAFT
4294967295,4294967295,4294967295,4294967295,4294967295,4294967295,4294967295,
4294967295<cr><lf>

256 + 95 + 89 = 440 bytes
enttype=mapscrn
The enttype=mapscrn entity generates two separate reports per period.

These reports for OAM based measurements are generated to CSV files in the
FTA. The command example will generate the following hourly reports when the
GSM MAP Screening feature is activated:
Hourly MAP Screening System Wide Measurements (OAM and MP)
Hourly MAP Screening Measurements Per Server (OAM and MP)
The command example will generate the following hourly reports when the
Enhanced GSM MAP Screening feature (not applicable for OAM based
measurements) is activated:
Hourly MAP Screening System Wide Measurements (MP)
Hourly MAP Screening Measurements Per Path (MP)
Example Commands:
OAM: rept-meas:type=mtch:enttype=mapscrn
MP: rept-ftp-meas:type=mtch:enttype=mapscrn
Table 4-48. Hourly Maintenance MAP Screening System Wide Measurements
MSCRNPASS screening count

MSCRNRJNE MAP screening because an entry was not found in count
the MAP screening table (i.e. rejected as System
wide MAP Opcode action is DISCARD)
message.
Total number of messages that contained the
MSCRNPAFP forbidden parameter but were not rejected due to count
Screening action set as PASS.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-103

Measurements
DRAFT
Table 4-48. Hourly Maintenance MAP Screening System Wide Measurements
Total number of messages, where an entry was not
found in the MAP screening table but the Message
MSCRNPANE was not rejected as screening action was marked as count
PASS (i.e. not rejected as System wide MAP Opcode
action is PASS)
Total number of message that got rejected as
Message MAP Opcode was not found in the MAP
MSCRNRJOP count
Opcode table (system wide action - DISCARD for
the non matching OPCODEs)
Total number of messages that were selected by
MSCRNDUP count
MAP Screening for the Duplicate screening action.
MSCRNFOR Total number of messages thate were selected by count

MAP Screening for the Forward screening action.
Total number of messages thate were selected by
MSCRNDAD MAP Screening for the Duplicate and Discard count
screening action.
current.
Server Entity Identification information in Table 4-49 is used to identify which

server the Maintenance MAP Screening Per Server Measurements are applicable.
Table 4-49. Server Entity Identification
SERVER The screened origination address of the calling party address

(CGPA) assigned when the GSM MAP screen was entered.
The screened number plan value (NPV) assigned to the server
NP address when the GSM MAP screen was entered. This field is
filled with the default identifier * if no value was assigned.
NAI server address when the GSM MAP screen was entered. This
field is filled with the default identifier * if no value was assigned.
OPCODE
opcode was entered.
4-104 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Measurements
DRAFT
Server Path Entity Identification information in Table 4-50 is used to clarify the
path the Maintenance MAP Screening Per Path Measurements are applicable.
Table 4-50. Path Entity Identification
The screened origination address of the calling party address
(CGPA-NP-NAI), or a combination of screened destination
address of the called party address (CDPA-NP-NAI) and the
screened origination addresses assigned when the GSM MAP
screen was entered.
The possible fields within the path are delimited as follows to
allow for efficient sorting:
When both the origination and destination addresses are
present (as either single server entries or provisioned
PATH wildcard entries) the origination address is preceded by a
carat (^) and the destination address is preceded by a
"greater than" sign (>):
^CGPA-NP-NAI>CDPA-NP-NAI
When only the origination address is present (occurs when
the CDPA is a default wildcard) it is preceded by a "less
than" sign (<):
<CGPA-NP-NAI
The calling party global title address assigned when the GSM
CGPA NAI) can be filled with the identifier (*) if a wildcard value is
assigned for that field. There is no default wildcard value for the
CGPA.
The called party global title address assigned when the GSM
CDPA NAI) can be filled with the identifier (*) if a wildcard value is
assigned for that field. If the CDPA value is not assigned, the
default wildcard value, which is not printed, is assumed.
The screened number plan value (NPV) assigned to the path
NP address when the GSM MAP screen was entered. The identifier
(*) is used to signify a wildcard NP.
NAI path address when the GSM MAP screen was entered. The
identifier (*) is used to signify a wildcard NAI.
OPCODE opcode was entered. The identifier (*) is used to signify a
wildcard opcode.
Measurements does not report default wildcard CDPA address in entries
containing them.
There can never be a default wildcard CGPA entry. All wildcard CGPA entries
must be explicitly provisioned. There can never be an entry with only a CDPA
path listed.
The string formats were designed to allow efficient automated post processing of
measurements reports. A brief note explaining the format is included in the
report.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-105

Measurements
DRAFT
Table 4-51. Hourly Maintenance MAP Screening Per Server Measurements

MSCRNPASS count
screening
message.
MSCRNDUP selected by MAP Screening for the Duplicate count
screening action.
MSCRNFOR selected by MAP Screening for the Forward count
screening action.
MSCRNDAD selected by MAP Screening for the Duplicate count
screening action.
current.
Hourly MAP Screening System Wide Measurements
OAM Example Output File Name: M60_MAP.csv

"TYPE OF REPORT: HOURLY MAINTENANCE MEASUREMENTS ON MAP Screening SYSTEM"<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
"MSCRNPASS","MSCRNRJNE","MSCRNRJFP","MSCRNPAFP","MSCRNPANE","MSCRNRJOP","MSCRNDUP"
,"MSCRNFOR","MSCRNDAD"<cr><lf>
4294967295,4294967295,4294967295,4294967295,4294967295,4294967295,4294967295,
4294967295,4294967295<cr><lf>
Hourly MAP Screening Measurements Per Server
OAM Example output File Name: M60_SERV.csv

"tekelecstp 00-04-02 15:51:37 EST EAGLE 31.4.0-30.9.0 "<cr><lf>
"TYPE OF REPORT: HOURLY MAINTENANCE MEASUREMENTS ON MAP Screening Server"<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
""SERVER-NP-NAI-OPCODE",
"MSCRNPASS","MSCRNRJFP","MSCRNDUP","MSCRNFOR","MSCRNDAD"<cr><lf>
"123456789012345-0-0-0",
1234567890,1234567890,1234567890,1234567890,1234567890<cr><lf>
"098765432154321-15-127-1",
5555555555,6666666666,1234567890,1234567890,1234567890<cr><lf>
"919468-*-*-255", 1234567890,1234567890,1234567890,1234567890,1234567890<cr><lf>
4-106 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Measurements
DRAFT
Hourly MAP Screening System Wide Measurements
MP Example Output File Name: mtch-map_19990116_2400.csv

"tekelecstp","31.3.0-39.1.0","1999-01-17","15:51:37","EST",
"HOURLY MAINTENANCE MEASUREMENTS ON MAP SCREENING SYSTEM","LAST",
"1999-01-16","00:00:00","24:00:00",1<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
"STATUS","MSCRNPASS","MSCRNRJOP","MSCRNRJNE","MSCRNRJFP","MSCRNPAFP","MSCRNPANE","
MSCRNFOR","MSCRNDUP","MSCRNDAD"<cr><lf>
"K",4294967295,4294967295,4294967295,4294967295,4294967295,4294967295,4294967295,4
294967295,4294967295<cr><lf>

250 + 116 + 60 = 426 bytes
Hourly MAP Screening Measurements Per Server
MP Example Output File Name: mtch-serv_19990116_2400.csv

"tekelecstp","31.3.0-39.1.0","1999-01-17","15:51:37","EST",
"HOURLY MAINTENANCE MEASUREMENTS ON MAP SCREENING SERVER","LAST",
"1999-01-16","00:00:00","24:00:00",2<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
"STATUS","SERVER-NP-NAI-OPCODE","MSCRNPASS","MSCRNRJFP","MSCRNFOR","MSCRNDUP",
"MSCRNDAD"<cr><lf>
"K","123456789012345-0-0-0",123890,123890,427295,429295,429495<cr><lf>
"K","098765432154321-15-127-1",555555,666666,429495,429496,429496<cr><lf>
"K","919468-*-*-255", 123490,123450,123450,429495,429496<cr><lf>

4 char status + 25 char NPNAI + 5*(6 char data) + 2 = 61 chars
For a report of 2 servers, the typical file size is:
250 + 84 + 122 = 456 bytes
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-107

Measurements
DRAFT
Hourly MAP Screening Measurements Per Path
MP Example Output File Name: mtch-path_19990116_2400.csv

"tekelecstp","31.6.0-53.8.0","1999-01-17","15:51:37","EST",
"HOURLY MAINTENANCE MEASUREMENTS ON MAP SCREENING PATH","LAST",
"1999-01-16","00:00:00","24:00:00",2<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
For a path containing CGPA only, PATH-OPCODE = <CGPA-NP-NAI-OPCODE<cr><lf>
For a path containing both CGPA and CDPA, PATH-OPCODE =
^CGPA-NP-NAI>CDPA-NP-NAI-OPCODE
<cr><lf>
"STATUS","PATH-OPCODE","MSCRNPASS","MSCRNRJFP","MSCRNFOR","MSCRNDUP",
"MSCRNDAD"<cr><lf>
"K","<123456789012345-0-0-0",1234567890,1234567890,1234567890,1234567890,
1234567890<cr><lf>
"K","<919468-*-*-120",1234567890,1234567890,1234567890,1234567890,1234567890<cr><l
f>
"K","^919468-5-63>919575-12-100-25",1234567890,1234567890,1234567890,1234567890,
1234567890<cr><lf>
"K","^540992-14-45-125>919468-*-*-*",1234567890,1234567890,1234567890,1234567890,
1234567890<cr><lf>

4 char status + 40 char PATH-OPCODE + 5*(6 char data) + 2 = 76 chars
For a report of 20 paths, the typical file size is:
250 + 232 + 1520 = 2002 bytes
Gateway Measurements
The GTWY measurement report collects and reports gateway-related data from
the STP. The gateway related data collected for this report is the network
management and global title translation load on the Eagle, and the source of this
load. The level and source of pass through TCAP traffic is also collected. The MTP
cards measure this data which is reported when requested.
Entity Types: STP, ORIGNI, ORIGNINC, LNKSET, LSDESTNI, LSORIGINI,
and LSONISMT
Reporting Mode: Scheduled, On-demand
Accessible Collection Period: Last, Specific
4-108 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Measurements
DRAFT
enttype=stp
Example Commands:
OAM: rept-meas:type=gtwy:enttype=stp
MP: rept-ftp-meas:type=gtwy:enttype=stp
Table 4-52. Gateway STP Measurements
Number of Global Title Translations (GTTs)
GTTPFDIC performed on messages received from an peg count
interconnecting network.
Number of MSUs discarded due to screening
MSUDSCRD peg count
failure.
MSURJOPC Number of MSUs rejected due to screening - peg count

disallowed OPC.
Number of MSUs rejected due to screening -
MSURJDPC disallowed DPC. peg count
Number of MSUs rejected due to screening - invalid

MSURJSIO peg count
service information octet (SIO).
MSURJCPA Number of MSUs rejected due to screening - invalid peg count

calling party address.
Number of subsystem prohibited (SSP) and
MSURJAPC subsystem allowed (SSA) MSUs rejected due to peg count
screening - invalid affected point code.
Number of subsystem status test (SST) MSUs
MSURJPCS rejected due to screening - invalid affected point peg count
code and SSN.
Number of MTP-NM MSUs rejected due to
MSURJDST peg count
screening - invalid affected destination field.
MSURJTT Number of SCCP MSUs rejected due to screening - peg count

invalid translation type.
Number of SCCP MSUs rejected due to screening -
MSURJDSN disallowed DPC/SSN in called party address. peg count
Number of transfer controlled (TFC) MSUs rejected

MSURJTFC peg count
due to screening - invalid affected destination field.
Number of signaling routeset test (SRST) MSUs
MSURJSRT rejected due to screening - invalid affected peg count
destination field.
current.
Number of translation type mapping translations
performed. For example, a mapped SS7 message
TTMAPPF peg count
translation type was found for the existing SS7
message translation type.
OAM Example Output:
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-109

Measurements
DRAFT

TYPE OF REPORT: GATEWAY MEASUREMENTS ON STP
REPORT PERIOD: LAST
STP-GTWY MEASUREMENTS

TTMAPPF = 0, GTTPFDIC = 0, MSUDSCRD = 0,
MSURJOPC = 0, MSURJDPC = 0, MSURJSIO = 0,
MSURJCPA = 0, MSURJAPC = 0, MSURJPCS = 0,
MSURJDST = 0, MSURJTT = 0, MSURJDSN = 0,
MSURJTFC = 0, MSURJSRT = 0

END OF ON-DEMAND STP-GTWY MEASUREMENT REPORT
;
MP Example Output File Name: gtwy-stp_19990117_1530.csv

"tekelecstp","31.3.0-39.1.0","1999-01-17","15:51:37","EST",
"GATEWAY MEASUREMENTS ON STP","LAST","1999-01-17","15:00:00","15:30:00",1<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
"STATUS","TTMAPPF","GTTPFDIC","MSUDSCRD","MSURJOPC","MSURJDPC","MSURJSIO",
"MSURJCPA","MSURJAPC","MSURJPCS","MSURJDST","MSURJTT","MSURJDSN","MSURJTFC",
"MSURJSRT"<cr><lf>
"K",0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0<cr><lf>

250 + 164 + 90 = 504 bytes
enttype=origni
Example Commands:
OAM: rept-meas:type=gtwy:enttype=origni:ni=200
MP: rept-ftp-meas:type=gtwy:enttype=origni
Table 4-53. Gateway ORIGNI Measurements
Number of global title translations (GTTs)
GTTPFDPC performed - result is a DPC of an interconnecting peg count
network.
4-110 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Measurements
DRAFT
Table 4-53. Gateway ORIGNI Measurements (Continued)
Number of GTTs unable to perform on messages
GTTUNTT received from an interconnecting network - no peg count
translation table for the translation type.
Number of GTTs performed on messages received
GTTPFDIC peg count
from an interconnecting network.
GTTUNADR received from an interconnecting network - no peg count
translation for this address.
current.
OAM Example Output:

TYPE OF REPORT: GATEWAY MEASUREMENTS ON ORIGNI
REPORT PERIOD: LAST
ORIGNI-GTWY MEASUREMENTS: NI: 5

GTTPFDPC = 0, GTTUNTT = 0, GTTPFDIC = 834033,
GTTUNADR = 834034

END OF ON-DEMAND ORIGNI-GTWY MEASUREMENT REPORT
;
MP Example Output File Name: gtwy-origni_19990117_1530.csv

"tekelecstp","31.3.0-39.1.0","1999-01-17","15:51:37","EST",
"GATEWAY MEASUREMENTS ON
ORIGNI","LAST","1999-01-17","15:00:00","15:30:00",100<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
"STATUS","NI","GTTPFDPC","GTTUNTT","GTTPFDIC","GTTUNADR"<cr><lf>
"K",100,0,0,834033,834034<cr><lf>
. . . . .
"K",200,0,0,834033,834034<cr><lf>

4 char status + 4 char NI + 4*(6 char data) + 2 = 34 chars
For a report of 100 NIs, typical file size is:
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-111

Measurements
DRAFT
250 + 59 + 3400 = 3709 bytes
enttype=origninc
Example Commands:
OAM: rept-meas:type=gtwy:enttype=origninc:ni=4:nc=200
MP: rept-ftp-meas:type=gtwy:enttype=origninc
Table 4-54. Gateway ORIGNINC Measurements
Number of global title translations (GTTs)
GTTPFDPC performed - result is a DPC of an interconnecting peg count
network.
GTTUNTT received from an interconnecting network - no peg count
translation table for the translation type.
GTTPFDIC Number of GTTs performed on messages received peg count

from an interconnecting network.
GTTUNADR received from an interconnecting network - no peg count
translation for this address.
current.
OAM Example Output:

TYPE OF REPORT: GATEWAY MEASUREMENTS ON ORIGNINC
REPORT PERIOD: LAST
ORIGNINC-GTWY MEASUREMENTS: NI: 5, NC: 5

GTTPFDPC = 0, GTTUNTT = 0, GTTPFDIC = 834033,
GTTUNADR = 834034

END OF ON-DEMAND ORIGNINC-GTWY MEASUREMENT REPORT
;
MP Example Output File Name: gtwy-origninc_19990117_1530.csv

4-112 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Measurements
DRAFT
"tekelecstp","31.3.0-39.1.0","1999-01-17","15:51:37","EST",
ORIGNINC","LAST","1999-01-17","15:00:00","15:30:00",100<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
"STATUS","NI","NC","GTTPFDPC","GTTUNTT","GTTPFDIC","GTTUNADR"<cr><lf>
"K",4,200,0,0,834033,834034<cr><lf>
. . . . .
"K",25,200,0,0,834033,834034<cr><lf>

4 char status + 4 char NI + 4 char NC + 4*(6 char data) + 2 = 38 chars
For a report of 100 NI/NCs, the typical file size is:
250 + 64 + 3800 = 4114 bytes
enttype=lnkset
NOTE: The determination of which linksets are included in this report is

controlled by the state of the gtwylsfltr field in the measurement control
table. By default, only gateway linksets are included. This can be changed
with the chg-meas:gtwylsfltr={ both | stp | seas | none } command. See the
Commands Manual for details on using this command.
Example Commands:
OAM: rept-meas:type=gtwy:enttype=lnkset:lsn=ls1201a
MP: rept-ftp-meas:type=gtwy:enttype=lnkset
Table 4-55. Gateway Linkset Measurements
The number of transfer prohibited (TFP) and
TFPTRAN transfer cluster prohibited (TCP) MSUs peg count
transmitted.
TFPRECD The number of TFP and TCP MSUs received. peg count
The number of transfer restricted (TFR) and transfer
TFRTRAN cluster restricted (TCR) MSUs transmitted. peg count
TFRRECD The number of TFR and TCR MSUs received. peg count
The number of transfer allowed (TFA) and transfer
TFATRAN peg count
cluster allowed (TCA) MSUs transmitted.
TFARECD The number of TFA and TCA MSUs received. peg count
The number of signaling routeset test (SRST) and
SRSTTRAN cluster signaling routeset test (CSRST) MSUs peg count
transmitted.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-113

Measurements
DRAFT
Table 4-55. Gateway Linkset Measurements (Continued)
SRSTRECD The number of SRST and CSRST MSUs received. peg count
SRSCTRAN The number of signaling routeset congestion test peg count

(SRSCT) MSUs transmitted.
SRSCTRCD The number of SRSCT MSUs received. peg count
The number of testing and maintenance (T&M)
TSTMTRCD MSUs received. peg count
The number of subsystem prohibited (SSP) MSUs

SSPTRAN peg count
transmitted.
SSPRECD The number of SSP MSUs received. peg count
The number of subsystem allowed (SSA) MSUs
SSATRAN transmitted. peg count
SSARECD The number of SSA MSUs received. peg count

The number of subsystem status test (SST) MSUs
SSTTRAN peg count
transmitted.
SSTRECD The number of SST MSUs received. peg count
SLTRECD The number of signaling link tests received. peg count
current.
OAM Example Output:

TYPE OF REPORT: GATEWAY MEASUREMENTS ON LINKSET
REPORT PERIOD: LAST
LINKSET-GTWY MEASUREMENTS: ls1201

TFPTRAN = 0, TFPRECD = 0, TFRTRAN = 0,
TFRRECD = 0, TFATRAN = 0, TFARECD = 0,
SRSTTRAN = 0, SRSTRECD = 0, SLTRECD = 0,
SRSCTRAN = 0, SRSCRECD = 0, TSTMTRCD = 0,
SSPTRAN = 0, SSPRECD = 0, SSATRAN = 0,
SSARECD = 0, SSTTRAN = 0, SSTRECD = 0

END OF ON-DEMAND LINKSET-GTWY MEASUREMENT REPORT
;
MP Example Output File Name: gtwy-lnkset_19990117_1530.csv

4-114 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Measurements
DRAFT
"tekelecstp","31.3.0-39.1.0","1999-01-17","15:51:37","EST",
<cr><lf>
"STATUS","LSN","LNKTYPE","TFPTRAN","TFPRECD","TFRTRAN","TFRRECD","TFATRAN","TFAREC
D",
"SRSTTRAN","SRSTRECD","SLTRECD","SRSCTRAN","SRSCRECD","TSTMTRCD","SSPTRAN",
"SSPRECD","SSATRAN","SSARECD","SSTTRAN","SSTRECD"<cr><lf>
"K","ls1201","SAAL",0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0<cr><lf>
. . . . .
"K","ls5307","MTP2",0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0<cr><lf>

For a report of 600 linksets, typical file size is:
250 + 214 + 77400 = 77864 bytes
enttype=lsdestni

controlled by the state of the gtwylsfltr field in the measurement control
table. By default, only gateway linksets are included. This can be changed
with the chg-meas:gtwylsfltr={ both | stp | seas | none } command. See the
Commands Manual for details on using this command.
The NI parameter is not part of the output for ITU GTWY linksets.
Example Commands:
OAM: rept-meas:type=gtwy:enttype=lsdestni:lsn=ls1201:ni=5
MP: rept-ftp-meas:type=gtwy:enttype=lsdestni
Table 4-56. Gateway LSDESTNI Measurements
The number of MSUs received from another
MSURCVNA peg count
network - not addressed to the BCC network.
OCTRCVNA The number of MSU octets received from another octets

network - not addressed to the BCC network.
The number of MSUs transmitted - addressed to a
MSUTRNNA network other than the adjacent receiving network. peg count
The number of MSU octets transmitted - addressed

OCTTRNNA to a network other than the adjacent receiving octets
network.
current.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-115

Measurements
DRAFT
Table 4-56. Gateway LSDESTNI Measurements
TFCGTRAN The number transfer controlled (TFC) MSUs peg count

transmitted - originated by the gateway STP.
OAM Example Output:

TYPE OF REPORT: GATEWAY MEASUREMENTS ON LSDESTNI
REPORT PERIOD: LAST
LSDESTNI-GTWY MEASUREMENTS: LSN: ls1201, NI: 5

MSURCVNA = 5040000, OCTRCVNA = 201600K, MSUTRNNA = 834033,
OCTTRNNA = 14757021, TFCGTRAN = 0

END OF ON-DEMAND LSDESTNI-GTWY MEASUREMENT REPORT
;
MP Example Output File Name: gtwy-lsdestni_19990117_1530.csv

"tekelecstp","31.3.0-39.1.0","1999-01-17","15:51:37","EST",
LSDESTNI","LAST","1999-01-17","15:00:00","15:30:00",400<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
"STATUS","LSN","LSTYPE","NI","MSURCVNA","OCTRCVNA","MSUTRNNA","OCTTRNNA","TFCGTRAN
"<cr><lf>
"K","ls1201","ANSI",5,5040000,201600K,834033,14757021,0<cr><lf>
. . . . .
"K","lsitu","ITU",,5040000,201600K,834033,14757021,0<cr><lf>

4 char status + 8 char LSN + 6 char LSTYPE + 4 char NI + 5*(6 char data) + 2 = 54
chars
For a report of 400 LSDESTNIs, the typical file size is:
250 + 86 + 21600 = 21936 bytes
4-116 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Measurements
DRAFT
enttype=lsorigni

not controlled by the state of the gtwylsfltr field in the measurement
control table.
LSONISMT register MSUISPMT counts are rolled into the MSUDSCRD
register. . It is possible to have counts for MSUDSCRD, but no counts for
any other registers in this report due to the MSUISPMT register count in
the LSONISMT report.
Example Commands:
OAM: rept-meas:type=gtwy:enttype=lsorigni:lsn=ls1201a:ni=12
MP: rept-ftp-meas:type=gtwy:enttype=lsorigni
Table 4-57. Gateway LSORGINI Measurements
The number of transfer controlled (TFC) MSUs
TFCGRECD received peg count
The number of MSUs rejected due to screening -

MSURJOPC peg count
disallowed OPC.
MSURJDPC The number of MSUs rejected due to screening - peg count

disallowed DPC.
MSURJCPA invalid calling party address. peg count
The number of subsystem prohibited (SSP) and

MSURJAPC subsystem allowed (SSA) MSUs rejected due to peg count
screening - invalid affected point code.
The number of subsystem status test (SST) MSUs
MSURJPCS rejected due to screening - invalid affected point peg count
code and SSN.
MSURJHC Number of MSUs discarded due to screening H0H1 peg count
MSURJTFC The number of TFC MSUs rejected due to peg count

The number of signaling routeset test (SRST) MSUs
MSURJSRT rejected due to screening - invalid affected peg count
destination field.
MSUDSCRD The number of MSUs rejected due to screening peg count

failure.
MSURJSIO invalid service information octet (SIO). peg count
The number of MTP-NM MSUs rejected due to

MSURJDST peg count
MSURJTT The number of SCCP MSUs rejected due to peg count

screening - invalid translation type.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-117

Measurements
DRAFT
Table 4-57. Gateway LSORGINI Measurements (Continued)
MSURJDSN The number of SCCP MSUs rejected due to peg count

screening - disallowed DPC/SSN.
current.
OAM Example Output:

TYPE OF REPORT: GATEWAY MEASUREMENTS ON LSORIGNI
REPORT PERIOD: LAST
LSORIGNI-GTWY MEASUREMENTS: LSN: ls1201, NI: 5

TFCRECD = 0, MSURJOPC = 834033, MSURJDPC = 834034,
MSURJCPA = 14757021, MSURJAPC = 14757039, MSURJPCS = 0,
MSURJTFC = 0, MSURJSRT = 0, MSUDSCRD = 0,
MSURJSIO = 0, MSURJDST = 0, MSURJTT = 0,
MSURJDSN = 0
;
END OF ON-DEMAND LSORIGNI-GTWY MEASUREMENT REPORT
MP Example Output File Name: gtwy-lsorigni_19990117_1530.csv

"tekelecstp","31.3.0-39.1.0","1999-01-17","15:51:37","EST",
LSORIGNI","LAST","1999-01-17","15:00:00","15:30:00",400<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
"STATUS","LSN","LSTYPE","NI","TFCGRECD","MSURJOPC","MSURJDPC","MSURJCPA","MSURJAPC
","MSURJPCS","MSURJHC","MSURJTFC","MSURJSRT","MSUDSCRD","MSURJSIO","MSURJDST",
"MSURJTT","MSURJDSN"<cr><lf>
"K","ls1201","ANSI",5,0,834033,834034,14757021,14757039,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0<cr><lf>
. . . . .
"K","lsitu","ITU",,0,834033,834034,14757021,14757039,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0<cr><lf>

4 char status + 8 char LSN + 6 char LSTYPE + 4 char NI + 14*(6 char data) + 2 =
108 chars
For a report of 400 LSORIGNIs, typical file size is:
250 + 173 + 43200 = 43623 bytes
4-118 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Measurements
DRAFT
enttype=lsonismt

not controlled by the state of the gtwylsfltr field in the measurement
control table.
MSUISPMT counts are rolled into the MSUDSCRD register of the
LSORIGNI and STP reports.
Example Commands:
OAM: rept-meas:type=gtwy:enttype=lsonismt:lsn=ls1201a:ni=43
MP: rept-ftp-meas:type=gtwy:enttype=lsonismt
Table 4-58. Gateway LSONISMT Measurements
Number of ISDNUP MSUs rejected due to
MSUISPMT peg count
screening -- invalid ISUP message type
OAM Example Output:

TYPE OF REPORT: GATEWAY MEASUREMENTS ON LSONISMT
REPORT PERIOD: LAST
LSONISMT-GTWY MEASUREMENTS: LSN: ls1201a, NI: 43, ISMT: 6

MSUISPMT = 45397
LSONISMT-GTWY MEASUREMENTS: LSN: ls1201a, NI: 43, ISMT: 7

MSUISPMT = 61423

END OF ON-DEMAND LSONISMT-GTWY MEASUREMENT REPORT
;
MP Example Output File Name: gtwy-lsonismt_20021217_1530.csv

"tekelecstp","30.0.0-48.1.0","2002-12-17","15:51:37","EST",
LSONISMT","LAST","2002-12-17","15:00:00","15:30:00",400<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
"STATUS","LSN","LSTYPE","NI","ISMT","MSUISPMT"<cr><lf>
"K","ls1201","ANSI",5,6,34033<cr><lf>
. . . . .
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-119

Measurements
DRAFT
"K","lsitu","ITU",,7,57021<cr><lf>

4 char status + 8 char LSN + 6 char LSTYPE + 4 char NI + 4 char ISMT + 1*(6 char
data) + 2 = 34 chars
For a report of 400 LSONISMT, typical file size is:
250 + 49 + 13600 = 13899 bytes
Record Base Measurements

The RBASE measurements report various data related to the configuration or
status of the Eagles major configurable components. The data in this
measurement report is obtained from either the database or from maintenance
tasks performed on the Eagle. The data is not periodically collected and stored in
the manner of other measurements data, but it is collected on demand when a
RBASE measurement report is requested.
Entity Types: STP, Lnkset, and Link
Accumulation Interval: Snapshot
STP Retention Period: None
Reporting Mode: Scheduled-Polled (SEAS only), On-demand
Accessible Collection Period: Active
enttype=stp
Example Commands:
OAM: rept-meas:type=rbase:enttype=stp
MP: rept-ftp-meas:type=rbase:enttype=stp
Table 4-59. Record Base STP Measurements
BUSS The number of IS-NR or IS-ANR IMT buses peg count
The value of the SCCP Management: subsystem
status test (SS7) delay timer (level 3 T32 timer). This
CTSDLSST value of this timer is fixed at 30 seconds and is not seconds
configurable.
LINKS The number of configured signaling links. peg count
LNKSETS The number of configured linksets. peg count
NT1TDCHO The value of the delay to avoid mis-sequencing on seconds

changeover timer (level 3 T1 timer).
4-120 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Measurements
DRAFT
Table 4-59. Record Base STP Measurements (Continued)
NT2CHOAK The value of the waiting for changeover seconds

acknowledgment timer (level 3 T2 timer).
The value of the delay to avoid mis-sequencing on
NT3TDCHB changeback timer (level 3 T3 timer). seconds
The value of the waiting for changeover

NT4CHBK1 acknowledgment (first attempt) timer (level 3 T4 seconds
timer).
The value of the waiting for changeover
NT5CHBK2 acknowledgment (second attempt) timer (level 3 T5 seconds
timer).
The value of the delay to avoid mis-sequencing on
NT6TDCRR controlled rerouting timer (level 3 T6 timer). seconds
The value of the waiting for signaling link

NT7SLKCN connection acknowledgment timer (level 3 T7 seconds
timer).
The value of the transfer prohibited inhibited timer
NT8TRPRH (level 3 T8 timer). seconds
The value of the waiting to repeat signaling routeset

NT10SRST seconds
test timer (level 3 T10 timer).
NT11TFRS The value of the transfer restricted timer (level 3 T11 seconds
timer).
The value of the waiting for uninhibit timer (level 3
NT12UNAK T12 timer). seconds
The value of the waiting for force uninhibit timer

NT13FUNH seconds
(level 3 T13 timer).
NT14INAK The value of the waiting for inhibition seconds

The value of the waiting for repeat signaling
NT15RSCT routeset congestion test timer (level 3 T15 timer). seconds
The value of the waiting for routeset status update

NT16RSCS seconds
timer (level 3 T16 timer).
The value of the delay to avoid oscillation of initial
NT17REAL alignment failure and restart timer (level 3 T17 seconds
timer).
The value of the transfer cluster restricted interval
NT18TCLR seconds
NT19FLKR The value of the failed link craft referral timer (level seconds
3 T19 timer).
The value of the waiting to repeat local inhibit test
NT20RLIH timer (level 3 T20 timer). seconds
The value of the waiting to repeat remote inhibit

NT21RRIH seconds
test timer (level 3 T21 timer).
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-121

Measurements
DRAFT
Table 4-59. Record Base STP Measurements (Continued)
NT22RSTL The value of the restarting SP waiting for links to seconds

become available timer (level 3 T22 timer).
The value of the waiting after T22 to receive all
NT23WTRA TRAs timer (level 3 T23 timer). seconds
The value of the restarting: waiting to broadcast all

NT24BTRA seconds
TRAs timer (level 3 T24 timer).
NT25WTRA The value of the adjacent and restarting: waiting for seconds
TRA timer (level 3 T25 timer).
The value of the restarting: waiting to repeat TRW
NT26RTRW seconds
NT28WTRW The value of the adjacent: waiting for TRW timer seconds
(level 3 T28 timer).
The value of the TRA sent, unexpected TRA, TRW,
NT29RSUX resumption timer (level 3 T29 timer). seconds
The value of the limit TFPs/TFRs for unexpected

NT30LMTF seconds
TRAs/TRWs timer (level 3 T30 timer).
NT31FLCD The value of the false link congestion detection seconds

The value of the link oscillation filter - procedure A
NT32OSCA timer (level 3 T32 timer). seconds
The number of configured cards that are in service

PROCS peg count
normal (IS-NR) or in-service abnormal (IS-ANR).
current.
The value of the supervision timer for circular route
STLOOP detection test timer (the value of the mtpltst seconds
parameter of the chg-stpopts command).
4-122 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Measurements
DRAFT
OAM Example Output:

TYPE OF REPORT: RECORD BASE MEASUREMENTS ON STP
REPORT PERIOD: ACTIVE
REPORT INTERVAL: 03-12-11, 10:18:36 THROUGH CURRENT
STP-RBASE MEASUREMENTS
PROCS = 0, LNKSETS = 0, LINKS = 0,

BUSS = 0, NT1TDCHO = 0, NT2CHOAK = 0,
NT3DCHB = 0, NT4CHBK1 = 0, NT5CHBK2 = 0,
NT6DCRR = 0, NT7SLKCN = 0, NT8TRPRH = 0,
NT10SRST = 0, NT11TFRS = 0, NT12UNAK = 0,
NT13FUNH = 0, NT14NAK = 0, NT15RSCT = 0,
NT16RSCS = 0, NT17REAL = 0, NT18TCLR = 0,
NT19FLKR = 0, NT20RLIH = 0, NT21RRIH = 0,
NT22RSTL = 0, NT23WTRA = 0, NT24BTRA = 0,
NT25WTRA = 0, NT26RTRW = 0, NT28WTRW = 0,
NT29RSUX = 0, NT30LMTF = 0, NT31FLCD = 0,
NT32OSCA = 0, STLOOP = 0, CTSDLSST = 0
MP Example Output File Name: rbase-stp_19990117_1551.csv

Example Output File Format:
"tekelecstp","31.3.0-39.1.0","1999-01-17","15:51:37","EST",
"RECORD BASE MEASUREMENTS ON
STP","ACTIVE","1999-01-17","15:51:32","15:51:32",1<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
"STATUS","PROCS","LNKSETS","LINKS","BUSS","NT1TDCHO","NT2CHOAK","NT3DCHB",
"NT4CHBK1","NT5CHBK2","NT6DCRR","NT7SLKCN","NT8TRPRH","NT10SRST","NT11TFRS",
"NT12UNAK","NT13FUNH","NT14NAK","NT15RSCT","NT16RSCS","NT17REAL","NT18TCLR",
"NT19FLKR","NT20RLIH","NT21RRIH","NT22RSTL","NT23WTRA","NT24BTRA","NT25WTRA",
"NT26RTRW","NT28WTRW","NT29RSUX","NT30LMTF","NT31FLCD","NT32OSCA","STLOOP",
"CTSDLSST"<cr><lf>
"K",50,100,340,2,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0
<cr><lf>

250 + 390 + 222 = 862 bytes
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-123

Measurements
DRAFT
enttype=lnkset
Example Commands:
OAM: rept-meas:type=rbase:enttype=lnkset:lsn=ls1201a
MP: rept-ftp-meas:type=rbase:enttype=lnkset
Table 4-60. Record Base Linkset Measurements
LINKS The number of configured signaling links. peg count
The number of receiving link buffers. The number
of receiving link buffers is always 1 for each
RCLKBFRS signaling link, so a value of 1 is always reported for peg count
this register.
ST01SLTA Supervision timer for SLTA. seconds
ST02SLTI SLT interval timer. seconds
current.
OAM Example Output:

TYPE OF REPORT: RECORD BASE MEASUREMENTS ON LINKSET
LNKSET-RBASE MEASUREMENTS: ls1201
LINKS = 0, RCLKBFRS = 0, ST01SLTA = 0,

ST02SLTI = 0
MP Example Output File Name: rbase-lnkset_19990117_1551.csv

"tekelecstp","31.3.0-39.1.0","1999-01-17","15:51:37","EST",
LINKSET","ACTIVE","1999-01-17","15:51:32","15:51:32",120<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
"STATUS","LSN","LNKTYPE","LINKS","RCLKBFRS","ST01SLTA","ST02SLTI"<cr><lf>
"K","ls1201","SAAL",4,3,0,0<cr><lf>
. . . . .
"K","ls5204","MTP2",6,2,0,0<cr><lf>

4-124 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Measurements
DRAFT
250 + 67 + 27000 = 27317 bytes
enttype=link
Example Commands:
OAM: rept-meas:type=rbase:enttype=link:loc=1201:port=a
MP: rept-ftp-meas:type=rbase:enttype=link
Table 4-61. Record Base Link Measurements
The level 1 congestion onset threshold for link
CNGONTH1 octets
transmit buffers
CNGDITH1 The level 1 congestion discard threshold for link octets

transmit buffers
The level 1 congestion abatement threshold for link
CNGABTH1 transmit buffers octets

CNGONTH2 octets
transmit buffers

transmit buffers

CNGONTH3 octets
transmit buffers

transmit buffers

current.
The following registers are applicable to MTP level 2 links ONLY. These registers are
omitted from reports for ATM based links on EAGLE HMI output. On SEAS reports
these registers are reported as ZERO-valued.
The value of the aligned/ready timer (level 2 T1
LT1ALNRD timer). seconds
LT2NOALN The value of the not aligned timer (level 2 T2 timer). seconds
LT3ALIND The value of the aligned timer (level 2 T3 timer). seconds
The value of the proving period (normal) timer
LT4NMLPV seconds
(level 2 T4npp timer).
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-125

Measurements
DRAFT
Table 4-61. Record Base Link Measurements (Continued)
LT4EMGPV The value of the proving period (emergency) timer seconds

(level 2 T4epp timer).
The value of the sending SIB timer (level 2 T5
LT5SDSIB timer). seconds
The value of the remote congestion timer (level 2 T6

LT6RMCNG seconds
timer).
LT7XDLAK The value of the excessive delay of seconds

OAM Example Output:

eagle10706 03-06-16 02:44:58 EST EAGLE 31.4.0
TYPE OF REPORT: RECORD BASE MEASUREMENTS ON LINK
LINK-RBASE MEASUREMENTS FOR LINKSET lsn4:
eagle10706 03-06-16 02:45:00 EST EAGLE 31.4.0

LINK-RBASE MEASUREMENTS: LOC: 1202, PORT: B , LSN: lsn4
CNGONTH1 = 80, CNGDITH1 = 99, CNGABTH1 = 60,

LT1ALNRD = 5, LT2NOALN = 30, LT3ALIND = 5,
LT4NMLPV = 2.3, LT4EMGPV = 0.6, LT5SDSIB = 0.5,
LT6RMCNG = 4, LT7XDLAK = 1.5
;
eagle10706 03-06-16 02:45:00 EST EAGLE 31.4.0
LINK-RBASE MEASUREMENTS: LOC: 1204, PORT: A , LSN: lsn4 (SAAL)

CNGONTH3 = 4560, CNGDITH3 = 5250, CNGABTH3 = 4500
;
eagle10706 03-06-16 02:45:01 EST EAGLE 31.4.0
END OF ON-DEMAND LINK-RBASE MEASUREMENT REPORT
;
4-126 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Measurements
DRAFT
MP Example Output File Name: rbase-link_19990117_1551.csv
"tekelecstp","31.3.0-39.1.0","1999-01-17","15:51:37","EST",
LINK","ACTIVE","1999-01-17","15:51:32","15:51:32",120<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
"STATUS","LSN","LOC","PORT","LNKTYPE","CNGONTH1","CNGDITH1","CNGABTH1","CNGONTH2",
"CNGDITH2","CNGABTH2","CNGONTH3","CNGDITH3","CNGABTH3","LT1ALNRD","LT2NOALN",
"LT3ALIND","LT4NMLPV","LT4EMGPV","LT5SDSIB","LT6RMCNG","LT7XDLAK"<cr><lf>
"K","lsn4","1202","B2","MTP2",80,99,60,101,109,81,111,120,101,5,30,5,2.3,0.6,0.5,4
,1.5<cr><lf>
. . . . .
"K","lsn4403","1204","A","SAAL",930,2490,780,2790,4350,2640,4560,5250,4500,
0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0<cr><lf>

4 char status + 8 char LSN + 7 char LOC + 5 char PORT + 7 char LNKTYPE +
17*(6 char data) + 2 = 135 chars
250 + 226 + 81000 = 81476 bytes
Maintenance Status Reports

The Maintenance Status (MTCS) report is a snapshot of the maintenance status
indicators. It supports entity types LINK and LNKSET. The report is available
through the Eagle terminal interface and through the SEAS interface via the OAP.
Entity Types: Lnkset and Link
Accumulation Interval: Snapshot
STP Retention Period: None
Reporting Mode: On-demand (Eagle/SEAS)
Accessible Collection Period: Active (snapshot)
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-127

Measurements
DRAFT
enttype=link
Example Commands:
OAM: rept-meas:type=mtcs:enttype=link:loc=1201:port=a
MP: rept-ftp-meas:type=mtcs:enttype=link
Table 4-62. Maintenance Status Link Measurements
ACT link primary state is IS-NR and is or
can be used to carry traffic.
UNAV - link has been made unavailable by
local or centralized maintenance personnel
LKMTCST Maintenance State
(inhibited or canceled link or active local
processor outage).
OOS link out-of-service but can be made
available by the STP.
Indication of Y link failure reason of remote processor
processor outage outage exists.
PROSTAT status units being N - link failure reason of remote processor
received. outage does not exist.
Indication of Y link failure reason of local processor
processor outage outage exists.
PROTRAN
status units being N - link failure reason of local processor
transmitted. outage does not exist.
L (Local) - link is deactivated or inhibited or
link failure reason of local processor outage
exists.
R (remote) - link failure reason of remote
Indication of link processor outage exists or remote
MGMTINHB management inhibit management initiated exists.
status
B (Both) both local and remove failure
reasons exist.
N (Not/Neither) no local or remote failure
reasons exists.
Current link Congestion level:

CGSTLEVL transmit congestion 0 no link congestion
level 1, 2, or 3 - link congestion level exists.
Current link N none (congestion level 0)
CGSTSTAT transmit congestion
state O onset (congestion level 1, 2, or 3)
Indication of Data
Validity - K
indicates good data;
STATUS I indicates status
incomplete interval;
N indicates data not
current.
4-128 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Measurements
DRAFT
Table 4-62. Maintenance Status Link Measurements (Continued)
N not failed.
LSL: Link is available to send and receive
MSUs (in-service normal state).
HSL: Same
ABN link failed due to receiving too many

abnormal FIBR/BNSR.
LSL: Link received 2 out of 3 invalid BSNs.
Link received 2 out of 3 invalid FIBs.
HSL: N/A
XDA Excessive delay of acknowledgment

LSL: MSU not acknowledged within level 2
-T7 timer expiration. T7 configurable
between .5 and 2.0 seconds.
HSL: Timer no response or timer no credit
expired.
Indication of link
declared failure
DCLRFAIL XER Excessive error rate.
state (last known
cause) Received 64 out of 256 signaling units in
error.
LSL: Signaling Unit Error Rate Monitor
HSL: Signaling Unit-Error-Rate-Monitor
threshold exceeded.
XDC Excessive duration of congestion

LSL: Level-2 T6 timed-out
HSL: N/A.
APF alignment/proving failure

LSL: Link not aligned. Link state control
aligned not ready or aligned ready timeout
(T1), initial alignment control timeout
(T2,T3), initial alignment control abort
proving maximum proving period, or
initial alignment control received SIOS.
HSL: N/A.
OAM Example Output:

eagle10706 99-06-16 02:44:58 EST EAGLE 31.4.0
TYPE OF REPORT: MTCS MEASUREMENTS ON LINK
LINK-MTCS MEASUREMENTS FOR LINKSET lsn4:
eagle10706 99-06-16 02:45:00 EST EAGLE 31.4.0

LINK-MTCS MEASUREMENTS: LOC: 1202, PORT: B , LSN: lsn4
LKMTCST = ACT, PROSTAT = N, PROTRAN = N,

DCLRFAIL = N, MGMTINHB = N, CGSTLEVL = O,
CGSTSTAT = N
;
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-129

Measurements
DRAFT
eagle10706 99-06-16 02:45:00 EST EAGLE 31.4.0
LINK-MTCS MEASUREMENTS: LOC: 1204, PORT: A , LSN: lsn4 (SAAL)
LKMTCST = UNAV, PROSTAT = N, PROTRAN = Y,

DCLRFAIL = MMR, MGMTINHB = L, CGSTLEVL = 0,
CGSTSTAT = N
;
eagle10706 99-06-16 02:45:01 EST EAGLE 31.4.0

END OF ON-DEMAND LINK-MTCS MEASUREMENT REPORT
;
MP Example Output File Name: mtcs-link_19990117_1551.csv

CLLI","SWREL","RPTDATE","RPTIME","TZ","RPTTYPE","RPTPD","IVALDATE",
"tekelecstp","31.3.0-39.1.0","1999-01-17","15:51:37","EST",
"MAINTENANCE STATUS INDICATORS ON LINK","ACTIVE","1999-01-17","15:51:32",
"15:51:32",120<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
"STATUS","LSN","LOC","PORT","LNKTYPE","LKMTCST","PROSTAT","PROTRAN","DCLRFAIL",
"MGMTINHB","CGSTLEVL","CGSTSTAT"<cr><lf>
"K","lsn4","1202","B2","MTP2","ACT","N","N","N","N","O","N"<cr><lf>
. . . . .
"K","lsn4403","1204","A","SAAL","UNAV","N","Y","MMR","L","0","N"<cr>
<lf>

4 char status + 8 char LSN + 7 char LOC + 5 char PORT + 7 char LNKTYPE +
7*(6 char data) + 2 = 75 chars
250 + 113 + 45000 = 45363 bytes
4-130 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Measurements
DRAFT
enttype=lnkset
Example Commands:
OAM: rept-meas:type=mtcs:enttype=lnkset:lsn=ls1201
MP: rept-ftp-meas:type=mtcs:enttype=lnkset
Table 4-63. Maintenance Status Linkset Measurements
ACT link primary state is IS-NR and is or
can be used to carry traffic.
UNAV - link has been made unavailable by
local or centralized maintenance personnel
LKMTCST Maintenance State
(inhibited or canceled link or active local
processor outage).
OOS link out-of-service but can be made
available by the STP.
Number of currently
ACTLINKS Number of links in the IS-NR (ACT) state.
active links.
Number of links in Number of links in the OOS-MT-DSBLD
UAVLINKS the unavailable
maintenance state. (UNAV) state.
Number of Number of links in a maintenance state other

OOSLINKS
out-of-service links than IS-NR and OOS-MT-DSBLD.
Indication of Data
Validity - K
indicates good data;
STATUS I indicates status
incomplete interval;
N indicates data not
current.
OAM Example output:

TYPE OF REPORT: MTCS MEASUREMENTS ON LINKSET
LINKSET-MTCS MEASUREMENTS: ls1201

LSMTCST = ACT, ACTLINKS = 1, UAVLINKS = 1,
OOSLINKS = 0,
;

END OF ON-DEMAND LINKSET-MTCS MEASUREMENT REPORT
;
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 4-131

Measurements
DRAFT
MP Example Output File Name: mtcs-lnkset_19990117_1551.csv
"tekelecstp","31.3.0-39.1.0","1999-01-17","15:51:37","EST",
"MAINTENANCE STATUS INDICATORS ON LINKSET","ACTIVE","1999-01-17","15:51:32",
"15:51:32",120<cr><lf>
<cr><lf>
"STATUS","LSN","LNKTYPE","LSMTCST","ACTLINKS","UAVLINKS","OOSLINKS"<cr><lf>
"K","lsn4","SAAL","ACT",1,1,0<cr><lf>
. . . . .
"K","lsn120","MTP2","ACT",4,1,1<cr><lf>

250 + 69 + 27000 = 27319 bytes
4-132 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
5
EOAP Maintenance
Contents ..........................................................................................................Page
EOAP Hardware Troubleshooting
Introduction....................................................................................................... 5-4
Power..................................................................................................................5-6
No System Power.......................................................................................5-6
No Fan Power .............................................................................................5-7
No cPCI Card Power .................................................................................5-7
No CD-ROM Drive Power........................................................................5-8
No Hard Drive Power ...............................................................................5-8
SCSI/Drives.......................................................................................................5-9
System Has Power But Will Not Boot .....................................................5-9
CD-ROM Not Responding ..................................................................... 5-11
Drives Detected But System Will Not Boot ..........................................5-13
Connect/Disconnect SCSI Devices........................................................5-13
Console Devices ..............................................................................................5-14
Connect/Disconnect Console Devices..................................................5-15
Maintenance Modem...............................................................................5-16
LEDs .................................................................................................................5-18
Power Supply Card..................................................................................5-18
Processor Card..........................................................................................5-20
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-1

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Hard Disk........................................................................................................ 5-25
File System Errors ................................................................................... 5-25
Full Partition Check ................................................................................ 5-26
IP ...................................................................................................................... 5-27
Error: syslog: s match_netconf: setnetconfig failed ............................ 5-27
EOAP Internal Software ............................................................................... 5-28
msDI Controlled Software ..................................................................... 5-28
Trace Inter-Process Messages (Except emsAgent).............................. 5-33
Required Daemons.................................................................................. 5-40
External Connectivity.................................................................................... 5-44
No External EOAP Connectivity .......................................................... 5-44
External Interfaces ......................................................................................... 5-45
EOAP-to-Eagle STP Interface ................................................................ 5-45
EOAP-to-SEAS Interface ........................................................................ 5-49
EOAP-to-Eagle STP Interface ................................................................ 5-45
EOAP Hardware Replacement Procedures
Replacement Procedures............................................................................... 5-55
Air Management Card .................................................................................. 5-56
Card Cage/Shelf ............................................................................................ 5-61
Power Down the EOAP/Fan Assembly .............................................. 5-63
Remove Cables ........................................................................................ 5-67
Remove Cards.......................................................................................... 5-70
Remove Card Cage ................................................................................. 5-71
Reconnect Cables..................................................................................... 5-77
Install Cards ............................................................................................. 5-75
Power Up EOAP/Fan Assembly .......................................................... 5-84
CD-ROM Drive Card..................................................................................... 5-86
Fan Assembly ................................................................................................. 5-92
Remove Fan Assembly ........................................................................... 5-93
Install Replacement Fan Assembly....................................................... 5-95
Test Fan Operation and Fan Alarm ...................................................... 5-99
5-2 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Hard Drive Card ...........................................................................................5-102
Replace Hard Drive Card......................................................................5-103
Reprovision Hard Drive........................................................................5-108
Power Supply Card ......................................................................................5-117
Processor Card ..............................................................................................5-124
Serial Card .....................................................................................................5-134
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-3

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Introduction
This section includes a brief description of the Embedded OAP (EOAP),
procedures for general hardware troubleshooting, and replacement procedures
for major hardware components required to maintain the EOAP. For more
descriptive information on the EOAP, refer to the Release Documentation.
The OAP is a stand-alone processor that acts as an interface between the EAGLE
and operation support system (OSS) devices. The OAP uses standard interfaces
and converts the communications to the EAGLE proprietary serial interface. The
OAP can be used as an interface between the Eagle and the SEAC (Signaling
Engineering and Administration Center), for the SEAS feature, and as an interface
EAGLE and the SMS (Service Management System), for the LNP feature. The
OAP is installed in the OAP frame of the Eagle.
When used as an interface between the SEAC and the EAGLE, the OAP processes
SEAS commands into EAGLE commands and EAGLE commands into SEAS
commands. When used as an interface between the SMS and the EAGLE, the
OAP receives LNP data and commands from the SMS and converts the SMS
commands into EAGLE commands and the LNP data is loaded onto the EAGLE.
5-4 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
The Embedded OAP (EOAP) replaces the existing Texas Micro OAP with a
modular unit having field replaceable components which meet or exceed all of the
OAPs current capabilities. In addition, the EOAP provides for the future
enhancement of the OAPs responsibilities.There are two EOAPs in the system,
EOAP-A and EOAP-B. The EOAP is in the EOAP shelf, located in the OAP frame.
Each EOAP in the dual configuration consists of a processor card, an interface
card, a power supply card, and a center bay containing a removable hard drive
and a CD-ROM drive for each EOAP. Figure F-1 shows a functional block diagram
of the EOAP.
Figure 5-1. EOAP Functional Diagram
Eagle MMI-X #2
Eagle MMI-X #1
Maintenance Maintenance
Shelf Backplane
Last Extension
Control Shelf
Clock Out B
Modem A Modem B Note: Dotted lines indicate

Backplane
connections only present

when using a single OAP
configuration.
X.25 X.25
Modem A Modem B
VT-520
Fan Pass-through
Fan Pass-through
Eagle
Asynch RS-232
Asynch RS-232
Asynch RS-232
Asynch RS-232
Asynch RS-232
Asynch RS-232
Asynch RS-232
Synch RS-232
Synch RS-232
Synch RS-232
Fan Tray
and Control
Fan Alarm
-48V Power A -48V Power B
Left OAP I/O Backplane Right OAP I/O Backplane

1 3 1 3
Transition
Transition
Transition
Transition
Card #2
Card #2
Card #1
Card #1
Power
Power
Cable
Cable
48 V 48 V 48 V 48 V
1 3 DC/DC DC/DC DC/DC DC/DC 1 3
Converter Converter Converter Converter
CompactPCI Backplane CompactPCI Backplane

1 2 3 4 5 6 PS 1 2 3 4 5 6 PS
Hard CD-ROM CD-ROM Hard
Drive Drive Drive Drive
4 Port cPCI Serial
4 Port cPCI Serial

Processor Card
Processor Card
Power Supply
Power Supply
UltraSparc 2i
UltraSparc 2i
350W cPCI
350W cPCI
100 BaseT
100 BaseT
EOAP Hardware Troubleshooting
This section provides general hardware troubleshooting procedures for the

Embedded OAP.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-5

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Power
The following troubleshooting procedures relate to power source problems that
prevent certain components in the EOAP or the DCM cards from functioning
properly.
No System Power
Use the following procedure when none of the EOAP boards have power (that is,
no LEDs are lit and no power is getting to the fans).
Procedure
1. Verify that the fuse panel is powered (fuse panel LEDs should be ON).
2. Verify that both power cables are correctly connected to the fuse panel and are
connected to PWR IN A and PWR IN B on the EOAP.
3. Verify that the correct fuse has been installed in the correct fuse block and is at
least a 10 amp fuse.
For example, FAP 870-0243-09 uses fuse positions 1A for EOAP-A and 1B for
EOAP-B. FAP 870-1606-01 offers four fuse positions on each side: 17A through
20A and 17B through 20B. Select the same-numbered fuse location on each
side.
4. If the system is still without power, call Tekelec Technical Services at the
appropriate number.
5-6 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
No Fan Power
Use the following procedure when the EOAP has power, but the fans are not
running.
Procedure
1. Verify that the two fan cables are properly connected to the EOAP from the
fan assembly.
2. Verify that the fan control card switch (located on the front of the fan
assembly) is in the ON position.
3. If already connected to the Eagle STP, verify that the fan feature bit has been
turned on using the chg-feat:fan=on command.
4. If the fan is still without power, contact Tekelec Technical Services at the
appropriate number.
No cPCI Card Power

Use the following procedure when the drive cards show power (LEDs are green)
but the cPCI cards (processor or power supply) are not receiving power.
Procedure
1. Reseat the power supply card:

a. Remove the power supply card.
b. Check the pins on the back of the card and the connector in the shelf
backplane.
If the card shows any sign of damage, replace the card or call Tekelec
Technical Services for a replacement card.
If the backplane is damaged, call Tekelec Technical Services at the
appropriate number.
c. If the card is not damaged, reinstall the card and wait for the reset to
finish.
d. If the card is still not receiving power, contact Tekelec Technical Services
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-7

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
No CD-ROM Drive Power

Use the following procedure when the CD-ROM drive (P/N 870-1515-01) power
LED is lit but the drive is not responding.
NOTE: The CD-ROM drive power LED only indicates that 5V power is
reaching the card; it does not necessarily mean that the drive itself is
receiving 5V.
Procedure
1. Verify that the power cable is correctly installed on the CD-ROM drive card.
2. Inspect the power connectors on the drive card and in the backplane for
damage. If any one of the connectors is damaged, contact Tekelec Technical
No Hard Drive Power

Use the following procedure, when the hard drive (P/N 870-1514-03) power LED
is lit, but the drive is not responding.
NOTE: The hard drive power LED only indicates that 5V power is
reaching the card; it does not necessarily mean that the drive itself is
receiving 5V.
Procedure
1. Verify that the power cable is correctly installed on the drive card
(3-conductor cable from the hard drive card to the back of the hard drive.)
2. Inspect the power connectors on the drive card and in the backplane for
damage. If any one of the connectors is damaged, contact Tekelec Technical
5-8 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
SCSI/Drives
The following troubleshooting procedures relate to the SCSI components on the
EOAP, in particular the hard drive and the CD-ROM drive.
CAUTION: The EOAPs open system architecture allows access to the
operating system. Any undocumented changes to the files may cause the
system to become corrupted and unusable. Making any undocumented
changes on the EOAP, including changes to the hardware, operating system
and/or the components found therein will void the warranty.
System Has Power But Will Not Boot

Use the following procedure when the system is receiving power but will not
boot.
WARNING: EOAP hardware components, including disk drives, may be
removed and (re)inserted with the power on, but they are NOT HOT
SWAPPABLE at the operating system level.
Before any hardware component is removed from the EOAP, the operating
system MUST BE HALTED. To halt the system, log in as root, then at the
command line, type: /usr/sbin/init 0. When the ok prompt appears, it is
safe to remove the component.
After a component is (re)inserted, the system must be reset for Solaris to
successfully detect the component. To reset the system, at the ok prompt
type: reset-all. The system should boot up. If the system returns to the ok
prompt after the reset-all command has executed, type: setenv
auto-boot? true. Then type: reset-all.
WARNING: If the system still does not boot, as a LAST RESORT, perform
a hardware reset by using a paperclip to press the ABORT and then RESET
buttons on the faceplate, or by removing and reinserting the cPCI power
supply from slot 7. Performing a hardware reset runs a HIGH RISK of
corrupting the operating system to the point of rendering it unusable. If this
occurs, the operating system and system software must be reloaded. A
hardware reset also runs the RISK of causing the hard drive to fail. If this
occurs, the hard drive must be replaced.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-9

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Procedure
1. Verify that the operating system is detecting the SCSI devices correctly.
ok setenv auto-boot? false
ok reset-all
ok probe-scsi
The probe-scsi command should detect the hard drive at Target 0 and the
CD-ROM drive at Target 6.
2. If the probe-scsi command fails to detect the drives or if a SCSI transport

error occurs, verify that the jumpers are set correctly on the CD-ROM drive.
Figure 5-2. CD-ROM SCSI Jumper Settings
TEAC CD-ROM DRIVE JUMPER SETTINGS
(VIEW FROM REAR OF CD-ROM DRIVE)
PRSW
ID TERM
GND
R L 01 234 5 6
50-PIN SCSI CONNECTOR POWER
PLEXTOR CD-ROM DRIVE JUMPER SETTINGS

(VIEW FROM REAR OF CD-ROM DRIVE)
TERM TEST
AUDIO PRTY BLOCK
OUT SCSI ID EJECT
RG L
50-PIN SCSI CONNECTOR POWER
5-10 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
3. Next, check that the jumpers are set correctly on the hard drive.
Figure 5-3. Hard Drive SCSI Jumper Settings
PIN 12 PIN 1
JUMPER ON PIN 5
ENABLE AUTO SPIN
IBM HARD DRIVE JUMPER SETTINGS

(VIEW FROM BOTTOM OF HARD DRIVE)
VIEW A
SEE VIEW A
4. If the CD-ROM and hard drive jumpers are OK, check that cables are correctly
installed on both drive cards.
5. If the cables are installed correctly and the system still wont boot, contact
6. Once the probe-scsi command detects both the hard drive and the CD-ROM
drive, reset the system to boot automatically; then boot the system:
ok setenv auto-boot? true
ok boot
CD-ROM Not Responding

Use this procedure if you have power, the system has booted, but you cannot use
the CD-ROM drive. For example, you inserted a CD into the drive but cannot see
the content of the CD.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-11

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Procedure
1. At the terminal connected to the EOAP that needs the card replaced, halt the
operating system:
a. Log into the EOAP as root:
Console login: root
Password: eagle
b. Shut down all processes and exit back to root by entering these
commands:
# su - ccsproj
% cd /ccsosmr/{instance}/bin
% ccsmr all.down
% exit
c. Halt the EOAP by entering this command:

# /usr/sbin/init 0
The screen will display output similar to the following. Wait until the ok
prompt appears before continuing with the next step:
Date: time apg 2 halt: halted by root
Date: time apg 2 syslogd: going down on signal 15
Syncing file systems ... [1] done
Program terminated
Type help for more information
ok
2. Determine whether the system detects the CD-ROM drive.

a. Verify that the probe-scsi command can detect the CD-ROM drive at
Target 6; enter these commands:
ok setenv auto-boot? false
ok reset-all
ok probe-scsi
b. If the probe-scsi command does not detect a Target 6 device, reboot the
system using the device reconfiguration option:
ok boot -r
c. When the system returns to the console login prompt, repeat step 1. Then
verify that the probe-scsi command can now detect the CD-ROM drive
at Target 6 by repeating steps 2a and 2b.
d. If the CD-ROM drive still cannot be detected, contact Tekelec Technical
5-12 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
e. When the CD-ROM Drive is detected, reset the system to boot
automatically; then boot the system:
ok setenv auto-boot? true
ok boot
Drives Detected But System Will Not Boot

Use the following procedure when the probe-scsi command detects the hard
drive and CD-ROM drive, but the system will not boot.
Procedure
1. At the OK prompt, type the following command to attempt to boot off of the
hard drive:
# boot disk
2. If the system does not boot up, the disk may not have been built yet or is
corrupted. Contact Tekelec Technical Services at the appropriate number.
Connect/Disconnect SCSI Devices
Procedure
1. At the terminal connected to the EOAP, halt the operating system.

a. Log in as root by entering these commands:
Console login: root
Password: eagle
commands:
# su - ccsproj
% ccsmr all.down
% exit
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-13

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
# /usr/sbin/init 0
Program terminated
ok
2. To disconnect the SCSI device:

a. Power off the SCSI device
b. Disconnect the SCSI device
Continue with 4..
3. To connect the SCSI device:

c. Connect the SCSI device
a. Power on the SCSI device
Continue with 4..
4. Boot the system by entering this command:

ok boot
NOTE: External SCSI devices MUST be terminated using an external

SCSI terminator. If more than one external SCSI device is connected
simultaneously, the last device in the chain MUST be terminated using the
external SCSI terminator.
Console Devices
5-14 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Connect/Disconnect Console Devices
WARNING: Solaris Console Port Break Issue
A terminal or modem connected to the EOAP serial port and acting as
the system console can halt the operating system (bring it to the ok
prompt) if you turn off or unplug the terminal, or unplug the modem or
drop the connection. When the system is halted in this manner, it must
be manually booted from the ok prompt to resume operation.
This problem affects all TMOAPs and EOAPs running Solaris 2.5.1. The
problem is most often encountered when Tekelec support personnel use
a modem to dial into the customers system.
Solution
After the modem connection has been dropped or the terminal has been
disconnected from the TMOAP/EOAP, use the Eagle STP console to
issue a reboot command to the TMOAP/EOAP.
Procedure

a. Log in as root by entering these commands:
Console login: root
Password: eagle
commands:
# su - ccsproj
% ccsmr all.down
% exit

# /usr/sbin/init 0
Program terminated
ok
2. To disconnect the console device (terminal or modem):
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-15

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
a. Power off the console device
b. Disconnect the console device
Continue with 4..
3. To connect the console device (terminal or modem):

a. Connect the console device
b. Power on the console device
Continue with 4..

ok boot
Maintenance Modem
Use the following procedure if the maintenance modem is not functioning
properly.
a modem to dial into the customer's system.
Solution
5-16 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Procedure
1. Verify that both the calling and receiving modems are turned on and plugged
into a working telephone jack.
2. Verify that the calling modem and communication software is configured for
9600 baud, 7 data bits, even parity, and 1 stop bit (7-E-1)
3. Verify that the maintenance modem is capable of supporting the

communication parameters shown in 2..
4. Verify that the maintenance modem answers the call and the modems attempt
to establish communication.
5. Verify that the maintenance modem is plugged into serial port 3.
6. Verify that the maintenance modem is set to Auto Answer
7. Verify that the modem port is configured correctly:

Console login: root
Password: eagle
# pmadm -l
The system returns output similar to the following; the last line (bold)
indicates the port to be used with the maintenance modem:
ttymon0 ttymon 0 ux root /dev/term/0 - - /usr/bin/login
- 9600 - login: - - - #/dev/term/0
- 9600 - login: - - - #/dev/term/1
- 9600 - login: - - - #/dev/term/2
- 9600 - login: - - - #/dev/term/4
zsmon ttymon ttya u root /dev/term/a I - /usr/bin/login
- 9600 ldterm,ttcompat ttya login: - tvi925 y #
zsmon ttymon ttyb u root /dev/term/b I - /usr/bin/login
- 9600 ldterm,ttcompat ttyb login: - tvi925 y #
zsmon ttymon 3 u root /dev/term/3 - - /usr/bin/login
- 9600E ldterm,ttcompat login: - 3 n #
NOTE: The command output shows this format if the line wrap option is
set. You can set the line wrap option through the Setup menu.
8. If no login prompt appears, try each of the following:

a. Press return several times.
b. Switch the maintenance modem from Artecon port 3 to 2 or vice-versa.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-17

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
c. Cycle power on the maintenance modem.
9. If the login prompt appears in all CAPITAL letters, press <CTRL-D> at the
prompt.
10. If all previous steps failed, replace the maintenance modem and/or the null
modem cable.
LEDs
The light-emitting diodes (LEDs) on the power supply and processor cards of the
EOAP allow you to perform limited troubleshooting of the cards. If an LED
cannot be resolved after performing the procedures for the respective LED, call
Tekelec Technical Services for assistance.
Power Supply Card

The EOAP power supply card has two LEDs, the Power Good LED and the Fault
LED. The Power Good LED lights (green) when the input voltage is between
36VDC and 72VDC.
Table 5-1. Power Supply Card LEDs
Power Power Good
Conditions Supply Status LED Fault LED
All inputs and outputs are

On On Off
functioning
Low AC or DC input Off Off On*
* If the input is below approx. 20V, the Fault LED will be off.
Fault LED
The Fault LED lights (red) when the input voltage is less than 36 VDC. The Power
Good LED is unlit at this time.
5-18 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Procedure

a. Log in as root:
Console login: root
Password: eagle
commands:
# su - ccsproj
% ccsmr all.down
% exit

# /usr/sbin/init 0
Program terminated
ok
2. Reseat the power supply card. If the fault LED is still lit, go to the next step.
3. If you have a spare power supply card, install the spare power supply. If the
fault LED is still lit, go to the next step.
4. Shutdown caused by overheating. Ensure proper airflow and air temperature.

Let the unit cool down and cycle the input power to restart.
NOTE: Repeated shut down due to overheating may lead to premature
failure.
If the Fault LED is still lit, call Tekelec Technical Services at the appropriate
number.
5. Boot the EOAP by entering this command:

ok boot
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-19

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Processor Card
Run LED Is Continuously Red
The EOAP processor card has a Run LED that is green to indicate normal
operation.
The Run LED is continuously red when the processor card is getting power but is
halted or in Reset state. The LED starts blinking to indicate that the processor did
not access the PCI bus for more than one second.
WARNING: The following procedure has a HIGH RISK of corrupting the
operating system and/or causing hard drive failure. Remove the hard drive
card before continuing with this procedure.
Procedure

a. Log in as root:
Console login: root
Password: eagle
commands:
# su - ccsproj
% ccsmr all.down
% exit

# /usr/sbin/init 0
Program terminated
ok
2. Reseat the processor card in the slot. If the Run LED is still red, go to the next
step.
5-20 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
3. Cycle the power on the system by reseating the power supply card. If the Run
LED is still red, call Tekelec Technical Services at the appropriate number.

ok boot
RUN LED Is Green But Ports Are Not Functioning
Use this troubleshooting procedure when the system boots properly but the ports
are not functioning.
Procedure
1. Examine the BM (Backplane Monitor) LED on the front of the processor card:
If the BM LED is flashing, communication with the serial I/O card is
occurring. No further testing is necessary.
If the BM LED is not lit, this indicates no cPCI bus activity.
2. At the terminal connected to the EOAP, halt the operating system:

a. Log in as root:
Console login: root
Password: eagle
commands:
# su - ccsproj
% ccsmr all.down
% exit

# /usr/sbin/init 0
Program terminated
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-21

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
ok
3. Reseat the serial card and processor card.
4. If the BM LED is still not lit, contact Tekelec Technical Services at the
appropriate number.
LEDs Normal But No Ethernet Access
Use the following procedure when the LEDs are normal but there is no Ethernet
access.
Procedure
1. Determine whether the Ethernet port is communicating with the local

network. Remove and replace the Ethernet cable from the upper right front of
the processor card while watching the output on the VT-520 terminal display.
When the cable is removed, the system should display the following:
SUNW, hme0: Link Down -- cable problem?
When the cable is replaced, the hme0 error message should stop being
displayed.
This verifies the hardware sees the external network.
2. If, after replacing the cable, the hardware is still unable to see the network,
contact Tekelec Technical Services at the appropriate number.
Serial Card
Use these procedures for problems with the Serial card.
Ports 3, 4, 5, or 6 Not Working
5-22 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Use the following procedure when ports 3, 4, 5, or 6 on both EOAP-A and
EOAP-B are not working.
NOTE: These ports are all connected to the Aurora Serial I/O board
located in slot 3.
Procedure
1. Check that the Aurora driver has been installed and enabled. Log in as root
and reboot the operating system with device configuration display:
# reboot -- -r
The boot screen output should include a reference to the Aurora board similar
to the following example:
Rebooting with command: boot -r
Boot device: /pci@1f,0/pci@1,1/scsi@4/disk@0,0 File and args: -r
SunOS Release 5.5.1 Version Generic_103640-12 [UNIX(R) System V
Release 4.0]
Copyright (c) 1983-1996, Sun Microsystems, Inc.
configuring network interfaces: hme0.
Hostname: eoap1100402a
Aurora 4520CP board:0 ESCC2-10-V3.2 29.4912 MHz, rev AA, PIL 0xb-H,
2.01tk1
Configuring the /devices directory
2. If the Aurora driver has not been installed, go to the terminal connected to the
EOAP and halt the operating system:
a. Log in as root:
Console login: root
Password: eagle
commands:
# su - ccsproj
% ccsmr all.down
% exit
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-23

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
# /usr/sbin/init 0
Program terminated
ok
3. Reseat the Aurora card in slot 3 to make sure that it is properly connected to
the backplane.
4. Inspect the pins on the backplane in slot 3 to verify that no pins are bent or
shoring of other pins has occurred.
5. If the card is properly seated in the slot and the system is receiving power, but
the driver still does not detect the card, verify the correct Transition Card was
installed in Slot 3.
6. Use a multimeter and the relevant schematics to verify the correct pins are
hooked up to the correct serial ports. The Force Transition Card and Serial I/O
Transition card might have been mistakenly switched during manufacturing.

ok boot
Ports 7, 8, 9, or 10 Not Working
These ports are reserved for future use and SHOULD NOT be working. No
troubleshooting is necessary.
Ports 1 or 2 Not Working
Use the following procedure when ports 1 or 2 on both EOAP-A and EOAP-B are
not working.
5-24 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Procedure
1. Check that port 1, as the default COM port, displays a prompt when correctly
connected to a VT-Terminal.
2. If this port is not working, verify that nothing is connected to the front of the
Processor card.
3. Verify that the dial-switch on the processor card is correctly set to its Default
position (arrow pointing to the letter F).
Hard Disk
File System Errors

UNIX, like any multitasking operating system, is susceptible to disk errors
resulting from failed latent writes. Problems of this nature usually result from
halting the operating system improperly. When the EOAP is started again, the file
systems are audited and the error will be discovered. The EOAP will not function
until the errant file system is repaired. Use the following procedure to correct the
problem.
Procedure
1. At the EOAP console terminal, a message displays that indicates which file
system is corrupted and that the fsck utility must be run.
2. Follow the instructions on the screen to become the root user in single user
mode.
3. Follow the instructions on the screen to run the fsck utility and answer Y to
all questions.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-25

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
4. Reboot the EOAP.
ok boot
5. If the fsck utility indicates that a problem could not be fixed, replace the hard
drive.
Full Partition Check

Use this procedure to verify that all the file system partitions are present and that
none are over 90% full (with the exception of the /opt partition, which may be
more than 90% full if the AnswerBook files are installed. This does not affect the
operation of the EOAP and can be ignored).
Procedure
1. Log in as ccsproj:
Console login: ccsproj
Password: eagle1
% df -k
Filesystem kbytes used avail capacity Mounted on
/dev/dsk/c0t3d0s0 86327 12910 64787 17% /
/dev/dsk/c0t3d0s6 220499 177220 21239 89% /usr
/proc 0 0 0 0% /proc
fd 0 0 0 0% /dev/fd
/dev/dsk/c0t3d0s4 95891 23740 62571 28% /var
swap 117992 24 117968 0% /tmp
/dev/dsk/c0t3d0s7 106463 80177 15646 84% /ccsdata
/dev/dsk/c0t3d0s3 239631 156380 59291 73% /ccsosmr
/dev/dsk/c0t3d0s5 95891 73621 12690 85% /opt
NOTE: A full partition often indicates a serious problem. Simply making

more room on the disk is not sufficient. The underlying problem should be
fully diagnosed.
5-26 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
IP
Error: syslog: s match_netconf: setnetconfig failed

Use this procedure if you get the following error message: Error: syslog: s
match_netconf: setnetconfig failed.
NOTE: This error most often occurs when a bug in the Solaris operating
system erases the contents of the /etc/netconfig file.
Procedure
1. Log in as root:
Console login: root
Password: eagle
2. Verify that the netconfig file is present and that the file size is greater than
zero:
# ls -l /etc/netconfig
The system returns output similar to the following:

-rw-r--r-- 1 root sys 1211 Jun 7 07:33 /etc/netconfig
If the netconfig file is missing, or if the file size is zero (or smaller than the file
size shown in the example output above), replace the file from another EOAP
running the same release. If the EOAP is in a dual configuration, the mate is
an ideal source of the /etc/netconfig file.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-27

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
EOAP Internal Software
msDI Controlled Software

Table 5-2 lists the processes that are controlled by msDI software.
Table 5-2. msDI Processes

msDI0 IPC directory daemon
ysA20 UAL Timeout/PVC state cntl daemon
ysAD0 Daemon
ysT20 UIM generator
ysTT0 Eagle TTY interface
emsAg EMS Agent
msSU0 Daemon
ysA30 UAL Multi-Seg. Re-assembly daemon
ysAO0 OS Contract OS to NE daemon
ysT30 OAP Status
ysA10 UAL/X.25 PVC daemon
ysA40 UAL conf. fail/clear daemon
ysT10 Maintenance Process
ysTD0 UAL test msg echo daemon
Since msDI provides basic communication services to these processes, they share
many of the same debugging tools and methods.
The debug techniques for all msDI processes (except emsAgent) are:
1. If a process is not running, check for a core file in the /ccsosmr/{instance}/bin

directory. (See procedure Check for a Core File on page 5-30.)
2. If the emsAgent is not running, ensure that the Dset license file is correct. (See
procedure Verify the emsAgent Dset License (emsAgent only) on
page 5-30.)
3. Check the debug log file(s) for that process
4. Interprocess message tracing
5-28 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
5. emsAgent message tracing
6. Truss command
7. Top command
Verify msDI Processes
Procedure
Password: eagle1
2. Verify that all the required processes are running by entering the following
commands:
% ccsmr all.status
The system displays output similar to the following:

********** System (msDI) registration report starts *****
********** date/time==> Wed May 29 14:29:35 2000
* Process=(msDI00), Host(apg3)/PID=(870): IPC directory daemon
* Process=(ysT300), Host(apg3)/PID=(915):
* Process=(ysA201), Host(apg3)/PID=(920): UAL Timeout/PVC state cntl daemon
* Process=(ysA301), Host(apg3)/PID=(938): UAL Multi-Seg. Re-assembly daemon
* Process=(ysA401), Host(apg3)/PID=(954): UAL conf. fail/clear daemon
* Process=(ysAO01), Host(apg3)/PID=(970): OS Contract OS to NE daemon
* Process=(ysAD01), Host(apg3)/PID=(1012): UAL test msg echo daemon
! Process=(ysA101), Host(apg3)/PID=(1037): UAL/X.25 PVC daemon
* Process=(ysTT00), Host(apg3)/PID=(1130):
* Process=(emsAgent), Host(apg3)/PID=(611): EmsAgent
* Process=(emsStatusUpdate), Host(ralph)/PID=(12144): EMS Agent Status
NOTE: Only applicable processes are listed. The host and PID output will
vary. The processes marked with ! will vary depending on the X.25
configuration in the DEFAULTS file. In a single EOAP configuration, six
X.25 processes are listed. In a dual EOAP configuration, only three X.25
processes are listed.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-29

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Check for a Core File
Procedure
1. Log in as ccsproj; enter the following commands:

Password: eagle1
2. Change to the instance binary directory; enter the following command:

3. See if a core file exists; enter the following command:

% ls -l |grep core
If a core file exists, note the file creation date and time. Do not remove the file
or change it in any way.
Verify the emsAgent Dset License (emsAgent only)
Procedure

Password: eagle1
2. Change to the Dset directory; enter the following command:

% cd /usr/local/Dset
3. Display the contents of the Dset license file; enter the following commands:
# cat /usr/local/Dset/license
N ffffffff wyfszmtgnlwfqzha DSGRunTime 4.1
N ffffffff oqxkrelyfdqxirza APLI 4.1
Note the correct spelling, capitalization, and spacing of the file contents. If the
license file for this software package is incorrect, the emsAgent will not run.
5-30 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
msDI Process Debug Log Files (Except emsAgent)
The msDI process has two debug log files. The log files are stored in:
/ccsdata/log/{processname}/{processname}{instancenumber}.cur
/ccsdata/log/{processname}/{processname}{instancenumber}.prev
The debug log files are flat text files. Each line of a log file contains a line of debug
output produced by the process. Each line is prepended with the time, date, and
name of the process.
For example, in a dual EOAP configuration, 3 UAL daemons (ysA10 processes)
are running. The log files for all three daemons are stored in /ccsdata/log/ysA10.
The following files should be in that directory:
ysA101.cur ysA101.prev ysA102.cur ysA102.prev ysA103.cur ysA103.prev
The last digit in the filename indicates with which instance of the ysA10 process
the log is associated.
The .cur and .prev extensions to the log files denote current and previous log
files. The current log file is the one currently being written to. When a
predetermined file length for that log file has been reached, the current log is
copied to the previous log. The maximum log length for most processes is
100 Kb.
ysTT0 is the interface to the serial connection to the Eagle STP. The log contains
messages sent from the EOAP to the Eagle STP.
ysTT0 inserts a Maintenance Poll response into the output queue. This is an
example of the possible output:
Fri Feb 26 15:17:00 2000: ysTT00-0 (ysTT00): InsertOAPMsgs insert ^14023213RSP
-MNT:4::000000:80,mnt::221-001-000:1:97FCA5F8:0,0,001-0-0,002-0-0,003-0-0,,,,,
,,:1,2,,,,,,,,,,:1:000000:00:198.089.039.115,0,1;_ in MNT FD queue 6 to Port 0
The message is read from the queue and written to one of the serial port file
descriptors. This is an example of the possible output:
Fri Feb 26 15:17:00 2000: ysTT00-0 (ysTT00): MNT Msg to be written to FD 6 on
Port 0: ^14023213RSP-MNT:4::000000:80,mnt::221-001-000:1:97FCA5F8:0,0,001-0-0,
002-0-0,003-0-0,,,,,,,:1,2,,,,,,,,,,:1:000000:00:198.089.039.115,0,1;~
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-31

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
emsAgent Process Debug Log Files (emsAgent only)
The emsAgent process has two debug log files. The log files are stored in:
/ccsosmr/{instance}/log/emsAG/emsAgent.log
/ccsosmr/{instance}/log/emsAG/emsAgent.stdout.x
The emsAgent process (emsAg) is an exception to the msDI debug logging style.
Debug information generated by emsAgent is directed to standard error. In order
to view this information, the process must be terminated and restarted manually.
A safer alternative is to use the truss command.
Terminating the emsAgent will cause a switchover to the emsAgent on the mate
EOAP in a dual EOAP configuration. If the purpose of running the emsAgent in
the foreground is to observe traffic to and from the LSMS, disable the mate EOAP
or emsAgent first to prevent switchover.
CAUTION: Terminating the emsAgent will break the LSMS association!
Use caution to avoid problems!
Procedure

Password: eagle1
2. Display the PID of the emsAgent process; enter the following commands:
% ps -ae | grep emsAgent

759 ? 0:02 emsAgent
3. Terminate the running emsAgent; enter the following command:

% kill -9 {emsAgent PID}
%kill -9 759
4. Restart the emsAgent in the foreground; enter the following command:

% ccsmr emsAgent {instancename}
5-32 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
5. Once these steps are completed, debug information will be displayed on the
console and will also be captured in the following log file:
/ccsosmr/{instance}/log/emsAG/emsAgent.stdout
6. To turn off the debug information and return the emsAgent to its normal run
state:
a. Substitute user to root:
% su - root
Password: eagle
b. Reboot the system

# /usr/sbin/init 6
7. The emsAgent has a further debug feature that allows more detailed tracing.
The SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 signals toggle debug and trace modes
respectively. By default, debug mode is on and trace mode is off.
To toggle the debug mode for the emsAgent, enter this command:
% kill -16 <emsAgent PID>
To toggle the trace mode for the emsAgent, enter this command:
Trace Inter-Process Messages (Except emsAgent)

You can trace inter-process messages by activating the Inter-Process Message
Tracing function, reading the trace logs, and de-activating the Inter-Process
Message Tracing function.
Procedure
1. Activate the Inter-Process Message Tracing function:

a. Log in as ccsproj; enter the following commands:
Password: eagle1
b. Open the system parameters file for editing; enter the following
commands:
% cd /ccsosmr/{instance}/config
% vi sys_param
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-33

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
c. Change the line TRACE_DEBUG=OFF to TRACE_DEBUG=ON
d. Save the change and close the file, enter:
<ESC> :wq
e. Restart the instance; enter the following commands:

% ccsmr all.down
% ccsmr all.up
2. Read the trace logs. These logs are stored in:

/ccsdata/trace/{date time}/{processname}/{processname}{instancenumber}
The trace log files are flat text files. Each line in the file contains a line of debug
output produced by the process, prepended with the time, date, and name of
the process.
Retrieve the trace logs with the ccsmr proc.trace command and specify the
following arguments:
<process> bellcore name for the process, yaA103 for example
-t <hh:mm:ss> List messages from this time
-l # number of characters/message to display
The following sample output shows the basic format of a debug trace entry:
Incoming message from message router (SEASFTWPRD1) to OAP process ysA103
####
0323 150801 194 I X SEASFTWPRD1
2000E19076EQ7C010190TLWVLTXXA02WESEASFTWPRD1TSS TEST-SEAS-
UPL:::EPW5IF:90,TRM::"ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789
#$%&()*+,_./:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789 #$%&";
The 150801 is a time stamp, the I indicates Incoming (to the process), and the X
indicates that the message is going to or coming from an external process, for
example, Eagle or MR.
3. De-activate the Inter-Process Message Tracing function:

a. Log in as ccsproj; enter the following commands:
Password: eagle1
b. Open the system parameters file for editing; enter the following
commands:
% cd /ccsosmr/{instance}/config
% vi sys_param
5-34 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
c. Change the line TRACE_DEBUG=ON to TRACE_DEBUG=OFF
d. Save the change and close the file:
<ESC> :wq
e. Restart the instance:

% ccsmr all.down
% ccsmr all.up
Message Tracing Example.
The following example shows a debugging session in which the TEST-SEAS-UPL

message was not returned. The Eagle STPs security log shows that the message
was successfully received and processed. By looking at the EOAPs inter-process
messages, we can find out which process is failing to forward the message.
Incoming message from message router (SEASFTWPRD1) to EOAP process
ysA103:
####
0323 150801 194 I X SEASFTWPRD1
2000E19076EQ7C010190TLWVLTXXA02WESEASFTWPRD1TSS
TEST-SEAS-UPL:::EPW5IF:90,TRM::"ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789
Outgoing message from ysA103 to ysTTOO:

####
0323 150801 276 O T 10 1 50 0 MessageId. LWVLTXXA02WysA103
LWVLTXXA02WysTT00
60TEST-SEAS-UPL:::EPW5IF:90,TRM::"ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789
#$%&()*+,_./:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789 #$%&";134
Incoming message from ysA103 to ysTT00:

####
0323 150801 276 I T 10 1 50 0 MessageId. LWVLTXXA02WysA103
LWVLTXXA02WysTT00
Outgoing message from ysTT00 to the Eagle STP:

####
0323 150801 144 O X ysTT00
456789 #$%&()*+,_./:;<=>?@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789
#$%&";
Incoming message from the Eagle STP to ysTT00:
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-35

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
####
0323 150802 188 I X ysTT00
18826313BTRM90RSP:LWVLTXXA02W,98-03-23,15-05-51.0-CDT:TEST-SEAS-UPL:EP
W5IF:COMPLD::"ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789
Outgoing message from ysTT00 to ysAO01:

####
0323 150802 314 O T 10 1 50 0 MessageId. LWVLTXXA02WysTT00
LWVLTXXA02WysAO01
60RSP:LWVLTXXA02W,98-03-23,15-05-51.0-CDT:TEST-SEAS-UPL:EPW5IF:COMPLD:
:"ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789
Incoming message from ysTT00 to ysAO01:

####
0323 150802 314 I T 10 1 50 0 MessageId. LWVLTXXA02WysTT00
LWVLTXXA02WysAO01
60RSP:LWVLTXXA02W,98-03-23,15-05-51.0-CDT:TEST-SEAS-UPL:EPW5IF:COMPLD:
:"ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ0123456789
Nothing comes out of ysAO01, and if you look at the log for this process, you will
find the following error message:
Mon Mar 23 15:08:02 1998: (LWVLTXXA02WysAO01)-0 (ysAO01): ERROR! Send
Message failed - (Msg cant send due to no active IPC found,
PVC_key=(ESEASFTWPRD1j))()(SEASFTWPRD1)
Trace emsAgent Inter-Process Messages (emsAgent only)
The emsAgent has a debug feature that allows more detailed tracing. The
SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 signals toggle debug and trace modes respectively. By
default, debug mode is on and trace mode is off.
To toggle the debug mode for the emsAgent, enter this command:
To toggle the trace mode for the emsAgent, enter this command:
truss Command
The truss command can be executed on any running process in order to trace the
system calls that process makes. This output can often be useful in debugging a
process problem. The example below shows the output of the truss command on
the emsAgent process. By using the truss command, some of the log output that
is normally redirected to /dev/null can be viewed because of the use of the
write() system call. For more information on using the truss command, read the
truss man pages.
5-36 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Procedure
1. Log in as root:
Console login: root
Password: eagle
2. Get the PID of the process you want debug; enter the following command:
# ps -ae | grep emsAgent

759 ? 0:02 emsAgent
3. Enter the truss command:

# truss -p 759

tekelec-1:ccsproj%su
Password:
# truss -p 657
Received signal #14, SIGALRM, in poll() [caught]
poll(0xEFFFD790, 5, -1) Err#4 EINTR
setcontext(0xEFFFD568)
sigprocmask(SIG_BLOCK, 0x001EBBA4, 0x001EBBB4) = 0
sigprocmask(SIG_BLOCK, 0x001EBBA4, 0xEFFFF830) = 0
sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, 0xEFFFF830, 0x00000000) = 0
sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, 0x001EBBB4, 0x00000000) = 0
write(1, " e m s _ p e r i o d i c".., 49) = 49
sigprocmask(SIG_BLOCK, 0x001EBBA4, 0x002502E8) = 0
sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, 0x002502E8, 0x00000000) = 0
sigprocmask(SIG_BLOCK, 0x001EBBA4, 0x00250268) = 0
sigprocmask(SIG_BLOCK, 0x001EBBA4, 0x002501F8) = 0
setitimer(ITIMER_REAL, 0x00216F84, 0x00000000) = 0
sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, 0x002501F8, 0x00000000) = 0
sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, 0x00250268, 0x00000000) = 0
poll(0xEFFFD790, 5, -1) (sleeping...)
poll(0xEFFFD790, 5, -1) = 1
getmsg(8, 0xEFFFF3E8, 0xEFFFF3DC, 0xEFFFF2D0) = 0
sigprocmask(SIG_BLOCK, 0x001EBBA4, 0xEFFFF5D0) = 0
sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, 0xEFFFF5D0, 0x00000000) = 0
write(1, " E M S : s u b c r e a".., 46) = 46
write(1, " M e s s a g e B l o c".., 31) = 31
putmsg(6, 0x0026CE34, 0x0026CD98, 0) = 0
write(1, " E M S : e m s _ s e n d".., 46) = 46
write(1, " > > U P D - L N P - 1 0".., 180) = 180
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-37

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
sigprocmask(SIG_BLOCK, 0x001EBBA4, 0x0026D320) = 0
setitimer(ITIMER_REAL, 0x0026D2B0, 0x0026D2B0) = 0
sigprocmask(SIG_BLOCK, 0x001EBBA4, 0x0026D2B0) = 0
sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, 0x0026D2B0, 0x00000000) = 0
sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, 0x0026D320, 0x00000000) = 0
write(1, " E M S : E x i t i n g :".., 46) = 46
poll(0xEFFFD790, 5, -1) = 1
write(1, " E M S : g a t e w a y ".., 46) = 46
fcntl(6, F_GETFL, 0x00000000) = 2
ioctl(6, I_FIND, "sockmod") = 1
poll(0x0024D628, 1, 0) = 1
read(6, "\0\0\003\0\0\0\0\0\0\0 C".., 1024) = 80
write(1, " > > R S P : J H C Y T N".., 72) = 72
write(1, " M e s s a g e B l o c".., 29) = 29
putmsg(8, 0x0024FEF0, 0x0024FEE4, 0) = 0
Received signal #14, SIGALRM, in poll() [caught]
poll(0xEFFFD790, 5, -1) Err#4 EINTR
setcontext(0xEFFFD568)
write(1, " e m s _ p e r i o d i c".., 49) = 49
putmsg(8, 0x0024FEF8, 0x0024FEEC, 0) = 0
sigprocmask(SIG_BLOCK, 0x001EBBA4, 0x00250268) = 0
sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, 0x00250268, 0x00000000) = 0
poll(0xEFFFD790, 5, -1) = 1
getmsg(8, 0xEFFFF3E8, 0xEFFFF3DC, 0xEFFFF2D0) = 0
sigprocmask(SIG_BLOCK, 0x001EBBA4, 0xEFFFF5D8) = 0
sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, 0xEFFFF5D8, 0x00000000) = 0
5-38 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
4. Quit the truss output screen:
# ^C
#
Top Command
The top command provides information on the performance impact of running

processes. The following example was obtained by changing the terminal type to
vt100 in order to allow screen re-drawing. By default, the screen is updated with
new information every five seconds.
Procedure
1. Log in as root:
Console login: root
Password: eagle
2. Change to the directory containing the command executable:

# cd /ccsosmr/MR.os54/MISC/bin
3. Enter the top command:

# ./top

last pid: 5171; load averages: 2.16, 2.03, 1.96
18:52:55
73 processes: 70 sleeping, 2 running, 1 on cpu
Cpu states: 0.0% idle, 7.6% user, 24.5% kernel, 67.9% wait, 0.0% swap
Memory: 27496K real, 1500K free, 27516K swap, 119404K free swap
PID USERNAME PRI NICE SIZE RES STATE TIME WCPU CPU COMMAND
5099 root 27 0 1932K 1508K cpu 0:01 0.12% 1.37% top
5170 ccsproj 3 0 828K 608K run 0:00 0.98% 0.98% sh
1 root 33 0 412K 100K sleep 0:59 0.07% 0.78% init
162 root 7 0 1636K 904K sleep 0:50 0.03% 0.39% nscd
505 ccsproj 34 -10 2768K 1704K sleep 0:41 0.03% 0.39% ysTTy
5171 ccsproj 13 0 832K 284K run 0:00 0.39% 0.39% sh
261 ccsproj 33 0 2780K 1720K sleep 0:25 0.02% 0.20% ysT1mnt
622 ccsproj 33 0 1508K 840K sleep 0:05 0.00% 0.00%
emsStatusUpdat
225 ccsproj 33 0 1964K 1476K sleep 0:02 0.00% 0.00% ysAOsNe
267 root 3 0 1972K 784K sleep 0:01 0.00% 0.00% vold
596 ccsproj 33 0 3836K 2380K sleep 0:01 0.00% 0.00% emsAgent
143 root 34 0 1400K 856K sleep 0:01 0.00% 0.00% syslogd
287 ccsproj -25 0 1860K 1268K sleep 0:00 0.00% 0.00% ysADriver
215 root -25 0 1620K 344K sleep 0:00 0.00% 0.00% x25netd
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-39

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
209 ccsproj -23 0 1468K 636K sleep 0:00 0.00% 0.00% ksh
106 root -20 0 1712K 680K sleep 0:00 0.00% 0.00% kerbd
118 root -17 0 1648K 668K sleep 0:00 0.00% 0.00% statd
181 root -17 0 1400K 668K sleep 0:00 0.00% 0.00% lpNet
4. Quit the top output screen:

# ^C
#
Required Daemons
Table 5-3 lists the daemon processes that are required to be running for normal
EOAP operation. This section describes how to verify the required daemons and
methods for debugging.
Table 5-3. License, OSI, X.25 and Alarm Daemons

Process Name Description
lic.SUNW License Daemon
osilogd OSI Daemon
osinetd OSI Daemon
x25netd X25 Daemon *
Nebs Alarm Daemon
* There must be two x25netd processes running.
Verify Required Daemons
Procedure
1. Log in as root:
Console login: root
Password: eagle
2. For each daemon listed above, execute the following command:

# ps -ef |grep <process_name> |grep -v grep
This command should return one line of output for each process, except for
x25netd, which will output two lines (one line for each running process).
5-40 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
One or More Daemon(s) Is Not Running
If any of the daemons is not running, you should reboot the system to restart the
daemons before continuing debug activities:
Procedure
1. Log in as root:
Console login: root
Password: eagle
2. Reboot the system to restart the daemons

# /usr/sbin/init 6
3. Verify the required daemons again:

# ps -ef |grep <process_name> |grep -v grep
Examine License Key Files
If you have rebooted the system and the OSI and/or X.25 daemon is still not
running, check the combined license key file and the individual license key for
each product for which the daemon is not running.
IMPORTANT: The contents of your license files should exactly match the
content of the files shown in the example output here. Note the correct
spelling, capitalization, and spacing of the file contents. If the license file
for the OSI and/or X25 software packages is incorrect, the daemon(s) for
that package will not run.
NOTE: It is very unlikely that there is a license key problem. Beginning
with Release 25.0, Tekelec implemented universal license keys, which are
no longer host-specific and which are loaded onto the system automatically
during system manufacturing process or during the upgrade from
Release 24.x to Release 25.0. Because these license keys are no longer
manually keyed in, the chance of an error in a license file is small.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-41

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Examine the combined license key file:
Procedure
1. Log in as root:
Console login: root
Password: eagle
2. Examine the combined license key file; enter this command:

# cd /etc/opt/licenses
# cat LIC_CONFIG_FILE.combined
#cat LIC_CONFIG_FILE.combined
FEATURE_ID=solstice_x.25
VERSION_ID=9.1
FEATURE_NAME=Solstice X.25
FEATURE_VERSION=9.1 for sparc
DAEMON_NAME=lic.SUNW
LICENSE_FILE=x25_9.1
LICENSE_TYPE=0
DEMO_AVAIL=1
USE_INCREMENT=1
FEATURE_ID=solstice_x.25_x86
VERSION_ID=9.1
FEATURE_NAME=Solstice X.25
FEATURE_VERSION=9.1 for x86
LICENSE_FILE=x25_9.1
LICENSE_TYPE=0
DEMO_AVAIL=1
USE_INCREMENT=1
FEATURE_ID=STACK
VERSION_ID=8.0
FEATURE_NAME=SunLink OSI (Stack) 8.1.1 for Solaris 2 SPARC
FEATURE_VERSION=8.1.1
LICENSE_FILE=osistk8.0
LICENSE_TYPE=0
DEMO_AVAIL=1
USE_INCREMENT=1
5-42 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Examine the X.25 license key files:
Procedure
1. Locate the license key file; enter this command:

% cat x25_9.x.loc
/opt/SUNWconn/x25
2. Examine the X.25 license key files

% cat /opt/SUNWconn/x25/x25_9.1.lic,1
INCREMENT solstice_x.25 lic.SUNW 9.100 01-jan-0 0 AB4A7001C6C0E7F3BA24
"Tekelec project lsms/oap" ANY
eoap1100402a:root#
Examine the OSI license key file:
Procedure
1. Examine the OSI license key file; enter this command:

% cat /etc/opt/licenses/osistk8.0.lic,1
INCREMENT STACK lic.SUNW 8.000 01-jan-0 0 BBFA00015B0268D6B85C
"Tekelec project lsms/oap" ANY
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-43

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
External Connectivity
No External EOAP Connectivity

This problem is characterized by the ok prompt appearing on the EOAP console.
It is caused by the stop character (zbreak) being received by the EOAP on the
serial port (TTYA). This signal can sometimes be generated erroneously by
connecting or disconnecting terminals or modems to and from the serial port.
a modem to dial into the customer's system.
Solution
Procedure
1. Log in as root:
Console login: root
Password: eagle
2. Boot the system; enter the following command:

ok boot
5-44 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
External Interfaces
EOAP-to-Eagle STP Interface
EOAP Eagle STP Security Log

The rtrv-seculog command on the Eagle STP can provide information on
commands arriving from the EOAP. The command allows the specification of a
terminal port. It is often useful to inhibit one EOAP port and specify the other
(active) terminal port to the rtrv-seculog command. Maintenance responses are
not logged.
ysTT0 Debug Log

The ysTT0 debug log file will contain all data written to this interface, including
maintenance responses. It will also indicate any problems encountered while
attempting to read or write to the serial ports.
Procedure
Password: eagle1
2. Change to the process debug log directory:

% cd /ccsdata/log/ysTT0
3. Display the contents of the ysTT0) debug log file:

% cat ysTT0{instancenumber}.cur
ysTT0 Trace Log

The ysTT0 process trace logs will contain messages arriving to and sent from the
ysTT0 process. Data written to or read from the Eagle STP/EOAP interface by the
EOAP can be checked here.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-45

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Procedure
Password: eagle1
2. Change to the process debug log directory:

% cd /ccsdata/trace/{date time}/ysTT0
3. Display the contents of the ysTT0) debug log file:

% cat ysTT0{instancenumber}
Chameleon
A Chameleon can be placed on one of the serial connections between the Eagle
STP and an EOAP. It is often useful to inhibit one EOAP port and place the
Chameleon on the other (active) link. Data written to or read from the Eagle
STP/EOAP interface by either the Eagle STP or the EOAP can be checked here.
The following equipment is required:
Chameleon with an RS232 interface pod
25-pin serial Y cable connected to the Eagle STP, EOAP, and Chameleon
Configure the RS232 interface on the Chameleon as follows:
Asynchronous serial
19200 baud
7 data bits
Even parity
1 stop bit
Data Checksum
The Eagle STP and the EOAP use a data checksum to verify that they have the
same values for various system and feature parameters. The following procedure
allows Tekelec personnel to gather a quick list of all of the possible parameters
and their current values on an EOAP.
NOTE: This procedure is for debugging purposes only. If a problem with
a particular parameter/value pair is suspected, the official method for
retrieval should be used.
5-46 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Procedure
Password: eagle1
2. Verify ksh is running:

% echo $SHELL
/bin/ksh
3. Set the SeasWork environment variable

% export SeasWork=/ccsosmr/{instance}/work
4. Run the checksum:

% /ccsosmr/MR.os54/testq.sh
The output should have the following format:

MGR_NSAP=0x 12121212
MGR_SSEL= abc
MGR_PSEL= xyz
CLASS_TT= 000
CNAM_TT= 000
LIDB_TT= 000
ISVM_TT= 000
SEAC = SEASNJPYRRC
x25 Packet Size = 8
x25 Mode = DCE
STP CLLI = STPA
Hostname = apg3
IP address = 192.168.051.115
Netmask = 000.000.000.000
Default Router = 192.168.061.250
x25 Configuration = 1
Eagle STP-Initiated EOAP User Interface (ysT10)

This feature provides the Eagle STP with a database containing various EOAP
parameters. The Eagle STP-to-EOAP process containing the EOAP configuration
parameters is logged by ysT1mnt.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-47

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Procedure
Password: eagle1
2. Change to the log directory for this process:

% cd /ccsdata/log/ysT10
3. Check the process debug log for errors:

% cat ysT10{instance}.log
The following is a sample debug log entry for this process:

Mon Feb 9 16:59:35 1998: (ysT100)-0 (ysT100): processCfgMsg(): recd:
OAP-CONFIG:TEKELECST
P,98-11-9,17-55-07.0-EST:1:029678:AM::C6592894,PPPP,EMSS,001,004,003,0
35:SEASNJPYRRC,8,DCE:
TEKELECSTP,TEKELEC-23,198.089.039.056,000.000.000.000,DUAL;
4. Check the log of all actions performed as a result of this process for significant
changes that could affect Eagle STP-to-EOAP communication.
a. Log in as ccsproj:
Password: eagle1
b. Change to the log directory for this process:

% cd /ccsdata/log
c. Check the process debug log for errors:

% cat ConfigChanges.log
The following is an example of an Eagle STP-initiated change of the EOAP

hostname:
ConfigControl.sh (pid 1658) begins on Thu Jan 29 16:59:38 EST 2000
Hostname: changing "beavis" to "tekelec-23" on Thu Jan 29 16:59:38 EST 2000
commitChanges: bringing instance down on Thu Jan 29 16:59:53 EST 2000
commitChanges: removing instance on Thu Jan 29 17:00:38 EST 2000
commitChanges: rebuilding instance on Thu Jan 29 17:00:45 EST 2000
commitChanges: rebooting OAP on Thu Jan 29 17:01:42 EST 2000
5-48 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
EOAP-to-SEAS Interface
The EOAP-to-SEAS interface is built on top of X.25. The x25trace program is
available for monitoring x25 packets sent and received by the EOAP.
NOTE: The x25trace command takes the following parameters:
x25trace [-a] [-u] [-x] [-i interface] [-c count] [-l link id] [-s length] expression
Procedure
1. Log in as root:
Console login: root
Password: eagle
2. Execute the X25trace command to verify link 0:

# /opt/SUNWconn/x25/bin/x25trace -u -i /dev/lapb -l 0
3. Execute the X25trace command to verify link 1:

# /opt/SUNWconn/x25/bin/x25trace -u -i /dev/lapb -l 1
This is an example of an X.25 tracing session:

Parsed:
Time Protocol
0.00 HDLC Sent 1 bytes, command DISC(P),
.
.
.
190.55 HDLC Rcvd 1 bytes, command DISC(P),
190.55 HDLC Sent 1 bytes, response DM(F),
190.66 HDLC Rcvd 1 bytes, command SABM(P),
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-49

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
190.70 HDLC Rcvd 1 bytes, response DM(F),
196.56 HDLC Rcvd 1 bytes, command SABM(P),
196.56 HDLC Sent 1 bytes, response UA(F),
196.69 HDLC Sent 6 bytes, command I(0, 0), 5 bytes user data:
196.69 X.25 Sent 5 bytes, lcn=000, RESTART REQUEST 0700,
196.69 HDLC Rcvd 6 bytes, command I(0, 0), 5 bytes user data:
196.69 X.25 Rcvd 5 bytes, lcn=000, RESTART REQUEST 0000,
196.80 HDLC Rcvd 1 bytes, response RR(1),
198.70 HDLC Sent 1 bytes, response RR(1),
201.89 X.25 Sent 63 bytes, lcn=002, DATA (0, 0) 60 bytes user data:
201.89 X.25 Last packet
32 30 30 31 54 4d 4d 4d 4d 4d 4d 4d 4d 4d 30 31 *2001TMMMMMMMMM01*
30 31 39 39 45 53 45 41 53 50 41 42 41 54 4c 54 *0199ESEASPABATLT*
54 41 52 54 4e 56 41 41 52 37 37 57 23 47 4d 20 *TARTNVAAR77W#GM *
20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 * *
30 31 39 39 45 53 45 41 53 50 41 42 41 54 4c 54 *0199ESEASPABATLT*
54 41 52 54 4e 56 41 41 52 37 37 57 23 47 4d 20 *TARTNVAAR77W#GM *
20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 * *
30 31 39 39 45 53 45 41 53 50 41 42 41 54 4c 54 *0199ESEASPABATLT*
54 41 52 54 4e 56 41 41 52 37 37 57 23 47 4d 20 *TARTNVAAR77W#GM *
20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 * *
202.06 X.25 Rcvd 3 bytes, lcn=002, RR(1),
202.27 X.25 Rcvd 63 bytes, lcn=002, DATA (0, 1) 60 bytes user data:
30 31 39 38 54 41 52 54 4e 56 41 41 52 37 37 57 *0198TARTNVAAR77W*
45 53 45 41 53 50 41 42 41 54 4c 54 23 47 4d 20 *ESEASPABATLT#GM *
5-50 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 * *
30 31 39 38 45 53 45 41 53 50 41 42 41 54 4c 54 *0198ESEASPABATLT*
54 41 52 54 4e 56 41 41 52 37 37 57 23 47 4d 20 *TARTNVAAR77W#GM *
20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 * *
30 31 39 38 54 41 52 54 4e 56 41 41 52 37 37 57 *0198TARTNVAAR77W*
20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 * *
30 31 39 38 45 53 45 41 53 50 41 42 41 54 4c 54 *0198ESEASPABATLT*
54 41 52 54 4e 56 41 41 52 37 37 57 23 47 4d 20 *TARTNVAAR77W#GM *
20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 * *
30 31 39 38 54 41 52 54 4e 56 41 41 52 37 37 57 *0198TARTNVAAR77W*
20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 * *
202.41 HDLC Sen4<~:es, command I(7, 6), 63 bytes user data:

30 31 39 38 45 53 45 41 53 50 41 42 41 54 4c 54 *0198ESEASPABATLT*
54 41 52 54 4e 56 41 41 52 37 37 57 23 47 4d 20 *TARTNVAAR77W#GM *
20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 * *
217.45 X.25 Sent 131 bytes, lcn=001, DATA (2, 1) M 128 bytes user data:
217.45 X.25 MORE DATA - first or middle packet
32 31 30 30 54 30 30 34 34 38 37 4b 45 57 30 31 *2100T004487KEW01*
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-51

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
30 31 35 30 45 53 45 41 53 50 41 42 41 54 4c 54 *0150ESEASPABATLT*
54 41 52 54 4e 56 41 41 52 37 37 57 2a 53 44 20 *TARTNVAAR77W*SD *
20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 52 45 50 54 * REPT*
2d 46 4c 4f 57 2d 54 48 52 55 3a 41 52 54 4e 56 *-FLOW-THRU:ARTNV*
41 41 52 37 37 57 2c 39 38 2d 30 37 2d 31 33 2c *AAR77W,98-07-13,*
31 34 2d 30 36 2d 33 39 2e 30 2d 45 44 54 3a 3a *14-06-39.0-EDT::*
3a 3a 22 20 20 20 20 61 72 74 6e 76 61 61 72 37 *::" artnvaar7*
37 77 20 39 38 2d 30 37 2d 31 33 20 31 34 3a 30 *7w 98-07-13 14:0*
36 3a 33 39 20 45 44 54 20 52 65 6c 20 32 31 2e *6:39 EDT Rel 21.*
31 2e 58 30 34 20 0d 0a 20 20 20 20 4c 49 4e 4b *1.X04 LINK*
2d 43 4f 4d 50 20 4d 45 41 53 55 52 45 4d 45 4e *-COMP MEASUREMEN*
54 53 3a 20 4c 4f 43 3a 20 33 31 30 37 2c 20 50 *TS: LOC: 3107, P*
4f 52 54 3a 20 42 0a 0d 20 20 20 20 0a 0d 20 20 *ORT: B *
20 20 4d 53 55 54 52 41 4e 20 20 20 20 3d 20 20 * MSUTRAN = *
20 20 20 20 35 36 38 38 2c 20 4d 53 55 52 45 43 * 5688, MSUREC*
56 44 20 20 20 3d 20 20 20 20 20 31 30 39 33 33 *VD = 10933*
2c 20 4d 53 55 52 45 54 52 4e 20 20 20 3d 20 20 *, MSURETRN = *
20 20 20 20 20 20 20 30 2c 0a 0d 20 20 20 20 4f * 0, O*
43 54 54 52 41 4e 20 20 20 20 3d 20 20 20 20 36 *CTTRAN = 6*
34 39 39 31 38 2c 20 4f 43 54 52 45 43 56 44 20 *49918, OCTRECVD *
20 20 3d 20 20 20 20 36 32 30 32 30 36 2c 20 4d * = 620206, M*
54 43 45 55 53 47 20 20 20 20 3d 20 20 20 20 20 *TCEUSG = *
20 20 20 20 30 2c 0a 0d 20 20 20 20 44 52 4c 4b * 0, DRLK*
4f 54 47 20 20 20 20 3d 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 *OTG = *
20 30 2c 20 4d 53 55 53 52 47 54 54 20 20 20 3d * 0, MSUSRGTT =*
20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 30 2c 20 4f 43 54 52 * 0, OCTR*
43 47 54 54 20 20 20 3d 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 *CGTT = *
20 30 2c 0a 0d 20 20 20 20 54 44 43 4e 47 4c 56 * 0, TDCNGLV*
31 20 20 20 3d 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 30 2c *1 = 0,*
20 54 44 43 4e 47 4c 56 32 20 20 20 3d 20 20 20 * TDCNGLV2 = *
20 20 20 20 20 20 30 2c 20 54 44 43 4e 47 4c 56 * 0, TDCNGLV*
5-52 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
33 20 20 20 3d 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 30 2c *3 = 0,*
0a 0d 20 20 20 20 45 43 43 4e 47 4c 56 31 20 20 * ECCNGLV1 *
20 3d 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 30 2c 20 45 43 * = 0, EC*
43 4e 47 4c 56 32 20 20 20 3d 20 20 20 20 20 20 *CNGLV2 = *
20 20 20 30 2c 20 45 43 43 4e 47 4c 56 33 20 20 * 0, ECCNGLV3 *
20 3d 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 30 2c 0a 0d 20 * = 0, *
20 20 20 4d 53 55 44 49 53 43 30 20 20 20 3d 20 * MSUDISC0 = *
20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 30 2c 20 4d 53 55 44 49 * 0, MSUDI*
53 43 31 20 20 20 3d 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 *SC1 = *
30 2c 20 4d 53 55 44 49 53 43 32 20 20 20 3d 20 *0, MSUDISC2 = *
20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 30 2c 0a 0d 20 20 20 20 * 0, *
4d 53 55 44 49 53 43 33 20 20 20 3d 20 20 20 20 *MSUDISC3 = *
20 20 20 20 20 30 2c 20 4c 4e 4b 41 56 41 49 4c * 0, LNKAVAIL*
20 20 20 3d 20 20 20 20 20 20 31 38 30 30 2c 20 * = 1800, *
4e 4d 47 57 53 44 53 41 42 4c 20 3d 20 20 20 20 *NMGWSDSABL = *
20 20 20 20 20 30 0a 0d 20 20 20 20 0a 0d 3b 0a * 0 ; *
0d 0a 0d 22 3b * "; *
32 31 30 30 54 30 30 34 34 38 37 4b 45 58 30 31 *2100T004487KEX01*
30 31 35 30 45 53 45 41 53 50 41 42 41 54 4c 54 *0150ESEASPABATLT*
54 41 52 54 4e 56 41 41 52 37 37 57 2a 53 44 20 *TARTNVAAR77W*SD *
20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 52 45 50 54 * REPT*
2d 46 4c 4f 57 2d 54 48 52 55 3a 41 52 54 4e 56 *-FLOW-THRU:ARTNV*
41 41 52 37 37 57 2c 39 38 2d 30 37 2d 31 33 2c *AAR77W,98-07-13,*
31 34 2d 30 36 2d 34 30 2e 30 2d 45 44 54 3a 3a *14-06-40.0-EDT::*
3a 3a 22 20 20 20 20 61 72 74 6e 76 61 61 72 37 *::" artnvaar7*
37 77 20 39 38 2d 30 37 2d 31 33 20 31 34 3a 30 *7w 98-07-13 14:0*
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-53

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
36 3a 34 30 20 45 44 54 20 52 65 6c 20 32 31 2e *6:40 EDT Rel 21.*
31 2e 58 30 34 20 0d 0a 20 20 20 20 4c 49 4e 4b *1.X04 LINK*
2d 43 4f 4d 50 20 4d 45 41 53 55 52 45 4d 45 4e *-COMP MEASUREMEN*
54 53 3a 20 4c 4f 43 3a 20 33 31 30 38 2c 20 50 *TS: LOC: 3108, P*
4f 52 54 3a 20 41 0a 0d 20 20 20 20 0a 0d 20 20 *ORT: A *
20 20 4d 53 55 54 52 41 4e 20 20 20 20 3d 20 20 * MSUTRAN = *
20 20 20 20 20 32 30 31 2c 20 4d 53 55 52 45 43 * 201, MSUREC*
32 30 30 34 54 30 30 34 34 38 37 4b 45 57 30 31 *2004T004487KEW01*
30 31 39 38 54 41 52 54 4e 56 41 41 52 37 37 57 *0198TARTNVAAR77W*
45 53 45 41 53 50 41 42 41 54 4c 54 23 53 53 20 *ESEASPABATLT#SS *
20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 * *
56 44 20 20 20 3d 20 20 20 20 20 20 38 39 34 35 *VD = 8945*
2c 20 4d 53 55 52 45 54 52 4e 20 20 20 3d 20 20 *, MSURETRN = *
20 20 20 20 20 20 20 30 2c 0a 0d 20 20 20 20 4f * 0, O*
43 54 54 52 41 4e 20 20 20 20 3d 20 20 20 20 20 *CTTRAN = *
20 34 38 30 30 2c 20 4f 43 54 52 45 43 56 44 20 * 4800, OCTRECVD *
20 20 3d 20 20 20 20 32 31 39 36 32 38 2c 20 4d * = 219628, M*
54 43 45 55 53 47 20 20 20 20 3d 20 20 20 20 20 *TCEUSG = *
20 20 20 20 30 2c 0a 0d 20 20 20 20 44 52 4c 4b * 0, DRLK*
4f 54 47 20 20 20 20 3d 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 *OTG = *
20 30 2c 20 4d 53 55 53 52 47 54 54 20 20 20 3d * 0, MSUSRGTT =*
20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 30 2c 20 4f 43 54 52 * 0, OCTR*
43 47 54 54 20 20 20 3d 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 *CGTT = *
20 30 2c 0a 0d 20 20 20 20 54 44 43 4e 47 4c 56 * 0, TDCNGLV*
31 20 20 20 3d 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 30 2c *1 = 0,*
20 54 44 43 4e 47 4c 56 32 20 20 20 3d 20 20 20 * TDCNGLV2 = *
20 20 20 20 20 20 30 2c 20 54 44 43 4e 47 4c 56 * 0, TDCNGLV*
219.52 X.25 Sent 3 bytes, lcn=002, RR(2),
5-54 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Replacement Procedures
This section includes the replacement procedures for major hardware components
required to maintain the EOAP.
These components include:
All cards
Air management card (P/N 870-1524-01)
CD-ROM drive card (P/N 870-1515-03)
Hard drive card (P/N 870-1514-03)
Power supply card (P/N 870-1521-01)
Processor card (P/N 870-1523-01)
Serial card (P/N 870-1522-01)
EOAP shelf:
Card cage, empty (P/N 870-1498-01)
Single configuration (P/N 890-1050-01)
Dual configuration (P/N 890-1050-03)
Fan assembly (P/N 890-1038-01)
Replacement procedures are listed in alphabetical order of the hardware
component. When the replacement of a component requires reprovisioning or
testing to return the component to full operation, the provisioning or testing
procedure immediately follows the hardware installation procedure. Refer to the
chapter table of contents for a listing and page numbers.
For initial installation procedures, for example, the mounting of a preassembled
EOAP shelf or detailed cabling instructions, refer to the NSD Installation Manual.
For initial provisioning procedures, for example, the provisioning of the EOAP
hard drive to implement the EOAP, refer to the Database Administration Manual -
System Management manual.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-55

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Air Management Card
This procedure describes how to replace an air management card
(P/N 870-1524-01) in the EOAP shelf. This card does not contain any circuit
boards and functions mainly as filler card. For its replacement, no halting of the
EOAP is required.
WARNING: Prior to working on or around live equipment, follow proper
ESD grounding procedures to prevent damage to the equipment; reference
ESD Protection Procedure (907-0404-01).
Tools and Equipment
ESD-safe Phillips screwdriver

Air management card (P/N 870-1524-01)
Procedure
1. Identify the EOAP system (EOAP-A or EOAP-B) that contains the card to be
replaced.
2. Locate the air management card to be replaced (slot 3, 4, 5, or 6).
3. While facing the card to be replaced, locate the two captive screws attached to
the top and bottom inject/eject handle brackets on the faceplate. Figure 5-4
shows a close-up of the top handle with captive screw.
4. Using a small Phillips head screwdriver, loosen the captive screws until they
no longer engage the threads. Do not remove the screws from the ejector
handle brackets.
5-56 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Figure 5-4. Top Handle and Captive Screw of Air Management Card
Loosen the
captive
screws until
they no
longer engage
the threads.
Close-up of top
inject/eject
handle with
captive screw
5. Using the thumb and forefinger, push the top handle up and the bottom
handle down simultaneously until the card starts sliding easily from the card
cage.
Figure 5-5. Freeing the Card from the EOAP Card Cage
Push up
Use thumb and forefinger

to push top handle up.
Push the top handle up and the bottom handle

down simultaneously until the card starts
sliding easily from the card cage
6. Pull the card directly towards you until it clears the card guides and
guide rails.
7. Remove the replacement air management card from the shipping container.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-57

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Figure 5-6. Air Management Card (P/N 870-1524-01)
Replacement
Air Management Card
8. Make sure the two captive screws located in the inject/eject handle brackets
are partially backed out so they do not interfere with insertion.
9. Push all handles outward from the replacement cards faceplate (top handle in
the UP position, bottom handle in the DOWN position.)
Figure 5-7. Air Management Card Handles
Top handle in the

UP position
Bottom handle in the

DOWN position
10. Carefully align the replacement card's edges with the channels in the top and
bottom card guides. Refer to Figure 5-8. Then push the card along the length
of card guides until you feel the card's progress cease.
5-58 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Figure 5-8. Inserting the Replacement Air Management Card
Push the card along the length

of card guides until you feel
the cards progress cease.
11. Using the thumb and forefinger together, push the top inject/eject handle
down and the bottom handle up until both handles are in the locked position.
Figure 5-10 shows a close-up of a top inject/eject handle in the locked
position.
Figure 5-9. Lock the Inject/Eject Handles
Handles
in locked
position
12. Using a small Phillips head screwdriver, tighten all captive screws in the
handle brackets until they seat against the handle bracket.
WARNING: Do not overtighten as the heads on the screws could snap off.
Refer to the Mechanical Assembly Torque Specification (906-0008-01).
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-59

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Figure 5-10. Tighten Captive Screws
Tighten the
captive
screws until
they seat
against the
handle
bracket.
Close-up of top
inject/eject
handle with
captive screw
5-60 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Card Cage/Shelf
This section describes how to replace an existing EOAP card cage or an EOAP
shelf with cards preinstalled. Before replacing the card cage or shelf, make sure
that either a substitute EOAP is set up to prevent any interruption between the
STP and the Local Service Management System (LSMS), or that the replacement is
performed during a maintenance window.
DANGER: Exercise extreme care and strict adherence to safety
precautions when working on or near electrical equipment.
WARNING: Perform the EOAP card cage or shelf replacement procedure

in a 4-hour maintenance window. This allows for the LSMS and Eagle STP
to be able to resynchronize without requiring a time-consuming bulk
download.
WARNING: Follow proper ESD grounding procedures at all times.

Reference ESD Protection Procedure (907-0404-01).
NOTE: Some of the following procedures require more than one person.
Replacement Order
Replace the card cage in the stages and order listed below:
1. Power down the EOAP
2. Disconnect the cables
3. Remove the cards
4. Remove the card cage
5. Install the replacement card cage or shelf
6. Reconnect the cables
7. Install the cards
8. Power up the EOAP
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-61

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Tools and Equipment
Use the following tools and equipment to replace the EOAP card cage or shelf:
ESD-safe Phillips screw driver
EOAP shelf:
Empty card cage (P/N 870-1498-01)
Single configuration (P/N 890-1050-03)
Dual configuration (P/N 890-1050-01)
Screws for mounting brackets (P/N 600-0154)
Screw/washer combinations for frame mounting (P/N 601-0010-01)
Figure 5-11 shows an empty EOAP card cage.

Figure 5-11. EOAP Card Cage
Rear
GR-376 EOAP
card cage
Cooling duct
Fan assembly
Front
Use the following procedures to replace the EOAP card cage in the OAP frame.
5-62 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Power Down the EOAP/Fan Assembly
This procedure describes how to power down the EOAP shelf and the fan
assembly. Powering down an EOAP shelf also stops the fan assembly because
both units use the same fuses.
WARNING: The EOAP can operate without failure or component damage
for up to one hour without the fan tray providing cooling. After powering
up the EOAP, complete fan testing within this time frame.

Procedure
1. Display the values of all terminals using the rtrv-trm command. This is an
example of the possible output:
rlghncxa03w 00-06-07 11:34:04 EST Rel 26.0.0
TRM TYPE COMM FC TMOUT MXINV DURAL
1 VT320 9600-7-E-1 SW 30 5 99:59:59
2 KSR 9600-7-E-1 HW 30 5 INDEF
3 PRINTER 4800-7-E-1 HW 30 0 00:00:00
4 OAP 19200-7-E-1 SW 30 5 00:30:00
5 VT320 9600-7-O-1 NONE 30 5 00:00:30
6 VT320 9600-7-E-2 SW 30 9 INDEF
7 PRINTER 9600-7-N-2 HW 30 5 00:30:00
8 KSR 19200-7-E-2 BOTH 30 5 00:30:00
9 VT320 9600-7-E-1 SW 30 7 00:30:00
10 OAP 19200-7-E-1 SW 30 5 00:30:00
11 VT320 4800-7-E-1 HW 30 5 00:30:00
12 PRINTER 9600-7-E-1 HW 30 4 00:30:00
13 VT320 9600-7-O-1 NONE 30 5 00:30:00
14 VT320 9600-7-E-2 SW 30 8 00:30:00
15 VT320 9600-7-N-2 HW 30 5 00:30:00
16 VT320 9600-7-E-2 BOTH 30 3 00:30:00
TRM TRAF LINK SA SYS PU DB UIMRD

1 NO YES NO YES NO YES YES
2 NO NO NO NO NO NO NO
3 YES YES YES NO YES YES YES
4 YES YES YES YES YES YES YES
5 NO YES NO NO NO NO YES
6 NO NO YES NO NO NO NO
8 NO NO NO NO YES NO YES
9 NO YES NO NO NO YES NO
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-63

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
The first part of the output displays the communication security attributes of
the terminal port. The communication attributes of the terminal port, BAUD,
PRTY (parity), SB (stop bits), and DBTS (data bits), are displayed in the COMM
field of the rtrv-trm output and are displayed in this format:
BAUDDBTSPRTYSB. The second part of the rtrv-trm command output
displays the types of unsolicited messages the terminal port may receive.
2. At the terminal connected to EOAP-A:

a. Log into EOAP-A as root:
Console login: root
Password: eagle
commands:
# su - ccsproj
% ccsmr all.down
% exit
c. Halt the EOAP-A system by entering this command:

# /usr/sbin/init 0
Program terminated
ok
3. At the terminal connected to EOAP-B:

a. Log into EOAP-B as root:
Console login: root
Password: eagle
commands:
# su - ccsproj
% ccsmr all.down
% exit
5-64 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
c. Halt the EOAP-B system by entering this command:
# /usr/sbin/init 0
Program terminated
ok
4. At the Eagle STP terminal, inhibit the EOAP-A connection by entering this
command:
inh-trm:trm=x:force=yes
where x is the terminal number of EOAP-A.
5. Change the terminal port to type none by entering this command:

chg-trm:type=none:trm=x
6. Inhibit the EOAP-B connection by entering this command:

where x is the terminal number of EOAP-B.

8. Confirm that both EOAP connections are inactive. If only the SEAS feature is
on, enter the rept-stat-seas command. If only the LNP feature is on, enter
the rept-stat-lsms command. If both the SEAS and the LNP features are on,
enter either of these commands; the output of both commands will display the
status of the EOAPs For this example, enter the rept-stat-lsms command;
the EOAP status is shown in bold:
rept-stat-lsms
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-65

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
GPL PST SST AST
---------------------------------------------------------------------
TDM Port 5 IS-NR Active -----
OAP B 026-000-000 OOS-MT Isolated -----
Q.3 Association A1 IS-NR Active -----
Q.3 Association B1 OS-MT Fault -----

Command Completed.
OAP A IS NR OOS-MT ISOLATED
OAP B IS NR OOS-MT ISOLATED
9. Remove the 10 Amp fuses (P/N 517-0012-01) from the front of the FAP for
both the A and the B feeds of the EOAP/fan assembly.
WARNING: Ensure that you know exactly which fuse to remove. On the
OAP frame, reference the fuse card on the front of the FAP.
For example, FAP 870-0243-09 uses fuse positions 1A for EOAP-A and 1B for
EOAP-B. FAP 870-1606-01 offers four fuse positions on each side: 17A through
20A and 17B through 20B. Remove the same-numbered fuse location on each
side.
You have powered down the EOAP shelf. Remove the cables next.
5-66 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Remove Cables
This procedure describes how to remove the cables from the front of the EOAP
processor cards and the backplane of the EOAP shelf.
Procedure
1. Face the front of the EOAP and locate the Ethernet cable connected to the
Ethernet port of each processor card.
2. Disconnect the cables and cut all cable ties on the shelf that can be reached
from the front.
3. Go to the back of the EOAP shelf. Cut all cable ties from the top of the shelf,
the backplane, and the side of the shelf. Figure 5-12 shows the cables of a
single-configuration EOAP secured to the backplane. Figure 5-13 shows the
cables of a dual-configuration EOAP secured to the backplane.
Figure 5-12. Cables Secured on EOAP Shelf Backplane (Single Configuration)
Cable tie down rods
FAN B PWR-A FAN A PWR-A

POWER IN-B POWER IN-A
OAP RST-A
BCLKIN-A BCLKOUT-A
PORT 1B PORT 2B PORT 1A PORT 2A
FAN B PWR-B FAN A PWR-B

PORT 3B PORT 4B PORT 3A PORT 4
OAP RST-B BCLKIN-B BCLKOUT-B
B A
eoap sgle cablex
Single configuration cable routing Fan cables P/N 830-0609-01
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-67

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Figure 5-13. Cables Secured on EOAP Shelf Backplane (Dual Configuration)
Cable tie down rods

OAP RST-A
BCLKIN-A BCLKOUT-A

B A
eoapdualcable
Dual configuration cable routing Fan cables P/N 830-0609-01
4. Pull the Ethernet cables through to the back. Temporarily tie them to the
outside of the right panel support to keep them away from the shelf as it is
removed and replaced.
For a single-configuration EOAP, continue with 7..
For a dual-configuration EOAP, continue with 5..
5. Disconnect the cables from the B side of the backplane and mark them with
port number and as B cable if necessary. Refer to Figure 5-13 for connector
locations.
6. Use a cable tie and temporarily secure them to the left panel support or
traverse arm to keep them away from the shelf as it is removed and replaced.
7. Disconnect the cables from the center and A side of the backplane and mark
them with port number and as A or B cable if necessary. Refer to Figure 5-13
for connector locations.
8. Use cable ties and temporarily secure them to the outside of the right traverse
arm to keep them away from the shelf as it is removed and replaced. Figure
5-14 shows the location of side panel supports and traverse arms.
5-68 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Figure 5-14. Location of Side Panel Supports and Traverse Arms
To
Cable
Rack
FAP
Panel support
Traverse arms
GR-376
EOAP
EOAP
Fan
Panel support
Traverse arm
Panel support Frame rail
gr376frmside4
All cables are disconnected. Remove all cards from the shelf next.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-69

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Remove Cards
This procedure describes the general steps to remove a card from the EOAP shelf.
For an illustrated description of a particular card, refer to the replacement
procedure of the respective card. For example, for an illustrated description of
removing the power supply card, refer to Power Supply Card on page 5-117.
Store all cards in a safe place.
WARNING: Store each card in an approved ESD-safe container to avoid
any damage to the card.
Procedure
1. Locate the two or four captive screws attached to the top and bottom
inject/eject handle brackets on the faceplate.
2. Using a small Phillips head screwdriver, loosen the captive screws until
they no longer engage the threads. Do not remove the screws from the ejector
handle brackets.
handle down simultaneously until the card is completely free from the
backplane in the card cage.
guide rails.
5. Immediately store the card properly to avoid any damage due to handling
or ESD.
6. Repeat this procedure for each card until all cards are removed from the
EOAP shelf. Remove the empty card cage from the frame next.
5-70 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Remove Card Cage
This procedure describes how to remove an EOAP card cage or shelf from the
frame.
NOTE: This procedure requires more than one person.
Procedure
1. On each side of the EOAP shelf, remove the five screws and washers that hold
the mounting bracket to the frame rail. Store them for later use.
Figure 5-15. Remove Screws and Washers from Frame Rail
Rear
Remove the 5 screws

and washers attached to
the frame rail.
GR-376 EOAP
Cooling duct
Fan assembly
Front
Frame rail
2. From the rear of the frame, pull out the card cage or shelf and store it in a
secure place.
You have now removed the empty card cage or the complete EOAP shelf. Install
the replacement card cage or shelf in the same location next.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-71

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Install Replacement Card Cage or Shelf
This procedure describes how to install a replacement EOAP card cage or shelf
into the frame.
WARNING: Do not overtighten the screws as the heads could snap off.
Reference Mechanical Assembly Torque Specification (906-0008-01).
NOTE: This procedure requires more than one person.
Procedure
1. Remove the EOAP card cage or shelf from the shipping container and locate
the mounting brackets.
Figure 5-16. Locate Mounting Brackets for EOAP Card Cage
GR-376 EOAP
card cage
Rear
Front Mounting brackets

removed for shipping
2. Using five screws (P/N 600-0154), attach the mounting brackets on each side
of the EOAP so that the flange points to the rear of the EOAP.
5-72 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Figure 5-17. Attach Mounting Bracket to EOAP Card Cage
Front
Attach mounting brackets with

flange pointing to rear of EOAP
Attach mounting brackets with

flange pointing to rear of EOAP Rear
3. Place fiber paper on top of the cooling duct/fan assembly to ensure that
nothing drops into the equipment below.
4. From the rear of the frame, position the mounting brackets of the card cage or
shelf against the rear of the frame rail.
5. On each side of the card cage or shelf, insert five screws with external tooth
washers (P/N 601-0010-01) through the mounting bracket and into the frame
rail. Tighten the screws.
WARNING: When installing the EOAP card cage or shelf, avoid pinching
the cables from the fan assembly and those secured from the removed shelf.
NOTE: Use either stored screws and washers or those provided with
shipment.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-73

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Figure 5-18. Attach Card Cage to Rear of Frame Rail
Rear
Insert 5 screws and

washers through the
mounting bracket
and into the rear of
the frame rail.
GR-376 EOAP
Cooling duct
Fan assembly
Front
Frame rail
6. Remove the fiber paper from under the shelf.
You have installed the replacement card cage or shelf. Install the cards (if
applicable) next.
5-74 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Install Cards
This procedure describes the general steps to install a card into the EOAP shelf.
For an illustrated description of a particular card, refer to the replacement
procedure of the respective card. For example, for an illustrated description of
installing the power supply card, refer to Power Supply Card on page 5-117.
Store all cards in a safe place.
WARNING: Store each card in an approved ESD-safe container to avoid
any damage to the card.
Procedure
1. Locate the slot or bay for the card to be installed. The slot/bay assignments
are shown in Table 5-4.
Table 5-4. Slot and Bay Assignment for EOAP Cards
Slot Bay Card Name
1 and 2 --- Processor card (EOAP-A or EOAP-B)
3 --- Serial Card (EOAP-A or EOAP-B)
4, 5, 6 --- Air management cards (EOAP-A or EOAP-B)
7 and 8 --- Power supply card (EOAP-A or EOAP-B)
--- 1 Hard drive card (EOAP-A)
--- 2 CD-ROM drive card (EOAP-A)
--- 3 Hard drive card (EOAP-B)
--- 4 CD-ROM drive card (EOAP-B)
2. Prior to inserting the card, examine the EOAP backplane connector pins in the
EOAP shelf for any misalignment, evidence of shorts, or other signs of
damage.
3. Remove the card from the storage container.
4. Make sure the two or four captive screws located in the inject/eject handle
brackets are partially backed out so they do not interfere with insertion.
5. Push all handles outward from the replacement card's faceplate (top handle in
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-75

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
6. Carefully align the replacement cards edges with the channels in the top and
bottom card guides. Then push the card along the length of the card guides
until the rear connector on the card begins engaging the mating connector on
the backplane.
7. Press the faceplate of the card using constant pressure until you feel the cards
progress cease.
WARNING: Do not impact the faceplate in order to mate the two
connectors. Any impact to the cards faceplate can damage the faceplate, the
pins in the backplane, or the backplane itself.
Repeat this procedure for each card until all cards are installed in the EOAP card
cage. Reconnect the cables next.
5-76 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Reconnect Cables
This procedure describes how to reconnect the cables to the replacement card cage
or shelf that were disconnected when the previous shelf was removed.
Procedure
1. Reconnect all cables to the EOAP backplane. Figure 5-19 shows the cables of a
single-configuration EOAP secured to the backplane. Figure 5-20 shows the
cables of a dual-configuration EOAP secured to the backplane.
Figure 5-19. Cable Connections on EOAP Backplane (Single Configuration)
Misc. Fuse Panel
To 5 Part of 830-0699-01
fan tray B To green/yellow conductor
Power VT-520-DSPLY To Frame GND
830-0609-01 To
fan tray A 804-0528-01 12 4 Part of 830-0699-01
15 Power brown conductor to
1A -48VDC
To 830-0609-01 804-0176-01 11
last extension shelf 3 Part of 830-0699-01
B-clock out 15 blue conductor to
10 830-0709-01 14
804-0657-xx 1A RTN

OAP RST-A BCLKIN-A BCLKOUT-A

To
PORT 1B PORT 2B PORT 1A PORT 2A MODEM A
830-0709-01
14

13
To
Control Backplane
MMI-X-A port
830-0708-01
EOAPbackcables
PORT 5A PORT 10A

PORT 10B
PORT 6B PORT6A
PORT 9B PORT 9A
PORT 5B PORT 7A PORT 8A
PORT 8B
PORT 7B
15 14 14
830-0609-01 830-0709-01 830-0709-01

To To To
Fan Tray B X.25 MODEM A X.25 MODEM B
Power
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-77

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Figure 5-20. Cable Connections on EOAP Backplane (Dual Configuration)
Misc. Fuse Panel Misc. Fuse Panel
To
X.25 MODEM B
830-0709-01
Part of 830-0699-01 5 Part of 830-0699-01
green/yellow conductor 5 14 To green/yellow conductor
To Frame GND VT-520-DSPLY To Frame GND
To
Part of 830-0699-01 To fan tray A 804-0528-01 12 4 Part of 830-0699-01
brown conductor to 4 last extension shelf Power brown conductor to
1A -48VDC B-clock out 1A -48VDC
830-0609-01 804-0176-01 11
Part of 830-0699-01 804-0657-xx 3 Part of 830-0699-01
blue conductor to 3 15 blue conductor to
10 830-0709-01 14
1A RTN 1A RTN
To
VT-520-DSPLY
830-0528-01 12
804-0176-01 11
OAP RST-A BCLKIN-A BCLKOUT-A
830-0709-01 14
To
PORT 1B PORT 2B PORT 1A PORT 2A MODEM A
830-0709-01
830-0609-01 15
14

13
13
830-0708-01 BCLKIN-B BCLKOUT-B
OAP RST-B
To To
Control Backplane Control Backplane
890-0191-03 MMT port
port MMI-X-B 830-0708-01
EOAPbackcables
PORT 5A PORT 10A

PORT 10B
PORT 6B PORT6A
PORT 9B PORT 9A
PORT 5B PORT 7A PORT 8A
14 PORT 7B
PORT 8B
830-0709-01 15 14
To
X.25 MODEM B 830-0609-01 830-0709-01
To To
Fan Tray B X.25 MODEM A
Power
2. Cut the cable tie that is holding the two Ethernet cables to the right panel
support or traverse arm.
3. From the back of the EOAP shelf, route the cables through to the front of the
EOAP.
4. Go to the front of the EOAP and locate the Ethernet port on the front panel of
the EOAP-A processor card.
5-78 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Figure 5-21. Locate Processor Card
Processor Card
Ethernet port connects
to customer network.
5. Take the Ethernet cable P/N 830-0710-xx labeled EOAP-A and insert it into
the Ethernet port of EOAP-A.
6. Locate the Ethernet port on the front panel of the EOAP-B processor card.
7. Take the Ethernet cable P/N 830-0710-xx labeled EOAP-B and insert it into the
Ethernet port of EOAP-B.
For a single-configuration EOAP, continue with 9.. For a dual-configuration
EOAP, continue with 8..
8. Secure the Ethernet cable from EOAP-B to the first and third tie-down rods on
the top of the EOAP shelf. The first tie keeps the cable in place when
disconnected from the port.
NOTE: The cable may not obstruct the removal of any card in the shelf
and must have enough slack to be pushed aside.
9. Secure the Ethernet cable from EOAP-A to the first and third tie-down rods on
the top of the EOAP shelf. The first tie keeps the cable in place when
disconnected from the port.
NOTE: The cable may not obstruct the removal of any card in the shelf
and must have enough slack to be pushed aside.
10. Go to the back of the EOAP shelf. On the third top tie-down rod, secure the
EOAP-A cables along the rod every three or four inches, form EOAP-A cables
with EOAP-B cables (if applicable), and continue securing all until you reach
the frame rail.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-79

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
11. On the backplane of the EOAP shelf, finish the cables from the EOAP top
center backplane.
12. Locate the Fan A power cable P/N 830-0609-xx (port FAN B PWR-A for single
configuration, port FAN A PWR-A for dual configuration) and the clock
connection cable P/N 830-0657-xx (port BCLKIN-A) on the top center of the
EOAP shelf backplane. Refer to Figure 5-22 for a single-configuration EOAP
and Figure 5-22 for a dual-configuration EOAP.
Figure 5-22. Locate Cables on EOAP Backplane (Single Configuration)
Cable tie down rods

OAP RST-A
BCLKIN-A BCLKOUT-A

eoap double cable x
B A
Figure 5-23. Locate Cables on EOAP Backplane (Dual Configuration)

Cable tie down rods

OAP RST-A
BCLKIN-A BCLKOUT-A

eoap double cable x
B A
5-80 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
13. Use a cable tie and secure the cables to the third tie-down rod without
obstructing any ports. Form these cables along the rod and secure them with
cable ties every three or four inches until they reach the frame rail. Refer to
Figure 5-25 for a single-configuration EOAP and to Figure 5-24 for a
dual-configuration EOAP.
For a single-configuration EOAP, continue with 22..
For a dual-configuration EOAP, continue with 14..
Figure 5-24. Cables Secured on EOAP Shelf Backplane (Single Configuration)
Cable tie down rods

OAP RST-A
BCLKIN-A BCLKOUT-A

eoap double cable x
B A Cable
tie
Figure 5-25. Cables Secured on EOAP Shelf Backplane (Dual Configuration)

Cable tie down rods

OAP RST-A
BCLKIN-A BCLKOUT-A

eoap double cable x
B A Cable
tie
14. Locate terminal cable P/N 830-0709-xx (PORT 1B) on the B side of the EOAP.
Refer to Figure 5-25.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-81

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
15. Secure the cable to the bottom tie-down rod without obstructing any ports.
Refer to Figure 5-25.
16. Form the cable and secure it along the rod every three or four inches stopping
short of the OAP RST B port.
Continue now with the EOAP-B power cable.
17. Locate the power cable P/N 830-0699-xx (POWER-IN B) on the B side of the
EOAP. Refer to Figure 5-23.
18. Secure the B power cable with cable ties to the bottom tie-down rod of the
backplane without obstructing any of the ports. Continue securing the cable
every three or four inches until it reaches the frame rail. Refer to Figure 5-24.
19. On the bottom center of the EOAP shelf backplane, locate the Fan B power
cable P/N 830-0609-xx (FAN B PWR B) and the clock in/out cable
P/N 830-0609-xx (BCLKIN-B). Refer to Figure 5-23.
20. Secure the cables to the bottom tie-down rod without obstructing any ports.
21. Form these cables along the rod with the cables coming from the B side of the
EOAP. Secure the cables with cable ties every three or four inches stopping
short of the A ports on the A side of the EOAP backplane. Refer to Figure 5-24.
22. Locate the A power cable P/N 830-0699-xx (POWER IN-A) and the terminal
cable P/N 830-0709-xx (PORT 1A) on the A side of the EOAP. Refer to
Figure 5-23.
23. Use a cable tie and secure all cables to the bottom tie-down rod without
obstructing any ports.
24. Form the cables along the rod. Secure the cables with cable ties every three or
four inches until they reach the frame rail. Refer to Figure 5-24.
NOTE: Notice that the clock in/out cable (BCLKOUT-A to BCLKIN-B) is
routed along the third tie-down rod and then looped back along the bottom
tie-down rod to take away the slack from the cable.
25. At the frame rail, adjust all cables to fit them between the old and new cable
ties.
5-82 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Figure 5-26. Secure Cables from EOAP to Cable Rack
To
Cable
Rack
FAP
Cable butt at this point
(three wires to FAP
Panel support on each side).
EMAP-to-customer
network cables
830-0710-xx
EMAP-to-DCM cables
830-0728-01
Fan A power cable
P/N 830-0609-01 A Power cable
830-0699-01
Cable ties
Clock connection cable Clock connection cable
P/N 830-0657-xx GR-376 P/N 830-0609-01
EOAP
Clock in/out cable EOAP
Terminal cables
P/N 830-0609-01 P/N 830-0709-xx
Terminal cables Clock in/out cable
P/N 830-0709-xx P/N 830-0609-01
A and B fan
B Power cable Fan power cables
830-0699-01 830-0609-01
A Power cable
830-0699-01
Fan B power cable

P/N 830-0609-01
Panel support Frame rail
gr376frmside3
You have reconnected the cables to the EOAP card cage or shelf. Power up the
EOAP/fan assembly next.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-83

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Power Up EOAP/Fan Assembly
This procedure describes how to power up the EOAP. Powering up the EOAP
also starts the fan assembly because both units use the same fuses.
WARNING: The EOAPs and fan assembly use the same fuses. When the
EOAP is powered up, the fan assembly also receives power. Take proper
care to avoid injury or equipment damage near the fan blades.
WARNING: The EOAP can operate without failure or component damage

for up to one hour without the fan tray providing cooling. After powering
up the EOAP, test the fans within this time frame to ensure proper
operation.
Procedure
1. Make sure the switch on the front of the fan assembly is set to ON.
Figure 5-27. Fan Switch Set to ON
Ensure that fan switch is set to ON.
ACTIVE ALARM
FANS OFF AUTO FANS ON
2. At the FAP, insert one EOAP/fan assembly fuse on each side.

WARNING: Make sure you know exactly which fuses to insert. Reference
the fuse card on the front of the FAP.
For example, FAP 870-0243-09 uses fuse positions 1A for EOAP-A and 1B
for EOAP-B. FAP 870-1606-01 offers four fuse positions on each side: 17A
through 20A and 17B through 20B. Select the same-numbered fuse location
on each side.
The EOAP requires 10 Amp fuses (P/N 517-0012-01) in the FAP for both A
and B feeds of the EOAP.
3. The following message displays: powered up and the machine boots. The fans
start running.
4. At the Eagle STP terminal, change the terminal port of EOAP-A to type oap by
entering this command:
chg-trm:type=oap:trm=x
5-84 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
5. Allow the EOAP-A connection by entering this command:
alw-trm:trm=x:force=yes
6. Change the terminal port of EOAP-B to type oap by entering this command:
chg-trm:type=oap:trm=x
7. Allow the EOAP-B connection by entering this command:

alw-trm:trm=x:force=yes
8. Confirm that both EOAP connections are active. If only the SEAS feature is on,
enter the rept-stat-seas command. If only the LNP feature is on, enter the
rept-stat-lsms command. If both the SEAS and the LNP features are on,
enter either of these commands; the output of both commands will display the
status of the EOAPs For this example, enter the rept-stat-lsms command;
rept-stat-lsms
GPL PST SST AST
---------------------------------------------------------------------
OAP A 026-000-000 IS-NR Active -----
OAP B 026-000-000 IS-NR Active -----

Command Completed.
The EOAP and fan assembly are now powered up. Test the fan operation next.
Go to procedure Test Fan Operation and Fan Alarm on page 5-99.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-85

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
CD-ROM Drive Card
This procedure describes how to replace the CD-ROM drive card
(P/N 870-1515-03) in the EOAP shelf. The CD-ROM drive card does not require
any reprovisioning.

Tools and Equipment

ESD-safe flashlight
CD-ROM drive card (P/N 870-1515-03)
Procedure
1. Identify the EOAP system (EOAP-A or EOAP-B) that contains the drive
assembly that needs replacing.
Figure 5-28. EOAP-A and EOAP-B Drive Assemblies
EOAP-A Hard Drive
EOAP-A CD-ROM
EOAP-B Hard Drive
EOAP-B CD-ROM
5-86 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
2. Display the EOAP terminal numbers to identify the terminal to be inhibited;
enter rtrv-trm command. This is an example of the possible output:
1 VT320 9600-7-E-1 SW 30 5 99:59:59
2 KSR 9600-7-E-1 HW 30 5 INDEF
3 PRINTER 4800-7-E-1 HW 30 0 00:00:00
4 OAP 19200-7-E-1 SW 30 5 00:30:00
5 VT320 9600-7-O-1 NONE 30 5 00:00:30
6 VT320 9600-7-E-2 SW 30 9 INDEF
7 PRINTER 9600-7-N-2 HW 30 5 00:30:00
8 KSR 19200-7-E-2 BOTH 30 5 00:30:00
9 VT320 9600-7-E-1 SW 30 7 00:30:00
10 OAP 19200-7-E-1 SW 30 5 00:30:00
11 VT320 4800-7-E-1 HW 30 5 00:30:00
12 PRINTER 9600-7-E-1 HW 30 4 00:30:00
13 VT320 9600-7-O-1 NONE 30 5 00:30:00
14 VT320 9600-7-E-2 SW 30 8 00:30:00
15 VT320 9600-7-N-2 HW 30 5 00:30:00
16 VT320 9600-7-E-2 BOTH 30 3 00:30:00

3. Inhibit the EOAP connection of the card to be replaced; enter this command:
inh-trm:trm=x
where x is the terminal number of the isolated EOAP.
The system returns this message:
Inhibit message sent to terminal

CHG-TRM: MASP A - CMPLTD
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-87

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
5. Confirm that the isolated EOAP connection is inactive. If only the SEAS
feature is on, enter the rept-stat-seas command. If only the LNP feature is
on, enter the rept-stat-lsms command. If both the SEAS and the LNP
features are on, enter either of these commands; the output of both commands
will display the status of the EOAPs For this example, enter the
rept-stat-lsms command; the EOAP status is shown in bold:
GPLPSTSSTAST
---------------------------------------------------------------------
LSMS SYSTEMIS-ANRRestricted-----
TDM Port5IS-NRActive-----
TDM Port6IS-NRActive-----
OAP A026-000-000IS-NRActive-----
OAP B026-000-000OOS-MT-DSBLDIsolated-----
Q.3 AssociationA1IS-NRActive-----
Q.3 AssociationB1OS-MTFault-----

Command Completed.
6. If the system is running, at the terminal connected to the EOAP that needs the
card replaced:
a. Log in as root:
Console login: root
Password: eagle
commands:
# su - ccsproj
% ccsmr all.down
% exit
c. Halt the isolated EOAP system by entering this command:

# /usr/sbin/init 0
Program terminated
ok
5-88 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
7. While facing the drive card assembly to be replaced, locate the two captive
screws attached to the left and right sides of the faceplate.
8. Loosen the captive screws by hand until they no longer engage the threads in
the floating fasteners on the drive bay faceplate.
NOTE: The heads on the captive fasteners should spring outward
when freed.
Figure 5-29. CD-ROM Drive Card Captive Screws
9. Grasp the drive assembly handle with one hand and carefully pull the
assembly toward you. Pull until the rear connectors on the board are freed
from the connectors on the backplane (see Figure 5-44 for instructions on
removing a hard drive or CD-ROM drive assembly).
10. Continue pulling the card directly toward you until it clears the EOAP drive
bay completely. Always support the drive assembly from underneath, when
possible, using the other hand.
Figure 5-30. Support the CD-ROM Drive Card With Both Hands
or ESD.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-89

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
12. Prior to inserting the replacement card, examine the pins in the EOAP
backplane connector for any misalignment, evidence of shorts, or other signs
of damage. The connectors look similar to those shown in Figure 5-46. If the
pins show any damage, contact Tekelec Technical Services.
13. Remove the CD-ROM drive card assembly from the shipping container.
Figure 5-31. CD-ROM Drive Card (P/N 870-1515-03)
14. Use one hand to support the card assembly from underneath and the other
hand to grasp the faceplate handle (see Figure 5-30).
15. While facing the front of the drive bay, carefully insert the card through the
proper opening. Align the edges of the card with the channels in the card
guides. Then push the assembly until the rear connectors on the drive card
begin engaging the mated connectors on the backplane.
Figure 5-32. Install the CD-ROM Drive Card
Align the edges

of the card with
the card guides.
16. Press the faceplate of the assembly using constant pressure until connections
are fully seated.
5-90 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Figure 5-33. Press the Faceplate
Press the faceplate

near the areas where
the handle is in
contact with the
faceplate.
17. Push in each head of the left and right captive screws on the faceplate until the
threads make contact with the floating fasteners in the drive bay faceplate.
Use your fingers to firmly tighten each screw.
18. Boot the EOAP from the ok prompt.

ok boot
If the card does not reboot, refer to troubleshooting procedure CD-ROM Not
Responding on page 5-11.
19. After the processor card has reset the respective EOAP system, confirm that
the CD-ROM drive is operational by checking the CD-ROM LED. A green
LED indicates that power is supplied to the CD-ROM connector.
For troubleshooting drive cards or LEDs, refer to EOAP Hardware
Troubleshooting.
You have replaced the CD-ROM drive card and confirmed that it is operational.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-91

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Fan Assembly
This section describes how to replace an existing fan assembly. The fan assembly
must be tested for proper operation after the installation. This procedure is part of
the fan assembly replacement. Perform the replacement during a maintenance
window and complete it within one hour.
WARNING: The EOAP unit can operate without failure or component
damage for up to one hour without the fan tray providing cooling.
Complete the replacement within this time frame to avoid having to shut
down the entire EOAP unit.
Replacement Order
Replace the fan assembly in the stages and order listed below:
1. Remove fan assembly
2. Install replacement fan assembly
3. Test fan operation
Tools and Equipment
Use the following tools and equipment to replace a fan assembly:

1 fan assembly (P/N 890-1038-01), includes
mounting brackets (P/N 652-0954-01)
tooth washers (P/N 606-0062-01)
screws (P/N 600-0934-01)
air filters (P/N 551-0011-01)
Safety glasses
Tie wraps
Wire cutter (to cut cable ties)
Phillips screw driver
5-92 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Remove Fan Assembly
This procedure describes how to disconnect power from the fan assembly and
remove the assembly from the frame.
NOTE: Avoid removing mounting hardware from frame rail to allow for
easier reinstallation of equipment.
Procedure
1. Locate the fan assembly to be replaced.
2. At the fan assembly, toggle the fan switch on the grill panel to the OFF
position. The fan assembly stops running. The Active LED is off and the
Alarm LED is red. The Minor LED at the FAP is lit. Other fan assemblies (if
installed) are not affected.
Figure 5-34. Set Fan Switch to OFF
Set fan switch to OFF OFF RED
ACTIVE ALARM
Grill
fangrillswitch
3. At the Eagle STP terminal, confirm the fan failure by typing in this command:
rept-stat-trbl
The Eagle STP reports the following alarm: 302 COOLING FAN FAILURE.
4. At the rear of the frame, remove the A and B power cables from fan assembly.
DANGER: -48V are present at the cable. Use caution when reconnecting.
5. At the fan assembly, place fiber paper on the shelf below where the fan is to be
replaced. This ensures that nothing drops into the area or equipment below.
6. From the rear of the frame and on each side of the fan assembly, locate the
mounting bracket holding the fan assembly in place. Remove the two screws
from the side of the fan assembly. Refer to Figure 5-35, Step 1. Temporarily
store them in a safe place.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-93

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Figure 5-35. Remove Fan Assembly
Frame rail
Fan Assembly
2
Loosen the screw
attached to the
frame rail.
1
Remove the screws and
washers from the side of
the fan assembly.
3 2
Remove the screws and Loosen the screw
washers from the front of Washer attached to the
the frame rail Screw frame rail.
7. On each side of the fan assembly, loosen the two screws that hold the
mounting bracket to the frame rail to allow easier removal of the assembly.
Refer to Figure 5-35, Step 2.
8. From the front of the frame, remove the grill and filter from the fan assembly
by removing the two thumb screws from the grill faceplate. Temporarily store
all in a safe place. Refer to Figure 5-36.
9. On each side of the fan assembly, remove the two screws that attach the fan
assembly to the front of the frame rail. Refer to Figure 5-35, Step 3.
10. Open the doors on the lower shelf. Pull out the fan assembly from the front of
the frame.
You have removed the fan assembly. Install the replacement fan assembly next.
5-94 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Install Replacement Fan Assembly
This procedure describes how to install the replacement fan assembly into the
frame and reconnect the fan power cables.
Procedure
1. Remove the replacement fan assembly from the shipping container.
2. Remove the grill and filter from the fan assembly by removing the two thumb
screws from the grill faceplate. Temporarily store all in a safe place.
Figure 5-36. Remove Grill and Filter from Fan Assembly
Fan Assembly
8 fans
Filter
Grill
3. Open the doors on the lower shelf. From the front of the frame, slide the fan
assembly into the shelf. Figure 5-37 shows a fan assembly inserted into an
Eagle STP frame. Figure 5-37 shows a fan assembly inserted into an OAP
frame.
On each side of the assembly, attach it with two screws and external tooth
washers (P/N 601-0010-01) to the front frame rail. Tighten the screws. Refer to
Figure 5-38, Step 1.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-95

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Figure 5-37. Insert Fan Assembly Below EOAP Shelf
OAPF
Fuse and A B
Alarm Panel
EOAP-A EOAP-B
Cooling duct
Filter
Grill
eoapfan inst
Figure 5-38. Attach Fan Assembly to Front of Frame Rail

Frame rail
Fan Assembly
3
Tighten the screw
attached to the
rear frame rail.
2
Insert the screws and
washers through the
mounting bracket into
the side of the
fan assembly.
3
1
Tighten the screw
Insert the screws and attached to the
washers through the Washer rear frame rail.
fan assembly into the Screw
front of the frame rail.
4. From the rear of the frame and on each side of the fan assembly, insert two
screws into the side of the fan assembly. Refer to Figure 5-39, Step 2.
5-96 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
5. Align the fan assembly with the sides of the shelf and tighten the two screws
that were left on the mounting bracket. Refer to Figure 5-38, Step 3.
6. Replace the fan filter by setting it against the front of the fan assembly.
NOTE: Point the air flow arrows stamped on top and bottom of filter
towards the fan assembly.
Figure 5-39. Replace Fan Filter and Grill
Fan Assembly
8 fans
Filter
Grill
7. Replace the fan grill by placing it back over the filter on the front of the
assembly. Hand-tighten the thumb screws. Refer to Figure 5-39.
8. At the rear of the frame, reconnect the fan power cables to the fan assembly.
WARNING: -48V are present at the cable. Use caution when reconnecting.
9. At the fan assembly, set the fan switch on the grill panel to the ON position.
The fans start running.
WARNING: Ensure that the switch is NOT set to AUTO. This setting is
disabled.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-97

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Figure 5-40. Fan Switch Set to ON
Set FAN switch to ON
ACTIVE ALARM
Grill
fangrillswitch
You have replaced the fan assembly. Test fan operation and fan alarm next.
5-98 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Test Fan Operation and Fan Alarm
Use this procedure to test the fan operation at the Eagle STP terminal and to
ensure that the fan alarm is functioning.
NOTE: For more information on the commands used in this procedure,
refer to the Commands Manual.
Procedure
1. At the Eagle STP terminal, retrieve the feature options to ensure that the fan
rtrv-feat
EAGLE FEATURE LIST
GTT = on GWS = on NRT = off

X25G = on LAN = on CRMD = off
SEAS = on LFS = off MTPRS = off
LNP = on FAN = on DSTN4000 = off
WNP = off CNCF = on LNP12MIL = off
TLNP = off SCCPCNV = off TCAPCNV = off
X252000 = off PLNP = off NCR = off
ITUMTPRS = off SLSOCB = on EGTT = off
2. Enable the feature if necessary by entering the following command:

chg-feat:fan=on
where :fan is the parameter for turning on the fan feature.
After the program updates, the system returns output similar to the following:
RLGHNCXA03W 00-06-11 11:34:04 EST Rel 26.0.0
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-99

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Figure 5-41. Set Fan Switch to OFF
ACTIVE ALARM
Grill
fangrillswitch

rept-stat-trbl
5. At the fan assembly, turn the switch back to the ON position (refer to Figure
5-41). The Active and Alarm LEDs are green. The Minor LED at the FAP goes
out. The fan assembly starts running.

rept-stat-trbl
The Eagle STP reports the following alarm: 303 COOLING FAN NORMAL.
7. With a flashlight, check that all fans are running. Remove the grill and filter
from the fan assembly by removing the two thumb screws from the grill
faceplate (see Figure 5-41). Temporarily store all in a safe place. Visually check
the movement of the fans.
8. Replace the fan filter by setting it against the front of the fan assembly. Refer to
Figure 5-39.
NOTE: Point the air flow arrows stamped on top and bottom edge of the
filter towards the fan assembly.
assembly. Hand-tighten the thumb screws. Refer to Figure 5-39.
5-100 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
10. At the rear of the frame, remove the A power cable from the A fan assembly.
Both fan LEDs are off. The Minor LED at the FAP is lit. The fans for EOAP-A
stop running. Other fan assemblies (if installed) are not affected.

rept-stat-trbl
12. Replace the A power cable on the rear of the fan assembly and secure the
connector. The Active and Alarm LEDs are green. The Minor LED at the FAP
goes out. The A fans start running.

rept-stat-trbl
For a single-configuration EOAP, this procedure is completed.
For a dual-configuration EOAP, continue with Step 14..
14. At the rear of the frame, remove the B power cable from the B fan assembly.
Both fan LEDs are off. The Minor LED at the FAP is lit. The fans for EOAP-B

rept-stat-trbl
16. Replace the B power cable on the rear of the fan assembly and secure the
goes out. The B fans start running.

rept-stat-trbl
You have tested the operation of the fan assembly and the fan alarm.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-101

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Hard Drive Card
This section describes how to replace a hard drive card (P/N 870-1514-03) in the
EOAP shelf. The hard drive on the replacement card is preloaded with software
but must be reprovisioned after the installation. Perform the replacement during a
maintenance window.

Replacement Order
Replace the hard drive card in the stages and order listed below:
1. Remove hard drive card
2. Install replacement hard drive card
3. Reprovision hard drive
Tools and Equipment
Use the following tools and equipment to replace a hard drive card:
ESD-safe flashlight
Preloaded (software) hard drive card (P/N 870-1514-03)
5-102 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Replace Hard Drive Card
This procedure describes how to remove a hard drive card P/N 870-1514-03 from
the EOAP shelf.
Procedure
1. Identify the EOAP side (EOAP-A or EOAP-B) that contains the drive
assembly that needs replacing.
Figure 5-42. EOAP-A and EOAP-B Drive Assemblies
EOAP-A Hard Drive
EOAP-A CD-ROM
EOAP-B Hard Drive
EOAP-B CD-ROM

enter the rtrv-trm command. This is an example of the possible output:
1 VT320 9600-7-E-1 SW 30 5 99:59:59
2 KSR 9600-7-E-1 HW 30 5 INDEF
3 PRINTER 4800-7-E-1 HW 30 0 00:00:00
4 OAP 19200-7-E-1 SW 30 5 00:30:00
5 VT320 9600-7-O-1 NONE 30 5 00:00:30
6 VT320 9600-7-E-2 SW 30 9 INDEF
7 PRINTER 9600-7-N-2 HW 30 5 00:30:00
8 KSR 19200-7-E-2 BOTH 30 5 00:30:00
9 VT320 9600-7-E-1 SW 30 7 00:30:00
10 OAP 19200-7-E-1 SW 30 5 00:30:00
11 VT320 4800-7-E-1 HW 30 5 00:30:00
12 PRINTER 9600-7-E-1 HW 30 4 00:30:00
13 VT320 9600-7-O-1 NONE 30 5 00:30:00
14 VT320 9600-7-E-2 SW 30 8 00:30:00
15 VT320 9600-7-N-2 HW 30 5 00:30:00
16 VT320 9600-7-E-2 BOTH 30 3 00:30:00
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-103

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
3. Inhibit the EOAP connection of the card to be replaced; enter this command:
inh-trm:trm=x



5. Confirm that the isolated EOAP connection is inactive. If only the SEAS feature
is on, enter the rept-stat-seas command. If only the LNP feature is on, enter the
rept-stat-lsms command. If both the SEAS and the LNP features are on, enter
either of these commands; the output of both commands will display the
status of the EOAPs. For this example, enter the rept-stat-lsms command;
GPL PST SST AST
---------------------------------------------------------------------
LSMS SYSTEM IS-ANR Restricted -----TDM
Port 5 IS-NR Active -----TDM
Port 6 IS-NR Active -----OAP
A 026-000-000 IS-NR Active -----OAP
B 026-000-000 OOS-MT-DSBLD Isolated -----Q.
3 AssociationA1 IS-NR Active -----Q.
3 AssociationB1 OS-MT Fault -----LSMS
SYSTEM ALARM STATUS = ** 0362 LSMS is at min service limit
5-104 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Command Completed.
card replaced:
a. Log in as root:
Console login: root
Password: eagle
commands:
# su - ccsproj
% ccsmr all.down
% exit

# /usr/sbin/init 0
Program terminated
ok
7. While facing the drive card assembly to be replaced, locate the two captive
screws attached to the left and right sides of the faceplate.
8. Loosen the captive screws by hand until they no longer engage the threads in
the floating fasteners on the drive bay faceplate.
NOTE: The heads on the captive fasteners should spring outward when
freed.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-105

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Figure 5-43. Loosen Hard Drive Card Captive Screws
Loosen the captive screws

by hand until they no longer
engage the threads in the
floating fasteners
9. Grasp the drive assembly handle with one hand and carefully pull the
assembly toward you. Pull until the rear connectors on the board are freed
from the connectors on the backplane.
Figure 5-44. Free Hard Drive Card from the EOAP Card Cage
b. Pull until
connectors are
freed from the
backplane.
a. Grasp the
handle with
one hand.
10. Continue pulling the card directly toward you until it clears the EOAP drive
bay completely. Always support the drive assembly from underneath, when
possible, using the other hand.
Figure 5-45. Support the Hard Drive Card With Both Hands
5-106 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
or ESD.
of damage.
Figure 5-46. Examine EOAP Backplane Connector Pins
EOAP
backplane
connector
Card Guide
13. Remove the new drive card assembly from the shipping container.
Figure 5-47. Hard Drive Card (P/N 870-1514-03)
14. Use one hand to support the card assembly from underneath and the other
hand to grasp the faceplate handle (see Figure 5-45).
15. While facing the front of the drive bay, carefully insert the card through the
proper opening. Align the edges of the card with the channels in the card
guides. Then push the assembly until the rear connectors on the drive card
begin engaging the mated connectors on the backplane.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-107

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Figure 5-48. Installing the Hard Drive Card
Align the edges

of the card with
the card guides.
16. Press the faceplate of the assembly using constant pressure until the
connections are fully seated.
Figure 5-49. Pressing the Faceplate
Press the faceplate near the

areas where the handle is in
contact with the faceplate.
17. Push in each head of the left and right captive screws on the faceplate until the
threads make contact with the floating fasteners in the drive bay faceplate.
Use your fingers to firmly tighten each screw.
18. The system will automatically reboot to recognize the card. If the system does
not automatically reboot, boot it manually from the terminal:
ok boot
You have replaced the hard drive card. Reprovision the hard drive next.
Reprovision Hard Drive

These procedures assume that the installed hard drive was preloaded with EOAP
platform and UAL software.
5-108 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
NOTE 1: Perform all procedures logged in as root unless specified
otherwise.
NOTE 2: In the event of a failure, repeat the section in which the failure
occurred. If the failure re-occurs, contact technical services for guidance.
NOTE 3: Some of the following steps require use of function keys. To
press function keys on a VT-520 terminal, type <Esc> plus the number. For
example, to press function key F2, type <Esc>-2. A quick reference guide to
vi text editor commands is provided in Appendix A.
Configuring System Parameters
Procedure
1. After a manual or automatic first boot, verify the system is operational with
the default configuration.
a. Log in as root:
Console login: root
Password: eagle
b. Verify that all the required processes are running by entering the
following commands:
# su - ccsproj
% ccsmr all.status
The system displays output similar to the following:

********** System (msDI) registration report starts *****
********** date/time==> Wed May 29 14:29:35 1996
* Process=(msDI00), Host(apg3)/PID=(870): IPC directory daemon
* Process=(ysA201), Host(apg3)/PID=(920): UAL Timeout/PVC state cntl daemon
* Process=(ysA301), Host(apg3)/PID=(938): UAL Multi-Seg. Re-assembly daemon
* Process=(ysA401), Host(apg3)/PID=(954): UAL conf. fail/clear daemon
* Process=(ysAO01), Host(apg3)/PID=(970): OS Contract OS to NE daemon
* Process=(ysAD01), Host(apg3)/PID=(1012): UAL test msg echo daemon
* Process=(ysTT00), Host(apg3)/PID=(1130):
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-109

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
* Process=(emsAgent), Host(apg3)/PID=(611): EmsAgent
* Process=(emsStatusUpdate), Host(ralph)/PID=(12144): EMS Agent Status
NOTE: Only applicable processes are listed. The host and PID output will
vary. The processes marked with ! will vary depending on the X.25
configuration in the DEFAULTS file. In a single EOAP configuration, six X.25
processes are listed. In a dual EOAP configuration, only three X.25 processes
are listed.
2. Reboot the EOAP:

# /usr/sbin/init 6
3. Display the current EOAP configuration by entering the rtrv-oap-config

command. This is an example of the possible output:
DATA OAP A OAP B
DATA OAP A OAP B
IP Address 192.106.175.025 192.106.175.026
IP Netmask 255.255.255.000 255.255.255.000
Default Router 128.132.064.001 128.132.064.001
Config dual dual
SEAC CLLI RLGHNCXB14Y RLGHNCXB14Y
X25 Packet Size 8 8
X25 Mode DTE DTE
Active LSMS main main
Main LSMS NSAP 198.102.115.125 198.102.115.125
Shadow LSMS NSAP <Not configured> <Not configured>
Shadow LSMS SSEL <Not configured> <Not configured>
Shadow LSMS PSEL <Not configured> <Not configured>
When both the SEAS and LNP features are on, all the fields of the
rtrv-oap-config output are displayed, as in the example above. If only the
SEAS or LNP feature is on, then only fields related to the particular feature are
displayed.
Before the EOAP configuration can be sent to the specified EOAP with the
act-oap-config command, certain fields of the rtrv-oap-config command
output must be correctly configured depending on whether the SEAS or LNP
features are on or not. If these fields do contain incorrect entries and the EOAP
configuration is sent to the specified EOAP, the specified EOAP may go out of
service.
5-110 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
4. Make sure that there are no alarms for either EOAP. If only the SEAS feature is
on, enter the rept-stat-seas command. If only the LNP feature is on, enter
the rept-stat-lsms command. If both the SEAS and LNP features are on,
enter both commands.
The following are examples of the possible output:
rept-stat-seas
SEAS Subsystem Report IS-NR Active --------
SEAS Interfaces Configured = 2 Interfaces IS-NR = 2
GPL PST SST AST
-------------------------------------------------------------------
SEAS SYSTEM IS-NR Active -----TDM
B 250-001-000 IS-NR Active -----X.
25 Link A1 IS-NR Active -----X.
25 Link B1 IS-NR Active -----SEAS
SYSTEM ALARM STATUS = No Alarms.
X25 Link A1 ALARM STATUS = No Alarms.
X25 Link B1 ALARM STATUS = No Alarms.
X25 A1 PVCs OOS-MT = ---X25
B1 PVCs IS-NR = 1,2,3
X25 B1 PVCs OOS-MT = ---X25
A2 PVCs IS-NR = 1,2,3
X25 B2 PVCs OOS-MT = ---Command
Completed.
rept-stat-lsms
rlghncxa03w 00-06-17 14:59:11 EST Release 26.0.0
GPL PST SST AST
-------------------------------------------------------------------
LSMS SYSTEM IS-NR Active -----TDM
B 250-001-000 IS-NR Active -----Q.
3 Association A1 IS-NR Active -----Q.
3 Association B1 IS-NR Active -----LSMS
SYSTEM ALARM STATUS = No Alarms.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-111

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Command Completed.
If alarms are shown for the EOAPs in either the rept-stat-seas or

rept-stat-lsms outputs, contact the Tekelec Technical Services department
(see Tekelec Technical Services on page 1-8).
5. Verify that all settings are correct using the rtrv-oap-config command
before continuing to the next step. This is an example of the possible output:
DATA OAP A OAP B
IP Address 192.106.175.005 192.106.175.006
IP Netmask 255.255.255.001 255.255.255.001
Default Router 128.132.064.005 128.132.064.005
Config dual dual
SEAC CLLI RLGHNCXB18Y RLGHNCXB18Y
X25 Packet Size 7 7
X25 Mode DCE DCE
Active LSMS main main
Main LSMS NSAP 198.102.115.125 198.102.115.125
Shadow LSMS NSAP 198.102.115.105 198.102.115.105
Shadow LSMS SSEL shws shws
Shadow LSMS PSEL shws shws
6. For the EOAP to be updated by the act-oap-config command, return the

EOAP ports to service:
rst-trm:trm=4
rst-trm:trm=10
After successful completion of this command, the system returns the

following output:
rlghncxa03w 00-06-17 15:08:45 EDT EAGLE 31.4.0
Allow message sent to terminal
7. Verify that the EOAP port is returned to service by entering the

rept-stat-trm command.
This is an example of the possible output:

TRM PST SST AST
5-112 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Command Completed.
If the entry IS-NR is not shown in the PST field of the rept-stat-trm output,
the EOAP port has not been returned to service. Contact the Tekelec Technical
Services department (see Tekelec Technical Services on page 1-8).
8. If the LNP feature is on, display the LNP services in the database with the
rtrv-lnp-serv command. Before the EOAP configuration can be updated
with the act-oap-config command, the LNP translation type services CLASS,
LIDB, CNAM, and ISVM must be defined in the database. This is an example
of the possible output; the required LNP services contained in the output
example are shown in bold:
SERV TT TTN DV ALIAS
AIN 15 AINGTE TCAP 235
236
240
IN 30 INGTE TCAP 150
175
LIDB 20 LIDB SCCP 80
CLASS 25 CLASSGTE SCCP ---
UDF1 201 UDF1 SCCP ---
UFD3 100 UFD3 SCCP 40
45
WNP 50 WNP50 TCAP ---
TT-SERV TABLE IS (12 of 256) 5% FULL
If the LNP translation type services CLASS, LIDB, CNAM, and ISVM are not
shown in the output of the rtrv-lnp-serv command, go to procedure Adding an
LNP Service in the Eagle STP Database Administration Manual - LNP and add the
required translation types to the database. In this output example, the ISVM
and CNAM LNP translation type services are not in the database.
9. Send the EOAP configuration data to the EOAP using the act-oap-config
command. The force=yes parameter must be specified with the
act-oap-config command. If the cfg=dual parameter was specified with
the chg-oap-config command, both EOAPs must be updated. Update one
EOAP at a time using the force=yes parameter. This allows SEAS and LNP
traffic to continue being sent to the system while the EOAP configuration is
being updated. It can take up to 15 minutes to update the configuration of the
EOAP, during which time the EOAP being updated will be out of service.
Use the following commands for EOAP-A only:
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-113

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
a. Update EOAP A by entering this command:
act-oap-config:oap=a:force=yes

following output:
ACT-OAP-CONFIG: MASP A - COMPLTD
b. Wait 15 minutes, then enter either the rept-stat-seas (if only the SEAS
feature is on) or rept-stat-lsms (if only the LNP feature is on)
commands to make sure that there are no alarms for EOAP A. If both the
SEAS and LNP features are on, enter both commands.
These are examples of the possible output:
rept-stat-seas
SEAS Subsystem Report IS-NR Active --------SEAS
Interfaces Configured = 2 Interfaces IS-NR = 2
GPL PST SST AST
---------------------------------------------------------------------
SEAS SYSTEM IS-NR Active -----
OAP A 250-001-000 IS-NR Active -----
OAP B 250-001-000 IS-NR Active -----
X.25 Link A1 IS-NR Active -----
X.25 Link B1 IS-NR Active -----
SEAS SYSTEM ALARM STATUS = No Alarms.
Completed.
rept-stat-lsms
GPL PST SST AST
---------------------------------------------------------------------
OAP A 250-001-000 IS-NR Active -----
OAP B 250-001-000 IS-NR Active -----
Q.3 Association B1 IS-NR Active -----
5-114 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Command Completed.
Use the following pair of commands for EOAP-B only:

a. Update EOAP B:
act-oap-config:oap=b:force=yes

following output:
ACT-OAP-CONFIG: MASP A - COMPLTD
b. Wait 15 minutes, then enter either the rept-stat-seas (if only the SEAS
feature is on) or rept-stat-lsms (if only the LNP feature is on)
commands to make sure that there are no alarms for EOAP B. If both the
SEAS and LNP features are on, then enter both commands.
These are examples of the possible output:
rept-stat-seas
SEAS Subsystem Report IS-NR Active --------
SEAS Interfaces Configured = 2 Interfaces IS-NR = 2
GPL PST SST AST
---------------------------------------------------------------------
SEAS SYSTEM IS-NR Active -----
OAP A 250-001-000 IS-NR Active -----
OAP B 250-001-000 IS-NR Active -----
X.25 Link A1 IS-NR Active -----
X.25 Link B1 IS-NR Active -----
SEAS SYSTEM ALARM STATUS = No Alarms.
Completed.
rept-stat-lsms
GPL PST SST AST
---------------------------------------------------------------------
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-115

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
OAP A 250-001-000 IS-NR Active -----
OAP B 250-001-000 IS-NR Active -----
Q.3 Association B1 IS-NR Active -----
Command Completed.
If alarms are shown for the EOAPs in either the rept-stat-seas or

rept-stat-lsms outputs, contact the Tekelec Technical Services department
(see Tekelec Technical Services on page 1-8).
5-116 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Power Supply Card
This procedure describes how to replace a power supply card (P/N 870-1521-01)
and verify its operation after the replacement. The power supply card does not
require any provisioning.

Tools and Equipment
Insulated Phillips screwdriver

Insulated flashlight
Power supply card (P/N 870-1521-01)
Procedure
replaced.
2. At the terminal connected to the EOAP that needs the card replaced:
a. Log in as root:
Console login: root
Password: eagle
commands:
# su - ccsproj
% ccsmr all.down
% exit

# /usr/sbin/init 0
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-117

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Program terminated
ok
3. Locate the power supply card (slots 7 and 8).

Figure 5-50. Locate Power Supply Card
Power Supply Card
handle brackets.
5-118 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Figure 5-51. Loosening Captive Screws of Power Supply Card
Loosen the
captive
screws until
they no
longer engage
the threads.
Close-up of top
inject/eject
handle with
captive screw
Figure 5-52. Free the Card from the EOAP Card Cage
Push up

Push the top handle up and

the bottom handle down.
guide rails.
or ESD.
of damage.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-119

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Figure 5-53. EOAP Backplane Connector Pins
Prior to inserting the replacement

card, check connectors* for any
kind of damage.
Card guides
*Cards removed for clarity.
10. Remove the replacement power supply card from the shipping container.
Figure 5-54. Power Supply Card (P/N 870-1521-01)
Replacement
Power Supply Card
5-120 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Figure 5-55. Power Supply Card Handles
Top handle in the

UP position

DOWN position
of the card guides until the rear connector on the card begins engaging the
mating connector on the backplane.
Figure 5-56. Inserting the Power Supply Card
Push the card along

the length of the card
guides until the rear
connector on the card
begins engaging the
mating connector on
the backplane.
progress cease.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-121

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
position.
Figure 5-57. Handles in Locked Position
Handles in
locked
position
Tighten the
captive
screws until
they seat
against the
handle
bracket.
Close-up of top
inject/eject
handle with
captive screw
17. Once the card is replaced, the system will automatically reboot. If the card
does not automatically reboot, go to the terminal and type the following at the
ok prompt:
ok boot
5-122 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
18. After the processor card has reset, confirm that the power supply card is
operational by checking its LEDs. A green Power LED indicates that power is
supplied to the power supply card.
You have replaced the power supply card and confirmed that it is operational.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-123

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Processor Card
This procedure describes how to replace the processor card (P/N 870-1523-01) in
a EOAP shelf. The processor card requires reprovisioning.

Replacement Order
Replace the processor card in the stages and order listed below:
1. Replace processor card
2. Reprovision processor card
Tools and Equipment
Small Phillips head screwdriver

Flashlight (to view back panel interior)
EOAP processor card (P/N 870-1523-01)
Procedure
1. At the Eagle STP, make sure that the redundant EOAP is active. If only the
SEAS feature is on, enter the rept-stat-seas command. If only the LNP
feature is on, enter the rept-stat-lsms command. If both the SEAS and the
LNP features are on, enter either of these commands; the output of both
commands will display the status of the EOAPs For this example, enter the
rept-stat-lsms
5-124 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
GPL PST SST AST
---------------------------------------------------------------------
OAP A 026-000-000 IS-NR Active -----
OAP B 026-000-000 OOS-MT Isolated -----

Command Completed.

enter rtrv-trm command. This is an example of the possible output:
1 VT320 9600-7-E-1 SW 30 5 99:59:59
2 KSR 9600-7-E-1 HW 30 5 INDEF
3 PRINTER 4800-7-E-1 HW 30 0 00:00:00
4 OAP 19200-7-E-1 SW 30 5 00:30:00
5 VT320 9600-7-O-1 NONE 30 5 00:00:30
6 VT320 9600-7-E-2 SW 30 9 INDEF
7 PRINTER 9600-7-N-2 HW 30 5 00:30:00
8 KSR 19200-7-E-2 BOTH 30 5 00:30:00
9 VT320 9600-7-E-1 SW 30 7 00:30:00
10 OAP 19200-7-E-1 SW 30 5 00:30:00
11 VT320 4800-7-E-1 HW 30 5 00:30:00
12 PRINTER 9600-7-E-1 HW 30 4 00:30:00
13 VT320 9600-7-O-1 NONE 30 5 00:30:00
14 VT320 9600-7-E-2 SW 30 8 00:30:00
15 VT320 9600-7-N-2 HW 30 5 00:30:00
16 VT320 9600-7-E-2 BOTH 30 3 00:30:00
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-125

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
3. Inhibit the isolated EOAP connection by entering this command:
inh-trm:trm=x



5. Confirm that the isolated EOAP connection is inactive. If only the SEAS
feature is on, enter the rept-stat-seas command. If only the LNP feature is
on, enter the rept-stat-lsms command. If both the SEAS and the LNP
features are on, enter either of these commands; the output of both commands
will display the status of the EOAPs For this example, enter the
rept-stat-lsms
GPL PST SST AST
---------------------------------------------------------------------
OAP A 026-000-000 IS-NR Active -----
OAP B 026-000-000 OOS-MT-DSBLD Isolated -----
Q.3 AssociationA1 IS-NR Active -----
Q.3 AssociationB1 OS-MT Fault -----

Command Completed.
6. At the EOAP terminal connected to the isolated EOAP:
5-126 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
a. Log in as root:
Console login: root
Password: eagle
commands:
# su - ccsproj
% ccsmr all.down
% exit

# /usr/sbin/init 0
Program terminated
ok
7. Locate the processor card (slots 1 and 2).

Figure 5-59. Locate Processor Card
Ethernet Port
Processor Card
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-127

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
8. Locate the Ethernet port on the front of the processor card (refer to
Figure 5-59). The port connects to the customer network equipment. Unplug
this cable and tie it off to part of the card cage structure. You will need to plug
this cable back into the replacement processor cards Ethernet port.
NOTE: Disconnecting the Ethernet cable will result in a series of
network-related error messages on the EOAP console. Ignore these
messages and continue.
9. Locate the four captive screws attached to the top and bottom inject/eject
handle brackets on the faceplate. Figure 5-60 shows a close-up of the top
handle with a captive screw.
10. Using a small Phillips head screwdriver, loosen the captive screws until
they no longer engage the threads. Do not remove the screws from the ejector
handle brackets.
Figure 5-60. Processor Card Captive Screws
Top Handle
and Captive
Screw
Enlarged
Loosen the
screws until
they no longer
engage the
threads in the
guide rail.
5-128 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Figure 5-61. Freeing the Processor Card from the EOAP Card Cage
Push up


guide rails.
or ESD.
of damage.

kind of damage.
Card guides
15. Remove the replacement processor card from the shipping container.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-129

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Figure 5-63. Processor Card (P/N 870-1523-01)
Ethernet Port
Replacement Processor Card
16. Make sure the four captive screws located in the inject/eject handle brackets
Figure 5-64. Processor Card Handles
Top handle in the

UP position

DOWN position
18. Carefully align the replacement card's edges with the channels in the top and
of card guides until the rear connector on the card begins engaging the mating
connector on the backplane.
5-130 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Figure 5-65. Inserting the Replacement Processor Card
Push the card along

begins engaging the
mating connector on
the backplane.
progress cease.
position.
Figure 5-66. Locking the Inject/Eject Handles
Handles in
locked position
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-131

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Figure 5-67. Tightening Captive Screws
Tighten the
captive screws
Close-up of until they seat
top inject/eject against the
handle with handle bracket.
captive screw
22. Prior to rebooting the EOAP, reconnect the Ethernet cable unplugged in 8..
The port connects to the customer network.
5-132 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Figure 5-68. EOAP Serial and Ethernet Connections
SEAS Signaling and Engineering Administration System (SEAS)
SEAC System
Synch
X.25 Asynch
modem EOAP-A communications
Serial port
Asynch Asynch Serial port

modem
Serial port
Asynch
X.25
Synch
modem
EOAP-B Asynch
Asynch communications
Asynch
modem
Maintenance Asynch
VT 520 terminal
center
Ethernet
Server
interface
Disk array Disk array
Processor
LSMS eoapblk
23. Boot the EOAP from the ok prompt.

ok boot
If the EOAP does not reboot, refer to the troubleshooting procedure System
Has Power But Will Not Boot on page 5-9.
24. Confirm the operation of the processor card by checking and resolving the
LEDs. The Power LED turns green to indicate power to the processor card. If
the LEDs do not resolve properly, refer to the troubleshooting procedure
Processor Card on page 5-20.
You have replaced the processor card.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-133

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Serial Card
Tools and Equipment
Insulated Phillips screwdriver

Insulated flashlight
Serial card (870-1522-01)
Replacing a cPCI Serial Card
WARNING: Prior to handling any card, follow proper ESD grounding

procedures to prevent damage to the card.
Procedure
replaced.
card replaced:
a. Log in as root:
Console login: root
Password: eagle
commands:
# su - ccsproj
% ccsmr all.down
% exit
5-134 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
# /usr/sbin/init 0
Program terminated
ok
3. Locate the serial card (slot 3).

Figure 5-69. Location of Serial Card
Serial I/O Card
handle brackets.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-135

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Figure 5-70. Top Handle and Captive Screw of Serial Card
Loosen the
captive
screws until
they no
longer engage
the threads.
Close-up of
top inject/eject
handle with
captive screw
Figure 5-71. Freeing the Card from the EOAP Card Cage
Push up


guide rails.
or ESD.
5-136 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
of damage.

kind of damage.
Card guides
10. Remove the replacement serial I/O card from the shipping container.
Figure 5-73. Serial Card (870-1522-01)
Replacement
Serial Card
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-137

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
Figure 5-74. Serial I/O Card Handles
Top handle in the

UP position

DOWN position
of card guides until the rear connector on the card begins engaging the mating
connector on the backplane.
Figure 5-75. Inserting the Replacement Serial Card
Push the card along

begins engaging the
mating connector on
the backplane.
progress cease.
5-138 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
position.
Figure 5-76. Locking the Inject/Eject Handles
Handles
in locked
position
Tighten the
captive
screws until
they seat
against the
handle
bracket.
Close-up of top
inject/eject
handle with
captive screw
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 5-139

EOAP Maintenance
DRAFT
17. At the EOAP terminal, boot the EOAP to recognize the new card.
ok boot
5-140 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
6
Multi-Purpose Server - MPS
Contents ......................................................................................................... Page

Introduction.......................................................................................................6-3
MPS Alarm LEDs .......................................................................................6-3
MPS UAMs..................................................................................................6-4
System Health Check.................................................................................6-5
Health Check Outputs...............................................................................6-9
Periodic Maintenance.....................................................................................6-17
Backups ............................................................................................................6-17
Troubleshooting Log Files .............................................................................6-19
System Health Check Log Files..............................................................6-20
ELAP/EPAP Log Files.............................................................................6-20
MPS Platform and Application Alarms ......................................................6-27
Reference Data for Breaker Panels and Power Supplies ....................6-30
General and Referenced Procedures............................................................6-34
Accessing the EXAP GUI Interface........................................................6-34
System Health Check Procedure............................................................6-35
Saving Logs Using EXAP GUI ...............................................................6-38
EPAP Database Backup Procedure ........................................................6-40
MPS File System Backup Procedure......................................................6-42
EXAP Restart and MPS Reboot Reference Procedure.........................6-44
Decode MPS Alarm Strings Reference Procedure...............................6-48
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 6-1

Multi-Platform Server - MPS
DRAFT
MPS Alarm Recovery Procedures ............................................................... 6-59
Critical Platform Alarms ........................................................................ 6-59
Critical Application Alarms................................................................... 6-65
Major Platform Alarms........................................................................... 6-66
Major Application Alarms ..................................................................... 6-76
Minor Platform Alarms .......................................................................... 6-90
Minor Application Alarms..................................................................... 6-96
Field Replaceable Units............................................................................... 6-100
MPS Server Power Down Procedure.................................................. 6-101
MPS Server Replacement Procedure .................................................. 6-103
Breaker Panel Replacement Procedure .............................................. 6-105
Breaker Panel Alarm Card Replacement Procedure ........................ 6-107
Hub Replacement Procedure............................................................... 6-107
PCI Card Replacement Procedure ...................................................... 6-108
CPU Module Replacement Procedure ............................................... 6-109
Internal Disk Drive Replacement Procedure..................................... 6-109
CD-ROM or DVD-ROM Replacement Procedure ............................ 6-109
DDS-3 Tape Drive Replacement Procedure........................................6-110
System Fan Replacement Procedure ...................................................6-110
CPU Fan Replacement Procedure........................................................6-110
Memory Module Replacement Procedure..........................................6-110
MPS Server Alarm Card Replacement Procedure.............................6-113
SAI/P Card Replacement Procedure...................................................6-113
8-Port Connector Box Replacement Procedure..................................6-113
MPS Disaster Recovery ................................................................................6-115
6-2 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Introduction
This chapter provides troubleshooting and diagnostic information to identify,
diagnose and correct system problems and to monitor and maintain appropriate
system operation. This chapter also explains how to replace the Field Replaceable
Units (FRU) and how to perform the scheduled maintenance for the MPS.
The Multi-Purpose Server (MPS) hardware platform is used to support high
speed provisioning of large databases for the Eagle STP system. The MPS is
composed of hardware and software components that interact to create a secure
and reliable platform.
The applications supported by the MPS platform are the Eagle Provisioning
Application Processor (EPAP) and Eagle LNP Application Processor (ELAP).
The EPAP application includes the INP, G-Flex, and G-Port features. In addition to
the software application, additional third-party software might be required to
support the software application.
The ELAP application includes support for the 48 Million number LNP solution.
In addition to the software application, additional third-party software might be
required to support the software application.
The ELAP/EPAP (EXAP) applications run on the Multi-Purpose Server (MPS)
platform. The MPS platform constantly monitors its operational status using a
health check (syscheck) utility, whose operation is explained in System Health
Check on page 6-5. If syscheck detects some fault or error, it notifies the user
through these actions:
Light the appropriate alarm LED on the front of the MPS server (see MPS
Alarm LEDs on page 6-3).
Report an alarm message to the Eagle through an MPS application. The Eagle,
in turn, notifies the operator by sending a UAM to the operator screen (see
MPS UAMs on page 6-4).
Record specific alarm data in the syscheck log files (see System Health Check
Log Files on Page 6-20).
NOTE: Syscheck monitors and checks the health of the MPS platform only; it
does not perform a similar function for the MPS application software.
In addition, the EXAP application that runs in the MPS server can detect
application errors. These errors are forwarded to the Eagle, which reports them as
UAM alarms; see MPS UAMs on page 6-4.
MPS Alarm LEDs

The front of the MPS server has three LEDs to indicate platform alarms. The
alarms show the state of the MPS. When the MPS is operating without any
detected faults or errors, no LED is illuminated; however, if any alarm LED is
lighted, there is a problem. See Figure 6-1.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 6-3

DRAFT
Figure 6-1. MPS Alarm LEDs
Fault LED indicates a critical platform alarm

Alarm 1" LED indicates a major platform alarm
Alarm 2" LED indicates a minor platform alarm
NOTE: Application alarms do not light MPS alarm LEDs. MPS alarm LEDs
indicate only platform alarms. Unlike the Eagle, if more than one platform
alarm level is active, every applicable fault light is illuminated, not just the
most severe. An alarm LED remains lighted as long as an error condition
remains active for that severity.
MPS UAMs
When an error is detected, EXAP sends an error message to the Eagle terminal to
report the most severe active alarm category. The Eagle issues the appropriate
UAM to the operator.
Errors detected in the MPS hardware and software are reported by UAMs
described in the Corrective Maintenance" chapter of this manual. Errors detected
by the syscheck utility are recorded in the syscheck log files (see System Health
Check Log Files on Page 6-20).
Errors are detected by syscheck in the MPS platform and reported as UAMs. These
platform or application alarms can occur on an MPS and are grouped by category
and severity. The categories, in order of most to least severe are the following:
Critical Platform Alarms are reported by the Eagle in UAM 0370.
Critical Application Alarms are reported to the Eagle in UAM 0371.
Major Platform Alarms are reported to the Eagle in UAM 0372.
Major Application Alarms are reported to the Eagle in UAM 0373.
6-4 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Minor Platform Alarms are reported to the Eagle in UAM 0374.
Minor Application Alarms are reported to the Eagle in UAM 0375.
When all error conditions are corrected for all MPS platform errors and
application errors, the operator receives this UAM:
UAM 0250 MPS available.
For information concerning UAMs and the alarm data contained, see MPS
Platform and Application Alarms on page 6-27.
System Health Check

In order to monitor itself and applications running in the MPS server,
ELAP/EPAP runs a self-diagnostic utility program called syscheck. The program
runs both automatically and by user initiation. The system health check (syscheck)
utility tests the server hardware and software. For each test, checks and balances
verify the health of the MPS server and platform software as well as verifying the
presence of required application software.
Syscheck reports the problems it detects by generating an alarm code. The alarm
code is a 16-character data string in hexadecimal format. All alarm codes are
ranked by severity, critical, major, and minor.
The operator can invoke syscheck from the Platform Menu. In addition, syscheck
runs automatically by timer. Tests that check for errors of various severity levels
run at these frequencies.
Tests for critical platform errors run automatically every 30 seconds.
Tests for major and minor platform errors run automatically every 60 seconds.
When syscheck detects an error, it performs these functions:
1. Lights the appropriate LEDs on the MPS server (see Figure 6-1). The three
LEDs are located at the top of the MPS and are labeled:
Fault (indicates a critical alarm)

Alarm 1 (indicates a major alarm)
Alarm 2 (indicates a minor alarm)
Unlike the Eagle, if more than one platform alarm level is active, all applicable
MPS fault and alarm lights are lighted, not just the most severe. These LEDs
remain lighted as long as an error condition remains active for that severity.
2. Sends an alarm to the Eagle STP and reports it as an UAM (see the list of
UAMs in MPS UAMs on page 6-4.)
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 6-5

DRAFT
3. Logs the results of the syscheck test in the file
/opt/TKLCplat/log/syscheck/fail_log. (For more information about this
log file, see Troubleshooting Log Files on page 6-19.)
Table 6-1 summarizes the functions checked and parameters verified. Table 6-8 on
page 6-27 lists the platform alarms and their alarm codes.
Table 6-1. System Health Check Operation
System Check Parameters
Disk Access Verify disk read and write functions are fully functional
File System Provide alarm if file system exceeds 80% of available space and
alarm if 90% of available space is exceeded for any partition. The
MPS currently has two disks that are mirrored to two other disks.
Supported MPS configurations are four 18Gb or four 36Gb disk
drives.
DiskSuite File Verify there are no mirroring disk-related errors
System
Swap Verify that disk swap space and RAM are sufficient for efficient
Space/RAM operations
Network Ping each network connection (provisioning, DSM, and sync
networks) to verify that all ports are functioning. Also check the
configuration of the default route
Processes Report an alarm if these critical processes are not running:
/usr/sbin/lomlited topnode
/opt/TKLCplat/sbin/sshd prov
gs provRMTP
tsdog provRcvr
maint jrs
rtdb procmgr
httpd xntpd
/opt/TKLCplat/mysql/libexec/mysqld
CPUs Verify the number of working CPU(s) and that the CPU(s) are
running at 440 MHz
Memory Verify the server has minimum RAM: 1280 MB for ELAP and 512
MB for EPAP. (More RAM is permitted, but must meet these
minimums.)
Version Check that server is running Sun OS 5.7
Cooling Fans Verify that all fans are operating and not exceeding 95% of fan
speed
Power Supply Verify that all power supply units are operating
Unit
6-6 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Table 6-1. System Health Check Operation (Continued)
System Check Parameters
Power Relay Verify all breakers and power feeds are on for both upper and
Unit lower panels
The following sections explain the checking that is performed:
Disk Access
Disk access failures are checked periodically with the syscheck procedure. This test
attempts to write 50-byte blocks of test data in the file system to verify disk
operability. If the test shows the disk is not usable, an alarm is reported to indicate
the file system cannot be written to.
File System
Failures in the file system are reported if certain thresholds are exceeded, if the file
system size is incorrect, or if the partition could not be found. Alarm thresholds
are also reported similarly.
DiskSuite
This system uses the Solstice DiskSuite to manage the data mirroring. The system
provides a method to ensure minimum loss of data due to a drive failure by
distributing multiple copies of the data on different disks. If a disk with one copy
fails, the file system can continue working with other copies of the data residing
on the other disks.
The syscheck utility uses Solstice DiskSuite tools to verify the stability of the file
mirrors. The metastat tool provides a look at the disk as a whole, and the
metadb tool examines the state of the database. If any errors are found, an alarm
is reported.
Swap Space
The MPS servers are configured with approximately 9 Gigabytes of swap space.
The swap partition resides on the metadevice and in physical memory.
The metadevice, /dev/md/dsk/d1 is a two-way mirror made up of physical
devices /dev/dsk/c0t0d0s1 (metadevice d101) and /dev/dsk/c0t1d0s1
(metadevice d111). The physical memory is allocated with 512 Mb of RAM. The
amount of free swap space varies with system load. If the swap space is deficient,
an alarm is reported.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 6-7

DRAFT
Memory
An alarm is reported when memory is paged at a rate exceeding 200 pages per
second.
Network
The syscheck utility pings each network connection in the server to verify all ports
are functioning. MPS provides one connection for the customer network
(provisioning network) and three network (sync network, DSM main network,
and DSM backup network) connections for the Tekelec networks.
Process
Critical processes are checked to verify that they are running. If a program is not
running the minimum required number of processes, an alarm is reported. If
more then the recommended processes are running, an alarm is also reported.
(See these processes listed in Table 6-1 and shown in the Verbose sections of the
Health Check Outputs.
Hardware Configuration
The syscheck utility verifies that the processor is running and that it matches what
is required on the server. The configuration is done through the syscheck
configuration procedure. Alarms are reported when a processor is not available
as it should be, or when the processor speed is not the specified 440 MHz.
As part of the hardware configuration test, memory is also checked to ensure that
a configured amount is available. The alarm is reported as setup in the system
configuration. The alarm occurs if 512 MB RAM is not installed in the server.
Software Configuration
The proper OS version is verified with the syscheck utility. A failure occurs when
the Expected OS is not the same as the Actual OS as depicted in Table 6-2.
Table 6-2. OS Version Verification

Description Value
Expected OS SunOS
Expected OS Version 5.7
6-8 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Cooling Fan
Cooling fans ensure the components on the server operate at the optimum
temperature. There are four fans per server. All cooling fans are checked for fan
failure (that is, stopped) and for running too fast (hot). If a fan is running at more
than 95%, it signifies a possible failure to a component.
Power Supply Unit
Each server has three power supply units that ensure the server can continue to
run if a power supply fails. However, if a power supply fails, it should be replaced
quickly. See MPS Power Supplies on page 6-33.
Power Feed Relay Monitor
The MPS frame uses an upper and lower breaker panel for power distribution.
Each breaker panel has a set of relays that allow information about the power feed
status and the breaker panel status to be sent to the MPS servers. The syscheck
utility monitors this information. There are no alarm configurations for this area
check. This operation is only available on the server that is attached to relay
panels (EXAP B or lower MPS).
The following error conditions can be detected:
FUSE ALARM ON - Verify all fuses on <upper or lower> breaker panel.
Power ALARM ON - Verify all power feeds are live for <upper or lower>
breaker panel.
MPS Platform
MPS platform errors result whenever internal diagnostics detect miscellaneous

errors, such as MPS syscheck script failures.
Health Check Outputs

System health check executed from the platform menu can display either Normal
(brief) output or Verbose (more detailed) output, as shown in the following
examples.
EXAP Normal Output

Running modules in class disk...
OK
Running modules in class net...
OK
Running modules in class proc...
OK
Running modules in class system...
System is running SunOS 5.7
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 6-9

DRAFT
OK
Running modules in class hardware...
OK
Running modules in class app...

OK
The log is available at:

-->/opt/TKLCplat/log/syscheck/fail_log
MPS alarm string = 1000000000000000.

MPS alarm string = 2000000000000000.
MPS alarm string = 3000000000000000.
MPS alarm string = 5000000000000000.
ELAP Verbose Output

running modules in class disk...
fs: Current file space use in "/tmp" is 1%.
fs: Current Inode used in "/tmp" is
0.0170036065544429%.
fs: Current file space use in "/" is 65%.
fs: Current Inode used in "/" is 11.7261029411765%.
fs: Current file space use in "/var" is 25%.
fs: Current Inode used in "/var" is 1.60253299689441%.
fs: Current file space use in "/usr/external" is 6%.
fs: Current Inode used in "/usr/external" is
0.0220742649866361%.
fs: Current file space use in "/usr/db" is 1%.
fs: Current Inode used in "/usr/db" is
0.00532272523532048%.
fs: Current file space use in "/usr/rt" is 1%.
fs: Current Inode used in "/usr/rt" is
0.00347432787548009%.
fs: Current file space use in "/export/home" is 1%.
fs: Current Inode used in "/export/home" is
0.0101093426501035%.
fs: Return string: "OK"
meta: Checking Metadevices on system.
meta: Disk Suite Status OK.
meta: Checking Metadevices State Databases on System.
meta: Disk Suite Database Status OK.
meta: Return string: "OK"
swap: Checking amount of swap space on server.
swap: Swap space is Okay.
swap: total: 153760k bytes allocated + 2118880k reserved
= 2272640k used,
7426904k available.
swap: Return string "OK"
write: Successfully wrote to file system "/tmp".
write: Successfully read from file system "/tmp".
write: Successfully wrote to file system "/".
write: Successfully read from file system "/".
6-10 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
write:
Successfully wrote to file system "/var".
write:
Successfully read from file system "/var".
write:
Successfully wrote to file system "/usr/external".
write:
Successfully read from file system "/usr/external".
write:
Successfully wrote to file system "/usr/db".
write:
Successfully read from file system "/usr/db".
write:
Successfully wrote to file system "/usr/rt".
write:
Successfully read from file system "/usr/rt".
write:
Successfully wrote to file system "/export/home".
write:
Successfully read from file system "/export/home".
write:
Return string: "OK"
OK
ping: prova-ip network connection OK
ping: provb-ip network connection OK
ping: dsmm-a network connection OK
ping: dsmm-b network connection OK
ping: dsmb-a network connection OK
ping: dsmb-b network connection OK
ping: sync-a network connection OK
ping: sync-b network connection OK
ping: Return string: "OK"
defaultroute: Return string: "OK"
OK
run: Checking sshd...
run: Found 1 instance(s) of the sshd process.
run: Checking lomlited...
run: Found 1 instance(s) of the lomlited process.
run: Checking tsdog...
run: Found 1 instance(s) of the tsdog process.
run: Checking xntpd...
run: Found 1 instance(s) of the xntpd process.
run: Checking maint...
run: Found 1 instance(s) of the maint process.
run: Checking rtdb...
run: Found 1 instance(s) of the rtdb process.
run: Checking topnode...
run: Found 2 instance(s) of the topnode process.
run: Checking prov...
run: Found 1 instance(s) of the prov process.
run: Checking provRMTP...
run: Found 4 instance(s) of the provRMTP process.
run: Checking provRcvr...
run: Found 4 instance(s) of the provRcvr process.
run: Checking jrs...
run: Found 1 instance(s) of the jrs process.
run: Checking mysqld...
run: Found 1 instance(s) of the mysqld process.
run: Checking procmgr...
run: Found 1 instance(s) of the procmgr process.
run: Checking gs...
run: Found 1 instance(s) of the gs process.
run: Checking httpd...
run: RETURN: 1
run: Found 8 instance(s) of the httpd process.
run: Return string: "OK"
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 6-11

DRAFT
top: The top 5 processes on the system are:
top: fsflush
top: /etc/init
top: /opt/TKLCelap/bin/maint
top: /opt/TKLCelap/bin/rtdb
top: /opt/TKLCplat/mysql/libexec/mysqld
top: TOP Process List is not defined.
top: Return string: "OK"
OK
cpu: Found "2" CPU(s)... OK
cpu: CPU 1 is on-line... OK
cpu: CPU 1 speed: 440 MHz... OK
cpu: Return string: "OK"
mem: Checking page scan rate on server. This takes 5
seconds.
mem: Expected memory found
mem: Pagescan rate OK. Sufficient RAM present.
mem: 1342177280 bytes (-1280 Mb) of RAM installed.
mem: RAM Pagescan rate is 0.00.
mem: Return string: "OK"
pkg: Return string: "OK"
ver: Return string: "OK"

OK
breaker: Testing Lower breaker panel on port /dev/cua/a004
breaker: No breaker alarm on Lower breaker panel.
breaker: No power feed alarm on Lower breaker panel.
breaker: Testing Upper breaker panel on port /dev/cua/a003
breaker: No breaker alarm on Upper breaker panel.
breaker: No power feed alarm on Upper breaker panel.
breaker: Relay Monitor Alarm Checking completed. Number of
alarms: 0
breaker: Return string: "OK"
fan: Fan 1 status is ok.
fan: Fan 1 is running at 62%.
fan: Return string: "OK"
psu: Power Supply Unit 1 Status OK.
psu: Power feed a status is ok.
psu: Power feed b status is ok.
psu: Return string: "OK"
OK
6-12 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
EPAP Verbose Output

Running modules in class disk...
fs: Current file space use in "/tmp" is 1%.
fs: Current Inode used in "/tmp" is 0.0236479726411147%.
fs: Current file space use in "/" is 67%.
fs: Current Inode used in "/" is 11.1467962184874%.
fs: Current file space use in "/var" is 16%.
fs: Current Inode used in "/var" is 1.29399585921325%.
fs: Current file space use in "/usr/external" is 11%.
fs: Current Inode used in "/usr/external" is
0.0304266895761741%.
fs: Current file space use in "/usr/db" is 46%.
fs: Current Inode used in "/usr/db" is
0.00126064545047064%.
fs: Current file space use in "/usr/rt" is 16%.
fs: Current Inode used in "/usr/rt" is
0.00679073175662017%.
fs: Current file space use in "/export/home" is 5%.
fs: Current Inode used in "/export/home" is
0.0117268374741201%.
fs: Return string: "OK"
meta: Checking Metadevices on system.
meta: Disk Suite Status OK.
meta: Checking Metadevices State Databases on System.
meta: Disk Suite Database Status OK.
meta: Return string: "OK"
swap: Checking amount of swap space on server.
swap: Swap space is Okay.
swap: total: 188632k bytes allocated + 13576k reserved =
202208k used, 9489104k available
swap: Return string: "OK"
write: Successfully wrote to file system "/tmp".
write: Successfully read from file system "/tmp".
write: Successfully wrote to file system "/".
write: Successfully read from file system "/".
write: Successfully wrote to file system "/var".
write: Successfully read from file system "/var".
write: Successfully wrote to file system "/usr/external".
write: Successfully read from file system "/usr/external".
write: Successfully wrote to file system "/usr/db".
write: Successfully read from file system "/usr/db".
write: Successfully wrote to file system "/usr/rt".
write: Successfully read from file system "/usr/rt".
write: Successfully wrote to file system "/export/home".
write: Successfully read from file system "/export/home".
write: Return string: "OK"
OK
ping: dsmm-a network connection OK
ping: dsmb-a network connection OK
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 6-13

DRAFT
ping: dsmb-b network
connection OK
ping: sync-a network
connection OK
ping: sync-b network
connection OK
ping: Return string:
"OK"
OK
run: Found 1 instance(s) of the /opt/TKLCplat/sbin/sshd
process.
run: Found 1 instance(s) of the /usr/sbin/lomlited
process.
run: Found 2 instance(s) of the topnode process.
run: Found 1 instance(s) of the obe process.
run: Found 1 instance(s) of the pdba process.
run: Found 1 instance(s) of the cleanbe process.
run: Return string: "OK"
top: pdba
top: fsflush
top: /etc/init
top: mibiisa
top: provRMTP
OK
cpu: Found "1" CPU(s)... OK
cpu: Return string: "OK"
mem: Checking page scan rate on server. This takes 5
seconds.
mem: Expected memory found
mem: Skipping minimum expected memory check.
mem: Pagescan rate OK. Sufficient RAM present.
mem: 536870912 bytes (~512 Mb) of RAM installed.
mem: RAM Pagescan rate is 0.00.
mem: Return string: "OK"
pkg: Return string: "OK"
ver: Return string: "OK"

OK
6-14 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
fan: Return string: "OK"
psu: Power feed a status is ok.
psu: Power feed b status is ok.
psu: Return string: "OK"
OK
Running modules in class app...
versant: No check required on B side.
versant: Return string: "OK"
OK

MPS alarm string = 1000000000000000.

MPS alarm string = 2000000000000000.
MPS alarm string = 3000000000000000.
MPS alarm string = 5000000000000000.
Verbose Output Containing Errors
In the event that an error occurs, system health check provides alarm data strings
and diagnostic information for platform errors in its output. The following
portion of verbose output contains detected errors with DSM network availability
and with the numbers of running modules.
...
ping: ::MAJOR:: 3000000000000200 DSM Main Network: Error no answer
from mate-qfe0 :
ping: ::MAJOR:: 3000000000000400 DSM Backup Network: Error no answer
from mate-qfe1 :
ping: dsmb-b network connection OK
ping: sync-a network connection OK
ping: sync-b network connection OK
ping: Return string: "OK"
OK
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 6-15

DRAFT
run: Found 1 instance(s) of the /opt/TKLCplat/sbin/sshd process.
run: Found 1 instance(s) of the /usr/sbin/lomlited process.
* run: ::MINOR:: 5000000000000002 Only instance(s) of topnode running. 2
instance(s) required!
run: Found 1 instance(s) of the jrs process.
run: Found 1 instance(s) of the /opt/TKLCplat/mysql/libexec/mysqld process.
run: Return string: "Absolute threshold of running processes was not met."
top: fsflush
top: /etc/init
top: mibiisa
top: /usr/sbin/syslogd
top: maint
One or more module in class "proc" FAILED
...
Failures occurred during system check. The failure log is available at:
NOTE: The MPS alarm strings 3000000000000002, 3000000000000004,

5000000000000002, contains the MAJOR and MINOR errors in the verbose
output above. For the explanation of alarm codes in the alarm strings and how
to respond to them, refer to MPS Platform and Application Alarms on
page 6-27 and MPS Alarm Recovery Procedures on page 6-59.
6-16 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Periodic Maintenance
MPS Server Base System Maintenance

The only filters in the MPS are the ones located on the Sun Netras. These air filters
need to be inspected on a regular basis, and cleaned or replaced as needed.
Instructions can be found in the Sun Netra t 1400/1405 Installation and Users
Guide, Replacing the Air Filter.
DDS-3 Tape Drive Maintenance

The DDS-3 Tape Drive is a 4mm drive located on the front of the MPS Server
system above the CD-ROM. Regular maintenance includes cleaning the tape
drive with a DDS-approved cleaning tape cartridge. For detailed procedures, refer
to the Sun 12-24 Gbyte 4mm DDS-3 Tape Drive Installation and Users Guide,
Cleaning the Tape Drive.
Backups
The MPS uses a Sun 12-24 GB, 4mm DDS-3 tape drive for this purpose. To find
information about the drive and the tapes used in it, refer to the Sun document
12-24 Gbyte 4mm DDS-3 Tape Drive Installation and Users Guide.
The 4mm tape drive is rated at 1 MB per second, (2 MB compressed, 2:1 ratio).
With a back up speed of 1.77MB/second and the MPS configured with 2.5GB of
usable backed up file systems, a file system backup should take a maximum of 30
minutes.
The standard 4mm tape (125m) is 12 GB native, and 24 GB compressed, assuming
a typical 2:1 compression ratio. Compression will vary depending on the data that
is backed up.
All backups are done through the software user interface. Backups are not
performed automatically.
For an MPS running EPAP, the capability exists to manually back up both the
database (if the MPS has a PDB) and the file system on demand. Tekelec
recommends that file system backups are performed when system configuration
information changes, or when the system is upgraded. Tekelec recommends daily
database backups. Refer to EPAP Database Backup on page 6-18 and EPAP
Database Backup Procedure on page 6-40.
For an MPS running ELAP, the capability exists to manually back up the file
system on demand. Tekelec recommends that file system backups are performed
when system configuration information changes, or when the system is
upgraded. (Database recovery is done by reload from one of the redundant
databases.) Refer to Backup File System in the ELAP Administration Manual.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 6-17

DRAFT
EPAP Database Backup
The MPS uses a Sun 12-24 Gbyte, 4mm DDS-3 tape drive for the backup, as with
the file backup system. You can find information about the drive and the tapes
used in it, in Sun document 12-24 Gbyte 4mm DDS-3 Tape Drive Installation and
Users Guide.
Each backup overwrites the tape. One tape is required for the PDB database
backup. (A separate tape is required for the file system backup.)
The MPS Servers provide a great deal of redundancy. However, some potential
failure cases can cause total loss or corruption of all database information. Any
data additions, deletions, or modifications after the last database backup will be
lost if you restore the database from the backup tape or tapes.
NOTE: To restore or repair a database, call Tekelec Technical Support.
Perform database backups by choosing the Backup PDB menu item in the
Database Maintenance submenu (refer to the EPAP Administration Manual for
descriptions of login names, menus, and menu items):
Recommended Frequency of Backups

Tekelec highly recommends that you back up your PDB daily to a tape that is
different from the previous days tape. Tekelec also recommends that you retain
the backup tapes for each day of the previous calendar week. The final database
backup schedule is left to the discretion of the customer. How often you back up
your database should match the database importance and modification
frequency.
The EPAP Database Backup Procedure on page 6-40 explains how to back up
the PDB on tape.
Possible error messages for the backup command are explained in Table 6-3.
Table 6-3. Backup PDB Error Messages
Message Cause
Backup aborted. User cancelled the backup.
backup failed. Backup did not start.
PDB backup complete. Backup complete.
File System Backup

Each backup overwrites the tape. One tape is required for the file system. Use the
procedure in this section to perform a file system backup.
The backup script backup_fs backs up each partition on the server to separate
files on the backup tape. In addition, the file /etc/dumpdates is updated with the
date and time of each partition backup.
6-18 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
The backup script backup_fs can log the messages shown in Table 6-4
Table 6-4. Backup_fs Log Messages
Message text Probably cause
backup_fs: FAILURE: Script execution received an
Backup aborted manually unexpected signal, such as kill
backup_fs: FAILURE: Must
Script was run as non-root user
be run as root
backup_fs: FAILURE: No
Tape missing or tape drive failure
tape in drive
backup_fs: Begun. Normal start of backup process
backup_fs: ufsdump failed. Ufsdump failed unexpectedly.
See <logfile> for details View <logfile> for more details
Ufsdump failed unexpectedly.
backup_fs: ufsdump failed.
No failure output was captured.
backup_fs: Finished. Normal end of backup process.
Backup of the file system does not include databases and will take approximately
10 minutes. The following errors are possible during a backup of the file system:
Backup was aborted manually
Backup fs must be executed as root
Backup failed. No tape in drive.
Failure of ufsdump command during backup. See
/opt/TKLCplat/log/backup_fs.fail for errors.
Troubleshooting Log Files

Errors are recorded in the following log files:
MPS platform errors are recorded in the syscheck log files (see System
Health Check Log Files).
MPS application software errors are recorded in the maintenance process
log file (see ELAP/EPAP Log Files on page 6-20).
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 6-19

DRAFT
System Health Check Log Files
MPS platform errors are recorded in the system health check log files.
The syscheck log files are located in /opt/TKLCplat/log/syscheck. The active log is
called fail_log. When the size of the active log file reaches 1MB, logs are rolled:
the oldest log file's suffix is incremented by one, and the next oldest log file suffix
is incremented by one. This process is repeated until five revisions of each log file
are in the log directory. Consequently, fail_log is the current log file and fail_log.4 is
the oldest log. Older files are discarded.
Whenever syscheck is run, the pass or fail status is recorded in the active log file.
For information about viewing the syscheck log file, refer to the descriptions of
the Debug menu View Any File menu item and the Log Viewer in the ELAP
Administration Manual. Whenever syscheck is called, the pass or fail status is
recorded in the active log file. See an example of this log file in Figure 6-2.
Figure 6-2. Sample Syscheck Log File
**** Command Line ARGS: -k critical **********

********* End syscheck -- Thu May 24 14:00:08 2001 -- exit code: 0**********
********* Begin syscheck -- Thu May 24 14:00:39 2001 **********
**** Command Line ARGS: **********
********* End syscheck -- Thu May 24 14:00:46 2001 -- exit code: 0 **********
**** Command Line ARGS: -k critical **********
********* End syscheck -- Thu May 24 14:01:11 2001 -- exit code: 0 **********
ELAP/EPAP Log Files

The ELAP/EPAP applications write log files in the /opt/TKLCappl/logs directory.
Table 6-5 lists the log files that the ELAP/EPAP application processes create. Refer
to the EPAP Menu listed in Table 6-5 when referring to EPAP Administration
Manual and the ELAP Administration Manualfor information about the log files.
Table 6-5. ELAP/EPAP Log Files
File Name File Description ELAP/EPAP
Menu
rtdb.log RTDB process log Debug
maint.log Maintenance process log Debug
prov.log Provisioning process log Debug
rtdbmaint.log Maintenance commands sent to RTDB Database
process by UI
provisioning. Internal process log for provRMTP task (not available)
channel.A.log handling provisioning channel A
6-20 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Table 6-5. ELAP/EPAP Log Files (Continued)
File Name File Description ELAP/EPAP
Menu
provisioning. Internal process log for provRcvr task (not available)
channel.A.rcvr.log handling provisioning channel A
provisioning. Internal process log for provRMTP task (not available)

channel.B.log handling provisioning channel B
provisioning. Internal process log for provRcvr task (not available)
channel.B.rcvr.log handling provisioning channel B
reload.channel.A. Internal process log for provRMTP task (not available)

log handling reload channel A
reload.channel.A. Internal process log for provRcvr task (not available)
rcvr.log handling reload channel A
reload.channel.B. Internal process log for provRMTP task (not available)
log handling reload channel B
reload.channel.B. Internal process log for provRcvr task (not available)
rcvr.log handling reload channel B
rtdba.log Internal process log for the RTDB audit (not available)
task
topnodeA.log Internal process log for topnode task (not available)
handling interface A
topnodeB.log Internal process log for topnode task (not available)
handling interface B
gs.dbg Debug log file for GUI Server process
gs.err Error log file for GUI Server process
Additional ELAP Log Files
jrs.log Log of commands sent to the Job Router Database
Service by the UI
Additional EPAP Log Files
pdba.dbg Internal process log for pdba task: (not available)
debug information
pdba.err Internal process log for pdba task: (not available)
errors
pdba.log Internal process log for pdba task: (not available)
command history
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 6-21

DRAFT
EXAP Messages
EXAP Error Messages

Table 6-6 lists all of the possible error codes and associated text that the EXAP
user interface can generate. The <> fields indicate values that are different for
each error; they are filled in at run time.
Table 6-6. EXAP Error Messages
E1000 Unknown error <error number>. No error text is available.
E1001 Invalid menu selection: <menu selection>
E1002 Invalid syntax: <input>
E1003 Mate EXAPs may not have the same designation.
E1004 EXAP software is running. You must stop the EXAP software before
performing this operation.
E1005 EXAP software is not running. You must start the EXAP software before
performing this operation.
E1006 Mate EXAP not available
E1007 Could not eject media: <device>
E1008 Could not read file: <file name>
E1009 Active PDBA is not available.
E1010 This host is not an EXAP.
E1011 Cannot find EXAP <A|B> (host name <host name>)
E1012 Subscription (SP= <subscription number>) does not exist.
E1013 Subscription (SP= <subscription number>) already exists.
E1014 SP <identifier> does not exist.
E1015 IMSI <identifier> does not exist.
E1016 DN <identifier> does not exist.
E1017 PDBI error: <error text>
E1018 DN <identifier> already associated with IMSI <identifier>.
E1019 Device <device> unavailable.
E1020 Remote PDB unavailable.
E1021 IP address <address> is not authorized for PDB access.
E1022 RN <identifier> does not exist.
E1023 Invalid value for <prompt >: <value>: Valid values are <range>. Hit the Escape
key to abort the command.
E1024 MTSU error: <error text>
E1025 File lock failed: <file name>
6-22 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Table 6-6. EXAP Error Messages (Continued)
E1026 Environment variable <variable name> not defined.
E1027 Telnet error: <error text>
E1028 IP address <IP address> is already authorized for PDBI access.
E1029 IP address <IP address> is not authorized for PDBI access.
E1030 Operation timed out waiting for a response from the PDBA.
E1031 Operation timed out waiting for a response from the RTDB.
E1032 Operation aborted by user.
E1033 Unexpected response received from the PDBA: id=<txid>, return
code=<return code>
E1034 Unexpected response received from the RTDB: id=<txid>, return
code=<return code>
E1035 Script <script name> failed: status=<status>
E1036 EXAP configuration failed. Please use the configuration menu to manually
configure the EXAP sync and DSM networks.
E1037 One or more EXAP software processes did not start
E1038 One or more EXAP software processes did not stop
E1039 Transaction log query failed: <error text>
E1040 Transaction log response file was not created.
E1041 Transaction log response file could not be parsed.
E1042 Transaction log export failed: <error text>
E1043 The specified EXAP was not available.
E1044 Remote EXAP software is running. You must stop the remote EXAP software
before performing this operation.
E1045 RTDB copy operation failed.
E1046 Improperly encoded alarm string. Re-check source.
E1047 RTDB did not respond to query.
E1048 Invalid response received from RTDB.
E1049 Could not connect to <device or process>: <error text>
E1050 Secure shell daemon is not running on mate EXAP. Config files could not be
synchronized !!!
E1051 No feature(s) specified.
E1052 Both ELAP and EPAP features specified.
E1053 This action may only be performed on the local EXAP.
E1054 Another user is currently performing this same action.
E1055 Missing mandatory parameter: <parameter>
E1056 Unexpected parameter was provided: <parameter>
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 6-23

DRAFT
Table 6-6. EXAP Error Messages (Continued)
E1057 The EXAP must be in Forced Standby mode for this operation.
E1058 An internal error in the <parameter> occurred: <error text>
E1059 The passwords did not match.
E1060 The provisioning addresses for MPS A and B must be different.
E1061 The provisioning addresses for MPS A and B must be on the same network.
E1062 The default router must be on the same network as MPS A and MPS B.
E1063 The local and remote PDB addresses must be different.
E1064 This action may only be performed on EXAP A.
E1065 <device or process> must be configured.
E1066 The requested user <user> was not found.
E1067 The requested group <group> was not found.
E1068 The password entered was not correct.
E1069 The new password has been used too recently.
E1070 The provided password does not meet the security requirements. Reason:
<reason text>
E1071 The specified group already exists.
E1072 This action may only be performed on EXAP B.
E1073 The file you have attempted to upload is larger than the <number> bytes of
allocated storage space.
E1074 LPU batch failure: <error text>
E1075 This action must be done on the Active PDBA.
E1076 This action may only be performed while the LSMS connection is disabled.
E1077 File system violation: <error text>
E1078 File <file name> was empty
E1079 There are no PDBI connections available. Try again later.
E1080 The provisioning addresses for the main and backup networks must be
different.
E1081 The specified IP already exists.
E1082 The specified IP does not exist.
E1083 The maximum number of authorized UI IPs has been reached.
E1084 This action may only performed on a provisionable MPS.
E1085 The specified address is local to this MPS.
6-24 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
EXAP Banner Informational Messages
Table 6-7 lists the banner informational banner messages that appear on the UI
browser screen in the Message Box described on page Figure 6-3 on page 6-26.
These messages, sometimes referred to as scroll by messages, indicate the status
of the EXAP machines.
Table 6-7. EXAP Informational Banner Messages
Attempt to correct MySQL replication failed
Backup Filesystem Failed
Backup Filesystem Failed: No tape in drive
Backup filesystem in progress
Backup filesystem successful
Backup filesystem was aborted manually
Backup PDB completed successfully
Backup PDB failed
Backup PDB in progress
Backup RTDB completed successfully
Backup RTDB failed
Backup RTDB in progress
Export PDB completed successfully
Export PDB failed
Export PDB in progress
Failure within filesystem backup utility. View backup_fs.fail log.
Import of <file name> in progress - <xx.xx%>
Import of <file name> completed
Import PDB completed successfully
Import PDB failed
Import PDB in progress
JRS Simplex Mode Enabled
MPS Reboot in Progress
MPS Resynchronization in Progress
MySQL Data replication error detected; Attempting to restore
MySQL Data replication restored: <reason>
MySQL Data Replication from <source> is Failing
Reload RTDB from <source> completed successfully
Reload RTDB from <source> failed
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 6-25

DRAFT
Table 6-7. EXAP Informational Banner Messages (Continued)
Reload RTDB from <source> in progress
Restore PDB completed successfully
Restore PDB failed
Restore PDB in progress
Restore RTDB completed successfully
Restore RTDB failed
Restore RTDB in progress
Transaction log export failed: <reason>
Transaction log export in progress
Transaction log successfully exported to file: <file>
Figure 6-3. EPAP Area
Side Name PDBA Area
Status
Message Box Alarm LEDS Message History
Icon
6-26 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
MPS Platform and Application Alarms
Errors detected on an MPS are sent to the Eagle and then issued as UAMs.
Application and platform UAMs are listed in MPS UAMs on page 6-4. When all
error conditions are corrected, UAM 0250 (MPS available) is sent to the Eagle.
Platform errors, in addition to being reported UAMs at the Eagle, are detected by
syscheck and light the appropriate MPS alarm LEDs. See Table 6-8 for a list of the
platform and application alarms and their alarm codes and UAM numbers.
When you use syscheck (see System Health Check on page 6-5) and receive a
platform alarm code in the MPS alarm string, locate the alarm in Table 6-8,
Platform and Application Alarms". The procedures for correcting alarm
conditions are in MPS Alarm Recovery Procedures on page 6-59.
NOTE: Sometimes the alarm string may consist of multiple alarms and will
have to be decoded in order to use the MPS Alarm Recovery Procedures in this
manual. If the alarm code is not listed in Table 6-8, Platform and Application
Alarms, refer to the Decode MPS Alarm Strings Reference Procedure on
page 6-48.
Platform and application errors are grouped by category and severity. The
categories are listed from most to least severe:
Critical Platform Alarms
Critical Application Alarms
Major Platform Alarms
Major Application Alarms
Minor Platform Alarms
Minor Application Alarms
Table 6-8. Platform and Application Alarms
UAM
Alarm Codes Error Descriptor
Number
Critical Platform Errors
1000000000000001 Breaker Panel Feed Unavailable 0370
1000000000000002 Breaker Panel Breaker Failure 0370
1000000000000004 Breaker Panel Monitoring Failure 0370
1000000000000008 Server Power Feed Unavailable (decode) 0370
Power Feed Unavailable (banner)
1000000000000010 Server Power Supply #1 Failure (decode) 0370
Power Supply NBR 1 Failure (banner)
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 6-27

DRAFT
Table 6-8. Platform and Application Alarms (Continued)
UAM
Number
1000000000000080 RAID Feed Unavailable 0370
1000000000000100 Server RAID Power Supply 1 Failure (decode) 0370
Server RAID Power Supply 1 Failure (banner)
1000000000000200 Server RAID Power Supply 2 Failure (decode) 0370
Server RAID Power Supply 2 Failure (banner)
Critical Application Errors
2000000000000001 LSMS DB Maintenance Required 0371
Major Platform Errors
3000000000000001 Server Fan Failure (decode) 0372
Fan Failure (banner)
3000000000000002 Server Internal Disk Error (decode) 0372
A B Internal Disk Failure (banner)
3000000000000004 Server RAID Disk Error (decode) 0372
RAID Disk Failure (banner)
3000000000000008 Server Platform Error (decode) 0372
Server Platform Error (banner)
3000000000000010 Server File System Error (decode) 0372
File System Error (banner)
3000000000000020 Server Platform Process Error (decode) 0372
Platform Process Error (banner)
3000000000000040 Server RAM Storage Failure (decode) 0372
RAM Storage Failure (banner)
3000000000000080 Server Swap Space Storage Failure (decode) 0372
Swap Space Storage Failure (banner)
3000000000000100 Server Provisioning Network Error (decode) 0372
Provisioning Network Error (banner)
3000000000000200 Server Main DSM Network Error (decode) 0372
Main DSM Network Error (banner)
3000000000000400 Server Backup DSM Network Error (decode) 0372
Backup DSM Network Error (banner)
6-28 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
UAM
Number
3000000000000800 Server Sync Network Error (decode) 0372
Sync Network Error (banner)
3000000000001000 Server Disk Space Shortage Error (decode) 0372
Disk Space Shortage Error (banner)
3000000000002000 Server Default Route Network Error (decode) 0372
Default Route Network Error (banner)
3000000000004000 Server Temperature Error 0372
Major Application Errors
4000000000000001 EXAP Mate Unavailable 0373
4000000000000002 RTDB Mate Unavailable 0373
4000000000000004 EXAP Congestion 0373
4000000000000008 File System Full 0373
4000000000000010 Log Failure 0373
4000000000000020 RMTP Channels Down 0373
4000000000000040 Fatal Software Error 0373
4000000000000080 RTDB Corrupt 0373
4000000000000100 RTDB Inconsistent 0373
4000000000000200 RTDB Incoherent 0373
4000000000000400 JRS to RTDB Connection Down (decode) 0373
JRS RTDB Connection Down (banner)
4000000000000800 Transaction Log Full (decode) 0373
Security Log Full (banner)
4000000000001000 RTDB 100% Full (decode) 0373
RTDB 100 Perc Full (banner)
4000000000002000 RTDB Resynchronization In Progress 0373
4000000000004000 RTDB Reload Is Required 0373
4000000000008000 Mate PDBA Unreachable 0373
4000000000010000 PDBA Connection Failure 0373
4000000000020000 PDBA Replication Failure 0373
Minor Platform Errors
5000000000000001 Server Disk Space Shortage Warning (decode) 0374
Disk Space Shortage (banner)
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 6-29

DRAFT
UAM
Number
5000000000000002 Server Application Process Error (decode) 0374
Application Process Error (banner)
5000000000000004 Server Hardware Configuration Error (decode) 0374
Hardware Configuration Error (banner)
5000000000000008 Server RAM Shortage Warning (decode) 0374
RAM Shortage Warning (banner)
5000000000000010 Server Software Configuration Error (decode) 0374
Software Configuration Error (banner)
5000000000000020 Server Swap Space Shortage Warning (decode) 0374
Swap Space Shortage Warning (banner)
5000000000000040 Server Default Route Not Defined (decode) 0374
Default ROute Not Defined (banner)
5000000000000080 Server Temperature Warning 0374
Minor Application Errors
6000000000000001 RMTP Channel A Down 0375
6000000000000002 RMTP Channel B Down 0375
6000000000000004 Security Log 50 Perc Full 0375
6000000000000008 RTDB 80% Full (decode) 0375
RTDB 80 Perc Full (banner)
6000000000000010 Minor Software Error 0375
6000000000000020 Standby PDBA Falling Behind 0375
Reference Data for Breaker Panels and Power Supplies

References to the figures and information in this section appear in the steps of
some procedures, to help you perform the corrective actions for the alarms.
Breaker Panels
There are two breaker panels: an upper breaker panel and a lower breaker panel
(see Figure 6-4). Each breaker panel has two sides: side A and side B; each side
has seven breakers. The open position of each breaker is marked by 0 and 1
marks the closed position. The breakers receive power from the input circuit on
their respective side. Each breaker controls the power to its corresponding power
feed on the back of the breaker panel. The power feeds connect to the individual
hardware devices comprising the MPS.
6-30 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Figure 6-4. Front of Breaker Panel
Power comes into each breaker panel on side A and on side B. Each input power
line connects to the input power feeds in the rear of the breaker panel (see Figure
6-5). Each input power feed has an input circuit breaker beside it that ensures that
the power is within an acceptable range.
Figure 6-5. Rear of Breaker Panel
The power module, also called the Indicator Panel, is in the center of the front
of each breaker panel (see Figure 6-6). The power module contains two pairs of
LEDs labeled A and B with respect to the side of the breaker panel that the LED
represents. The pair labeled INPUT BREAKER is on (illuminated green) for normal
operation. If one of the rear input breakers pops out, its respective LED is off (not
illuminated).
Figure 6-6. Breaker Panel LEDs
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 6-31

DRAFT
The pair of LEDs labeled POWER ON is also on (illuminated green) for normal
operation. If power is lost coming to the breaker panel, the affected LED is off (not
illuminated.)
NOTE: If one of the POWER ON LEDs is off, the respective INPUT BREAKER LED
will also be off.
Only breakers 1, 2, and 4 on each side of each breaker panel are active. The
inactive breakers are not required to be in the closed position. Table 6-9 on
page 6-32 shows each active breaker and the device it controls
.
Table 6-9. Mapping of Breakers to Devices
Breaker Panel Side Breaker Device
1 MPS A
A 2 Hub 1
4 Hub 2
Upper
1 MPS B
B 2 Hub3
4 Hub4
1 MPS B
A 2 Hub 3
4 Hub 4
Lower
1 MPS A
B 2 Hub 1
4 Hub 2
The table shows only end-to-end connectivity from the breaker panel breakers to
the MPS. For a more detailed explanation of the wiring, refer to the NSD Hardware
Manual.
Attached to MPS B is an 8-port Serial Connector Box with serial cables connected
to ports 3 and 4 (see Figure 6-7). The other ends of these cables are connected to
the rear of the upper and lower breaker panels, respectively. Although in most
cases this alarm is generated when a breaker trips, it may also be generated by a
fault in either the serial cable connection or in the cable itself (a broken wire in the
cable, for example).
6-32 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Figure 6-7. 8-Port Serial Connector Box
MPS Power Supplies
An MPS has three power supplies, enabling it to lose only one power supply
without incurring operational failures. See the MPS power supply failures
described beginning on page 6-63.
CAUTION: In the event that two power supplies are lost, the MPS server will
continue running for only about ten minutes.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 6-33

DRAFT
General and Referenced Procedures
Accessing the EXAP GUI Interface

Use the following procedure to access the main screen of the GUI interface.
Procedure
1. Open the Microsoft Internet Explorer Web browser by either double-clicking

on the applications desktop icon (Windows/Mac).
Internet Explorer opens to your browsers default launch site.
2. In the Address field, key in the IP address for the EXAP application and press
ENTER.
The EXAP User Interface screen appears (EPAP version is used in this
example).
Figure 6-8. EPAP User Interface Screen
6-34 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
3. Enter the appropriate username and password. The valid usernames are
defined in Table 6-10.
Table 6-10. Usernames
EXAP UI Access Granted
Login Name
exapmaint Maintenance menu and all sub menus
exappdba Database menu and all sub menus
exapdebug Debug menu and all sub menus
exapplatform Platform menu and all sub menus
uiadmin User Administration menu
exapall All of the menus in this Table
4. Continue with the procedure that referenced this procedure.
System Health Check Procedure

The operator can run syscheck to obtain the operational status of the MPS platform
with the following procedure. Refer to the ELAP Administration Manual or EPAP
Administration Manual for more details and information about logins and
permissions.
The following procedures describe how to perform the system health check using
the menu item and the syscheck login.
Procedure
1. Login to the User Interface screen of the EXAP GUI as exapplatform:

Reference: Accessing the EXAP GUI Interface on page 6-34.
2. Check the banner information above the menu to verify that you are logged
into the EXAP about which you want system health information. The example
in Figure 6-9 shows a user is logged into EXAP A, while alarms are showing
on EXAP B. To find out more information about conditions on the B server,
you need to run syscheck on that server.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 6-35

DRAFT
Figure 6-9. Logged In Screen
Select Mate menu item Logged into EPAP A Alarms displaying on

EPAP B
If it is necessary to switch to the other EXAP, click the Select Mate menu item.
3. When the GUI shows you are logged into the EXAP about which you want
system health information, select Platform>Run Health Check, shown in
Figure 6-10.
Figure 6-10. Run Health Check
4. On the Run Health Check screen, use the pull-down menu to select Normal or
Verbose for the Output detail level.
5. Click the Perform Check button to run the system health check on the
selected MPS.
6. The system health check output data will display on the screen. Figure 6-11
shows Normal output with errors.
6-36 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Figure 6-11. Displaying System Health Check on EXAP GUI
Running syscheck Using the syscheck Login

If you are unable to log in to the EPAP user interface, you cannot run syscheck
through the GUI. Instead, you can run syscheck from the syscheck login, and
report the results to Tekelec Platform Engineering.
Procedure
1. Connect the Local Access Terminal to the MPS server whose status you want
to check.
2. Log in as the syscheck user.

Login: syscheck
Password: syscheck
3. The syscheck utility runs and its output is displayed to the screen.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 6-37

DRAFT
Saving Logs Using EXAP GUI
During some corrective procedures, it may be necessary to provide Tekelec with
information about the MPS for help in clearing an alarm. These log files are used
to aid Tekelec Technical Service when troubleshooting the MPS. Use the following
procedure to save logs using menu selections from the EXAP GUI:
Procedure
1. Login to the User Interface screen of the EXAP GUI. Refer to the Accessing
the EXAP GUI Interface on page 6-34.
into the problem EXAP indicated in the UAM.
If it is necessary to switch to the problem EXAP, click the Select Mate menu
item.
3. From the menu, select Debug>Capture Log Files.
4. Deselect (if necessary) the box labeled Check if you want to capture
core files with the Logs, as shown in Figure 6-12.
NOTE: Contact Tekelec Technical Services for assistance before capturing
core files with the log files. See Tekelec Technical Services on page 1-8.
Figure 6-12. Capture Logs File Screen
5. Click the Capture Logs button to the log files.
6-38 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
6. After completion, verify the following response:
Figure 6-13. Capture Logs Success
7. Contact Tekelec Technical Services to analyze and check the log file.
8. When Tekelec Technical Services has finished analyzing the logs files, delete
them from the MPS by selecting Debug>Manage Logs Files and Backups to
open the Manage Logs and Backups Screen.
9. Click the checkboxes for the files you want to delete and then click the Delete
Selected File(s) button, as shown in the example in Figure 6-14.
Figure 6-14. Deleting Captured Log Files
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 6-39

DRAFT
10. When the log files have been deleted, the GUI displays confirmation, as
shown in Figure 6-15.
Figure 6-15. Delete Log Files Success
EPAP Database Backup Procedure

The EPAP Database Backup procedure explains how to back up the PDB on tape.
Procedure
1. Place the tape for the backup in the tape drive.
2. Login to the User Interface screen of the EPAP GUI as epappdba:

3. Move the cursor to and select Select Mate if necessary to switch to the local
EXAP.
4. From the epappdba screen, select the PDBA folder.

Figure 6-16. PDBA Main Screen
6-40 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
5. From the PDBA folder, select the Maintenance folder.
Figure 6-17. PDBA Folder Open
6. From the Maintenance Folder, select the Backup folder.
7. From the Backup folder, select Backup the PDB.

Figure 6-18. Backup Folder Open View
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 6-41

DRAFT
8. From the Backup the PDB screen, enter comments that identifies the tape
and backup. Select the Backup PDB button.
Figure 6-19. Backup the PDB Screen
9. If the backup is successful, the program returns the following line:
SUCCESS: Successfully started backup of PDB to tmp/pdbbackup. Backup

status will be displayed on Banner message window.
MPS File System Backup Procedure

Each backup overwrites the tape. One tape is required for the file system. Use the
procedure in this section to perform a file system backup.
Backup of the MPS file system does not include databases and will take
approximately 10 minutes.
Procedure
1. Place the tape for the backup on the tape drive.

into the problem ELAP/EPAP indicated in the UAM.
Move the cursor to and select Select Mate if necessary to switch to the
proper EXAP for this backup.
6-42 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Figure 6-20. Platform Main View
4. Move the cursor to and select Platform to open the Platform folder
Figure 6-21. Platform Folder Open View
5. Move the cursor to and select Backup Filesystem to open the Backup
the Filesystem screen.
Figure 6-22. Backup the Filesystem Screen.
6. Move the cursor to and select the Backup_File_System button to backup

system files. Verify the following response:
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 6-43

DRAFT
SUCCESS:Filesystem backup initiated
The backup should take approximately 10 minutes.
EXAP Restart and MPS Reboot Reference Procedure

NOTE: This is not a standalone procedure. This procedure should be used
when referenced by the procedures in the MPS Alarm Recovery Procedures
section of this chapter.
The PDBA items that appear in the screens in this procedure only apply to the
EPAP application. These items will not appear for the ELAP application.
Procedure
1. Run the system health check. (See System Health Check Procedure on page
6-35.)
If you cannot log in, go to Step 19.
2. Login to the User Interface screen of the EXAP GUI as exapmaint:

problem EXAP.
4. From the exapmaint screen, select Process Control.

Figure 6-23. Maintenance Screen
5. From the Process Control screen, select Stop Software.

CAUTION: This action will stop all EXAP software
processes, and will prevent the selected EXAP from
updating the RTDB until the EXAP software is re-started
(by executing the Start Software menu item).
6-44 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
6. From the Stop EPAP Software screen, make sure the following items on
the screen are checked:
NOTE: The PDBA items only apply if performing this procedure on Side A.
Check if you want the software to automatically start
on reboot.
Check if you want to stop the PDBA software along with
the EPAP software.
Check if you want the PDBA software to automatically
start on reboot.
7. Select the Stop EXAP Software button to stop the software.
NOTE: The PDBA item only appears if performing this procedure on Side A.
Figure 6-24. Stop Software Completion Screen
8. From the Process Control screen, select Start Software button.
9. From the Start EXAP Software screen, make sure the following items on
the screen are checked:
NOTE: The PDBA item only applies if performing this procedure on Side A.
Check if you want to start the PDBA software along with
the EPAP software.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 6-45

DRAFT
10. Select the Start EXAP Software button to start the software.
Figure 6-25. Start Software Completion Screen
11. At the Eagle STP input terminal, enter the rept-stat-mps command to verify
the status of the EXAP.
If the problem is corrected, go to Step 19.
If the problem persists, continue with Step 12.
problem EXAP.
6-46 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
14. Move the cursor to and select Platform to open the Platform folder
Figure 6-27. Platform Folder Open View.
15. Select the Reboot the MPS button to restart the MPS.
CAUTION: Are you sure you want to reboot the MPS?
16. Click the Reboot MPS button.

CAUTION: Rebooting this MPS will stop all E_AP processes,
and will prevent updating of the RTDB until the E_AP
software is automatically re-started when the system comes
back up.
17. Click the Continue button.

This will reboot the EXAP and also start the EXAP software. The connection
to the EXAP will be lost.
the status of the EXAP.
19. If the problem has not been resolved, contact Tekelec Technical Services for
assistance. Have the system health check data available. See Tekelec
Technical Services on page 1-8.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 6-47

DRAFT
Decode MPS Alarm Strings Reference Procedure
Use this procedure to decode alarm strings that consists of multiple alarms. Use
this procedure to decode the alarm, and then return to Table 6-8 to locate the
applicable Recovery Procedure.
Procedure
1. Login to the User Interface screen of the EXAP GUI as exapmaint:

problem EXAP.
3. From the exapmaint screen, select Maintenance.

Figure 6-28. Maintenance Screen
4. From the Maintenance screen, select Decode MPS Alarm.
5. Enter the 16-digit alarm string into the window on the Decode MPS Alarm
screen.
6. From the Decode MPS Alarm screen, select Decode button.
7. The system should return information on the Alarm Category (Critical

Application, Major Platform) and error Descriptor. Use this information along
with Table 6-8 to access the appropriate procedure. For combination errors,
multiple procedures might have to be used to solve the problem. Work the
errors and associated procedures from top to bottom (as they are listed on the
screen).
6-48 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Restarting the EXAP and PDBA
Use this procedure when referenced from the section MPS Alarm Recovery
Procedures" for alarms.
CAUTION: Perform this procedure only when directed from one of the
procedures in MPS Alarm Recovery Procedures" in this chapter.
This is not a standalone procedure.
NOTE: The PDBA items that appear in the screens in this procedure apply
only to the EPAP application. These items will not appear for the ELAP
application.
Procedure
1. Log in to the User Interface screen of the EXAP GUI (see Accessing the EXAP
GUI Interface on page 6-34).
into the problem EXAP indicated in the UAM. If it is necessary to switch to the
problem EXAP, select Select Mate.
3. From the exapmaint screen, select Process Control>Stop Software. The

following screen appears:
Figure 6-29. Stop Software Confirmation
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 6-49

DRAFT
4. On the Stop EXAP Software screen, make sure the following checkboxes are
all checked, so that the PDBA software is stopped along with the EPAP
software and so that both the PDBA and EPAP software are automatically
restarted on reboot (see Figure 6-30 for an example):
Check if you want the software to automatically start on reboot (this
checkbox causes the EPAP software to automatically reboot)
Check if you want to stop the PDBA software along with the EPAP
software
Check if you want the PDBA software to automatically start on reboot
Figure 6-30. Stop Software
5. Click the Stop EXAP Software button to stop the software. The screen in
Figure 6-31 appears; the PDBA item appears only when performing this
procedure on Side A.
6-50 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
6. From the Process Control screen, select Start Software menu item.
7. From the Start EXAP Software screen, make sure the checkboxes are checked
as shown in Figure 6-32; this item applies only if performing this procedure on
Side A:
Figure 6-32. Start EPAP Software
8. Click the Start EXAP Software button to start the software. The following
screen confirms that the software has started; the PDBA item appears only if
performing this procedure on Side A:
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 6-51

DRAFT
Restarting the EXAP Software
application.
Procedure
into the problem EXAP indicated in the UAM. If it is necessary to switch to
the problem EXAP, select Select Mate.
3. From the exapmaint screen, select Process Control>Stop Software. The

screen in Figure 6-34 appears:
Figure 6-34. Stop Software Confirmation
6-52 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
4. On the Stop EXAP Software screen, make sure the checkboxes are checked as
shown in Figure 6-34.
5. Click the Stop EXAP Software button to stop the software. The screen in
Figure 6-35 appears.
6. From the Process Control screen, select Start Software menu item.
7. From the Start EXAP Software screen, make sure the checkboxes in Figure
6-36 are checked:
Figure 6-36. Start EPAP Software
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 6-53

DRAFT
8. Click the Start EXAP Software button to start the software. The screen in
Figure 6-37 confirms that the software has started:
Restarting the PDBA Software

application.
Procedure
into the MPS A at the site reporting the problem.
If it is necessary to switch to the other side to be on MPS A, select Select Mate.
Ensure you are logged into MPS A at the site reporting the problem. If it is
necessary to switch to the other site, select PDBA>Select Other PDBA.
6-54 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
3. Select PDBA>Process Control>Stop Software to stop the PDBA process. The
window shown in Figure 6-38 displays.
Figure 6-38. Stop PDBA
4. Ensure the checkbox is filled in as shown in Figure 6-38. Click the Stop PDBA
Software button. When the software has stopped, a confirmation window
display, as shown in Figure 6-39.
Figure 6-39. PDBA Software Stopped
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 6-55

DRAFT
5. Restart the PDBA software by selecting PDBA>Process Control>Start
Software. The window shown in Figure 6-40 displays.
Figure 6-40. Start PDBA
6. Click the Start PDBA Software button. When the PDBA software has started,
the window shown in Figure 6-41 appears.
Figure 6-41. PDBA Software Started
6-56 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Rebooting the MPS
application.
Procedure
1. Login to the User Interface screen of the EXAP GUI (see Accessing the EXAP
Select Select Mate if necessary to switch to the problem EXAP.
3. Select Platform>Reboot the MPS. The screen in Figure 6-42 appears:

Figure 6-42. Request Reboot of the MPS
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 6-57

DRAFT
4. Click the Reboot the MPS button to restart the MPS. The screen in Figure 6-43
displays:
Figure 6-43. Confirm Requested Reboot the MPS
5. Click the Continue button. The screen in Figure 6-44 appears:

Figure 6-44. Reboot Information
This will reboot the EXAP and also start the EXAP software. The connection
to the EXAP will be lost.
6. At the Eagle STP input terminal, enter the rept-stat-mps command to

verify the status of the EXAP.
7. If the problem has not been resolved, contact Tekelec Technical Services for
assistance. Have the system health check data available. call Tekelec Technical
Services for assistance. See Tekelec Technical Services on page 1-8.
8. Return to the procedure that directed you to perform this procedure.
6-58 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
MPS Alarm Recovery Procedures
This section provides recovery procedures for the MPS and ELAP alarms, listed
by alarm category and Alarm Code (alarm data string) within each category.
Critical Platform Alarms

Critical platform alarms are issued for breaker panel and power supply problems.
The steps include references to figures and information in Reference Data for
Breaker Panels and Power Supplies on page 6-30 to help perform the procedures.
1000000000000001 - Breaker Panel Feed Unavailable
This alarm indicates that a fault has occurred with a breaker panels input power.
In general, a fault in the input power means that power has been lost to the input
power circuit. It might also mean that a surge or some sort of power degradation
or spike caused one of the input circuit breakers to pop.
Procedure
1. Check the Input Breaker LEDs (see Figure 6-6 on page 6-31). If one is off,
then the respective Input Circuit Breaker has popped out. If this is the case,
perform the following steps; a Volt Ohm Meter is required:
a. Remove the plastic cover from the rear of the Telect panel, on the affected
power feed.
b. Set the Volt Ohm Meter to 200VDC.
c. Place the black lead of the meter on the RTN terminal, and the red lead
on the 48VDC. Take a reading. The reading should be 48VDC 7VDC
(between 41VDC and 55VDC).
d. If power is not present, check the fuse position at the power board from
which the system is powered. If the fuse is blown, replace the fuse and
repeat Step 1-c.
e. If power is present, turn all breakers for the affected side of that panel to
the off position.
f. With the breakers off, reset the circuit breaker on the back of the panel
(see Figure 6-5 on page 6-31). Do this by pushing it in.
g. After the circuit breaker is reset, turn the breakers back on one at a time.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 6-59

DRAFT
6-35.)
If the alarm has been cleared, the problem is resolved.
If the alarm has not been cleared, continue with the next step.
3. Check the Power On LEDs (see Figure 6-6 on page 6-31). If one is off, then
power has been lost to that LED's side of the breaker panel. Have an
electrician examine the circuit providing power to that side of the breaker
panel.
4. Run the system health check.

Reference: System Health Check Procedure on page 6-35
5. Look on the rear of the side of the circuit breaker panel that syscheck reported
to be at fault, and ensure that neither of the two Input Circuit Breakers has
popped out (see Figure 6-5 on page 6-31). If one or both of them have popped
out, press the circuit breaker to close it again.
6. If a circuit breaker does not reset, or if it does reset and then trips again when
placing a load on it, remove the fuse at the power board and contact Tekelec
Technical Services for assistance. See Tekelec Technical Services on page 1-8.

8. If the problem has not been resolved, call Tekelec Technical Services for
assistance. See Tekelec Technical Services on page 1-8.
6-60 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1000000000000002 - Breaker Panel Breaker Failure
Specifically, this alarm indicates that one of the active breakers on the front of the
breaker panels is open.
Procedure
1. Inspect the Breaker Alarm LED (see Figure 6-6 on page 6-31). This is a red LED
in the center on the front of the breaker panel. If this light is on, one or more
breakers are open.
If any of the breakers are in the open (0) position, flip them back to the
closed (1) position.
Check the Breaker Alarm LED again. If the red light did not go out, continue
with the next step.
2. Verify that the power output wires are secured properly. The power output
wires are located in the rear of the breaker panel to the inner side of the input
circuit breaker (see Figure 6-5 on page 6-31).

4. Verify that the serial cable used to monitor the breaker panel in question is
properly secured both to the breaker panel and to the 8-port Serial Connector
Box on MPS B.

910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 6-61

DRAFT
1000000000000004 - Breaker Panel Monitoring Failure
This alarm indicates a failure in the hardware and/or software that monitors the
breaker panel. This means that there is a problem with either the file I/O libraries,
the serial device drivers, or the serial hardware itself.
The error can occur if the system health check cannot:
Open the modem device
Close the modem device
Obtain the serial devices attributes
Configure the serial device
Reset the serial device to its default settings
If this alarm occurs in conjunction with any other Breaker Panel alarm, there
might be a problem with the breaker panel. Consult the appropriate breaker panel
alarm procedures for help (alarms 1000000000000001 and 1000000000000002).
Procedure
1. Call Tekelec Technical Services for assistance. See Tekelec Technical Services
on page 1-8.
1000000000000008 - Server Power Feed Unavailable
This alarm indicates that one of the power feeds from a breaker panel to an MPS
has failed.
If this alarm occurs in conjunction with any Breaker Panel alarm, there might be a
problem with the breaker panel. Refer to the Breaker Panel alarm procedures
(1000000000000001, 1000000000000002, and 1000000000000004).
Procedure
1. Locate the MPS to which the faulty feed supplies power, and make sure that
the connections to the power supply units are all connected securely.
6-62 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
3. Follow the power feed to the back of the breaker panel, and make sure that the
power feed is properly secured (see Figure 6-5 on page 6-31).

5. If the breaker panel is functioning properly and the wires are all secure, have
an electrician check the voltage on the power feed.

1000000000000010 - Server Power Supply #1 Failure
This alarm indicates that power supply 1 has failed. (See MPS Power Supplies
on page 6-33.)
Procedure
on page 1-8.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 6-63

DRAFT
on page 6-33.)
Procedure
on page 1-8.
on page 6-33.)
Procedure
on page 1-8.
1000000000000080 - RAID Feed Unavailable
This alarm indicates that the RAID feed is not available.
Procedure
on page 1-8.
1000000000000100 - Server RAID Power Supply 1 Failure
This alarm indicates that the Server RAID power supply 1 has failed.
Procedure
on page 1-8.
6-64 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
1000000000000200 - Server RAID Power Supply 2 Failure
This alarm indicates that the Server RAID power supply 2 has failed.
Procedure
on page 1-8.
Critical Application Alarms

The critical application alarms involve the ELAP software, RTDBs, file system,
logs, and JRS connection.
NOTE: There are no critical EPAP alarms.
2000000000000001 - LSMS DB Maintenance Required
This alarm indicates that database maintenance is required.
Procedure
on page 1-8.
2. Contact Tekelec Application Engineering to have this issue resolved.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 6-65

DRAFT
Major Platform Alarms
Major platform alarms involve MPS hardware components, memory, and
network connections.
3000000000000001 - Server Fan Failure
This alarm indicates that a fan on the system is either working too hard or has
failed completely. In either case, there is a danger of component failure due to
overheating.
Figure 6-45. MPS Fans
Procedure
1. Ensure that nothing is blocking the fans intake or its exhaust (see Figure 6-45
on page 6-66). Remove any blockage.

3. Clean the faulty fan's filter:

a. Go to the front of the MPS with the faulty fan.
b. Remove the screws located to the left and right of the fan cover.
6-66 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
c. Pull the fan cover off.
d. Remove the filter located inside the fan cover.
e. Clean the filter with water (no soap).
f. Let the filter dry.
NOTE: Do not place the filter back in the machine while the filter is wet.
g. Replace the dry filter into the fan cover.
h. Place the fan cover back on the MPS and tighten the screws.

5. Verify that the temperature in the room is normal (see Table 6-11 on
page 6-67). If it is too hot, lower the temperature in the room to an acceptable
level.
NOTE: Be prepared to wait the appropriate period of time for the room to
return to an acceptable temperature before continuing with the next step.
Table 6-11. MPS Environmental Conditions
Operating: 5o C to 40o C
Ambient
Temperature Exceptional Operating Limit: 0o C to 50o C
Storage: -20o C to 60o C
Relative Operating: 10% to 85% non-condensing
Humidity Storage: 10% to 95% non-condensing
Operating: -300m to +300m
Elevation
Storage: -300m to +1200m
Capacity must compensate for up to 5100 BTUs/hr for
Heating, each installed MPS frame.
Ventilation, and Calculate HVAC capacity as follows:
Air Conditioning Determine the wattage of the installed equipment.
Use the formula: watts x 3.143 = BTUs/hr
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 6-67

DRAFT
3000000000000002 - Server Internal Disk Error
This alarm indicates a drive failure such as a physical drive loss or a corrupted
logical volume.
The system health check utility uses the following DiskSuite commands to detect
a physical fault (such as a bad drive), corrupted LVM, a corrupted file system, or
corruption in the meta device state database replicas.
metastat - Checks the various disks and logical volumes for failures.
metadb - Checks the DiskSuite metadb for corruption, and displays the
configuration of the disks and logical volumes.
You can use these utilities to get more information about the fault that has
occurred. Running the system health check manually in Verbose mode will also
show this information. (see System Health Check Procedure on page 6-35).
Procedure
1. Run the system health check in Verbose mode.

2. Call Tekelec Technical Services and provide the system health check output.
See Tekelec Technical Services on page 1-8.
6-68 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
3000000000000004 - Server RAID Disk Error
This alarm indicates a serious RAID disk error.
Procedure
3000000000000008 - Server Platform Error
This alarm indicates a major-class platform error such as a corrupt system

configuration or missing files, or indicates that syscheck itself is corrupt.
Procedure
1. Run the system health check in Verbose mode.

3000000000000010 - Server File System Error
This alarm indicates that syscheck was unsuccessful in writing to a particular file
system.
Procedure
on page 1-8.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 6-69

DRAFT
3000000000000020 - Server Platform Process Error
This alarm indicates either that a process is not running or that too many
instances of a particular process are running.
Procedure
1. Refer to the following section for this procedure:

Reference: EXAP Restart and MPS Reboot Reference Procedure on page
6-44.
3000000000000040 - Server RAM Storage Failure
This alarm indicates one of two things:

More or less memory than the expected 1280 MB of memory is installed.
The system is swapping pages in and out of physical memory at a very
fast rate, indicating a possible degradation in system performance.
Procedure
on page 1-8.
3000000000000080 - Server Swap Space Storage Failure
This alarm indicates that the swap space is in danger of being depleted. This is
usually caused by a process that has allocated a very large amount of memory
over time.
Procedure
on page 1-8.
6-70 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
3000000000000100 - Server Provisioning Network Error
This alarm indicates that the connection between the MPS hme0 interface and the
customer network is not functioning properly. In the following figure, the cable
labeled Provisioning Network Connection is the one that connects to the hme0
interface.
Figure 6-46. Rear of MPS
Procedure
1. Have your network administrator determine whether or not the network is

functioning properly.
2. If you and your network administrator cannot determine whether the

problem is originating on the network or on the MPS, contact Tekelec
3000000000000200 - Server Main DSM Network Error
This alarm indicates that the connection between the MPS qfe0 interface and the
Eagle is not functioning properly. The qfe0 interface is the top port on the
multi-port card. (See Figure 6-46 on page 6-71.)
Figure 6-47 shows the connections between the MPS servers and the hubs of the
DSM network (both main and backup).
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 6-71

DRAFT
Figure 6-47. DSM Networks
Procedure
1. Verify the following:

a. Verify that the qfe0 cable is securely connected at the multi-port card.
b. Verify that the qfe0 cable is connected at the hub.
c. Verify that the hub is powered on.
d. Verify that the hub does not have any fault lights on.
e. Verify that the cable running from the qfe0 interface to the hub is
securely connected at the hub.
f. Verify that the cable running from the hub to the Eagle is securely
connected at the Eagle and hub.
6-72 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
g. Verify that the cable going from qfe0 to the hub tests positive with an
Ethernet Line Tester.
2. Replace any faulty cables.
3. Verify that the cable going from the hub to the Eagle tests positive with an
Ethernet Line Tester and replace any faulty cables.
4. If the problem persists, call Tekelec Technical Services for assistance. See
Tekelec Technical Services on page 1-8.
3000000000000400 - Server Backup DSM Network Error
This alarm indicates that the connection between the MPS qfe1 interface and the
Eagle is not functioning properly. The qfe1 interface is the second port from the
top of the multi-port card. (See Figure 6-46 on page 6-71.) This is the backup
network through which the MPS connects to the Eagle.
Figure 6-47 on page 6-72 shows the connections between the MPS servers and the
hubs of the DSM network (both main and backup).
Procedure
1. Verify the following;

a. Verify that the qfe1 cable is securely connected at the multi-port card.
b. Verify that the qfe1 cable is connected at the hub.
c. Verify that the hub is powered on.
d. Verify that the hub does not have any fault lights on.
e. Verify that the cable running from the qfe1 interface to the hub is
securely connected at the hub.
f. Verify that the cable running from the hub to the Eagle is securely
connected at the Eagle and hub.
g. Verify that the cable going from qfe1 to the hub tests positive with an
Ethernet Line Tester.
h. Verify that the cable going from the hub to the Eagle tests positive with
an Ethernet Line Tester.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 6-73

DRAFT
2. Replace any faulty cables.
3000000000000800 - Server Sync Network Error
This alarm indicates that the qfe2 connection between the upper and lower MPS
is not functioning properly. This is the network over which the upper and lower
MPS servers synchronize data with one another. The qfe2 interface is the third
interface from the top of the multi-port card. (See Figure 6-46 on page 6-71.)
A direct connection is made between the two MPS' servers (no hub is used in this
connection). A cross-over Ethernet cable must be used for this connection.
Procedure
1. Verify that the qfe2 cable is securely connected to the proper port on both
MPS A and MPS B.
2. Test the qfe2 cable with an Ethernet Line Tester that is set to test a cross-over
cable. If the cable does not test positive, replace it.
3000000000001000 - Server Disk Space Shortage Error
This alarm indicates that one of the following conditions has occurred:
A file system has exceeded a warning threshold, which means that more
than 90% of space has been used on that file system.
A file system has too many inodes depleted.
A file system has a different number of blocks than it had at install.
Procedure
1. For all of the conditions, call Tekelec Technical Services for assistance. See
6-74 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
3000000000002000 - Server Default Route Network Error
This alarm indicates that the default network route is experiencing one or more of
the following conditions:
The default router cannot be pinged.
The default route is not set.
The default route is not in the provisioning network.
Procedure
3000000000004000 - Server Temperature Error
The internal temperature within the MPS is unacceptably high. A Fan Failure
Alarm may also exist along with the MPS Temperature Alarm.
Procedure

Reference: Server Fan Failure on page 6-66
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 6-75

DRAFT
Major Application Alarms
The major application alarms involve the ELAP/EPAP software, RTDBs, file
system, logs, and (ELAP only) JRS connection.
4000000000000001 - EXAP Mate Unavailable
One EXAP (ELAP or EPAP) has reported that the other EXAP is unreachable.
Procedure
1. Log in to the EXAP GUI (see Accessing the EXAP GUI Interface on page
6-34).
2. View the EXAP status on the banner.

If the mate EXAP status is DOWN, go to 4.
If the mate EXAP status is ACTIVE or STANDBY, go to 7.
3. Select the Select Mate menu item to change to the mate EXAP.
4. Select Process Control>Start Software to start the mate EXAP software.

If the mate EXAP status is ACTIVE or STANDBY, the problem is resolved.
If the mate EXAP status is still DOWN, continue with the next step.
6. Select the Select Mate menu item to change back to the side that reported the
alarm.
7. Stop and start the software on the side that is reporting the alarm (see
Restarting the EXAP and PDBA on page 6-49).
8. If the problem persists, run savelogs to gather system information for further
troubleshooting. See Saving Logs Using EXAP GUI on page 6-38, and then
contact Tekelec Technical Services (see Tekelec Technical Services on
page 1-8.
6-76 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
4000000000000002 - RTDB Mate Unavailable
The local EXAP cannot use the direct link to the Standby for RTDB database
synchronization.
Procedure
6-34).

If the mate EXAP status is DOWN, go to 4.
If the mate EXAP status is ACTIVE or STANDBY, go to 7.
3. Select the Select Mate menu item to change to the mate EXAP.
4. Select Process Control>Start Software to start the mate EXAP software.
5. Determine whether the alarm has cleared by verifying whether it is still being
displayed in the banner or in the Alarm View window.
If the alarm has cleared, the problem is resolved.
If the alarm has not yet cleared, continue with the next step.
6. Ensure that you are logged into the side opposite from the side reporting the
alarm. If it is necessary to change sides, select the Select Mate menu item to
change to the side opposite the side that reported the alarm.
7. Stop and start the software on the side that is reporting the alarm (see
Restarting the EXAP Software on page 6-52).
8. Select RTDB>View RTDB Status to verify that the RTDB status on both sides
is coherent, as shown in Figure 6-48.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 6-77

DRAFT
Figure 6-48. Coherent RTDB Status
9. If the problem persists, run savelogs to gather system information for further
troubleshooting. See Saving Logs Using EXAP GUI, and then contact Tekelec
Technical Services (see Tekelec Technical Services on page 1-8.
4000000000000004 - EXAP Congestion
The ExAP RTDB database record cache used to keep updates currently being
provisioned is above 80% capacity.
Procedure
the status.
2. If the problem does not clear within 2 hours with an EXAP Available notice,
capture the log files on both EXAP(s) (refer to Saving Logs Using EXAP
GUI on page 6-38). Also contact Tekelec Technical Services; see Tekelec
6-78 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
4000000000000008 - File System Full
One or more of the ExAP file systems have reached 90% capacity.
Procedure
1. Contact Tekelec Technical Services for assistance. See Tekelec Technical

Services on page 1-8.
4000000000000010 - Log Failure
One or more of the ExAP processes are not creating log entries.
Procedure

6-44.
4000000000000020 - RMTP Channels Down
Both IP multicast mechanisms are down.
Procedure
1. Check the physical connections between the local MPS and DSM cards on the
Eagle. Make sure the connectors are firmly seated.
2. Stop and restart the software on the side that is reporting the alarm (refer to
EXAP Restart and MPS Reboot Reference Procedure on page 6-44).
3. Capture the log files on both EXAP(s). Refer to Saving Logs Using EXAP
GUI on page 6-38. Also contact Tekelec Technical Services; see Tekelec
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 6-79

DRAFT
4000000000000040 - Fatal Software Error
A major software component on the ExAP has failed.
Procedure
1. Perform a restart of the EXAP software; refer to Restarting the EXAP

Software on page 6-52.
4000000000000080 - RTDB Corrupt
A real-time database is corrupt. The calculated checksum did not match the
checksum value stored for one or more records.
Procedure
4000000000000100 - RTDB Inconsistent
The real-time database for one or more DSM cards is inconsistent with the current
real-time database on the Active EXAP fixed disks.
Procedure
GUI on page 6-38. Then contact Tekelec Technical Services; see Tekelec
6-80 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
4000000000000200 - RTDB Incoherent
This message indicates that the RTDB database download may be in progress.
When the download is complete, the following UIM message will appear:
Procedure
1. If this alarm displays when an RTDB download is in progress, no further

However, if this alarm displays when an RTDB download is not in progress,
capture the log files on both EXAP(s). Refer to Saving Logs Using EXAP
4000000000000400 - JRS to RTDB Connection Down
A major software component on the ELAP has failed.
Procedure
6-34).
4000000000000800 - Transaction Log Full
The transaction log is full.
Procedure

910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 6-81

DRAFT
4000000000001000 - RTDB 100% Full
The RTDB on the EXAP is at capacity. The EXAP RTDB is not updating.
You may be able to free up space by deleting unnecessary data in the database by
using the following procedure. The EXAP must be upgraded in order to add disk
capacity.
Procedure

4000000000002000 - RTDB Resynchronization In Progress
This message indicates that the RTDB resynchronization is in progress.
Procedure
4000000000004000 - RTDB Reload Is Required
This message indicates that the RTDB reload is required for one of the following
reasons:
The PDB Birthday on the EPAP reporting the error does not match the mate
EPAPs PDB Birthday.
OR
The transaction logs did not contain enough information to resynchronize the
databases (the transaction logs may be too small).
CAUTION: If both sides are reporting this error, contact Tekelec Technical
Services. See Tekelec Technical Services on page 1-8.
If only one side is reporting this error, use the following procedure.
6-82 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Procedure
6-34).
2. Refer to the LNP Database Synchronization Manual for the correct procedures.
into the EXAP that is reporting the problem.
If it is necessary to switch to the problem EXAP, click the Select Mate menu
item.
4. From the menu, select RTBD>View RTDB Status to display status

information about the RTDBs. Figure 6-49 shows an example.
Figure 6-49. RTDB Status
5. If the RTDB birthdays for both the local RTDB and the mate RTDB are the
same, you can copy the mates RTDB to the local RTDB. If the RTDB birthdays
are not the same, go to step 12.
6. Before attempting to copy the RTDB, you must stop the software on both sides
by doing the following:
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 6-83

DRAFT
CAUTION: If you do not stop the software on both sides, as directed next
in substeps a through f, the RTDBs will become corrupted.
a. Select Process Control>Stop Software to stop the software. The following

warning appears:
CAUTION: This action will stop all EXAP software processes, and
will prevent the selected EXAP from updating the RTDB until the
EXAP software is re-started (by executing the Start Software menu
item).
b. On the Stop EXAP Software screen, make sure the following item on the
screen is checked:
Check if you want the software to automatically start on reboot.
c. Select the Stop EXAP Software button to stop the software.
d. Select Select Mate from the menu.
e. Repeat substeps a through c on the other side.
f. Select Select Mate from the menu to return to the EXAP that is reporting
the problem.
7. Verify that you are logged in to the side that is reporting the problem.
8. Select RTDB>Maintenance>Reload from Remote. The screen shown in

Figure 6-50 appears.
Figure 6-50. Reload RTDB from Mate EXAP
9. Ensure that the Mate radio button is filled in, as shown in Figure 6-50 and
click the Begin RTDB Reload from Remote button.
6-84 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
10. When the reload has completed, start the software on both sides by doing the
following:
a. Select Process Control>Start Software to start the software again. Make
sure the following item on the screen is checked (this item applies only if
performing this procedure on Side A):
Check if you want to start the PDBA software along with the EPAP
software.
b. Select the Start EXAP Software button to start the software.
c. Select Select Mate from the menu.
d. Repeat substeps a and b on the other side.
11. If you wish to increase the size of the transaction logs, select
PDBA>Maintenance>Transaction Log Params>Change Params as shown in
Figure 6-51.
Figure 6-51. Changing Transaction Log Parameters
12. If the problem persists, contact Tekelec Technical Services for assistance.
Refer to Tekelec Technical Services on page 1-8.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 6-85

DRAFT
4000000000008000 - Mate PDBA Unreachable
This has reported that the other PDBA is unreachable.
Procedure
1. Login to the User Interface screen of the EXAP GUI (see Accessing the EXAP
2. Check the banner information above the menu for the PDBA status.
If neither PDBA status is DOWN, go to 7.
If status of one of the PDBAs is DOWN, continue with the next step.
Figure 6-52 shows an example in which the PDBA on EPAP B is DOWN.
Figure 6-52. PDBA Down
into the EXAP whose PDBA is DOWN. If it necessary to switch to the other
PDBA, select PDBA>Select Other PDBA.
6-86 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
4. Attempt to start the PDBA by selecting PDBA>Process Control>Start PDBA
Software. The window shown in Figure 6-53 appears.
Figure 6-53. Start PDBA
5. Click the Start PDBA Software button.
6. When the PDBA software has been started, the window shown in Figure 6-54
appears, and within moments the banner should show the PDBA status as
ACTIVE or STANDBY. If the status does not change to ACTIVE or STANDBY,
continue to the next step.
Figure 6-54. PDBA Started
7. Check the status of the provisioning network. If problems exist in the

provisioning network, fix them.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 6-87

DRAFT
8. If the problem persists, capture the log files on both EXAP(s). Refer to Saving
Logs Using EXAP GUI on page 6-38. Also contact Tekelec Technical Services;
see Tekelec Technical Services on page 1-8.
4000000000010000 - PDBA Connection Failure
The local EPAP RTDB process cannot connect to the local PDBA.
Procedure
1. Login to the User Interface screen of the EPAP (see Accessing the EXAP GUI
Interface on page 6-34).
into the problem EPAP indicated in the UAM.
Select Select Mate if necessary to switch to the problem EPAP.
3. Perform the procedure described in Restarting the EXAP and PDBA on

page 6-49.
4. Select RTDB>View RTDB Status and determine the homing policy for the
PDBA. In the example shown in Figure 6-55, the Homing Policy shows that
the Standby PDB is preferred for homing.
6-88 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Figure 6-55. Determining the Homing Policy
5. At the EXAP indicated by the Homing Policy, repeat Step 3 and Step 4 to
restart the PDBA.
6. If the problem persists, capture the log files on both EXAP(s). Refer to Saving
Logs Using EXAP GUI on page 6-38. Also contact Tekelec Technical Services;
see Tekelec Technical Services on page 1-8.
4000000000020000 - PDBA Replication Failure
Provisioning data is not longer being exchanged from the Active PDB to the
Standby PDB.
Procedure
GUI on page 6-38. Then contact Tekelec Technical Services; see Tekelec
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 6-89

DRAFT
Minor Platform Alarms
Minor platform alarms involve disk space, application processes, RAM, and
configuration errors.
5000000000000001 - Server Disk Space Shortage Warning
This alarm indicates that one of the following has occurred:

A file system has exceeded a warning threshold, which means that more
than 80% of space has been used on that file system.
A file system has too many inodes depleted.
A file system has a different number of blocks than it had at install.
Procedure
5000000000000002 - Server Application Process Error
This alarm indicates either that a process is not running or that too many
instances of a particular process are running.
Procedure

6-44.
2. Capture the log files on both ExAP(s).

Reference: Saving Logs Using EXAP GUI on page 6-38.
6-90 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
5000000000000004 - Server Hardware Configuration Error
This alarm indicates that a hardware component or the operating system is not in
compliance with Tekelec specifications (refer to the NSD Hardware Manual).
The proper OS version is verified with the system health check utility. A failure
occurs when the Required OS is not the same as the Actual OS as shown in Table
6-12.
Table 6-12. OS Version Alarms
Description Value
Required OS SunOS
Required OS Version 5.7
Procedure
on page 1-8.
5000000000000008 - Server RAM Shortage Warning
This alarm indicates one of two things:

More or less memory than the expected 1280 MB of memory is installed.
The system is swapping pages in and out of physical memory at a very fast
rate, indicating a possible degradation in system performance.
Procedure
on page 1-8.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 6-91

DRAFT
5000000000000010 - Server Software Configuration Error
This alarm indicates that the Required OS is not the same as the Actual OS.
Procedure
on page 1-8.
5000000000000020 - Server Swap Space Shortage Warning
This alarm indicates that the swap space is in danger of being depleted. This is
usually caused by a process that has allocated a very large amount of memory
over time.
Procedure
on page 1-8.
5000000000000040 - Server Default Route Not Defined
This alarm indicates that the default network route is experiencing one or more of
the following conditions:
The /etc/defaultrouter does not exist.
The /etc/defaultrouter contains an invalid IP address or host name.
The hosts table does not have an entry for the default router host name.
The /etc/defaultrouter file could not be read.
Procedure
1. Obtain the proper Provisioning Network netmask and the IP address of the
appropriate router on the provisioning network. These are maintained by the
customer network administrators.
2. Use the telnet command along with the IP address to log into MPS A on the
Eagle with the problem.
6-92 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
3. After the connection is made, enter exapconfig as the Username along with
the appropriate password.
NOTE: Use exapconfig as the Username to enter the text based menus.
4. Enter option 2, Configure Network Interfaces Menu from the EPAP

Configuration Menu. The server designation at this site is displayed as well as
hostname, hostid, Platform Version, Software Version, and the date.
MPS Side A: hostname: mpsa-d1a8f8 hostid: 80d1a8f8

Platform Version: 3.0.0-22.0.0
Software Version: EPAP 3.0.0-30.1.0
Wed Jul 17 09:51:47 EST 2002
/-------EPAP Configuration Menu--------\

/----------------------------------------\
| 1 | Display Configuration |
|----|-----------------------------------|
| 2 | Configure Network Interfaces Menu |
|----|-----------------------------------|
| 3 | Set Time Zone |
|----|-----------------------------------|
| 4 | Exchange Secure Shell Keys |
|----|-----------------------------------|
| 5 | Change Password |
|----|-----------------------------------|
| 6 | Platform Menu |
|----|-----------------------------------|
| 7 | Configure NTP Server Menu |
|----|-----------------------------------|
| 8 | PDB Configuration Menu |
|----|-----------------------------------|
| e | Exit |
\----------------------------------------/
Enter Choice: 2
5. Enter option 1,Configure Provisioning Network from the Configure Network

Interfaces Menu. This displays the submenu for configuring communications
networks and other information.
/----Configure Network Interfaces Menu-----\

/--------------------------------------------\
| 1 | Configure Provisioning Network |
|----|---------------------------------------|
| 2 | Configure Sync Network |
|----|---------------------------------------|
| 3 | Configure DSM Network |
|----|---------------------------------------|
| 4 | Configure Backup Provisioning Network |
|----|---------------------------------------|
| e | Exit |
\--------------------------------------------/
Enter choice: 1
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 6-93

DRAFT
6. If the information provided by the customer does not match what is on the
system, correct it. If the information is correct, press return to accept the
current settings.
Verifying connectivity with mate ...
Enter the EPAP A provisioning network IP Address [192.168.61.90]:
Enter the EPAP B provisioning network IP Address [192.168.61.91]:
Enter the EPAP provisioning network netmask [255.255.255.0]:
Enter the EPAP provisioning network default router IP Address:
192.168.54.250
Press return to continue ...
7. Enter e from the Configure Network Interfaces Menu to return to the EPAP
Configuration Menu.
/----Configure Network Interfaces Menu-----\

/--------------------------------------------\
| 1 | Configure Provisioning Network |
|----|---------------------------------------|
| 2 | Configure Sync Network |
|----|---------------------------------------|
| 3 | Configure DSM Network |
|----|---------------------------------------|
| 4 | Configure Backup Provisioning Network |
|----|---------------------------------------|
| e | Exit |
\--------------------------------------------/
Enter choice: e
8. Enter option e from the EPAP Configuration Menu, to go to exit the Menu.
/-------EPAP Configuration Menu--------\

/----------------------------------------\
| 1 | Display Configuration |
|----|-----------------------------------|
| 2 | Configure Network Interfaces Menu |
|----|-----------------------------------|
| 3 | Set Time Zone |
|----|-----------------------------------|
| 4 | Exchange Secure Shell Keys |
|----|-----------------------------------|
| 5 | Change Password |
|----|-----------------------------------|
| 6 | Platform Menu |
|----|-----------------------------------|
| 7 | Configure NTP Server Menu |
|----|-----------------------------------|
| 8 | PDB Configuration Menu |
|----|-----------------------------------|
| e | Exit |
\----------------------------------------/
Enter Choice: e
9. Run the system health check on both EXAP(s).

Reference: System Health Check Procedure on page 6-35.
6-94 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
10. If the alarm has been cleared, the problem is solved. If the alarm has not been
cleared, continue with Step 11.
11. Log into the MPS generating the alarm as tklc:

Login: tklc
Password:<Enter tklc Password>
12. Enter the following command to verify that the /etc/defaultrouter file
exists and has the correct permissions.
$ ls -l /etc/defaultrouter
13. If the file permissions are not -rw-r--r-- or 644, then change the file
permissions so that it is readable. If the file does not exist, then call Tekelec
14. Verify that the default route is valid. Enter the following to display the
contents of the /etc/defaultrouter file.
$ cat /etc/defaultrouter
15. If the file contains a hostname, enter the following to verify that the hostname
is listed in the /etc/hosts file.
$ grep <hostname> /etc/hosts
16. Note the IP address associated with the hostname. If no IP address is mapped
to the hostname, then contact Tekelec Technical Services for assistance. See
17. Verify the default route IP address. The IP address, whether taken from
/etc/defaultrouter or /etc/hosts, should be in the correct form
(#.#.#.# where 0 < # < 256) and be a valid IP address.
If the format is invalid, contact Tekelec Technical Services for assistance. See
18. Run the system health check on both EXAP(s).

Reference: System Health Check Procedure on page 6-35.
19. If the alarm has been cleared, the problem is solved. If the alarm has not been
cleared, go to then contact Tekelec Technical Services for assistance. See
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 6-95

DRAFT
5000000000000080 - Server Temperature Warning
The internal temperature within the MPS is unacceptably high. A Fan Failure
Alarm may also exist along with the MPS Temperature Alarm.
Procedure

Reference: Server Fan Failure on page 6-66
Minor Application Alarms

Minor application alarms involve the EXAP RMTP channels, RTDB capacity, and
software errors.
6000000000000001 - RMTP Channel A Down
Channel A of the IP multicast mechanism is not available.
Procedure
1. Check the physical connections between the local EXAP(s), and the EXAP(s)
and the DSM cards on the Eagle. Make sure the connectors are firmly seated.
2. Run the system health check. (Refer to System Health Check Procedure on
page 6-35.)
If you cannot log in, go to Step 5.
3. Perform the Restart and Reboot procedure:

Reference: Restarting the EXAP Software on page 6-52.
GUI on page 6-38.
5. Then contact Tekelec Technical Services with the health check output; see
6-96 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
6000000000000002 - RMTP Channel B Down
Channel B of the IP multicast mechanism is not available.
Procedure
1. Perform the same procedure described for 6000000000000001 RMTP Channel

A Down on page 6-96.
6000000000000004 - Security Log 50 Perc Full
The security log is 50 percent full.
Procedure
1. This is an information message. No action is necessary.
6000000000000008 - RTDB 80% Full
The RTDB on the EXAP or DSM is approaching capacity (80%).

NOTE: This alarm indicates the user should make immediate plans either to
update his ELAP or EPAP or to upgrade the DSM card with additional memory.
Perform the following procedure.
Procedure
1. At the Eagle STP input terminal, enter the rept-stat-mps command.
2. Refer to the output to determine specifically which database (for an EXAP or

for a DSM card) is approaching its capacity.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 6-97

DRAFT
6000000000000010 - Minor Software Error
A minor software error has been detected.
Procedure
6-35.)
2. Contact Tekelec Technical Services for assistance. Have the system health
check data available. See Tekelec Technical Services on page 1-8.
6000000000000020 - Standby PDBA Falling Behind
This alarm indicates a congestion condition is affecting updates to the standby

PDBA. The amount of time between an update being committed in the Active
PDB and the same update being committed in the Standby PDB has reached an
unacceptable level.
Procedure
1. The EPAP attempts to automatically recover from this situation. This error can
result from one of the following conditions:
Provisioning activity is very heavy
The provisioning network is experiencing errors or latency
Server maintenance functions (such as backups, restores, imports, exports,
etc) are occurring
6-98 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
2. Periodically, verify that the level of the standby PDBA is catching up by
selecting PDBA>View PDBA Status and comparing the Level of the Standby
PDBA (on EPAP A in the example shown in Figure 6-56) to the Level of the
Active PDBA (on EPAP B in the example).
Figure 6-56. View PDBA Status
3. If the problem persists for more than two hours, capture the log files on both
EXAP(s). Refer to Saving Logs Using EXAP GUI on page 6-38. Also contact
Tekelec Technical Services; see Tekelec Technical Services on page 1-8.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 6-99

DRAFT
Field Replaceable Units
Take the following steps before you begin the replacement of a component:
When unpacking, check the shipping carton for any damage.
Always use a static strap when handling the components.
Read the instructions prior to performing the replacement or maintenance.
Do not use excessive force when installing or removing the component. This
can cause damage to a connector. Apply even pressure when installing the
component.
When the procedures instruct you to install a component, you can also
remove an existing component for replacement purposes.
Always test the installed or replaced component to ensure correct operation.
Table 6-13 shows the FRU, vendor part number, and Tekelec part number
associated with the FRU for the MPS.
Table 6-13. MPS Field Replaceable Units
Vendor Part Tekelec Part
FRU
Number Number
Telect
Breaker Panel 804-1423-01
T009-5010F1F1A33
Breaker Panel Alarm Card Telect 400185 804-1489-01
Garrett
Hub 804-1198-01
DS8016R-48VDC
MPS Server Sun N15-AA 804-1280-01
440 Mhz Processor Module Sun 1197A 804-1281-01
128 MB Memory Expansion Module
Sun X7043A 804-1425-01
(2X64 MB DIMMs)
PSY Expansion Memory
Sun X7005A 804-1055-01
(2X256 MB DIMMs)
18.2 GB Internal Disk Sun 5237A 804-1282-01
32X CD-ROM Sun 6911A 804-1283-01
or
10X DVD-ROM SunX6167A TBD
DDS-3 Tape Drive Sun 6912A 804-1284-01
Quad FastEthernet Card Sun X1034A 804-1056-01
SAI/P Card Sun X1156A 804-1426-01
CPU Fan Assembly Sun F540-4262 804-1485-01
6-100 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Table 6-13. MPS Field Replaceable Units
Vendor Part Tekelec Part
FRU
Number Number
System Fan Sun F370-3976 804-1477-01
DC PSU Sun F300-1435 808-0023-01
Air Filter Pack Replacement Sun X7075A 804-1486-01
Alarm Card Sun F501-5437 809-1492-01
MPS Server Power Down Procedure

Prior to removing an MPS Server, the server must be shut down and the power to
the unit must be shut down.
NOTE: Also power down the MPS Server when performing a component
replacement. After the replacement is complete, power up and test the MPS
Server.
The following procedure includes details on how to shut down the MPS Server
from a local user interface terminal.
The Halt MPS interface menu item is described in the EPAP Administration
Manual.
The Halt MPS interface menu item is described in the ELAP Administration
Manual.
Procedure
WARNING: DO NOT perform Step 8 to turn off the breakers until Step 1
through Step 7 are complete.

proper EXAP associated with the MPS to be powered down.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 6-101

DRAFT
3. Move the cursor to and select Platform to open the Platform folder.
Figure 6-58. Platform Folder Open View.
4. Select the Halt the MPS button to stop the MPS.

CAUTION: Are you sure you want to halt the MPS?
5. Click the halt_MPS button.

CAUTION: Halting this MPS will stop all E_AP processes,
and will prevent updating of the RTDB until the E_AP
software is restarted when the machine is re-started.
MANUAL INTERVENTION WILL BE REQUIRED TO RE-START THE
MPS.Are you sure you want to halt the MPS?
6. Click the Continue button.
NOTE: The EXAP software and the MPS Server are now shut down. The MPS
Server can be powered down.
6-102 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
7. To power down the MPS Server, refer to the Sun Netra t 1400/1405 Service and
System Reference Manual, Accessing the System.
WARNING: DO NOT continue to step Step 8 to turn off the breakers until
Step 1 through Step 7 are complete.
8. Turn off breakers A1 and B1 on the appropriate breaker panel for the MPS
Server that is shut down. (see Table 6-14 and Table 6-15 on page 6-103).
The selected MPS Server is shut down and powered down.
MPS Server Replacement Procedure

This procedure provides detailed instructions for removing the MPS Server from
the MPS. Refer to Bill of Material 890-1277-03 for details when performing this
procedure.
DANGER: Before beginning this procedure, ensure that the frame is
properly secured to the floor to prevent the frame from tipping over when
the slide shelf is extended.
Procedure
1. Power down the MPS Server. Use the MPS Server Power Down Procedure
on page 6-101.
2. Turn off power to the MPS Server from the breaker panel. Use Table 6-14 or
Table 6-15 to locate the associated breakers:
Table 6-14. MPS Server A Breaker Locations
MPS Server Breaker Panel Breaker
A BP-1 A1
A BP-2 B1
Table 6-15. MPS Server B Breaker Locations
MPS Server Breaker Panel Breaker
B BP-1 B1
B BP-2 A1
3. Verify that all the cables on the rear of the MPS Server are labeled correctly.
Refer to the MPS descriptions in the Installation Manual for Cable Reference,
Cable Wiring Diagrams, and Cable Routing.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 6-103

DRAFT
4. Remove the ground cable on the rear of the MPS Server first; then remove the
remaining cables on the rear of the MPS Server.
Leave the cables attached to the frame.
Save the hardware fasteners for the replacement.
WARNING: Do not remove the screws on the center flange that is used
for mounting the slide shelf to the frame.
5. On the face of the frame, remove the attaching screws on the outer flanges of
the slide shelf (refer to the Side Shelf Extension figure in the Installation
Manual). This will allow the slide shelf to slide out for servicing.
Retain the screws for the replacement.
CAUTION: When sliding the shelf, ensure that the cables clear and do not
bind or scrape the surrounding equipment.
6. Grip the bottom of the slide shelf near the middle and slowly pull the slide
shelf out until the slide shelf locks into position.
When the slide shelf is approximately half-way out, there is the first click.
When the slide shelf is fully extended and locks into position, there will be a
second click and the rear of the MPS Server will extend beyond the front face
of the frame.
7. Remove eight PEM fasteners that retain the MPS Server mounting brackets to
the slide shelf.
DANGER: It is recommended that two people remove the MPS Server.

The server weighs approximately 38 kg (84 lbs.) and could cause personal
injury or damage to the internal components due to shock and vibration.
8. Carefully remove the MPS Server from the slide shelf by lifting it up and out.
9. Place the MPS Server on a bench or cart, and remove four screws that retain
each side mounting bracket. Retain the brackets and screws for the
replacement.
10. Reinstall the side mounting brackets to the slide shelf.
11. Simultaneously depress the two release tabs on the outside of each slide of the
slide shelf.
CAUTION: When sliding the shelf, ensure that the cables clear and do not
bind or scrape the surrounding equipment.
6-104 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
12. Push the slide shelf inward. If the slide shelf stops approximately half-way,
simultaneously depress the two release tabs on the inside of each slide of the
slide shelf.
13. Push the slide shelf in until the slide shelf flanges contact the front face of the
frame.
14. Secure the shelf flanges to the frame with the screws that were removed in
step 5.
15. Tape the eight remaining screws from step 9 to the slide shelf to retain them
for the replacement.
16. To install the replacement MPS Server, refer to the Installation Manual.
Breaker Panel Replacement Procedure

This procedure explains how to remove the breaker panel. It is recommended that
one panel remain powered while removing the other panel. This will enable the
MPS to remain in-service while replacing a panel.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 6-105

DRAFT
Procedure
1. Turn off the breaker panel breakers for the MPS Server and the hub. See Table
6-16 to identify the appropriate breakers.
Table 6-16. Breaker Panel Assignments
Breaker Breaker BP-1 BP-1 BP-2 BP-2
Position Value Panel A Panel B Panel A Panel B
1 15.0A MPS Server MPS Server MPS Server MPS Server

A Feeds B Feeds A Feeds B Feeds
2 1.0A Hub 1 A Hub 3 B Hub 3 A Hub 1 B
Feed Feed Feed Feed
3 15.0A Reserved Reserved Reserved Reserved
4 1.0A Hub 2A Hub 4 B Hub 4 A Hub 2 B
Feed Feed Feed Feed
5 10.0A Not Used Not Used Not Used Not Used
2. Turn off the breakers for the A and B power source to the breaker panel.
3. Verify that power is not present on the leads by checking with a VOM.
4. Disconnect the BATT and RTN leads from the power source for A and B
at the breaker panel you want to remove.
Mark or label each cable as you remove it.
Tape or insulate all disconnected power leads.
5. Disconnect the BAT and RTN leads for the hubs and MPS Servers A and B.
6. Disconnect the alarm cable.
7. Disconnect the frame ground.
8. Remove the screws that hold the panel in the frame.
9. Remove the panel.
6-106 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
10. To install the replacement panel, refer to the NSD Installation Manual.
Breaker Panel Alarm Card Replacement Procedure

For detailed installation and replacement procedures, refer to the Telect ATO
Configurable Breaker Panel User Manual, part number 118267, Issue A, Rev 0.
Section 6 provides detailed information on Operation.
Hub Replacement Procedure

This procedure explains how to remove a hub. See the Hub Installation
Procedure in the NSD Installation Manual to install the replacement hub.
CAUTION: Always turn off the power to both the hub to be replaced and
to the other hub on its network. That is, turn the power off to both hubs 1
and 2 (main network) or to both hubs 3 and 4 (backup network)but not to
both pairs of hubs at once.
Procedure
1. Turn off the power switch on the rear of the hub to be replaced and to the
other hub on its network.
2. Turn off the hub breakers at the breaker panel. Table 6-17 and Table 6-18 show
the breakers for the hubs.
Table 6-17. Hub Breakers (Main Network)
Hub Breaker Panel Breaker
Hub 1 (A leads) BP-1 A2
Hub 1 (B leads) BP-2 B2
Table 6-18. Hub Breakers (Backup Network)

Hub Breaker Panel Breaker
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 6-107

DRAFT
3. Remove the power terminal strip cover.
4. Disconnect the BATT and RTN leads from the breaker panel for A and B.
5. Disconnect the frame ground.
6. Make sure that all RJ45 cables are labeled, and disconnect all the RJ45 cables.
7. Remove the screws that hold the hub in the frame.
8. Remove the hub.
9. To install the replacement hub, use the Hub Installation Procedure in the
NSD Installation Manual.
10. Make sure that the other hub on the same network is also powered up.
PCI Card Replacement Procedure

The SunSAI/P card and Quad FastEthernet Interface card are the two replaceable
PCI cards. These cards are located in one of four PCI slots, shown in the upper
right-hand corner on the rear view of the MPS Server (see Figure 6-59). The top
cover must be removed to gain access to the card slots.
Prior to replacing these cards, the MPS Server must be shut down. see MPS
Server Power Down Procedure on page 6-101.
NOTE: When installing a PCI card, do not tighten the screws on the
faceplates until all the external cables are connected on all the PCI cards.
Otherwise, a misalignment of one or more PCI cards can result due to
mechanical interference.
For detailed replacement procedures, refer to the Sun Netra t 1400/1405 Service &
System Reference Manual, PCI Card.
6-108 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Figure 6-59. MPS Server Rear Detail
Parallel Keyboard HME0 SAI/P (MPS Server B only)
QFE0
QFE1
QFE2
QFE3
TTYB
TTYA
SCSI
PCIs
Power Supply 3
Power Supply 2 Power Supply 1
Power Connectors
CPU Module Replacement Procedure

Prior to replacing this module, the MPS Server must be shut down. See MPS
Server Power Down Procedure on page 6-101.
System Reference Manual, CPU Modules.
Internal Disk Drive Replacement Procedure

Prior to replacing this drive, the MPS Server must be shut down. See MPS Server
Power Down Procedure on page 6-101.
System Reference Manual, Hard Disk Drive. Contact Tekelec Technical Services
(see page 1-8) to perform the steps to configure the new disk.
CD-ROM or DVD-ROM Replacement Procedure

Prior to replacing the CD-ROM or DVD-ROM, the MPS Server must be shut
down. See MPS Server Power Down Procedure on page 6-101.
System Reference Manual, Removable Media Drive.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 6-109

DRAFT
The SCSI target ID is set for 6 for the CD-ROM. For detailed procedures to set the
ID, refer to the Sun StorEdge CD 32 Installation and Users Guide, Setting the SCSI
Target ID.
For detailed procedures to set the SCSI target ID for the DVD-ROM, refer to the
Sun StorEdge DVD 10X Installation and Users Guide, Setting the SCSI Target ID.
DDS-3 Tape Drive Replacement Procedure

For detailed replacement procedures, refer to the Sun 12-24 Gbyte 4mm DDS-3
Tape Drive Installation and Users Guide, Installing the Tape Drive.
The SCSI target ID is set for 4. For detailed procedures to set the ID, refer to the
Sun 12-24 Gbyte 4mm DDS-3 Tape Drive Installation and Users Guide, Setting the
SCSI ID Jumpers.
System Fan Replacement Procedure

Power Down Procedure on page 6-101
System Reference Manual, System Fan Assembly.
CPU Fan Replacement Procedure

Power Down Procedure on page 6-101
System Reference Manual, CPU Fan Assembly.
Memory Module Replacement Procedure

Prior to replacing this card, the MPS Server must be shut down. See MPS Server
When performing memory module replacement, use Figure 6-60, on page 6-111
and Figure 6-61, on page 6-112 for reference because the Sun document figures are
incorrect. However, for detailed replacement procedures, refer to the Sun Netra t
1400/1405 Service & System Reference Manual, DIMMs.
6-110 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Table 6-19 and Table 6-20 show the part numbers, quantities, and descriptions for
the memory modules.
Table 6-19. Memory Specifications for MPS Running EPAP
Sun Part Number Kit Description Total Tekelec Part
Number of Memory Number
Memory
Kits
X7043A 2 128 MB (2X64 MB DIMMs) 512 MB 804-1425-01
Table 6-20. Memory Specifications for MPS Running ELAP

Sun Part Number Lit Description Total Tekelec Part
Number of Memory Number
Memory
Kits
X7043A 2 128 MB (2X64 MB DIMMs 256 MB 804-1425-01
PSY Expansion Memory
X7005A 2 1024 MB 804-1055-01
(2X256 MB DIMMs)
Figure 6-60 shows the memory bank layout for the motherboard.
Figure 6-60. Motherboard Memory Bank Layout
U1404
Bank 3
U1403
U1402
Bank 1
U1401
Front of Netra
U1304
Bank 2
U1303
U1302
Bank 0
U1301
CPU Module
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 6-111

DRAFT
Figure 6-61 shows the memory bank layout for the memory riser card.
Figure 6-61. Memory Riser Card Memory Bank Layout
U0404
Bank 3
U0403
U0402
Bank 1
U0401
U0304
Front of Netra
Bank 2
U0303
U0302
Bank 0
U0301
Connector to Motherboard
The following rules apply when installing DIMMs:

Do not mix DIMM densities within a bank.
Each occupied bank must contain a minimum of four equal density
DIMMs.
Fill banks sequentially by number, zero first, then one, then two, then
three.
Using these rules and the required memory produces the memory bank
configuration shown in Table 6-21 on page 6-113.
6-112 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Table 6-21. Memory Bank Mapping

Bank Socket U Number Socket U Number Mapping Mapping
Motherboard Memory Riser Card (ELAP) (EPAP)
Filled Filled
0 U1301 and U1302 U0301 and U0302
(X64 DIMMs) (X64 DIMMs)
2 U1303 and U1304 U0303 and U0304 Empty Empty
Filled Filled
1 U1401 and U1402 U0401 and U0402
(X64 DIMMs) (X256 DIMMs)
3 U1403 and U1404 U0403 and U0404 Empty Empty
MPS Server Alarm Card Replacement Procedure

Prior to replacing this card, the application must be shut down. See MPS Server
System Reference Manual, Alarm Card.
SAI/P Card Replacement Procedure

Prior to replacing this card, the application must be shut down. See MPS Server
System Reference Manual, PCI Card.
8-Port Connector Box Replacement Procedure

This procedure provides detailed instruction on how to remove and replace the
8-Port Connector Box.
Procedure
NOTE: Due to mechanical tolerances, it may be necessary to slide the MPS

Server B shelf out to access the mounting brackets.
1. Loosen the Serial Expansion card mounting bracket if necessary.
2. Using the thumbscrews, remove the DB78 male connector from Server B.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 6-113

DRAFT
3. Remove all cable ties binding the 8-Port Connector Box to the MPS frame.
4. Remove the four screws retaining the box to the mounting bracket at the rear
of the frame. Save the screws.
5. Remove the connector box.
NOTE: Due to mechanical tolerances, it may be necessary to slide the MPS

Server B shelf out to access the mounting brackets.
6. Put the replacement box in position on the mounting bracket and align the
screw holes.
7. Insert the four screws that retain the box to the mounting bracket. (screws
saved in step 4.
8. Route the cables along the frame and secure them with cable ties.
NOTE: The SAI/P card faceplate screws and the adjacent PCF faceplate
screws might need to be loosened to fully mate the DB78 male connector.
9. Insert the DB78 male connector in the SAI/P card and tighten the
thumbscrews.
The box is ready for operation.
6-114 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
MPS Disaster Recovery
There are no customer-executable disaster recovery procedures available at this
time. For any of the following conditions, contact Tekelec Technical Services to
resolve the problem.
Recover/Replace from a Failed Disk Drive
Replace a Failed/Faulty Hard Drive
Repair Mirrors on an Existing Disk (No Hard Drive Replacement)
Restoring Individual Files from Backup Tape
Restore an Entire FIle System from Backup Tape
Rebuild an MPS Server Using Bootable-CDs
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 6-115

DRAFT
6-116 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
A
Card Removal/Replacement
Procedures
Contents ......................................................................................................... Page

Introduction......................................................................................................A-2
Administrative Procedures ............................................................................A-2
Maintenance Disk and Alarm (MDAL) Card Replacement ......................A-3
MCAP Card Replacement ..............................................................................A-5
General Purpose Service Module (GPSM-II) Card Replacement .............A-9
IPMX/HMUX Card Replacement...............................................................A-14
Determine LIM, MIM, and MPL Changeout Time ...................................A-18
SS7 and IP7, LIM, MIM, and MPL Card Replacement.............................A-20
X.25 Link Interface Module (LIM)...............................................................A-30
Application/Transaction Service Module (ASM/TSM) - SCCP.............A-34
Application/Transaction Service Module (ASM) - GLS ..........................A-38
Database Services Module (DSM) - VSCCP ..............................................A-40
Application Communications Module (ACM) .........................................A-43
Database Communications Module (DCM) and EDCM .........................A-46
Terminal Disk Module (TDM) .....................................................................A-51
Measurement Collection and Polling Module (MCPM) ..........................A-61
Replacing a Card in the Eagle......................................................................A-62
Replacing Cards in the Holdover Clock.....................................................A-64
Fan Assembly (EAGLE/GR-376 EOAP) Replacement ............................A-76
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 A-1

Card Removal/Replacement Procedures
DRAFT
Eagle Replacement Parts List ...................................................................... A-87
Replacement Cables List .............................................................................. A-91
Introduction
This appendix explains how to remove a card from the Eagle system. There are
two parts to this appendix. The first part describes the administrative commands
required to take a card out of service and place it back into service. The second
part explains how to physically remove a card from the card shelf.
Always wear a wrist strap or other electrostatic protection when handling Eagle
cards.
Always place removed cards into an electrostatic protection bag before sending to
Tekelec, or storing in inventory (unless the card is being stored in the optional
spare card storage shelf).
Administrative Procedures
This section describes the administrative procedures that should be followed
whenever replace an Eagle card is replaced. The procedures are divided by card
type.
In the event a numbered event message is encountered, refer to the appropriate
procedure in Chapter 3, "Corrective Maintenance".
Additional information about each command can be found in the Commands
Manual.
A-2 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Maintenance Disk and Alarm (MDAL) Card Replacement
Description
The MDAL (Figure A-1) provides a dry contact closure for external alarm
indicators, such as bells, horns and lamp indicators. The MDAL also contains the
removable cartridge drive.
Procedure
1. Verify the removable cartridge is not in the removable cartridge drive.

Remove the cartridge if necessary.
2. Remove the card from service as described in the section titled, Replacing a
Card, on Page A-62.
NOTE: Removing the MDAL creates a critical alarm at the Remote

Maintenance Center (RMC) as well as the local office.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 A-3

DRAFT
MDAL P/N 870-0773-xx
Figure A-1. MDAL LEDs
LEDs Descriptions
TEKELEC RED - Critical alarm condition
CRITICAL detected
GREEN - No alarm
RED - Major alarm condition
MAJOR detected
GREEN - No alarm
AMBER - Minor alarm condition
MINOR detected
CRITICAL GREEN - No alarm
CRITICAL
OR MAJOR GREEN - MASP-A is the active
MAJOR
MASP-A MASP
MINOR OFF - MASP-A is the standby
MINOR MASP or is not present
MASP-A MASP-A
GREEN - MASP-B is the active
MASP-B MASP
MASP-B MASP-B
OFF - MASP-B is the standby
MASP or is not present
Revision
number
REV X
870-0773-xx REV xx
Serial
number
870-0773-XX
CLEI
MDAL
MDAL
code
mdal leds
Part
number
A-4 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
MCAP Card Replacement
Description
The MAS Communication Application Processor (MCAP) (Figure A-2) contains

the communication processor and applications processor for the operations,
administration, and maintenance (OAM) software and provides connections to
the IMT bus.
CAUTION: Never install or initialize MCAP cards in MASP slots 1113 and
1115 after GPSM-II features are provisioned. Attempting to initialize MCAP
cards with GPSM-II features provisioned will cause a system outage.
Procedure
1. If the active MCAP card fails, the Eagle automatically switches activity to the
standby MASP.
numbers:
rtrv-trm
The following is an example of the possible output.
1 VT320 9600-7-E-1 SW 60 5 99:59:59
2 VT320 9600-7-E-1 BOTH 60 5 INDEF
3 KSR 9600-7-E-1 SW 60 0 00:00:00
4 NONE 9600-7-E-1 SW 60 5 00:30:00
5 NONE 9600-7-E-1 SW 60 5 00:00:30
6 SEAS 19200-7-E-1 SW 0 5 INDEF
7 VT320 9600-7-E-1 SW 60 5 99:59:59
8 VT320 9600-7-E-1 SW 60 5 INDEF
9 VT320 9600-7-E-1 SW 60 0 00:00:00
10 VT320 9600-7-E-1 SW 60 5 00:30:00
11 VT320 9600-7-E-1 NONE 60 5 00:00:30
12 NONE 19200-7-E-1 SW 0 5 INDEF
13 VT320 9600-7-E-1 SW 60 5 99:59:59
14 VT320 9600-7-E-1 SW 60 5 INDEF
15 VT320 9600-7-E-1 SW 60 0 00:00:00
16 VT320 9600-7-E-1 SW 60 5 00:30:00
LNP LNP
TRM TRAF LINK SA SYS PU DB DB SUB
1 YES YES YES YES YES YES YES YES
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 A-5

DRAFT
Command Completed.
3. If your system has the LNP feature, enter the following command to inhibit
each OAP terminal displayed in the output from Step 2:
inh-trm:trm=x
where x is the terminal number.
4. Enter the following command to ensure no OAP updates are inadvertently

sent to the database as you continue this procedure:
chg-term:trm=x:type=none
Card, on Page A-62.
rept-stat-card
1113 023-102-000 MASP OAM IS-NR Active -----
1114 ----------- TDM -------- IS-NR Active -----
1115 ---------- MASP OAM IS-NR Active -----
1116 ----------- TDM -------- IS-NR Active -----
1117 ----------- MDAL -------- IS-NR Active -----
1201 023-102-000 LIM0CU CCS7ITU IS-NR Active -----
1202 023-001-000 LIMDS0 CCS7ITU IS-NR Active M BIP ERR
1211 023-001-000 LIMATM ATMANSI IS-NR Active ALMINH
1212 023-001-000 ASM SCCP IS-NR Active ALMINH
Command Completed.
7. If you have performed Step 4, to safeguard against inadvertent OAP updates,

enter the following command to remove the allow OAP update capability:
chg-trm:trm=x:type=OAP
A-6 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
state:
alw-trm:trm=x
9. Enter the following command to verify the database:

rept-stat-db
The following is an example of the possible output for a good database.
> rept-stat-db

rept-stat-db
;

- -------- --------------------- - -------- ---------------------
FD BKUP Y 342256 98-10-07 00:40:29 CDT Y 342256 98-10-07 00:40:29 CDT
FD CRNT N 342374 Y 342375
MDAL 1117
- --------
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 A-7

DRAFT
MCAP P/N 870-1013-xx or MCAP-256 P/N 870-1307-xx
Figure A-2. MCAP LEDs
LEDs Descriptions
RED - Application processor is
not running, is failing
APPL PROC - diagnostics, or is starting up
Applications after insertion.
Processor AMBER - Application is loading.
Status
GREEN - Application is
APPL
PROC
running.
IMTA RED - MCAP is off IMT bus A.
IMTB AMBER - MCAP is on IMT bus
A, but testing is not complete.
APPL
PROC IMT A - IMT
Bus A Status GREEN - MCAP is on IMT bus
A.
IMTA BLANK - Communication
processor is not operating.
IMTB
serial
number RED - MCAP is off IMT bus B.
AMBER - MCAP is on IMT bus
CLEI
OR code B, but testing is not complete.
IMT B - IMT
Bus B Status GREEN - MCAP is on IMT bus
0123456789
0123456789
B.
BLANK - Communication
REV XX
revision
number
REV xx
part
870-1307-XX
MCAP-E1
number
870-1013-xx
MCAP
mcapledneb
mcap leds 21
A-8 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
General Purpose Service Module (GPSM-II) Card Replacement
Description
The GPSM-II (Figure A-3) contains the communication processor and applications
processor for the operations, administration, and maintenance (OAM) software
and provides connections to the IMT bus
The GPSM-II is a member of the EDCM card family. The GPSM-II is based on the
single-slot EDCM card with the addition of a one GByte expansion memory
(UD1G) module.
NOTE: GPSM-IIs are required replacements for the MCAP cards to
support the Time Slot Counter (TSC) Synchronization feature. The TSC
Synchronization feature provides accurate time stamp synchronization to
all LIM cards to support the Eagle / Sentinel Integration feature.
Procedure
1. If the active GPSM-II card fails, the Eagle automatically switches activity to
the standby MASP.
numbers:
rtrv-trm
1 VT320 9600-7-E-1 SW 60 5 99:59:59
2 VT320 9600-7-E-1 BOTH 60 5 INDEF
3 KSR 9600-7-E-1 SW 60 0 00:00:00
4 NONE 9600-7-E-1 SW 60 5 00:30:00
5 NONE 9600-7-E-1 SW 60 5 00:00:30
6 SEAS 19200-7-E-1 SW 0 5 INDEF
7 VT320 9600-7-E-1 SW 60 5 99:59:59
8 VT320 9600-7-E-1 SW 60 5 INDEF
9 VT320 9600-7-E-1 SW 60 0 00:00:00
10 VT320 9600-7-E-1 SW 60 5 00:30:00
11 VT320 9600-7-E-1 NONE 60 5 00:00:30
12 NONE 19200-7-E-1 SW 0 5 INDEF
13 VT320 9600-7-E-1 SW 60 5 99:59:59
14 VT320 9600-7-E-1 SW 60 5 INDEF
15 VT320 9600-7-E-1 SW 60 0 00:00:00
16 VT320 9600-7-E-1 SW 60 5 00:30:00
LNP LNP
TRM TRAF LINK SA SYS PU DB DB SUB
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 A-9

DRAFT
Command Completed
3. If your system has the LNP feature, enter the following command to inhibit
each OAP terminal displayed in the output from Step 2:
inh-trm:trm=x
4. Enter the following command to ensure no OAP updates are inadvertently

sent to the database as you continue this procedure:
chg-term:trm=x:type=none
Card, on Page A-62.
6. Enter the following command to change the state of the appropriate card to
the out of service - maintenance disabled state:
inh-card:loc=xxxx:force=yes
where xxxx is the card location stenciled on the shelf of the Eagle STP .
Card has been inhibited.
7. Enter the following command to load the trial GPL onto the card inhibited:
;
BPHCAP Downloading for card 1115 Complete.
;
A-10 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Command Completed.
When the init-flash command has completed successfully, the card specified in
the init-flash command is rebooted.
8. Enter the following command to put the card that was inhibited in Step 6.
back into service:
alw-card:loc=xxxx
Card has been allowed.
9. Enter the following command to activate the trial GPL loaded onto the card in
Step 7.
act-flash:loc=xxxx
;
Command Completed.
rept-stat-card
1114 ----------- TDM -------- IS-NR Active -----
1115 ---------- MASP OAM IS-NR Active -----
1116 ----------- TDM -------- IS-NR Active -----
1117 ----------- MDAL -------- IS-NR Active -----
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 A-11

DRAFT
Command Completed.
11. If you have performed Step 4, to safeguard against inadvertent OAP updates,
enter the following command to remove the allow OAP update capability:
chg-trm:trm=x:type=OAP
state:
alw-trm:trm=x
13. Enter the following command to verify the database:

rept-stat-db
The following is an example of the possible output for a good database.
> rept-stat-db

rept-stat-db
;

- -------- --------------------- - -------- ---------------------
FD BKUP Y 342256 98-10-07 00:40:29 CDT Y 342256 98-10-07 00:40:29 CDT
FD CRNT N 342374 Y 342375
MDAL 1117
- --------
A-12 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
GPSM-II P/N 870-2360-xx
Figure A-3. GPSM-II LEDs
LEDs Descriptions
APPL RED Critical alarm condition
TEKELEC
PROC detected.
GREEN No alarm
APPL
IMT A RED Major alarm condition
PROC detected.
IMT A GREEN No alarm
IMT B
PORT A
IMT B AMBER Minor alarm condition
detected.
PORT B
GREEN No alarm
PORT A GREEN PORT A is the active PORT.
RED PORT A is inactive
PORT B GREEN PORT B is the active PORT.
RED PORT B is inactive.
REV XX
870-2360
GPSM II
gpsm ll fp
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 A-13

DRAFT
IPMX/HMUX Card Replacement
Description
The IPMX/HMUX card provides access to the IMT bus for all cards in the shelf.
The IMT Power and Multiplexer (IPMX) (Figure A-4), used in Eagle STP and
IP7 SG systems, accept IMT bus signals from the preceding shelf in the system
and passes those signals to the next shelf. IPMX cards provide connection to the
Inter-processor Message Transport (IMT) bus, allowing communications between
the system shelves and frames.
The High-Speed Multiplexer (HMUX) (Figure A-5), used in Eagle STP systems
only, plugs into the same slot allocated in the Eagle STP system for an IPMX. The
HMUX card supports requirements for more than 1024 links.
Each shelf contains two IPMX or HMUX cards, one for each IMT bus, that provide
continuity of the IMT bus signals even with failed or missing circuit modules.
Procedure
WARNING: Be sure to inhibit the correct IMT bus. If you inhibit the wrong
IMT bus and then remove the IPMX/HMUX, total nodal isolation will occur
Wait until the IMT has returned to IS-NR before replacing the other
IPMX/HMUX.
1. Enter the following command to verify the status of the IMT buses.
rept-stat-imt
IMT PST SST AST
IMT PST SST AST
B IS-ANR Fault -----
ALARM STATUS = ** 0108 Major IMT Failure Detected
Command Completed.
2. Enter the following command to inhibit the IMT bus associated with the
IPMX/HMUX being removed (top IPMX/HMUX accesses bus A, bottom
IPMX/HMUX accesses bus B).
rmv-imt:bus=x
where x is the IMT bus to be inhibited.
A-14 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
numbers:
rtrv-trm
output from Step 3:
where x is the terminal number assigned as type OAP.
5. Remove the IPMX/HMUX, per the card replacement procedure described in

the section titled Replacing a Card on Page A-62. Place the new
IPMX/HMUX into its place. Be sure the revision numbers are compatible (if in
doubt, call Tekelec Technical Services at (800) 432-8919).
6. Enter the following command to restore the IMT bus.

alw-imt:bus=x
where x is the IMT bus inhibited.
state:
alw-trm:trm=x
where x is the terminal number of the inhibited OAP terminal.
8. Enter the following command to verify that the IPMX is in service and the
IMT bus has been restored.
rept-stat-imt
IMT PST SST AST
IMT PST SST AST
B IS-NR Active -----
Command Completed.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 A-15

DRAFT
IPMX P/N 850-0188-xx or 870-1171-xx
Figure A-4. IPMX LED
LED Descriptions
RED - Illuminates when
there is no +5VDC output
serial from the DC converter.
OR number
GREEN - Illuminates when
CLEI 5V ALARM the +5VDC output is within
code an acceptable operating
0123456789
range.
0123456789
BLANK - No power is
present.
5V
ALARM
5V
ALARM
REV X
revision
number
870-1171-XX
part
number
850-0188-xx
IPMX
IPMX
A-12 ipmxledneb
A-12 ipmx led
A-16 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
HMUX, High-Speed Multiplexer (Eagle STP only)
Figure A-5. HMUX LEDs
LEDs Descriptions
TEKELEC
ALIGN AMBER Programming XILINX complete
GREEN Complete code initialization (stays Amber
until the first valid Shelf ID is received from MASP),
Code running
SHELF ID AMBER Programming XILINX complete,
Complete code initialization
RED While code running if ID address received
from OAM does not match the on-board stored
address read from the assigned shelf address register
(see first note below)
ALIGN
GREEN While code running if ID address received
SHELF from OAM matches the on-board stored address
PROC read from the assigned shelf address register (see
second note below)
REV XX
PROC Health RED Power on Reset

AMBER Programming XILINX
870-1965-01
GREEN Programming XILINX complete, Complete

HMUX
code initialization, Code running
870-1965-01 fp
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 A-17

DRAFT
Determine LIM, MIM, and MPL Changeout Time
Description
This procedure assists the customer in deciding if the LIM should be changed
immediately or during the Maintenance Window (Figure A-6).
Procedure
1. Replace the LIM immediately if any of the following conditions exist:

If there is only one link on the card
If there is no other in-service link on this card
If deactivating the LIM will not prohibit a destination
If any destination is prohibited by the current failure.
2. Wait until the maintenance window to replace the card if all of the following
conditions exist:
If the faulty link is not the only in-service link on the card
If deactivating the link will prohibit a destination
If no destination is prohibited by the current failure.
A-18 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Figure A-6. LIM Card LEDs
LEDs
LEDs Descriptions
Descriptions
TEKELEC REDRED - Application
- Application processor
processor is not
is not
running
running or failing
or is is failing diagnostics.
diagnostics.
AMBER
AMBER - LIM
- LIM is loading
is loading an an application
application or or
APPL is being
is being polled
polled (may(maybe be prevented
prevented fromfrom
APPL loading
loading by by maintenance
maintenance outout of service
of service
PROC
PROC condition).
condition).
APPL GREEN - LIM is running
PROC GREEN - LIM is running an an application.
application.
IMTA RED/GREEN
RED/GREEN - Operational,
- Operational, no no
communication
communication withwith
thethe MASP.
MASP.
IMTB
APPL
PORT A REDRED - LIM
- LIM is off
is off IMT IMTbusbus
A. A.
PROC
AMBER - LIM is on IMT busbus
AMBER - LIM is on IMT A, but
A, but testing
testing
IMTA PORT B is not complete.
is not complete.
IMTA
IMTA
IMTB GREEN
GREEN - LIM
- LIM is on
is on IMTIMT
busbus
A. A.
Serial BLANK - Communication processor is is
BLANK - Communication processor
number notnot operating.
operating.
CLEI REDRED - LIM
- LIM is off
is off IMT IMTbusbus
B. B.
code AMBER
AMBER - LIM
- LIM is on
is on IMT IMT
busbus B, but
B, but testing
testing
0123456789
is not complete.
0123456789
IMTB is not complete.

IMTB GREEN - LIM is on IMT
GREEN - LIM is on IMT busbus
B. B.
BLANK - Communication processor is is
BLANK - Communication processor
notnot operating.
operating.
RED
RED - Link
- Link is out
is out of service.
of service.
PORT
PORT A A AMBER - Link is attempting to align.
AMBER - Link is attempting to align.
GREEN - Link is aligned and in service.
RED
RED - Link
- Link is out
is out of service.
of service.
PORT
PORT B B AMBER - Link is attempting to align.
AMBER - Link is attempting to align.
PORT A
PORT B
870-1379-01 REV XX
Revision
870-1379-01 REV XX
number
Part
LIM-E1
number
LIM-E1
limled
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 A-19

DRAFT
SS7 and IP7, LIM, MIM, and MPL Card Replacement
Description
This Link Interface Module (LIM) (Figure A-6) provides access to remote SS7, IP
and other network elements, such as a Signaling Control Point (SCP). This card is
equipped with an industry-standard ATM, DS0, OCU, or V.35 interface. The MIM
card can also be equipped with an industry-standard DS1 interface.
The types of LIMs presently available are:
LIM-DS0A
LIM-OCU
LIM-V.35
LIM
Integrated LIM Applique (LIM-ILA)
Multi-Port LIM (MPL)
Enhanced Integrated LIM Applique (EILA)
The E1/T1 Multi-Channel Interface Module (MIM)
Procedure
1. Enter the following command to determine which links are serviced by this
card.
Where xxxx is the card location.
1201 021-002-000 LIMDS0 CCS7ITU IS-NR Active -----
ALARM STATUS = * 0022 Clock B for card failed.
IMT BUS A = Conn
IMT BUS B = Fault
SLK A PST = IS-NR LS=lsnsspn2 CLLI=-----------
SLK B PST = IS-NR LS=lsnstpi CLLI=-----------
SCCP SERVICE CARD = 1212
Command Completed.
A-20 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
2. Refer to Determine LIM, MIM, and MPL Changeout Time procedure to
determine when to change the card.
NOTE: The inh-slk command will be rejected if inhibiting the link would
cause a DPC to become unavailable.
3. Enter the following command to inhibit the links on both ports of this card (a
and b).
inh-slk:loc=xxxx:port=y
Where xxxx location of the card from Step 1 and y is the port.
4. Enter the following command to change the status of the link to out of service
- maintenance disabled (oos-mt-dsbld). Enter the same location and ports from
Step 3.
Where xxxx location used in Step 3 and
y are the ports used in Step 3.
5. Enter the following command to ensure the signaling link status is

oos-mt-dsbld (out of service - maintenance disabled).
rept-stat-slk
rept-stat-slk
1201,A lsnsspn2 ----------- IS-NR Avail ----
1201,B lsnstpi ----------- OOS-MT-DSBLD LPBK ----
1202,A lsnstpn ----------- IS-NR Avail ----
1202,B lsnstpi ----------- IS-NR Avail ----
1203,A lsnstpa ----------- IS-NR Avail ----
1203,B lsnscpa ----------- IS-NR Avail ----
1205,A lsnscpi ----------- IS-NR Avail ----
1205,B lsnsspi1 ----------- IS-NR Avail ----
1207,B lsnsspa1 ----------- IS-NR Avail ----
1211,B lsnsspn1 ----------- IS-NR Avail ----
Command Completed.
6. Enter the following command to inhibit the card and disconnect it from the
IMT bus.
rmv-card:loc=xxxx
Where xxxx location used in Step 3 and Step 4.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 A-21

DRAFT
numbers:
rtrv-trm
output from Step 7:
9. Remove the LIM/MIM/MPL, per the card replacement procedure described

in the section titled Replacing a Card in the Eagle on Page A-62. Place the
new SS7 LIM into its place. Be sure the revision numbers are compatible (if in
doubt, call Tekelec Technical Services at (800) 432-8919).
10. Enter the following command to download generic program loads and
database information from the TDM card to the new LIM/MIM/MPL.
rst-card:loc=xxxx
Where xxxx location used in Step 6.
11. Enter the following command to return the links to service. Make sure this is
done on both ports, a and b.
Where xxxx location used in Step 3 and Step 4 and
y are the ports used in Step 3 and Step 4.
12. Enter the following command to change the link status to IS-NR. Make sure
this is done on both ports, a and b.
unhb-slk:loc=xxxx:port=y
Where xxxx location used in Step 3 and Step 4 and
y are the ports used in Step 3 and Step 4.
A-22 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
13. Enter the following command to verify the status of the card and its associated
links.
IMT BUS A = Conn
IMT BUS B = Conn
Command Completed.
14. Enter the following command to verify the links are properly aligned and are
returned to full service.
rept-stat-slk
rept-stat-slk
Command Completed.
state:
alw-trm:trm=x
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 A-23

DRAFT
DS0A-LIM, Digital Signal Level-0 Link Interface Module
DS0A-LIM (P/N 870-1009-xx and P/N 870-1014-xx)
Figure A-7. DS0A-LIM LEDs
T E KE L E C
LEDs Descriptions
APPL RED Application processor is not running
APPL
PROC or is failing diagnostics.
PROC
IM TA AMBER LIM-DS0A is loading an

IM T B
application or is being polled (may be
PORT A
prevented from loading by maintenance out
of service condition).
PORT B
GREEN LIM-DS0A is running an

APPL
PROC
application.
s e ria l
num ber IMTA RED LIM-DS0A is off IMT bus A.
IMTA
CLEI AMBER LIM-DS0A is on IMT bus A, but
code testing is not complete.
0123456789
0123456789
IMTB
GREEN LIM-DS0A is on IMT bus A.

BLANK Communication processor is not
operating.
IMTB RED LIM-DS0A is off IMT bus B.
AMBER LIM-DS0A is on IMT bus B, but
testing is not complete.
GREEN LIM-DS0A is on IMT bus B.
PORT A
BLANK Communication processor is not
PORT B
operating.
PORT A RED Link is out of service.
GREEN Link is aligned and in service.
REV xx
PORT B RED Link is out of service.

870-1009-xx
REV XX
re v is io n
LIM-DS0
num ber
870-1009-X X
p a rt
L IM -DS0
num ber
limds0ledneb
lim ds0 leds 21
A-24 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
ATM-LIM, AINF-LIM, E1-LIM, EILA-LIM, ILA-LIM
ATM-LIM (P/N 870-1293-xx)
AINF-LIM (P/N 870-1488-xx, (Replaced by the Integrated LIM Applique, ILA and
EILA)
E1-LIM (P/N 870-1379-xx)
EILA-LIM (P/N 870-2049-01)
ILA-LIM (P/N 870-1484-xx)
LIM(P/N 870-1014-xx)
Figure A-8. LIM LEDs
LEDs Descriptions
APPL RED Application processor is not
PROC running or is failing diagnostics.
T E KE L E C AMBER LIM is loading an application
or is being polled (may be prevented
from loading by maintenance out of
service condition).
APPL
PROC
GREEN LIM is running an application.
IM TA
IM T B
RED/GREEN Operational, no
APPL
PROC
communication with MASP
PORT A
IM TA
PORT B IMTA RED LIM is off IMT bus A.
IM T B AMBER LIM is on IMT bus A, but
serial
n u m b er GREEN LIM is on IMT bus A.
CLEI
co d e BLANK Communication processor is
0123456789
not operating.
0123456789
IMTB RED LIM is off IMT bus B.

AMBER LIM is on IMT bus B, but
GREEN LIM is on IMT bus B.
BLANK Communication processor is
not operating.
PORT A AMBER Link is attempting to align
PORT B GREEN Link is aligned and in service.
R E V xx
REV XX
revisio n
AMBER Link is attempting to align
n u m b er
870-1014-xx
8 7 0 -1 3 7 9 -0 1
p art
n u m b er
L IM -E 1
L IM
limainfledneb
lim leds 21
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 A-25

DRAFT
E1/T1 MIM
European and North American standard for signaling and channels
MIM (Multi-channel Interface Module)
Figure A-9. E1/T1 MIM (P/N 870-2198-xx)
LEDs Descriptions
TEKELEC
APPL RED Critical alarm condition detected
PROC GREEN No alarm
IMT A RED Major alarm condition detected
APPL
PROC GREEN No alarm
IMT A
IMT B AMBER Minor alarm condition detected
IMT B GREEN No alarm
PORT 1 AMBER Card is an E1-T1 Channel Card
GREEN All channels provisioned =ISNR
PORT
1 AMBER BLINKING Any channels provisioned = OOS
PORT RED BLINKING All channels provisioned = OOS
2
EXT
RED No channels are provisioned
PORT
PORT 2 AMBER Card is an E1-T1 Channel Card
GREEN All channels provisioned =ISNR
JTAG
AMBER BLINKING Any channels provisioned = OOS

RED BLINKING All channels provisioned = OOS
APPLICATION
TERMINAL

EXT AMBER Card is an E1-T1 Master Card
Serial PORT GREEN All channels provisioned =ISNR
number
AMBER BLINKING Any channels provisioned = OOS
CLEI
code RED BLINKING All channels provisioned = OOS
OOS Out of service
E1/T1 MIM REV XX
Revision
number
870-2198-01
Part
number
870-2198-01 e1 t1fp
A-26 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Support of E1/T1 MIM Part Numbers (P/N 870-2198-xx)
Two part numbers exist for the E1/T1 MIM card, P/N 870-2198-01 and
P/N 870-2198-02. However, some releases of the Eagle and IP7 software do not
support the E1/T1 MIM, 870-2198-02. Table A-1 lists the support of the E1/T1
MIM card part numbers by Eagle 28.x and 29.x and IP7 6.x and 7.x releases.
Table A-1. E1/T1 MIM Release Compatibility
E1/T1 MIM Eagle 28.x Eagle 28.2 Eagle 29.0 Eagle 29.0.1 Eagle 29.0.2 Eagle 29.1 Eagle 29.1.1
Part Number IP7 6.0 IP7 7.0 IP7 7.0.1 IP7 7.0.2 IP7 7.1 IP7 7.1.1
870-2198-01 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
870-2198-02 No No No No Yes No Yes
NOTE: Beginning with Eagle Release 30.0. and IP7 Release 8.0., both E1/T1
MIM part numbers are supported without distinction.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 A-27

DRAFT
MPL-LIM, Multi-Port Link Interface Module
MPL (P/N 870-2061-xx)
Figure A-10. MPL LEDs
LEDs Descriptions
TEKELEC TEKELEC APPL RED Application processor is not running or is failing
PROC diagnostics.
APPL
PROC
APPL
PROC AMBER MPL is loading an application or is being
IMTA
IMTB
IMTA
IMTB
polled (may be prevented from loading by maintenance
out of service condition).
PORT A PORT A
PORT A1 PORT A1 GREEN MPL is running an application.
PORT A2 PORT A2
PORT A3 PORT A3
PORT B PORT B IMTA RED MPL is off IMT bus A.
PORT B1 PORT B1
PORT B2 PORT B2 AMBER MPL is on IMT bus A, but testing is not
PORT B3 PORT B3 complete.
serial serial
number number GREEN MPL is on IMT bus A.
CLEI CLEI BLANK Communication processor is not operating.
0123456789
code code
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0123456789
0123456789
IMTB RED MPL is off IMT bus B.

AMBER MPL is on IMT bus B, but testing is not
complete.
GREEN MPL is on IMT bus B.
BLANK Communication processor is not operating.
PORT RED Link is out of service.
A1 GREEN Link is aligned and in service.
REV XX
Revision
number A2 GREEN Link is aligned and in service.
XX
870-2061-XX
REV
revision
number
A3
8 7 0 -2 0 6 1 -X X
part Part GREEN Link is aligned and in service.

MPL
number number
MPL
mpl leds fp 870-2061-xx fp

B1 GREEN Link is aligned and in service.
A-28 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
MPLT, Multi-Port Link Interface Module with Taxi Component
MPLT (P/N 870-2062-02)
Figure A-11. MPLT LEDs
LEDs Descriptions
TEKELEC
APPL RED Application processor is not running or is failing
PROC diagnostics.
AMBER MPL is loading an application or is being
polled (may be prevented from loading by maintenance
out of service condition).
APPL
PROC GREEN MPL is running an application.
IMTA
IMTB IMTA RED MPL is off IMT bus A.
AMBER MPL is on IMT bus A, but testing is not
PORTS complete.
A
A1
GREEN MPL is on IMT bus A.
A2
A3
B
B1
IMTB RED MPL is off IMT bus B.
B2
B3
AMBER MPL is on IMT bus B, but testing is not
complete.
GREEN MPL is on IMT bus B.
JTAG

APPLICATION

TERMINAL

Serial A1
number GREEN Link is aligned and in service.
0123456789
A2
0123456789
CLEI GREEN Link is aligned and in service.

code
A3 GREEN Link is aligned and in service.
REV XX
Revision PORT B RED Link is out of service.

number
870-2061-02
Part PORT RED Link is out of service.

MPLT
number B1 GREEN Link is aligned and in service.

870-2061-02 MPLT
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 A-29

DRAFT
X.25 Link Interface Module (LIM)
Description
This Link Interface Module (LIM) provides access to other X.25 via digital links
(Figure A-6). This card is equipped with an industry standard DS0A, OCU, or
V.35 interface.
Procedure
1. Enter the following command to determine which links are serviced by this
card.
ALARM STATUS = * 0022 Clock B for card failed.
IMT BUS A = Conn
IMT BUS B = Fault
Command Completed.
2. Refer to Determine LIM Changeout Time procedure to determine when to

change the card.
3. Enter the following command to change the status of the link to out of service
- maintenance disabled (oos-mt-dsbld). Enter the same location and ports from
the output in Step 1.
Where xxxx is the card location and
y is the port.
A-30 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
4. Enter the following command to ensure the signaling link status is
oos-mt-dsbld (out of service - maintenance disabled).
rept-stat-slk
rept-stat-slk
Command Completed.
IMT bus.
rmv-card:loc=xxxx
Where xxxx is the location of the card.
numbers:
rtrv-trm
output from Step 6:
8. Remove the X.25 LIM, per the card replacement procedure described in the
section titled Replacing a Card on Page A-62. Place the new X.25 LIM into
place. Be sure the revision numbers are compatible (if in doubt, call Tekelec
Technical Services at (800) 432-8919).
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 A-31

DRAFT
9. Enter the following command to download generic program loads and
database information from the MASP and ASM cards to the new link interface
module (LIM).
rst-card:loc=xxxx
Where xxxx is the location used in Step 5.
10. Enter the following command to return the links to service. Make sure this is
done on both ports, a and b.
Where xxxx location used in Step 3 and y are the ports used in Step 3.
11. Enter the following command to verify the status of the card and its
associated links.
IMT BUS A = Conn
IMT BUS B = Conn
Command Completed.
A-32 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
12. Enter the following command to verify the links are properly aligned and are
returned to full service.
rept-stat-slk
rept-stat-slk
Command Completed.
state:
alw-trm:trm=x
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 A-33

DRAFT
Application/Transaction Service Module
(ASM/TSM) - SCCP
Description
The SCCP identifier signifies that this ASM/TSM card (Figure A-12) is being used
to provide global title translation (GTT).
The ASM provides additional memory for storage of the GTT tables. These tables
are downloaded by the terminal disk module (TDM) to the ASM upon power loss
or hard reset.
Procedure
1. Enter the following command to determine which cards are in service. This
will indicate which link interface modules (LIMs) will be affected by removal
of the ASM.
Where xxxx is the ASM-SCCP card location.
1212 024-001-000 ASM SCCP IS-NR Active -----
IMT BUS A = Conn
IMT BUS B = Conn
Command Completed.
A-34 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
2. Enter the following command to determine the number of ASM-SCCP cards
in service providing GTT.
rept-stat-sccp:mode=perf
SCCP Cards Configured=4 Cards IS-NR=4 Capacity Threshold = 100%
CARD CPU TOTAL CLASS 0 CLASS 0 CLASS 1
USAGE MSU RATE TVG RATE LB RATE LB RATE
----------------------------------------------------------------------
1217 54% 850 770 50 30
1218 31% 490 400 40 50
4118 5% 80 0 40 40
4211 5% 80 0 80 0
----------------------------------------------------------------------
AVERAGE USAGE: CLASS 0 ATM = 34% CLASS 0 LIM = 6% CLASS 1 LIM = 4%

AVERAGE MSU USAGE = 44%
AVERAGE CPU USAGE = 24%
TOTAL MSUS: 1500
TOTAL ERRORS: 5
Command Completed.
3. Enter the following command to remove the ASM-SCCP from service. If this is
the last ASM-SCCP card in service, the:force=yes parameter must be specified.
rmv-card:loc=xxxx
numbers:
rtrv-trm
output from Step 4:
6. Remove the ASM-SCCP card, per the card replacement procedure described
in the section titled Replacing a Card on Page A-62. Place the new
ASM-SCCP card into its place. Be sure the revision numbers are compatible (if
in doubt, call Tekelec Technical Services at (800) 432-8919).
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 A-35

DRAFT
7. Enter the following command Use the rst-card command to return the
ASM-SCCP card into service. This causes the MASP to begin downloading
tables to the new ASM-SCCP card.
rst-card:loc=xxxx
When the card has been successfully loaded (there will be a response on the
terminal that downloading is complete). This can take up to 30 minutes.
8. Enter the following command to verify the card is operational and providing
SCCP services.
rept-stat-sccp
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Command Completed.
state:
alw-trm:trm=x
A-36 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
ASM P/N 870-1011-xx
Figure A-12. ASM LEDs
LEDs Descriptions
RED - Application processor is not
running or is failing diagnostics.
AMBER - ASM is loading an
APPL APPL
PROC
application or is being polled (may
PROC
IMTA APPL PROC - be prevented from loading by
IMTB
Applications maintenance out of service
IMTA
Processor Status condition).
IMTB
OR GREEN - ASM is running an
application.
RED/GREEN - Operational, no
serial
number
communication with the MASP.
CLEI RED - ASM is off IMT bus A.
code
0123456789
AMBER - ASM is on IMT bus A,

0123456789
IMT A - IMT Bus but testing is not complete.

A Status GREEN - ASM is on IMT bus A.
RED - ASM is off IMT bus B
AMBER - ASM is on IMT bus B, but
IMT B - IMT Bus B testing is not complete.
Status GREEN - ASM is on IMT bus B.
REV xx
REV XX
revision
number
870-1011-xx
870-1011-XX
part
number
ASM
ASM
A-11 asmledneb
A-11 asm leds 21
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 A-37

DRAFT
Application/Transaction Service Module (ASM) - GLS
Description
The GLS identifier signifies that this ASM card (Figure A-12) is used for
downloading gateway screening tables to link interface modules (LIMs). This is
used to expedite the downloading process and bring links into service much
quicker.
The absence of this card will not effect the gateway screening capability, as the
screening takes place on the LIMs and ASM-SCCP cards. This only effects the
ability to download screening data to the LIMs and ASM-SCCP cards.
Procedure
1. Enter the following command to identify how many ASM-GLS cards are
presently configured for this application:
rept-stat-card
1114 ----------- TDM -------- IS-NR Active -----
1115 ----------- MASP OAM OOS-MT Isolated -----
1116 ----------- TDM -------- OOT-MT Isolated -----
1117 ----------- MDAL -------- IS-NR Active -----
Command Completed.
This identifies if removing this card will prevent gateway screening from
being loaded to LIMs.
2. Enter the following command to remove this card from service. If this is the
last ASM-GLS card in service, the:force=yes parameter must be specified.
rmv-card:loc=xxxx
Where xxxx is the ASM-GLS card location.
numbers:
rtrv-trm
A-38 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
output from Step 3:
5. Remove the ASM-GLS card, per the card replacement procedure described in
the section titled Replacing a Card on Page A-62. Place the new ASM-GLS
card into its place. Be sure the revision numbers are compatible (if in doubt,
call Tekelec Technical Services at (800) 432-8919).
6. Enter the following command to begin downloading gateway screening

(GWS) data to the new ASM-GLS card:
rst-card:loc=xxxx
7. Enter the following command to verify the successful download of GWS data
and to verify that the new card has returned to service:
rept-stat-card
1114 ----------- TDM -------- IS-NR Active -----
1115 ----------- MASP OAM OOS-MT Isolated -----
1116 ----------- TDM -------- OOT-MT Isolated -----
1117 ----------- MDAL -------- IS-NR Active -----
Command Completed.
state:
alw-trm:trm=x
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 A-39

DRAFT
Database Services Module (DSM) - VSCCP
Description
DSM (Figure A-14) cards are related to the ASM/TSM/DCM family, but differ by
having an AMD K-6 processor and from 1 to 4 GB of memory on an applique
board. The DSM card also differs from the ASM/TSM cards by having ethernet
ports. The DSMs run a version of the SCCP application that has been ported to the
VxWorks OS. To differentiate the DSM-VxWorks-SCCP from the SCCP that runs
on the ASM/TSM cards, the DSM version has been named VSCCP. The extra
memory is required to hold a copy of the RTDB. Ethernet ports are required to
connect to the EPAP to download the RTDB. Multiple DSMs are used to provide a
means of load balancing in high-traffic situations. Each DSM contains an identical
database. Furthermore, the DSM RTDBs need to be identical to the one
maintained by the EPAPs.
Procedure
1. Enter the following command to determine which cards are in service. This
will indicate which link interface modules (LIMs) will be affected by removal
of the DSM card.
Where xxxx is the DSM-VSCCP card location.
2. Enter the following command to determine the number of DSM-VSCCP cards

in service providing GTT.
rept-stat-sccp
GSM SUBSYSTEM REPORT IS-NR Active -----
INP SUBSYSTEM REPORT IS-ANR Restricted -----
ASSUMING MATES LOAD
INPQS: SSN STATUS = Allowed MATE SSN STATUS = Prohibited

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1301 P 103-001-000 IS-NR Active ------ 35% 40%
1305 ----------- OOS-MT Isolated ------ 0% 0%
2112 ----------- OOS-MT-DSBLD Manual ------ 0% 0%
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AVERAGE CPU USAGE PER SERVICE:

GTT = 15% GFLEX = 5% GPORT = 10%
INPMR = 2% INPQS = 3%
A-40 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
TOTAL SERVICE STATISTICS:

SERVICE SUCCESS ERRORS WARNINGS FORWARD TO GTT TOTAL
GTT: 1995 5 - - 2000
GFLEX: 500 1 4 10 515
GPORT: 800 0 2 3 805
INPMR: 50 5 0 15 70
INPQS: 499 1 - - 500
Command Completed.
3. Enter the following command to remove the DSM-VSCCP card from service.
If this is the last DSM-VSCCP card in service, the:force=yes parameter must be
specified.
rmv-card:loc=xxxx
numbers:
rtrv-trm
output from Step 4:
6. Remove the DSM-VSCCP card, per the card replacement procedure described
in the section titled Replacing a Card on Page A-62. Place the new
DSM-VSCCP card into its place. Be sure the revision numbers are compatible
(if in doubt, call Tekelec Technical Services at the appropriate number.
7. Enter the following command Use the rst-card command to return the
DSM-VSCCP card into service. This causes the MASP to begin downloading
tables to the new DSM-VSCCP card.
rst-card:loc=xxxx
terminal that downloading is complete). This can take up to 4 hours.
8. Enter the following command to verify the card is operational and providing
SCCP services.
rept-stat-sccp
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 A-41

DRAFT
GSM SUBSYSTEM REPORT IS-NR Active -----
INP SUBSYSTEM REPORT IS-ANR Restricted -----
ASSUMING MATES LOAD
INPQS: SSN STATUS = Allowed MATE SSN STATUS = Prohibited

------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1301 P 103-001-000 IS-NR Active ------ 35% 40%
1305 ----------- OOS-MT Isolated ------ 0% 0%
2112 ----------- OOS-MT-DSBLD Manual ------ 0% 0%
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
AVERAGE CPU USAGE PER SERVICE:

GTT = 15% GFLEX = 5% GPORT = 10%
INPMR = 2% INPQS = 3%
TOTAL SERVICE STATISTICS:

SERVICE SUCCESS ERRORS WARNINGS FORWARD TO GTT TOTAL
GTT: 1995 5 - - 2000
GFLEX: 500 1 4 10 515
GPORT: 800 0 2 3 805
INPMR: 50 5 0 15 70
INPQS: 499 1 - - 500
Command Completed.
state:
alw-trm:trm=x
A-42 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Application Communications Module (ACM)
Description
The ACM (Figure A-13) provides access to a remote host for use by the STP LAN
feature. The application communication module (ACM) consists of a 80486-based
main assembly and an ethernet applique. Connection to a host is achieved
through an ethernet LAN using the TCP/IP protocol.
If this card is removed, the TCP/IP data link supported by this card becomes out
of service. Any data to be transmitted to the remote TCP/IP host connected by
this TCP/IP data link is lost.
Procedure
1. Enter the following command to determine what TCP/IP data links are
configured:
rept-stat-card
2. Enter the following command to determine the status of the TCP/IP data link
assigned to the card to be replaced:
rept-stat-dlk
DLK PST SST AST
1104 IS-NR Avail ----
1206 IS-NR Avail ALMINH
Command Completed.
3. If the status of the TCP/IP data link is not out of service - maintenance
disabled (OOS-MT-DSBLD), use the canc-dlk command to change the status of
the TCP/IP data link to OOS-MT-DSBLD.
canc-dlk:loc=xxxx
IMT bus. If this is the last ACM in the system, the:force=yes parameter must be
used with this command.
rmv-card:loc=xxxx
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 A-43

DRAFT
numbers:
rtrv-trm
output from Step 5:
7. Remove the ACM, per the card replacement procedure described in the
section titled Replacing a Card on Page A-62. Place the new ACM into its
Technical Services at (800) 432-8919).
8. Enter the following command to put the new ACM card back into service and
connect it to the IMT bus:
rst-card:loc=xxxx
where xxxx = card location.
9. Enter the following command to return the TCP/IP data link to service:
act-dlk:loc=xxxx
associated TCP/IP data link:
rept-stat-card
11. Enter the following command to verify that the TCP/IP data link has returned
to full service:
rept-stat-dlk
DLK PST SST AST
Command Completed.
state:
alw-trm:trm=x
A-44 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
ACM P/N 870-1008-xx
Figure A-13. ACM LEDs
LEDs Descriptions
RED - Application processor is not
running or is failing diagnostics.
AMBER - ACM is loading an
application or is being polled (may
APPL
PROC
APPL PROC - be prevented from loading by
IMTA
Applications maintenance out of service
IMTB Processor Status condition).
APPL
PROC
HOST
STAT GREEN - ACM is running an
RSRV application.
IMTA RED/GREEN - Operational, no
IMTB communication with the MASP.
serial
number RED - ACM is off IMT bus A.
CLEI AMBER - ACM is on IMT bus A,
code
OR
0123456789
IMT A - IMT Bus but testing is not complete.

0123456789
A Status GREEN - ACM is on IMT bus A.

RED - ACM is off IMT bus B.
AMBER - ACM is on IMT bus B,
IMT B - IMT Bus B but testing is not complete.
Status GREEN - ACM is on IMT bus B.
HOST STAT - RED - Host is not available.
Host Status GREEN - Host is available.
HOST
STAT RSRV - Reserved Not currently used.
RSRV
REV XX
revision
REV xx
number
870-1008-XX
ACM-ENET
part
870-1008-xx
number
ACM-ENET
A-10 acmledneb
A-10 acm leds 21
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 A-45

DRAFT
Database Communications Module (DCM) and EDCM
Description
The DCM (Figure A-14) provides access to a remote host for use by the STP LAN
feature. The database communication module (DCM) consists of a 80486-based
main assembly and an ethernet applique. Connection to a host is achieved
through an ethernet LAN using the TCP/IP protocol.
If this card is removed, the TCP/IP data link supported by this card becomes out
of service. Any data to be transmitted to the remote TCP/IP host connected by
this TCP/IP data link is lost.
The DCM can only be inserted in the odd numbered card slots of the shelf. Slot 09
of each shelf contains the IPMX card; thus the DCM cannot be inserted in slot 09.
The DCM can be inserted in the control shelf, but only in slots 01, 03, 05, 07, and
11. Slots 13, 15, and 17 refer to the extension shelf only. The DCM occupies two
card slots, so the even numbered card slot adjacent to the odd numbered slot
where the DCM has been inserted must be empty as shown in Table A-2. The
DCM is connected to the network through the odd numbered card slot connector.
Table A-2. DCM Card Locations
Location of Empty Card Location of the Empty Card
the DCM Location DCM Location
Slot 01 Slot 02 Slot 11 Slot 12
The Double-Slot Enhanced Database Communications Module is a version of the

DCM that includes more main memory and better processing performance. The
double-slot EDCM can be placed in any slot odd or even that is provisioned.
Physically the next higher slot can not be provisioned for a card because of the
double-slot EDCM card width. The following list highlights the changes
embodied by the Double-Slot EDCM:
The Single-Slot EDCM (Figure A-15) is a version of the EDCM which requires
only a single frame slot. It can be placed in any slot, odd or even, which has been
provisioned for DCM. Otherwise it duplicates the performance of the Double-Slot
EDCM.
A-46 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Procedure
1. Enter the following command to determine what TCP/IP data links are
configured:
rept-stat-card
2. Enter the following command to determine the status of the TCP/IP data link
assigned to the card to be replaced:
rept-stat-dlk
DLK PST SST AST
Command Completed.
3. If the status of the TCP/IP data link is not out of service - maintenance
disabled (OOS-MT-DSBLD), use the canc-dlk command to change the status of
the TCP/IP data link to OOS-MT-DSBLD.
canc-dlk:loc=xxxx
IMT bus. If this is the last DCM in the system, the:force=yes parameter must be
used with this command.
rmv-card:loc=xxxx
numbers:
rtrv-trm
output from Step 5:
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 A-47

DRAFT
7. Remove the DCM, per the card replacement procedure described in the
section titled Replacing a Card on Page A-62. Place the new DCM into its
8. Enter the following command to put the new DCM card back into service and
connect it to the IMT bus:
rst-card:loc=xxxx
9. Enter the following command to return the TCP/IP data link to service:
act-dlk:loc=xxxx
associated TCP/IP data link:
rept-stat-card
11. Enter the following command to verify that the TCP/IP data link has returned
to full service:
rept-stat-dlk
DLK PST SST AST
Command Completed.
state:
alw-trm:trm=x
A-48 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
DCM Card and DSM Card
Database Communications Module (DCM) part numbers are:
870-1671-04 K6 DCM the original card
870-1945-02 K6-lll DCM required for 200 TPS
870-1984-01 DCMX (K6-lll equivalent)(primaryboard).
Primaryboard plus memory boards equal Database Service Modules (DSMs):
870-1984-02 DSM-1G
870-1984-03 DSM-2G
870-1984-04 DSM-3G
870-1984-05 DSM-4G
Figure A-14. DCM LEDs
LEDs Descriptions
TEKELEC RED Critical alarm condition
APPL detected.
PROC
GREEN No alarm
APPL
PROC RED Major alarm condition
IMT A
IMT A detected.
IMT B
PORT A
GREEN No alarm
PORT B
AMBER Minor alarm condition
IMT B detected.
GREEN No alarm
GREEN PORT A is the active PORT.
PORT A
GREEN PORT B is the active PORT.
PORT B
RED PORT B is inactive.
REV-X
SERIALIZATION
01234567890
CLII
ASSEMBLY
012-3456-78
ABCD
dcm faceplate
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 A-49

DRAFT
EDCM (Single-Slot), Enhanced DCM Card (IP7 SG 4.0 and Later)
Figure A-15. EDCM Single-Slot LEDs
LEDs Descriptions
TEKELEC APPL RED Critical alarm condition
PROC detected.
GREEN No alarm
APPL
PROC
IMT A RED Major alarm condition
IMT A detected.
IMT B GREEN No alarm
PORT A
IMT B AMBER Minor alarm condition
PORT B detected.
GREEN No alarm
PORT A GREEN PORT A is the active PORT.
Serial
number
PORT B GREEN PORT B is the active PORT.
CLEI
code RED PORT B is inactive.
JTAG
Plug
JTAG
870-2372-01 REV XX
Revision
number
Part
number
EDCM
870-2370-01
ssedcm fp
A-50 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Terminal Disk Module (TDM)
Description
The TDM (Figure A-16) contains the fixed disk drive, the terminal processor for
the 16 serial I/O ports, and an interface to the maintenance disk and alarm
(MDAL) card.
Procedure
1. Before you begin this procedure, make sure there is a copy of the current
release GPLs on a removable cartridge on-hand.
2. If a failing TDM card is to be replaced, perform a database backup before

replacing the failed card. Insert the removable cartridge with the current
release GPLs into the MDAL. Using the backup procedure described in
Chapter 2, create a backup of the database on the removable cartridge. Then
go to Step 4.
3. If a non-failing TDM card is to be replaced, insert the removable cartridge

containing the copy of the current release GPLs into the MDAL.
4. Enter the following command to retrieve the terminal types and terminal
numbers:
rtrv-trm
output from Step 4:
inh-trm:trm=x
6. Enter the following command for each terminal inhibited in Step 5 to

temporarily change the terminal type from OAP to none:
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 A-51

DRAFT
TDM P/N 870-0774-xx
Figure A-16. TDM LED
LED Descriptions
RED - Card is resetting,
hardware and software are not
currently configured.
GREEN - OAM application is
STATUS running and this MASP is
primary.
GREEN/AMBER - OAM
application is running and this
ACTIVE/ ACTIVE/
MASP is in standby mode.
STANDBY STANDBY
NOTE: LED state is not defined if the

associated MCAP is resetting, is not installed,
or has failed.
serial
number
OR
CLEI
code
0123456789
0123456789
REV XX
revision
REV xx
number
870-0774-XX
part
number
TDM
870-0774-xx
TDM
tdm led a-3
A-52 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
7. Enter the following command to verify that the databases in the current (FD
CRNT) and the backup (FD BKUP) partitions of the active MASP match:
rept-stat-db:display=version

TDM 1114 ( ACTV ) TDM 1116 ( STDBY)
- -------- ---------------------- - -------- -------------------
FD BKUP Y 43 03-08-14 03:02:18 EST Y 43 03-08-14 03:02:18 EST
FD CRNT Y 79 Y 79
MDAL 1117
- --------
RD BKUP Y 1 - -
CARD/APPL LOC C T LEVEL TIME LAST UPDATE VERSION STATUS

--------- ---- - - ---------- ----------------- -------------------
TDM-CRNT 1114 Y N 79 03-08-27 00:56:30 121-000-000 NORMAL
TDM-BKUP 1114 Y - 43 03-08-14 01:10:46 121-000-000 NORMAL
TDM-CRNT 1116 Y N 79 03-08-27 00:56:30 121-000-000 NORMAL
TDM-BKUP 1116 Y - 43 03-08-14 01:10:46 121-000-000 NORMAL
MDAL 1117 Y - 79 03-08-27 00:56:30 121-000-000 NORMAL
8. Compare the VERSION STATUS of the TDM cards in the output of the previous
step. If they are identical, continue to the next step. If they are not the same, go
to Step 20.
9. Enter the following command to show the version numbers of the GPLs
stored on each fixed disk (TDM). You will look to see if any card shows an
alarm condition:
rtrv-gpl

GPL Auditing ON
APPL CARD RELEASE APPROVED TRIAL REMOVE TRIAL

EOAM 1114 121-002-000 121-002-000 121-002-000 121-002-000
EOAM 1116 121-002-000 121-002-000 121-002-000 -----------
SS7ANSI 1114 121-002-000 121-002-000 121-002-000 121-002-000
SS7ANSI 1116 121-002-000 121-002-000 121-002-000 -----------
SCCP 1114 121-002-000 074-002-005 ALM 121-002-000 121-002-000
SCCP 1116 121-002-000 121-002-000 121-002-000 -----------
GLS 1114 121-002-000 121-002-000 121-002-000 121-002-000
GLS 1116 121-002-000 121-002-000 121-002-000 -----------

MPLG 1114 121-002-000 121-002-000 121-002-000 151-002-000
MPLG 1116 121-002-000 121-002-000 121-002-000 -----------
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 A-53

DRAFT
10. Examine the output of the previous step. If any GPL shows an alarm (ALM),
go the Step 20. If no alarms are displayed, proceed to the next step.
11. Replace the TDM, according to the card replacement procedure described in
the section titled Replacing a Card on Page A-62.
12. Enter the following command to verify that the security log on the standby
MASP contains no entries that must be copied to the FTA area of the fixed
disk:
rept-stat-seculog

-- SINCE LAST UPLOAD -- OLDEST NEWEST LAST
LOC ROLE ENTRIES %FULL OFLO FAIL RECORD RECORD UPLOAD
1114 Active 8312 84 No No 95-08-12 96-01-04 96-12-16
11:23:56 15:59:06 14:02:22
1116 Standby 693 7 No No 95-09-12 95-09-30 95-09-30

11:24:12 14:00:06 14:02:13
If the number shown in the ENTRIES field for the standby MASP (shown with
the entry Standby in the ROLE field) is 0, go to Step 14.
If the number shown in the ENTRIES field for the standby MASP is greater
than 0, these entries must be copied to the FTA area of the fixed disk. To copy
these entries, go to the next step.
13. Copy the security log entries on the standby MASP to the FTA area on the
fixed disk with the copy-seculog command. For this example, enter the
copy-seculog:slog=stb command. The following is an example of the message
that should appear.
Security log on TDM 1116 copied to file 961004s.log on TDM 1114
A-54 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
14. Enter the following command to display the card status:
rept-stat-card

1101 xxx-xxx-xxx ASM SCCP IS-NR Active -----
1102 xxx-xxx-xxx ASM SCCP IS-NR Active -----
1103 xxx-xxx-xxx ASM GLS XXXXX Fault -----
1104 xxx-xxx-xxx ASM GLS XXXXX Fault -----
1105 xxx-xxx-xxx LIMDS0 SS7GX25 IS-NR Active -----
1111 xxx-xxx-xxx ACMENET STPLAN IS-ANR Active -----
1113 xxx-xxx-xxx GPSM EOAM IS-NR Active -----
1114 ----------- TDM -------- IS-NR Active -----
1115 xxx-xxx-xxx GPSM EOAM IS-NR Standby -----
1116 ----------- TDM -------- IS-NR Standby -----
1117 ----------- MDAL -------- IS-NR Active -----
1201 xxx-xxx-xxx LIMDS0 SS7ANSI IS-NR Active -----
1205 xxx-xxx-xxx LIMDS0 CCS7ITU IS-NR Active -----
1206 xxx-xxx-xxx DCM SS7IPGW IS-NR Active -----
1207 xxx-xxx-xxx DCM IPGWI IS-NR Active -----
1218 xxx-xxx-xxx ASM GLS IS-NR Active -----
Command Completed.
15. From the output in the previous step, determine the MASP activity.
Record which GPSM (or MCAP) is Active and Standby.
Record the card locations of both sets of GPSMs / MCAPs and TDMs.
Active GPSM / MCAP ______
Active TDM ______
Standby GPSM / MCAP______
Standby TDM ______
In this sample output, 1113/1114 are active and 1115/1116 are standby.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 A-55

DRAFT
16. Place the spare TDM in the System:
Unseat the standby GPSM / MCAP card determined in the previous step.
Remove the standby TDM card determined in the previous step.
Insert the spare TDM card.
Re-seat the standby GPSM / MCAP card.
NOTE: UAMs are generated during this step. An audible alarm is
generated. Wait for the standby GPSM (or MCAP)/spare TDM to come up
to standby mode.
17. Enter the following command to display the status of the standby GPSM /
MCAP:
where xxxx is the standby GPSM / MCAP from the output you recorded in
Step 15.

xxxx xxx-xxx-xxx GPSM EAOM IS-NR Standby DB-DIFF
IMT BUS A = Conn
IMT BUS B = Conn
Command Completed.
NOTE: Verify that backup goes to IS-NR status.
A-56 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
18. Enter the following command to retrieve GPL versions:
rtrv-gpl
GPL Auditing ON
APPL CARD RELEASE APPROVED TRIAL REMOVE TRIAL

EOAM 1114 xxx-xxx-xxx xxx-xxx-xxx xxx-xxx-xxx -----------
EOAM 1116 xxx-xxx-xxx xxx-xxx-xxx xxx-xxx-xxx xxx-xxx-xxx
SS7ANSI 1114 xxx-xxx-xxx xxx-xxx-xxx xxx-xxx-xxx -----------
SS7ANSI 1116 xxx-xxx-xxx xxx-xxx-xxx xxx-xxx-xxx xxx-xxx-xxx
SCCP 1114 xxx-xxx-xxx xxx-xxx-xxx xxx-xxx-xxx -----------
SCCP 1116 xxx-xxx-xxx xxx-xxx-xxx xxx-xxx-xxx xxx-xxx-xxx
GLS 1114 xxx-xxx-xxx xxx-xxx-xxx xxx-xxx-xxx -----------
GLS 1116 xxx-xxx-xxx xxx-xxx-xxx xxx-xxx-xxx xxx-xxx-xxx

MPLG 1114 xxx-xxx-xxx xxx-xxx-xxx xxx-xxx-xxx -----------
MPLG 1116 xxx-xxx-xxx xxx-xxx-xxx xxx-xxx-xxx xxx-xxx-xxx
19. Enter the following command to repair the standbys TDM database.
NOTE: The system requires approximately two minutes after Step 17 to

acquire duplex mode. As a result the system will reject the chg-db:action=
repair until duplex operation fully returns.

;

REPAIR: MASP A - Repair starts on standby MASP.
;
NOTE: Observe that the command execution time may require

approximately 20 to 45 minutes.
REPAIR: MASP A - Repair from fixed disk complete.
;
Wait for the repair complete message to display and for the to MASP return
to in-service status.
When the repair complete message has displayed, proceed to Step 25.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 A-57

DRAFT
NOTE: Perform this step only if you are coming from Step 8 or Step 10.
20. Enter the following command to verify whether measurement collection is on

or off:
rtrv-meas-sched
The following is an example of the possible output. The COLLECT field shows
whether measurement collection is on or off. In this example, measurement
collection is on.
COLLECT = on
---------------------
SYSTOT-STP = off
SYSTOT-TT = off
SYSTOT-STPLAN = on
COMP-LNKSET = off
COMP-LINK = on
MTCD-STP = on
MTCD-LINK = on
MTCD-STPLAN = on
If measurement collection is on, continue with Step 21. If measurement

collection is off, proceed to Step 22.
21. Enter the following command to inhibit all measurements:

chg-meas:collect=off
CAUTION: Measurements must be inhibited or the copy-disk command

cannot be executed. The chg-meas:collect=on command should not be
executed while the copy-disk command is in progress.
When measurements are inhibited, measurement collection is stopped.
For the entire period of time when measurements are inhibited, those
measurements will be lost. Additionally, if possible do not inhibit
measurements at midnight since doing so can result in the loss of
measurements for an entire day.
The following message should appear.

22. Replace the TDM, according to the card replacement procedure described in
the section titled Replacing a Card on Page A-62.
A-58 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
23. Enter the following copy-disk command along with the card location of the
standby TDM (shown by the indicator STDBY in the rept-stat-db command
output in Step 7.) that the data is being copied to. This command can take
from 33 minutes to 1 hour 46 minutes to execute. It can take even longer
depending on other system activity in progress when this command is
entered.
copy-disk:dloc=xxxx:format=no
Where xxxx is the card location of the standby TDM.
The following is an example of the message that should appear when the
command has executed and completed. For this example, the
copy-disk:dloc=1116 command was entered.
Copy-disk (fixed): from active (1114) to standby (1116) started.

Extended processing required, please wait.
Copy-disk (fixed): from active (1114) to standby (1116) completed.

Measurements collection may be turned on now if desired.
The standby MASP is rebooted to load the data when the command
completes successfully.
NOTE: While this command is executing, commands that affect the

database configuration cannot be executed. Any attempt to execute such a
command will be rejected.
24. If measurement collection was turned off in Step 21, enter the following
command to turn on the measurements:
chg-meas:collect=on
The following message should appear.

910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 A-59

DRAFT
25. Enter the following command to verify that the databases of both MASPs are
coherent:
rept-stat-db
TDM 1114 ( ACTV) TDM 1116 ( STDBY )
- -------- --------------------- - -------- ---------------------
FD BKUP Y 75 95-05-03 13:11:43 EST Y 95 95-05-03 13:11:43 EST
FD CRNT N 55 DIFF LEVEL Y 105
MDAL 1117
- --------
RD BKUP - - - -
rept-stat-card
27. Enter the following command to restore the OAP terminals changed in
Step 6:
28. Enter the following command to return the OAP terminals inhibited in Step 5
to the in-service state:
alw-trm:trm=x
A-60 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Measurement Collection and Polling Module (MCPM)
Description
The primary MCPM card performs all measurements collection and reporting
functions and provides on-card RAM storage for collected data and scheduled
reports. The Secondary MCPM provides a redundant backup for the Primary
card, and assumes collection and reporting responsibilities on the loss of the
Primary. TCP/IP connections are used to deliver measurement reports from the
Primary MCPM card to the customer via an FTP client. The FTP configuration can
be customized to support automatic transfer of scheduled reports from the client
to the server.
Procedure
rept-stat-meas
2. Enter the following command to remove the faulty MCPM card from service.
If this is the last MCPM card in service, the:force=yes parameter must be
specified.
rmv-card:loc=xxxx
Where xxxx is the MCPM card location.
3. Remove the MCPM card, per the card replacement procedure described in the
\
section titled Replacing a Card on Page A-62. Place the new MCPM card
into its place. Be sure the revision numbers are compatible (if in doubt, call
4. Enter the following command to return the MCPM card into service. This
causes the MASP to begin downloading tables to the new MCPM card.
rst-card:loc=xxxx
Where xxxx is the MCPM card location.
terminal that downloading is complete). This can take up to 10 minutes.
5. Enter the following command to verify the card is operational.

rept-stat-meas
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 A-61

DRAFT
Replacing a Card in the Eagle
Use this procedure anytime a card is removed from the Eagle system. Failure to
use this procedure may result in equipment damage. Use the procedures at the
beginning of this section before physically removing any cards.
WARNING: Before performing any maintenance procedures on the Eagle,
make sure you wear a wrist strap connected to the wrist strap grounding point
of the Eagle System.
Before removing, reseating, or initializing a card, inhibit any OAP terminal ports
that are in-service normal (IS-NR) to assure the card loads properly. No database
updates or single command line entries should be made while the card is loading.
WARNING: This procedure may interrupt service. When possible, perform
maintenance during low traffic and database provisioning periods, such as the
maintenance window.
Procedure
1. Locate the card to be removed.
2. Push the inject/eject clamps outward from the cards faceplate (top clamp in
the UP position, bottom clamp in the DOWN position).Pull the levers
away from the shelf until they are parallel to the floor. Gently pull the card
towards you until the card clears the shelf.
Figure A-17. Push Inject/Eject Clamps Outward
A-62 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
3. Place the card you have removed in an electrostatic discharge (ESD)
protective container, or place the card in the spare card storage shelf.
4. Be sure that the replacement card has the same Tekelec part number and
revision number as the card you have just removed (unless this is an
upgrade).
5. Open the ejector levers on the replacement card. Carefully align the cards
edges with the top and bottom card guides. Then push the card along the
length of the card guides until the rear connectors on the card engage the
mating connectors on the target shelf backplane.
6. Press the left edge of the cards faceplate using constant pressure until you
feel the cards progress cease.
WARNING: Do not impact the faceplate in order to mate the connectors.
Any impact to the cards faceplate can damage the faceplate, the pins, or the
connectors.
7. Push in the top and bottom inject/eject clamps. This locks the card in place
and ensures a strong connection with the pins on the target shelf backplane.
Figure A-18. Push in Inject/Eject Clamps
Push in the inject/eject

clamps to lock the card
in place.
8. Verify that both IMT bus LEDs are green.
9. Record the activity in the site maintenance log.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 A-63

DRAFT
Replacing Cards in the Holdover Clock
Failed Clock Input (CI) Card Replacement
Description
Use this procedure to replace a failed clock input (CI) card in shelves equipped
with ST3 clock cards. The input card FAIL lamp should be lit.
Procedure
1. If the shelf is equipped with ST3 cards and the input card FAIL lamp is not lit,
check the status of the SRC ACT/SRC ACTIVE lamp. If lit, press the transfer
(XFR) button on either input card. If the input card FAIL lamp is lit, go to Step
3. The SRC ACT/SRC ACTIVE lamp on the other input card lights and the
lamp goes off. Enter the following command to retrieve the terminal types
and port numbers:
rtrv-trm
output from Step 1:
3. Remove the failed card or the card to be removed from the shelf.
4. Set the option switches on the replacement card to the correct settings. (See
the Installation Manual.) Wait for the input card to acquire the input reference
signal (about 40 seconds). Then, press the XFR button to make the new input
card active.
state:
alw-trm:trm=x
A-64 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
CI P/N 804-0165-01
Figure A-19. Holdover clock CI card LEDs
DCD
LEDs Descriptions
RED - this card or its input has
failed. The cards output is
disabled and a minor alarm is
FAIL generated.
BLANK - no card or input failure
detected.
GREEN - DS1 source is present.
DS1
BLANK - DS1 source is not present.
FAIL
DS1 GREEN - CC (composite clock)
CC source is present.
CC
SRC BLANK - CC source is not present.
GREEN - the card is on-line
providing a DCD reference to ST3
SRC ACTIVE and output cards.
XFR
BLANK - card is in standby mode.
1.544
REF
GND
CI
40010
-01
ISS __
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 A-65

DRAFT
Non-Failed Clock Input (CI) Card Replacement
Description
Use this procedure to replace non-failed clock input (CI) cards which have valid
input reference signals.
Procedure
CAUTION: Removing a non-failed clock input card with a valid input

reference signal from a shelf equipped with ST3 cards, causes the DCD system
outputs to run and hit all the network elements timed from the DCD system. To
properly remove a non-failed clock input card, the input reference must be
removed first. This squelches the CI card output. This does not apply to failed
input cards.
1. Remove the input reference signal to the shelf associated with the clock input
card to be removed. Perform one of the following:
a. If the reference input has a miscellaneous SYNC jack at the DSX-1, insert
an open plug or the end of a patch card in the SYNC jack to squelch the
input reference signal.
b. If the input reference has an external bridging repeater, insert an open
plug or the end of a patch cord in the OUT jack at the bridging repeater
to squelch the input reference signal.
c. If the input reference signal is directly cabled from the source to the DCD
shelf, either lift the leads of the TB12 or TB13 wire-wrap terminals on the
backplane of the DCD shelf, or short the tip (T) and ring (R) together at
TB12 or TB13 on the backplane.
CAUTION: Use a clip cord that is no longer than two inches. A longer clip
cord may not appear as a short to the CI card and the input reference may
continue to drive it.
The DS1 lamp should be off and the FAIL lamp lit on the CI card. If this is not
true, do not proceed. This indicates the input reference has not been removed.
numbers:
rtrv-trm
A-66 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
output from Step 2:
4. Remove the CI card. This has no effect on the outputs.
5. Set the option switches on the replacement card to the correct settings. (See
the Installation Manual.)The DS1 lamp should be off and the FAIL lamp lit on
the CI card.
6. Restore the input reference by removing the open plug, clip cord, or
reconnecting the leads to TB12 or TB13 wire-wrap terminals on the DCD shelf
backplane.
7. Wait for the input card to acquire the input reference signal (about 40
seconds). If you want the new CI card to be active, press the XFR button.
state:
alw-trm:trm=x
ST3 Card Replacement
Description
Use this procedure to replace ST3 cards. The only time an ST3 card should be
replaced is if the FAIL lamp is lit, or if it is in the ST A slot and the LOCK or LOCK
and FAIL lamps are not lit and the network elements receiving timing from the
shelf are reporting slips. (However, the second condition is more likely a timing
loop rather than a bad ST3 card.)
NOTE: The ST3 card in slot B (ST B) in shelves equipped with ST3 clock
cards may be removed from the shelf without any negative effect to the output,
regardless if the ST3 has failed. If an ST3 is installed and not failed in slot A
(ST A), it is the preferred source for the output cards. If you remove the card
from the shelf, it may cause a hit to the outputs.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 A-67

DRAFT
Procedure
numbers:
rtrv-trm
output from Step 1:
3. Remove the ST3 card from the shelf. If it is in slot A and has not failed, the ST
B clock card automatically become the preferred source for the outputs. The
TO cards ST and INPUT lamps should remain green.
NOTE: There may be a one-time phase hit to the outputs. If ST A has
failed, the ST B clock card is already the preferred source for the outputs. If
ST B is being replaced, it is in standby and may be removed without
negative effect to the outputs.
4. Insert the replacement card in the shelf. Lock it into place by rotating the
locking lever downward. The FAIL lamp should remain lit until it has
acquired the frequency and phase of the input reference signal and then go off
(about one minute). If ST A is being replaced, it automatically becomes the
preferred source for the output when the FAIL and LOCK lamps go off. The
TO cards ST and INPUT lamps should remain lit.
NOTE: If you are replacing both ST3 cards, allow five minutes for the first
card to stabilize before replacing the other.
state:
alw-trm:trm=x
A-68 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
ST3 P/N 804-0173-01
Figure A-20. Holdover clock ST3 card LEDs
DCD
LEDs Descriptions
RED - this card has failed.
FAIL
BLANK - no card failure detected.
RED - input has failed.
LOCK
BLANK - no input failure detected.
GREEN - card is tracking the
output of clock input card A.
REF A
BLANK - not tracking output of
FAIL clock input card A.
LOCK GREEN - card is tracking the
REF A output of clock input card B.
REF B REF B
BLANK - not tracking output of
clock input card B.
NOTE: If the FAIL and LOCK LEDs are both
illuminated, the ST3 is in holdover mode and the card
has not failed.
ST3
40013
-01
ISS__
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 A-69

DRAFT
MIS Card Replacement
Description
The MIS card may be removed or inserted into the shelf at any time without a
negative effect to the operation of the shelf. The office alarms and shelf status
(except for the battery alarm) do not function while the MIS card is removed from
the shelf.
Procedure
1. Remove the MIS card from the shelf.
2. Insert the replacement card.
A-70 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
MIS P/N 804-0175-01
Figure A-21. Holdover clock MIS card LEDs
DCD
LEDs Descriptions
RED - this card or its power supply
has failed.
FAIL
BLANK - no card or power supply
failure detected.
RED - holdover clock system has
failed.
CRITICAL
BLANK - no holdover clock system
failure detected.
FAIL RED - holdover clock system or
CRITICAL any holdover clock card has a
MAJOR major alarm.
MAJOR
MINOR BLANK - no major alarm detected.
YELLOW - holdover clock system
ACO or any holdover clock card has a
MINOR minor alarm.
BLANK - no minor alarm detected.
LOCAL GREEN - the ACO push button has

COMM ACO been pressed to silence the alarm
during an alarm state.
MIS
45018
-XX
ISS __
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 A-71

DRAFT
TOCA Card Replacement
Description
When an MCA-5 is installed in the MCA slot, an HS protection switch

automatically activates when the TO FAIL or PORT ALM lamp is lit. If the TO
PORT ALM lamp is lit, you must determine whether it is actually a card port
failure, or a shorted or unterminated cable external to the shelf. If you determine
that the PORT ALM is actually a port failure on the card, replace the TO card.
Procedure
1. Verify that an HS protection switch has been activated. If an automatic

protection switch has been activated, the output protection button lamps are
lit over the failed card and HS TO card. The MCA-5 AUTO lamp flashes for 6
seconds during the automatic protection switch activation, and then lights
steadily.
2. If an HS protection is not activated, manually activate a switch by

simultaneously pressing the output protection buttons over the TO card with
FAIL or PORT ALM lamp lit and a like HS TO card. The output protection
button lamps should light over the failed TO card and a like HS TO card, and
the MCA-5 MAN lamp flashes until the switch is released.
CAUTION: The TO cards must not be removed without first activating an HS
protection switch to minimize the loss of output signals. The possible output
loss times are as follows:
TO card removal: up to 6 seconds
Port or card failure: up to 3 seconds
Manual switch activation/deactivation: approximately one ms.
numbers:
rtrv-trm
output from Step 3:
A-72 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
5. Remove the TO card from the shelf. Set the option switches on the
replacement card to the correct settings. Insert the replacement card. The FAIL
lamp on the replacement card should remain off and the INPUT lamp should
light. The ST lamp should also light if the system is equipped with clock
cards.
6. Wait 10 seconds after all the lamps normalize to allow the card to warm-up
and generate outputs.
7. Press the lit output protection button for the HS TO card slot until the lamp
goes out. The lamp over the output protection button should go off. This
releases the HS protection switch and puts the replacement card online.
state:
alw-trm:trm=x
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 A-73

DRAFT
TOCA P/N 804-0166-01
Figure A-22. Holdover clock TOCA card LEDs
DCD LEDs Descriptions

RED - this card has failed or there is
a loss of all input references to this
FAIL card.
BLANK - no card or input
reference failure detected.
RED - if one to five outputs have
failed or have been externally
PORT ALM shorted.
FAIL BLANK - no output failures
PORT
detected.
ALM GREEN - an active clock is
ST supplying the input reference for
ST this card.
INPUT
DISABLE BLANK - no active clock detected.

1 2 GREEN - card is receiving a
3 4 reference signal from one or more
5 6 of the following: clock input A,
7 8 clock input B, clock card A, clock
INPUT card B.
9 10
500 BLANK - card is not receiving a
1000 reference signal from any of the
TOCA
40011
above sources.
-02 500 not used
ISS
1000 not used
A-74 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
MCA P/N
Figure A-23. Holdover clock MCA card LEDs
DCD LEDs Descriptions

RED - this card has failed or there is
a loss of all input references to this
FAIL card.
BLANK - no card or input
reference failure detected.
GREEN - indicates output failure
AUTO was protected automatically.
BLANK - no failures detected.
FAIL
GREEN - indicates output failure
AUTO MAN was protected manually.
MAN BLANK - no failures detected.
PORT
ALARM
1 2
3 4
5 6
7 8
9 10
MCA-5
45015
-01
ISS
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 A-75

DRAFT
Fan Assembly (EAGLE/GR-376 EOAP) Replacement
This section describes how to replace an existing fan assembly. The fan assembly
must be tested for proper operation after the installation. This procedure is part of
the fan assembly replacement. Perform the replacement during a maintenance
window and complete it within one hour.
WARNING: The EOAP unit can operate without failure or component
Complete the replacement within this time frame to avoid having to shut
down the entire EOAP unit.
WARNING: The DCM card can operate without failure or component
Complete the replacement within this time frame.
Replacement Order
Replace the fan assembly in the stages and order listed below:
1. Remove fan assembly
2. Install replacement fan assembly
3. Test fan operation
Tools and Equipment
Use the following tools and equipment to replace a fan assembly:

1 fan assembly (P/N 890-1038-01), includes
mounting brackets (P/N 652-0954-01)
tooth washers (P/N 606-0062-01)
screws (P/N 600-0934-01)
air filters (P/N 551-0011-01)
Safety glasses
Tie wraps
Wire cutter (to cut cable ties)
Phillips screw driver
A-76 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Remove Fan Assembly
This procedure describes how to disconnect power from the fan assembly and
remove the assembly from the frame.
NOTE: Avoid removing mounting hardware from frame rail to allow for
easier reinstallation of equipment.
Procedure
1. Locate the fan assembly to be replaced.
Figure A-24. Set Fan Switch to OFF
ACTIVE ALARM
Grill
fangrillswitch
3. At the EAGLE terminal, confirm the fan failure by typing in this command:
rept-stat-trbl
The EAGLE reports the following alarm: 302 COOLING FAN FAILURE.
4. At the rear of the frame, remove the A and B power cables from fan assembly.
DANGER: -48V are present at the cable. Use caution when reconnecting.
5. At the fan assembly, place fiber paper on the shelf below where the fan is to be
replaced. This ensures that nothing drops into the area or equipment below.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 A-77

DRAFT
6. From the rear of the frame and on each side of the fan assembly, locate the
mounting bracket holding the fan assembly in place. Remove the two screws
from the side of the fan assembly. Refer to Figure A-25, Step 1. Temporarily
store them in a safe place.
Figure A-25. Remove Fan Assembly
Frame rail
Fan Assembly
2
Loosen the screw
attached to the
frame rail.
1
Remove the screws and
washers from the side of
the fan assembly.
3 2
Remove the screws and Loosen the screw
washers from the front of Washer attached to the
the frame rail Screw frame rail.
7. On each side of the fan assembly, loosen the two screws that hold the
mounting bracket to the frame rail to allow easier removal of the assembly.
Refer to Figure A-25, Step 2.
8. From the front of the frame, remove the grill and filter from the fan assembly
by removing the two thumb screws from the grill faceplate. Temporarily store
all in a safe place. Refer to Figure A-26.
9. On each side of the fan assembly, remove the two screws that attach the fan
assembly to the front of the frame rail. Refer to Figure A-25, Step 3.
10. Open the doors on the lower shelf. Pull out the fan assembly from the front of
the frame.
You have removed the fan assembly. Install the replacement fan assembly next.
A-78 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Install Replacement Fan Assembly
This procedure describes how to install the replacement fan assembly into the
frame and reconnect the fan power cables.
Procedure
1. Remove the replacement fan assembly from the shipping container.
2. Remove the grill and filter from the fan assembly by removing the two thumb
screws from the grill faceplate. Temporarily store all in a safe place.
Figure A-26. Remove Grill and Filter from Fan Assembly
Fan Assembly
8 fans
Filter
Grill
3. Open the doors on the lower shelf. From the front of the frame, slide the fan
assembly into the shelf. Figure A-27 shows a fan assembly inserted into an
EAGLE frame. Figure A-28 shows a fan assembly inserted into an OAP frame.
On each side of the assembly, attach it with two screws (P/N 600-0193-01) and
external tooth washers (P/N 606-0062-01) to the front frame rail. Tighten the
screws. Refer to Figure A-29, Step 1.
WARNING: When mounting a fan assembly for a DCM, avoid pinching
cables between the bottom of the shelf and the fan assembly.
Do not overtighten the screws as the heads could snap off. Reference
Mechanical Assembly Torque Specification (906-0008-01).
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 A-79

DRAFT
Figure A-27. Insert Fan Assembly Below DCM Card
CF00
The flange is unattached

for shipping and is attached
after the fan is in place below
the shelf containing
a DCM card.
A-80 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Figure A-28. Insert Fan Assembly Below GR-376 EOAP Shelf
OAPF
Fuse and A B
Alarm Panel
EOAP-A EOAP-B
Cooling duct
Filter
Grill
eoapfan inst
Figure A-29. Attach Fan Assembly to Front of Frame Rail
Frame rail
Fan Assembly
3
Tighten the screw
attached to the
rear frame rail.
2
Insert the screws and
washers through the
mounting bracket into
the side of the
fan assembly.
3
1
Tighten the screw
Insert the screws and attached to the
washers through the Washer rear frame rail.
fan assembly into the Screw
front of the frame rail.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 A-81

DRAFT
4. From the rear of the frame and on each side of the fan assembly, insert two
screws into the side of the fan assembly. Refer to Figure A-30, Step 2.
5. Align the fan assembly with the sides of the shelf and tighten the two screws
that were left on the mounting bracket. Refer to Figure A-29, Step 3.
6. Replace the fan filter by setting it against the front of the fan assembly.
NOTE: Point the air flow arrows stamped on top and bottom of filter
towards the fan assembly.
Figure A-30. Replace Fan Filter and Grill
Fan Assembly
8 fans
Filter
Grill
assembly. Hand-tighten the thumb screws. Refer to Figure A-30.
8. At the rear of the frame, reconnect the fan power cables to the fan assembly.
WARNING: -48V are present at the cable. Use caution when reconnecting.
9. At the fan assembly, set the fan switch on the grill panel to the ON position.
The fans start running.
WARNING: Ensure that the switch is NOT set to AUTO. This setting is
disabled.
A-82 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Figure A-31. Fan Switch Set to ON
Set FAN switch to ON
ACTIVE ALARM
Grill
fangrillswitch
You have replaced the fan assembly. Test fan operation and fan alarm next.
Test Fan Operation and Fan Alarm

Use this procedure to test the fan operation at the EAGLE terminal and to ensure
that the fan alarm is functioning.
NOTE: For more information on the commands used in this procedure,
refer to Commands Manual.
Procedure
1. At the EAGLE terminal, retrieve the feature options to ensure that the fan
rtrv-feat
EAGLE FEATURE LIST
GTT = off
GWS = on
CRMD = off
X25G = on
LAN = on
SEAS = on
LNP = off
LNP12MIL = off
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 A-83

DRAFT
FAN = on
DSTN4000 = on
WNP = on
CNCF = on
SCCPCNV = on
TCAPCNV = on
TLNP = on
x252000 = on
2. Enable the features if necessary by entering the following command with the
respective parameters:
chg-feat:fan=on
where :fan is the parameter for turning on the fan feature (optional).
After the program updates, the system returns output similar to the
following:
Figure A-32. Set Fan Switch to OFF
ACTIVE ALARM
Grill
fangrillswitch
4. At the EAGLE terminal, type in this command:

rept-stat-trbl
5. At the fan assembly, turn the switch back to the ON position (refer to Figure
A-32). The Active and Alarm LEDs are green. The Minor LED at the FAP goes
out. The fan assembly starts running.
A-84 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
rept-stat-trbl
The EAGLE reports the following alarm: 303 COOLING FAN NORMAL.
7. With a flashlight, check that all fans are running. Remove the grill and filter
from the fan assembly by removing the two thumb screws from the grill
faceplate (see Figure A-32). Temporarily store all in a safe place. Visually
check the movement of the fans.
8. Replace the fan filter by setting it against the front of the fan assembly. Refer
to Figure A-30.
NOTE: Point the air flow arrows stamped on top and bottom edge of the
filter towards the fan assembly.
assembly. Hand-tighten the thumb screws. Refer to Figure A-30.
10. At the rear of the frame, remove the A power cable from the A fan assembly.
Both fan LEDs are off. The Minor LED at the FAP is lit. The fans for EOAP-A

rept-stat-trbl
12. Replace the A power cable on the rear of the fan assembly and secure the
goes out. The A fans start running.

rept-stat-trbl
14. At the rear of the frame, remove the B power cable from the B fan assembly.
Both fan LEDs are off. The Minor LED at the FAP is lit. The fans for EOAP-B
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 A-85

DRAFT
rept-stat-trbl
16. Replace the B power cable on the rear of the fan assembly and secure the
goes out. The B fans start running.

rept-stat-trbl
You have tested the operation of the fan assembly and the fan alarm.
A-86 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Eagle Replacement Parts List
The following table provides part numbers for all field replaceable parts used in
the Eagle system. All parts must be replaced through the Return Material
Authorization (RMA) process. Contact Tekelec Technical Services at the
appropriate number before replacing any parts.
Part Descriptions Part Numbers

ACM card 870-1008-02
870-1008-03
870-1008-04
870-1008-05
MDAL card 870-0773-04
870-0773-05
870-0772-06
870-0772-08
ASM card 870-1011-02
870-1011-03
870-1011-04
870-1011-05
870-1011-06
870-1011-07
DCMX 870-1984-01
DSM-1GB 870-1984-02
DSM-2GB 870-1984-03
DSM-3GB 870-1984-04
DSM-4GB 870-1984-05
LIM-ATM 870-1293-02
870-1293-03
870-1293-06
870-1293-07
LIM-DS0 card 870-1009-02
870-1009-03
870-1009-04
870-1485-01
870-1485-02
870-1485-03
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 A-87

DRAFT
LIM-OCU card 870-1010-03
870-1010-04
870-1010-05
870-1486-02
870-1486-03
870-1486-04
LIM-V.35 card 870-1012-02
870-1012-03
870-1012-04
870-1487-01
870-1487-02
870-1487-03
LIM-E1 870-1379-01
LIM-ILA 870-1484-01
870-1484-02
MPL 870-2061-01
MPL-T 870-2061-02
EILA 870-2049-01
870-2049-02
LIM-AINF 870-1014-01
870-1014-02
870-1014-03
870-1014-04
870-1014-05
870-1014-06
870-1488-01
870-1488-02
870-1488-03
870-1488-04
870-1488-05
870-1488-06
TDM card 870-0774-10
870-0774-11
FAP 870-1606-01
870-1606-02
870-2320-01
FAP - CF/EF 870-0243-08
FAP - Misc 870-0243-09
HMUX 870-1965-01
A-88 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
DCM card 870-1671-02
870-1671-04
870-1945-01
870-1945-02
870-1945-03
EDCM 870-2372-01
TSM-256 870-1289-02
870-1289-03
TSM-512 870-1290-02
870-1290-03
TSM-768 870-1291-02
870-1291-03
TSM-1024 870-1292-02
870-1292-03
E1/T1 MIM 870-2198-01
870-2198-02
E1-ATM 870-2455-01
870-2455-02
GPSM-II 870-2360-01
DSM-1G (Expansion Memory) 870-2371-02
DSM-2G (Expansion Memory) 870-2371-03
CD ROM Drive - EOAP 870-1515-03
9 Gbyte Hard Drive 870-1514-03
Air Impedance Card 870-1524-01
Serial I/O card (4-port, 870-1522-01
sync/async) - EOAP
Processor card (CPCI-522) - 870-1523-01
EOAP
Power Source (1st source: 350W 870-1710-01
48V DC/DC) - EOAP
Power Source (2nd source: 350W 870-1521-01
48V DC/DC) - EOAP
Fan Assembly 890-1038-01
2.3 Gbyte MO Cartridge 804-0188-01
4.1 Gbyte MO Cartridge 902-0757-01
Holdover Clock Assy 890-1013-01
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 A-89

DRAFT
Clock input (CI) card - holdover 804-0165-01
clock
ST3 card - holdover clock 804-0173-01
TOCA card - holdover clock 804-0166-01
MIS card - holdover clock 804-0175-01
MCA card - holdover clock 804-0251-01
EOAP 890-1050-01
890-1050-02
890-1050-03
MPS in Heavy Duty Frame 890-1801-01
TekServer 870-2640-01
A-90 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Replacement Cables List
The following table lists all cables used in the Eagle system and their part
numbers. Cables are listed in numerical order (based on part number). Note that
lengths do not follow the same order. All cables must be replaced through the
Return Material Authorization (RMA) process. Contact Tekelec Technical Services
at the appropriate number before replacing any cables.
Cable Description Part Number

IMT Cable; 5.7 ft 830-0221-01
IMT Cable; 7.4 ft 830-0221-02
IMT Cable; 10 ft 830-0221-03
IMT Cable; .5 ft 830-0221-04
IMT Cable; 14 ft 830-0221-05
IMT Cable; 12 ft 830-0221-06
IMT Cable; 13 ft 830-0221-07
IMT Cable; 16 ft 830-0221-08
IMT Cable; 19 ft 830-0221-09
IMT Cable; 21 ft 830-0221-10
IMT Cable; 23 ft 830-0221-11
IMT Cable; 25 ft 830-0221-12
IMT Cable; 8.5 ft 830-0221-13
IMT Cable; 12.5 ft 830-0221-14
IMT Cable; 11 ft 830-0221-15
IMT Cable; 9 ft 830-0221-16
Composite Clock Cable; 50 ft 830-0226-01
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 A-91

DRAFT
DS0A 15 Pin Interface Cable; 50 ft 830-0227-01
Local Maintenance Center (LMC) cable; 50 ft 830-0231-01
Row Alarm Cable; 5 ft 830-0232-01
A-92 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Remote Maintenance Center (RMC) cable; 50 ft 830-0233-01
Row Alarm Panel Harness 830-0242-01
Hazard Ground Cable; 15 in 830-0257-01
Hazard Ground Cable; 24 in 830-0257-02
Connectorized Power Cable; 4 ft 830-0315-01
Connectorized Power Cable; 4.5 ft 830-0315-04
V.35 Interface Cable (with plug); 25 ft 830-0363-01
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 A-93

DRAFT
V.35 Interface Cabl (with plug)e; 300 ft 830-0363-11
V.35 Interface Cable (with socket); 25 ft 830-0364-01
26 Pin Interface Cable; 25 ft 830-0366-01
A-94 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Frame Clock Cable; 8 ft 830-0398-01
Frame Clock Cable; 1.5 ft 830-0398-07
CD ROM Cable; 3.5 in 830-0421-01
CD ROM Cable; 2.5 in 830-0421-02
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 A-95

DRAFT
External Alarm cable - open ended; 50 ft 830-0435-01
OAP Cable; 15 ft 830-0527-01
OAP Cable; 25 ft 830-0527-02
OAP Cable; 50 ft 830-0527-03
OAP Cable; 75 ft 830-0527-04
OAP Cable; 100 ft 830-0527-05
OAP Cable; 125 ft 830-0527-06
OAP Cable; 150 ft 830-0527-07
OAP Cable, Flat Unshielded 6-Conductor 830-0528-01
Terminal and Printer Adapter Cable 830-0531-02
Modem Cable (use with 830-0394-xx); 8 ft 830-0531-03
Modem Cable (use with 830-0535-xx); 8 ft 830-0531-04
Serial Flow Control Cable; 15 ft 830-0535-01
Serial Flow Control Cable; 50ft 830-0535-03
A-96 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Alarm Holdover Clock Cable; 14 ft 830-0543-01
External Alarm cable; 50 ft 830-0591-01
Fan Power/Alarm Cable 830-0609-01
Filter Rack Alarm Cable; 5 ft 830-0638-01
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 A-97

DRAFT
Filter Rack Alarm Cable; 21.5 ft 830-0638-07
Filter Rack Alarm Cable; 27.5 ft 830-0638-08
-48V Power Cable; 10 in 830-0651-01
Fan/Alarm Control Cable; 15 ft 830-0657-01
Three Wire from FAP; 10 ft 830-0699-01
Man-Machine Interface Port Cable; 25 ft 830-0708-01
A-98 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Modem/Terminal Cable; 15 ft 830-0709-01
Network Cable; 20 ft 830-0710-01
DCM, 100-BASE TX Interface; 15 ft 830-0711-01
Null Modem Cable; 8 ft 830-0759-01
Multiport LIM DS0 Cable; 15 ft 830-0772-01
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 A-99

DRAFT
Straight Through Customer Patch Panel Cable; 15 ft 830-0788-01
Straight Through Customer Patch Panel Cable; 100ft 830-0788-06
DCM Patch Panel Crossover Cable; 15 ft 830-0789-01
DS1 Cable; 15 ft 830-0849-01
DS1 Cable; 20 ft 830-0849-02
DS1 Cable; 25 ft 830-0849-03
DS1 Cable; 30 ft 830-0849-04
A-100 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
DS1 Cable; 35 ft 830-0849-05
DS1 Cable; 50 ft 830-0849-06
DS1 Cable; 75 ft 830-0849-07
DS1 Cable; 100 ft 830-0849-08
DS1 Cable; 125 ft 830-0849-09
DS1 Cable; 150 ft 830-0849-10
DS1 Cable; 175 ft 830-0849-11
DS1 Cable; 200 ft 830-0849-12
DS1 Cable; 250 ft 830-0849-13
DS1 Cable; 300 ft 830-0849-14
DS1 Cable; 500 ft 830-0849-15
DS1 Cable; 650 ft 830-0849-16
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 A-101

DRAFT
A-102 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
B
X.25/SS7 Message Conversion
Contents ......................................................................................................... Page

Introduction...................................................................................................... B-1
Conversion from X.25 to SS7.......................................................................... B-2
Introduction
The X.25/SS7 gateway feature connects X.25 and SS7 networks. The Eagle STP
acts as a gateway between the two networks, with both X.25 and SS7 links
terminating to specific cards within the Eagle.
Message conversion involves removing and adding the protocol envelopes used
by X.25 and SS7 networks. The MSU must have the following fields set to specific
values:
Field Value
MSU Service Indicator SCCP
Octet (SIO)
SCCP Message Type UDT
SCCP Called Party - SSN included
Address Indicator - No GTT
- Route by PC or SSN
SCCP Called Party SSN Not equal to 1
If the SCCP message type is other than UDT (UDTS, for example) it is discarded
and counted.
If the above format is present, but the SSN is equal to1 (subsystem management
messages), or the MSU SIO is equal to SNM (0000) or SNT (0001 and 0010), the
MSUs are handled by network management. The Eagle discards all other types of
MSUs and issues an event message.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 B-1

DRAFT
The following information is an overview of the conversion process. The
subsequent section in this appendix, shows the details of the MSU and the X.25
packets that are built. The definitions for the message elements are as follows:
Control - The portion of each message that is relevant only to the specific
protocol.
Routing Label - The SS7 portion that contains the OPC, DPC and SLS.
SCCP - The envelope in SS7 that carries the TCAP.
TCAP - The envelope that carries the IS.41 message.
Logical Channel - The identification of the virtual circuit used by the X.25
network.
Conversion is closely tied to routing. The view of the origination and the
destination is different on the X.25 side from the SS7 side. In format conversion,
the origination and destination are known and the connection has been defined in
the gateway routing table.
Conversion from X.25 to SS7

Following is an overview of the message conversion from the X.25 to SS7
network:
Field Value
Control 1 Parameter is set to length indi-
cator field (and internal DMA
length) from received data
packet length.
2 SIO set as follows:

Sub-service field equal to 1000.
National network (10xx) and
Priority of 0 (xx00).
Service indicator equal to 0011
(SCCP).
B-2 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Field Value
X.25 Data Network Address 1 OPC value is set from the X.25
point code field in the gateway
routing table.
2 DPC value is set from SS7
point code field in the gateway
routing table.
3 SLS value is set from the local
variable that is incremented for
each SS7-bound message.
Traffic is generated evenly
across all messages sent to the
SS7 network.
TCAP No conversion
If the packet type is designated as a a data packet (containing an IS41 message)

following is the information appended to the level 3 SCCP header that is
generated by the Eagle:
X.25 Data Packets 1 Message type set to UDT

2 Protocol class value set to 0.
3 Called party indicator is set
equal to:
SSN included
PC not included
GTT not included
Route on routing label and SSN
National address
4 Called party SSN is set from
the SS7 SSN field of gateway
routing table.
5 Calling party indicator is set
equal to the following:
SSN included
PC not included
GTT not included
Route on routing label and SSN
National address
6 Calling party SSN is set from
X.25 SSN field in the gateway
routing table
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 B-3

DRAFT
Conversion from SS7 to X.25
Following is the message conversion from the SS7 network to the X.25 network:
Field Value
Control GFI is set equal to the following:
no Dbit
no Qbit
P(s)/P(r) modulo 8
Logical Channel Set from logical channel field of
the gateway routing table.
TCAP No conversion.
NOTE: If the total message is larger than the default packet size, the message
is discarded and the STP generates an unsolicited information message (UIM).
Detailed Message Conversion

This section shows the X.25 to SS7 message conversion in detail.
Table B-1. Detailed Message Conversion
Offset Binary Hex Field Value

Description
MTP Level 2
00 01111110 7E
x1111111 Backward 127 (dummy data)
Sequence
Number
0xxxxxxx Backward 0 (dummy data)
Indicator
Bit
01 10000000 80
x0000000 Forward (dummy data)
Sequence
Number 0
1xxxxxxx Forward (dummy data)
Indicator
Bit 1
02 1000 0000 80
xxbbbbbb Length Equal to 24 plus TCAP mes-
Indicator sage length (TCAP message is
the user data portion of the
X.25 data packet)
B-4 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT

Description
00xxxxxx Spare 0
MTP Level 3
03 10000011 83 SIO
xxxx0011 Service 0011= SCCP
Indicator
xx00xxxx Network Equal to 00
Priority
10xxxxxx Network 10 = National Network
Indicator
04 bbbbbbbb Pm Destination Connection determination
Point Code finds this value in the gateway
routing table SS7 point code
field.
05 bbbbbbbb Pc
06 bbbbbbbb
07 (#5) bbbbbbbb Connection determination
locates this value in the gate-
way routing table (GWT) X.25
point code field.
08 bbbbbbbb Origina- Connection determination
tion Point locates this value in the gate-
Code way routing table (GWT) X.25
point code field.
09 bbbbbbbb Connection determination
locates this value in the gate-
way routing table (GWT) X.25
point code field.
10 000bbbbb
xxxbbbbb Signaling SLS subsystem provides.
Link Selec-
tion
000xxxxx Spare
SCCP (No Global Title Translation requested)
11 00001001 09 Message 09 = Unitdata

Type
12 00000000 00
xxxx0000 Protocol 0 = Class 0
Class
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 B-5

DRAFT

Description
0000xxxx Message 0000 = discard message on
Handling error
13 00000011 03 Called @ offset 13 + 3(03) = 16
Party
Address
Pointer
14 00000101 05 Calling @ offset 14 + 5(0b) = 19
Party
Address
Pointer
15 00000111 07 Data Por- @ offset 15 + 7(0d) = 22
tion Pointer
16 00000011 03 Called 3
Party
Address
Length
17 11000001 c1 Called
party
Address
Indicator
xxxxxxx1 Subsystem 1 = SSN included
Number
Indicator
xxxxxx0x Point Code 0 = PC not included
Indicator
xx0000xx Global Title 0000=no global title
Indicator
x1xxxxxx Routing 1 = route by point code or SSN
Indicator
1xxxxxxx National/ 1 = National address
Interna-
tional
18 xxxxxxxx SS Subsystem SS7 SSN from Gateway
Number Routing Table.
19 00000011 03 Calling 3
Party
Address
Length
B-6 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT

Description
20 11000001 c1 Calling
Party
Address
Indicator
xxxxxxx1 Subsystem 1= SSN included
Number
Indicator
xxxxxx0x Point Code 0 = PC not included
Indicator
xx0000xx Global Title 0000 = No global title included
indicator
x1xxxxxx Routing 1 = Route by point code or
indicator SSN
1xxxxxxx National/ 1 = National address
Interna-
tional
21 xxxxxxxx Subsystem X.25 SSN from Gateway
Number Routing Table
TCAP
22 bbbbbbbb Data Por- Length of TCAP message
tion Length received from X.25 network.
23 Variable TCAP Data
X.25 Level 2
00 000000bb Address 03=DTE, 01=DCE
Field
01 rrrpsss0 Control
Field
rrrxxxxx Receive
sequence
number,
n(r)
xxxpxxxx Poll/Final
bit
xxxxsssx Send
sequence
number,
n(s)
xxxxxxx0 Frame type 0 = I-frame
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 B-7

DRAFT

Description
X.25 Level 3 (Call Request Packet)
02 00010000 General
Format
Indicator
0xxxxxxx Q-bit 0 = not used
x0xxxxxx D-bit 0 = not used
xx01xxxx Modulo bits 01 = modulo 8 for P(r), P(s)
xxxx0000 Logical
Channel
Group
number
03 xxxxxxxx Logical Connection determination
channel locates this value in the GRT
number logical channel field.
04 00001011 0B Packet type 0B= Call Request
05 ttttcccc Address
lengths
ttttxxxx Calling Connection determination cal-
party culates these values from the
address GRT X.25 called address and
length SS7 calling address fields
xxxxcccc Called Connection determination cal-
party culates these values from the
address GRT X.25 called address and
length SS7 calling address fields
06 dddddddd Called Connection determination
party locates this value in the GRT
address X.25 address field
n dddddddd ?? Called Connection determination
address X.25 address field
n+1 00000000 ?? Calling Connection determination
address SS7 address field.
m 00000000 ?? Calling Connection determination
address SS7 address field.
X.25 Level 3 (Data Packet)
B-8 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT

Description
02 00010000 ?? General
Format
Indicator
0xxxxxxx Q-bit 0 = not used
x0xxxxxx D-bit 0 = not used
xx01xxxx Modulo bits 01 = modulo 8 for P(r), P(s)
xxxx0000 Logical 0 = Group 0
Channel
Group
number
03 xxxxxxxx Logical PVC or SVC number
channel
number
04 rrrmsss0 Packet type xxxxxxx0 = Data
rrrxxxxx Receive
sequence
number,
P(r)
xxx0xxxx More bit 0 = single, stand-alone packet
xxxxsssx Send
sequence
number,
P(s)
TCAP
29 xxxxxxxx TCAP Data
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 B-9

DRAFT
B-10 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
C
Holdover Clock Troubleshooting
Procedures
Contents ......................................................................................................... Page

Introduction......................................................................................................C-1
Interpreting System Alarms, Lamps And Trouble Isolation .....................C-2
Introduction
Most alarm conditions in the holdover clock are not out-of service or
service-affecting conditions. The system is designed with redundant power,
reference inputs, clock input cards, stratum clock cards and output card
protection switching.
The only true out-of-service condition is when all power is lost to a shelf, or all
reference inputs and both stratum clock cards fail. Before taking any action on the
system, such as removing cards, first consider the following troubleshooting
guidelines:
Do not touch the shelf until you have analyzed the condition and know the
possible result of any planned corrective actions.
Do not touch the shelf until you have been properly grounded.
Both major and minor alarms in the shelf require immediate attention. But,
very few alarms in the holdover clock system are service affecting. Improper
corrective actions could be service affecting.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 C-1

Holdover Clock Troubleshooting Procedures
DRAFT
Do not remove an ST3 clock card from the shelf, unless you are certain it is the
cause of the condition. This is especially true if the ST clock card(s) is (are) in
the holdover mode (the HOLD OV/HOLDOVER lamp is lit, or the
HOLD OV/HOLDOVER and INP TOL lamps are lit). Removing both ST
clock cards in this condition causes total loss of all outputs from the shelf
and/or system.
Write down any alarm and normal lamp conditions in the shelf. These will
help you to determine where to look for the cause of the condition.
Interpreting System Alarms, Lamps And Trouble Isolation

Alarms generated by the holdover clock are reported through the Eagle. All alarm
conditions are defined in Chapter 3, Corrective Maintenance.
When troubleshooting, write down all abnormal and normal lamp conditions for
the shelf with the alarm lamp lit on the SAI card. This will assist in analyzing and
isolating the cause of the condition. Do not start removing or replacing cards to
attempt to clear alarms, as it could lead to crashing Eagle.
Tables to aid in troubleshooting are listed in the following sections. Once the basic
trouble has been isolated and it has been determined that an individual card is
defective, perform the appropriate card replacement procedure in Appendix A.
C-2 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Table C-1. Input and ST3 Alarm Conditions
SAI/MIS ABNORMAL ACTIVATED OFFICE ACTIVATED CONDI-
LAMPS CARD LAMPS ALARMS AND SHELF CLOCK STA- TION
STATUS TUS A AND B TYPE #
(NOTE)
MAJOR and ST3 A and B = Visual = MAJOR and MINOR None
MINOR lit FAIL, LOCK, Shelf Status = MAJSI, MINSI,
and REF B lit and CLKL. (HOLDOVER
ALARM switch SW3 on back- 1
plane is set to MAJ or MIN)
MAJOR and Input cards A Visual = MAJOR and MINOR None

MINOR lit and B = FAIL Shelf Status = MAJSI, MINSI,
lit, fre- and CLKL. (HOLDOVER
quency/bit rate ALARM switch SW3 on back-
lamp off, SR FL plane is set to MAJ or MIN)
lit (ACI only) 2
ST3 A and B =
FAIL, LOCK,
and REF B lit
MINOR lit Input card A or Visual = MINOR None

B = FAIL lit, fre- Shelf Status = MINSI, and
quency/bit rate CLKL (HOLDOVER ALARM
lamp off or lit, switch SW3 on backplane is
SR FL lit (ACI set to MAJ or MIN)
only)
ST3 A and B = 3
REF (A or B)
lamp lit (associ-
ated with input
card with FAIL
lamp off)
MINOR lit ST3 A and B = Visual = MINOR None

LOCK lit Shelf Status = MINSI (HOLD-
OVER ALARM switch SW3
on backplane is set to MAJ or 4
MIN)
MINOR peri- Input card A Visual = Periodic MINOR None

odically lights, and/or B = Shelf Status = Periodic MINSI
then goes off FAIL periodi- and CLKL (HOLDOVER
cally goes on ALARM switch SW3 on back-
and off. First plane set to MAJ or MIN)
occurrence only
the SRC
ACT/SRC 5
ACTIVE on
FAIL card goes
off and lights
on the other
card.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 C-3

DRAFT
SAI/MIS ABNORMAL ACTIVATED OFFICE ACTIVATED CONDI-
LAMPS CARD LAMPS ALARMS AND SHELF CLOCK STA- TION
STATUS TUS A AND B TYPE #
(NOTE)
MAJOR lit Visual = MAJOR None
Shelf Status = MAJSI (HOLD-
ST3 A or B = OVER ALARM switch SW3
on backplane is set to MAJ or 6
FAIL lit
MIN)
NOTE: For the corrective action to take for each condition type, refer to Table C-2.
C-4 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Table C-2. Input and ST3 Corrective Actions
CONDITION TYPE # CONDITION AND PROBABLE CORRECTIVE ACTION

(From Table E-1.) CAUSE
1 No input cards installed. Outputs are as Install at least one input
accurate as freerunning clock cards. card.(See Appendix A).
Timed network elements reporting high
slip rate.
2 Input references A and B has failed Check input reference connec-

(frequency/bit rate lamp off) or has tions at the shelf and source
exceeded BPV, OOF, or excessive zeros ends. Reconnect if required.
parameters Isolate and repair input refer-
(frequency/bit rate lamp lit). ence facilities, if required.
The input reference facility framing for- Change the option switch set-
mat rearranged from D4 to ESF, or vice tings to match the current fram-
versa, and the input card options were ing format. See the Installation
not changed to match it. Manual.
The input reference has been recently Wire a 100 ohm, 1/4 watt resis-
reassigned, and the signal amplitude is tor across T and R input termi-
too high. nals on the shelf backplane.
Both input cards have failed. Replace both input cards (See
Appendix A).
3 Input reference A or B has failed (fre- Check input reference connec-
quency/bit rate lamp off) or has tions at the shelf and source
exceeded BPV, OOF, or excessive zeros ends. Reconnect if required.
parameters (frequency/bit rate lamp lit). Isolate and repair input refer-
ence A or B facility (if required).
Input card A or B has failed. Replace the input card with the
FAIL lamp lit (See Appendix
A).
The input reference facility framing for- Change the option switch set-
mat rearranged from D4 to ESF, or vice tings to match the current fram-
versa, and the input card options were ing format.
not changed to match it.
The input reference has been recently Wire a 100 ohm, 1/4 watt resis-
reassigned, and the signal amplitude is tor across T and R input termi-
too high. nals on the shelf backplane.
4 Active input reference has exceeded Press transfer (XFR) pushbut-
pull-in range of ST3 cards. Timed net- ton on either input card to
work elements reporting high slip rate. switch SRC (source) ACTIVE
lamp to the other input card.
ST3 A and B LOCK lamps go
off in less than 40 seconds.
Isolate source of frequency off-
set on input reference facility
and repair.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 C-5

DRAFT
CONDITION TYPE # CONDITION AND PROBABLE CORRECTIVE ACTION
(From Table E-1.) CAUSE
5 Input reference facility (A and/or B) line Change input card(s) option
coding rearranged from AMI to B8ZS switch settings from AMI to
and input card(s) option switches were B8ZS.
not set to match the change. Input card
BPV spec periodically exceeded.
6 ST3 A or B card has failed and Replace the ST3 card (A or B)
squelched its outputs. Outputs are with the FAIL lamp lit (Appen-
receiving their reference from the ST3 dix A).
with its FAIL lamp off. Outputs are not
affected.
C-6 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Table C-3. Shelf and Output Alarm Conditions -
Not Related to Input and ST Conditions
SAI/MIS ABNORMAL ACTIVATED OFFICE ACTI- CONDI-

LAMPS SHELF AND ALARMS AND SHELF VATED TION TYPE
CARD LAMPS STATUS CLOCK #
STATUS A (NOTE)
AND B
None lit All lamps on all Visual = CRITICAL (MIS None 1

cards are off ONLY), MAJOR, and
MINOR
Shelf Status = CRTSI (MIS
only), MAJSI, MINSI, and
BATTALM
MINOR lit MCA-5 = All 10 Visual = MINOR None 2

PORT ALM Shelf Status = MINSI
lamps lit
MINOR lit Any TO card = Visual = MINOR None 3

PORT ALM lit Shelf Status = MINSI and
Output protec- PRTA (SW1 positions 3 and 5
tion pushbutton on MCA-5 set to MAJ or
lamps = Lamp MIN)
over TO card
with PORT ALM
lit, and like HS
TO card light for
a short period of
time (approx 3
seconds) then
goes off
MCA-5 = AUTO
lamp flashes for
approx 6 seconds
when HS protec-
tion switch is
activated and
released.
MINOR lit Shelf fuse A or B Visual = MINOR None 4

= Lamp lit Shelf Status = MINSI, and
BATTALM. POWER
ALARM switch SW2 on
backplane is set to MIN)
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 C-7

DRAFT
STATUS A (NOTE)
AND B
MAJOR lit Any TO, ST, or Visual = MAJOR Visual = 5

MCA-5 = FAIL lit Shelf Status = MAJSI MAJOR
(MCA-5 SW1, positions 3 Shelf Status =
and 5 set to MAJ) MAJSI
(MCA-5 SW1,
positions 3
and 5 set to
MAJ)
FAIL and MAJOR MIS = FAIL lit Visual = MAJOR None 5

lit (MIS only) Shelf Status = MAJSI
MAJOR and Shelf fuse A or B Visual = MAJOR None 4

MINOR lit = Lamp lit Shelf Status = MAJSI,
MINSI, and BATTALM.
(POWER ALARM switch
SW2 on backplane is set to
MAJ)
MAJOR and Any TO card = Visual = MAJOR and None 5

MINOR lit FAIL lamp lit MINOR
Output protec- Shelf Status = MAJSI and
tion pushbutton MINSI (MCA-5 SW1, posi-
lamp = Lamps lit tions 3 and 5 set to MIN)
over TO with
FAIL lamp lit and
like HS TO card
(HS protection
switch activated).
MAJOR and Output protec- Visual = MAJOR and None 6

MINOR lit tion pushbutton MINOR
or lamps = Lamps or
MINOR lit over TO cards MINOR
or None lit and HS cards or None
(MAJOR and alternately light Shelf Status = MAJSI and
MINOR lit if and then go off. MINSI
MCA-5 SW1, or
positions 3 and 5 MINSI
set to MAJ; if or None
SW1 set to MIN, (MAJOR and MINOR if
then MIN lit; if MCA-5 card SW1 set to MAJ;
set to NO MINOR if SW1 set to MIN;
ALARM, then none if SW1 set to NO
None lit) ALARM)
C-8 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
STATUS A (NOTE)
AND B
MINOR lit Any TO card = Visual = MINOR None 7

or PORT ALM lit or
MAJOR and Output protec- MAJOR and MINOR
MINOR lit tion pushbutton Shelf Status = MINSI and
(MINOR if lamps = Lamps lit PRTA
MCA-5 SW1, over TO card or
positions 3 and 5, with PORT ALM MAJSI, MINSI, and PRTA
are set to MIN or lit, and like HS (MINOR if SW1 positions 3
NO ALARM; TO card. and 5 on MCA-5 set to MIN
MAJOR and or NO ALARM; MAJOR and
MINOR lit if set MINOR if set to MAJ)
to MAJ)
MINOR lit Output protec- Visual = None 8

or tion pushbutton MINOR
MAJOR lit lamps = Lamps lit or
or over a TO card MAJOR
None lit and like HS TO or
(MINOR lit if cards None
MCA-5 SW1, MCA-5 = MAN Shelf Status = MINSI
positions 3 and 5 lamp is flashing or
set to MIN; if MAJSI
SW1 set to MAJ, or
then MAJOR is None
lit; if set to NO (MINOR lit if MCA-5 SW1,
ALARM, then positions 3 and 5 set to MIN;
None lit) if SW1 set to MAJ, then
MAJOR is lit; if set to NO
ALARM, then None lit)
Note: For the corrective action to take for each condition type, refer to Table C-4.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 C-9

DRAFT
Table C-4. Shelf and Output Corrective Actions -
Not Related to Input and ST Conditions
CONDITION TYPE # CONDITION AND PROBA- CORRECTIVE ACTIONS

(FROM Table E-3.) BLE CAUSE
Loss of Battery A and B to shelf. 1.Determine cause of loss of battery and

All outputs are squelched. repair.
Causes could be from operating 2.Restore office battery source.
error, office battery source fail- 3.Replace blown fuses in battery distri-
1 ure, blown fuses, or a compo- bution bays, miscellaneous fuse bays,
nent failure, e.g., isolation diode and panels, and/or on DCD shelf.
which shorts battery to battery
return.
Communication between 1.No TO cards in shelf. Install at least one

MCA-5 and TO cards is not TO card.
functioning. 2.No input references or input cards, and
Microprocessor on the MCA-5 is no clock cards installed. Install at least
failed or garbled. one clock (ST) card (See Appendix A.)
Does not affect outputs. Auto- 3.MCA-5 communications bus or micro-
2 matic TO protection switching processor garbled. Remove and reinsert
function disabled. Manual TO the MCA-5 card to clear bus and micro-
protection switching function is processor.
still operational. 4.MCA-5 microprocessor failed. Replace
MCA-5 card (Appendix A).
HS protection switch activated, 1.Press and hold the output protection

then released because of: pushbutton over the TO card with PORT
Unterminated cable on TOTA ALM lamp lit. MCA-5 lights PORT ALM
or TOTL output, lamp(s) of failed TO port. Release push-
or, button.
Shorted cable on TO output. 2.Isolate and repair cable or NE con-
When the condition occurred, nected to that TO port.
an HS protection switch was 3.If port connection is new and not yet
activated, PORT ALM on TO terminated at NE, then either insert dis-
goes off, and lights on the HS abling pin in that ports disabling jack on
TO card, output protection TO card faceplate, or remove cable from
pushbutton lamps over the TO output wire-wrap panel, or place an
and HS light, MCA-5 AUTO appropriate resistor termination across
3 lamp flashes, HS protection tip (T) and ring (R) of cable at NE end,
switch releases, PORT ALM on until ready to connect cable at NE end.
HS TO goes off and lights on
TO, output protection pushbut-
ton lamps go off, and MCA-5
AUTO lamp stops flashing
(duration = 3 to 6 seconds).
Non-failed ports on TO with
PORT ALM lit lost output for
one millisecond during HS pro-
tection switch activation and
release. Failed TO port is out of
service.
C-10 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
CONDITION TYPE # CONDITION AND PROBA- CORRECTIVE ACTIONS
(FROM Table E-3.) BLE CAUSE
Loss of Battery A or B to shelf. 1.Determine cause of loss of battery and

Does not affect outputs. Causes repair.
could be from operating error, 2.Replace blown fuses in battery distri-
4 blown fuse, or a component fail- bution bays, miscellaneous fuse bays,
ure, e.g., isolation diode which and panels, and/or on DCD shelf.
shorts battery to battery return.
Card with FAIL lamp lit has Replace the card with the FAIL lamp lit
failed, except for input card (Appendix A). Release HS protection
which causes a MINOR alarm switch, if activated, by pressing lit HS
5 when its FAIL lamp lights. Out- pushbutton until switch releases.
puts are not affected if MCA-5
and HS slots are equipped.
A TO cards microprocessor has Manually switch each TO card to the HS,
lost its ability to process data. replace the TO card (Appendix A) and
The TO cards are alternately release the HS switch. Continue until the
being switched to HS protection malfunctioning TO card is located and
6 and then released. One millisec- removed from the shelf.
ond loss of outputs each time a
TO is switched to or released
from HS protection.
Output port failed on TO card 1.Press and hold the output protection
with PORT ALM lamp lit. HS pushbutton over the TO card with the
protection switch activated. PORT ALM lamp lit. MCA-5 lights PORT
Loss of output on failed port. ALM lamp(s) of failed TO port. Release
Other output on same TO lost pushbutton.
for one millisecond when HS 2.Remove TO card with PORT ALM
protection switch activated. lamp lit.
When condition occurred, an 3.Set option switch settings on the
HS protection switch was acti- replacement TO card identical to settings
vated, PORT ALM lamp on TO on removed TO card.
7 card remained lit, output pro- 4.Insert replacement TO card in shelf slot
tection pushbutton lamps over and wait 10 seconds for TO to warm-up.
TO and HS slots lit, and MCA-5 Verify ST, INPUT and OPTION lamps are
cards AUTO lamp flashes for 6 lit and PORT ALM and/or FAIL lamps
seconds and then lights steady. are not lit.
5.Press output protection pushbutton
over HS TO until pushbutton lamps go
out (releases HS switch). MCA-5 cards
AUTO lamp flashes for 6 seconds and
then lights steady.
TO card manually switched to Release the manual HS switch by press-

8 HS TO card ing the lit pushbutton over the HS TO
card for 3 seconds.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 C-11

DRAFT
C-12 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
D
Unsolicited Output Message
Groups
Contents ......................................................................................................... Page

Introduction......................................................................................................D-1
Introduction
This appendix provides a list of the unsolicited alarm messages (UAMs) and
unsolicited information messages (UIMs) generated by the Eagle and the output
groups that these messages are assigned to.
These messages are broadcast to the Eagle terminals. To control which terminals
these messages are broadcast, the messages have been placed into these output
message groups. The chg-trm command is used to control to which terminals
these groups of output messages are broadcast. For details about using the
chg-trm command, see the Changing Terminal Characteristics in the
Configuring the OAP Port procedure in the Database Administration Manual -
SS7, or the chg-trm command description in the Commands Manual.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 D-1

Unsolicited Output Message Groups
DRAFT
The messages are shown in these tables.
Table D-1. System Maintenance Unsolicited Output Message Groups
Table D-2. Link Maintenance Unsolicited Output Message Group
Table D-3. Card Unsolicited Output Message Group
Table D-4. Application Subsystem Unsolicited Output Message Group
Table D-5. GTT Unsolicited Output Message Group
Table D-6. GWS Unsolicited Output Message Group
Table D-7. Clock Unsolicited Output Message Group
Table D-8. Measurements Maintenance Unsolicited Output Message Group
Table D-9. LNP Database Unsolicited Output Message Group
Table D-10. LNP Subscription Unsolicited Output Message Group
Table D-11. Security Administration Unsolicited Output Message Group
Table D-12. Program Update Unsolicited Output Message Group
Table D-13. UIM Redirect Unsolicited Output Message Group
Table D-14. Database Unsolicited Output Message Group
Table D-15. MPS Unsolicited Output Message Group
Table D-16. Monitor Unsolicited Output Message Group
Table D-17. SLAN Maintenance Unsolicited Output Message Group
Table D-18. SEAS Maintenance Unsolicited Output Message Group
NOTE: If the LNP feature is not on, the messages in the LNP Subscription
and LNP Database Unsolicited Output Message groups are not displayed.
Each table contains the number of the UAM or UIM, the alarm level assigned to
the message, and the text of the message. More information on these messages
can be found in Chapter 3, Corrective Maintenance.
Table D-1. System Maintenance Unsolicited Output Message Groups

UAM/UIM Alarm
Message Text
Number Level
0002 Minor Card is not running approved GPL
0003 None Alarm cleared for GPL
0004 Minor Card is running non-activated GPL
0005 None Alarm cleared running non-activated GPL
0011 Major Entering forced simplex mode
D-2 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Table D-1. System Maintenance Unsolicited Output Message Groups (Continued)
UAM/UIM Alarm
Message Text
Number Level
0018 None Exiting forced simplex mode
0039 None GPL has been corrected
0040 Minor GPL is corrupted
0046 None Terminal enabled
0048 Minor Terminal failed
0058 Critical Critical customer trouble detected
0059 Major Major customer trouble detected
0060 Minor Minor customer trouble detected
0061 None Customer trouble detected
0062 None Customer trouble cleared
0063 Critical Critical holdover clock trouble detected
0064 Major Major holdover clock trouble detected
0065 Minor Minor holdover clock trouble detected
0066 None Holdover clock trouble cleared
0082 Major Alarm in Fuse Panel
0083 None Fuse Panel alarm has cleared
0097 None IMT allowed
0098 None IMT inhibited
0106 None IMT Bus alarm cleared
0107 Minor Minor IMT failure detected
0108 Major Major IMT failure detected
0109 None All IMT System level alarms cleared
0110 Minor Failure detected on one IMT bus
0111 Major Failure on both IMT A and IMT B
0112 Critical Major failures detected on both IMTs
0142 None System release alarm cleared
0143 Minor System release GPL(s) not approved
0144 Minor System release version unknown
0199 None OA&M IP Security feature disabled
0261 Critical MPS unavailable
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 D-3

DRAFT
UAM/UIM Alarm
Message Text
Number Level
0276 Major Insufficient memory for provisioning
0277 Major AS Unavailable
0278 None AS Available
0279 Minor AS Restricted
0280 None AS Unrestricted
0302 Minor Cooling fan failure
0303 None Cooling fan normal
0308 Critical Node isolated due to SLK failures
0309 None Node is no longer isolated
0366 None Temp Key(s) expiration alarm cleared
0367 Major Temp Keys(s) expiring soon
0368 Critical Temp Keys(s) have expired
0388 None Illegal Address Error Cleared
0389 None HMUX responding normally
0390 Major Illegal Address Error
0391 Major HMUX not responding Error
0392 Major OA&M IP Security feature is OFF
0393 None OA&M IP Security feature is ON
0438 Critical Degraded Mode, Invalid OAM HW config
0439 None Exiting Degraded Mode
0452 None RTDB reload complete
0455 Critical EIR Subsystem is not available
0456 Critical EIR Subsystem is disabled
0457 Minor EIR Subsystem normal,card(s) abnormal
0458 None EIR Subsystem is available
0459 None EIR Subsystem removed
0466 Major STC Network Unavailable
0467 None STC Network Available
0514 Major Standby MASP is inhibited
0515 None Standby MASP is allowed
D-4 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
UAM/UIM Alarm
Message Text
Number Level
0911 Major Dynamic database is inconsistent
0912 None Dynamic database is now consistent
1000 None MTP rcvd UPU - user part is not SCCP
1001 None MTP rcvd Transfer Controlled (TFC)
1002 None MTP rcvd invalid TFC - status 0
1003 None MTP rcvd invalid H0/H1 code
1004 None MTP rcvd unknown DPC
1016 None MTP Adj PC not in routing table
1017 None MTP Message Received for Network 255
1018 None REPT-MTPERR: MTP received - invalid SIO
1030 None Inh EIR SS request already outstanding
1031 None Failure Inhibiting EIR SS
1070 None SLTC failure: invalid Point Code (OPC)
1071 None SLTC failure: invalid SLC
1072 None SLTC failure: no response
1073 None SLTC failure: bad data pattern
1075 None MTP: link bypassed SLT phase
1076 None SLTC failure: invalid Point Code (DPC)
1077 None SLTC failure: failed link
1078 None SLTC success: manual test passed
1079 None SLTC aborted: unable to perform the test
1081 None MTP: Changeback T5 timeout
1084 None GWS MSU discarded by redirect function
1085 None GWS MSU too large to be redirected
1086 None LFS test terminated with OAM switch over
1087 None MTP RSTRT rcvd unexpected user traffic
1088 None REPT-MTP-RSTRT: MTP Restart started
1089 None RCVRY-MTP-RSTRT: MTP Restart Completed
1090 None ITU GWY:CPC conversion failure
1091 None ITU GWY:OPC conversion failure
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 D-5

DRAFT
UAM/UIM Alarm
Message Text
Number Level
1092 None ITU GWY:H0H1 conversion failure
1093 None ITU GWY:rcvd msg type cannot convert
1094 None ITU GWY:Invalid ISUP msg structure
1095 None ITU GWY:GRS buffer full
1096 None ITU GWY:RSC buffer full
1097 None ITU GWY:CGB buffer full
1098 None Unexpected disk access timeout
1100 None GWS rcvd H0/H1 that is not allowed
1102 None Invalid Length for Map IMEI Parameter
1103 None LSS:No Map IMEI Parameter present
1104 None IP Connection Failed
1105 None REPT EVT:IMT GPL reloading
1106 None REPT COND:IMT GPL reloading
1120 None TRBL Queue is full: elements overwritten
1129 None Ported subs SMSC matches Home SMSC Addr
1130 None LOCREQ rcvd - IS412GSM not provisioned
1131 None Invalid digits in IS41 MAP Digits parm
1133 None GX25 outbound data exceeds packet size
1134 None GX25 route not found
1135 None GX25 route not available
1136 None GX25 route already connected
1137 None GX25 incorrect X25 address
1138 None GX25 unsupported packet type received
1139 None GX25 unsupported MSU type received
1140 None GX25 DPC not defined
1141 None GX25 unrecognized X25 calling address
1142 None GX25 unrecognized X25 called address
1143 None GX25 cannot make connection
1144 None GX25 logical channel cleared
1145 None GX25 unexpected restart received
D-6 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
UAM/UIM Alarm
Message Text
Number Level
1146 None REPT-XLST-TIMO: X-LIST entry expired
1147 None MTP Invalid TFA received
1148 None MTP Invalid TFR received
1149 None SLK Level-3 T19 timer expired
1150 None SLK Inhibit denied
1151 None SLK Inhibit response timeout
1152 None SLK Uninhibit denied
1153 None SLK Uninhibit response timeout
1154 None MSU-received threshold exceeded
1155 None MSU-rejected threshold exceeded
1156 None Loopback success
1157 None Loopback failed
1158 None Loopback aborted
1159 None Loopback in progress
1160 None GWS rcvd ISUP that is not allowed
1170 None Loopback prevented
1171 None Loopback invalid
1172 None REPT-OVSZMSG: SCCP MSU too large to route.
1173 None REPT-OVSZMSG: MTP MSU too large to route.
1177 None Cnvrsn Discard: SCCP MSU too large
1184 None Cnvrsn Discard: Invalid SCCP element len
1196 None IP Connection Congestion Timeout
1197 None IP Connection refused
1198 None IP Connection, Cannot resolve RHOST
1200 None INW ALT card as first to be preloaded
1201 None INW MAIN card as last to be reset
1202 None INW Asserted DDL inhibition
1203 None INW Card reset command issued
1204 None INW Waiting for card loading validation
1205 None INW Detected card loaded
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 D-7

DRAFT
UAM/UIM Alarm
Message Text
Number Level
1206 None INW Detected card reset or removed
1207 None INW Allowed card to skip DDL inhibited
1208 None INW Removed DDL inhibition
1209 None INW Card must be reset/removed/inhibited
1210 None INW Card failed to reset
1211 None INW Failed to assert DDL inhibition
1212 None INW Failed to remove DDL inhibition
1213 None INW Card failed to DDL crossload
1214 None INW Allowed card to DDL crossload
1233 None MTP Invalid ITU TFR RCVD
1237 None Dynamic database audit not current
1298 None Updates inhibited: loading stability
1299 None Updates allowed: loading stability
1300 None REPT EVT: Incremental Loading
1305 None MTP rcvd UPU-User SCCP, Cause invalid
1306 None GSMOPTS: EIR Global Response in ON
1307 None GSMOPTS: EIR Global Response in OFF
1490 None Telnet terminal connection successful
1491 None Terminal enabled.
1492 None Terminal disabled.
1493 None SSH Host Keys Regenerated
1494 None SSH Host Keys Loaded
Table D-2. Link Maintenance Unsolicited Output Message Group

UAM/UIM Alarm
Message Text
Number Level
0067 Major REPT-T1F:FAC-T1 Port 1 LOS failure
0068 Major REPT-T1F:FAC-T1 Port 1 LOF failure
0069 Major REPT-T1F:FAC-T1 Port 1 Remote Alarm
0070 Major REPT-T1F:FAC-T1 Port 1 Alarm
D-8 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Table D-2. Link Maintenance Unsolicited Output Message Group (Continued)
UAM/UIM Alarm
Message Text
Number Level
0071 None RCVRY-T1F:FAC-T1 Port 1 available
0072 Major REPT-T1F:FAC-T1 Port 2 LOS failure
0073 Major REPT-T1F:FAC-T1 Port 2 LOF failure
0074 Major REPT-T1F:FAC-T1 Port 2 Remote Alarm
0075 Major REPT-T1F:FAC-T1 Port 2 Alarm
0076 None RCVRY-T1F:FAC-T1 Port 2 available
0084 Major IP Connection Unavailable
0085 None IP Connection Available
0086 Minor IP Connection Congested
0087 None IP Connection manually removed
0157 None X25 logical channels available
0158 Minor X25 no logical channels available
0200 None RCVRY-LKF: link available
0201 Major REPT-LKF: remote NE loopback
0202 Major REPT-LKF: HWP - too many link interrupts
0203 Major REPT-LKF: lost data
0204 Major REPT-LKF: XER - SUERM threshold exceeded
0205 Major REPT-LKF: APF - lvl-2 T1 expd (ready)
0206 Major REPT-LKF: APF - lvl-2 T1 expd(not ready)
0207 Major REPT-LKF: APF - lvl-2 T3 expired
0208 Major REPT-LKF: APF - lvl-2 T2 expired
0209 Major REPT-LKF: APF - failed proving period
0210 Major REPT-LKF: OSA - received SIO
0211 Major REPT-LKF: OSA - received SIN
0212 Major REPT-LKF: OSA - received SIE
0213 Major REPT-LKF: OSA - received SIOS
0214 Major REPT-LKF: ABN - rcvd 2 of 3 invalid BSN
0215 Major REPT-LKF: ABN - rcvd 2 of 3 invalid FIB
0216 Major REPT-LKF: remote congestion timeout
0217 Major REPT-LKF: excess acknowledge delay
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 D-9

DRAFT
UAM/UIM Alarm
Message Text
Number Level
0218 Major REPT-LKF: COO - rcvd changeover order
0219 Major REPT-LKF: false congestion restart
0220 Major REPT-LKF: MTP link restart delayed
0221 Major REPT-LKF: X25 link unavailable
0222 Major REPT-LKF: remote FE loopback
0223 None REPT-LKF: remote NE loopback cleared
0224 Major REPT-LKF: link test failed
0225 Major REPT-E1F:FAC-E1 Port 1 Far End failure
0226 Major REPT-E1F:FAC-E1 Port 1 AIS detected
0227 Major REPT-E1F:FAC-E1 Port 1 LOF failure
0228 Major REPT-E1F:FAC-E1 Port 1 LOS failure
0229 Major REPT-E1F:FAC-E1 Port 1 10E-3 BER failure
0230 None REPT-E1F:FAC-E1 Port 1 available
0232 Major REPT-LKF: remote blocked
0233 Major REPT-LINK-MANUAV: local blocked
0234 Major REPT-LKF: RMI remote inhibited
0235 Major REPT-LINK-MGTINH: local inhibited
0236 Major REPT-LKF: not aligned
0237 Major REPT-LKF: LM Timer NO-CREDIT expired
0238 Major REPT-LKF: XDA-Timer NO-RESPONSE expired
0239 Major REPT-LKF: MBL - local processor outage
0240 Major REPT-LKF: rcvd SSCOP END-proc. outage
0241 Major REPT-LKF: rcvd SSCOP END-out of service
0242 Major REPT-LKF: rcvd SSCOP END-protocol error
0243 Major REPT-LKF: rcvd SSCOP END-mgmnt initiated
0244 Major REPT-LKF: FAC - DS1/E1 LOS failure
0245 Major REPT-LKF: FAC - DS1/E1 LOF failure
0246 Major REPT-LKF: FAC - DS1/E1 LCD failure
0247 Major REPT-LKF: XER - ISERM threshold exceeded
0264 None REPT-LINK-CGST: congestion level 0 to 1
D-10 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
UAM/UIM Alarm
Message Text
Number Level
0267 None RCVRY-LINK-CGST: congestion level 3 to 2
0268 None RCVRY-LINK-CGST: congestion level 2 to 1
0269 None RCVRY-LINK-CGST: congestion has cleared
0270 None REPT-LINK-CGST: discard level 0 to 1
0273 None RCVRY-LINK-CGST: discard level 3 to 2
0274 None RCVRY-LINK-CGST: discard level 2 to 1
0275 None RCVRY-LINK-CGST: discard has cleared
0304 Minor REPT-NMTSK-DSCD: SNM Discard Onset
0305 None RECVY-NMTSK-DSCD: SNM Discard Abated
0306 Minor SNM Overload Onset
0307 None SNM Overload Abated
0311 None DPC is allowed
0312 Minor DPC is restricted
0313 Critical DPC is prohibited
0314 None Route is allowed
0315 None Route is restricted
0316 None Route is prohibited
0317 None RCVRY-LKSTO: link set allowed
0318 Major REPT-LKSTO: link set prohibited
0319 Critical REPT-MTPLP-DET: Circ rte det(cong)
0320 Critical REPT-MTPLP-SUST: Sustained circ rte(cong)
0321 Minor X-LIST occupancy threshold exceeded
0322 None X-LIST occupancy below threshold
0324 None DPC subsystem is allowed
0325 Critical DPC subsystem is blocked
0326 Critical DPC subsystem is prohibited
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 D-11

DRAFT
UAM/UIM Alarm
Message Text
Number Level
0327 None DPC subsystem has been deleted
0332 Critical DPC Subsystem is prohibited and blocked
0333 None DPC Subsystem is Normal
0334 Critical DPC Subsystem is Abnormal
0337 None DPC-SS status changed
0338 Major X-LIST space full-entry(s) discarded
0339 None X-LIST space full condition abated
0340 None RCVRY-MTPLP-RST:Circ rte status cleared
0399 None RCVRY-LKSTO: Alarm clrd by deleting SLK
0401 None Alarm cleared by deleting SLK
0402 None Alarm cleared by deleting route
0460 Major REPT-E1F:FAC-E1 Port 2 Far End failure
0461 Major REPT-E1F:FAC-E1 Port 2 AIS detected
0462 Major REPT-E1F:FAC-E1 Port 2 LOF failure
0463 Major REPT-E1F:FAC-E1 Port 2 LOS failure
0464 Major REPT-E1F:FAC-E1 Port 2 10E-3 BER failure
0465 None RCVRY-E1F:FAC-E1 Port 2 available
0477 Minor Congestion: Copy Function De-activated
0478 None Copy Function Activated
0479 None Link not Monitored
Table D-3. Card Unsolicited Output Message Group

UAM/UIM Alarm
Message Text
Number Level
0001 Major Card has reset
0008 Major Active MASP has become isolated
0009 None MASP became active
0010 None MASP became standby
0013 Major Card is isolated from the system
0014 None Card is present
0021 Minor Clock A for card failed, Clock B normal
D-12 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Table D-3. Card Unsolicited Output Message Group (Continued)
UAM/UIM Alarm
Message Text
Number Level
0022 Minor Clock B for card failed, Clock A normal
0023 Minor Clocks A and B for card failed
0024 None Clock A for card normal
0025 None Clock B for card normal
0026 None Clocks A and B for card normal
0033 None Card database has been corrected
0034 Minor Card database is inconsistent
0035 Minor Card database is corrupted
0036 None Card backup database has been corrected
0037 Minor Card backup database is inconsistent
0038 Minor Card backup database is corrupted
0053 Major Standby TDM failure
0054 None Standby TDM failure cleared
0055 Minor Persistent device state tbl corrupt
0056 Minor Persistent device state tbl diff version
0057 None Persistent device state tbl corrected
0092 Critical MDAL not responding
0093 None MDAL alarm cleared
0096 None Card has been reloaded
0099 Major Incompatible HW for provisioned slot
0102 Minor Motherboard BIP invalid
0103 None Motherboard BIP valid
0130 None Card successfully loaded with data
0132 Major Loading failed: table not found
0133 Major Loading failed: data read Error
0134 Major Loading failed: bad checksum returned
0135 Major Loading failed: GPL load timeout
0136 Major Loading failed: data load timeout
0137 Major Loading failed: invalid GPL
0138 Major Loading failed: GPL format error
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 D-13

DRAFT
UAM/UIM Alarm
Message Text
Number Level
0139 Major Loading failed: disk read prep error
0141 Major Loading failed: disk read failed
0145 Minor HS Clock A for card failed, B normal
0146 Minor HS Clock B for card failed, A normal
0147 Minor High Speed Clocks A & B for card failed
0148 None High Speed Clock A for card normal
0149 None High Speed Clock B for card normal
0159 None High Speed Clocks A & B for card normal
0294 None REPT-ALMINH: alarm output PERM inhibited
0295 None REPT-ALMINH: alarm output enabled
0296 None REPT-ALMINH: alarm output TEMP inhibited
0297 Major Incorrect LIM port configuration
0300 Major TVG Grant Failure
0301 None TVG Grant Recovery
0400 None Alarm cleared by deleting card
0422 Major Insufficient memory for LNP
0423 None Card reload attempted
0441 Major Incorrect MDB - CPU
0442 Major Insufficient memory for RTDB database
0443 Minor RTDB database is corrupted
0444 Minor RTDB database is inconsistent
0445 None RTDB database has been corrected
0446 Minor Daughterboard memory is 80% full
0447 None RTDB database memory alarm cleared
0448 Minor RTDB database is incoherent
0449 Major RTDB resynchronization in progress
0451 Major RTDB reload is required
0901 Major Card DB load timeout, check GLS card
0902 None Card DB is stable
0903 Major IP Link A is down
D-14 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
UAM/UIM Alarm
Message Text
Number Level
0904 None IP Link A is up
0905 Major IP Link B is down
0906 None IP Link B is up
0907 None HW limiting TPS rate alarm cleared
0908 Major HW cannot support purchased TPS rate
1082 None Amem single bit error report
1238 None Full database reload initiated:
1239 None LNP updates inhibited: loading stablility
1240 None LNP updates allowed: loading stability
Table D-4. Application Subsystem Unsolicited Output Message Group

UAM/UIM Alarm
Message Text
Number Level
0281 Major LNP Ported TNs exceeds Feat. Capacity
0282 None LNP Ported TNs Capacity Normal
0283 Major LNP Ported LRNs exceeds Feat. Capacity
0284 None LNP Ported LRNs Capacity Normal
0285 Major LNP Ported NPAs exceeds Feat. Capacity
0286 None LNP Ported NPAs Capacity Normal
0394 None Local Subsystem is available
0395 Critical Local Subsystem is not available
0396 Critical Local Subsystem is disabled
0397 None Local Subsystem is removed
0398 Minor Local Subsystem normal, card(s) abnormal
0424 Critical LNP Subsystem is not available
0425 None LNP Subsystem normal, card(s) abnormal
0426 None LNP Subsystem is available
0434 None LNP Subsystem is removed
0435 Critical LNP Subsystem is disabled
0436 Major LNP ACG node overload
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 D-15

DRAFT
Table D-4. Application Subsystem Unsolicited Output Message Group (Continued)
UAM/UIM Alarm
Message Text
Number Level
1118 None Audit of LNP backup database completed
1119 None LNP database audit - internal error
1121 None LNP rcvd query from unknown CGPA PC
1122 None LNP rcvd query with undefined TT
1123 None LNP rcvd query with Message Relay TT
1124 None LNP Database IMPORT started
1164 None Inh LNP SS request already outstanding
1165 None Failure Inhibiting LNP SS
1166 None ACG Node Overload Level Change
1169 None SCCP rcvd inv TCAP portion
1174 None Inh Local SS request already outstanding
1175 None Failure Inhibiting Local SS
1199 None LNP DTH Measurements Discarded for DPC
1241 None REPT EVT:LNP Incremental Loading
1242 None Conv to intl num - Dflt CC not found
1243 None Conv to intl num - Dflt NC not found
1244 None Conv to intl num - Dflt MCC not found
1245 None Conv to intl num - Dflt MNC not found
1246 None Invalid length of conditioned digits
1247 None Conversion of MGT to IMSI not possible
1255 None IS-41 LNP Qry rejected: WNP is OFF
1256 None MNP Circular Route detected
1260 None LSS: Unsupported TCAP msg type
1261 None LSS: Invalid len in transaction portion
1262 None LSS: Invalid len in dialogue portion
1263 None LSS: Invalid len in component portion
1264 None LSS: No originating transaction ID
1265 None LSS: Invalid transaction ID len
1266 None LSS: Destination transaction ID in Begin
1267 None LSS: No External element
D-16 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Table D-4. Application Subsystem Unsolicited Output Message Group (Continued)
UAM/UIM Alarm
Message Text
Number Level
1268 None LSS: No External Object Identifier
1269 None LSS: Not Structured Dialogue
1270 None LSS: No External ASN1-Type
1271 None LSS: No Dialogue Request
1272 None LSS: No Application Context Name
1273 None LSS: No ACN Object Identifier
1274 None LSS: No component portion
1275 None LSS: First component not an Invoke
1276 None LSS: No Invoke ID
1277 None LSS: No operation code
1278 None LSS: No parameter (set/sequence)
1279 None LSS: Unsupported network type
1280 None LSS: Unsupported SCCP msg type
1281 None LSS: No SCCP CDPA SSN
1282 None LSS: Unsupported SCCP CDPA GTI
1283 None LSS: Unsupported SCCP CGPA RI
1284 None LSS: Unknown SSP PC
1285 None LSS: No SCCP CGPA SSN
1286 None LSS: Invalid INAP CalledPartyNumber len
1287 None LSS: Unsupported ACN Object ID len
1288 None LSS: Unsupported operaton code
1289 None LSS: No parameter sequence
1290 None LSS: No INAP ServiceKey parameter
1291 None LSS: No INAP CalledPartyNumber parameter
1292 None LSS: Parameters out of sequence
1293 None LSS: Linked ID in query
1294 None Invalid digits in MAP MSISDN parameter
1295 None Translation PC is Eagles
1296 None Translation PC type is ANSI
1297 None Invalid length of prefix/suffix digits
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 D-17

DRAFT
Table D-5. GTT Unsolicited Output Message Group

UAM/UIM Alarm
Message Text
Number Level
0328 None SCCP is available
0329 None SCCP capacity normal, card(s) abnormal
0330 Major System SCCP TPS Threshold exceeded
0331 Critical SCCP is not available
0335 None SCCP is removed
0336 Major LIM(s) have been denied SCCP service
0437 Critical System SCCP TPS Capacity Exceeded
1019 None SCCP rcvd invalid UDTS msg
1020 None SCCP rcvd invalid XUDT msg
1021 None SCCP rcvd invalid XUDTS msg
1023 None SCCP rcvd unknown msg type
1024 None SCCP rcvd inv msg length
1025 None SCCP rcvd inv msg class
1029 None SCCP rcvd inv Cld Party - bad GT ind
1033 None SCCP rcvd inv Cld Party - bad network
1034 None SCCP rcvd inv Cld Party - no SSN
1035 None SCCP rsp did not route - invalid GTI
1036 None SCCP rsp did not route - invalid TT
1037 None SCCP rsp did not route - bad Xlation
1038 None SCCP rsp did not route - SSP not True PC
1039 None SCCP rsp did not route - bad Selectors
1040 None ITU <-> ANSI translation not supported
1041 None SCCP did not route - no SSN in msg or DB
1042 None SCCP rcvd inv GT - invalid Trans. Type
SCCP did not route - bad translation
NOTE: If the UIMRD field in rtrv-stpopts is
set to yes, this message is output in the UIM
1043 None
Redirect output group (see Table D-13).
Otherwise, this message is output in the System
Maintenance output group.
1044 None SCCP did not route - DPC OOS
D-18 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Table D-5. GTT Unsolicited Output Message Group (Continued)
UAM/UIM Alarm
Message Text
Number Level
1045 None SCCP did not route - DPC congested
1046 None SCCP did not route - DPC not in MAP tbl
1047 None SCCP did not route - SS OOS
1048 None SCCP did not route - SS congested
1049 None SCCP did not route - SS not in MAP tbl
1050 None SCCP-CNV: Unable to convert ANSI CDPA GT
1051 None SCCP-CNV: Unable to convert ANSI CGPA GT
1052 None SCCP-CNV: Unable to convert ITU CDPA GT
1053 None SCCP-CNV: Unable to convert ITU CGPA GT
1054 None SCCP rcvd inv LSS - bad SSN
1055 None SCCP rcvd inv SCMG - bad AFTPC
1056 None SCCP rcvd inv SCMG - bad subsystem
1057 None SCCP rcvd inv SCMG - bad length
1058 None SCCP rcvd inv SCMG - bad msg type
1063 None SCCP screen set is too large
1178 None Cnvrsn Discard: Invalid SCCP msg type
1179 None Cnvrsn Discard: CGPA PC alias undefined
1180 None Cnvrsn Discard: Aft. PC alias undefined
1181 None Cnvrsn Discard: Invalid SCMG msg type
1182 None Cnvrsn Discard: Invalid TCAP element
1183 None Cnvrsn Discard: Invalid TCAP element len
1219 None SCCP rcvd inv Cld Party - bad GT ind
1220 None SCCP rcvd inv Cld Party - bad network
1221 None SCCP rcvd inv Cld Party - no SSN
1222 None SCCP rcvd inv Cld Party - bad Selectors
1223 None SCCP rcvd inv Cld Party - bad Xlation
1224 None SCCP rcvd inv Cld Party - bad SSN
1225 None SCCP did not route - DPC OOS
1226 None SCCP did not route - DPC congested
1227 None SCCP did not route - DPC not in MAP tbl
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 D-19

DRAFT
Table D-5. GTT Unsolicited Output Message Group (Continued)
UAM/UIM Alarm
Message Text
Number Level
1228 None SCCP did not route - SS OOS
1229 None SCCP did not route - SS congested
1230 None SCCP did not route - SS not in MAP tbl
1231 None SCCP Encode Failure
1232 None SCCP Encode Failure 2
1248 None GSM Map Screening rcvd unknown orig
1249 None SCCP rcvd GSM Map Opcode w/ forbid param
1250 None SCCP rcvd undefined Map Op-Code
Table D-6. GWS Unsolicited Output Message Group

UAM/UIM Alarm
Message Text
Number Level
0290 None GLS is available
0291 Major GLS is at minimum service limit
0292 Critical GLS is not available
0293 None GLS have been removed from the system
1005 None GWS rcvd OPC that is not allowed
1006 None GWS rcvd DPC that is not allowed
1007 None GWS rcvd OPC that is blocked
1008 None GWS rcvd DPC that is blocked
1009 None GWS rcvd SIO that is not allowed
1010 None GWS rcvd a priority that is not allowed
1011 None GWS rcvd TFC, AFTPC not in routing tbl
1012 None GWS rcvd Clg Party that is not allowed
1013 None GWS rcvd Cld Party that is not allowed
1014 None GWS rcvd Translation Type not allowed
1015 None GWS rcvd SCMG with not allowed AFTPC
1060 None Map Screening cannot generate ATIERR
Text string with screen set name & line #( <screen set
1062 None
name> too large)
1064 None GWS rcvd TFP, AFTPC not in routing tbl
D-20 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Table D-6. GWS Unsolicited Output Message Group (Continued)
UAM/UIM Alarm
Message Text
Number Level
1065 None GWS rcvd TFR, AFTPC not in routing tbl
1066 None GWS rcvd TFA, AFTPC not in routing tbl
1067 None GWS rcvd UPU, AFTPC not in routing tbl
1068 None GWS rcvd RSP, AFTPC not in routing tbl
1069 None GWS rcvd RSR, AFTPC not in routing tbl
1110 None GWS rcvd AFTPC that is not allowed
1111 None GWS rcvd TCA, AFTPC not in routing tbl
1112 None GWS rcvd TCR, AFTPC not in routing tbl
1113 None GWS rcvd TCP, AFTPC not in routing tbl
1125 None GWS rcvd CDPA that could not be RDCTd
1126 None GWS rcvd CGPA that could not be RDCTd
1127 None GWS rcvd AFTPC that could not be RDCTd
1128 None GWS rcvd TT that could not be RDCTd
1161 None GWS rcvd nonSNM msg in DESTFLD screening
1162 None GWS rcvd nonSCCP msg in CGPA/CDPA screen
1163 None GWS rcvd invalid GTI in TT screening
1215 None GWS rcvd CDPA that could not be CNCFd
1216 None GWS rcvd CGPA that could not be CNCFd
1217 None GWS rcvd AFTPC that could not be CNCFd
1218 None GWS rcvd TT that could not be CNCFd
1258 None Map Screening cannot Forward MSU
1259 None Map Screening cannot Duplicate MSU
1301 None SECMTPMATE - rcvd mate PC on non C-link
1302 None SECMTPSID - rcvd MSU with OPC = SID
1303 None SECMTPSNM - no rte to OPC/AFTPC
1304 None SECSCCPSCMG - no rte to AFTPC
Table D-7. Clock Unsolicited Output Message Group

UAM/UIM Alarm
Message Text
Number Level
0113 None Clock alarm(s) cleared
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 D-21

DRAFT
Table D-7. Clock Unsolicited Output Message Group (Continued)
UAM/UIM Alarm
Message Text
Number Level
0128 Critical All clocks have failed
0160 Minor 1116-S clock failed
0161 Minor 1116-P clock failed
0162 Major 1116-P, 1116-S clocks failed
0163 Minor 1114-S clock failed
0164 Major 1114-S, 1116-S clocks failed
0165 Minor 1114-S, 1116-P clocks failed
0166 Major 1114-S, 1116-P, 1116-S clocks failed
0167 Minor 1114-P clock failed
0168 Minor 1114-P, 1116-S clocks failed
0169 Major 1114-P, 1116-P clocks failed
0170 Major 1114-P, 1116-P, 1116-S clocks failed
0171 Major 1114-P, 1114-S clocks failed
0172 Major 1114-P, 1114-S, 1116-S clocks failed
0173 Major 1114-P, 1114-S, 1116-P clocks failed
0183 Minor 1116-SHS clock failed
0184 Minor 1116-PHS clock failed
0185 Major 1116-PHS, 1116-SHS clocks failed
0186 Minor 1114-SHS clock failed
0187 Major 1114-SHS, 1116-SHS clocks failed
0188 Minor 1114-SHS, 1116-PHS clocks failed
0189 Major 1114-SHS, 1116-PHS, 1116-SHS clks failed
0190 Minor 1114-PHS clock failed
0191 Minor 1114-PHS, 1116-SHS clocks failed
0192 Major 1114-PHS, 1116-PHS clocks failed
0193 Major 1114-PHS, 1116-PHS, 1116-SHS clks failed
0194 Major 1114-PHS, 1114-SHS clocks failed
0195 Major 1114-PHS, 1114-SHS, 1116-SHS clks failed
0196 Major 1114-PHS, 1114-SHS, 1116-PHS clks failed
0197 Critical All High Speed Clocks have failed
D-22 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Table D-7. Clock Unsolicited Output Message Group (Continued)
UAM/UIM Alarm
Message Text
Number Level
0198 None High Speed Clock Alarm(s) Cleared
Table D-8. Measurements Maintenance Unsolicited Output Message Group

UAM/UIM Alarm
Message Text
Number Level
0179 Minor NDC Q.3 association is Unavailable
0180 None NDC Q.3 association is Available
0181 Critical NDC system is Unavailable
0182 None NDC system is Available
0516 Minor Degraded Mode - 1 card failed
0517 Major Degraded Mode - multiple cards failed
0518 Critical Measurements subsystem unavailable
0519 None Measurements subsystem available
1026 None System Meas. limit exceeded for LSORIGNI
1027 None System Meas. limit exceeded for LSDESTNI
1028 None System Meas. limit exceeded for ORIGNET
1061 None Meas sync not allowed from old version
1080 None disk measurement status unreadable
1251 None Measurements data copy failure
1252 None Report generation failure
1253 None Report transfer failure FTP Server
1254 None Scheduled transer failure
1310 None System Meas. Limit exceeded for LRN
1311 None System Meas. Limit exceeded for NPANXX
Table D-9. LNP Database Unsolicited Output Message Group
UAM/UIM Alarm
Message Text
Number Level
0427 Minor LNP database is corrupted
0428 Minor Backup LNP database is corrupted
0429 Minor LNP database is inconsistent
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 D-23

DRAFT
Table D-9. LNP Database Unsolicited Output Message Group (Continued)
UAM/UIM Alarm
Message Text
Number Level
0430 Minor Backup LNP database is inconsistent
0431 None LNP database has been corrected
0432 None Backup LNP database has been corrected
1074 None SCCP rcvd inv SCMG - invalid SOR
1167 None LNP database audit is disabled
1168 None Audit of LNP database completed
1495 None Awaiting LSMS Bulk Download
1496 None LSMS Bulk Download in progress
1497 None LSMS Bulk Download complete
1498 None LSMS Bulk Download cancelled at LSMS
Table D-10. LNP Subscription Unsolicited Output Message Group

UAM/UIM Alarm
Message Text
Number Level
1176 None LNP subscription refs DPC with 0 routes
Table D-11. Security Administration Unsolicited Output Message Group

UAM/UIM Alarm
Message Text
Number Level
0174 Minor %full threshold reached - upload required
0175 Minor LOGBUFROVFL-SECULOG -upload required
0176 Minor Stdby security log -- upload required
0177 None Security log exception cleared
0178 None Security log failed
Table D-12. Program Update Unsolicited Output Message Group
UAM/UIM Alarm
Message Text
Number Level
1083 None REPT COND: system alive
D-24 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Table D-13. UIM Redirect Unsolicited Output Message Group

UAM/UIM Alarm
Message Text
Number Level
1043 None SCCP did not route - bad translation
NOTE: The UIM Redirect output message group is used only if the
UIMRD field in rtrv-stpopts is set to yes. Otherwise, this message is
output in the System Maintenance output group (see Table D-1).
Table D-14. Database Unsolicited Output Message Group

UAM/UIM Alarm
Message Text
Number Level
1114 None Database BACKUP started
1115 None Database RESTORE started
1116 None Database action ended - OK
1117 None Database action ended - FAIL
1257 None DB restore has cleared and Disabled PDS
Table D-15. MPS Unsolicited Output Message Group

UAM/UIM Alarm
Message Text
Number Level
0041 Critical LNP DB Maintenance required.
0042 None LSMS bulk load complete.
0250 None MPS available
0355 None LSMS is available
0356 Critical LSMS unavailable
0357 None All OAP terminals are removed
0358 Major LSMS connection unavailable
0359 None LSMS connection available
0370 Critical Critical Platform Failure(s)
0371 Critical Critical Application Failure(s)
0372 Major Major Platform Failure(s)
0373 Major Major Application Failure(s)
0374 Minor Minor Platform Failure(s)
0375 Minor Minor Application Failure(s)
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 D-25

DRAFT
Table D-16. Monitor Unsolicited Output Message Group

UAM/UIM Alarm
Message Text
Number Level
0051 Major TSC sync is in simplex mode
0052 None TSC sync feature is available
0088 Major Clocks A and B TSCs are out of sync
0089 None Clocks A and B TSCs are resynchronized
0468 Critical All STC Networks Unavailable
0469 Critical All STC Cards Unavailable
0470 None EROUTE is Removed
0471 None EROUTE System is Available
0472 Minor EROUTE System Threshold Exceeded
0473 Major EROUTE System Capacity Exceeded
0474 None EROUTE capacity normal card(s) abnormal
0475 Minor NTP Time Unavailable
0476 None NTP Time Available
0480 Minor Timestamp Invalid
0481 None Timestamp Valid
0482 Major Card(s) have been denied EROUTE service
Table D-17. SLAN Maintenance Unsolicited Output Message Group

UAM/UIM Alarm
Message Text
Number Level
0150 None STPLAN is available
0151 None STPLAN capacity normal, card(s) abnormal
0152 Major LIM(s) have been denied STPLAN service
0153 Critical STPLAN not available
0154 None STPLAN is removed
0155 Minor STPLAN connection unavailable
0156 None STPLAN connection available
1132 None STPLAN DLK ping test completed
D-26 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Table D-18. SEAS Maintenance Unsolicited Output Message Group

UAM/UIM Alarm
Message Text
Number Level
0341 Major OAP unavailable

0342 Major SEAS UAL unavailable
0348 Major SEAS is at min service limit
0349 Critical SEAS unavailable
0350 Critical OAP terminals inhibited
0351 None SEAS is available
0352 None SEAS is removed
0353 None OAP is available
0354 Major One OAP terminal unavailable
0343 Major SEAS X.25 Link unavailable
0344 Minor SEAS PVC unavailable
0345 Major All SEAS UAL sessions unavailable
0346 Minor SEAS UAL session unavailable
0347 None SEAS X.25 Link is available
0360 Major EMS Agent unavailable
0361 None EMS Agent available
0362 Major LSMS is at min service limit
0363 Minor OAP filesystem full
0364 Minor Config. data checksum mismatch
0365 None Config. data checksum alarm cleared
1099 None Text string that was received from the OAP
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 D-27

DRAFT
D-28 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
E
Auto-Inhibit HW Verification
Codes
Contents ......................................................................................................... Page

Introduction...................................................................................................... E-1
Introduction
This appendix provides a list of the auto-inhibit hardware verification codes used
in the card device format. Table E-1 contains a list of the hardware verification
codes that appear in certain UAMs, and shows the card or application that it
applies to, a description of the code, and the UAM code with which it is
associated.
Table E-1. Hardware Verification Codes
Associated
Verification Card or
Code Application Description UAM
Code
VSCCP card equipped w/non-DSM MPS feat on
002 VSCCP (see Note 1) 0099
VSCCP card equipped w/non-DSM LNP & VGTT feat on

003 VSCCP 0099
(see Note 1)
004 VSCCP VSCCP card equipped w/non-DSM XGTT1MIL feat on 0099

(see Note 1)
005 VSCCP VSCCP card equipped w/non-DSM when EGMS enabled 0099
025 SCCP SCCP card equipped w/ASM when EGTT on 0441
026 SCCP SCCP card equipped w/ASM when MGTT on 0441
027 SCCP SCCP card equipped w/ASM when IGTTLS on 0441
028 SCCP SCCP card equipped w/ASM when VGTT on 0441
029 SCCP SCCP card equipped w/ASM when XGTT400K on 0441
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 E-1

Auto-Inhibit HW Verification Codes
DRAFT
Table E-1. Hardware Verification Codes (Continued)
Associated
Code
030 SCCP SCCP card equipped w/ASM when XMAP 2K or 3K on 0441
SCCP
031 EBDA SCCP card equipped w/ASM LNP=on, ELAP=off 0441
SCCP card equipped w/ASM when LNP not on and either

032 SCCP 0441
150K NPANXX or 100K LRN feature keys on
033 SCCP SCCP card equipped w/ASM when ANSI/ITU/24 Bit 0441
ITU-N SCCP conversion FAK is enabled
050 VSCCP VSCCP card equipped w/no daughterboards 0099
051 VSCCP VSCCP card equipped w/ < 4GB when >= LNP48MIL on 0422
052 VSCCP VSCCP card equipped w/ < 3GB when >= LNP36MIL on 0422
VSCCP card equipped w/ < 2GB when 300+ NPA &
053 VSCCP 0422
150+LRN feature ON
054 SCCP SCCP or EBDA card w/ < 2GB when LNP24MIL on 0422
EBDA
SCCP SCCP or EBDA card DB memory insufficient for LNP 4
055 EBDA MIL (Requires a minimum of 512 MB) 0422
SCCP SCCP or EBDA card DB memory insufficient for LNP 6

056 0422
EBDA MIL (Requires a minimum of 768 MB)
057 SCCP SCCP or EBDA card DB memory insufficient for LNP 8-12 0422
EBDA MIL (Requires a minimum of 1024 MB)
SCCP card equipped w/ < 256K or > MAX of extended
058 SCCP memory 0422
MPS database has been detected to exceed capacity of DSM

059 VSCCP extended memory (only for GPORT, GFLEX, and INP 0422
features). UAMs 281, 283, and 285 used for LNP, ELAP
config.
SS7IPGW DCM w/ IP connection on B port only when debug
100 0276
IPGWI enabled
SS7IPGW
IPGWI
101 IPLIM DCM only support SLK/IP on ports A or B 0276
IPLIMI
102 SS7IPGW Non-DCM detected in slot (see Note 1) 0099

IPGWI
DCM does not support >2 assoc per card (IPLIMx)
SS7IPGW - OR -
IPGWI
103 IPLIM DCM doesnt support more than 4 assoc (IPGWx) 0276
- OR -
IPLIMI EDCM doesnt support more than 50 assoc (IPGWx)
E-2 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Table E-1. Hardware Verification Codes (Continued)
Associated
Code
DCM does not support >2 sockets per card (IPLIMx)
- OR -
SS7IPGW EDCM w/no assoc cannot support >8 sockets (IPLIMx)
IPGWI - OR -
104 IPLIM EDCM w/at least 1 assoc cannot support >2 sockets 0276
IPLIMI (IPLIMx)
- OR -
Card doesnt support > 50 sockets (IPGWx)
110 SS7IPGW (SRKQ + DRKQ > 1000) not supported on DCM 0276
IPGWI
2 port E1 card provisioned w/ ports > 2 (slk prov on port
119 LIME1 A1-B3) 0279
2 port LIM card provisioned w/ ports > 2 (slk prov on port

120 LIMDS0 0279
A1-B3)
121 LIME1 2 port LIM card not support MIM w/E1 port AMI 0279
encoding provisioned.
Card is not a MIM - provisioned as T1 or T1 chan
122 MIM associated with T1 0099
MPL cant run w/ port A or B provisioned for speeds !=

123 MPL 56K 0279
(see Note 2)
140 MCP MCP card not running with D2G memory 0422
141 IPS IPS card not running with D1G memory 0422
Note: 1. A card with Verification Code 002, 003, 004, or 102 may possibly begin to boot
continually before this alarm is displayed.
2. The characters != mean not equal to.
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 E-3

DRAFT
E-4 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
F
UAM Balancing Matrix
Contents ......................................................................................................... Page

Introduction...................................................................................................... F-1
Alarms ............................................................................................................... F-1
Introduction
The tables in this appendix list Critical, Major, Minor, and Normal alarms that appear for
device conditions, and indicate the clearing alarm that appears when each condition is
resolved in the system. (Some device conditions are categorized as Normal, and have an
associated clearing alarm when the device changes to another Normal condition.)
Alarms
This section lists the following alarm types in alphabetical order:
Card Alarms
CDT (Customer Defined Trouble) Alarms
Clock (Holdover) Alarms
Clock System Alarms
DCM Alarms
DLK Alarms
DPC Alarms
DPC System Alarms
DSM Alarms
E1 Port Alarms
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 F-1

DRAFT
EIR Alarms
EMAP Alarms
EMAP (NDC) Alarms
EROUTE Alarms
Fuse Alarms
GLS Alarms
GPL Alarms
HS Clock System Alarms
IMT Bus Alarms
IMT System Alarms
INP System Alarms
IP Connection Alarms
Linkset Alarms
LNP System Alarms
LSMS Connection Alarms
LSMS System Alarms
MCPM Alarms
MEAS System Alarms
MPS (ELAP/EPAP) Alarms
MPS Alarm Support
NDC System Alarms
SCCP Alarms
SEAS OAP Alarms
SEAS System Alarms
SEAS X25 Alarms
Security Log Alarms
Security System Alarms
SLK Alarms
STPLAN Alarms
System Alarms
F-2 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
System GPL Alarms
T1 Alarms
Terminal Alarms
X-LIST Alarms
Card Alarms
Table F-1 shows the critical and major card alarms and the clearing alarm that appears
when each condition is resolved.
Table F-1. Card Alarms

Critical Normal
UAM Text UAM Text
0092 MDAL not responding 0093 MDAL alarm cleared
0078 Card temperature above nominal level 0079 Card temperature within nominal levels
Major Normal
UAM Text UAM Text
0001 Card has reset 0014 Card is present
0096 Card has been reloaded
0008 Active MASP has become isolated 0009 MASP became active
0010 MASP became standby
0013 Card is isolated from the system 0014 Card is present
0096 Card has been reloaded
0053 Standby TDM failure 0054 Standby TDM failure cleared
0088 Clocks A and B TSCs are out of sync 0089 Clocks A and B TSCs are resynchronized
0132 Loading failed: table not found 0096 Card has been reloaded
0133 Loading failed: data read error
0134 Loading failed: bad checksum returned
0135 Loading failed: GPL load timeout
0136 Loading failed: data load timeout
0137 Loading failed: invalid GPL
0138 Loading failed: GPL format error
0139 Loading failed: disk read prep error
0140 Loading failed:disk read response error
0141 Loading failed: disk read failed
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 F-3

DRAFT
(Continued)
Major Normal
UAM Text UAM Text
0225 REPT-E1F:FAC-E1 Port 1 Far End failure 0230 REPT-E1F:FAC-E1 Port 1 available
0226 REPT-E1F:FAC-E1 Port 1 AIS detected
0227 REPT-E1F:FAC-E1 Port 1 LOF failure
0228 REPT-E1F:FAC-E1 Port 1 LOS failure
REPT-E1F:FACE1 Port 1 10E-3 BER
0229 failed
0300 TVG Grant Failure 0301 TVG Grant Recoverey
0306 SNM Overload Onset 0307 SNM Overload Abated
0422 Insufficient extended memory 0423 Card reload attempted
0297 Incorrect port configuration
0441 Incorrect MDB CPU
0099 Incompatible HW for provisioned slot
0276 Insufficient HW for IP7 provisioning
0449 RTDB resynchronization in progress 0450 RTDB resynchronization complete
0451 RTDB reload is required 0445 RTDB database has been corrected
0460 REPT-E1F:FAC-E1 Port 2 Far End failure 0465 REPT-E1F:FAC-E1 Port 2 available
0461 REPT-E1F:FAC-E1 Port 2 AIS detected
0462 REPT-E1F:FAC-E1 Port 2 LOF failure
0463 REPT-E1F:FAC-E1 Port 2 LOS failure
0464 REPT-E1F:FACE1 Port 2 10E-3 BER

failed
0514 Standby MASP is inhibited 0515 Standby MASP is allowed
0901 Card DB load timeout, check GLS card 0902 Card DB is stable
0903 IP Link A is down 0904 IP Link A is up
0905 IP Link B is down 0906 IP Link B is up
0908 HW cannot support purchased TPS rate 0907 HW limiting TPS rate alarm cleared
0067 REPT-T1F:FAC-T1 Port 1 LOS failure 0071 RCVRY-T1F:FAC-T1 Port 1 available
0068 REPT-T1F:FAC-T1 Port 1 LOF failure
0069 REPT-T1F:FAC-T1 Port 1 Remote Alarm
0070 REPT-T1F:FAC-T1 Port 1 Alarm
F-4 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
(Continued)
Major Normal
UAM Text UAM Text
0072 REPT-T1F:FAC-T1 Port 2 LOS failure 0076 RCVRY-T1F:FAC-T1 Port 2 available
0073 REPT-T1F:FAC-T1 Port 2 LOF failure
0074 REPT-T1F:FAC-T1 Port 2 Remote Alarm
0075 REPT-T1F:FAC-T1 Port 2 Alarm
0051 TSC Sync is in simplex mode 0052 TSC sync feature is available
0466 STC Network Unavailable 0467 STC Network Available
0088 Clocks A and B TSCs are out of sync 0089 Clocks A and B TSCs are resynchronized
0281 LNP Ported TNs exceeds Feat. Capacity 0282 LNP Ported TNs Capacity Normal
LNP Ported LRNs exceeds Feat.
0283 0284 LNP Ported LRNs Capacity Normal
Capacity
2850 LNP Ported NPAs exceeds Feat. 0286 LNP Ported NPAs Capacity Normal
Capacity
0390 Illegal Address Error 0388 Illegal Address Error Cleared
0391 HMUX not responding Error 0389 HMUX responding normally
Minor Normal
0021 Clock A for card failed, Clock B normal 0024 Clock A for card normal
0022 Clock B for card failed, Clock A normal 0025 Clock B for card normal
0023 Clocks A and B for card failed 0026 Clocks A and B for card normal
0034 Card database is inconsistent 0033 Card database has been corrected
0035 Card database is corrupted
0037 Card backup database is inconsistent 0036 Card backup database has been
corrected
0038 Card backup database is corrupted
0102 Motherboard BIP invalid 0103 Motherboard BIP valid
0145 HS Clock A for card failed, B normal 0148 High Speed Clock A for card normal
0146 HS Clock B for card failed, A normal 0149 High Speed Clock B for card normal
High Speed Clocks A and B for card High Speed Clocks A and B for card
0147 0159
failed normal
0298 Card not using config. SCTP csum 0299 Config. SCTP csum method alarm
method cleared
REPT-NMTSK-DSCD: SNM Discard 0305 RECVY-NMTSK-DSCD: SNM Discard
0304 Onset Abated
0427 LNP database is corrupted 0431 LNP database has been corrected
0429 LNP database is inconsistent
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 F-5

DRAFT
(Continued)
Minor Normal
0428 Backup LNP database is corrupted 0432 Backup LNP database has been corrected
0430 Backup LNP database is inconsistent
0442 RTDB database capacity is 100% full 0447 RTDB database capacity alarm cleared
0443 RTDB database is corrupted 0445 RTDB database has been corrected
0444 RTDB database is inconsistent
0448 RTDB database incoherent
0446 RTDB database capacity is 80% full 0447 RTDB database capacity alarm cleared
0055 Persistent device state tbl corrupt 0057 Persistent device state tbl corrected
0056 Persistent device state tbl diff ver
0480 Timestamp Invalid 0481 Timestamp Valid
0498 Sanity monitoring is disabled 0499 Sanity monitoring is enabled
0130 Card successfully loaded with data
0400 Alarm cleared by deleting card
REPT-ALMINH: alarm output PERM
0294
inhibited
0295 REPT-ALMINH: alarm output enabled
0296 REPT-ALMINH: alarm output TEMP

inhibited
CDT (Customer Defined Trouble) Alarms

Table F-2 shows the critical, major, minor, and normal card alarms and the clearing alarm
that appears when each condition is resolved.
Table F-2. CDT (Customer Defined Trouble) Alarms

Critical Normal
UAM Text UAM Text
0058 Critical customer trouble detected 0062 Customer trouble cleared
Major Normal
0059 Major customer trouble detected 0062 Customer trouble cleared
Minor Normal
0060 Minor customer trouble detected 0062 Customer trouble cleared
Normal Normal
0061 Customer trouble detected 0062 Customer trouble cleared
F-6 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Clock (Holdover Clock) Alarms
Table F-3 shows the critical, major, and minor Holdover Clock alarms and the clearing
alarm that appears when each condition is resolved.
Table F-3. Clock (Holdover) Alarms

Critical Normal
UAM Text UAM Text
0063 Critical holdover clock trbl detected 0066 Holdover clock trouble cleared
Major Normal
0064 Major holdover clock trouble detected 0066 Holdover clock trouble cleared
Minor Normal
0065 Minor holdover clock trouble detected 0066 Holdover clock trouble cleared
Clock System Alarms

Table F-4 shows the critical, major, and minor clock alarms and the clearing alarm that
appears when each condition is resolved.
Table F-4. Clock System Alarms

Critical Normal
UAM Text UAM Text
0128 All clocks have failed 0113 Clock alarm(s) cleared
Major Normal
UAM Text UAM Text
0162 1116-P, 1116-S clocks failed 0113 Clock alarms cleared
0164 1114-S, 1116-S clocks failed
0166 1114-S, 1116-P, 1116-S clocks failed
0169 1114-P, 1116-P clocks failed
0170 1114-P, 1116-P, 1116-S clocks failed
0171 1114-P, 1114-S clocks failed
0172 1114-P, 1114-S, 1116-S clocks failed
0173 1114-P, 1114-S, 1116-P clocks failed
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 F-7

DRAFT
Minor Normal
UAM Text UAM Text
0160 1116-S clock failed 0113 Clock alarms cleared
0161 1116-P clock failed
0163 1114-S clock failed
0165 1114-S, 1116-P clocks failed
0167 1114-P clock failed
0168 1114-P, 1116-S clocks failed
DCM Alarms
Table F-5 shows the major DCM alarm and the clearing alarm that appears when the
condition is resolved.
Table F-5. DCM Alarms

Major Normal
UAM Text UAM Text
0084 IP Connection Unavailable 0085 IP Connection Available
DLK Alarms
Table F-6 shows the minor DLK alarm and the clearing alarm that appears when the
Table F-6. DLK Alarms

Minor Normal
UAM Text UAM Text
0155 STPLAN connection unavailable 0156 STPLAN connection available
DPC Alarms
Table F-7 shows the critical, minor, and normal DPC alarms and the clearing alarm that
F-8 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Table F-7. DPC Alarms

Critical Other Alarm Conditions Which Normal
Clear Given Alarm
UAM Text UAM Text UAM Text
0313 DPC is prohibited 0312 DPC is restricted 0311 DPC is allowed
REPT-MTPLP-DET: Alarm cleared by
0319 0402
Circ rte det(cong) deleting route
0334 DPC subsystem is

Abnormal
Minor Other Alarm Conditions Which Normal

Clear Given Alarm
0312 DPC is restricted 0313 DPC is prohibited 0311 DPC is allowed
0319 0402

Abnormal
Normal Other Alarm Conditions Which Normal

Clear Given Alarm
0315 Route is restricted 0316 Route is prohibited 0314 Route is allowed
0319 Circ rte det(cong) 0402 deleting route
0316 Route is prohibited 0315 Route is restricted 0314 Route is allowed
0319 0402
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 F-9

DRAFT
DPC System Alarms
Table F-8 shows the critical and normal DPC System alarms and the clearing alarm that
Table F-8. DPC System Alarms

Clear Given Alarm
DPC subsystem is DPC subsystem is
0325 blocked 0312 DPC is restricted 0324 allowed
0319 REPT-MTPLP-DET: 0327 DPC subsystem has

Circ rte det(cong) been deleted
0326 prohibited 0333 Normal
DPC subsystem is
0332
prohibited and blocked

Abnorma
0326 DPC subsystem is DPC subsystem is
prohibited 0312 DPC is restricted 0324 allowed
REPT-MTPLP-DET: DPC subsystem has
0319 0327
Circ rte det(cong) been deleted
0325 DPC subsystem is 0333 DPC subsystem is

blocked Normal
DPC subsystem is
0332 prohibited and blocked
DPC subsystem is
0334
Abnorma
0332 DPC subsystem is 0312 DPC is restricted 0324 DPC subsystem is
prohibited and blocked allowed
REPT-MTPLP-DET: DPC subsystem has
0319 Circ rte det(cong) 0327 been deleted
0325 0333
blocked Normal

prohibited
DPC subsystem is
0334 Abnorma
DPC subsystem is REPT-MTPLP-DET: DPC subsystem is
0334 0319 0324
Abnorma Circ rte det(cong) allowed
0327 DPC subsystem has

been deleted
DPC subsystem is
0333 Normal
F-10 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Table F-8. DPC System Alarms (Continued)
Clear Given Alarm
0319 REPT-MTPLP-DET: 0340 REPT-MTPLP-DET:

Circ rte det(cong) Circ rte det(cong)
REPT-MTPLP-DET: REPT-MTPLP-DET:
0320 Circ rte det(cong) 0340 Circ rte det(cong)
0337 DPC-SS status changeda
a. When DPC subsystem transitions between prohibited and block to either blocked or prohibited only,
this UAM is raised.
DSM Alarms
Table F-9 shows the major DSM alarm and the clearing alarm that appears when the
Table F-9. DSM Alarms

Major Normal
UAM Text UAM Text
E1 Port Alarms
Table F-10 shows the major E1 alarms and the clearing alarm that appears when each
Table F-10. E1 Port Alarms

Major Normal
UAM Text UAM Text
0381 REPT-E1F:FAC-E1 LOS failure 0386 RCVRY-E1F:FAC-E1 available
0382 REPT-E1F:FAC-E1 LOF failure
0383 REPT-E1F:FAC-E1 AIS detected
0384 REPT-E1F:FAC-E1 Far End failure
0385 REPT-E1F:FAC-E1 10E-3 BER failed
0387 REPT-E1F:FAC-E1 unavailable
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 F-11

DRAFT
EIR Alarms
Table F-11 shows the critical and minor EIR alarms and the clearing alarm that appears
Table F-11. EIR Alarms

Critical Normal
0455 EIR System is not available 0458 EIR Subsystem is available
0459 EIR Subsystem is removed
0456 EIR Subsystem is disabled 0458 EIR Subsystem is available
Minor Normal
0457 EIR Subsystem normal,card(s) abnormal 0458 EIR Subsystem is available
EMAP Alarms
Table F-12 shows the major and minor EAMP alarms and the clearing alarm that appears
Table F-12. EMAP Alarms

Major Normal
EMAP (NDC) Alarms

Table F-13 shows the major and minor EAMP (NDC) alarms and the clearing alarm that
Table F-13. EMAP (NDC) Alarms

Major Normal
Minor Normal
0179 NDC Q.3 Association is unavailable 0180 NDC Q.3 Association is available
F-12 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
EROUTE Alarms
Table F-14 shows the critical, major, and minor EROUTE alarms and the clearing alarm that
Table F-14. EROUTE Alarms

Critical Normal
UAM Text UAM Text
0468 All STC Networks Unavailable 0470 EROUTE is Removed
0469 All STC Cards Unavailable 0471 EROUTE System is Available
EROUTE capacity normal, card(s)
0474 abnormal
Major Normal
0473 EROUTE System Capacity Exceeded 0470 EROUTE is Removed
Card(s) have been denied EROUTE
0482 0471 EROUTE System is Available
service
0474 EROUTE capacity normal, card(s)

abnormal
Minor Normal
0472 EROUTE System Threshold Exceeded 0470 EROUTE is Removed
0471 EROUTE System is Available
0474 EROUTE capacity normal, card(s)

abnormal
0475 NTP Time Unavailable 0476 NTP Time Available
Fuse Alarms
Table F-15 shows the major fuse alarm and the clearing alarm that appears when the
Table F-15. Fuse Alarms

Major Normal
0082 Alarm in fuse panel 0083 Fuse panel alarm has cleared
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 F-13

DRAFT
GLS Alarms
Table F-16 shows the critical and major GLS alarms and the clearing alarm that appears
Table F-16. GLS Alarms

Critical Normal
UAM Text UAM Text
0292 GLS is not available 0290 GLS is available
0293 GLS have been removed from the system
Major Normal
0291 GLS is at minimum service limit 0290 GLS is available
0293 GLS have been removed from the system
GPL Alarms
Table F-17 shows the minorGPL alarms and the clearing alarm that appears when each
Table F-17. GPL Alarms

Critical Normal
UAM Text UAM Text
0002 Card is not running approved GPL 0003 Alarm cleared for GPL
0004 Card is running non-activated GPL 0005 Alarm cleared running non-activated
GPL
0040 GPL is corrupted 0039 GPL has been corrected
HS Clock System Alarms

Table F-18 shows the critical, major, and minor HS Clock System alarms and the clearing
Table F-18. HS Clock System Alarms

Critical Normal
UAM Text UAM Text
0197 All high speed clocks have failed 0198 High Speed clock alarm(s) cleared
F-14 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Major Normal
UAM Text UAM Text
0185 1116-PHS, 1116-SHS clocks failed 0198 High Speed clock alarm(s) cleared
0187 1114-SHS, 1116-SHS clocks failed
1114-SHS, 1116-PHS,1116-SHS clks
0189 failed
0192 1114-PHS, 1116-PHS clocks failed
1114-PHS, 1116-PHS,1116-SHS clks
0193
failed
0194 1114-PHS, 1114-SHS clocks failed
1114-PHS, 1114-SHS, 1116-SHS clks
0195 failed
1114-PHS, 1114-SHS, 1116-PHS clks
0196
failed
Minor Normal
UAM Text UAM Text
0183 1116-SHS clock failed 0198 High speed clock alarm(s) cleared
0184 1116-PHS clock failed
0186 1114-SHS clock failed
0188 1114-SHS, 1116-PHS clocks failed
0190 1114-PHS clock failed
0191 1114-PHS, 1116-SHS clocks failed
IMT Bus Alarms

Table F-19 shows the major, minor, and normal IMT Bus alarms and the clearing alarm that
Table F-19. IMT Bus Alarms

Major Normal
UAM Text UAM Text
0108 Major IMT failure detected 0106 IMT bus alarm cleared
Minor Normal
0107 Minor IMT failure detected 0106 IMT bus alarm cleared
Normal Normal
0098 IMT inhibited 0097 IMT allowed
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 F-15

DRAFT
IMT System Alarms
Table F-20 shows the critical, major, and minor IMT System alarms and the clearing alarm
Table F-20. IMT System Alarms

Critical Normal
UAM Text UAM Text
0112 Major failures detected on both IMTs 0109 All IMT system level alarms cleared
Major Normal
0111 Failure on both IMT A and IMT B 0109 All IMT system level alarms cleared
Minor Normal
0110 Failure detected on one IMT bus 0109 All IMT system level alarms cleared
INP System Alarms

Table F-21 shows the critical and minor NP System alarms and the clearing alarm that
Table F-21. INP System Alarms

Critical Normal
UAM Text UAM Text
0395 Local Subsystem is not available 0394 Local Subsystem is available
0396 Local Subsystem is disabled 0397 Local Subsystem is removed
Minor Normal
0398 Local Subsystem normal,card(s) 0394 Local Subsystem is available

abnormal
0397 Local Subsystem is removed
F-16 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
IP7 Alarms
Table F-22 shows the major and minor IP Connection alarms and the clearing alarm that
Table F-22. IP Connection Alarms

Major Normal
UAM Text UAM Text
0277 AS Unavailable 0278 AS Available
0087 IP Connection manually removed
Minor Normal
0279 AS Restricted 0280 AS Unrestricted
0086 IP Connection Congested 0085 IP Connection Available
0087 IP Connection manually removed
0466 STC Network Unavailable 0467 STC Network Available
Linkset Alarms
Table F-23 shows the major Linkset alarm and the clearing alarms that appears when the
Table F-23. Linkset Alarms

Major Normal
UAM Text UAM Text
0318 REPT-LKSTO: link set prohibited 0317 RCVRY-LKSTO: link set allowed
RRCVRY-LKSTO:Alarm clrd by
0399
deleting SLK
LNP System Alarms

Table F-24 shows the critical and majorLNP System alarms and the clearing alarm that
Table F-24. LNP System Alarms

Critical Normal
UAM Text UAM Text
0424 LNP Subsystem is not available 0426 LNP Subsystem is available
0425 LNP Subsystem normal, card(s)

abnormal
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 F-17

DRAFT
Table F-24. LNP System Alarms (Continued)
Critical Normal
UAM Text UAM Text
0435 LNP Subsystem is disabled 0434 LNP Subsystem is removed
LNP Subsystem normal, card(s)
0425
abnormal
Major Normal
0436 LNP ACG node overload 0426 LNP Subsystem is available
LSMS Connection Alarms

Table F-25 shows the critical and major LSMS Connection alarms and the clearing alarm
Table F-25. LSMS Connection Alarms

Critical Normal
UAM Text UAM Text
0041 LNP DB Maintenance required. 0042 LSMS bulk load complete.
Major Normal
0358 LSMS connection unavailable 0359 LSMS connection available
LSMS System Alarms

Table F-26 shows the critical and major LSMS System alarms and the clearing alarm that
Table F-26. LSMS System Alarms

Critical Normal
UAM Text UAM Text
0356 LSMS unavailable 0355 LSMS is available
0357 All OAP terminals are removed
0350 OAP terminals inhibited 0355 LSMS is available
Major Normal
0341 OAP unavailable 0353 OAP is available
0354 One OAP terminal unavailable 0357 All OAP terminals are removed
F-18 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Table F-26. LSMS System Alarms (Continued)
Critical Normal
UAM Text UAM Text
0362 LSMS is at min service limit 0355 LSMS is available
MCPM Alarms
Table F-27 shows the major MCPM alarm and the clearing alarm that appears when the
Table F-27. MCPM Alarms

Major Normal
UAM Text UAM Text
MEAS System Alarms

Table F-28 shows the critical, major, and minor MEAS System alarms and the clearing
Table F-28. MEAS System Alarms

Critical Normal
UAM Text UAM Text
0518 Measurements subsystem unavailable 0519 Measurements subsystem available
Major Normal
0517 Degraded Mo multiple cards failed 0519 Measurements subsystem available
Minor Normal
0516 Degraded Mo 1 card failed 0519 Measurements subsystem available
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 F-19

DRAFT
MPS (ELAP/EPAP) Alarms
Table F-29 shows the critical, major, and minor MPS (ELAP/EPAP) alarms and the
clearing alarm that appears when each condition is resolved.
Table F-29. MPS (ELAP/EPAP) Alarms

Critical Normal
UAM Text UAM Text
0370 Critical Platform Failure(s) 0250 MPS available
0371 Critical Application Failure(s)
0261 MPS unavailable
Major Normal
0372 Major Platform Failure(s) 0250 MPS available
0373 Major Application Failure(s)
Minor Normal
0374 Minor Platform Failure(s) 0250 MPS available
0375 Minor Application Failure(s)
NOTE: Critical Platform/Application alarms cause the MPS to go OOS-MT

and Major/Minor Platform/Applications alarms cause the MPS to go IS-ANR.
MPS Alarm Support

The MPS running software Release 2.0 (ELAP) or higher, Release 27.0 will support MPS
alarms (370-375), as well as UAMs 442-451 against a card.
Table F-30. MPS Alarm Support

Release 27.0 and higher
UAM # Format
0442
0446 CARD
0447
0443-0445
CARD
0448-0451
0370-0375 MPS1
0250 MPS2
F-20 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
NDC System Alarms
Table F-31 shows the majorNDC System alarms and the clearing alarm that appears when
the condition is resolved.
Table F-31. NDC System Alarms

Major Normal
UAM Text UAM Text
0181 NDC system is Unavailable 0182 NDC system is Available
SCCP System Alarms

Table F-32 shows the critical, major, and minor SCCP alarms and the clearing alarm that
Table F-32. SCCP Alarms

Critical Normal
UAM Text UAM Text
0331 SCCP is not available 0328 SCCP is available
0335 SCCP is removed
0437 System SCCP TPS Capacity Exceeded 0329 System SCCP TPS normal
Major Normal
0336 LIM(s) have been denied SCCP service 0328 SCCP is available
Minor Normal
0330 System SCCP TPS Threshold exceeded 0329 System SCCP TPS normal
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 F-21

DRAFT
SEAS OAP Alarms
Table F-33 shows the major and minor SEAS OAP alarms and the clearing alarm that
Table F-33. SEAS OAP Alarms

Major Normal
UAM Text UAM Text
0341 OAP unavailable 0353 OAP is available
0342 SEAS UAL unavailable
0354 One OAP terminal unavailable
0360 EMS Agent unavailable 0361 EMS Agent available
Minor Normal
Configuration data checksum alarm
0364 Configuration data checksum mismatch 0365 cleared
0363 OAP filesystem full 0361 EMS Agent available
SEAS System Alarms

Table F-34 shows the critical and major SEAS System alarms and the clearing alarm that
Table F-34. SEAS System Alarms

Critical Normal
UAM Text UAM Text
0349 SEAS unavailable 0351 SEAS is available
0350 OAP terminals inhibited 0352 SEAS is removed
Major Normal
0348 SEAS is at min service limit 0351 SEAS is available
0352 SEAS is removed
F-22 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
SEAS X25 Alarms
Table F-35 shows the major and minor SEAS X25 alarms and the clearing alarm that
Table F-35. SEAS X25 Alarms

Major Normal
UAM Text UAM Text
0343 SEAS X.25 Link unavailable 0347 SEAS X.25 Link is available
0345 All SEAS UAL sessions unavailable
Minor Normal
0344 SEAS PVC unavailable 0347 SEAS X.25 Link is available
0346 SEAS UAL session unavailable
Security Log Alarm

Table F-36 shows the minor and normal Security Log alarms and the clearing alarm that
Table F-36. Security Log Alarms
Minor Normal
UAM Text UAM Text
%full threshold reached-upload
0174 required 0177 Security log exception cleared
LOGGUFROVFL-SECULG - upload
0175
required
0176 Stby security log upload required
Normal Normal
0178 Security log failed 0177 Security log exception cleared
Security System Alarms

Table F-37 shows the major Security System alarm and the clearing alarm that appears
when the condition is resolved.
Table F-37. Security System Alarms
Major Normal
UAM Text UAM Text
0392 OA&M IP Security feature status is OFF 0393 OA&M IP Security feature status is ON
0199 OA&M IP Security feature disabled
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 F-23

DRAFT
SLK Alarms
Table F-38 shows the major, minor, and normal SLK alarms and the clearing alarm that
Table F-38. SLK Alarms
Major Normal
UAM Text UAM Text
0201 REPT-LFK: remote NE loopback 0223 REPT-LKF: remote NE loopback cleared
0401 Alarm cleared by deleting SLK
0202 REPT-LFK: HP -too many interrupts 0200 RCVRY-LFK: link available
0203 REPT-LFK: lost data 0401 Alarm cleared by deleting SLK
0204 REPT-LFK: XR -SUERM threshold

exceeded
0205 REPT-LFK: AF - lvl-2 T1 expd (ready)
REPT-LFK: AF -lvl-2 T1 expd(not
0206 ready)
0207 REPT-LFK: AF - lvl-2 T3 expired
0208 REPT-LFK: AF - lvl-2 T2 expired
0209 REPT-LFK: AF - failed proving period
0210 REPT-LFK: OA - received SIO
0211 REPT-LFK: OA - received SIN
0212 REPT-LFK: OA - received SIE
0213 REPT-LFK: OA - received SIOS 0200 RCVRY-LFK: link available
0214 REPT-LFK: AN - rcvd 2 of 3 invalid BSN 0401 Alarm cleared by deleting SLK
0215 REPT-LFK: AN - rcvd 2 of 3 invalid FIB
0216 REPT-LFK: remote congestion timeout
0217 REPT-LFK: excess acknowledge delay
0218 REPT-LFK: CO - rcvd changeover order
0219 REPT-LFK: false congestion restart
0220 REPT-LFK: MTP link restart delayed
0221 REPT-LFK: X25 link unavailable
0222 REPT-LFK: remote FE loopback
0224 REPT-LFK: link test failed
0232 REPT-LFK: remote blocked
0233 REPT-LINK-MANUAV: local blocked
0234 REPT-LFK: RMI remote inhibited
0235 REPT-LINK-MGTINH: local inhibited
F-24 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Table F-38. SLK Alarms (Continued)
Major Normal
UAM Text UAM Text
0236 REPT-LFK: not aligned
REPT-LKF: LM Timer NO-CREDIT
0237
expired
0238 REPT-LKF: XDA-Timer NO-RESPONSE

expired
0239 REPT-LKF: ML - local processor outage
REPT-LKF: rcvd SSCOP END-proc.
0240
outage
0241 REPT-LKF: rcvd SSCOP END-out of

service
REPT-LKF: rcvd SSCOP END-protocol
0242 error
REPT-LKF:rcvd SSCOP END-mgmnt
0243
initiated
0244 REPT-LKF: FC - DS1/E1 LOS failure
0245 REPT-LKF: FC - DS1/E1 LOF failure
0246 REPT-LKF: FC - DS1/E1 LCD failure
0247 REPT-LKF: XR -ISERM threshold

exceeded
0158 X25 no logical channels available 0157 X25 logical channels available
Minor Normal
UAM Text UAM Text
0477 Congestion: Copy Function De-activated 0478 Copy Function Activated
0479 Link not monitored
Normal Normal
UAM Text UAM Text
0264 REPT-LINK-CGST:congestion level 0 to 0269 RCVRY-LINK-CGST:congestion has

1 cleared
REPT-LINK-CGST:congestion level 1 to RCVRY-LINK-CGST:congestion level 2
0265 2 0268 to 1
RCVRY-LINK-CGST:congestion has
0269
cleared
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 F-25

DRAFT
(Continued)
Normal Normal
UAM Text UAM Text
REPT-LINK-CGST:congestion level 2 to RCVRY-LINK-CGST:congestion level 3
0266 3 0267 to 2
RCVRY-LINK-CGST:congestion has
0269
cleared
0270 REPT-LINK-CGST:discard level 0 to 1 0275 RVCRY-LINK-CGST:discard has cleared
0271 REPT-LINK-CGST:discard level 1 to 2 0274 RVCRY-LINK-CGST:discard level 2 to 1
0275 RVCRY-LINK-CGST:discard has cleared
0272 REPT-LINK-CGST:discard level 2 to 3 0273 RVCRY-LINK-CGST:discard level 3 to 2
0275 RVCRY-LINK-CGST:discard has cleared
STPLAN Alarms
Table F-39 shows the critical and major STPLAN alarms and the clearing alarm that
Table F-39. STPLAN Alarms
Critical Normal
UAM Text UAM Text
0153 STPLAN not available 0150 STPLAN is available
STPLAN capacity normal, card(s)
0151
abnormal
0154 STPLAN is removed
Major Normal
0152 LIM(s) have been denied STPLAN 0150 STPLAN is available

service
STPLAN capacity normal, card(s)
0151 abnormal
0154 STPLAN is removed
System Alarms
Table F-40 shows the critical, major, and minor System alarms and the clearing alarm that
Table F-40. System Alarms
Critical Normal
UAM Text UAM Text
0308 Node isolated due to SLK failures 0309 Node is no longer isolated
0368 Temp Keys(s) have expired. 0366 Temp Key(s) expiration alarm cleared
F-26 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Table F-40. System Alarms (Continued)
Critical Normal
UAM Text UAM Text
Degraded Mode, Invalid OAM HW
0438 0439 Exiting Degraded Mode
config
Major Normal
0367 Temp Keys(s) expiring soon. 0366 Temp Key(s) expiration alarm cleared
0011 Entering forced simplex mode 0018 Exiting forced simplex mode
0911 Dynamic database is inconsistent 0912 Dynamic database is now consistent
Minor Normal
0302 Cooling fan failure 0303 Cooling fans normal
System GPL Alarms

Table F-41 shows the minor GPL alarms and the clearing alarm that appears when each
Table F-41. System GPL Alarms
Minor Normal
UAM Text UAM Text
0143 System release GPL(s) not approved 0142 System release alarm cleared
0144 System release version unknown
T1 Alarms
Table F-42 shows the major T1 alarms and the clearing alarm that appears when each
Table F-42. T1 Alarms
Major Normal
UAM Text UAM Text
0376 REPT-T1F:FAC-T1 LOS failure 0380 REPT-T1F:FAC-T1 available
0377 REPT-T1F:FAC-T1 LOF failure
0378 REPT-T1F:FAC-T1 Remote Alarm
0379 REPT-T1F:FAC-T1 Alarm
0369 REPT-T1F:FAC-T1 unavailable
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 F-27

DRAFT
Terminal Alarms
Table F-43 shows the minor Terminal alarm and the clearing alarm that appears when the
Table F-43. Terminal Alarms
Minor Normal
UAM Text UAM Text
0048 Terminal failed 0046 Terminal enabled
X-LIST Alarms
Table F-44 shows the major and minor X-LIST alarms and the clearing alarm that appears
Table F-44. X-LIST Alarms
Major Normal
UAM Text UAM Text
0338 X-LIST space full-entry(s) discarded 0339 X-LIST space full condition abated
Minor Normal
0321 X-LIST occupancy threshold exceeded 0322 X-List occupancy below threshold
F-28 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

DRAFT
Index
Symbols AAL5CP, 1-14
%full threshold reached - upload AATM, 1-14
required, 3-243 ACG, 1-14
ACG Node Overload Level Change, 3-773
ACM, 1-14
Numerics ACM card replacement, A-43
1114-P 1114-S 1116-P clocks failed, 3-242 ACT, 1-14
1114-P 1114-S 1116-S clocks failed, 3-241 Activat, 1-14
1114-P 1114-S clocks failed, 3-240 Active MASP
1114-P 1116-P 1116-S clocks failed, 3-239 LNP forced simplex mode, 3-105
1114-P 1116-P clocks failed, 3-238 Active MASP has become isolated, 3-96
1114-P 1116-S clock failed, 3-237 ADJ DPC, 1-14
1114-P clock failed, 3-236 Adjacent Destination Point Code, 1-14
1114-PHS clock failed, 3-263 Adjacent Point Code, 1-14
1114-PHS, 1114-SHS clocks failed, 3-270 Advanced Intelligent Network, 1-14
1114-PHS, 1114-SHS, 1116-PHS clocks AI, 1-14
failed, 3-274 air filter, changing, 2-32
1114-PHS, 1114-SHS, 1116-SHS clocks air supply grille, removing, 2-33
failed, 3-272 airflow indicator arrows, 2-33
1114-PHS, 1116-PHS clocks failed, 3-266 Alarm, 1-14
1114-PHS, 1116-PHS, 1116-SHS clocks Alarm 1, 6-4
failed, 3-268 Alarm 2, 6-4
1114-PHS, 1116-SHS clocks failed, 3-264 alarm board (FAP), 2-6
1114-S 1116-P 1116-S clocks failed, 3-235 alarm card, breaker panel
1114-S 1116-P clocks failed, 3-234 FRU, 6-100
1114-S 1116-S clocks failed, 3-233 replacement procedure, 6-107
1114-S clock failed, 3-232 alarm card, MPS Server
1114-SHS clock failed, 3-256 replacement procedure, 6-113
1114-SHS, 1116-PHS clocks failed, 3-259 Alarm cleared by deleting card, 3-487
1114-SHS, 1116-PHS, 1116-SHS clocks Alarm cleared by deleting route, 3-489
failed, 3-261 Alarm cleared by deleting SLK, 3-488
1114-SHS, 1116-SHS clocks failed, 3-257 Alarm cleared for GPL, 3-93
1116-P 1116-S clocks failed, 3-231 Alarm cleared running non-activated
1116-P clock failed, 3-230 GPL, 3-95
1116-PHS clock failed, 3-254 Alarm Clearing Procedures, 3-52
1116-PHS, 1116-SHS clocks failed, 3-255 alarm conditions, FAP, 2-7
1116-S clock failed, 3-229 Alarm in Fuse panel, 3-158
1116-SHS clock failed, 3-253 alarm LED, 6-3
8-Port Connector Box Alarm LEDs on the Fuse and Alarm Panel
replacement procedure, 6-113 (FAP), 3-7
Alarms
Card, F-3
A Clock (Holdover Clock), F-7
AAL, 1-14 Clock System, F-7
AAL5, 1-14 Customer Defined Trouble (CDT), F-6
910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 Index-1

Index
DRAFT
DCM, F-8 All high speed clocks have failed, 3-276
DLK, F-8 All IMT System level alarms cleared, 3-188
DPC System, F-10 All OAP terminals are removed, 3-451
DSM, F-11 All SEAS UAL sessions unavailable, 3-425
E1 Port, F-11 All STC Networks Available, 3-540
EIR, F-12 ALM, 1-14
EMAP, F-12 AMA, 1-14
EMAP (NDC), F-12 Amem single bit error report, 3-677
EROUTE, F-13 American National Standards Institut, 1-14
Fuse, F-13 ANSI, 1-14
GLS, F-14 AP, 1-14
GPL, F-14 APC, 1-14
HS Clock System, F-14 APPL, 1-14
IMT Bus, F-15 Application, 1-14
IMT System, F-16 Application Communications Modul, 1-14
INP System, F-16 Application Communications Module
IP7, F-17 (ACM) measurements, 4-47
Linkset, F-17 Application Processor, 1-14
LNP System, F-17 Application self recovery, 1-11
LSMS Connection, F-18 Application Server, 1-14
LSMS System, F-18 Application Server Process, 1-14
MCPM, F-19 Application Service Module (ASM)
MEAS System, F-19 measurements, 4-46
MPS (ELAP/EPAP), F-20 Application Services Module, 1-14
MPS Alarm Support, F-20 Application Trouble Handler, 1-14
NDC System, F-21 AS, 1-14
SCCP System, F-21 AS Available, 3-345
SEAS OAP, F-22 AS Restricted, 3-346
SEAS System, F-22 AS Unavailable, 3-344
SEAS X25, F-23 AS Unrestricted, 3-347
Security Log, F-23 ASi, 1-14
Security System, F-23 ASi (Application Specific Interface), 1-14
SLK, F-24 ASM, 1-14
STPLAN, F-26 ASM with GLS, 1-14
System, F-26 ASM with SCCP, 1-14
System GPL, F-27 ASM-GLS, 1-14
T1, F-27 ASM-GLS card replacement, A-38
Terminal, F-28 ASM-SCCP, 1-14
X-LIST, F-28 ASM-SCCP card replacement, A-34, A-40
Alarms appearing on the system terminal ASP, 1-14
screen, 3-9 Associated State for Maintenance, 1-14
Alarms on Application Cards, 3-9 AST, 1-14
alarms, critical, 2-7 Asynchronous Transfer Mode, 1-14
alarms, FAP, 2-8 ATH, 1-14
alarms, fuse, 2-8 ATM, 1-14, A-25
alarms, major, 2-7 ATM Adaptation Layer, 1-14
alarms, minor, 2-7 ATM Adaptation Layer Type 5, 1-14
All clocks have failed, 3-195 ATM Applique, 1-14
Index-2 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Index
DRAFT
attach fan assembly to frame rail, 5-96, replacement procedure, MPS Server
A-81 alarm, 6-113
Audible Alarms, 3-4 replacement procedure, Quad
Audit of LNP backup database FastEthernet Network
completed, 3-715 Interface, 6-108
Audit of LNP database completed, 3-775 SAI/P
Aurora serial card driver, 5-23 replacement procedure, 6-113
Automatic Call Gappin, 1-14 Card backup database has been
Automatic Message Accounting, 1-14 corrected, 3-123
Availability reports, 4-41 Card backup database is corrupted, 3-125
Awaiting LSMS bulk download, 3-926 Card backup database is
inconsistent, 3-124
Card database has been corrected, 3-115
B Card database is corrupted, 3-120
backplane board (FAP), 2-6 Card database is inconsistent, 3-116
backplane monitor, 5-21 Card DB is stable, 3-563
backpower protection, 2-9 Card DB load timeout, check GLS
Backup LNP database corrupted, 3-498 card, 3-562
Backup LNP database has been Card has been reloaded, 3-172
corrected, 3-508 Card has reset, 3-86
Backup LNP database is inconsistent, 3-504 Card is isolated from the system, 3-102
Backup PDB menu item, 6-18 Card is not running approved GPL, 3-87
backups Card is present, 3-104
EPAP PDB database, 6-18 Card is running non-activated GPL, 3-94
frequency for PDB, 6-18 Card not using config. SCTP csum
procedure for file system, 6-40, 6-42 method, 3-364
speed for file system, 6-17 Card Replacement Procedures, A-1
tape capacity for file system, 6-17 Card successfully loaded with data, 3-196
tape drive for, 6-17 CD-ROM, 5-9, 5-10
blown fuse, 2-8 replacement procedure, 6-109
boot disk, 5-13 CD-ROM jumper settings, 5-10
breaker panel change features, chg-feat
alarm card FRU, 6-100 DCM, 3-370, 5-99, A-84
alarm card replacement chg-db:action=backup:dest=fixed, 3-80
procedure, 6-107 Cleaning Printer, 2-34
FRU, 6-100 Cleaning the OAP Fan Filter, 2-32
replacement procedure, 6-105 CLLI-based Names Enabled, 4-8
Clock A for card failed, B normal, 3-106
Clock A for card normal, 3-112
C Clock alarm(s) cleared, 3-194
cable Clock B for card failed, A normal, 3-108
CD-ROM, 5-11 Clock B for card normal, 3-113
hard drive card, 5-11 Clocks A and B for card failed, 3-110
capacity, file system backup tape, 6-17 Clocks A and B for card normal, 3-114
card Clocks A and B TSCs are
FRU, breaker panel alarm, 6-100 resynchronized, 3-169
replacement procedure, breaker panel
alarm, 6-107

Index
DRAFT
Cnvrsn Discard Critical Platform Errors, 6-27, 6-28
CGPA PC alias undefined, 3-786 Critical Platform Failure(s), 3-469
Invalid SCCP element len, 3-791 Customer trouble cleared, 3-143
SCCP MSU too large, 3-784 Customer trouble detected, 3-142
Cnvrsn Discard - Invalid TCAP
element, 3-789
Cnvrsn Discard - Invalid TCAP element D
len, 3-790 Daily Availability Measurements, 4-36
Command Driven Loopback (CDL), 3-75 Daily availability reports, 4-36
Component Measurements, 4-20 Daily LNP System Wide
components Measurements, 4-63
steps before you begin Daily Maintenance Measurements, 4-49
replacement, 6-100 Daily Procedures, 2-15
Config. SCTP csum method alarm Database action ended - FAIL, 3-714
cleared, 3-365 Database action ended - OK, 3-713
Configuration data checksum alarm Database Archival, 2-15, 2-20, 2-24, 2-37
cleared, 3-465 Database BACKUP started, 3-711
Configuration data checksum database backups, EPAP PDB, 6-18
mismatch, 3-462 Database RESTORE started, 3-712
Congestion Database Unsolicited Output Message
Copy Function De-activated, 3-548 Group, D-25
Conv to intl num - Dflt CC not found, 3-847 Daughterboard BIP invalid, 3-178
Conv to intl num - Dflt MCC not Daughterboard BIP valid, 3-179
found, 3-849 Day-To-Hour Availability
Conv to intl num - Dflt MNC not Measurements, 4-39
found, 3-850 Day-to-hour availabiltiy reports, 4-39
Conv to intl num - Dflt NDC not Day-to-Hour Maintenance
found, 3-848 Measurements, 4-78
Conversion Discard Day-to-hour reports, 4-78
Invalid SCCP msg type, 3-785 DB restore has cleared and Disabled
Conversion of MGT to IMSI not PDS, 3-865
possible, 3-852 DCM
Cooling Fan Alarm, 6-9 change features, chg-feat, 3-370, 5-99,
Cooling fan failure, 3-369 A-84
Cooling fan normal, 3-371 DCM card replacement, A-46
Cooling Fans, 6-6 Decode MPS Alarm Strings Reference
Copy Function Activated, 3-549 Procedure, 6-48
corrected errors, 6-5, 6-27 Degraded Mode - 1 card failed, 3-556
Corrective Maintenance, 1-3 Degraded Mode - multiple cards
CPU failed, 3-557
module replacement procedure, 6-109 Degraded Mode, Invalid OAM HW
CPUs, 6-6 config, 3-513
Critical Alarm, 3-3 Determine LIM, MIM, and MPL Changeout
critical alarms, 2-7 Time, A-18
Critical Application Failure(s), 3-470 diagnostic information, 6-3
Critical customer trouble detected, 3-139 diode board (FAP), 2-6
Critical holdover clock trouble diode boards, removing, 2-9
detected, 3-144 diode jumper, 2-8

Index
DRAFT
diode testing, 2-8 ELAP Verbose Output, 6-10
disconnect power ELAP/EPAP Log Files, 6-20
fan assembly, 5-93, A-77 elements overwritten, 3-717
Disk Access, 6-6 EMS Agent available, 3-458
Disk Access Alarm, 6-7 EMS Agent unavailable, 3-456
disk drive, replacement procedure for End Cabinet Alarm Indicators, 3-9
internal, 6-109 Entering forced simplex mode, 3-99
disk measurement status unreadable, 3-674 enttype=lsonismt, 4-119
DiskSuite Alarm, 6-7 EOAP
DiskSuite File System, 6-6 serial and Ethernet cabling
documentation set, 1-3 diagram, 5-133
DPC, F-8 EOAP A
DPC - SS status changed, 3-411 shutting down, 5-65, 5-85, 5-87, 5-126
DPC is allowed, 3-379 EOAP Hardware Troubleshooting, 5-5
DPC is prohibited, 3-381 EOAP shelf
DPC is restricted, 3-380 flange, 5-72
DPC subsystem has been deleted, 3-400 how to remove, 5-71
DPC Subsystem is Abnormal, 3-408 mounting brackets, 5-72
DPC subsystem is allowed, 3-397 EPAP
DPC subsystem is blocked, 3-398 Backup PDB menu item, 6-18
DPC Subsystem is Normal, 3-407 frequency for PDB backups, 6-18
DPC subsystem is prohibited, 3-399 Halt MPS menu item, 6-101
DPC Subsystem is prohibited and PDB backups, 6-18
blocked, 3-406 user interface, 6-101
DVD-ROM EPAP Verbose Output, 6-13
replacement procedure, 6-109 EROUTE capacity normal, card(s)
Dynamic database is inconsistent, 3-572, abnormal, 3-545
3-573 EROUTE is Removed, 3-541
EROUTE System Capacity Exceeded, 3-544
EROUTE System is Available, 3-542
E EROUTE System threshold
E1, A-25, A-26 Exceeded, 3-543
Eagle error codes, 6-22
documentation set, 1-3 error conditions, 6-27
Eagle Release 31.4 UAM/UIM error conditions corrected, 6-5
Changes, 3-51 Error Messages, 6-22
EILA (P/N 870-2049-01, A-25 error messages, ELAP
EIR Subsystem is available, 3-529 list of user interface, 6-22
EIR Subsystem is disabled, 3-527 Ethernet, 5-22
EIR Subsystem is not available, 3-526 Quad FastEthernet Interface
EIR Subsystem is removed, 3-530 card, 6-108
EIR Subsystem normal,card(s) EXAP Banner Informational
abnormal, 3-528 Messages, 6-25
ELAP EXAP Error Messages, 6-22
user interface, 6-17, 6-101 EXAP Messages, 6-22
list of error messages, 6-22 Exiting Degraded Mode, 3-514
ELAP application, 6-20 extender board (FAP), 2-7
ELAP Normal Output, 6-9

Index
DRAFT
F fuse alarm, 2-8
Failure Inhibiting EIR SS, 3-618, 3-619 fuse and alarm panel, 2-2
Failure Inhibiting LNP SS, 3-772 Fuse and alarm panel front items, 3-8
Failure Inhibiting Local SS, 3-782 fuse holder board (FAP), 2-7
Failure on both IMT A and IMT B, 3-192 fuse panel, 5-6
Failures detected on one IMT bus, 3-189 Fuse Panel alarm has cleared, 3-160
fan assembly fuse positions
installed below DCM card, A-80 DCM fan assembly, 3-369
Fan Assembly (EAGLE/GR-376 EOAP) EOAP, 5-6
Replacement, A-76 Fuse Spares Inventory, 2-35
fan door, replacing, 2-33 fuse, blown, 2-8
fan replacement procedure, 6-110
fan switch
set to OFF, 5-100, A-84 G
set to ON, 5-98, A-83 Gateway Measurements, 4-108
FAP, 2-2 GLS have been removed from the
FAP alarm conditions, 2-7 system, 3-359
FAP alarms, 2-8 GLS is at minimum service limit, 3-355
FAP component functions, 2-5 GLS is available, 3-354
FAP component replacement, 2-6 GLS is not available, 3-357
FAP components, 2-4 GMT fuse holders, 3-7
FAP components, hot swapping, 2-6 GMT fuses, 3-7
FAP functions, 2-3 GPL has been corrected, 3-126
FAP Load Balance Verification (PN GPL is corrupted, 3-127
870-0243-XX only), 2-25 GPSM-II LEDs, A-13
Fault, 6-4 grille, removing, 2-33
features GSM Map Screening rcvd unknown
fan, 5-99, A-84 origin, 3-853
Field Replaceable Units (FRUs), GSMOPTS
MPS, 6-100 EIR Global Response is ON, 3-917,
file mirrors, 6-7 3-918
File Naming Conventions GWS MSU discard threshold
CLLI-based Names Disabled, 4-7 exceeded, 3-762
CLLI-based Names Enabled, 4-8 GWS MSU discarded by redirect
File System, 6-6 function, 3-679
file system GWS MSU too large to be redirected, 3-681
backup procedure, 6-40, 6-42 GWS rcvd a priority that is not
speed for backups, 6-17 allowed, 3-590
tape capacity for backups, 6-17 GWS rcvd AFTPC that could not be
File System Alarm, 6-7 CNCFd, 3-815
File Transfer for LNP Measurements, 2-18 GWS rcvd AFTPC that could not be
filters, maintenance for MPS Server, 6-17 RDCTd, 3-727
flange GWS rcvd CDPA that could not be
EOAP shelf, 5-72 CNCFd, 3-811
frame rail, 5-71 GWS rcvd CDPA that could not be
frequency for PDB backups, 6-18 RDCTd, 3-723
FRUs, MPS, 6-100 GWS rcvd CGPA that could not be
Full LNP database reload initiated, 3-842 CNCFd, 3-813

Index
DRAFT
GWS rcvd CGPA that could not be GX25 route already connected, 3-739
RDCTd, 3-725 GX25 route not available, 3-738
GWS rcvd Cld Party that is not GX25 route not found, 3-737
allowed, 3-595 GX25 unexpected restart received, 3-752
GWS rcvd Clg Party that is not GX25 unrecognized X25 called
allowed, 3-593 address, 3-748
GWS rcvd DPC that is blocked, 3-586 GX25 unrecognized X25 calling
GWS rcvd DPC that is not allowed, 3-582 address, 3-747
GWS rcvd H0/H1 that is not GX25 unsupported MSU type
allowed, 3-700 received, 3-744
GWS rcvd invalid GTI in TT GX25 unsupported packet type
screening, 3-770 received, 3-742
GWS rcvd ISUP that is not allowed, 3-767
GWS rcvd nonSCCP msg in CGPA/CDPA
screen, 3-769 H
GWS rcvd nonSNM msg in DESTFLD Halt MPS menu item, 6-101
screening, 3-768 hard drive card
GWS rcvd OPC that is blocked, 3-584 replace, 5-103
GWS rcvd OPC that is not allowed, 3-580 troubleshoot, 5-8
GWS rcvd RSP, AFTPC not in routing hard drive jumper settings, 5-11
tbl, 3-661 Hardware Configuration Alarm, 6-8
GWS rcvd RSR, AFTPC not in routing hardware return, 1-10
tbl, 3-662 High Speed Clock A for card normal, 3-216
GWS rcvd SCMG with not allowed High speed clock alarm(s) cleared, 3-277
AFTPC, 3-599 High Speed Clock B for card normal, 3-217
GWS rcvd SIO that is not allowed, 3-588 High Speed Clocks A and B for card
GWS rcvd TFA, AFTPC not in routing failed, 3-214
tbl, 3-659 High Speed Clocks A and B for card
GWS rcvd TFC, AFTPC not in routing normal, 3-228
tbl, 3-592, 3-708, 3-709, 3-710 HMUX not responding Error, 3-478
GWS rcvd TFP, AFTPC not in routing HMUX responding normally, 3-476
tbl, 3-657 Holdover clock trouble cleared, 3-147
GWS rcvd TFR, AFTPC not in routing hot-swapping FAP components, 2-6
tbl, 3-658 Hourly Maintenance Measurements, 4-92
GWS rcvd Translation Type not how to remove EOAP shelf, 5-71
allowed, 3-597 HS Clock A for card failed, B normal, 3-210
GWS rcvd TT that could not be HS Clock B for card failed, A normal, 3-212
CNCFd, 3-817 hub
GWS rcvd TT that could not be FRU, 6-100
RDCTd, 3-729 replacement procedure, 6-107
GWS rcvd UPU, AFTPC not in routing HW cannot support purchased TPS
tbl, 3-660 rate, 3-571
GX25 cannot make connection, 3-749 HW limiting TPS rate alarm cleared, 3-570
GX25 DPC not defined, 3-746
GX25 incorrect X25 address, 3-740
GX25 logical channel cleared, 3-751
GX25 outbound data exceeds packet
size, 3-736

Index
DRAFT
I INW Detected card loaded, 3-801
ILA, A-20, A-25 INW Failed to assert DDL inhibition, 3-807
Illegal Address Error, 3-477 INW Failed to remove DDL
Illegal Address Error has Cleared, 3-475 inhibition, 3-808
IMT allowed, 3-173 INW MAIN card as last to be reset, 3-797
IMT Bus alarm cleared, 3-180 INW Need to reset/remove/inhibit
IMT Bus States, 3-9 card, 3-805
IMT inhibited, 3-174 INW Removed DDL inhibition, 3-804
IMT System Alarm Level INW Waiting for card loading
Determination, 3-10 validation, 3-800
Incompatible HW for provisioned IP connection available, 3-164
slot, 3-175 IP Connection Congestion Timeout, 3-792
Incorrect Motherboard - CPU, 3-515 IP Connection Failed, 3-704
Incorrect port configuration, 3-363 IP Connection manually removed, 3-167
informational banner messages, 6-25 IP Connection Refused, 3-793
Inh EIR SS request already IP connection, cannot resolve
outstanding, 3-617 RHOST, 3-794
Inh LNP SS request already IP Link A is down, 3-564
outstanding, 3-771, 3-781 IP Link A is up, 3-566
Inserting the 2.3 Gbyte Removable IP Link B is down, 3-567
Cartridge, 2-14 IP Link B is up, 3-569
install IP7 connection congested, 3-165
card into EOAP shelf, 5-75 IP7 connection unavailable, 3-161
replacement fan assembly, 5-95, A-79 IPMX/HMUX Card Replacement, A-14
Install Replacement Fan Assembly, A-79 IS-41 LNP Qry rejected
Insufficient memory for LNP, 3-490 WNP is OFF, 3-863
Insufficient memory for ISCC loopback failed, 3-764
provisioning, 3-343 ISCC loopback in progress, 3-766
interface ISCC loopback success, 3-763
ELAP user, 6-17, 6-101 ITU ANSI translation not supported, 3-627
EPAP user, 6-101 ITU GWY
internal disk drive CGB buffer full, 3-697
see disk drive CPC conversion failure, 3-687
Invalid digits in IS41 MAP Digits GRS buffer full, 3-695
parm, 3-734, D-6 HOH1 conversion failure, 3-691
Invalid digits in MAP MSISDN Invalid ISUP msg structure, 3-694
parameter, 3-905 OPC conversion failure, 3-689
Invalid Length for Map IMEI rcvd msg type cannot convert, 3-692
Parameter, 3-702 RSC buffer full, 3-696
Invalid length of conditioned digits, 3-851
Invalid length of prefixed digits, 3-908
Invalid OAM card type for TSC J
sync, 3-132, 3-133 Job Router Service, 6-21
INW Allowed card to DDL jrs.log, 6-21
crossload, 3-810 jumper board (FAP), 2-7
INW Card failed to DDL crossload, 3-809 jumper, diode, 2-8
INW Card failed to reset, 3-806 jumper, P71, 2-8, 2-10
INW Card reset command issued, 3-799 jumper, P72, 2-8, 2-10

Index
DRAFT
L Link Interface Module (LIM)
layout measurements, 4-46
memory riser card memory bank, 6-112 Link Maintenance Commands
motherboard memory bank, 6-111 act-cdl, 3-79
LEDs, 5-6 act-lbp, 3-72
BM (backplane monitor), 5-21 chg-lbp, 3-72
drive power, 5-8 dact-cdl, 3-79
fan assembly dact-lbp, 3-72
Active, 5-100, A-84 dlt-lbp, 3-72
Alarm, 5-100, A-84 ent-lbp, 3-72
Minor, 5-100, A-84 rept-stat-cdl, 3-79
LEDs, OP/MAINT, 2-7 rept-stat-lfs, 3-72
LEDs, PWR A, 2-7 rept-stat-tstslk, 3-80
LEDs, PWR B, 2-7 rtrv-lbp, 3-72
LFS test terminated with OAM switch tst-slk, 3-76, 3-79
over, 3-683 Link Maintenance Enhancements, 3-74
LIM(s) have been denied EROUTE Command Driven Loopback, 3-75
service, 3-553 Commands, 3-79
LIM(s) have been denied SCCP Test Indicators, 3-75, 3-77
service, 3-410 Test Signaling Link, 3-76
LIM(s) have been denied STPLAN tst-slk Loopback Test Details, 3-77
service, 3-220 Link Maintenance Unsolicited Output
LIM, MIM, and MPL Changeout Message Group, D-8
Time, A-18 Link not Monitored, 3-550
Link Fault Sectionalization, 3-69 LNP ACG node overload, 3-511
Hardware Configuration, 3-70 LNP database audit - internal error, 3-716
Test Details, 3-72 LNP database audit is disabled, 3-774
Test Indicators, 3-71 LNP database corrupted, 3-495, 3-572,
Test Report, 3-71 3-573
link fault sectionalization test, 3-69 LNP database has been corrected, 3-507
link fault sectionalization test LNP Database IMPORT started, 3-722
procedure, 3-73 LNP database is inconsistent, 3-500
link fault sectionalization test, LNP Database Unsolicited Output Message
commands, 3-72 Group, D-23
link fault sectionalization test, configuring LNP DTH Measurements Discarded for
data, 3-73 DPC, 3-795
link fault sectionalization test, hardware LNP Incremental Loading, 3-846
configuration, 3-70 LNP Ported LRNs Capacity Normal, 3-351
link fault sectionalization test, LNP Ported LRNs exceeds Feat.
indicators, 3-71 Capacity, 3-350
link fault sectionalization test, report, 3-71 LNP Ported NPAs Capacity Normal, 3-353
link fault sectionalization test, LNP Ported NPAs exceeds Feat.
restrictions, 3-70 Capacity, 3-352
link fault sectionalization test, LNP Ported TNs Capacity Normal, 3-349
starting, 3-73 LNP Ported TNs exceeds Feat.
link fault sectionalization test, Capacity, 3-348
stopping, 3-74 LNP rcvd query with Message Relay
TT, 3-721

Index
DRAFT
LNP rcvd query with undefined LSMS is unavailable, 3-448
TT/SERV, 3-719 LSMS Q.3 association available, 3-455
LNP received query from unknown CGPA LSMS Q.3 association unavailable, 3-452
PC, 3-718 LSS
LNP Subscription Refs DPC with 0 No Map IMEI Parameter present, 3-703
routes, 3-783
LNP Subscription Unsolicited Output
Message Group, D-24 M
LNP Subsystem is available, 3-494 maintenance
LNP Subsystem is disabled, 3-510 periodic
LNP Subsystem is not available, 3-492 tape drive, 6-17
LNP Subsystem is removed, 3-509 periodic MPS Server filter, 6-17
LNP Subsystem normal, card(s) Maintenance Disk and Alarm (MDAL) Card
abnormal, 3-493 Replacement, A-3
LNP updates allowed maintenance process log file, 6-19
loading mode stability, 3-845 Maintenance software, 1-11
LNP updates inhibited Maintenance Status Reports, 4-127
loading mode stability, 3-844 Maintenance strategy, 1-11, 1-12
Loading failed Major Alarm, 3-4
bad checksum returned, 3-200 major alarms, 2-7
data load timeout, 3-202 Major Application Errors, 6-29
data read Error, 3-198 Major Application Failure(s), 3-472
disk read failed, 3-206 Major customer trouble detected, 3-140
disk read prep error, 3-205 Major failures detected on both
GPL format error, 3-204 IMTs, 3-193
GPL load timeout, 3-201 Major holdover clock trouble
invalid GPL, 3-203 detected, 3-145
table not found, 3-197 Major IMT failure detected, 3-184
Local Subsystem is available, 3-481 Major Platform Errors, 6-28
Local Subsystem is disabled, 3-483 Major Platform Failure(s), 3-471
Local Subsystem is not available, 3-482 Making a Backup of the Database to the
Local Subsystem is removed, 3-484 Removable Cartridge, 2-15
Local Subsystem normal, card(s) manual
abnormal, 3-485 related publications, 1-3
LOCREQ rcvd - IS412GSM not Map Screening cannot Duplicate
provisioned, 3-732 MSU, 3-868
LOGBUFROVFL-SECULOG - upload Map Screening cannot forward
required, 3-244 MSU, 3-653, 3-866
Loopback invalid, 3-778 mapping, memory bank, 6-113
Loopback prevented, 3-777 MAS Communication Application Processor
LSMS bulk download cancelled at (MCAP) Card Replacement, A-5
LSMS, 3-929 MASP became active, 3-97
LSMS bulk download complete, 3-928 MASP became standby, 3-98
LSMS bulk download in progress, 3-927 MCAP, A-5
LSMS bulk load complete, 3-129 MDAL alarm cleared, 3-171
LSMS bulk load required, 3-128 MDAL LEDs, 3-5
LSMS is at min. service limit, 3-459 MDAL not responding, 3-170
LSMS is available, 3-447 MEAS Checksum Failure, 3-560

Index
DRAFT
Meas sync not allowed from old Minor customer trouble detected, 3-141
version, 3-654 Minor holdover clock trouble
MEAS Synchronization Successful, 3-561 detected, 3-146
Measurement Reports Minor IMT failure detected, 3-181
Availability, 4-41 Minor Platform Errors, 6-29
Component, 4-20 Minor Platform Failure(s), 3-473
Daily Availability, 4-36 MNP Circular Route Detected, 3-864
Daily Maintenance, 4-49 MO Removable Cartridge, 2-11
Day-To-Hour Availability, 4-39 MO Removable Cartridge
Day-to-Hour Maintenance, 4-78 Description, 2-10
Gateway, 4-108 Modem Not Working, 3-66, 3-67
Hourly Maintenance, 4-92 Monthly Procedures, 2-24
Maintenance Status, 4-127 Motherboard BIP invalid, 3-176
Network Management, 4-28 Motherboard BIP valid, 3-177
Record Base, 4-120 motherboard memory bank layout, 6-111
STP System Totals, 4-11 mounting brackets
Measurements EOAP shelf, 5-72
OAM Based, 4-4 MPS application software, 6-3
Optional 15-Minute, 4-9 MPS available, 3-329
Platform, 4-5 MPS Disaster Recovery, 6-115
Measurements data copy failure, 3-859 MPS hardware
Measurements Platform, 4-5 Field Replaceable Units (FRUs), 6-100
Measurements subsystem available, 3-559 MPS LEDs, 6-4
Measurements subsystem MPS platform, 6-3
unavailable, 3-558 MPS Platform Alarm, 6-9
Memory, 6-6 MPS Server
memory alarm card replacement
module replacement procedure, 6-110 procedure, 6-113
Memory Alarm, 6-8 CD-ROM, 6-109
memory bank CPU, 6-109
mapping, 6-113 DVD-ROM, 6-109
memory riser card layout, 6-112 file system backups, 6-18, 6-42
motherboard layout, 6-111 periodic filter maintenance, 6-17
memory riser card memory bank power down procedure, 6-101
layout, 6-112 rear detail view, 6-109
menu item, ELAP user interface replacement procedure, 6-103
Halt MPS, 6-101 MPS server, 6-3
menu item, EPAP user interface MPS unavailable, 3-330
Backup PDB, 6-18 MSU reception threshold exceeded, 3-761
Halt MPS, 6-101 MTP
messages, ELAP user interface error Changeback T5 timeout, 3-676
list of, 6-22 link bypassed SLT phase, 3-668
metadb, 6-7 MTP Adj PC not in routing table, 3-601
metastat, 6-7 MTP Invalid TFA received, 3-754
Minor Alarm, 3-4 MTP Invalid TFR received, 3-755
minor alarms, 2-7 MTP Message Received for Network
Minor Application Errors, 6-30 255, 3-602
Minor Application Failure(s), 3-474 MTP rcvd invalid H0/H1 code, 3-578

Index
DRAFT
MTP rcvd invalid TFC - status 0, 3-577 P/N 870-1293-xx, A-25
MTP rcvd Transfer Controlled (TFC), 3-576 P/N 870-1379-xx, A-25, A-26
MTP rcvd unknown DPC, 3-579 P/N 870-1484-xx, A-25
MTP rcvd UPU - User SCCP, Cause P/N 870-1488-xx, A-25
invalid, 3-916 P/N 870-2049-01, A-25
MTP rcvd User Part Unavailable, 3-574, PCI cards
3-916 replacement procedure, 6-108
MTP RSTRT rcvd unexpected user PDB, EPAP
traffic, 3-684 Backup PDB menu item, 6-18
backups, 6-18
frequency for backups, 6-18
N PDBA, restarting, 6-54
NDC Q.3 association is available, 3-249 Persistent device state tbl corrupt, 3-136
NDC Q.3 association is unavailable, 3-248 Persistent device state tbl diff
NDC Subsystem is available, 3-252 version, 3-137
NDC Subsystem is not available, 3-250 platform alarms, 6-3
Network, 6-6 platform software, 6-4
network, 5-22 Ported subscriber SMSC matches Home
Quad FastEthernet Interface SMSC Addr, 3-731
card, 6-108 power
Network Alarm, 6-8 MPS Server power down
Network Management procedure, 6-101
Measurements, 4-28 power cable
Node is no longer isolated, 3-378 CD-ROM drive
Node isolated due to SLK failures, 3-376 troubleshoot, 5-8
NTP Time Available, 3-547 hard drive
NTP Time Unavailable, 3-546 troubleshoot, 5-8
Power Down of In-Service Eagle
System, 3-80
O Power Feed Relay Monitor Alarm, 6-9
OA&M IP Security feature disabled, 3-278 Power Relay Unit, 6-7
OA&M IP Security feature is OFF, 3-479 power supply card
OA&M IP Security feature is ON, 3-480 troubleshoot, 5-7, 5-18
OAP filesystem full, 3-461 Power Supply Unit, 6-6
OAP is available, 3-443 Power Supply Unit Alarm, 6-9
OAP terminals available, 3-443 power up
OAP terminals inhibited, 3-438 EOAP, 5-84
OAP Unavailable, 3-416 Power Up of the Eagle System, 3-84
Obituaries, 3-61 Preventing Dust Buildups, 2-39
One SEAS TDM Port unavailable, 3-444 Preventive Maintenance, 1-3
OP/MAINT LED, 2-7 preventive maintenance
Optional 15-Minute Measurements, 4-9 MPS Server filters, 6-17
Output Message Format, 3-35 tape drive, 6-17
Printer Inspection, 2-22
Printer Not Working, 3-63
P probe-scsi, 5-13
P/N 870-1009-xx, A-24, A-28, A-29
P/N 870-1014-xx, A-25

Index
DRAFT
problems Program Update Unsolicited Output
power source Message Group, D-24
no cPCI power, 5-7 PWR A LED, 2-7
no drive power, 5-8 PWR B LED, 2-7
no fan power, 5-7
processor card
LEDs normal but no Ethernet Q
access, 5-22 Quad FastEthernet Network Interface card
RUN LED is GREEN but ports not replacement procedure, 6-108
functioning, 5-21 Quarterly Procedures, 2-37
scsi/drive, 5-9
drives detected but system will not
boot, 5-13 R
system has power but will not RAM, 6-6
boot, 5-9 RCVRY-LINK-CGST
serial card, 5-22 congestion has cleared, 3-336
ports 1 or 2 not working, 5-24 congestion level 2 to 1, 3-335
ports 3,4,5, or 6 not working, 5-22 congestion level 3 to 2, 3-334
ports 7,8,9, or 10 not working, 5-24 discard has cleared, 3-342
procedure discard level 2 to 1, 3-341
8-Port Connector Box discard level 3 to 2, 3-340
replacement, 6-113 RCVRY-LKF
breaker panel alarm card link available, 3-279
replacement, 6-107 RCVRY-LKSTO
breaker panel replacement, 6-105 Alarm clrd by deleting SLK, 3-486
CD-ROM replacement, 6-109 Link set allowed, 3-387
CPU RCVRY-MTPLP-RST
module replacement, 6-109 Circ rte status cleared, 3-415
DVD replacement, 6-109 RCVRY-MTP-RSTRT MTP Restart
fan replacement, 6-110 completed, 3-686
file system backup, 6-40, 6-42 rear view
hub replacement, 6-107 MPS Server detail, 6-109
internal disk drive replacement, 6-109 reconnect cables to EOAP shelf, 5-77
memory module replacement, 6-110 Record Base Measurements, 4-120
MPS Server alarm card Rectifier Voltage
replacement, 6-113 Inspection/Recording, 2-40
MPS Server Power Down, 6-101 RECVY-NMTSK-DSCD
MPS Server replacement, 6-103 SNM Discard Abated, 3-373
PCI cards replacement, 6-108 remove
Quad FastEthernet Network Interface cables from EOAP shelf, 5-67
card replacement, 6-108 cards from EOAP shelf, 5-70
SAI/P card replacement, 6-108, 6-113 EOAP card cage, 5-71
tape drive replacement, 6-110 fan assembly, 5-93, A-77
Process, 6-6 Remove Fan Assembly, A-77
Process Alarm, 6-8 removing diode boards, 2-9
processor card, 5-22 Removing the 2.3 Gbyte Removable
troubleshoot, 5-7, 5-20 Cartridge, 2-14

Index
DRAFT
replace FAC-E1 Port 1 AIS detected, 3-306
fan assembly, 5-92, A-76 FAC-E1 Port 1 available, 3-310
fan filter and grill, 5-97, A-82 FAC-E1 Port 1 Far End Failure, 3-305
hard drive card, 5-102, 5-103 FAC-E1 Port 1 LOF failure, 3-307
power supply card, 5-117 FAC-E1 Port 1 LOS failure, 3-308, 3-534
processor card, 5-124 FAC-E1 Port 2 10E-3 BER failed, 3-535
replacement FAC-E1 Port 2 AIS detected, 3-532
8-Port Connector Box, 6-113 FAC-E1 Port 2 available, 3-536
breaker panel, 6-105 FAC-E1 Port 2 Far End Failure, 3-531
breaker panel alarm card, 6-107 FAC-E1 Port 2 LOF failure, 3-533
CD-ROM, 6-109 REPT-LFK
CPU module, 6-109 LM Timer NO-CREDIT expired, 3-317
DVD, 6-109 REPT-LINK-CGST
fan, 6-110 congestion level 0 to 1, 3-331
hub, 6-107 congestion level 1 to 2, 3-332
internal disk drive, 6-109 congestion level 2 to 3, 3-333
memory module, 6-110 discard level 0 to 1, 3-337
MPS Server, 6-103 discard level 1 to 2, 3-338
MPS Server alarm card, 6-113 discard level 2 to 3, 3-339
PCI cards, 6-108 REPT-LINK-MANUAV
Quad FastEthernet Network Interface local blocked, 3-312
card, 6-108 REPT-LKF
SAI/P card, 6-108, 6-113 ABN - rcvd 2 of 3 invalid BSN, 3-293
steps before you begin ABN - rcvd 2 of 3 invalid FIB, 3-294
component, 6-100 APF - failed proving period, 3-288
tape drive, 6-110 APF - lvl-2 T1 expd (not ready), 3-285
Replacement cables list, A-91 APF - lvl-2 T1 expd (ready), 3-284
Replacement parts list, A-87 APF - lvl-2 T2 expired, 3-287
replacing APF - lvl-2 T3 expired, 3-286
serial I/O card (EOAP), 5-134 COO - rcvd changeover order, 3-297
replacing FAP components, 2-6 FAC - DS1 LCD failure, 3-326
Report generation failure, 3-860 FAC - DS1 LOF failure, 3-325
Report Parameters, 4-10 false congestion restart, 3-298
Report parameters, 4-10 HWP -too many link interrupts, 3-281
Report transfer failure FTP Server, 3-861 link test failed, 3-304
Reports, 4-11 lost data, 3-282
REPT COND MTP link restart delayed, 3-299
IMT GPL reloading, 3-706 not aligned, 3-315
system alive, 3-678 OSA - received SIE, 3-291
REPT EVT OSA - received SIN, 3-290
IMT GPL reloading, 3-705 OSA - received SIO, 3-289
Incremental Loading, 3-911 OSA - received SIOS, 3-292
REPT-ALMINH rcvd SSCOP END-mgmnt
alarm output enabled, 3-361 initiated, 3-323
alarm output PERM inhibited, 3-360 rcvd SSCOP END-out of service, 3-321
alarm output TEMP inhibited, 3-362 rcvd SSCOP END-protocol error, 3-322
REPT-E1F remote blocked, 3-311
FAC-E1 Port 1 10E-3 BER failed, 3-309 remote congestion timeout, 3-295

Index
DRAFT
remote FE loopback, 3-302 RTDB database capacity alarm
remote NE loopback, 3-280, 3-303 cleared, 3-521
RMI remote inhibited, 3-313 RTDB database capacity is 100% full, 3-516
Unable to connect, 3-328 RTDB database capacity is 80 full%, 3-520
X25 link unavailable, 3-300 RTDB database corrupted, 3-517
XDA - excess acknowledge delay, 3-296 RTDB database has been corrected, 3-519
XDA-Timer NO-RESPONSE RTDB database incoherent, 3-522
expired, 3-318, 3-325, 3-326 RTDB database is inconsistent, 3-518
XER - ISERM threshold RTDB reload complete, 3-525
exceeded, 3-327 RTDB reload required, 3-524
XER - SUERM threshold RTDB resynchronization in progress, 3-523
exceeded, 3-283 rtrv-log command, 3-59
REPT-LKSTO rtrv-trbltx command, 3-60
Link set prohibited, 3-388 rtrv-trbltx report, 3-60
REPT-MTPERR
MTP rcvd invalid SIO, 3-603
REPT-MTPLP-DET S
Circ rte det(cong), 3-390 SAI/P card
REPT-MTPLP-SUST replacement procedure, 6-108, 6-113
Sustained circ rte(cong), 3-392 SCCP capacity normal, card(s)
REPT-MTP-RSTRT MTP Restart abnormal, 3-402
started, 3-685 SCCP did not route - bad translation, 3-630,
REPT-NMTSK-DSCD 3-824
SNM Discard Onset, 3-372 SCCP did not route - DPC
REPT-OVSZMSG congested, 3-634, 3-830
MTP MSU too large to route, 3-779 SCCP did not route - DPC not in MAP
SCCP MSU too large to rte, 3-780 tbl, 3-635, 3-832
rept-stat-lsms, 5-65, 5-85, 5-124, 5-126 SCCP did not route - DPC OOS, 3-631,
rept-stat-seas, 5-65, 5-85, 5-124, 5-126 3-827
REPT-T1F SCCP did not route - SS congested, 3-637,
FAC-T1 Port 1 Alarm, 3-151 3-835
FAC-T1 Port 1 available, 3-152 SCCP did not route - SS not in MAP
FAC-T1 Port 1 LOF failure, 3-149 tbl, 3-638, 3-837
FAC-T1 Port 1 LOS failure, 3-148 SCCP did not route - SS OOS, 3-636, 3-834
FAC-T1 Port 1 Remote Alarm, 3-150 SCCP Encode Failure, 3-839, 3-840
FAC-T1 Port 2 Alarm, 3-156 SCCP is available, 3-401
FAC-T1 Port 2 available, 3-157 SCCP is not available, 3-405
FAC-T1 Port 2 LOF failure, 3-154 SCCP is removed, 3-409
FAC-T1 Port 2 LOS failure, 3-153 SCCP rcvd GSM Map Opcode w/forbid
FAC-T1 Port 2 Remote Alarm, 3-155 param, 3-855
REPT-XLST-TIMO SCCP rcvd inv Cld Party - bad GT
X-LIST entry expired, 3-753 ind, 3-616, 3-819
restarting PDBA, 6-54 SCCP rcvd inv Cld Party - bad
Retrieve Trouble Report, 3-53 network, 3-620, 3-820
Route is allowed, 3-382 SCCP rcvd inv Cld Party - no SSN, 3-621,
Route is prohibited, 3-384 3-821
Route is restricted, 3-383 SCCP rcvd inv GT - bad Translation
Type, 3-629

Index
DRAFT
SCCP rcvd inv GT - invalid selectors, 3-822 SECMTPSNM - no rte to
SCCP rcvd inv LSS - bad SSN, 3-647, 3-826 OPC/AFTPC, 3-914
SCCP rcvd inv msg class, 3-612 SECSCCPSCMG - no rte to AFTPC, 3-915
SCCP rcvd inv msg length, 3-611 Security Administration Unsolicited Output
SCCP rcvd inv SCMG - bad AFTPC, 3-648 Message Group, D-24
SCCP rcvd inv SCMG - bad length, 3-651 Security log exception cleared, 3-246
SCCP rcvd inv SCMG - bad msg type, 3-652 Security log failed, 3-247
SCCP rcvd inv SCMG - bad Semi-Annual Procedures, 2-41
subsystem, 3-650 sense errors, 6-5
SCCP rcvd inv SCMG - invalid SOR, 3-667 serial card, 5-22
SCCP rcvd invalid UDTS msg, 3-604 serial I/O card (EOAP), 5-134
SCCP rcvd invalid XUDT msg, 3-606 replacement, 5-134
SCCP rcvd invalid XUDTS msg, 3-607 SLAN DLK ping test completed, 3-735
SCCP rcvd undefined Map Op-Code, 3-857 SLK Inhibit Denied, 3-757
SCCP rcvd unknown msg type, 3-610 SLK Inhibit Response Timeout, 3-758
SCCP rsp did not route - bad SLK Level-3 T19 timer expired, 3-756
Selectors, 3-626 SLK Uninhibit Denied, 3-759
SCCP rsp did not route - bad Xlation, 3-624 SLK Uninhibit Response Timeout, 3-760
SCCP rsp did not route - invalid GTI, 3-622 SLTC aborted
SCCP rsp did not route - invalid TT, 3-623 unable to perform the test, 3-673
SCCP rsp did not route - no SSN in msg or SLTC failure
DB, 3-628 bad data pattern, 3-666
SCCP rsp did not route - SSP not True failed link, 3-671
PC, 3-625 invalid Point Code (DPC), 3-670
SCCP screen set is too large, 3-656 invalid Point Code (OPC), 3-663
SCCP-CNV invalid SLC, 3-664
Unable to convert ANSI CDPA no response, 3-665
GT, 3-639 SLTC success
Unable to convert ANSI CGPA manual test passed, 3-672
GT, 3-641 SNM Overload Abated, 3-375
Unable to convert ITU CDPA GT, 3-643 SNM Overload Onset, 3-374
Unable to convert ITU CGPA GT, 3-645 Software Configuration Alarm, 6-8
Scheduled transfer failure, 3-862 Spare Inventory Rotation, 2-41
scroll by messages, 6-25 speed, file system tape backup, 6-17
SEAS is at min service limit, 3-430 SS7 LIM, MIM, and MPL Card
SEAS is available, 3-441 Replacement, A-20
SEAS is removed, 3-442 SSH Host Keys Loaded, 3-925
SEAS PVC unavailable, 3-423 SSH Host Keys Regenerated, 3-924
SEAS UAL session unavailable, 3-427 Standby MASP allowed, 3-555
SEAS UAL unavailable, 3-419 Standby MASP inhibited, 3-554
SEAS unavailable, 3-434 Standby PDBA Falling Behind, 6-98
SEAS X.25 Link is available, 3-429 Standby TDM failure, 3-134
SEAS X.25 Link unavailable, 3-421 Standby TDM failure cleared, 3-135
SECMTPMATE - rcvd mate PC on non STC Network Available, 3-538
C-link, 3-912 STC Network Unavailable, 3-537
SECMTPSID - rcvd MSU with OPC = Stdby security log - upload required, 3-245
SID, 3-913 steps before you begin component
replacement, 6-100

Index
DRAFT
stop bits, 5-64 T
STP System Totals (SYSTOT) tape drive
Measurements, 4-11 capacity for file system backups, 6-17
STPLAN capacity normal, card(s) for database and file system
abnormal, 3-219 backups, 6-17
STPLAN connection available, 3-225 periodic maintenance, 6-17
STPLAN connection unavailable, 3-223 replacement procedure, 6-110
STPLAN is available, 3-218 speed for file system backups, 6-17
STPLAN is removed, 3-222 Telnet terminal connection
STPLAN not available, 3-221 successful, 3-921
String Data Dump, 3-655, 3-699 Temp Key(s) expiration alarm
Swap Space, 6-6 cleared, 3-466
Swap Space Alarm, 6-7 Temp Key(s) expiring soon, 3-467
syscheck, 6-3 Temp Key(s) have expired, 3-468
running Terminal Disk Module (TDM), A-51
using the syscheck login, 6-37 Terminal enabled, 3-130, 3-922
syscheck log files, 6-19, 6-20 Terminal failed, 3-131, 3-923
System Alarm Levels, 3-3 Terminal Not Responding, 3-61
system fan replacement procedure, 6-110 test
System Health Check Log Files, 6-20 fan operation, 5-99
System Health Check Procedure, 6-35 fan operation (GR-376 EOAP), A-83
System maintenance log, 1-12 Test Fan Operation and Fan Alarm, A-83
System Maintenance Unsolicited Output test mode, 3-85
Message Group, D-2 testing diodes, 2-8
System Meas limit exceeded for Timestamp Invalid, 3-551
LSONISMT, 3-609 Timestamp Valid, 3-552
System Meas. Limit exceeded for TM Adaptation Layer Type 5 Common
LRN, 3-919 Part, 1-14
System Meas. Limit exceeded for Traffic Measurements
LSDESTNI, 3-614 Measurement periods, 4-11
System Meas. Limit exceeded for transition card, 5-24
LSORIGNI, 3-613 Translation PC is Eagles, 3-906
System Meas. Limit exceeded for Translation PC type is ANSI, 3-907
NPANXX, 3-920 TRBL Queue is full, 3-717
System Meas. Limit exceeded for Trouble Detection, 3-4
ORIGNI/NINC, 3-615 troubleshoot
system operation, 6-3 CD-ROM drive
system problems, 6-3 power cable, 5-8
System release alarm cleared, 3-207 hard drive card, 5-8
System release GPL(s) not approved, 3-208 power cable
System release version unknown, 3-209 hard drive, 5-8
System Reports Analysis, 2-17 power supply card, 5-7, 5-18
System SCCP TPS Capacity processor card, 5-7, 5-20
Exceeded, 3-512 troubleshooting, 6-3
System SCCP TPS Threshold Troubleshooting Log Files, 6-19
exceeded, 3-403 tst-slk command, 3-76
System total reports, 4-11 tst-slk Support, 3-76
TVG granter failed, 3-366

Index
DRAFT
TVG granter recovered (Eagle V
system), 3-368 Verbose Output, 6-15
Version, 6-6
view
U MPS Server rear detail, 6-109
UAM Troubleshooting Procedures, 3-85 Visual Alarms, 3-4
UIM Redirect Unsolicited Output Message VT-520, 5-22
Group, D-25
UIM Troubleshooting Procedures, 3-85
Unexpected disk access timeout, 3-698 W
Unsolicited Alarm Messages, 3-11 Weekly Procedures, 2-20
Unsolicited Information Messages, 3-20 Wrist Strap Test, 2-36
Application Subsystem, D-15
Card, D-12 X
Clock, D-21 X.25 LIM replacement, A-30
Database, D-25 X.25 message conversion
GTT, D-18 SS7 to X.25, B-4
GWS, D-20 X.25 to SS7, B-2
Link Maintenance, D-8 X.25/SS7 Message Conversion, B-1, D-1,
LNP Database, D-23 E-1, F-1
LNP Subscription, D-24 X25 logical channels available, 3-226
Measurements Maintenance, D-23 X25 no logical channels available, 3-227
Monitor, D-26 X-LIST occupancy below threshold, 3-396
MPS, D-25 X-LIST occupancy threshold
Program Update, D-24 exceeded, 3-394
SEAS Maintenance, D-27 X-LIST space full condition abated, 3-414
Security Administration, D-24 X-LIST space full-entry(s) discarded, 3-412
SLAN, D-26
System Maintenance, D-2
UIM Redirect, D-25
Updates allowed
loading stability, 3-910
Updates inhibited
loading stability, 3-909
user interface, ELAP
file system backups, 6-17
Halt MPS menu item, 6-101
list of error messages, 6-22
user interface, EPAP
Backup PDB menu item, 6-18
Halt MPS menu item, 6-101

Tekelec SS7 Maintenance Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Tekelec SS7 Maintenance Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Tekelec SS7 Maintenance Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

DRAFT

Tekelec Signaling Products

910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 i

ii 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 iii

iv 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 v

vi 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 vii

viii 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 ix

Figure 2-1. FAP High-Level Block Diagram ........................................2-3

x 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 xi

xii 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 xiii

xiv 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 xv

Table 2-1. FAP Component Replacement ............................................ 2-6

xvi 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 xvii

xviii 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 xix

xx 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 xxi

xxii 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Contents ......................................................................................................... Page

910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 1-1

1-2 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Scope and Audience

910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 1-3

1-4 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 1-5

1-6 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 1-7

Tekelec Technical Services

1-8 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Documentation Packaging, Delivery, and Updates

910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 1-9

Hardware Repair and Return

1 Obtain an RMA number from a Tekelec Technical Services engineer at

2 If the item is a like-for-like replacement, the Technical Services engineer

Repair and Return Shipping Instructions

1-10 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Application Self Recovery

System Maintenance Software Intervention

910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 1-11

Maintenance Personnel Intervention

System Maintenance Log

1-12 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

Date Trouble Code Action Init

910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 1-13

List of Acronyms and Abbreviations

1-14 910-4593 Rev E, March 2004

BIP ......................................Board Identification PROM

CCS7 ..................................Common Channel Signaling System #7

910-4593 Rev E, March 2004 1-15

EBD&A .............................. Enhanced Bulk Download and Audit

FAP .................................... Fuse and Alarm Panel